Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Problems MMC
Problems MMC
(σ ∂τ ∂τ yz ∂σ∇z ⋅ σρ+ ρb = 0
y
[ σ
y +σ
)] ∂x ∂y ∂z
E z =
3
y −ν
X l
−µ
2X
+ + + b =
(σ +
xz
y +σ
0 ε = 1 3 ,33
)]
X l
z
∂x ∂y ∂z
2
3× −
[
2
]
z
σ 10 5 r r r
0
z =
l
t (nˆ ) =∇σ⋅⋅σn
3
x
σ )
l 2 3
(σ + −µ
ˆ + ρb = 0
3
2
X
−µ
2X
2
nˆ )∂σ = 0∂τ 2 x1 a ∂τ γ
2
2,31
µ X
]
X 2
x σ 10 −5 (
⋅
z )= xz y ρ= 1 = x +σ
−µ l
t = σ n
ˆ
3
0 8× −
− 4ax 2 2ax1 − λx +
)]
x
SOLVING PROBLEMS
xy
+ + b =
l2
−2 − 4 ax 2 ax 1x τ
− λ 0 10 5
−µ
y =
2 3
∂ ∂ ∂
µ X 0
G
2X
2
, 3 x y z y = −
8⇒× (2 x1−a − λ )(2ax1 − λ )− 16
x
+σ 1 x(22ax γa=−0 λ )(2ax − λ )2−,16
2 2
4,
)] ∂τ xy ∂σ⇒ ∂1τ xyzy = ρ1 1 2 x1 a5−×xλ120a −5−=40ax 2 348 × −
X 2
2 2
10 5 ∂σ x ∂τ xy ∂τ
−µ l
3
y =
0
0
l2
⇒ − λ 2
= 2
x =
2 x a ∂y (γ2 x∂1xaz − λ ) =xy(4=ax02 )x41 ax 2 2ax1 − λ
48 ×
[ ∂x ∂x ∂y ∂
1
0
=
E σx −10 −6
0 5 − dx1 t
( τ λ
⇒ ∂τ 1yz + ∂σ
= 2x x =
a − 1 4 ax ∫
⇒ (2λx11 a==−2 xλd1)( a − 41ax−2λ )− 16 x 2 a = 0
∂τ xy ∂σ y ∂τ
BY MEANS∫ OF
y 2 2
2 x1 a − λ = ±4∂ax
⇒ νσ 1 2
τ=ρxb±4ax t 2ax⇒
0
ε 2 + ⇒2
ij
ε
y = 1
xz
λ = x a −z
G λ
+
+ = = 0 ⇒ X1 x1 ε + +
[ − yλ + σ− 4ax2 ∂x x =l2n1
)] ∂y2 2 x∂1za 4ax 2 0 ⇒ (λ =−02λx )a2 + ( ) [ x1 ∂x ∂y ∂x
t 1 y z 2
σ 2 x a = 4 ax
∫ dt E
1
⇒ y −ν−x(4ax 2 2ax1 −3λ,3
z = = 0 x 2 x 21 a 1 4 ax 2 2 σ = t
E
(
2
dx2 Xx − ∂τ
0ε
z = 1 ln 1σ 33 × ∫ =
∫
t
ε λ 1 1=2 xν1 aσ− 4ax 2 x1 =
⇒
+
∂τ yz ∂σ
+
[ d xz
x =+ σ t = 1
σ
1 2 x a z ) =2ax1
( t )( ] ) 10 −52 2 t (nˆ ) = σ ⋅ nˆ X⇒
r x22 x1 a − λ = ±4ax 2 ⇒ y
[ y +σ
)] X ∂ 1xexp t ∂y ∂
CONTINUUM MECHANICS
⇒ X − λ ⇒ − λ − =
16 x a 0 0 2t + 3 ⇒ E σλlyn2−=x22 x1 a + 4axz2 = 3
E z −
νσ 1 (
2
−2 2xx1 =a −X λ 2− 4ax
dt ( = ln
ν
(
x =
ε = 1 ,33
x (+2σx1 a − λ )2 = (,43ax 1182×)2 1 exp t X3
X2 σ
2t=+ 13
3
⇒ ⇒
3× −
] ) ( )
2
=0
)] [ x + σ 2t +
z
10 5 r
1
τ l n x − 4 ax 0 − 2 ax − λ σ ) 3 − t(
==ln−4
l 2
l
(
5
G xy = y n
E
( =
2
z −ν
,3 +⇒2 (⇒ λ−1∇=λ ⋅)(
2
2 x1 a − r4axr2
1
2
l 2
z
−2 3
) ( )
0
2,5 ×⇒ X
2
⇒
3
10 2−5x21a − λ = ±24t4ax
r r
2 3
8 3× 2−xln1−aλ = 2σ2xax
0
,31
3
1
X
l 2 3 = = 1
0 + x
8
+ σ
)] ×
1 a 4 ax
−µ
y
2X
x
G τxy = x1 0 6 23 2 ⇒ τ 10 −5
−µ
2X
1 2
⇒ (2 x1 a − λ ) = (4ax 2x ) G xy = =−
X
2 y
0 dx
X
2 = X γ 4,3
l
2,5 ×
X l
∫ 2
−µ
t
48 ×
2
l2 3
= 1
µ X 0
2X
1 r r
∫ 1
−µ
0
= + x
2 3
3
λ 1 = 23x1 a −14ax 2
2 y
⋅ −
0+ ρb = 0
µ X 0
2X
τx
X
10 − 6
l 2 3
dt τ ∇ σ 5
2
X1 x1 ⇒ ⇒ 2 x a − λ = ±4ax ⇒
2
y =
ln x1 1 ∂σ x + ∂2τ xy +λ∂τ2 xz= 2+xρ1 ab+γ∂=4σax Gτ xy = x1 2 x1 a − λ − 4a
x x 0x= 2+1 Eduardo
−µ ∂τ0xz dρx W. V. Chaves
2X
X 2
3
0 x2 ∂
µ X 2 µ X
0
3
0
2
= t
∫
xy
+ + 1b = 0
0
l2
t
∂⇒ ∂y ∂z y − 4ax 2 − 2λax1
l
dx2 X1
∫ x ∂zX x =x dt ∫
0
∂x τ∂xy
t
−µ
2 x1 a
−µ
2 3
0
∫
µ X 0
=
2X
x
dt = G ⇒
ij =
y = x⇒ (
X 2 x2 ∂τ xy r ∂σ1 y X1∂eτxyzp t 1
− λ2 )(2a2
ij =
l
1
0 + ∂σ y + ∂τ xyz2 +∂ρ 2
00
r
X 2
0
3
⇒
ε
0
l
3
ε
2
= l n ε
[ x =∂x1 ∂y ∂x z d
l 2 3
yt+ + X
+ b1 =20x a −⇒
x3 = X x
([ ) ∫ ∂z4ax 2 ⇒x2(ax (2λx1λa=)−02 λ=
0
∂x z x2∂=
2
2
2
l
2X
∂x ∂y
E σx − X 2 = ln 2σ d∂ty ⇒1−
l
∫
ij =
−µ
x −
−
0
(
3
(( )
X
t +∂3τ x
X 2
y + σ εy = 1∂
+ += 0b z += 0 + ⇒τ(yz2 x+1 aln ρ−b⇒λx)( −λ4
µ
y = 1
2 3
[
X l
=2x01ax
µ X 0
2X
+ +
0
)] [ ∂y y ∂+zε ⇒ 22 a1
(
−
z
x3 = X
ε
x
)] [
σ r1 ∂rxx
0
σ ∂ ∂ =
3
z = ∂y ∂x
X 2
E y − ∂3E
2
l 2 3
b
2X
ν 3 t
0
l2
2
3 0
[
2
x =+0σ εz = 1∂x
( E
x ,3⇒3x 3(−2 νx a − λ3)(2ax − ∂λτ)− 16 x∂τ2 ayz2 = ∂0σ
1 1
=
−µ
] [
z
1 5 x +t ε ⋅ × 1σ − ρ
z )=
0
0
1
σ λ
]
− 4Eax 2 2ax1 − λ σ
( )
= σ n
ˆ 1 r xz
+ 2
+ z
+ b =
σ∂)x⋅2nˆ ∂y ⇒∂z2 x1 a − λz = ±−4λ
0
2∂τσxyz − ∂σ y ∂τ yzyz =) = σ ⇒ (2 x a y− +λ )σ2 t= (4ax
1 0 5
[
nˆ
( =
( )
z −ν
)]
−µ
− ⇒
2 3
− 4aλ
( E ax
0
2X
γ
σ +ρ Eb−y2=,y30−
= ε(12x x=1 a 1− λ )(2axx 1 +−σλ )γ−xy 16= x 221a 2,∂3=108 +×ν∂σx +
2 x1 a
0
2
z =
ij
xy ⇒ + 1 2
µ X
)] ε∂x∂=z σ x1 ∂τ xy 18 ×∂(τσxz − ρ ν
X 2
3
−µ l
)] [ x 10y−5 σ
τ 3 ×1 2 ax
σ)2 = (4ax )2 = −G τx + + 10x ++5 b = 0
0
l2
⇒G(2 xx1yaE=− 2λ
z
]
y 1 r 2 1
4,3 ∂yτ = 2 ∂τ yz ∂yσ ∂E=x −ρ4σ ∂y ⇒ 2∂xz1 a − σλz =)x±=4ax 2 ⇒ λ10=−52 x a t+(nˆ4)ax
2
= σ ⋅n
x5 − ν
(
γ ˆ
2 ⇒ (2 x1 a − λ )(2a
l 2
,
0
×
(
10 σ−γ5y xy+ =λ1 = 8 ×−1 +,5− ×1 γ+− ∂τ+ b,z3z∂4−σ=8ν×0 σ ∂τ
2
xy = ε1
4 2
2
−2
23 X
xz z
0
1
y = 1
[
3
ij =
X ll 2 3
,31
τ
)]
σ 2x1∂ax 04ax6∂2y 0 xy5 =∂z 1 xy
y 10 + ρ
0
τ + + x 6
−µ
2
γ 0 y −dxν γ t x =λ12 =xy32,=x10a +x14ax 2 0
1(σ [ ∂ ∂ ∂
0
=−
[ ∫
xy = ε1 3 G x x y x y
=xxy+d= 1E σ 33 × 1dx1γ− = t r (nˆ ) y = 2,5 ×
l 2 3
X
(∫ ∫
2
z 00 − µ 0l 2 2 X
z = 1 4,3
τ ∫ ]
− µµ
σ −
2X
y =dtt ∂τ=xzσ ⋅ n 4
G xyE = σ 1 1 ε Gz )τ⇒ x t 0 1 ∂ τ ∂ σ
µ X 2 l 2 3
ν 0 + b = 0 8 × 10 − 6
0
2
x
5
x ˆ 1 ρ ⇒ 2 x1 a − λ = ±4
xy −= ln 2Xxσ
X −
x
0
yz
⇒ +
0 z −x2 ν + 5z
X
− µ2 XX
∇
[ +x a − 4 ax x l 22 X3332
)] l
γ 0 G 2
= n
dxσ
2 ,31 Xx2− γ = tσ y 0
∂y−xλ = 0 ∂1=y 0 ∂=z
0 z
−µ
1 x 2
σ 1
µ
x
xy = 1 2
+
∫ )
σ E y − ν ×1d1x02xy−−524=ax
]
8 ⇒
= 1
0
4 ax 2 ax dx t t
∫
X l
t
−
∫
l
− µ l ij =
∫
X 2
∫
0
3
X 2x x2(2σx1 aG )( =)(12ax10)1−−λ516
X
l
l 2 3
[
3
X 2
x 1 ex p t
3
γ 2,5 4,⇒
] ⇒ (2 x a x−y2λax ) x16 2 a(n xˆ )2 a02 =⇒
µ X 0
ε 3 0
2X
⋅ 0ˆ
l2
0 2t +
x3 = X× 10 −5 E 3σz − 48 ×x1ln − x2 z)0 =21t−+ 23 0 ⇒1x2 2 ln x0t2 2 = σ n ln 1 =
3 1 −
−µ
2X
xy = 1
l
−µ
(
X l
( )∫
ε
(620⇒
rx1 a=−lnλ2), = (24ax 2 )dx 2 t ε
2
G τxy = x1 γx3y = 1 ν σ 3⇒
r0=XX
( )
23 (2 x1 a −2 3tλ1+)8 = (4ax22 ) X = ln X 1 t
0
0
x = 1
[
3
⋅
X
⇒
ij 2=
l 2 3
∇ σ + ρ b =
0
+
( )∫
2
)]
−µ
× σ
2 3
0 dx σ =
( )
3 − 2 + x
µ X 0
=
0
x d
2X
1X 20 lxn−52λ31 = 2 x1 a − 4ax 2 3 − ln t
t
−µ
∫
2X
τ X1 εE
[(
2
2= 1 e tx −
0
t 1
x
X l
x1=a2−−
=
p
⇒ ⇒ 0 λ21t⇒ ∂σ x ⇒∂τ xy εy ∂=τ xz1 x ρ= σν σ
=+2 x1 a −⇒4ax 2 3
=0 = G 1
1
∫
y
x =
2
2,5 × ⇒ 2⇒ λ=±
X 2
3 x
l
[
X
x n x+ = X +σ 2bEx = 0x −y +
l 2 3
λ = +
2+ =
8 × −3 = X 3 2 λ22 x=1 a2 x1 4aax X 22 2 = +ε
(
0
2
0
0 x2 xy = 01
l2
ij
(
−µ
2 2
ε
3
ln1 0x1−5
24 ax
X
10 6
)
2X
−µ
τ
[ ( )[ z 2 y t−+
0
=
2
y = 31 ν1(σ
−
=
2
X
ε 3σ− ln
∫
−µ l
x1 a − 4ax 2 zy = ∂x1τ −
∫ [ ( 3 σ +
= d
∫ ρ
l2
1
0
X 2 yx2=
1 t
3
x
ij
yz
µ X 0
ε
ε
+
2X
X1 eεxp t
x 1x
(σ2
∂ x = ∂
∫ y ∂ z r r
∇ ⋅ σ + ρb = 0 ∂x y = ∂1y εEz ∂x=z z 1− ν
[ [ ( )]
0 τ2t + x = 1
x1 a + 4ax 2 X ⇒x dt
[ y +σ
2
X 2
∂ τ
( l n E x −
( ∂τ E∂xyτ = y1−∂σE σ x + σ= 3x
X 2 − − 20 3
= ln yz + ρb 1 = =0
0
( )]
2
ν
+ +
) ( )[
x2
ε νσ y ,
dx X εt
µ Xµ l X 2
σ
l
3
−µ
x = 1
∫ ∂2x t ∂y2 ∂x z 2t +X31y − y = ⇒ z =0
[
0
1
[
− µ 2lX32
+
=
l + =
n 3 σ⇒ x1 r= Xr e tσz )] ∂xγ σ∂y xy = ∂z1 2, σ
]
2
=
∫ 5 ×z ) =− x + σ
y y x
3
dt
E σx −
0
∇ ⋅ σ y+−ρb = 01 xp
2X
X 2 x2
X
( = Exy = z 1−
(
∂ τ E τ
0
ν ∂ τ ∂ σ 1 −
ij
ν(xσ2 = X 2 γ ,33 ν
l 2 3
ε σ xz 0+ t + 3 + 2 yz
−µ
z xz 20= 1
y = 1
[ y + σ x3 = X∂
[( + = 3 1× γ G [)]
2 y
3x X 2 E= lnσ 2t + ⋅
x y x
E σy − )
() ( )
n
1
X
z =
∫ (
l
z −ν 3 − = G y = xy1 = τx x =
1 −−ν
ν(σ
z
ln 3 γ −2,3
µ Xl 2 0 3
x x
3,33 2ε,G
0
∫
2X
ε r= 1r γ σ = x1= 4d,3
tσ4yt8+×
µ X 22 X3
τ 5
xy =y ×=10 X−15 01
1
[ 3 × 1 −5
[ ∫ x
y
ρz b = 0 x +σ xy = 1 xτ + σ xy = 118 γG
µ X
⇒
]
r
z )=
t = σ ⋅n ∂σ
)]
∂ × d x
32
0 n ∂τ 1x0y −=5 21 0 E x2 σ
E σz −
( ˆ )
ˆ
( ∫ = d
l
xy
y −ν
ij =
3
0
−µl 2
x1 τ
(
νσ −2 = x
ε 0 0
ε t
l2
0 G d 1σ
γ ∂ 2 ∂ ∂ γ 4 0
∫ t + = x
2
,3 x
5∂x× , y z ,
xy∂z=341 z3 = x1 1
X t
∫ [∫ d 1
x x
= 1 x +σ 18 × ∂y y
0 x2 = xdt0+ σ
1
−
2
xy = 1
∫
t
)] 8
0 0
τ 10 −5 ∂τ 1
∂σ
−
0 5 ∂τ × 1 −6 =Xσ x
G τxy = xyx1∂τ+xy y ∂+σ y yz∂τ+yzρGb yτρx=y 00= γ X1 x1E 2z d−t2 ν d0⇒
ij =
∫( ∫
y =
∂G
x22t +t z
τ xy xy ∂=τ xz2, ρ −4
ε
ε
0
, ε γ 0 + + + b =0 σ = l3nd
∂σ y 0∂τ yz dx ρ t ε ε 1
y =
E x −( (
σν σ x y = ∂ τ ⇒
0 x2 ∂τ+xz +0 +yz + ∂+σ z bl+nzρ=bx10γ=xy 0=X 2 1x2
1 xz 1 yz z ρ G =xy = xdt =
∫ 23,5 ×X 3
τx ∂y
+ ∫
∂Xx1 z x1
+1 =b y = 0
dt ∫ E
y = 1
σ σ [ [ −
y +σ
y +
z σ)] )]∫
=
∂ x
dx2∂x t ∂y ∂ y ∂ z ∂z X 1
z = t
x3G= ⇒ τx 0 2 t + 3 10⇒ −5
ln
y = ⇒ ε x E yν(−σ 3,3=33 = X 3y = x1 =x1
∫
y z d
0 l n z 1=ε 1 ν (+σ X x32,3 ×33
t γ 0 X
dx1 expt t
[ ∫
0
∂τ ∂x 1 1
II MECÁNICA DEL MEDIO CONTINUO
Nomenclature III
Presentation
er
s
transf
Co
anic
nv s
ec
tio h
ulic
mec
n- a
dr
at
dif y
e
fu H
H
sio
Soil
n s
eam
B
Flu
s
Structure Plate
s
ids
x
Flu
lids
So
Stress
Continuum kinematics
Tensors
VI MECÁNICA DEL MEDIO CONTINUO
Abbreviations VII
Contents
Contents
VIII MECÁNICA DEL MEDIO CONTINUO
Abbreviations
Abbreviations
Latin
• +•
〈•〉 = Macaulay bracket
2
• Euclidian norm of •
Tr (•) trace of (•)
(•) T transpose of (•)
(•) −1 inverse of (•)
(•) −T inverse of the transpose of (•)
(•) sym symmetric part of (•)
(•) skew antisymmetric (skew-symmetric) part of (•)
(•) sph spherical part of (•)
(•) dev deviatoric part of (•)
• module of •
[[•]] jump of •
⋅ scalar product
det(•) ≡ • determinant of (•)
D•
≡ •& material time derivative of (•)
Dt
cof (•) cofactor of • ;
Adj(•) adjugate of (•)
Tr (•) trace of (•)
: double scalar product (or double contraction or double dot product)
∇2 Scalar differential operator
⊗ tensorial product
∇ • ≡ grad(•) gradient of •
∇ ⋅ • ≡ div (•) divergence of •
∧ vector product (or cross product)
I • , II • , III • first, second and third principal invariants of the tensor •
r vector
•
•ˆ unity vector
1 Second-order unit tensor
I fourth-order unit tensor
I sym ≡ I symmetric fourth-order unit tensor
SI-Units
SI-Units
m
velocity energy, work, heat J = Nm - Joules
s
m J
acceleration power ≡ W watt
s2 s
energy J = Nm - Joules
force N - Newton permeability m2
N
pressure, stress Pa ≡ 2 - Pascal dynamic viscosity Pa × s
m
1 kg
frequency ≡ Hz Hertz mass flux
s m2s
thermal W J
energy flux
conductivity mK m2s
kg J
mass density energy density
m3 m3
Physical Constants
m3
Newtonian constant of gravitation: G = 6.67384 × 10 −11
kg s 2
m m
Speed of light in vacuum: c = 299 792 458 ≈ 300 000 000
s s
Nomenclature
r r r r m
A( X , t ) ≡ a ( X , t ) Acceleration (reference configuration)
s2
A Transformation matrix
r r m
a ( x, t ) Acceleration (current configuration)
s2
Continuum medium in the reference configuration at
B0
t=0
Continuum medium in the current configuration at
B time t
∂B Boundary of B
r r N
b( x , t ) Body force (per unit mass)
m3
b Left deformation Cauchy-Green tensor, Finger
deformation tensor
B Piola deformation tensor
J
B Entropy created inside
sK
J
b Local entropy per unit mass per unit time
kg s K
Ce Elasticity tensor Pa
[C ] Elasticity matrix (Voigt notation) Pa
C in
Inelasticity tensor Pa
c Cauchy deformation tensor
Cv Calor específico a volumen constante
Cp Calor específico a presión constante
c Cohesion Pa
mol
cc Solute concentration
m3
C Right deformation Cauchy-Green tensor
m
DV Dilation
m
D Rate-of-Deformation tensor
r
dA Area element vector in the reference configuration m2
r
da Area element vector in the current configuration m2
dV Volume element m3
XIV SOLVING PROBLEMS BY MEANS OF CONTINUUM MECHANICS
m2
κ Thermal diffusivity
s
m
λ Stretch
m
λ, µ Lamé constants Pa
ν Poisson’s ratio
kg
ρS Solute mass density
m3
kg
ρf Fluid mass density
m3
r kg
ρ 0 (X ) Mass density (reference configuration)
m3
r kg
ρ ( x, t ) Mass density (current configuration)
m3
1 m3
Specific volume
ρ kg
σ Cauchy stress tensor, or true stress tensor Pa
r
σN Normal traction vector Pa
r
σS Tangential traction vector Pa
σm Mean stress Pa
σ1 , σ 2 , σ 3 Principal stresses Pa
r
σ oct Normal octahedral vector Pa
r
τ oct Tangential octahedral vector Pa
τ max Maximum shear stress
τ Kirchhoff stress tensor Pa
φ Angle of internal friction
J
ψ Helmholtz free energy, specific (per unit mass)
kg
J
Ψ Helmholtz free energy (per unit volume)
m3
J
Ψ (ε ) = Ψ e Strain energy density
m3
Solving Problems by Menas of Continuum Mechanics
Useful Formulas
sin( x) 1 − cos( x)
lim =1 ; lim =0
x →0 x x →0 x
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trigonometric_identity
Some Derivatives
d d x d 1 d 1
(exp x ) = exp x ; (a ) = Ln(a) a x ; [Ln( x)] = ; [log a ( x)] =
dx dx dx x dx xLn(a )
d 1 ∂f ( x)
[Ln( f ( x))] =
dx f ( x) ∂x
where e ≡ exp stands for exponential and Ln for natural logarithm, where it fulfils:
Ln(exp x ) = x and exp Ln( x ) = x
d d d
[sin( x)] = cos( x) ; [cos( x)] = − sin( x) ; [tan( x)] = sec 2 ( x)
dx dx dx
d 1 d −1 d 1
[arcsin( x)] = ; [arccos(x)] = ; [arctan(x)] =
dx 1 − x2 dx 1 − x2 dx 1 + x2
List of derivatives
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_derivatives
Some Integrals
USEFUL FORMULAS XIX
∂f ( x)
∫ exp dx = exp ∫
x x
; exp f ( x ) dx = exp f ( x )
∂x
1
∫ x dx = Ln( x) ; ∫ Ln( x)dx = xLn( x) − x + C
where e ≡ exp stands for exponential and Ln for natural logarithm.
du u
∫ 2
a −u
= sin −1 + C
2 a
du 1 u
∫ 2
a +u 2
= tan −1 + C
a a
du 1 u
∫u u −a2 2
=
a
sec −1 + C
a
List of integrals
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_integrals
Ruffini’s rule
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ruffini%27s_rule
r
θ
b
a
x1
r
x
b
θ f2
f1 x1
b
a a
r p
Equation of the ellipse: x = r =
1 + e cos θ
a 2 − b2 p2
Eccentricity: e = ; 0 < e < 1 , where a 2 = holds.
a2 (1 − e 2 ) 2
Area enclosed by an ellipse: A = πab .
1 Tensors
The indicial notation was introduced by ‘Einstein (1916, sec.
5), who later jested to a friend, "I have made a great discovery
in mathematics; I have suppressed the summation sign every
time that the summation must be made over an index which
occurs twice..." (Kollros 1956; Pais 1982, p. 216). ‘
Ref. (Wolfram MathWorld (Einstein Summation))
Problem 1.2
r r r r
Show that: if c = a + b , the module of c can be expressed by means of the following
relationship:
r r 2 r r r 2
c = a + 2 a b cos β + b
r r
where β is the angle formed by the vectors a and b , (see Figure 1.1(a)).
Solution:
Starting from the module definition of a vector it fulfills that:
r r 2 r r r r r r r r r r r r
a + b = (a + b) ⋅ (a + b) = a ⋅ a + a ⋅ b + b ⋅ a + b ⋅ b
r r r r r r 2 r r r r
Taking into account that a ⋅ a = a , b ⋅ b = b and a ⋅ b = b ⋅ a (commutative), we can
2
conclude that:
2 SOLVING PROBLEMS BY MEANS OF CONTINUUM MECHANICS
r r 2 r r r r r r r r r2 r r r 2 r2 r r r 2
a + b = a ⋅ a + a ⋅ b + b ⋅ a + b ⋅ b = a + 2a ⋅ b + b = a + 2 a b cos β + b
r r r 2 r r r 2
with which we prove a + b = a + 2 a b cos β + b . Then, it is easy to show that
r r r r r
2 r 2
a−b = − 2 a b cos β + b . Note also that when β = 0º ⇒ cos( β ) = 1 and the
a
r r r r
equation a + b = a + b holds, (see Figure 1.1(b)).
a) r b) β = 0º
b r
r b
a
β r r r r r
a a+b = a + b
Figure 1.1
r r 2 r r r r 2
NOTE: Starting from the equation a + b = a + 2a ⋅ b + b
2
we can conclude that the
r r 2
value a + b is maximum when β = 0º holds, then
r r 2 r 2 r r r 2 r2 r r r 2 r r
a + b = a + 2a ⋅ b + b = a + 2 a b + b = a + b ( )
2
r r r r
Then, for any value of 0º < β ≤ 180 º the outcome a + b will be less than a + b . Then, the
r r r r
inequality a + b ≤ a + b holds, (see Figure 1.2):
r r r r r
c = a+b ≤ a + b
r
b r r r
c = a+b
r
b
r
a
Figure 1.2
r r r r r r
In a similar fashion we can show that a ≤ c + b and b ≤ a + c which is known as the
triangle inequality, (see Figure 1.3).
a<c+b
c b<a+c
b
c<a+b
Figure 1.3
Problem 1.3
1
Given the following functions σ(ε) = Eε and ψ(ε) = Eε 2 , demonstrate whether these
2
functions show a linear transformation or not.
Solution:
σ(ε 1 + ε 2 ) = E [ε1 + ε 2 ] = Eε 1 + Eε 2 = σ(ε1 ) + σ(ε 2 ) (linear transformation)
σ( ε)
σ (ε 1 + ε 2 ) = σ (ε 1 ) + σ ( ε 2 )
σ (ε 2 )
σ (ε 1 )
ε1 ε2 ε1 + ε 2 ε
Figure 1.4
1
The function ψ (ε) = Eε 2 does not show a linear transformation because the condition
2
ψ (ε1 + ε 2 ) = ψ (ε1 ) + ψ (ε 2 ) has not been satisfied:
1 1 1 1 1
ψ (ε1 + ε 2 ) = E[ε1 + ε 2 ]2 = E[ε12 + 2ε1ε 2 + ε 22 ] = Eε12 + Eε 22 + E 2ε1ε 2
2 2 2 2 2
= ψ (ε1 ) + ψ (ε 2 ) + Eε1ε 2 ≠ ψ (ε1 ) + ψ (ε 2 )
ψ ( ε)
ψ (ε1 + ε 2 )
ψ (ε1 ) + ψ (ε 2 )
ψ (ε 2 )
ψ (ε1 )
ε1 ε2 ε1 + ε 2 ε
Figure 1.5
Problem 1.4
Consider the points: A(1,3,1) , B (2,−1,1) , C (0,1,3) and D(1,2,4 ) , defined in the Cartesian
coordinate system.
→ →
1) Find the parallelogram area defined by AB and AC ; 2) Find the volume of the
→ → → → →
parallelepiped defined by AB , AC and AD ; 3) Find the projection vector of AB onto BC .
Solution:
→ →
1) Firstly we calculate the vectors AB and AC :
r → → →
a = AB = OB − OA = (2ˆi − 1ˆj + 1kˆ ) − (1ˆi + 3ˆj + 1kˆ ) = 1ˆi − 4ˆj + 0kˆ
r → → →
b = AC = OC − OA = (0ˆi + 1ˆj + 3kˆ ) − (1ˆi + 3ˆj + 1kˆ ) = −1ˆi − 2ˆj + 2kˆ
Next, we evaluate the vector product as follows:
ˆi ˆj kˆ
r r
a∧b= 1 − 4 0 = ( −8)ˆi − 2ˆj + ( −6)kˆ
−1 − 2 2
Then, the parallelogram area can be obtained by using the following definition:
r r
A = a ∧ b = (−8) 2 + (−2) 2 + ( −6) 2 = 104
→
2) Next, we can evaluate the vector AD as:
r → → →
c = AD = OD − OA = (1ˆi + 2ˆj + 4kˆ ) − (1ˆi + 3ˆj + 1kˆ ) = 0ˆi − 1ˆj + 3kˆ
we can obtain the volume of the parallelepiped as follows:
r r r r r r
V (a, b, c ) = c ⋅ (a ∧ b) = (0ˆi − 1ˆj + 3kˆ ) ⋅ ( −8ˆi − 2ˆj − 6kˆ ) = 0 + 2 − 18 = 16
→
3) The BC vector can be calculated as:
→ → →
BC = OC − OB = (0ˆi + 1ˆj + 3kˆ ) − ( 2ˆi − 1ˆj + 1kˆ ) = −2ˆi + 2ˆj + 2kˆ
→ →
Hence, it is possible to evaluate the projection vector of AB onto BC as follows:
→ →
→ BC ⋅ AB → ( −2ˆi + 2ˆj + 2kˆ ) ⋅ (1ˆi − 4ˆj + 0kˆ )
proj BC AB =
→ BC = ( −2ˆi + 2ˆj + 2kˆ )
BC
→
⋅4
BC
→
( −2ˆi + 2ˆj + 2kˆ ) ⋅ ( −2ˆi + 2ˆj + 2kˆ )
1
42 3
→ 2
BC
( −2 − 8 + 0 ) 5 5 5
= ( −2ˆi + 2ˆj + 2kˆ ) = ˆi − ˆj − kˆ
( 4 + 4 + 4) 3 3 3
Problem 1.5
Rewrite the following equations using indicial notation:
1) a1 x1 x 3 + a 2 x 2 x 3 + a 3 x3 x 3
Solution: a i xi x 3 (i = 1,2,3)
2) x1 x1 + x2 x2
Solution: xi x i (i = 1,2)
a 21 x1 + a 22 x 2 + a 23 x 3 = b2
index j
→ a 2 j x j = b2 index
i → a ij x j = bi
a x + a x + a x = b
31 1 32 2 33 3 3 a 3 j x j = b3
As we can appreciate in this problem, the use of the indicial notation means that the equation
becomes very concise. In many cases, if algebraic operation do not use indicial or tensorial
notation they become almost impossible to deal with due to the large number of terms
involved.
Problem 1.6
Show that:
a) δ 3 p v p = v3 ; b) δ 3i A ji = A j 3 ; c) δ ij ijk ; d) δ i 2 δ j 3 Aij .
Solution:
The Kronecker delta components are:
δ 11 δ 12 δ 13 1 0 0
δ ij = δ 21 δ 22 δ 23 = 0 1 0 (1.1)
δ 31 δ 32 δ 33 0 0 1
a) The expression ( δ 3 p v p ) has no free index, then the result is a scalar:
δ 3 p v p = δ 31v1 + δ 32 v 2 + δ 33 v 3 = v3 (1.2)
b) The expression δ 3i A ji has one free index ( j ), then the result is a vector:
δ 3i A ji = δ 31 A j1 + δ 32 A j 2 + δ 33 A j 3 = A j 3 (1.3)
c) The expression δ ij ijk has one free index ( k ), then the result is a vector:
δ ij ijk = δ 1 j 1 jk + δ 2 j 2 jk + δ 3 j 3 jk
123 1424 3 123
δ 1111k + δ 21 21k + δ 31 31k
+ + + (1.4)
δ 12 12 k + δ 22 22 k + δ 32 32 k
+ + +
δ 13 13k + δ 23 23k + δ 33 33k
thus δ ij ijk = 0 k is the null vector. Note that δ ij ijk = iik = 11k + 22 k + 33k = 0 k .
d)
Problem 1.7
Expand the equation: Aij x i x j (i, j = 1,2,3)
Solution: The indices i, j are dummy indices, and indicate index summation and there is no
free index in the expression Aij x i x j , therefore the result is a scalar. So, we expand first the
dummy index i and later the index j to obtain:
expanding i
Aij x i x j → A1 j x1 x j + A2 j x 2 x j + A3 j x 3 x j
1
424 3 1 424 3 1 424 3
A11 x1 x1 A21 x 2 x1 A31 x 3 x1
+ + +
expanding j
Problem 1.8
Obtain the numerical value of:
1) δ ii δ jj
Solution: δ ii δ jj = (δ 11 + δ 22 + δ 33 )(δ 11 + δ 22 + δ 33 ) = 3 × 3 = 9
2) δ α1δ αγ δ γ1
Solution: δ α1δ αγ δ γ1 = δ γ1δ γ1 = δ 11 = 1
NOTE: Note that the following algebraic operation is incorrect δ γ1δ γ1 ≠ δ γγ = 3 ≠ δ 11 = 1 ,
since what must be replaced is the repeated index, not the number.
Problem 1.9
a) Prove the following is true ijk pjk = 2δ ip , ijk ijk = 6 and ijk a j a k = 0 i . b) Obtain the
numerical value of ijk δ 2 j δ 3k δ 1i .
Solution: a) Using the equation ijk pqk = δ ip δ jq − δ iq δ jp , and by substituting q for j , we
obtain:
ijk pjk = δ ip δ jj − δ ij δ jp = δ ip 3 − δ ip = 2δ ip
Based on the above result, it is straight forward to check that:
ijk ijk = 2δ ii = 6
Note that ijk = − ikj , i.e. it is antisymmetric in jk and also note that a j a k is a symmetric
second-order tensor. So, as we know, the double scalar product between a symmetric and an
antisymmetric second-order tensors is zero, thus:
r r r r
ijk a j ak = ijk (a ⊗ a ) jk = 0i = (a ∧ a )i = 0i
b) ijk δ 2 j δ 3k δ 1i = 123 = 1
Problem 1.10
Get the value of the following expressions:
a) ijk δ i1δ j 2 δ 3k
b) ijk pqk = δ ip δ jq − δ iq δ jp for the following cases:
b.1) i = 1, j = q = 2, p = 3
b.2) i = q = 1, j = p = 2
c) ( ijk A jp c p A kq c q + δ i1 )( ist A sa c a A tb c b + δ i1 )
where ijk is the permutation symbol, (see Figure 1.6), and δ ij is the Kronecker delta.
Reminder: Permutation symbol
ijk = −1
3 2 k j
k =3
j =1
i =1 0 j=2
j =3
k =2 i=2 1
j =1 -1 0
i=3 0
i =1 0 j=2 0 0
j =3
k =1 0 0
i=2 0
j =1 0 -1
i=3 0
i =1 0 j=2 1 0 ij 3
j =3
i=2 0 0
0 0 0
i=3 0
0 1 ij 2
-1
0
ij1
Figure 1.6
Solution:
a) ijk δ i1δ j 2 δ 3k = 123 = 1 ;
b.1) 12 k 32 k = 121 321 + 122 322 + 123 323 = 0 × (−1) + 0 × 0 + 0 × 0 = 0
b.2) 12 k 21k = 121 211 + 122 212 + 123 213 = 0 × 0 + 0 × 0 + 1 × ( −1) = −1
c) Note that the result of A jp c p = b j is a vector, and also note that the following is true
r r
ijk A jp c p A kq c q = [( A ⋅ c) ∧ ( A ⋅ c )]i = (b ∧ b) i = 0 i , with which we can obtain:
r r
Note also that ijk is antisymmetric tensor in ij , since ijk = − jik , (see Figure 1.6).
Problem 1.11
r
Write in indicial notation: a) the modulus of the vector a ; b) cos θ , where θ is the angle
r r
formed by the vectors a and b .
Solution:
δ ij
r r r r
= a ⋅ a = a i eˆ i ⋅ a j eˆ j = a i a j δ ij = a i a i = a j a j
2
a ⇒ a = ai ai
r
thus, it is also true that b = b i b i .
r r r r
By definition a ⋅ b = a b cos θ where:
r
a ⋅ b = a i eˆ i ⋅ b j eˆ j = a i b j δ ij = a i b i = a j b j
Taking into account that the index cannot appear more than twice in a term of the expression,
we can express cos θ as follows:
r r
a⋅b a jb j
cos θ = r r =
a b ai ai b k b k
Problem 1.12
Show the Schwarz inequality:
r r r r
a⋅b ≤ a b Schwarz inequality (1.6)
Solution:
Let us consider a scalar α , then the following is true:
r r2 r r r r r r r r r r r r
aα − b = (aα − b) ⋅ (aα − b) = a ⋅ aα 2 − a ⋅ bα − b ⋅ aα + b ⋅ b ≥ 0
1424 3
≥0
r2 r r r2
= a α 2 − 2 a ⋅ bα + b ≥ 0
r r
r 2 2 r r r 2 a⋅b
where we define f (α ) = a α − 2a ⋅ bα + b ≥ 0 . Now, for the case when α = r 2 we can
a
obtain:
r r r r
2
r r
( a ⋅ b ) r 2 (a ⋅ b ) r r (a ⋅ b) r 2
f α = r 2 = a r 2 − 2(a ⋅ b) r 2 + b ≥ 0
a a a
r r r r r r r r
r 2 (a ⋅ b) 2 r r ( a ⋅ b) r 2 ( a ⋅ b ) 2 ( a ⋅ b) 2 r 2
= a r 4 − 2( a ⋅ b) r 2 + b = r 2 − 2 r 2 + b ≥ 0
a a a a
r r 2
(a ⋅ b ) r 2
=− r 2 + b ≥0
a
r r 2
r 2 (a
⇒ b ≥ r 2
⋅ b) ⇒
r 2 r 2 r r
a b ≥ ( a ⋅ b) 2 ⇒
r r r r
a b ≥ a⋅b
a
Q.E.D.
Alternative solution
r r r r r r
Taking in account that 0 ≤ cos θ ≤ 1 we obtain a ⋅ b = a b cos θ ≤ a b , thus we can
r r r r
conclude that a ⋅ b ≤ a b .
Problem 1.13
r r r r
Rewrite the expression (a ∧ b) ⋅ (c ∧ d) without using the vector product symbol.
r r r r
Solution: The vector product (a ∧ b) can be expressed as (a ∧ b) = a j eˆ j ∧ b k eˆ k = ijk a j b k eˆ i .
r r r r
Likewise, it is possible to express (c ∧ d) as (c ∧ d) = nlm c l d m eˆ n , thus:
r r r r
(a ∧ b) ⋅ (c ∧ d) = ijk a j b k eˆ i ) ⋅ ( nlm c l d m eˆ n ) = ijk nlm a j b k c l d m eˆ i ⋅ eˆ n
= ijk nlm a j b k c l d mδ in = ijk ilm a j b k c l d m
Taking into account that ijk ilm = jki lmi and by applying the equation
jki lmi = δ jl δ km − δ jm δ kl = jki ilm , we obtain:
ijk ilm a j b k c l dm = (δ jlδ km − δ jmδ kl ) a j b k c l d m = al b m c l dm − a mb l c l dm
r r r r
Since a l c l = (a ⋅ c ) and b m d m = (b ⋅ d) holds true, we can conclude that:
r r r r r r r r r r r r
(a ∧ b) ⋅ (c ∧ d) = (a ⋅ c )(b ⋅ d) − (a ⋅ d)(b ⋅ c )
r r r r
Therefore, it is also valid when a = c and b = d , thus:
r r r r r r 2 r r r r r r r r r 2 r 2 r r
(a ∧ b) ⋅ (a ∧ b) = a ∧ b = (a ⋅ a)(b ⋅ b) − (a ⋅ b)(b ⋅ a) = a b − (a ⋅ b) 2
Problem 1.14
Show that:
a) ijk a i a j b k = 0 ;
r r
b) ijk (a k b 3δ i1δ j 2 + a j b 2 δ i1δ k 3 + a i b1δ j 2 δ k 3 ) = a ⋅ b ;
c) Aij A ji is an invariant.
Solution:
a) ijk a i a j b k = ij1a i a j b1 + ij 2 a i a j b 2 + ij 3 a i a j b 3 . The term ij1a i a j b1 can be evaluated as
follows:
ij1a i a j b1 = 1 j1 a1 a j b1 + 2 j1a 2 a j b1 + 3 j1a 3 a j b1
= 111 a1 a1b 1 + 211 a 2 a1b1 + 311 a 3 a1b 1 +
+ 121 a1 a 2 b 1 + 221 a 2 a 2 b 1 + 321 a 3 a 2 b1 +
+ 131 a1 a 3 b1 + 231 a 2 a 3b 1 + 331 a 3 a 3 b1
= 321 a 3 a 2 b 1 + 231 a 2 a 3b 1 = −a 3 a 2 b 1 + a 2 a 3b 1
=0
In the same way we can obtain ij 2 a i a j b 2 = ij 3 a i a j b 3 = 0 .
b)
ijk a k b 3 δ i1δ j 2 + ijk a j b 2 δ i1δ k 3 + ijk a i b1δ j 2 δ k 3 =
r r
12 k a k b 3 + 1 j 3 a j b 2 + i 23 a i b1 = a 3b 3 + a 2 b 2 + a1b1 = a i b i = a ⋅ b
Problem 1.15
r r r r r r r r r r r r
Prove that (a ∧ b) ∧ (c ∧ d) = c [d ⋅ (a ∧ b)] − d [c ⋅ (a ∧ b)]
Solution: Expressing the correct equality term in indicial notation we obtain:
{cr [dr ⋅ (ar ∧ br )] − dr [cr ⋅ (ar ∧ br )] } p = c p [di ( ijk a j b k )] − d p [c i ( ijk a j b k )]
Problem 1.16
r r r r
Let a , b , c be linearly independent vectors, and v be a vector, demonstrate that:
r r r r r
v = αa + β b + γ c ≠ 0 components
→ v i = αa i + β b i + γ c i ≠ 0 i
where the scalars α , β , γ are given by:
ijk v i b j c k ijk a i v j c k ijk a i b j v k
α= ; β= ; γ=
pqr a p b q c r pqr a p b q c r pqr a p b q c r
b) Given three linearly independent vectors, show that: when interchanging two rows or two
r r r
columns the sign of the determinant a ⋅ (b ∧ c ) changes.
r r r
Solution: a) The scalar product made up of v and ( b ∧ c ) becomes:
r r r
r r r r r r r r r r r r v ⋅ (b ∧ c )
v ⋅ (b ∧ c ) = αa ⋅ (b ∧ c ) + β b ⋅ (b ∧ c ) + γ c ⋅ (b ∧ c ) ⇒ α= r r r
14243 14243
=0 =0
a ⋅ (b ∧ c )
r r r r r r r r r r r r
v ⋅ (a ∧ c ) = α a ⋅ (a ∧ c ) + β b ⋅ ( a ∧ c ) + γ c ⋅ ( a ∧ c )
14243 14243
=0 =0
r r r r r r
v ⋅ (a ∧ c ) ijk v i a j c k − jik a j v i c k a ⋅ (v ∧ c)
⇒β = r r r = = = r r r
b ⋅ (a ∧ c ) pqr b p a q c r − qpr a q b p c r a ⋅ (b ∧ c )
r r r r r r r r r r r r
v ⋅ (a ∧ b ) = α a ⋅ ( a ∧ b ) + β b ⋅ ( a ∧ b ) + γ c ⋅ (a ∧ b )
14243 14243
=0 =0
r r r r r r
v ⋅ (a ∧ b) ijk v i a j b k jki a j b k v i a ⋅ (b ∧ v )
⇒γ = r r r = = = r r r
c ⋅ (a ∧ b) pqr c p a q b r qrp a q b r c p a ⋅ (b ∧ c )
r
NOTE 1: We can restructure the v -components as follows:
v 1 a1 b1 c 1 α a1 b1 c 1 z1
v i = v 2 = a 2 b2 c 2 β = a 2 b2 c 2 z 2 = B ij z j
v a b3 c 3 γ a 3 b3 c 3 z 3
3 3
where we have denoted by z1 = α , z 2 = β , z 3 = γ , in which:
v1 b1 c1 a1 v1 c1
v2 b2 c2 a2 v2 c2
vb c v b3 c3 B (1) av c a v3 c3 B (2)
α =z1 = ijk i j k = 3 = ; β =z 2 = ijk i j k = 3 =
pqr a p b q c r a1 b1 c1 B pqr a p b q c r a1 b1 c1 B
a2 b2 c2 a2 b2 c2
a3 b3 c3 a3 b3 c3
a1 b1 v1
a2 b2 v2
ab v a b3 v3 B (3)
γ =z 3 = ijk i j k = 3 =
pqr a p b q c r a1 b 1 c1 B
a2 b2 c2
a3 b3 c3
where B (i ) is the determinant of the resulting matrix by replacing the column (i) of the
r
matrix B by the v -components. With that we can state that:
B (i )
Given v i = B ij z j ⇒ zi = Cramer’s rule
B
NOTE 2: Although we have demonstrated for 3 × 3 matrix, this procedure is also valid for
matrices of n-dimensions, which is known, in the literature, as Cramer’s Rule.
NOTE 3: The solution ( z i ) is possible if B ≠ 0 .
Note that the non-trivial solution z i ≠ 0 i is only possible if and only if B = 0 , (see Problem
1.50).
r r r r r r
b) The determinant defined by a ⋅ (b ∧ c ) = [a, b, c ] in indicial notation becomes ijk a i b j c k ,
and by taking into account the permutation symbol properties, (see Figure 1.7), we can
conclude that:
a1 a2 a3
ijk ai b j c k = b1 b 2 b3
c1 c 2 c3
a1 a2 a3
− ikj ai b j c k = − c1 c2 c3
b1 b 2 b3
b1 b 2 b3
jki ai b j c k = c1 c2 c3
a1 a2 a3
r r r r r r r r r
ijk aib j c k = [a, b, c ] = −ikj aib j c k = −[a, c , b] = jki aib j c k = [b, c , a]
ijk = jki = kij
ijk = − ikj = − kji = − jik
i
k j
Figure 1.7
Problem 1.17
a) Show that
r r r r r r r r r r r r r r
a ∧ (b ∧ c ) = (a ⋅ c ) b − (a ⋅ b ) c = (b ⊗ c − c ⊗ b) ⋅ a
r r r r r r r r
a ∧ (b ∧ a) = [(a ⋅ a)1 − a ⊗ a] ⋅ b
r r r r
b) Obtain the explicit component of the tensor [(a ⋅ a)1 − a ⊗ a] .
Solution:
r r r r r
a) Taking into account that (d) i = (b ∧ c ) i = ijk b j c k and that (a ∧ d) q = qjk b j c k , we obtain:
r r r
[a ∧ (b ∧ c )]r = rsi a s ( ijk b j c k )
= rsi ijk a s b j c k = rsi jki a sb j c k
= (δ rjδ sk − δ rkδ sj ) a s b j c k
= δ rjδ sk a s b j c k − δ rkδ sj a sb j c k = a sb r c s − a sb s c r
= ak b r c k − a jb j c r = (b r c s − b s c r )a s
r r r r r r r r r
= b r ( a ⋅ c ) − c r (a ⋅ b ) = [(b ⊗ c − c ⊗ b) ⋅ a]r
r r r r r r
= [b (a ⋅ c ) − c (a ⋅ b)]r
With that we conclude that:
r r r r r r r r r r r r r r
a ∧ (b ∧ c ) = (a ⋅ c ) b − (a ⋅ b) c = (b ⊗ c − c ⊗ b ) ⋅ a
Note that it is also true that:
r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r
a ∧ (b ∧ c ) = (b ⊗ c − c ⊗ b) ⋅ a = [(a ⋅ c )1 − c ⊗ a] ⋅ b = [b ⊗ a − (a ⋅ b)1] ⋅ c
r r
In the particular case when a = c we obtain:
r r r
[a ∧ (b ∧ a)]r = (a k a k )b r − (a j b j )a r = (a j a j )b pδ rp − (a j b pδ jp ) a r
= [(a j a j )δ rp − (a jδ jp )a r ] b p = [(a j a j )δ rp − a p a r ] b p
r r
{ r r r
= [ (a ⋅ a)1 − a ⊗ a ] ⋅ b r }
r r r r
b) The components of [(a ⋅ a)1 − a ⊗ a] can be obtained as follows:
1 0 0 a 1 a 1 a1 a 2 a1 a 3
r r r r
[(a ⋅ a)1 − a ⊗ a] ij = (a k a k )δ ij − ai a j = (a12 + a 22 + a 32 ) 01 0 − a1 a 2 a2a2 a1 a 3
0 0 1 a1 a 3 a1 a 3 a 3 a 3
(a 22 + a 32 ) − a1 a 2 − a1 a 3
2 2
= − a1 a 2 (a1 + a 3 ) − a1 a 3
− a1a 3 − a1a 3 (a12 + a 22 )
Problem 1.18
Show the Jacobi identity:
r r r r r r r r r r
a ∧ (b ∧ c ) + b ∧ (c ∧ a) + c ∧ (a ∧ b) = 0
r r r r r r r r r
Solution: By means of Problem 1.17 in which a ∧ (b ∧ c ) = (a ⋅ c ) b − (a ⋅ b) c was proven, we
can obtain that:
r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r
b ∧ (c ∧ a) = (b ⋅ a) c − (b ⋅ c ) a c ∧ (a ∧ b) = (c ⋅ b ) a − (c ⋅ a) b
;
r r r r r r r r
Then, by considering that the dot product is commutative, i.e. (a ⋅ c ) = (c ⋅ a) , (a ⋅ b) = (b ⋅ a) ,
r r r r
(b ⋅ c ) = (c ⋅ b) , we can conclude that:
r r r r r r
(a ⋅ c ) b − a ⋅ b c ( )
r r r+ r r r r
r r r r r r r r r
( ) ( )
a ∧ (b ∧ c ) + b ∧ (c ∧ a) + c ∧ (a ∧ b) = b ⋅ a c − b ⋅ c a = 0
r r r+ r r r
c ⋅ b a − (c ⋅ a ) b( )
1.2 Algebraic Operations with Higher Order Tensors
Problem 1.19
Define the order of the tensors represented by their Cartesian components: v i , Φ ijk , Fijj , ε ij ,
C ijkl , σ ij . Determine the number of components in tensor C .
Solution: The order of the tensor is given by the number of free indices, so it follows that:
r r
First-order tensor (vector): v , F ; Second-order tensor: ε , σ ; Third-order tensor: Φ ;
Fourth-order tensor: C
The number of tensor components is given by the maximum index range value, i.e.
i, j , k , l = 1,2,3 , to the power of the number of free indices which is equal to 4 in the case of
C ijkl . Thus, the number of independent components in C is given by:
3 4 = (i = 3) × ( j = 3) × (k = 3) × (l = 3) = 81
The fourth-order tensor C ijkl has 81 components.
Problem 1.20
r r r r r r r r r r r r r r
Show that a) (a ⊗ b) ⋅ c = (b ⋅ c ) a ; b) (a ⊗ b) ⋅ (c ⊗ d) = (b ⋅ c ) a ⊗ d
Solution:
a) We express the vector in the Cartesian basis and be aware that we cannot repeat index more
than twice:
r r r r r r r r r
(a ⊗ b ) ⋅ c = (ai eˆ i ⊗ b j eˆ j ) ⋅ c k eˆ k = ai eˆ i b j c kδ jk = (b k c k )ai eˆ i = (b ⋅ c )a ≡ (b ⋅ c ) ⊗ a
r r r r
b) The expression (a ⊗ b) ⋅ (c ⊗ d) , which is a second-order tensor, can be expressed in
indicial notation as follows:
r r r r r r r r
[(a ⊗ b) ⋅ (c ⊗ d)] ij = (a ⊗ b) ik (c ⊗ d) kj = (a i b k )(c k d j ) = ai b k c k d j = b k c k ai d j
r r r
= (b k c k )(a i d j ) = (b ⋅ c )(a ⊗ d) ij
123
scalar
Problem 1.21
Expand and simplify the expression A ij xi x j when a) A ij = A ji ; b) A ij = − A ji .
Solution:
By expanding A ij xi x j (scalar) we can obtain:
A ij xi x j = A 1 j x1 x j + A 2 j x 2 x j + A 3 j x3 x j =
= A 11 x1 x1 + A 21 x 2 x 1 + A 31 x3 x 1 +
(1.7)
A 12 x1 x 2 + A 22 x 2 x 2 + A 32 x 3 x 2 +
A 13 x1 x 3 + A 23 x 2 x 3 + A 33 x3 x 3
a) If A ij = A ji (symmetry) we have
r r r r r r
A ij xi x j = x ⋅ A ⋅ x = A : ( x ⊗ x ) = A skew : ( x ⊗ x ) sym = 0 (1.10)
r r r r
That is, if A = A skew is an antisymmetric and ( x ⊗ x ) = ( x ⊗ x ) sym is a symmetric tensor, the
double scalar product between them is always equal to zero.
Problem 1.22
Let ε and T be second-order tensors, whose Cartesian components are:
5 2 4 3 1 2
ε ij = − 1 2 1 ; Tij = 4 2 1 (1.11)
4 3 6 1 3 8
Obtain T : ε .
Solution:
T : ε = Tij ε ij (1.12)
Tij ε ij = T1 j ε1 j + T2 j ε 2 j + T3 j ε 3 j
123 123 123
T11ε11 + T21ε 21 + T31ε 31
+ + + (1.13)
T12 ε12 + T22 ε 22 + T32 ε 32
+ + +
T13 ε13 + T23 ε 23 + T33 ε 33
thus,
Tij ε ij = 5 × 3 + 2 × 1 + 4 × 2 + (−1) × 4 + 2 × 2 + 1 × 1 + 4 × 1 + 3 × 3 + 6 × 8 = 87 (1.14)
Problem 1.23
Given the B tensor components:
3 2 4
B ij = 1 5 3 (1.15)
5 7 9
Obtain:
a) C ij = B ik B kj ; b) D ij = B ik B jk ; c) E ij = B ki B kj ; d) C ii , D ii , E ii
Solution:
3 2 4 3 2 4 31 44 54
C = B ⋅B ⇒ C ij = B ik B kj = 1 5 3 1 5 3 = 23 48 46 (1.16)
5 7 9 5 7 9 67 108 122
T
3 2 4 3 2 4 29 25 65
D = B ⋅ BT ⇒ D ij = B ik B jk
= 1 5 3 1 5 3 = 25 35 67 (1.17)
5 7 9 5 7 9 65 67 155
T
3 2 4 3 2 4 35 46 60
E = BT ⋅ B ⇒ E ij = B kiB kj = 1 5 3 1 5 3 = 46 78 86 (1.18)
5 7 9 5 7 9 60 86 106
Then:
Tr (C) = Tr (B ⋅ B) = C ii = C11 + C 22 + C 33 = 31 + 48 + 122 = 201
Tr (D) = Tr (B ⋅ BT ) = D ii = D11 + D 22 + D 33 = 29 + 35 + 155 = 219 (1.19)
Tr (E) = Tr (B T
⋅ B) = E ii = E11 + E 22 + E 33 = 35 + 78 + 106 = 219
With that we can verify the following is true: Tr (B ⋅ BT ) = Tr (BT ⋅ B) = B : B = 219 , which is a
trace property.
Problem 1.24
Given the B second-order tensor components:
1 0 2
B ij = 0 1 2
3 0 3
Obtain: a) B kk b) B ij B ij c) B jk B kj
Solution:
a) B kk = B 11 + B 22 + B 33 = 1 + 1 + 3 = 5
b) B ij B ij = B 1 j B 1 j + B 2 jB 2 j + B 3 jB 3 j
123 123 123
B 11B 11 + B 21B 21 + B 31B 31
+ + +
B 12B 12 + B 22B 22 + B 32B 32
+ + +
B 13B 13 + B 23B 23 + B 33B 33
which the result is:
B ij B ij = 1 × 1 + 0 × 0 + 2 × 2 + 0 × 0 + 1 × 1 + 2 × 2 + 3 × 3 + 0 × 0 + 3 × 3 = 28
c) B jk B kj = B 1k B k1 + B 2k B k 2 + B 3k B k 3
123 123 123
B 11B 11 + B 21B 12 + B 31B 13
+ + +
B 12B 21 + B 22B 22 + B 32B 23
+ + +
B 13B 31 + B 23B 32 + B 33B 33
Problem 1.25
The D tensor is given by the algebraic operation D = A : B . Obtain the order of the tensor
D and its components for the following cases:
2 3 2 2 3 1
a) when Aij = 4 1 1 ; Bij = 1 2 1
1 1 5 1 2 5
7 13 14 13 9 17
b) when Aik B kj = 11 18 11 ; Aik B jk = 15 9 13
16 27 31 18 12 32
Solution:
a) Note that if A and B are second-order tensors, the D = A : B is a scalar (zeroth-order
tensor), so, we only have one component:
A : B = 2 × 2 + 3 × 3 + 2 × 1 + 4 × 1 + 1 × 2 + 1 × 1 + 1 × 1 + 1 × 2 + 5 × 5 = 50
b) Taking into account that Tr ( A ⋅ B T ) = Tr ( AT ⋅ B) = A : B and Aik B jk = A ⋅ B T , we can
conclude that A : B = Tr ( A ⋅ B T ) = 13 + 9 + 32 = 54 .
Problem 1.26
Let us consider the following second-order tensor T = Tr ( E )1 + ( F : E ) E which in indicial
notation is Tij = E kk δ ij + ( Fkp E kp ) E ij . If the components of E and F are given by:
2 1 4 4 3 1
E ij = 1 5 0 ; Fij = 2 0 3
2 0 1 2 0 0
a) Obtain the T tensor components. b) Are T and E coaxial tensors? Prove it.
Solution:
Next, we obtain the following scalars:
Tr ( E ) = 2 + 5 + 1 = 8
F : E = 2 × 4 + 1 × 3 + 4 × 1 + 1 × 2 + 5 × 0 + 0 × 3 + 2 × 2 + 0 × 0 + 1 × 0 = 21
Then
1 0 0 2 1 4 50 21 84
Tij = 80 1 0 + 211 5 0 = 21 113 0
0 0 1 2 0 1 42 0 29
Two tensors are coaxial when they have the same eigenvectors or when the relationship
T ⋅ E = E ⋅ T holds:
Solution:
(I : I ) ijkl = I ijpq I pqkl = δ ip δ jq δ pk δ ql = δ ik δ jl = I ijkl
I : I = (1 ⊗ 1) : (1 ⊗ 1) = 3(1 ⊗ 1) = 3I
I : I = (1⊗1) : (1 ⊗ 1) = 1 ⊗ 1 = I
I : I = (1⊗1) : (1 ⊗ 1) = 1 ⊗ 1 = I
I sym : I sym =
1
4
( )(
1⊗1 + 1⊗1 : 1⊗1 + 1⊗1 )
1
[( ) ( ) (
= 1⊗1 : 1⊗1 + 1⊗1 : 1⊗1 + 1⊗1 : 1⊗1 + (1⊗1 : 1⊗1)
4
) ]
1
[
= 1⊗1 + 1⊗1 + 1⊗1 + 1⊗1
4
]
1
(
= 1⊗1 + 1⊗1
2
)
= I sym
I sym : (1 ⊗ 1) = I sym : I =
1
2
( 1
2
) ( 1
) ( )
I + I : I = I : I + I : I = I + I = I =1 ⊗1
2
(1 ⊗ 1) : I sym = I : I sym
1
2
(
1
2
) ( 1
= I : I + I = I :I + I : I = I + I = I =1 ⊗1
2
) ( )
1.3 Tensor Transpose
Problem 1.28
Let A , B and C be arbitrary second-order tensors. Show that:
A : (B ⋅ C ) = (B T ⋅ A ) : C = ( A ⋅ C T ) : B
Solution: Expressing the term A : (B ⋅ C ) in indicial notation we obtain:
δ kp
A : (B ⋅ C ) = A ij eˆ i ⊗ eˆ j : (B lk eˆ l ⊗ eˆ k ⋅ C pq eˆ p ⊗ eˆ q ) = A ij B lk C pq eˆ i ⊗ eˆ j : (δ kp eˆ l ⊗ eˆ q )
δ il
A : (B ⋅ C ) = A ij B lk C pqδ kp eˆ i ⊗ eˆ j : (eˆ l ⊗ eˆ q )
δ jq
Note that, when we are dealing with indicial notation the position of the terms does not
matter, i.e.:
A ij B ik C kj = B ik A ij C kj = A ij C kj B ik
We can now observe that the algebraic operation B ik A ij is equivalent to the components of
the second-order tensor (B T ⋅ A ) kj , thus,
B ik A ij C kj = (B T ⋅ A ) kj C kj = (B T ⋅ A ) : C .
Problem 1.29
r r
Let u , v be vectors and A be a second-order tensor. Show that the following relationship
holds:
r r r r
u⋅ AT ⋅ v = v ⋅ A ⋅u
Solution:
r r r r
u ⋅ AT ⋅ v = v ⋅ A ⋅u
u i eˆ i ⋅ A jl eˆ l ⊗ eˆ j ⋅ v k eˆ k = v k eˆ k ⋅ A jl eˆ j ⊗ eˆ l ⋅ u i eˆ i
u i A jl δ il v k δ jk = v k δ kj A jl u i δ il
u l A jl v j = v j A jl u l
Problem 1.30
Show that σ : W = 0 is always true when σ is a symmetric second-order tensor and W is an
antisymmetric second-order tensor.
Solution:
σ : W = σ ij (eˆ i ⊗ eˆ j ) : Wlk (eˆ l ⊗ eˆ k ) = σ ij Wlk δ il δ jk = σ ij Wij (scalar)
Thus,
σ ij Wij = σ1 j W1 j + σ 2 j W2 j + σ 3 j W3 j
123 1424 3 1
424 3
σ11W11 σ21W21 σ31W31
+ + +
σ12 W12 σ 22 W22 σ32 W32
+ + +
σ13W13 σ23W23 σ33W33
Taking into account the characteristics of a symmetric and an antisymmetric tensor, i.e.
σ12 = σ 21 , σ 31 = σ13 , σ 32 = σ 23 , and W11 = W22 = W33 = 0 , W21 = − W12 , W31 = − W13 ,
W32 = − W23 , the equation above becomes:
σ :W =0
Q.E.D.
Problem 1.31
r r r r r
Show that a) M ⋅ Q ⋅ M = M ⋅ Q sym ⋅ M ; b) A : B = A sym : B sym + A skew : B skew where M is a
vector, and Q , A , B are arbitrary second-order tensors; c) Show that the relationship
ijk T jk = 0 i holds, where T is symmetric, i.e. Tij = T ji .
Solution:
r r r r r r r r
a) M ⋅ Q ⋅ M = M ⋅ (Q sym + Q skew ) ⋅ M = M ⋅ Q sym ⋅ M + M ⋅ Q skew ⋅ M
r r r r
Since the relation M ⋅ Q skew ⋅ M = Q skew : (1
M ⊗ M) = 0 holds, it follows that:
424 3
symmetric tensor
r r r r
M ⋅ Q ⋅ M = M ⋅ Q sym ⋅ M
r r
NOTE: We can make the geometric interpretation of M ⋅ Q skew ⋅ M = 0 as follows. Note that
r r r r r r r r
the algebraic operation Q skew ⋅ M = q (M) is a vector, thus M ⋅ Q skew ⋅ M = M ⋅ q (M) = 0 , which
r r r
implies that M and q (M) are orthogonal vectors. With that we conclude that: the projection of
r r r
an antisymmetric second-order tensor according to the direction ( M ) is the vector ( q (M) )
r
which is orthogonal to M , (see Figure 1.8).
r
Q ⋅M r r r
q (M ) ⋅ M = 0
r r r r
M q (M) = Q skew ⋅ M r
M
Figure 1.8
b)
A :B = ( A sym + A skew ) : (B sym + B skew )
= A sym : B sym + 1
A sym
42
skew
: B43 A skew
+1 B sym + A skew : B skew
42: 43
=0 =0
= A sym : B sym + A skew : B skew
Then, it is also valid that:
A : B sym = A sym : B sym ; A : B skew = A skew : B skew
Q.E.D.
c)
ijk T jk = ij1 T j1 + ij 2 T j 2 + ij 3 T j 3 = 0 i
= i11 T11 + i 21 T21 + i 31 T31 + i12 T12 + i 22 T22 + i 32 T32 + i13 T13 + i 23 T23 + i 33 T33
= i 21 T21 + i 31 T31 + i12 T12 + i 32 T32 + i13 T13 + i 23 T23 = 0 i
Then, the vector components are:
i =1 ⇒ 1 jk T jk = 132 T32 + 123 T23 = − T32 + T23 = 0 ⇒ T32 = T23
i=2 ⇒ 2 jk T jk = 231 T31 + 213 T13 = T31 − T13 = 0 ⇒ T31 = T13
i=3 ⇒ 3 jk T jk = 321 T21 + 312 T12 = − T21 + T12 = 0 ⇒ T21 = T12
with that we have shown that: if ijk T jk = 0 i holds this implies that T is symmetric, i.e.
T = TT .
Problem 1.32
Given a second-order tensor A in which the components of the symmetric part is known in
the Cartesian system:
4 2 0
A ijsym = 2 1 0
0 0 3
Solution:
ˆ ⋅ A ⋅N
In Problem 1.31 it was shown that N ˆ ⋅ A sym ⋅ N
ˆ =N ˆ with that we can obtain:
4 2 0 1
ˆ ⋅ A ⋅N
N ˆ ⋅A
ˆ =N sym
⋅ Nˆ = Ni A ijsymN j = [1 0 0] 2 1 0 0 = 4
0 0 3 0
Problem 1.33
Let W be an antisymmetric tensor. a) Show that W ⋅ W is a symmetric second-order tensor.
b) Also show that (W T ⋅ W ⋅ W ) : 1 = 0 .
Solution:
a) If we show that (W ⋅ W ) skew = 0 holds, then we prove that W ⋅ W is symmetric.
(W ⋅ W ) skew =
1
2
[ 1
2
] [ 1
( W ⋅ W) − (W ⋅ W )T = (W ⋅ W) − WT ⋅ WT = [(W ⋅ W) − W ⋅ W ] = 0
2
]
where we have applied the antisymmetric tensor property W = −W T .
Alternative solutions a) The tensor A is symmetric if A = A T , so, if we can show that
W ⋅ W = ( W ⋅ W )T , the tensor ( W ⋅ W ) is symmetric. Taking into account the definition of
antisymmetric tensor, W = − W T , we can obtain:
W ⋅ W = ( − W T ) ⋅ ( − W T ) = W T ⋅ W T = ( W ⋅ W )T
We can also check the symmetry by means of the tensor components:
0 W12 W13 0 W12 W13
( W ⋅ W ) ij = − W12 0 W23 − W12 0 W23
− W13 − W23 0 − W13 − W23 0
− W122
− W132 − W13 W23 W12 W23
= − W13 W23 − W122− 2
W23 − W12 W13
W12 W23 − W12 W13 2
− W132 − W23
b) Let us try to write the term (W T ⋅ W ⋅ W ) : 1 (scalar) in indicial notation. Note that the
tensor (WT ⋅ W ⋅ W) is a second-order tensor, since:
δ jl δ kp
and
δ ir
δ qs
Note that the following is true:
(W T ⋅ W ⋅ W ) : 1 = (W T ⋅ W ⋅ W) iq δ iq = (W ji W jk Wkq )δ iq = W ji (W jk Wki ) = W : (W ⋅ W) = 0
As we have seen in Problem 1.30, the double scalar product between a symmetric tensor
(W ⋅ W ) and an antisymmetric tensor ( W ) is zero.
Problem 1.34
1
Let B be a second-order tensor such that B pq = pqs a s with a i = ijk B jk . Prove that B is an
2
antisymmetric tensor.
Solution:
1 1 1
B pq = pqs a s = pqs sjk B jk = pqs sjk B jk = pqs jks B jk
2 2 2
Taking into account the relationship pqs jks = δ pj δ qk − δ pk δ qj , the above equation can be
rewritten as follows:
1 1 1 1
B pq = pqs jksB jk = (δ pjδ qk − δ pkδ qj )B jk = (δ pjδ qk B jk − δ pkδ qjB jk ) = (B pq − B qp ) = B skew
pq
2 2 2 2
Alternative solution:
Taking into account that B qp = qps a s and pqs = − qps , we can conclude that:
Problem 1.35
Show that the tensor A skew ⋅ A sym + A sym ⋅ A skew is an antisymmetric tensor.
Solution: Denoting by B = A skew ⋅ A sym + A sym ⋅ A skew , and by taking into account that
A skew = −(A skew ) T , A sym = (A sym ) T , we can conclude that:
B = A skew ⋅ A sym + A sym ⋅ A skew = A skew ⋅ A sym − A sym ⋅ ( A skew )T = A skew ⋅ A sym − ( A skew ⋅ A sym )T
= 2( A skew ⋅ A sym ) skew
Problem 1.36
r
Let T be an arbitrary second-order tensor, and n be a vector. Check if the relationship
r r
n ⋅ T = T ⋅ n is valid.
Solution:
r r
n ⋅ T = n i eˆ i ⋅ Tkl (eˆ k ⊗ eˆ l ) T ⋅ n = Tlk (eˆ l ⊗ eˆ k ) ⋅ n i eˆ i
= n i Tkl δ ik eˆ l = n i Tlk δ ki eˆ l
and
= n k Tkl eˆ l = n k Tlk eˆ l
= (n1 T1l + n 2 T2 l + n 3 T3l )eˆ l = (n1 Tl1 + n 2 Tl 2 + n 3 Tl 3 )eˆ l
With the above we can prove that n k Tkl ≠ n k Tlk , then:
r r
n⋅ T ≠ T ⋅n
r r
If T is a symmetric tensor, it follows that the relationship n ⋅ T sym = T sym ⋅ n holds.
Problem 1.37
r r r
Obtain the axial vector w associated with the antisymmetric second-order tensor ( x ⊗ a ) skew .
r
Solution: Let z be an arbitrary vector, it then holds that:
r r r r r
( x ⊗ a ) skew ⋅ z = w ∧ z
r r r
where w is the axial vector associated with ( x ⊗ a ) skew . Using the definition of an
antisymmetric tensor:
r r 1 r r
[r r 1 r r r r
]
( x ⊗ a ) skew = ( x ⊗ a ) − ( x ⊗ a )T = [ x ⊗ a − a ⊗ x ]
2 2
r r skew r r r
and by replacing it with ( x ⊗ a ) ⋅ z = w ∧ z , we obtain:
1 r r r r r r r
[x ⊗ a − a ⊗ x ] ⋅ z = w ∧ z ⇒ [xr ⊗ ar − ar ⊗ xr ] ⋅ zr = 2wr ∧ zr
2
r r r r r r r r
By using the equation [x ⊗ a − a ⊗ x ] ⋅ z = z ∧ ( x ∧ a ) , (see Problem 1.17), the above
equation becomes:
[xr ⊗ ar − ar ⊗ xr ] ⋅ zr = zr ∧ ( xr ∧ ar ) = (ar ∧ xr ) ∧ zr = 2wr ∧ zr
with the above we can conclude that:
r 1 r r r r
w = (a ∧ x ) is the axial vector associated with ( x ⊗ a ) skew
2
Problem 1.38
Let us consider two symmetric tensors W (1) and W ( 2) , and their axial vectors represented
r r
respectively by w (1) and w ( 2) . Show that:
r r r r
W (1) ⋅ W ( 2 ) = ( w ( 2 ) ⊗ w (1) ) − ( w (1) ⋅ w ( 2) )1
r r
Tr[W (1) ⋅ W ( 2 ) ] = −2( w (1) ⋅ w ( 2) )
Solution: By means of the antisymmetric tensor properties, we can obtain that:
r r r
W (1) ⋅ a = w (1) ∧ a
r r r
a ⋅ W (1) = −a ∧ w (1)
T
r r r
r r r and W ( 2) ⋅ a = w ( 2 ) ∧ a
− a ⋅ W (1) = −a ∧ w (1)
r r r
a ⋅ W (1) = a ∧ w (1)
r r
Then, by applying the dot product (a ⋅ W (1) ) ⋅ ( W ( 2) ⋅ a) we obtain:
r r r r r r
(a ⋅ W (1) ) ⋅ ( W ( 2 ) ⋅ a) = (a ∧ w (1) ) ⋅ ( w ( 2 ) ∧ a)
We will continue the development in indicial notation:
(a i Wij(1) )(W jk(1) a k ) = ( ijk a j wk(1) )( ipq w (p2 ) a q )
[ ]
a i (Wij(1) W (jk1) )a k = a j ( ijk ipq wk(1) w (p2 ) )a q = a j (δ jp δ kq − δ jq δ kp ) wk(1) w (p2) a q
[
= a j δ jp δ kq wk(1) w (p2 ) − δ jq δ kp wk(1) w (p2) a q]
=aj [w (1) ( 2 )
q wj − δ jq wk(1) wk( 2) a q]
In tensorial notation the above equation becomes:
r
[ ]
r r r
[ r r r
a ⋅ W (1) ⋅ W ( 2 ) ⋅ a = a ⋅ ( w ( 2 ) ⊗ w (1) ) − ( w (1) ⋅ w ( 2 ) )1 ] ⋅ ar
r r r r
With that we can conclude that W (1) ⋅ W ( 2) = ( w ( 2) ⊗ w (1) ) − ( w (1) ⋅ w ( 2) )1 .
b)
[ ] r
[ r r r r
] r
[ r r
]
Tr W (1) ⋅ W ( 2 ) = Tr ( w ( 2 ) ⊗ w (1) ) − ( w (1) ⋅ w ( 2 ) )1 = Tr ( w ( 2) ⊗ w (1) ) − Tr ( w (1) ⋅ w ( 2) )1 [ ]
r r r r r r
= ( w ( 2) ⋅ w (1) ) − ( w (1) ⋅ w ( 2 ) ) 1
Tr21] = −2( w (1) ⋅ w ( 2 ) )
[3
=3
Alternative solution
In this alternative solution we use the tensor components in which it fulfills:
0 W12(1) W13(1) 0 − w3(1) w2(1)
(1) (1)
Wij(1) = − W12(1) 0 W23 = w3 0 − w1(1)
− W (1) − W12(1) 0 − w2(1) w1(1) 0
12
NOTE: The alternative solution by means of components was made only as a check. The
reader must give priority to the solution via indicial or tensorial notation, since the solution via
components is not always so simple to obtain.
Problem 1.39
r r r r
Show that Tr (a ⊗ b) = a ⋅ b .
Solution:
r r r r
Tr (a ⊗ b) = Tr[(a i eˆ i ) ⊗ (b j eˆ j )] = ai b j Tr[eˆ i ⊗ eˆ j ] = ai b j (eˆ i ⋅ eˆ j ) = ai b jδ ij = a i b i = a ⋅ b
r r
= ai eˆ i ⋅ b j eˆ j = a ⋅ b
Problem 1.40
1
Given Tij = λE kk δ ij + 2µ Eij , W = Tij E ij , and P = Tij Tij , show that:
2
λ
W = µE : E + [Tr( E )]2 and P = 4µ 2 E : E + λ (3λ + 4µ )[Tr ( E )]
2
2
Solution 1: (Indicial notation)
1
2
1
2
( 1
2
) ( 1
) (
W = Tij E ij = λE kk δ ij + 2µ E ij E ij = λE kk δ ij E ij + 2µ E ij E ij = λE kk E ii + 2µ E ij E ij
2
)
λ
since E kk = E ii = Tr (E ) and Eij Eij = E : E , we can conclude that W = µ E : E + [Tr( E )]2 .
2
( )(
P = TijTij = λEkkδ ij + 2 µEij λEqqδ ij + 2 µEij )
= λEkkδ ijλEqqδ ij + λEkkδ ij 2 µEij + 2 µEijλEqqδ ij + 2 µEij 2 µEij
= λ 2 Ekkδ ii Eqq + 2 µλEkk Eii + 2 µλEii Eqq + 4 µ 2 Eij Eij = 3λ 2 Ekk Eqq + 4 µλEkk Eii + 4 µ 2 Eij Eij
= λ(3λ + 4 µ )Ekk Eqq + 4 µ 2 Eij Eij
Problem 1.41
Let σ ij be the second-order tensor components which are a function of ε ij , σ ij = σ ij (ε ij ) , and
is given by:
σ ij = λε kk δ ij + 2µ ε ij Tensorial
→ σ = λTr (ε )1 + 2µ ε
where λ and µ are scalars. Starting with the above equation, obtain an expression for ε ij in
function of σ ij , i.e. ε ij = ε ij (σ ij ) . Express the result in indicial and tensorial notation.
Solution:
Indicial notation Tensorial notation
σ ij = λε kk δ ij + 2µ ε ij σ = λTr (ε )1 + 2µ ε
⇒ 2µ ε ij = σ ij − λε kk δ ij ⇒ 2µ ε = σ − λTr (ε )1
1 λ 1 λ
⇒ ε ij = σ ij − ε kk δ ij ⇒ε= σ− Tr (ε )1
2µ 2µ 2µ 2µ
Next, we need to obtain the following trace ε kk , to do this we obtain the trace of σ ij :
Then
Indicial notation Tensorial notation
1 λ 1 λ
ε ij = σ ij − ε kk δ ij ε= σ− Tr (ε )1
2µ 2µ 2µ 2µ
1 λ 1 1 λ
= σ ij − σ kk δ ij = σ− Tr (σ )1
2µ 2µ (3λ + 2µ ) 2µ 2 µ (3λ + 2 µ )
Problem 1.42
Let T be a second-order tensor. Show that:
( T m )T = ( T T ) m and Tr ( T T ) m = Tr ( T m ) .
Solution:
( T m )T = ( T ⋅ T L T )T = T T ⋅ T T L T T = ( T T ) m
For the second demonstration we can use the trace property Tr ( T T ) = Tr ( T ) , thus:
Tr ( T T ) m = Tr ( T m )T = Tr ( T m )
Problem 1.43
Show that T : 1 = Tr (T ) , where T is an arbitrary second-order tensor.
Solution:
T : 1 = Tij eˆ i ⊗ eˆ j : δ kl eˆ k ⊗ eˆ l = Tijδ klδ ikδ jl = Tijδ ij = Tii = T jj = Tr ( T )
Problem 1.44
Show that if σ and D are second-order tensors, the following relationship is valid:
σ ⋅ ⋅ D = Tr (σ ⋅ D )
Solution: We start with the following definition:
σ ⋅ ⋅ D = σ ij D ji
= σ kj D jlδ ikδ il = σ kj D jlδ lk
= σ kj D jl δ lk
123
( σ⋅D )
kl
= (σ ⋅ D) kl δ lk = (σ ⋅ D) kk = (σ ⋅ D) ll
= Tr (σ ⋅ D)
An alternative demonstration would be:
Problem 1.45
Show that A tpq = rjk A rt A jp A kq .
Solution:
We start with the following definition:
A = rjk A r1 A j 2 A k 3 ⇒ A tpq = rjk tpq A r1A j 2 A k 3 (1.23)
and also taking into account that the term rjk tpq can be replaced by:
δ rt δ rp δ rq
rjk tpq = δ jt δ jp δ jq = δ rtδ jpδ kq + δ rpδ jqδ kt + δ rqδ jtδ kp − δ rqδ jpδ kt − δ jqδ kpδ rt − δ kqδ jtδ rp
δ kt δ kp δ kq
(1.24)
Then, by substituting (1.24) into (1.23) we can obtain:
A tpq = A t1A p 2 A q 3 + A p1A q 2 A t 3 + A q1A t 2 A p 3 − A q1A p 2 A t 3 − A t1A q 2 A p 3 − A p1A t 2 A q 3
( ) ( ) ( )
= A t1 1 jk A pj A qk + A t 2 2 jk A pj A qk + A t 3 3 jk A pj A qk = rjk A rt A jp A kq = rjk A tr A pj A qk
Problem 1.46
1
Show that A = rjk tpq A rt A jp A kq .
6
Solution:
Starting with the definition A tpq = rjk A rt A jp A kq , (see Problem 1.45), and by multiplying
both sides of the equation by tpq , we obtain:
Solution:
Expressing in Voigt notation the left side of the above equation we obtain:
r r r
ijk (B ⋅ a) i b j c k − ijk (B ⋅ b) i a j c k + ijk (B ⋅ c ) i a j b k =
⇒= ijk [(B i1a1 + B i 2 a 2 + B i 3 a 3 )b j c k − (B i1b1 + B i 2 b 2 + B i 3b 3 )a j c k +
+ (B i1 c 1 + B i 2 c 2 + B i 3 c 3 )a j b k ]
⇒= ijk [(B i1a1b j c k + B i 2 a 2 b j c k + B i 3 a 3b j c k ) − (B i1b1 a j c k + B i 2 b 2 a j c k + B i 3b 3 a j c k ) +
+ (B i1 c 1 a j b k + B i 2 c 2 a j b k + B i 3 c 3 a j b k )]
⇒= ijk [B i1 (a1b j c k − b1a j c k + c 1a j b k ) + B i 2 (a 2 b j c k − b 2 a j c k + c 2 a j b k ) +
+ B i 3 (a 3b j c k − b 3 a j c k + c 3 a j b k )]
Note that:
a1 a 2 a3
1 jk (a1b j c k − b1a j c k + c 1a j b k ) = b1 b 2 b 3 = ijk a i b j c k
c1 c2 c3
r r r r r r r r r r r r
(B ⋅ a) ⋅ (b ∧ c ) + a ⋅ ((B ⋅ b) ∧ c ) + a ⋅ (b ∧ (B ⋅ c )) = Tr (B)[a ⋅ (b ∧ c )]
r r r r r r r r r r r r (1.28)
⇒ [(B ⋅ a), b, c ] + [a, (B ⋅ b), c ] + [a, b, (B ⋅ c )] = IB [a, b, c]
Problem 1.48
Show the following property:
r r r r r r
( A ⋅ a) ⋅ [( A ⋅ b) ∧ ( A ⋅ c )] = det ( A )[a ⋅ (b ∧ c)] (1.29)
r r r
where A is a non-singular second order tensor, and a , b and c are linearly independent
vectors.
Solution:
A non-singular tensor ⇒ det( A ) ≡ A ≠ 0 .
r r r r r r
a , b , c linearly independent vectors ⇒ a ⋅ (b ∧ c) ≠ 0 .
r r r
We express the scalar triple product in indicial notation, i.e. a ⋅ (b ∧ c ) = ijk aib j c k , and by
multiply both sides of this equation by the determinant of A we obtain:
r r r
a ⋅ (b ∧ c ) A = ijk aib j c k A
where I sym is the symmetric fourth-order unit tensor, A and B are second-order tensors.
Note that det ( I sym ) = (1) 3 + (1) 2 (0)(0 : 0 ) = 1 and det (1 ⊗ 1) = (0) 3 + (0) 2 (1)(1 : 1) = 0 .
Problem 1.50
r r
Let A be an arbitrary second-order tensor. Show that there is a nonzero vector n ≠ 0 so that
r r
A ⋅ n = 0 if and only if det ( A ) = 0 , Chadwick (1976).
r r
Solution: Firstly, we show that, if det ( A ) ≡ A = 0 ⇒ n ≠ 0 . Secondly, we show that, if
r r
n ≠ 0 ⇒ det ( A ) ≡ A = 0 .
r r r
We assume that det ( A ) ≡ A = 0 , and we choose an arbitrary basis {f , g, h} (linearly
independent), then:
(
r r r
) r r
[ r
]
f ⋅ g ∧ h A = ( A ⋅ f ) ⋅ ( A ⋅ g) ∧ ( A ⋅ h) , (see Problem 1.48)
r r r r
(r r
α ( A ⋅ f ) + β ( A ⋅ g) + γ ( A ⋅ h) = 0 ⇒ A ⋅ αf + β g + γh = 0 ⇒ A ⋅ n = 0
r
) r r r
r r r r r r r r
where n = αf + β g + γh ≠ 0 since {f , g, h} is linearly independent.
r r r
Now we choose two vectors k , m , which are linearly independent to n . Once more, we
apply definition:
r r r r
k ⋅ (m ∧ n) A = ( A ⋅ k ) ⋅ [( A ⋅ m) ∧ ( A ⋅ n)]
r r
r r r r r r r r
Considering that A ⋅ n = 0 , and k ⋅ (m ∧ n) ≠ 0 owing to the fact that k , m , n are linearly
independent, we can conclude that:
r r r
k ⋅ (m ∧ n) A = 0 ⇒ A =0
14243
≠0
Problem 1.51
Let F be an arbitrary second-order tensor. Show that the resulting tensors C = F T ⋅ F and
b = F ⋅ F T are symmetric tensors and semi-positive definite tensors. Also check in what condition are
C and b positive definite tensors.
Solution: Symmetry:
C T = (F T ⋅ F )T = F T ⋅ (F T )T = F T ⋅ F = C
b T = (F ⋅ F T ) T = (F T )T ⋅ F T = F ⋅ F T = b
Or in indicial notation:
x i C ij x j = x i ( Fki Fkj ) x j x i bij x j = x i ( Fik F jk ) x j
= ( Fki x i )( Fkj x j ) = ( Fik x i )( F jk x j )
2 2
= Fki x i ≥0 = Fik x i ≥0
Thus, we proved that C = F T ⋅ F and b = F ⋅ F T are semi-positive definite tensors. Note that
r r
xˆ ⋅ C ⋅ xˆ = F ⋅ xˆ equals zero, when xˆ ≠ 0 , if F ⋅ xˆ = 0 . Furthermore, by definition
2
r r
F ⋅ xˆ = 0 with xˆ ≠ 0 if and only if det ( F ) = 0 , (see Problem 1.50). Then, the tensors
C = F T ⋅ F and b = F ⋅ F T are positive definite if and only if det ( F ) ≠ 0 .
Problem 1.52
r r r r r r
Let dX (1) , dX ( 2) , dX (3) , dx (1) , dx ( 2) , dx (3) be vectors, and they are related to each other as
r r r r r r
follows dx (1) = F ⋅ dX (1) , dx ( 2) = F ⋅ dX ( 2) , dx (3) = F ⋅ dX (3) , where F is a non-singular
second-order tensor and ∃F −1 . a.1) Considering dV = dx (1) ⋅ (dx ( 2) ∧ dx (3) ) ≠ 0 and
r r r
r r r
dV0 = dX (1) ⋅ (dX ( 2 ) ∧ dX (3) ) ≠ 0 , obtain a relationship between the scalars dV and dV0 in
r r r r
terms of F . a.2) Obtain the relationship between c = dX ( 2) ∧ dX (3) ≠ 0 and
r r r r
c * = dx ( 2 ) ∧ dx ( 3 ) ≠ 0 .
Solution
a.1) Taking into account the problem statement it fulfills that:
r r r r r
[ r
dV = dx (1) ⋅ (dx ( 2 ) ∧ dx (3) ) = ( F ⋅ dX (1) ) ⋅ ( F ⋅ dX ( 2 ) ) ∧ ( F ⋅ dX (3) ) ]
r r r
In Problem 1.48 it was proven that a ⋅ (b ∧ c) A = ( A ⋅ a) ⋅ ( A ⋅ b) ∧ ( A ⋅ c ) , so
r
[ r r
]
r r r r r
[ r
a ⋅ (b ∧ c) A = ( A ⋅ a) ⋅ ( A ⋅ b) ∧ ( A ⋅ c ) ]
r r r r r
[ r
⇒ dX (1) ⋅ (dX ( 2 ) ∧ dX (3) ) F = ( F ⋅ dX (1) ) ⋅ ( F ⋅ dX ( 2 ) ) ∧ ( F ⋅ dX (3) ) ]
With that we conclude that:
r r r r
[ r r r
] r
[ r
dV = dx (1) ⋅ (dx ( 2 ) ∧ dx (3) ) = ( F ⋅ dX (1) ) ⋅ ( F ⋅ dX ( 2 ) ) ∧ ( F ⋅ dX (3) ) = F dX (1) ⋅ (dX ( 2 ) ∧ dX (3) ) ]
thus
dV = F dV0 (1.33)
r r r
F dx (1) = F ⋅ dX (1)
dX (1)
r r r
r c * = dx ( 2 ) ∧ dx ( 3 )
dX ( 3 ) r r
r r r c* ≠ F ⋅c
c = dX ( 2) ∧ dX (3) r r
c * = [cof ( F )] ⋅ c r r
dx ( 3) = F ⋅ dX ( 3)
dV = F dV0
r r r
dX ( 2 ) dx ( 2) = F ⋅ dX ( 2)
r r r
dV0 = dX (1) ⋅ (dX ( 2) ∧ dX ( 3) ) ≠ 0 r r r
dV = dx (1) ⋅ ( dx ( 2) ∧ dx ( 3) ) ≠ 0
−1
F
Figure 1.9
r r r
NOTE 2: Let us suppose now that F = A ⋅ B , and let us consider three vectors a ⋅ (b ∧ c ) ≠ 0 ,
r r r r r r
and a * = B ⋅ a , b * = B ⋅ b , c * = B ⋅ c , thus by apply the previous definitions we can state:
r r r r
[ r r
F a ⋅ (b ∧ c ) = ( F ⋅ a ) ⋅ ( F ⋅ b ) ∧ ( F ⋅ c ) ] r
[ r r
= ( A ⋅ B ⋅ a) ⋅ ( A ⋅ B ⋅ b) ∧ ( A ⋅ B ⋅ c ) ]
r
[ r r
= ( A ⋅ a* ) ⋅ ( A ⋅ b*) ∧ ( A ⋅ c * ) ]
r r r r
[ r r
= A a * ⋅ (b * ∧ c * ) = A ( B ⋅ a ) ⋅ ( B ⋅ b ) ∧ ( B ⋅ c ) ]
r r r
= A B a ⋅ (b ∧ c )
Problem 1.54
Show that adj( A ⋅ B) = adj(B) ⋅ adj( A ) and cof( A ⋅ B) = [cof( A )] ⋅ [cof(B)] .
Solution:
Based on the definition of the inverse of a tensor we can say that:
B −1 ⋅ A −1 =
[adj(B)] ⋅ [adj(A )]
B A
⇒ A B B −1 ⋅ A −1 = [adj(B)] ⋅ [adj( A )] = [cof(B)] ⋅ [cof( A)]T
T
⇒ A B (A ⋅ B ) = [adj(B)] ⋅ [adj( A )] =
−1
( [cof(A)]⋅ [cof(B)] ) T
(1.34)
⇒AB
[adj(A ⋅ B)] = [adj(B)] ⋅ [adj(A)] = ([cof(A)] ⋅ [cof(B)])T
A ⋅B
⇒ adj( A ⋅ B) = [adj(B)] ⋅ [adj( A )] = ([cof( A )] ⋅ [cof(B)])
T
Q.E.D.
where we have used the property A ⋅ B = A B . Also taking into account the definition of
adjugate and cofactor we can conclude that:
adj( A ⋅ B) = ([cof( A ⋅ B)]) = ([cof( A )]⋅ [cof(B)]) [cof(A ⋅ B)] = [cof(A)]⋅ [cof(B)]
T T
⇒ (1.35)
Problem 1.55
Show that:
r r r r
( A ⋅ a) ∧ ( A ⋅ b) = [cof( A )] ⋅ (a ∧ b) (1.36)
Solution:
Starting from the equation A tpq = rjk A rt A jp A kq , (see Problem 1.45), and by multiply both
sides by a t b p , we obtain:
A tpq a t b p = rjk A rt A jp A kq a t b p = rjk ( A rt a t )( A jp b p ) A kq
−1
[cof ( A )] sq
Note that A qs = holds, whereby the above equation becomes:
A
−1
[cof ( A )] sq
A tpq a t b p A qs = A tpq a t b p = [cof ( A )] sq tpq a t b p = rjs ( A rt a t )( A jp b p )
A
r r r r
⇒ [cof( A )] ⋅ (a ∧ b) = ( A ⋅ a) ∧ ( A ⋅ b)
Problem 1.56
Show that:
r
[ r r
] r r
[ r r
] r r
[ ]
r r r
a ⋅ ( A ⋅ b) ∧ ( A ⋅ c ) + ( A ⋅ a) ⋅ b ∧ ( A ⋅ c ) + ( A ⋅ a) ⋅ ( A ⋅ b) ∧ c = Tr ([cof ( A )]) a ⋅ (b ∧ c ) [ ]
(1.37)
Solution:
r r r r
In Problem 1.55 it was demonstrated that [cof( A )] ⋅ (a ∧ b) = ( A ⋅ a) ∧ ( A ⋅ b) , thus the
following relationships hold:
r r r r
[r r
a ⋅ [cof( A )] ⋅ (b ∧ c ) = a ⋅ ( A ⋅ b) ∧ ( A ⋅ c ) ]
r r r r
− b ⋅ [cof( A )] ⋅ (a ∧ c ) = −b ⋅ [( A ⋅ a) ∧ ( A ⋅ c ) ] = ( A ⋅ a) ⋅ b ∧ ( A ⋅ c )
r r r r r
[ ]
r r r r
[r r
]r r
c ⋅ [cof( A )] ⋅ (a ∧ b) = c ⋅ ( A ⋅ a) ∧ ( A ⋅ b) = ( A ⋅ a) ⋅ ( A ⋅ b) ∧ c
r
[ ]
Summing the three above equations we obtain:
r r r r r r r r r
a ⋅ [cof( A )] ⋅ (b ∧ c ) − b ⋅ [cof( A )] ⋅ (a ∧ c ) + c ⋅ [cof( A )] ⋅ (a ∧ b) =
r
[ r r
]r r
[
r r
] r r
= a ⋅ ( A ⋅ b) ∧ ( A ⋅ c ) + ( A ⋅ a) ⋅ b ∧ ( A ⋅ c ) + ( A ⋅ a) ⋅ ( A ⋅ b) ∧ c [ ]
a ⋅ [( A ⋅ b) ∧ ( A ⋅ c )] + ( A ⋅ a) ⋅ [b ∧ ( A ⋅ c )] + ( A ⋅ a) ⋅ [( A ⋅ b) ∧ c ] = II [a ⋅ (b ∧ c )]
r r r r r r r r r r r r
A
(1.39)
r r r α 1 α2 α3
β r r r
[ f ⋅ (g ∧ h)] = 1 β 2 β 3 [a, b, c ]
γ 1 γ 2 γ 3
r r r r r r r r r
[ f , b, c ] [a, f , c ] [a, b, f ]
1 r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r
= r r r [g , b, c ] [a, g, c ] [a, b, g] [a, b, c ] = P [a, b, c ]
[a, b, c ] r r r r r r r r r
[h, b, c ] [a, h, c ] [a, b, h]
where
r r r r r r r r r
α 1 α 2 α 3 [ f , b, c ] [a, f , c ] [a, b, f ]
1 r r r r r r r r r
P = β 1 β 2 β 3 = r r r [g, b, c ] [a, g, c ] [a, b, g] (1.42)
r r r r r r r r r
γ 1 γ 2 γ 3 [a, b, c ] [h, b, c ] [a, h, c ] [a, b, h]
r r r r r r
For the case when f = A ⋅ a , g = A ⋅ b , h = A ⋅ c , the principal invariants of P are:
1
( r r r r r r r r r
I P = Tr ( P ) = r r r [ A ⋅ a, b, c] + [a, A ⋅ b, c] + [a, b, A ⋅ c ] = I A
[a, b, c]
)
r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r
1 [a , A ⋅ b, c ] [a, b, A ⋅ b] [ A ⋅ a, b, c] [a, b, A ⋅ a] [ A ⋅ a, b, c ] [a, A ⋅ a, c ]
II P = r r r r r r r r r + r r r r r r + r r r r r r
([a, b, c ]) 2 [a, A ⋅ c, c] [a, b, A ⋅ c] [ A ⋅ c, b, c ] [a, b, A ⋅ c] [ A ⋅ b, b, c] [a, A ⋅ b, c]
= II A
III P = III A = det (A )
NOTE 3: Let us consider the Cartesian system where
r r
a = a1eˆ 1 + a 2 eˆ 2 + a 3 eˆ 3 a a a2 a 3 eˆ 1
r r 1
b = b1eˆ 1 + b 2 eˆ 2 + b 3 eˆ 3 ⇒ b = b1 b2 b 3 eˆ 2
r cr c c2 c 3 eˆ 3
c = c 1eˆ 1 + c 2 eˆ 2 + c 3 eˆ 3 1
r r r
Also let us consider that f = eˆ 1 , g = eˆ 2 , h = eˆ 3 , so, taking into account the above equation
and the equation in (1.41) we can conclude that:
r r
f α α 2 α 3 ar 1 0 0 eˆ 1 α 1 α 2 α 3 a1 a 2 a 3 eˆ 1
r 1 0 1 0 eˆ = β
g = β 1 β 2 β 3 b ⇒ 2 1 β 2 β 3 b1 b 2 b 3 eˆ 2
r γ r
γ 2 γ 3 c 0 0 1 eˆ 3 γ 1 γ 2 γ 3 c 1 c 2 c 3 eˆ 3
h 1
thus
−1
α 1 α 2 α 3 a 1 a 2 a 3 1 0 0 α 1 α 2 α 3 a1 a 2 a 3
β β 2 β 3 b1 b 2 b 3 = 0 1 0 ⇒ β β 2 β 3 = b1 b 2 b 3
1 1
γ 1 γ 2 γ 3 c 1 c 2 c 3 0 0 1 γ 1 γ 2 γ 3 c 1 c 2 c 3
With that we can obtain the inverse of a tensor. Let us consider the tensor A where the
components are:
A 11 A12 A 13 a1 a 2 a3
r r r
A ij = A 21 A 22 A 23 = b1 b 2 b 3 ⇒ A = [a, b, c ]
A 31 A 32 A 33 c1 c 2 c 3
Note that the coefficient of the above matrix, [cof(A )]ij , can be obtained by solving the
determinant of the resulting matrix by removing the i th row and the j th column, which result
we multiply by (−1) i + j , for example:
a1 a 2 a3
b b3
[cof(A)]12 = (−1) 1+ 2
b1 b 2 b3 = − 1
c1 c 3
c1 c2 c3
Problem 1.57
Given the scalars I C , II C , III C in terms of the scalars I E , II E , III E :
I C = 2I E + 3
II C = 4 I E + 4 II E + 3 (1.43)
III C = 2 I E + 4 II E + 8 III E + 1
Obtain the reverse form of the above equations, i.e. obtain I E , II E , III E in terms of I C , II C ,
III C .
Solution:
The equations in (1.43) can be restructured as follows:
I C 2 0 0 I E 3 2 0 0 I E I C 3
4 4 0 II = II − 3
II C = 4 4 0 II E + 3 ⇒ E C
III 2 4 8 III 1 2 4 8 III E III C 1
C E
−1 −1
2 0 0 2 0 0 I E 2 0 0 I C 3
⇒ 4 4 0 4 4 0 II E = 4 4 0 II C − 3
2 4 8 2 4 8 III E 2 4 8 III C 1
−1
I E 2 0 0 I C − 3
II E = 4 4 0 II C − 3
III 2 4 8 III − 1
E C
where
T
4 0 4 0 4 4
− 1
−1 4 8 2 8 2 4
2 0 0
2 0 0 −1
1 1 0 0 2 0 2 0 1
A −1
= 4 4 0 = [cof( A ) ]T = − − = 0
A 64 4 8 2 8 2 4 2 4
2 4 8 1 −1 1
0 0 2 0 2 0 8
− 8 8
4 0 4 0 4 4
with that the scalars I E , II E , III E can be obtained as follows:
1 1
0 0 2 ( I C − 3)
I C − 3 2
−1
I −3
I E 2 0 0
−1 1 C 1
II E = 4 4 0 II C − 3 = 0 II C − 3 = ( −2 I C + II C + 3)
III 2 4 8 III − 1 2 4
III − 1 4
E C 1 −1 1 C 1
8 8 8 8 ( I C − II C + III C − 1)
Problem 1.58
Find a fourth-order tensor P so that P : A = A dev , where A is a second-order tensor.
Solution: Taking into account the additive decomposition into spherical and deviatoric parts,
we obtain:
Tr ( A ) Tr ( A )
A = A sph + A dev = 1 + A dev ⇒ A dev = A − 1
3 3
By definition the fourth-order tensors are:
I = 1⊗1 = δ ik δ jl eˆ i ⊗ eˆ j ⊗ eˆ k ⊗ eˆ l = I ijkl eˆ i ⊗ eˆ j ⊗ eˆ k ⊗ eˆ l (1.44)
Problem 1.59
Under the base transformation eˆ ′i = a ij eˆ j and by considering that the second-order tensor
components in this new base are given by:
Tij′ = a ik a jl Tkl
Show that:
a) Tii′ = Tkk = Tr (T ) ; b) Tij′ T ′ji = Tkl Tlk ; c) det ( T ′) = det ( T )
Solution:
Note that the transformation matrix aij = A is an orthogonal matrix, i.e. A −1 = A T , so the
relationship A T A = 1 (aki akj = δ ij ) hold.
=j
a) Tij′ = aik a jl Tkl i→ Tii′ = aik ail Tkl = δ kl Tkl = Tkk = Tll
we have just shown that Tkk = Tr (T ) , Tkl Tlk = Tr ( T ⋅ T ) and det (T ) are invariants.
Problem 1.60
Let T be a symmetric second-order tensor and I T , II T , III T be scalars, where:
I T = Tr ( T ) = Tii ; II T =
1
2
{2
I T − Tr ( T 2 ) } ; III T = det ( T )
Problem 1.61
Show that the following relations are invariants:
C12 + C 22 + C 32 ; C13 + C 23 + C 33 ; C14 + C 24 + C 34
where C1 , C 2 , C 3 are the eigenvalues of the second-order tensor C .
Solution:
Recall that in the principal space of C the following is true:
C1 0 0 I C = C1 + C 2 + C3
Cij′ = 0 C 2 0 ⇒ II C = C 2 C3 + C1C3 + C1C 2
0 0 C3 III = C C C
C 1 2 3
Any combination of invariants is also an invariant, so, on this basis, we can try to express the
above expressions in terms of their principal invariants.
2
1444
(
424444 3
)
I C2 = (C1 + C 2 + C3 ) = C12 + C 22 + C 32 + 2 C1 C 2 + C1 C3 + C 2 C3 ⇒ C12 + C 22 + C 32 = I C2 − 2 II C
II C
So, we have proved that C12 + C 22 + C 32 is an invariant. Similarly, we can obtain the other
relationships, so, we summarize:
C1 + C 2 + C3 = I C
C12 + C 22 + C32 = I C2 − 2 II C
C13 + C 23 + C33 = I C3 − 3 II C I C + 3 III C
C14 + C 24 + C34 = I C4 − 4 II C I C2 + 4 III C I C + 2 II C2
C15 + C 25 + C35 = I C5 − 5 II C I C3 + 5 III C I C2 + 5 II C2 I C − 5 III C II C
Problem 1.63
Obtain the components of T ′ , given by the transformation:
T′ = A ⋅ T ⋅ AT
where the components of T and A are shown, respectively, as Tij and a ij . Afterwards, given
that a ij are the components of the transformation matrix, represent graphically the
components of the tensors T and T ′ on both systems.
Solution: The expression T ′ = A ⋅ T ⋅ A T in symbolic notation is given by:
′ (eˆ a ⊗ eˆ b ) = ars (eˆ r ⊗ eˆ s ) ⋅ T pq (eˆ p ⊗ eˆ q ) ⋅ akl (eˆ l ⊗ eˆ k ) = ars T pq aklδ spδ ql (eˆ r ⊗ eˆ k )
Tab
= arp T pq akq (eˆ r ⊗ eˆ k )
To obtain the components of T ′ one only need make the double scalar product with the basis
(eˆ i ⊗ eˆ j ) , the result of which is:
T ′ = A T AT x3′
′
T33
′
T23
′
T32 ′
T22
x3
T33 T13′
′
T31 T12′ x2′
T13 ′
T21
T23 T11′
T32
T31 T22
T12
T21 x2 x1′
T11
x1
T = AT T ′ A
Figure 1.10: Transformation law for the second-order tensor components.
Problem 1.64
Let T be a second-order tensor whose components in the Cartesian system (x1 , x 2 , x3 ) are
given by:
3 − 1 0
(T )ij = Tij = T = − 1 3 0
0 0 1
Given that the transformation matrix between two systems, (x1 , x 2 , x3 ) - (x1′ , x 2′ , x 3′ ) , is:
0 0 1
2 2
A= 0
2 2
2 2
− 0
2 2
Obtain the tensor components Tij in the new coordinate system (x1′ , x 2′ , x 3′ ) .
Solution: The transformation law for second-order tensor components is Tij′ = aik a jl Tkl .
To enable the previous calculation to be carried out in matrix form we use:
[ ]
Tij′ = [a i k ] [Tk l ] a l j
T
Thus
T ′ = A T AT
0 2 2
0 1 0 −
2 2
2 3 − 1 0
2 2 2
T ′= 0 − 1 3 0 0
2 2 2 2
2 2 0 0 1
− 0 1 0 0
2 2
On carrying out the operation of the previous matrices we now have:
1 0 0
T ′ = 0 2 0
0 0 4
Problem 1.65
Find the transformation matrix between the systems: x, y , z and x′′′, y′′′, z′′′ . These systems are
represented in Figure 1.11.
z = z′
z ′′ = z ′′′
y ′′′
β
γ y ′ = y ′′
α y
x α x′
γ
x ′′′
x ′′
Figure 1.11: Rotation.
Solution: Note that: if we have an initial space and successive transformations until the final
space, the transformation law from the initial space to the final space is formed by the product
of the transformations in the opposite direction. That is, we place in the final space and we
follow opposite direction of the arrows until the initial space, (see Figure 1.12).
r
a′
A r
a′′
B −1
r
a A −1
C −1 C
initial
space
r current
CBA a′′′
space
Figure 1.12
The coordinate system x′′′, y′′′, z′′′ can be obtained by different combinations of rotations as
follows:
Figure 1.13
x α x′
x′
β
with 0 ≤ β ≤ 180 º
x ′′
x ′′
Figure 1.14
♦ Rotation along the z ′′ -axis, (see Figure 1.15)
z = z′ from x′′, y′′, z′′ to x′′′, y′′′, z′′′
with 0 ≤ γ ≤ 360º
z ′′ = z ′′′
cos γ sin γ 0
C = − sin γ cos γ 0
y ′′′ 0 0 1
β
γ y ′ = y ′′
α y
y ′′
α x′ x′′′
x
y ′′′
γ γ
x ′′′ x′′
x ′′
Figure 1.15
The angles α, β , γ are known as Euler angles and were introduced by Leonhard Euler to
describe the orientation of a rigid body motion, which is discussed in Chapter 4.
Problem 1.66
If a ij represent the components of the base transformation matrix, show that the following
equations are true:
a11
2 2
+ a12 + a132
=1 a11
2 2
+ a 21 2
+ a 31 =1
2 2 2
2 2 2
a 21 + a 22 + a 23 = 1 a12 + a 22 + a 32 = 1
2 2 2 2 2 2
a 31 + a 32 + a 33 = 1 a13 + a 23 + a 33 = 1
or
a11 a 21 + a12 a 22 + a13 a 23 = 0 a11 a12 + a 21 a 22 + a 31 a 32 = 0
a 21 a31 + a 22 a 32 + a 23 a 33 = 0 a12 a13 + a 22 a 23 + a 32 a 33 = 0
a a + a a + a a = 0 a a + a a + a a = 0
11 31 12 32 13 33 11 13 21 23 31 33
Solution:
We start from the principle that the basis transformation matrix is an orthogonal matrix, i.e.
a ik a jk = a ki a kj = δ ij . Then:
(i = 1, j = 1) 2
a11 2
+ a12 2
+ a13 =1
2 2 2
(i = 2, j = 2) a 21 + a 22 + a 23 =1
2 2 2
(i = 3, j = 3) a31 + a 32 + a 33 =1
a ik a jk = a i1 a j1 + a i 2 a j 2 + a i 3 a j 3 = δ ij ⇒
(i = 1, j = 2) a11 a 21 + a12 a 22 + a13 a 23 = 0
(i = 2, j = 3) a 21 a 31 + a 22 a 32 + a 23 a 33 = 0
(i = 1, j = 3) a11 a 31 + a12 a 32 + a13 a 33 = 0
Alternative solution:
a11 a12 a13 a11 a 21 a 31 1 0 0
AA = 1 T
⇒ a a 22 a 23 a12 a 22 a 32 = 0 1 0
21
a 31 a 32 a 33 a13 a 23 a 33 0 0 1
Problem 1.67
r r
a) Obtain the transformation matrix, a ij , from the system OX to the system ox , (see Figure
1.16). The plane defined by the triangle 1 − 2 − 3 is lying on the plane x2 − x3 . b) Obtain the
triangle area in terms of the node coordinates.
x1 x3
3 ( X 1(3) , X 2(3) , X 3(3) )
n̂
x2
2 ( X 1( 2 ) , X 2( 2 ) , X 3( 2 ) )
X3
o
1 ( X 1(1) , X 2(1) , X 3(1) )
ê 3
O
ê1 ê 2 X2
X1
Figure 1.16
Solution:
a) The unit vector associated with the direction 12 is given by:
^ (12)1 ˆ (12)2 ˆ (12)3 ˆ
12 = e1 + e2 + e3 = a21eˆ 1 + a22eˆ 2 + a23eˆ 3
12 12 12
where
12 = ( X 1( 2) − X 1(1) )eˆ 1 + ( X 2( 2) − X 2(1) )eˆ 2 + ( X 3( 2) − X 3(1) )eˆ 3
^ ^ ^
The unit vector nˆ // ox1 can be obtained by nˆ = 12∧ 13 . And the unit vector 13 is given by:
where
13 = ( X 1(3) − X 1(1) )eˆ 1 + ( X 2(3) − X 2(1) )eˆ 2 + ( X 3(3) − X 3(1) )eˆ 3
eˆ 1 eˆ 2 eˆ 3
^ ^
nˆ = 12∧ 13 = a21 a22 a23 = (a22 s3 − a23s2 )eˆ 1 + (a23s1 − a21s3 )eˆ 2 + (a21s2 − a22 s1 )eˆ 3
s1 s2 s3
⇒ nˆ = a11eˆ 1 + a12eˆ 2 + a13eˆ 3
The unit vector associated with the direction ox3 can be calculated as follows:
eˆ 1 eˆ 2 eˆ 3
^ ^
ox3 = nˆ ∧ 12 = a11 a12 a13 = (a12 a23 − a13a22 )eˆ 1 + (a13a21 − a11a23 )eˆ 2 + (a11a22 − a12 a21 )eˆ 3
a21 a22 a23
^
⇒ ox3 = a31eˆ 1 + a32eˆ 2 + a33eˆ 3
r r
Then, the transformation matrix from the system OX to the system ox is given by
a11 a12 a13
A = aij = a21 a22 a23
a31 a32 a33
b) The area vector, formed by 12 and 13 , can be obtained by the means of the cross product
as follows:
eˆ 1 eˆ 2 eˆ 3
r (12) 2 (12)3 ˆ (12)1 (12)3 ˆ (12)1 (12) 2 ˆ
A = (12 ∧ 13) = (12)1 (12) 2 (12)3 = e1 − e2 + e3
(13) 2 (13)3 (13)1 (13)3 (13)1 (13) 2
(13)1 (13) 2 (13)3
= A1eˆ 1 + A2eˆ 2 + A3eˆ 3
And the triangle area is defined by
1 r 1 1
AT = A = (12 ∧ 13) = A12 + A22 + A32
2 2 2
2 2 2
1 (12) 2 (12)3 (12)1 (12)3 (12)1 (12) 2
= + − +
2 (13) 2 (13)3 (13)1 (13)3 (13)1 (13) 2
1
= [(12) 2 (13)3 − (12)3 (13) 2 ]2 + [(12)1 (13)3 − (12)3 (13)1 ]2 + [(12)1 (13) 2 − (12) 2 (13)1 ]2
2
where the components of the vectors 12 and 13 are
12 = ( X 1( 2 ) − X 1(1) )eˆ 1 + ( X 2( 2 ) − X 2(1) )eˆ 2 + ( X 3( 2) − X 3(1) )eˆ 3
13 = ( X 1(3) − X 1(1) )eˆ 1 + ( X 2(3) − X 2(1) )eˆ 2 + ( X 3(3) − X 3(1) )eˆ 3
Problem 1.68
Let Q be a proper orthogonal tensor, and E be an arbitrary second-order tensor. Show that
the eigenvalues of E do not change with the following orthogonal transformation:
E* = Q ⋅ E ⋅ QT
Solution:
We will take into account that the eigenvalues of E are obtained by solving the determinant
E − λ1 = 0 , and that the spherical tensor is the same for any transformation
1 = Q ⋅ λ1 ⋅ Q T = 1 * , then:
Problem 1.69
Let A be a second-order tensor and Q be an orthogonal tensor. If the orthogonal
transformation law to A is given by A * = Q ⋅ A ⋅ Q T , show that A 2 = Q ⋅ A 2 ⋅ Q T .
*
Solution:
A 2 = A* ⋅ A* ( A 2 ) ij = ( A * ⋅ A * ) ij = A *ik A *kj
* *
= ( Q ⋅ A ⋅ Q T ) ⋅ (Q ⋅ A ⋅ Q T ) = (Q ip A pr Q kr )(Q ks A st Q jt )
= Q⋅A ⋅Q ⋅Q⋅A ⋅Q
T T
= Q ip A pr Q kr Q ks A st Q jt
123 123
=1
=δ rs
= Q ⋅ A ⋅ A ⋅ QT
= Q ip A pr δ rs A st Q jt = Q ip A ps A st Q jt
= Q ⋅ A 2 ⋅ QT
= Q ip ( A ⋅ A ) pt Q jt
= (Q ⋅ A 2 ⋅ Q T ) ij
Problem 1.70
Given the tensor components:
5 3 3
Tij = 2 6 3
2 2 4
6 3 5 3 5 3
II T = + + = 56
2 4 2 4 2 6
III T = det ( T ) = 60
b) The characteristic polynomial can be obtained by solving the determinant:
5−λ 3 3
2 6−λ 3 =0 ⇒ λ3 − λ2 I T + λ II T − III T = 0
2 2 4−λ
thus:
λ3 − 15λ2 + 56λ − 60 = 0
c) In the principal space the following is true:
λ 1 = 10 0 0
Tij′ = 0 λ2 0
0 0 λ 3 > 2
where the principal invariants are
I T = Tr ( T ) = λ 1 + λ 2 + λ 3 = 15 ⇒ λ2 + λ3 = 5
III T = det ( T ) = λ 1λ 2 λ 3 = 60 ⇒ λ 2λ3 = 6
By combining these two equations we can obtain:
λ 2λ3 = 6 2
λ(31) = 3
⇒ (5 − λ 3 )λ 3 = 6 ⇒ λ 3 − 5λ 3 + 6 = 0 ⇒ (2)
λ 2 + λ 3 = 5 λ 3 = 2
I T = Tr ( T ) = 10 + 2 + 3 = 15
In this space we can check that II T = 2 × 3 + 10 × 3 + 10 × 2 = 56
III = det ( T ) = 10 × 2 × 3 = 60
T
Problem 1.71
Find the principal values and directions of the second-order tensor T , where the Cartesian
components of T are:
3 − 1 0
(T )ij = Tij = T = − 1 3 0
0 0 1
Solution: We need to find nontrivial solutions for ( Tij − λδ ij ) nˆ j = 0 i , which are constrained by
nˆ j nˆ j = 1 (unit vector). As we have seen, the nontrivial solution requires that:
Tij − λδ ij = 0
2n1 − n 2 = 0
⇒ n1 = n 2 = 0
− n1 + 2n 2 = 0
0n = 0
3
n i n i = n12 + n 22 + n 32 = 1
3 − λ 2 −1 0 n 1 3 − 2 − 1 0 n1 0
−1 3 − λ2 0 n = − 1 3 − 2 0 n 2 = 0
2
0 0 1 − λ 2 n 3 0 0 1 − 2 n 3 0
n1 − n 2 = 0 ⇒ n1 = n 2
− n1 + n 2 = 0
− n = 0
3
The first two equations are linearly dependent, after which we need an additional equation:
1
n i n i = n12 + n 22 + n 32 = 1 ⇒ 2n12 = 1 ⇒ n1 = ±
2
Thus:
1 1
λ2 = 2 ⇒ nˆ i( 2 ) = ± ± 0
2 2
λ3 = 4
3 − λ 3 −1 0 n 1 3 − 4 − 1 0 n1 0
−1 3 − λ3
0 n 2 = − 1 3 − 4 0 n 2 = 0
0 0 1 − λ 3 n 3 0 0 1 − 4 n 3 0
− n1 − n 2 = 0
⇒ n1 = −n 2
− n1 − n 2 = 0
− 3n = 0
3
1
n i n i = n12 + n 22 + n 32 = 1 ⇒ 2n 22 = 1 ⇒ n 2 = ±
2
Then:
1 1
λ3 = 4 ⇒ nˆ i(3) = m ± 0
2 2
Afterwards, we summarize the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of T :
λ1 = 1 ⇒ nˆ i(1) = [0 0 ± 1]
1 1
λ2 = 2 ⇒ nˆ i( 2) = ± ± 0
2 2
1 1
λ3 = 4 ⇒ nˆ i(3) = m ± 0
2 2
NOTE 1: The tensor components of this problem are the same as those used in Problem
1.64. Additionally, we can verify that the eigenvectors make up the transformation matrix, A ,
between the original system, ( x1 , x2 , x3 ) , and the principal space, ( x1′ , x′2 , x3′ ) , (see Problem
1.64).
Problem 1.72
Let Q be a proper orthogonal tensor a) show that Q has one real eigenvalue and equals to 1 .
b) Also show that Q can be represented by means of the angle θ as follows:
Q = pˆ ⊗ pˆ + cos θ(qˆ ⊗ qˆ + rˆ ⊗ rˆ ) − sin θ(qˆ ⊗ rˆ − rˆ ⊗ qˆ )
where p̂ , q̂ , r̂ , are unit vectors which form an orthonormal basis, where p̂ is the direction
associated with the eigenvalue λ = 1 , i.e. p̂ is an eigenvector of Q . c) Obtain the principal
r
invariants of Q in function of the angle θ . d) Given a vector position x , obtain the new
r
vector originated by the orthogonal transformation Q ⋅ x in the space formed by p̂ , q̂ .
Solution:
a) Taking into account the definition of the orthogonal tensor we can state that:
QT ⋅ Q = 1 ⇒ QT ⋅ Q − QT = 1 − QT ⇒ QT ⋅ (Q − 1) = −(QT − 1)
⇒ QT ⋅ (Q − 1) = −(Q − 1)T
Then we obtain the determinant of the two previous tensors:
det[QT ⋅ (Q − 1)] = det[−(Q − 1)T ] = (−1) 3 det[(Q − 1)T ]
T T
⇒ det
142 3]det[(Q − 1)] = −det[(Q − 1) ] = −det[Q − 1]
[Q4 ⇒ det[Q − 1] = −det[Q − 1]
= detQ =1
ê 3
eˆ 1* ≡ pˆ
qˆ ≡ eˆ *2
Q ⋅ eˆ 1* = eˆ 1*
ê 2
ê1 rˆ ≡ eˆ *3
Figure 1.17
The symbolic representation of the tensor Q in the basis ê1* , ê *2 , ê *3 is given by:
Q = Q*ij eˆ *i ⊗ eˆ *j
* ˆ*
= Q11e1 ⊗ eˆ 1* + Q12
* ˆ*
e1 ⊗ eˆ *2 + Q13
* ˆ*
e1 ⊗ eˆ *3 + Q*21eˆ *2 ⊗ eˆ 1* + Q*22 eˆ *2 ⊗ eˆ *2 + Q*23eˆ *2 ⊗ eˆ *3 + (1.55)
Q*31eˆ *3 ⊗ eˆ 1* + Q*32 eˆ *3 ⊗ eˆ *2 + Q*33eˆ *3 ⊗ eˆ *3
Taking into account that ê1* is eigenvector of Q and is associated with the eigenvalue λ = 1 , it
holds that Q ⋅ eˆ 1* = λeˆ 1* = eˆ 1* . In addition, making the projection of Q , given by (1.55),
according to direction ê1* , we obtain:
Q ⋅ eˆ 1* = eˆ 1*
Q ⋅ eˆ 1* = [ Q11
* ˆ*
e1 ⊗ eˆ 1* + Q12
* ˆ*
e1 ⊗ eˆ *2 + Q13
* ˆ*
e1 ⊗ eˆ *3 + Q*21eˆ *2 ⊗ eˆ 1* + Q*22 eˆ *2 ⊗ eˆ *2 + Q*23eˆ *2 ⊗ eˆ *3 +
Q*31eˆ *3 ⊗ eˆ 1* + Q*32 eˆ *3 ⊗ eˆ *2 + Q*33eˆ *3 ⊗ eˆ *3 ]⋅ eˆ 1*
* ˆ*
= Q11e1 + Q*21eˆ *2 + Q*31eˆ *3
*
with that we conclude that Q11 = 1 , Q *21 = 0 , Q *31 = 0 .
Remember that two coaxial tensors have the same principal directions (eigenvectors). A tensor
and its inverse are coaxial tensors, then if Q −1 = Q T , this implies that Q T and Q are coaxial
tensors, and ê1* is also principal direction of Q T , then it fulfills that:
QT ⋅eˆ 1* = eˆ 1*
QT ⋅eˆ 1* = [ Q11
* ˆ*
e1 ⊗ eˆ 1* + Q*21eˆ 1* ⊗ eˆ *2 + Q*31eˆ 1* ⊗ eˆ *3 + Q12
* ˆ*
e 2 ⊗ eˆ 1* + Q*22 eˆ *2 ⊗ eˆ *2 + Q*32 eˆ *2 ⊗ eˆ *3 +
* ˆ*
Q13 e 3 ⊗ eˆ 1* + Q*23eˆ *3 ⊗ eˆ *2 + Q*33eˆ *3 ⊗ eˆ *3 ]⋅ eˆ 1*
* ˆ* * ˆ* * ˆ*
= Q11e1 + Q12 e 2 + Q13 e3
* * *
with that we conclude that Q11 = 1 , Q12 = 0 , Q13 = 0 . Then, the equation (1.55) becomes:
x 2*
Q *22
*
Q11 =1
1 0 0
Q *32
Q *ij = 0 Q *22 Q *23
0 Q *32 Q *33 Q *23 x1*
Q *33
x3*
Figure 1.18
Once again we apply the orthogonality condition Q T ⋅ Q = Q ⋅ Q T = 1 that in the space eˆ *i can
be represented by means of components as follows:
1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0
= δ ij
Q*ki Q*kj ⇒ 0 Q * Q*32 0 Q*22
Q*23 = 0 1 0
22
0 Q*23 Q*33 0 Q*32
Q*33 0 0 1
(1.57)
1 0 0 1 0 0
⇒ 0 [(Q 22 ) + (Q 32 ) ] [Q 22 Q 23 + Q 32 Q 33 ] = 0 1 0
* 2 * 2 * * * *
skew
Note that the format of Q *ij has the same format as the antisymmetric tensor ( W ) in the
space defined by the axial vector:
0 0 0
Wij* = 0 0 − ω
0 ω 0
where ω is the magnitude of the axial vector.
c) By means of (1.59) it is easy to show that I Q = II Q = 1 + 2 cos θ , III Q = 1 .
r
d) We represent the vector x by means its components and the basis p̂ , q̂ , r̂ , as follows:
r
x = ppˆ + qqˆ + rrˆ .
r r r
Then, it fulfills that: x ⋅ pˆ = ( ppˆ + qqˆ + rrˆ ) ⋅ pˆ = p ; x ⋅ qˆ = q ; x ⋅ rˆ = r
Thus, (see Figure 1.19), it holds that:
r
[
~ = Q ⋅ xr = pˆ ⊗ pˆ + cos θ(qˆ ⊗ qˆ + rˆ ⊗ rˆ ) − sin θ(qˆ ⊗ rˆ − rˆ ⊗ qˆ )
x ]⋅ [ppˆ + qqˆ + rrˆ ]
= ppˆ + (q cos θ − r sin θ)qˆ + (r cos θ + q sin θ)rˆ
eˆ 1* ≡ pˆ r
x
qˆ ≡ eˆ *2
O r r
~
x =Q⋅ x
rˆ ≡ eˆ *3
Figure 1.19
Problem 1.73
r r r r
Let us consider the tensorial transformations p ′ = U ⋅ p and p ′′ = R ⋅ p ′ , where R is an
orthogonal tensor and U is a second-order tensor with U ⋅ U −1 = 1 , i.e. ∃ U −1 . Obtain the
r r
transformation law between p and p ′′ , (see Figure 1.20).
r R
U p′
r
r p ′′
p
?
Figure 1.20
Solution:
Taking into account that R −1 = R T (orthogonal tensor), we can guarantee that the inverse of
r r
R exists, and considering that p ′′ = R ⋅ p ′ we can obtain:
r r r r r r r
p′′ = R ⋅ p′ ⇒ R −1 ⋅ p′′ = R −1 ⋅ R ⋅ p′ ⇒ R −1 ⋅ p′′ = 1 ⋅ p′ = p′
r r r r
Substituting p ′ = R −1 ⋅ p ′′ into p ′ = U ⋅ p we obtain:
r r r r
p′ = U ⋅ p p′ = U ⋅ p
r r r r
⇒ R −1 ⋅ p ′′ = U ⋅ p ⇒ R −1 ⋅ p ′′ = U ⋅ p
r r r r
⇒ R ⋅ R −1 ⋅ p ′′ = R ⋅ U ⋅ p ⇒ U −1 ⋅ R −1 ⋅ p ′′ = U −1 ⋅ U ⋅ p (1.60)
r r r r r
⇒ 1 ⋅ p ′′ = R ⋅ U ⋅ p ⇒ (R ⋅ U) −1 ⋅ p ′′ = 1 ⋅ p = p
r r r r
⇒ p ′′ = (R ⋅ U) ⋅ p ⇒ p = (R ⋅ U) −1 ⋅ p ′′
Or in indicial notation:
p ′i = U ij p j p ′i = U ij p j
⇒ R ij−1p ′′j = U ij p j ⇒ R ij−1p ′′j = U ij p j
⇒ R ki R ij−1p ′′j = R ki U ij p j ⇒ U ki−1R ij−1p ′′j = U ki−1U ij p j (1.61)
⇒ δ kj p ′′j = R ki U ij p j ⇒ (R ki U ij ) −1 p ′′j = δ kj p j = p k
⇒ p ′k′ = (R ki U ij )p j ⇒ p k = (R ki U ij ) −1 p ′′j
r
U p′ R
U −1
R −1 = R T
r r
p (R ⋅ U) p ′′
(R ⋅ U) −1 = U −1 ⋅ R T
Figure 1.21
Problem 1.74
Let w be an antisymmetric second-order tensor and V be a positive definite symmetric
tensor whose spectral representation is given by:
3
V= ∑λ
a =1
a nˆ ( a ) ⊗ nˆ ( a )
Solution:
It is true that
w ⋅1 = w ⋅ ∑ nˆ ( a) ⊗ nˆ ( a) = ∑ w ⋅ nˆ ( a) ⊗ nˆ ( a ) = ∑ (wr ∧ nˆ (a ) )⊗ nˆ ( a) = ∑ wb (nˆ (b) ∧ nˆ ( a ) )⊗ nˆ (a )
3 3 3 3
a =1 a =1 a =1 a ,b =1
r r
where we have applied the antisymmetric tensor property w ⋅ nˆ = w ∧ nˆ , where w is the axial
vector associated with w . Expanding the above equation, we obtain:
w = wb (nˆ (b) ∧ nˆ (1) ) ⊗ nˆ (1) + wb (nˆ (b) ∧ nˆ ( 2) ) ⊗ nˆ ( 2) + wb (nˆ (b) ∧ nˆ (3) ) ⊗ nˆ (3) =
( ) ( )
= w1 nˆ (1) ∧ nˆ (1) ⊗ nˆ (1) + w2 nˆ ( 2) ∧ nˆ (1) ⊗ nˆ (1) + w3 nˆ (3) ∧ nˆ (1) ⊗ nˆ (1) + ( )
+ w (nˆ1
(1)
∧ nˆ (2)
) ⊗ nˆ (2)
+ w2 nˆ ( ( 2)
∧ nˆ ( 2)
) ⊗ nˆ ( 2)
+ w3 nˆ ( ( 3)
∧ nˆ ( 2)
) ⊗ nˆ ( 2)
+
+ w (nˆ1
(1)
∧ nˆ ( 3)
) ⊗ nˆ ( 3)
+ w2 (nˆ ( 2)
∧ nˆ ( 3)
) ⊗ nˆ
( 3)
+ w3 (nˆ ( 3)
∧ nˆ ( 3)
) ⊗ nˆ( 3)
w = −w2 nˆ (3) ⊗ nˆ (1) + w3 nˆ ( 2) ⊗ nˆ (1) + w1 nˆ (3) ⊗ nˆ ( 2) − w3 nˆ (1) ⊗ nˆ ( 2) + −w1 nˆ ( 2) ⊗ nˆ (3) + w2 nˆ (1) ⊗ nˆ (3)
Taking into account that w1 = −w 23 = w 32 , w2 = w13 = −w 31 , w3 = −w12 = w 21 , the above
equation becomes:
w = w31 nˆ (3) ⊗ nˆ (1) + w21 nˆ ( 2) ⊗ nˆ (1) + w32 nˆ (3) ⊗ nˆ ( 2) + w12 nˆ (1) ⊗ nˆ ( 2) +
+ w 23 nˆ ( 2 ) ⊗ nˆ (3) + w13 nˆ (1) ⊗ nˆ (3)
which is the same as:
3
w = ∑ w ab nˆ (a ) ⊗ nˆ (b)
a ,b =1
a ≠b
b =1
∑
a≠b
3 3
= ∑ λ b w ab nˆ ( a ) ⊗ nˆ (b ) ⋅ nˆ (b ) ⊗ nˆ (b ) =
a ,b =1
∑λ w
a ,b =1
b ab nˆ ( a ) ⊗ nˆ (b )
a ≠b a≠b
and
3 3 3
∑
V ⋅ w = λ a nˆ ⊗ nˆ ⋅
a =1
( a ) ( a )
a ,b =1
∑
w ab nˆ ⊗ nˆ = λ a w ab nˆ ( a) ⊗ nˆ (b)
( a ) ( b )
a ,b =1
∑
a≠b a≠b
Then,
3 3
3
∑
a ,b =1
(a) (b )
a ,b =1
(a) ˆ (b )
∑
w ⋅ V − V ⋅ w = λbwab n ⊗ n − λ awab n ⊗ n = wab (λb − λ a ) nˆ (a ) ⊗ nˆ (b)
ˆ ˆ ˆ
a ,b =1
∑
a ≠b a ≠b a≠b
Similarly, it is possible to show that:
3
w ⋅ V 2 − V 2 ⋅ w = ∑ w ab (λ2b − λ2a ) nˆ ( a ) ⊗ nˆ (b)
a ,b =1
a ≠b
Problem 1.75
Let C be a positive definite tensor, whose Cartesian components are given by:
2 0 1
C ij = 0 4 0
1 0 2
Obtain the following tensors: a) C 2 ; b) U = C . c) Check if the tensors C and U are coaxial.
Solution:
Note that the tensors C 2 and U = C are coaxial with the tensor C . By means of the
spectral representation of C :
3
C= ∑ γ Nˆ
a =1
a
(a) ˆ (a )
⊗N
⇒ Nˆ 1(1)N
ˆ (1) + Nˆ (1)Nˆ (1) = 1 ⇒ ˆ (1) = ± 1
N ⇒ Nˆ 3(1) = −Nˆ 1(1) = m
1
1 1 1 1
2 2
Associated with the eigenvalue γ 3 = 3 we have the following eigenvector:
ˆ (1) = ± 1 1 1 1
γ1 = 1 ⇒ N i 0 m 0 −
2 2
2 2
γ2 = 4 ⇒ ˆN ( 2 ) = [0 ± 1 0] Transforma
tion Matrix
→ A= 0 1 0
i
1 1 1
γ3 = 3 ⇒ Nˆ ( 3) = ± 1
0 ±
0
i 2 2
2 2
12 0 0 1 0 0
2
Cij′ = 0 4
2
0 = 0 16 0
1 0 0 0 0 3 2 0 0 9
Cij′ = 0 4 0 ⇒
1 0 0 1 0 0
0 0 3
U′ = C ′ = 0
0
ij ij 4 0 = 0 2
0 0 3 0 0 3
Be aware that the above operation can only be done in the principal space, (see Figure 1.22).
Note also that the tensor C is a positive definite tensor, so, its eigenvalues are positive. In the
original space we have the following components:
T
1 1 1 1
0 − 0 −
2 2 1 0 0 2 2 5 0 4
Cij = A C ′ A =
2 T 2
0 1 0 0 16 0 0 1 0 = 0 16 0 (1.63)
1 1 1 1
0 0 0 9 0 4 0 5
2 2 2 2
Note that this result could have been obtained easily by means of the operation C 2 = C ⋅ C ,
which in components becomes:
2 0 1 2 0 1 5 0 4
C ij2 = C ik C kj = 0 4 0 0 4 0 = 0 16 0
1 0 2 1 0 2 4 0 5
c) The tensors C and U are coaxial, since they have the same eigenvectors, (see equation
(1.62)). Note also that the eigenvalues of U were obtained in the principal space of C . We
can also verify that C and U are coaxial by means of C ⋅ U = U ⋅ C , i.e.:
3 +1 3 − 1
2 0 1 0 3.098 0 2.098
2 2
C ik U kj = 0 4 0 0 2 0 = 0 8 0
1 0 2 3 − 1 3 + 1 2.098 0 3.098
2 0
2
3 +1 3 − 1
0 2 0 1 3.098 0 2.098
2 2
U ik C kj = 0 2 0 0 4 0 = 0 8 0
3 − 1 3 + 1 1 0 2 2.098 0 3.098
2 0
2
x3′
C ′ = A C AT C3
C2 x′2
x3
A
C 33
C 23
C13 C1
C 23
Principal space
C13
C12 C 22
x2 x1′
C12
C11 C1 0 0
AT
Cij′ = 0 C2 0
x1 0 0 C3
C = AT C′ A
C1 0 0
C = A T C′ A
Cij′ = 0 C2 0
C 2 = A T C ′2 A 0 0 C3
Figure 1.22
Problem 1.76
Let C be a symmetric second-order tensor and R a proper orthogonal tensor. The
components of these tensors, in the Cartesian system, are given by:
0 0 1
2 0 1
2 2
Cij = 0 4 0 ; R ij = 0
2 2
1 0 2
2 2
− 0
2 2
a) Obtain the following tensors: a.1) C 8 ; a2) U = C .
b) Obtain the principal invariants of C .
c) Taking into account that the tensors b and C are related to each other by the following
proper orthogonal transformation C = R T ⋅ b ⋅ R , obtain the third principal invariant of b .
Solution:
3281 0 3280
a) Answer: C = 0 8
65536 0 , (see Problem 1.75).
3280 0 3281
b) The principal invariants of C :
I C = Tr (C ij ) = C ii = C11 + C 22 + C 33 = 8
II C =
1
2
(C ii C jj − C ij C ij = )
4 0 2 1 2 0
+ +
0 2 1 2 0 4
= 19 ;
c) Taking into account the determinant property, the third principal invariant of b can be
expressed as follows:
C ≡ det (C ) = det (R T ⋅ b ⋅ R ) = det (R T )det (b)det (R ) = det (b) = III b = 12
1424 3 123
= +1 = +1
3
And if we start from the spectral representation C = ∑ γ aN
ˆ (a) ⊗ N
ˆ ( a ) and by considering
a =1
b = R ⋅ C ⋅ R we can obtain:
T
b = R ⋅ C ⋅ RT
3 ˆ ( a ) ⋅ R T =
3 3
b = R ⋅ γ aN
a =1
∑
ˆ (a) ⊗ N
∑ γ R ⋅ Nˆ
a =1
a
(a) ˆ (a) ⋅ RT =
⊗N ∑ γ R ⋅ Nˆ
a =1
a
(a)
⊗ R ⋅N
ˆ (a )
3
= ∑ γ nˆ
a =1
a
(a )
⊗ nˆ ( a )
where nˆ ( a ) = R ⋅ N
ˆ ( a ) are the eigenvectors of b .
Problem 1.77
Let S be a symmetric second-order tensor with det (S ) ≠ 0 . Considering that S has two
equal eigenvalues, i.e. S 2 = S 3 and S1 ≠ S 2 , show that S can be represented by:
S = S 1nˆ (1) ⊗ nˆ (1) + S 2 (1 − nˆ (1) ⊗ nˆ (1) )
where n̂ (1) is the eigenvector of S associated with the eigenvalue S1 , 1 is the second-order
unit tensor.
Solution: We start from the spectral representation of S :
3
S= ∑ S nˆ
a =1
a
(a)
⊗ nˆ ( a ) = S 1nˆ (1) ⊗ nˆ (1) + S 2 nˆ ( 2) ⊗ nˆ ( 2) + S 3nˆ (3) ⊗ nˆ (3)
(1.64)
= S 1nˆ (1)
⊗ nˆ (1)
+ S 2 (nˆ ( 2)
⊗ nˆ ( 2)
+ nˆ ( 3)
⊗ nˆ ) ( 3)
Remember that 1 is a spherical tensor, whereby any direction is a principal direction. Based
on this principle, we adopt the principal space of S to make the spectral representation of 1 ,
i.e.:
3
1= ∑ nˆ
a =1
(a)
⊗ nˆ ( a ) = nˆ (1) ⊗ nˆ (1) + nˆ ( 2 ) ⊗ nˆ ( 2 ) + nˆ (3) ⊗ nˆ (3)
(1.65)
⇒ nˆ ( 2)
⊗ nˆ ( 2)
+ nˆ ( 3)
⊗ nˆ ( 3)
= 1 − nˆ (1)
⊗ nˆ (1)
Problem 1.78
Let T be an arbitrary second-order tensor, show the Cayley-Hamilton theorem, which states
that any tensor satisfies its own characteristic equation.
Solution:
We start from the characteristic equation of the tensor: λ3 − λ2 I T + λ II T − III T = 0 , which
fulfils for each eigenvalue λ 1 , λ 2 , λ 3 , then:
λ31 − λ21 I T + λ 1 II T − III T = 0
λ32 − λ22 I T + λ 2 II T − III T = 0
λ33 − λ23 I T + λ 3 II T − III T = 0
Restructuring the above equations in matrix form we obtain:
λ31 0 0 λ21 0 0 λ 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
0 λ32 0−0 λ22 0 I T + 0 λ2 0 II T − 0 1 0 III T = 0 0 0
0 0 λ33 0 0 λ23 0 0 λ 3 0 0 1 0 0 0 (1.66)
Tij′ 3 − Tij′ 2 I T + Tij′ II T − III T δ ij = 0 ij
Note that in the principal space of T the following relationships are true:
λ 1 0 0
Tij′ = 0 λ2 0
0 0 λ 3
λ 1 0 0 λ 1 0 0 λ21 0 0
Tij′ = Tik′ Tkj′ = 0
2
λ2 0 0 λ2 0 =0 λ22 0
0 0 λ 3 0 0 λ 3 0 0 λ23
λ 1 0 0 λ 1 0 0 λ 1 0 0 λ31 0 0
Tij′ = Tik′ Tkp
3
′ T ′pj = 0 λ2 0 0 λ2 0 0 λ2 0 =0 λ32 0
0 0 λ 3 0 0 λ 3 0 0 λ 3 0 0 λ33
The component transformation law between spaces for a second-order tensor is
Tij′ = Fik Tkp F pj−1 , where Fij is the transformation matrix from the original space ( Tij ) to the
principal space ( Tij′ ). Note also that the relationships Tij′ 2 = Fik Tkp2 F pj−1 and Tij′ 3 = Fik Tkp3 F pj−1
hold, (see Problem 1.69). With that the equation in (1.66) can be rewritten as follows:
Alternative solution:
In Problem 1.56 (NOTE 1) we have summarized that:
r r r r r r r r r r r r
[( A ⋅ a), b, c] + [a, ( A ⋅ b), c ] + [a, b, ( A ⋅ c )] = I A [a, b, c]
r r r r r r r r r r r r
[a, ( A ⋅ b), ( A ⋅ c )] + [( A ⋅ a), b, ( A ⋅ c )] + [( A ⋅ a), ( A ⋅ b), c ] = II A [a, b, c]
r r r r r r
[( A ⋅ a), ( A ⋅ b), ( A ⋅ c )] = III A [a, b, c ]
r r r r r r r r r r r r
where [a, b, c ] ≡ a ⋅ (b ∧ c ) ≠ 0 holds with a ≠ 0 , b ≠ 0 , c ≠ 0 . Now if we consider that the
r r r
vector a is given by a = A ⋅ f we can obtain:
r r r r r r r r r r r r
[( A ⋅ a), b, c] + [a, ( A ⋅ b), c ] + [a, b, ( A ⋅ c)] = I A [a, b, c ]
r r r r r r r r r r r r
⇒ [( A ⋅ A ⋅ f ), b, c ] + [( A ⋅ f ), ( A ⋅ b), c ] + [( A ⋅ f ), b, ( A ⋅ c )] = I A [( A ⋅ f ), b, c ]
r r r r r r r r r r r r (1.67)
⇒ [( A 2 ⋅ f ), b, c ] + [( A ⋅ f ), ( A ⋅ b), c] + [( A ⋅ f ), b, ( A ⋅ c)] = I A [( A ⋅ f ), b, c ]
r r r r r r r r r r r r
⇒ [( A 2 ⋅ f ), b, c ] − I A [( A ⋅ f ), b, c ] = −[( A ⋅ f ), ( A ⋅ b), c ] − [( A ⋅ f ), b, ( A ⋅ c)]
According to the definition of II A it is also true that:
r r r r r r r r r r r r
[f , ( A ⋅ b), ( A ⋅ c )] + [( A ⋅ f ), b, ( A ⋅ c )] + [( A ⋅ f ), ( A ⋅ b), c ] = II A [f , b, c ]
r r r r r r r r r r r r
⇒ [f , ( A ⋅ b), ( A ⋅ c )] − II A [ f , b, c ] = −[( A ⋅ f ), b, ( A ⋅ c )] − [( A ⋅ f ), ( A ⋅ b), c]
Taking into account the above equation into the equation (1.67) we can obtain:
r r r r r r r r r r r r
[( A 2 ⋅ f ), b, c ] − I A [( A ⋅ f ), b, c ] = −[( A ⋅ f ), ( A ⋅ b), c] − [( A ⋅ f ), b, ( A ⋅ c )]
r r r r r r r r r r r r
⇒ [( A 2 ⋅ f ), b, c ] − I A [( A ⋅ f ), b, c] = [f , ( A ⋅ b), ( A ⋅ c )] − II A [ f , b, c ]
r r r r r r r r r r r r
⇒ [( A 2 ⋅ f ), b, c ] − I A [( A ⋅ f ), b, c ] + II A [f , b, c ] − [f , ( A ⋅ b), ( A ⋅ c )] = 0
r r r r r r r r r r r
[
⇒ ( A 2 ⋅ f ) ⋅ (b ∧ c ) − I A ( A ⋅ f ) ⋅ (b ∧ c) + II A f ⋅ (b ∧ c ) − f ⋅ ( A ⋅ b) ∧ ( A ⋅ c ) = 0
r
]
r r r r
In Problem 1.55 we have shown that ( A ⋅ b) ∧ ( A ⋅ c) = [cof( A )]⋅ (b ∧ c ) holds, then the
above equation becomes
r r r r r r
r r r
r r r r
r r r r
r
[ r
( A 2 ⋅ f ) ⋅ (b ∧ c ) − I A ( A ⋅ f ) ⋅ (b ∧ c) + II A f ⋅ (b ∧ c ) − f ⋅ ( A ⋅ b) ∧ ( A ⋅ c ) = 0
r r r r r
]
⇒ ( A 2 ⋅ f ) ⋅ (b ∧ c ) − I A ( A ⋅ f ) ⋅ (b ∧ c) + II A f ⋅ (b ∧ c) − f ⋅ [cof( A )]⋅ (b ∧ c) = 0
{ r r r r r r
⇒ ( A 2 ⋅ f ) − I A ( A ⋅ f ) + II A f − f ⋅ [cof( A )] ⋅ (b ∧ c ) = 0 }
r r r r r r r r
Note that the vectors ( A 2 ⋅ f ) , ( A ⋅ f ) , f ≠ 0 , (f ⋅ [cof(A )]) are not orthogonal to (b ∧ c ) ≠ 0 ,
so, we can conclude that
r r r r r
⇒ ( A 2 ⋅ f ) − I A ( A ⋅ f ) + II A f − f ⋅ [cof( A )] = 0
r r r r r
⇒ A 2 ⋅ f − I A A ⋅ f + II A 1 ⋅ f − [cof( A )] ⋅ f = 0
T
{ }
r r
⇒ A 2 − I A A + II A 1 − [cof( A )] ⋅ f = 0
T
r
⇒ A 2 − I A A + II A 1 − [cof( A )] = 0
T
r
⇒ A 2 − I A A + II A 1 − A A −1 = 0
r
⇒ A 2 ⋅ A − I A A ⋅ A + II A 1 ⋅ A − A A −1 ⋅ A = 0 ⋅ A
r
⇒ A 3 − I A A 2 + II A A − A 1 = 0
Q.E.D.
Problem 1.79
Based on the Cayley-Hamilton theorem, find the inverse of a tensor T in terms of tensor
power.
Solution: The Cayley-Hamilton theorem states that:
T 3 − T 2 I T + T II T − III T 1 = 0
Carrying out the dot product between the previous equation and the tensor T −1 , we obtain:
T 3 ⋅ T −1 − T 2 ⋅ T −1I T + T ⋅ T −1 II T − III T 1 ⋅ T −1 = 0 ⋅ T −1
T 2 − TI T + 1 II T − III T T −1 = 0 ⇒ T −1 =
1
III T
(T 2 − I T T + II T 1 )
Problem 1.80
Check the Cayley-Hamilton theorem by using a second-order tensor whose Cartesian
components are given by:
5 0 0
T = 0 2 0
0 0 1
Solution:
The Cayley-Hamilton theorem states that:
T 3 − T 2 I T + T II T − III T 1 = 0
where I T = 5 + 2 + 1 = 8 , II T = 10 + 2 + 5 = 17 , III T = 10 , and
5 3 0 0 125 0 0 5 2 0 0 25 0 0
T 3
=0 23 0 = 0 8 0 ; T 2
=0 22 0 = 0 4 0
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1
By applying the Cayley-Hamilton theorem, we can verify that the following is true:
125 0 0 25 0 0 5 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
0 8 0 − 8 0 4 0 + 17 0 2 0 − 10 0 1 0 = 0 0 0
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0
Problem 1.81
Given the matrix P which is represented by its components Pij (i, j = 1,2,3,4) . a) Obtain the
inverse of P , b) the invariants, y c) the characteristic equation. Consider that:
1 2 3 1 1 0 0 0
2 2 1 2 0 1 0 0
P= and 1=
4 1 5 3 0 0 1 0
3 1 2 4 0 0 0 1
Solution:
By applying the Cayley-Hamilton theorem we can obtain:
P 4 + P 3 I1 + P 2 I 2 + P I 3 + I 41 = 0
(
⇒ P P 3 + P 2 I1 + P I 2 + 1 I 3 + I 41 = 0 )
⇒ P (P (P 2
) )
+ P I1 + 1 I 2 + 1 I 3 + I 41 = 0
4 4 2 443
(
)
⇒ P P P P + 1 I 1 + 1 I 2 + 1 I 3 + I 41 = 0
1
C1
4 4 2
(44 3
)
⇒ P P C1 + 1 I 2 + 1 I 3 + I 4 1 = 0
1
C2
(
⇒ P C2 + 1 I 3 + I 4 1 = 0 )
⇒ C3 + I 4 1 = 0
where we have denoted by:
C0 = P
(
C1 = P C0 + 1 I 1 )
C2 = P (C 1 +1 I ) 2
C3 = P (C 2 +1 I ) 3
− Tr (C0 )
I1 = = −(1 + 2 + 5 + 4) = −12
1
thus we evaluate the matrix C1 = P C0 + 1 I 1 : ( )
1 2 3 1 1 2 3 1 1 0 0 0 8 − 14 − 14 6
2
2 1 2 2
2 1 2 0
1 0 0 − 8 − 13 5 − 7
C1 = − 12 =
4 1 5 3 4 1 5 3 0 0 1 0 − 13 6 − 16 − 3
3 1 2 4 3 1 2 4 0 0 0 1 − 11 2 4 − 21
− Tr (C3 ) − 4(32)
I4 = = = −32 = det (P )
4 4
Then, the characteristic equation becomes:
P 4 + P 3 I1 + P 2 I 2 + P I 3 + I 41 = 0 ⇒ P 4 − 12P 3 + 21P 2 + 16P − 321 = 0
The characteristic equation coefficients could have been obtained by evaluates the
determinant:
1− λ 2 3 1
2 2−λ 1 2
det (P − λ1) ≡ P − λ1 = =0
4 1 5−λ 3
3 1 2 4−λ
c) The inverse can be obtained by starting from:
P (C2 + 1 I 3 ) + I 4 1 = 0
( )
⇒ P −1 P C2 + 1 I 3 + I 4 P −11 = 0 ⇒ ( )
⇒ C2 + 1 I 3 + I 4 P −1 = 0
⇒ P −1 = −
1
I4
(
C2 + 1 I 3 ) ⇔ P −1 =
1
det (P )
adj[P ] ∴ (
adj[P ] = − C2 + 1 I 3 )
thus:
− 37 22 15 − 17 1 0 0 0 − 21 22 15 − 17
0
1 7 −2 −5 −5 1 0 0 1 7 14 − 5 − 5
P −1 =− + 16 =
(−32) 10 − 12 − 14 2 0 0 1 0 32 10 − 12 2 2
9
− 14 − 11 5 0 0 0 1 9 − 14 − 11 21
1 0 0 0 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 1
2 2 1 2 1 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2
4 1 5 3 4 1 5 3 1 0 0 0 4 1 5 3
3 3 3 1
1 2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4 0 0 0
0 1 0 0 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 1
2 2 1 2 0 1 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2
4 1 5 3 4 1 5 3 0 1 0 0 4 1 5 3 21 −22 −15 17
−1 3
2 4
3
2 4
3
2 4
0
1 0 0
32 1 1 1 = −1 −7 −14 5 5
32 −10
0 0 1 0 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 1 12 −2 −2
−9
2 2 1 2 0 0 1 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2
14 11 −21
4 1 5 3 4 1 5 3 0 0 1 0 4 1 5 3
3 3 3 0
1 2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4 0 1 0
0 0 0 1 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 1
2 2 1 2 0 0 0 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2
4 1 5 3 4 1 5 3 0 0 0 1 4 1 5 3
3 3 3 0
1 2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4 0 0 1
NOTE 2: We can also obtain the characteristic coefficients by means of the following
procedure. Considering P 4 − P 3 I 1 + P 2 I 2 − P I 3 + I 4 1 = 0
The last coefficient is I 4 = det (P ) = −32 .
The coefficient I 3 is obtained by the sum of the determinants of the resulting matrices by
eliminating one row and one column associated with the main diagonal, i.e.
1 2 3 1 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 1
2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2
I3 = + + +
4 1 5 3 4 1 5 3 4 1 5 3 4 1 5 3
3 1 2 4 3 1 2 4 3 1 2 4 3 1 2 4
2 1 2 1 3 1 1 2 1 1 2 3
= 1 5 3 + 4 5 3 + 2 2 2 + 2 2 1 = −16
1 2 4 3 2 4 3 1 4 4 2 5
The coefficient I 2 is obtained by the sum of the determinants of the resulting matrices by
eliminating two rows and two columns associated with the main diagonal, i.e.
1 2 3 1 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 1
2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2
I2 = + + +
4 1 5 3 4 1 5 3 4 1 5 3
3 1 2 4 3 1 2 4 3 1 2 4
1 2 3 1 1 2 3 1
2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2
+ + +
4 1 5 3 4 1 5 3
3 1 2 4 3 1 2 4
1 2 3 1
2 2 1 2
+
4 1 5 3
3 1 2 4
5 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 3 1 2
= + + + + + = 21
2 4 1 4 1 5 3 4 4 5 2 2
The coefficient I 1 is obtained by the sum of the determinants of the resulting matrices by
eliminating three rows and three columns associated with the main diagonal, i.e.
1 2 3 1 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 1
2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2
I1 = + + +
4 1 5 3 4 1 5 3 4 1 5 3 4 1 5 3
3 1 2 4 3 1 2 4 3 1 2 4 3 1 2 4
= [4] + [1] + [2] + 5 = 12 = Tr (P )
Problem 1.82
Let A be a second-order tensor, show that:
a) II A =
1
2
{
( I A ) 2 − Tr ( A 2 ) }
b) det ( A ) =
1
6
{
[Tr (A )]3 + 2 Tr( A 3 ) − 3Tr(A ) Tr(A 2 ) }
Solution:
a) It was shown in Problem 1.79 that III A A −1 = ( A 2 − AI A + 1 II A ) , then, by applying the
double scalar product with the second-order unit tensor we obtain:
( )
III A A −1 : 1 = A 2 − AI A + 1 II A : 1 = A 2 : 1 − A : 1 I A + 1 : 1 II A
−1
III A Tr ( A ) = Tr ( A ) − Tr ( A ) I A + Tr (1) II A = Tr ( A 2 ) − ( I A ) 2 + 3 II A
2
III A Tr ( A −1 ) = Tr ( III A A −1 ) = Tr III A
[cof ( A )]T
( )
= Tr [cof ( A )]T = Tr ([cof ( A ) ]) = II A
III A
With that, we can obtain:
III A Tr ( A −1 ) = II A = Tr ( A 2 ) − ( I A ) 2 + 3 II A ⇒ II A − 3 II A = Tr ( A 2 ) − ( I A ) 2
⇒ II A =
1
2
{
( I A ) 2 − Tr ( A 2 ) }
b) We start from the Cayley-Hamilton theorem, which states that any tensor satisfies its own
characteristic equation, i.e.:
A 3 − A 2 I A + AII A − III A 1 = 0 (1.68)
where I A = [Tr (A )] , II A =
1
2
{ }
[Tr( A )]2 − Tr( A 2 ) and III A = det (A ) are the principal invariants
of A . Applying the double scalar product between the second-order unit tensor ( 1 ) and the
equation in (1.68) we obtain:
A 3 : 1 − A 2 : 1 I A + A : 1 II A − III A 1 : 1 = 0 : 1
Tr ( A 3 ) − Tr ( A 2 ) I A + Tr ( A ) II A − III A [ Tr (1)] = [ Tr (0 )]
Tr ( A 3 ) − Tr ( A 2 ) Tr ( A ) + Tr ( A )
1
2
{
[ Tr ( A )]2 − Tr ( A 2 ) − III A 3 = 0}
1 1
Tr ( A 3 ) − Tr ( A 2 ) Tr ( A ) + [ Tr ( A )]3 − Tr ( A ) Tr ( A 2 ) − III A 3 = 0
2 2
1
2
{2 Tr ( A 3 ) − 3 Tr ( A 2 ) Tr ( A ) + [ Tr ( A )]3 − III A 3 = 0}
with which we obtain:
III A = det ( A ) =
1
6
{
[Tr( A )]3 + 2 Tr(A 3 ) − 3Tr( A 2 ) Tr(A ) }
or in indicial notation:
III A = det ( A ) =
1
6
{
A ii A jj A kk + 2 A ij A jk A ki − 3A ij A ji A kk }
NOTE: It is interesting to note that the principal invariants of A are formed by the three
fundamental invariants of a second-order tensor, namely Tr (A ) , Tr ( A 2 ) , Tr ( A 3 ) , i.e.:
I A = Tr ( A )
II A =
1
2
{
[ Tr ( A )]2 − Tr ( A 2 ) }
III A = det ( A ) =
1
6
{
[Tr ( A )]3 + 2 Tr ( A 3 ) − 3 Tr ( A 2 ) Tr ( A ) }
Problem 1.83
T −1 : 1 =
1
III T
( )
T 2 − TI T + 1 II T : 1 =
1
III T
(
T 2 : 1 − T : 1 I T + 1 : 1 II T )
Tr ( T −1 ) =
1
III T
(
Tr ( T 2 ) − Tr ( T ) I T + Tr (1) II T )
⇒ III T Tr ( T −1 ) = Tr ( T 2 ) − I T2 + 3 II T ⇒ III T Tr ( T −1 ) = II T
14243
= −2 II T
Problem 1.84
Show that:
r r
r r 1 β (c ⊗ b )
(α1 + β c ⊗ b) −1 = 1 − r r
α α (α + β c ⋅ b)
r r
where c and b are vectors, 1 is the second-order unit tensor, and α and β are scalars.
Solution:
r r
Let us consider that T = (α1 + β c ⊗ b) , and the inverse of a tensor obtained in Problem
1.79:
T −1 =
1
III T
(
T 2 − TI T + 1 II T ) (1.69)
Next, we obtain T 2 :
r r r r
T 2 = T ⋅ T = (α1 + β c ⊗ b) ⋅ (α1 + β c ⊗ b)
r r r r r r r r
= α 2 1 ⋅ 1 + αβ 1 ⋅ (c ⊗ b) + αβ (c ⊗ b) ⋅ 1 + β 2 (c ⊗ b) ⋅ (c ⊗ b)
r r r r r r r r
where it fulfills that (c ⊗ b) ⋅ (c ⊗ b) = (c ⋅ b)(c ⊗ b) , (see Problem 1.20). Then, the above
equation can be rewritten as follows:
r r r r r r
T 2 = α 2 1 + 2αβ (c ⊗ b) + β 2 (c ⋅ b)(c ⊗ b)
and its trace is given by:
r r r r r r r r r r r r
Tr ( T 2 ) = Tr[α 2 1 + 2αβ (c ⊗ b) + β 2 (c ⋅ b)(c ⊗ b)] = α 2 Tr (1) + 2αβTr (c ⊗ b) + β 2 (c ⋅ b) Tr (c ⊗ b)
r r r r r r r r r r
= 3α 2 + 2αβ (c ⋅ b) + β 2 (c ⋅ b)(c ⋅ b) = 3α 2 + 2αβ (c ⋅ b) + β 2 (c ⋅ b) 2
Next, we calculate the principal invariants of T
r r r r r r
I T = Tr (α1 + β c ⊗ b) = αTr (1) + β Tr (c ⊗ b) = 3α + β (c ⋅ b)
r r r r r r
( I T ) 2 = [3α + β (c ⋅ b)]2 = 9α 2 + 6 β (c ⋅ b) + β 2 (c ⋅ b) 2
II T =
1 2
2
{ 1
} { r r r r r r r r
I T − Tr ( T 2 ) = 9α 2 + 6 β (c ⋅ b) + β 2 (c ⋅ b) 2 − [3α 2 + 2αβ (c ⋅ b) + β 2 (c ⋅ b ) 2 ]
2
}
r r
= 3α + 2αβ (c ⋅ b)
2
r r r r
III T = det (α1 + β c ⊗ b) = α 3 + α 2 β c ⋅ b , (see Problem 1.49).
Then, the equation in (1.69) becomes:
III T T −1 = T 2 − I T T + II T 1
r r r r r r
= α 2 1 + 2αβ (c ⊗ b ) + β 2 (c ⋅ b)(c ⊗ b )
[ r r
] r r
[
r r
− 3α + β (c ⋅ b ) (α 1 + β c ⊗ b) + 3α 2 + 2αβ (c ⋅ b) 1 ]
r r r r r r r r r r
= α 2 1 + 2αβ (c ⊗ b ) + β 2 (c ⋅ b)(c ⊗ b ) − 3α 2 1 − 3αβ (c ⊗ b ) − αβ (c ⋅ b)1 (1.70)
r r r r r r
− β 2 (c ⋅ b)(c ⊗ b ) + 3α 2 1 + 2αβ (c ⋅ b)1
r r r r r r r r
= 1α 2 + αβ (c ⋅ b)1 − αβ (c ⊗ b) = (α 2 + αβ c ⋅ b )1 − αβ (c ⊗ b)
1 r r r r
= (α 3 + α 2 β c ⋅ b)1 − αβ (c ⊗ b) = [adj( T )] = [cof ( T )]
T
α
r r r r
Taking into account that T = (α1 + β c ⊗ b) , III T = α 3 + α 2 β c ⋅ b , the above equation
becomes:
r r r r
−1 1 III T αβ (c ⊗ b) 1 αβ (c ⊗ b)
T = 1− = 1− r r (1.71)
α III T III T α (α 3 + α 2 β c ⋅ b )
or:
r r 1 β r r
(α1 + β c ⊗ b) −1 = 1 − r r (c ⊗ b) Tensorial notation (1.72)
α α (α + β c ⋅ b)
1 β
(α δ ij + β c i b j ) −1 = δ ij − (c b ) Indicial notation (1.73)
α α (α + β c k b k ) i j
[α[1] + β [{c}{b} ] ] T −1
=
1
α
[ 1] −
β
α (α + β {c} {b})
T
[
{c}{b}T ] Matrix notation (1.74)
Problem 1.85
r r 1 β r r
Taking into account that (α 1 + β c ⊗ b) −1 = 1− r r (c ⊗ b) , (see Problem 1.84),
α α (α + β c ⋅ b)
show that:
r r 1
(α A + β a ⊗ b) −1 = A −1 −
α
r
β
r
α (α + β b ⋅ A −1 ⋅ a)
[ r r
( A −1 ⋅ a) ⊗ (b ⋅ A −1 ) ] (1.76)
r r
where a and b are vectors, A is a second-order tensor, with det ( A ) ≠ 0 ( ∃A −1 ), and α and
β are scalars.
Solution:
r r
Note that the expression (αA + β a ⊗ b) can be rewritten as follows:
r r r r r r r r
(αA + β a ⊗ b) = (αA ⋅ 1 + β 1 ⋅ a ⊗ b) = (αA ⋅ 1 + β ( A ⋅ A −1 ) ⋅ a ⊗ b) = A ⋅ (α1 + β A −1 ⋅ a ⊗ b)
1 β
(αA ij + β a i b j ) −1 = A ij−1 − ( A ik−1 a k )(b s A −sj1 )
α α (α + β b p A −pq1 a q )
r r r r
The reader should be aware here with the algebraic operation ( A −1 ⋅ a) ⋅ b ≠ A −1 ⋅ ( a ⋅ b )
14243
,
Invalid Expression
the latter has no consistency, since we cannot have a scalar product (contraction) with the
r r
scalar (a ⋅ b) . We can check this fact by means of indicial notation
r r r
c ⋅ b = c i b i = ( A −1 ⋅ a) i b i = A ik−1 a k b i , then, the possible expressions tensorial notation are
r r
( A −1 ⋅ a) ⋅ b = b i A ik−1a k = a k A ik−1b i = A ik−1b i a k = A ik−1 a k b i = A ik−1a k b i .
14
r 24 3 1 424 3r 1 42r4 3 1424 3r 1424 3r
r r r r r
b⋅A −1⋅a a⋅A −T ⋅b A −1:(b⊗a) A −T :( a⊗b ) A −1:( a⊗b )T
NOTE 1: For the particular case when α = 1 , β = 1 , we fall back on the Sherman-Morrison
formula:
r r
r r −1 ( A −1 ⋅ a) ⊗ (b ⋅ A −1 ) Sherman-Morrison formula
−1
( A + a ⊗ b) = A − r r (1.77)
1 + b ⋅ A −1 ⋅ a (tensorial notation)
{ }{
[ A]−1{a} {b}T [ A]−1 T } Sherman-Morrison formula
[[ A] + [{a}{b} ] ]
T −1 −1
= [ A] − T −1
1 + {b} [ A] {a}
(matrix notation)
(1.78)
r r r r
NOTE 2: Note that if (αA + β a ⊗ b) = A ⋅ (α1 + β A −1 ⋅ a ⊗ b) , the determinant is defined
as follows:
r r
[ r r
] r r
det (αA + β a ⊗ b) = det A ⋅ (α1 + β A −1 ⋅ a ⊗ b) = det [A ]det (α1 + β A −1 ⋅ a ⊗ b)
r
[ ]
r
= det [A ](α 3 + α 2 β b ⋅ A −1 ⋅ a)
with that, the equation in (1.76) can be rewritten as follows:
r r
(αA + β a ⊗ b) −1 =
1
γ
{ A (α 2
r r r r
[
+ αβ b ⋅ A −1 ⋅ a) A −1 − A αβ ( A −1 ⋅ a) ⊗ (b ⋅ A −1 ) ]}
r r r r
with γ = det (αA + β a ⊗ b) = A (α 3 + α 2 β b ⋅ A −1 ⋅ a) . (1.79)
with that we conclude that:
r r
{ r r r r
adj(αA + β a ⊗ b ) = A (α 2 + αβ b ⋅ A −1 ⋅ a) A −1 − A αβ ( A −1 ⋅ a) ⊗ (b ⋅ A −1 ) [ ]}
NOTE 3: We can extend the equation in (1.76) such that:
(α D + β A ⊗ B ) −1 =
1
α
D −1 −
α (α + β B : D
β
−1
: A)
[(D −1
: A ) ⊗ (B : D −1 ) ] (1.80)
where we now have that D is a fourth-order tensor, A and B are second-order tensors, and
α and β are scalars.
Note that:
(αD + β A ⊗ B ) −1 =
1
γ
{ D (α 2
[
+ αβ B : D −1 : A )D −1 − D αβ (D −1 : A ) ⊗ (B : D −1 ) ]}
with γ = det (αD + β A ⊗ B ) = D (α 3 + α 2 β B : D −1 : A ) . (1.81)
where we can conclude that:
det (αD + β A ⊗ B ) = det (D )(α 3 + α 2 β B : D −1 : A ) (1.82)
{ [
adj(α D + β A ⊗ B ) = D (α 2 + αβ B : D −1 : A )D −1 − αβ D (D −1 : A ) ⊗ (B : D −1 ) ]} (1.83)
Problem 1.86
r r r r
a) Let C = (α1 + β a ⊗ b + γ c ⊗ d) be a second-order tensor. Show that:
r r r r r r r r
[r r r r
α1 + β a ⊗ b + γ c ⊗ d = α 3 + α 2 γ (c ⋅ d) + α 2 β (a ⋅ b) + αβγ (a ⋅ b)(c ⋅ d) − (a ⋅ d)(b ⋅ c )
r r r r
]
(1.84)
r r r r r r r r
where α 1 + β a ⊗ b + γ c ⊗ d ≡ det (α 1 + β a ⊗ b + γ c ⊗ d) represents the determinant of the
r r r r
tensor C . b) For the particular case when α = 1 , d = a , c = b , show that:
r r r r r r r r 2
det (1 + β a ⊗ b + γ b ⊗ a) = 1 + (β + γ )(a ⋅ b) − βγ a ∧ b (1.85)
Solution:
r r r r
We define an auxiliary tensor D = α1 + β a ⊗ b and in turn we have C = (D + γ c ⊗ d) .
According to Problem 1.85, (see equation (1.76)), it holds that:
r r r r
det (D + γ c ⊗ d) = D (1 + γ d ⋅ D −1 ⋅ c ) , where:
r r r r
det (D) ≡ D = det (α1 + β a ⊗ b ) = α 3 + α 2 β (a ⋅ b) and
r r 1 β r r
(D ) −1 = (α1 + β a ⊗ b) −1 = 1 − r r (a ⊗ b)
α α (α + β a ⋅ b )
With that, we can obtain that:
r r r r
det (D + γ c ⊗ d) = D (1 + γ d ⋅ D −1 ⋅ c )
[ r r r 1
]
= α 3 + α 2 β (a ⋅ b ) (1 + γ d ⋅ 1 −
α
β
r r
α (α + β a ⋅ b )
(
r r r
a ⊗ b) ⋅ c
[ r r
= α 3 + α 2 β (a ⋅ b ) 1 + γ ] 1 r r
d ⋅1 ⋅ c −
α
β
r
r r r r
r d ⋅ (a ⊗ b) ⋅ c
α (α + β a ⋅ b )
[ r r 1 r r
= α 3 + α 2 β (a ⋅ b ) 1 + γ
d⋅c −
α
] β
r r
α (α + β a ⋅ b )
(
r r
d ⋅ a ) ⊗ (b
r r
⋅ c )
[ r r γ r r
]
= α 3 + α 2 β (a ⋅ b ) 1 + (c ⋅ d) −
αβγ
r
r r r r
r (a ⋅ d)(b ⋅ c )
α 2 (α + β a ⋅ b )
α
r r r r r r r r r r r r
Note that (d ⋅ a) ⊗ (b ⋅ c ) = (a ⋅ d) ⊗ (b ⋅ c ) ≡ (a ⋅ d)(b ⋅ c ) .
123 123
scalar scalar
r r
[ r r γ r r
] r r
det (D + γ c ⊗ d) = α 3 + α 2 β (a ⋅ b ) 1 + (c ⋅ d) − α 3 + α 2 β (a ⋅ b) 2 [ αβγ r r r r r
r ]
(a ⋅ d)(b ⋅ c )
α α (α + β a ⋅ b )
[ r r γ r
α
r
]
r r r r
= α 3 + α 2 β (a ⋅ b ) 1 + (c ⋅ d) − αβγ (a ⋅ d)(b ⋅ c )
3
[2 r r 2 r r r r r r r r r r
= α + α γ (c ⋅ d) + α β (a ⋅ b) + αβγ (a ⋅ b)(c ⋅ d) − αβγ (a ⋅ d)(b ⋅ c ) ]
Then:
r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r
det (α 1 + β a ⊗ b + γ c ⊗ d) = α 3 + α 2γ (c ⋅ d) + α 2 β (a ⋅ b ) + αβγ [( a ⋅ b )( c ⋅ d) − (a ⋅ d)(b ⋅ c )]
with that we can show the equation in (1.84).
r r r r
For the particular case when d = a , c = b , we have:
r rr r r r r r r r r r r r r r
c ⊗ d) = α 3 + α 2γ (c ⋅ d) + α 2 β (a ⋅ b) − αβγ [(a ⋅ d)(b ⋅ c ) − (a ⋅ b)(c ⋅ d)]
det (α 1 + β a ⊗ b + γ
r rr r r r r r r r r r r r r r
b ⊗ a) = α 3 + α 2γ (b ⋅ a) + α 2 β (a ⋅ b) − αβγ [(a ⋅ a)(b ⋅ b) − (a ⋅ b)(b ⋅ a)]
det (α 1 + β a ⊗ b + γ
r r r r r r r r r r
= α 3 + α 2 ( β + γ )(a ⋅ b) − αβγ [(a ⋅ a)(b ⋅ b) − (a ⋅ b)(a ⋅ b)]
r r 2 r 2 r 2 r r
In Problem 1.1 we have shown that a ∧ b = a b − (a ⋅ b) 2 holds, thus:
r r r r r r r r 2
det (α1 + β a ⊗ b + γ b ⊗ a) = α 3 + α 2 (β + γ )(a ⋅ b) − αβγ a ∧ b
Problem 1.87
r r r r
a) Obtain the inverse of the tensor C = (α1 + β a ⊗ b + γ c ⊗ d) .
r r r r
p⊗ p (B ⋅ q) ⊗ (B ⋅ q)
b.1) Given the second-order tensor D = B + r r − r r where B = B T and
p⋅q q ⋅ B ⋅q
∃B −1 , show that:
r r r r
( p ⋅ q + p ⋅ B −1 ⋅ p ) r r
D −1
=B + −1
r r 2 [q ⊗ q ] − r 2 r [qr ⊗ ( B −1 ⋅ pr )]sym (1.86)
( p ⋅ q) ( p ⋅ q)
b.2) If B is a positive definite tensor, obtain the conditions under which D is a non-singular
tensor.
Solution:
r r r r
Denoting by A = (α1 + β a ⊗ b) we can obtain C = ( A + γ c ⊗ d) , and by taking into account
r r 1
(α A + β a ⊗ b) −1 = A −1 −
α
r
β
r
α (α + β b ⋅ A −1 ⋅ a)
r
[ r
( A −1 ⋅ a) ⊗ (b ⋅ A −1 ) ] (1.87)
r r
[ r r
D = B ⋅ 1 + β a ⊗ b + γc ⊗ d = B ⋅ C ⇒ ]
D −1 = ( B ⋅ C ) −1 = C −1 ⋅ B −1
r r r r
where C = [1 + βa ⊗ b + γc ⊗ d ] . The inverse of C can be obtained via subsection (a) with
α = 1 . Moreover, we have:
θ (1) = 1 ,
−β −β −1 1 −1
θ ( 2) = r r = r r = r r = r r r r
α (α + β a ⋅ b) (1 + β a ⋅ b) p ⋅ q (1 + r 1 r ( B −1 ⋅ pr ) ⋅ pr ) ( p ⋅ q + p ⋅ B −1 ⋅ p)
p⋅q
r r 1 r r β r r r r
d ⋅ A −1 ⋅ c = (d ⋅ c ) − r r (a ⋅ d )(b ⋅ c )
α α (α + β a ⋅ b )
r r −1 r r r r
= (( B ⋅ q ) ⋅ q ) + r r r −1 r
(( B −1 ⋅ p) ⋅ ( B ⋅ q ) )( p ⋅ q )
( p ⋅ q + p ⋅ B ⋅ p)
r r r r
r r − ( p ⋅ ( B −T ⋅ B ) ⋅ q ) ( p ⋅ q )
= q ⋅B ⋅q + r r r r
( p ⋅ q + p ⋅ B −1 ⋅ p)
−γ 1 1
θ ( 3) = r
−1 r
= r r r r r r
(1 + γ d ⋅ A ⋅ c ) q ⋅ B ⋅ q −1 r r − ( p ⋅ ( B −T ⋅ B ) ⋅ q ) ( p ⋅ q )
1 + r
r q ⋅B⋅q + r r r −1 r
q ⋅ B ⋅ q ( p ⋅ q + p ⋅ B ⋅ p )
r r r −1 r
( p ⋅ q + p ⋅ B ⋅ p)
= r r r r
( p ⋅ ( B −T ⋅ B ) ⋅ q ) ( p ⋅ q )
r r r r
−1 ( p ⋅ q + p ⋅ B −1 ⋅ p ) −1
θ ( 2 ) θ (3) = r r r −1 r r r r r = r r r r
( p ⋅ q + p ⋅ B ⋅ p) ( p ⋅ ( B ⋅ B ) ⋅ q ) ( p ⋅ q ) ( p ⋅ ( B ⋅ B ) ⋅ q ) ( p ⋅ q )
−T −T
r r −1 −1 r r
θ ( 2 ) θ ( 3) (a ⋅ d ) = r r r r (( B ⋅ p) ⋅ ( B ⋅ q ))
( p ⋅ (B −T
⋅ B) ⋅ q) ( p ⋅ q )
−1 r r −1
r r r ( p ⋅ (B ⋅ B) ⋅ q ) = r r
−T
= r
( p ⋅ ( B −T ⋅ B) ⋅ q) ( p ⋅ q ) ( p ⋅ q)
r r −1 r r −1
θ ( 2 ) θ ( 3) (b ⋅ c ) = r r r r ( p ⋅ q) = r r
( p ⋅ (B −T
⋅ B) ⋅ q ) ( p ⋅ q ) ( p ⋅ (B ⋅ B) ⋅ q )
−T
r r r r −1 −1 r r r r
θ ( 2 ) θ (3) (b ⋅ c )(a ⋅ d ) = r r r r (( B ⋅ p) ⋅ ( B ⋅ q ))( p ⋅ q ) = −1
( p ⋅ (B −T
⋅ B) ⋅ q ) ( p ⋅ q )
The equation in (1.90) becomes:
r r r
[ r r r r
] [ r r r
C −1 = 1 + θ ( 2 ) (a ⊗ b ) + θ ( 3) c + θ ( 2 ) (b ⋅ c )a ⊗ d + θ ( 2 ) (a ⋅ d )b ]
r r
[ ]r r
[ ] r r r r
[ ] r r r r
C −1 = 1 + θ ( 2 ) a ⊗ b + θ ( 3) c ⊗ d + θ ( 3)θ ( 2 ) (a ⋅ d ) c ⊗ b + θ ( 3)θ ( 2 ) (b ⋅ c ) a ⊗ d [ ]
r r r r r r
+ θ ( 3)θ (22 ) (b ⋅ c )(a ⋅ d ) a ⊗ b [ ]
{ r r r r r r
}[ ]r r
[ ] r r r r
C −1 = 1 + θ ( 2 ) + θ ( 3)θ (22 ) (b ⋅ c )(a ⋅ d ) a ⊗ b + θ ( 3) c ⊗ d + θ ( 3)θ ( 2 ) (a ⋅ d ) c ⊗ b [ ]
r r r r
+ θ ( 3)θ ( 2 ) (b ⋅ c ) a ⊗ d [ ]
Note that: {θ ( 2 ) + θ (3) θ (22 ) (b ⋅ c )(a ⋅ d )}= θ ( 2 ) {1 + θ (3) θ ( 2 ) (b ⋅ c )(a ⋅ d )}= θ ( 2 ) {1 − 1} = 0 , thus
r r r r r r r r
r r
[ ] r r r r
[ ] r r r r
C −1 = 1 + θ ( 3) c ⊗ d + θ ( 3) θ ( 2 ) (a ⋅ d ) c ⊗ b + θ ( 3) θ ( 2 ) (b ⋅ c ) a ⊗ d [ ]
[r r
] r r r r
[ ] r r r r
C −1 = 1 + θ ( 3) c ⊗ d + θ ( 3)θ ( 2 ) (a ⋅ d ) c ⊗ b + θ ( 3)θ ( 2 ) (b ⋅ c ) a ⊗ d [ ]
r r r r
( p ⋅ q + p ⋅ B −1 ⋅ p ) r r −1 r r
=1+ r r r r [q ⊗ ( B ⋅ q ) ] + r r [q ⊗ p ]
( p ⋅ (B ⋅ B) ⋅ q ) ( p ⋅ q )
−T
( p ⋅ q)
+ r
−1 −1 r
[
r ( B ⋅ p) ⊗ ( B ⋅ q )
( p ⋅ (B ⋅ B) ⋅ q)
−T
r
]
With that, we can obtain:
D −1 = C −1 ⋅ B −1
r r r r
( p ⋅ q + p ⋅ B −1 ⋅ p) r r −1 r r
= 1 + r r r r [q ⊗ ( B ⋅ q )] + r r [q ⊗ p ]
( p ⋅ (B ⋅ B) ⋅ q ) ( p ⋅ q )
−T
( p ⋅ q)
+ r
−1
( p ⋅ (B ⋅ B) ⋅ q )
−T
−1 r
[
r −1
r ( B ⋅ p) ⊗ ( B ⋅ q ) ⋅ B ]
r r r −1 r
( p ⋅ q + p ⋅ B ⋅ p) r r −1 r r
= B −1 + r r r r [q ⊗ ( B ⋅ q )]⋅ B + r r [q ⊗ p ]⋅ B
−1 −1
( p ⋅ (B ⋅ B) ⋅ q ) ( p ⋅ q)
−T
( p ⋅ q)
+ r
−1 −1 r r
[
r ( B ⋅ p) ⊗ ( B ⋅ q ) ⋅ B
( p ⋅ (B ⋅ B) ⋅ q )
−T
−1
]
Note that:
{[qr ⊗ ( B ⋅ qr )]⋅ B } = [qr ⊗ ( B ⋅ qr )] B = [q ( B ⋅ qr ) ]B
−1
ij ik
−1
kj i k
−1
kj [ ]
= q i ( B kp q p ) B kj−1 = q i ( B kp B kj−1 q p )
= [q ⊗ ( B ⋅ B ) ⋅ q ) ]
r −T r
ij
[( B ⋅ pr ) ⊗ ( B ⋅ qr )]⋅ B = ( B ⋅ pr ) ⊗ ( B ⋅ B ) ⋅ qr
−1 −1 −1 −T
{[qr ⊗ ( pr ⋅ B )] + [( B }
r r r r
( p ⋅ q + p ⋅ B −1 ⋅ p ) r r
[q ⊗ q ] + r− 1r ⋅ p) ⊗ q ]
r r
= B −1 + r r r r
−1 −1
( p ⋅ q) ( p ⋅ q) ( p ⋅ q)
r r r −1 r
( p ⋅ q + p ⋅ B ⋅ p) r r
= B −1 + r r 2
( p ⋅ q)
[q ⊗ q ] − r 2 r
( p ⋅ q)
[qr ⊗ ( B −1
⋅ p)]
r sym
r r r
Note that, due to the symmetry of B , it holds that p ⋅ B −1 = B −1 ⋅ p = s , and B −T ⋅ B = 1 .
b.2) A tensor is non-singular if det (D ) ≠ 0 . By using the equation obtained previously we get:
[ r r r r
D = B ⋅ 1 + β a ⊗ b + γc ⊗ d ]
⇒ ( [ r r r r
]) r r r r
det (D) = det B ⋅ 1 + β a ⊗ b + γ c ⊗ d = det ( B )det 1 + β a ⊗ b + γ c ⊗ d [ ]
Note that det ( B ) > 0 , since B is a positive definite tensor. Then, the condition under which
r r r r
D is a non-singular tensor is det[1 + βa ⊗ b + γc ⊗ d ] ≠ 0 . By using the determinant
expression obtained in Problem 1.86 we can obtain:
r r r r r r r r r r
[
r r r r
det (α1 + β a ⊗ b + γ c ⊗ d ) = α 3 + α 2 γ (c ⋅ d ) − αβγ (a ⋅ d )( b ⋅ c ) − (a ⋅ b )(c ⋅ d ) ]
r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r
where α = 1 , a ⋅ b = ( B −1 ⋅ p ) ⋅ p = p ⋅ B −1 ⋅ p , a ⋅ d = ( B −1 ⋅ p ) ⋅ ( B ⋅ q ) = p ⋅ q , b ⋅ c = p ⋅ q
r r r r r r r r −1 r r
c ⋅ d = q ⋅ ( B ⋅ q ) = q ⋅ B ⋅ q , γ (c ⋅ d ) = r r q ⋅ B ⋅ q = −1 ,
q ⋅B ⋅q
[
r r r r
det 1 + β a ⊗ b + γ c ⊗ d = r r r
1
]
( p ⋅ q )(q ⋅ B ⋅ q )
r r r r
[ r −1 r r r
r ( p ⋅ q )( p ⋅ q ) − ( p ⋅ B ⋅ p )(q ⋅ B ⋅ q ) ≠ 0 ]
r r r r r r r r
Then, the conditions are: p ≠ 0 , q ≠ 0 , ( p ⋅ q ) ≠ 0 , i.e. p and q can not be orthogonal
vectors. Another condition that must be met is:
r r r r r r r r
( p ⋅ q )( p ⋅ q ) − ( p ⋅ B −1 ⋅ p )(q ⋅ B ⋅ q ) ≠ 0
142 4 43 4 144424443
>0 >0
r r
Note that by the fact that B is positive definite tensor, the scalar (q ⋅ B ⋅ q ) > 0 is always
r r r r
positive for any vector q ≠ 0 . The same apply to ( p ⋅ B −1 ⋅ p ) > 0 , since, if the tensor is
positive definite so is its inverse. Note also that D is a positive definite tensor if
r r r r r r r r
( p ⋅ q ) 2 > ( p ⋅ B −1 ⋅ p )(q ⋅ B ⋅ q ) and ( p ⋅ q ) > 0 . These two conditions can be replaced by
r r r r r r
( p ⋅ q ) > ( p ⋅ B −1 ⋅ p )(q ⋅ B ⋅ q ) .
Problem 1.88
Let A = A (τ) and τ be a second-order tensor and a scalar respectively, show that:
dA dA
= A Tr ⋅ A −1 (1.91)
dτ dτ
Solution:
In Problem 1.82 and in Problem 1.79, we have demonstrated, respectively, that:
III A = det ( A ) = A =
1
6
{
[Tr( A )]3 + 2 Tr(A 3 ) − 3Tr( A 2 ) Tr(A ) } (1.92)
III A A −1 = A 2 − AI A + II A 1 (1.93)
where I A = Tr (A ) , II A =
1
2
{ }
[Tr ( A )]2 − Tr ( A 2 ) .
Note also that the following derivatives are true:
d [I A ] d [Tr ( A )] d [A kk ] d [A ik δ ik ] d [A ik ] dA dA
= = = = δ ik = : 1 = Tr
dτ dτ dτ dτ dτ dτ dτ
[
d Tr ( A 2 ) ]
d (A 2 )
= Tr
= Tr 2A ⋅
dA dA
= 2 Tr A ⋅
dτ dτ
dτ dτ
[
d Tr ( A 3 ) ]
= 3Tr A 2 ⋅
dA
dτ dτ
Taking the derivative of (1.92) with respect to τ we can obtain:
d ( III A ) 1 d
dτ
=
6 dτ
{
[Tr( A )]3 + 2 Tr(A 3 ) − 3Tr( A 2 ) Tr(A ) }
1
= 3[Tr ( A )]
2 d [Tr ( A )]
+2
[
d Tr ( A 3 )
−3
] [
d Tr ( A 2 ) ]
Tr ( A ) − 3 Tr ( A 2 )
d [Tr ( A )]
6 dt dτ dτ dτ
1 dA 2 dA dA dA
3[Tr ( A )] Tr + 6 Tr A ⋅ − 6 Tr A ⋅
2
= Tr ( A ) − 3Tr ( A 2 ) Tr
6 dτ dτ dτ dτ
= Tr A 2 ⋅
dA
dτ
dA
− Tr A ⋅
dτ
1
2
{
2 dA
Tr ( A ) + [Tr ( A )] − Tr ( A 2 ) Tr
dτ
}
or
d ( III A ) dA dA dA
= Tr A 2 ⋅ − Tr A ⋅ I A + II A Tr (1.94)
dτ dτ dτ dτ
dA
Taking the scalar product of the equation in (1.93) with , we can obtain:
dτ
III A A −1 ⋅
dA
dτ
(
= A 2 − A I A + II A 1 ⋅
dA
dτ
)= A2 ⋅
dA
dτ
−A⋅
dA
dτ
I A + II A
dA
dτ
and the trace of the above equation is given by:
dA 2 dA dA dA
Tr A −1 ⋅ III A = Tr A ⋅ −A⋅ I A + II A
d τ d τ d τ dτ
(1.95)
dA dA dA
= Tr A 2 ⋅ − Tr A ⋅ I A + Tr II A
d τ d τ dτ
Comparing equations (1.94) and (1.95), we can conclude that:
dA dA
⋅ A −1
d ( III A )
= III A Tr A −1 ⋅ = III A Tr
dτ dτ dτ
Problem 1.89
Let C be a fourth-order tensor, whose components are
C ijkl = λδ ij δ kl + µδ ik δ jl + γδ il δ jk (1.96)
where δ ij are the second-order unit tensor components, and λ , µ and γ are scalar.
a) What kind of symmetry has the tensor C ? b) What conditions must be met to guarantee
the symmetry of C ?
Solution:
The tensor has major symmetry whether C ijkl = C klij holds. Taking into account the equation
in (1.96), we can conclude that the tensor has major symmetry since
C klij = λδ kl δ ij + µδ ki δ lj + γδ kj δ li = C ijkl
We check now if the tensor has minor symmetry, e.g. C ijkl = C ijlk
C ijlk = λδ ij δ lk + µδ il δ jk + γδ ik δ jl ≠ C ijkl
Then, the tensor C has minor symmetry if and only if µ = γ , with that we can obtain:
C ijkl = λδ ij δ kl + µ (δ ik δ jl + δ il δ jk )
Note that δ ij δ kl has major and minor symmetry, while the tensors δ ik δ jl , δ il δ jk are not
symmetric. Note also that (δ ik δ jl + δ il δ jk ) = 2I ijkl
sym
.
Problem 1.90
Let C be a fourth-order tensor, whose components are given by:
C ijkl = λδ ij δ kl + µ (δ ik δ jl + δ il δ jk ) (1.97)
where λ , µ are constant real numbers. Show that C is isotropic.
Solution:
Applying the transformation law for the fourth-order tensor components:
C ′ijkl = a im a jn a kp a lq C mnpq (1.98)
and by replacing the relation C mnpq = λδ mnδ pq + µ (δ mpδ nq + δ mqδ np ) into the above equation,
we obtain:
[
C′ijkl = aim a jn akp alq λδ mnδ pq + µ (δ mpδ nq + δ mqδ np ) ]
= λaim a jn akp alqδ mnδ pq + µ ( aim a jn akp alqδ mpδ nq + aim a jn akp alqδ mqδ np )
(1.99)
= λain a jn akq alq + µ ( aip a jq akp alq + aiq a jn akn alq )
= λδ ijδ kl + µ (δ ikδ jl + δ ilδ jk ) = C ijkl
which proves that C is an isotropic tensor, i.e. the C -components do not change for any
transformation basis.
Problem 1.91
Let C be a symmetric isotropic fourth-order tensor which is represented by its components
as follows:
(
C ijkl = λδ ij δ kl + µ δ ik δ jl + δ il δ jk ) (indicial notation)
C = λ1 ⊗ 1 + 2µ I (tensorial notation)
where λ and µ are scalars, 1 is the second-order unit tensor, I is the symmetric fourth-
order unit tensor, i.e. I ≡ I sym .
a) Given a symmetric second-order tensor ε , obtain an expression for σ knowing that
σ = C : ε . Express the result in indicial and tensorial notation.
b) Show that σ and ε have the same eigenvectors, i.e. the same principal directions.
σ1 0 0 1 0 0 ε 1 0 0
where it is also true that 0 σ2 0 = λTr (ε ) 0 1 0 + 2µ 0
ε2 0
0 0 σ 3 0 0 1 0 0 ε 3
Problem 1.92
a) Obtain the inverse of the fourth-order tensor C = 2µ I + λ1 ⊗ 1 where I ≡ I sym is the
symmetric fourth-order unit tensor, 1 is the second-order unit tensor, and µ > 0 and λ are
Eν
scalars. b) Obtain the determinant of C . In addition, if we consider that λ = ,
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν )
E
µ= , find the possible values for E and ν in order to guarantee that the tensor C is
2(1 + ν )
positive definite. c) Obtain also the reciprocal of the equation σ = C : ε in function of µ > 0 ,
λ , where σ and ε are symmetric second-order tensors.
Solution:
a) We use the equation obtained in (1.80):
(α D + β A ⊗ B ) −1 =
1
α
D −1 −
α (α + β B : D
β
−1
: A)
[(D −1
: A ) ⊗ (B : D −1 ) ]
By denoting by D = I , A = B = 1 , α = 2µ , β = λ , the above equation can be rewritten as
follows:
C −1 = ( 2µ I + λ1 ⊗ 1) −1 =
1 −1
2µ
I −
λ
2µ ( 2µ + λ 1 : I −1 : 1)
(I −1 : 1) ⊗ (1 : I −1 ) [ ]
Remember that it holds that I −1 = I and (I −1 : 1) = I : 1 = 1 . Then we can obtain the scalar
value of 1 : I −1 : 1 = 1 : I : 1 = 1 : 1 = Tr (1) = 3 . We also express in indicial notation:
1 1
1 : I −1 : 1 = 1 : I : 1 = δ ij I ijkl
sym
δ kl =δ ij (δ ik δ jl + δ il δ jk )δ kl = (δ ij δ ik δ jl δ kl + δ ij δ il δ jk δ kl )
2 2
1
= (δ jj +δ jj )=3
2
Resulting that:
1 λ
C −1 = ( 2µ I + λ1 ⊗ 1) −1 = I− (1 ⊗ 1)
2µ 2µ ( 2µ + 3λ )
− 2µλ λ 3λ 2
C : C −1 = I + + − (1 ⊗ 1) = I
µ ( 2µ + 3λ ) 2µ 2µ ( 2µ + 3λ )
124 44444424444444 3
=0
The tensor C is definite positive if the eigenvalues are positive numbers, i.e.:
E
µ >0⇒ µ = >0
2(1 + ν )
E Eν E
2 µ + 3λ > 0 ⇒ 2 +3 = >0
2(1 + ν ) (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) (1 − 2ν )
Denoting by y1 = (1 + ν ) ≠ 0 , y2 = (1 − 2ν ) ≠ 0 , we can conclude that:
E > 0 E > 0
E E y1 > 0 E E y 2 > 0
µ= = >0 ⇒ ; 2 µ + 3λ = = >0 ⇒
2(1 + ν ) 2 y1 E < 0 (1 − 2ν ) y 2 E < 0
y < 0 y < 0
1 2
The above conditions must fulfill simultaneously. Then, by means of Figure 1.23 we can
conclude that E > 0 and − 1 < ν < 0.5 .
y (ν )
y2 = (1 − 2ν ) ≠ 0
1
ν ≠ −1
( y 2 > 0 ⇒ E > 0) E >0 ( y 1 > 0 ⇒ E > 0)
Figure 1.23
c)
σ = C:ε ⇒ C −1 : σ = C −1 : C : ε ⇒ C −1 : σ = I sym : ε = ε sym = ε
⇒ ε = C −1 : σ
1 λ 1 λ
⇒ε= I− 1 ⊗ 1 : σ = I:σ − 1 ⊗1:σ
2µ 2µ ( 2µ + 3λ ) 2µ 2µ ( 2µ + 3λ )
1 λ
⇒ε= σ− Tr (σ )1
2µ 2µ ( 2µ + 3λ )
The transformation between the two hyperspaces can be appreciated in Figure 1.24. It is also
worth reviewing Problem 1.41.
x3 C x3
ε 33 σ 33
σ = C:ε
ε13 σ13
ε 23 ε 32 σ 23 σ 32
ε 31 ε 22 σ 31 σ 22
ε12 σ12
ε 21 x2 σ 21 x2
ε11 σ11
x1 x1
ε = C −1 : σ
C −1
Figure 1.24
Problem 1.93
ˆ ) be a second-order tensor, which is known as the elastic acoustic tensor, and is
Let Q e (N
defined as follows:
Q e (N ˆ ⋅ Ce ⋅N
ˆ) =N ˆ
where N̂ is the unit vector and C e is the isotropic symmetric fourth-order tensor and given
by C e = λ (1 ⊗ 1) + 2µ I , whose components are: C ijkl
e
= λδ ij δ kl + µ (δ ik δ jl + δ il δ jk ) . Obtain
the components of the elastic acoustic tensor.
Solution:
Using symbolic notation we can obtain:
Q e (N ˆ ⋅ Ce ⋅N
ˆ) =N ˆ = Nˆ eˆ
i i ( )⋅ (C e ˆ
pqrs e p ⊗ eˆ q ⊗ eˆ r ⊗ eˆ s )⋅ (Nˆ eˆ )
j j
( )
= Nˆ i C epqrs Nˆ j δ ip δ sj eˆ q ⊗ eˆ r = N
ˆ C e Nˆ eˆ ⊗ eˆ
p pqrs s q r( )
ˆ ) are:
Then, the components of Q e (N
ˆ Ce Nˆ = N
Qe qr = N p pqrs s p pq rs [
ˆ λδ δ + µ (δ δ + δ δ ) Nˆ
pr qs ps qr s ]
ˆ N
= λδ pqδ rsN ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ
p s + µ (N pδ prδ qsNs + N pδ psδ qrNs ) = λNqNr + µ (NrNq + Nsδ qrNs )
Note that N̂ is the unit vector, then Nˆ s Nˆ s = 1 holds. With that we can obtain:
ˆ Nˆ
Q e qr = µδ qr + (λ + µ )N tensorial
→ ˆ ) = µ 1 + (λ + µ )N
Q e (N ˆ ⊗N
ˆ
q r
Problem 1.94
Let Q be a symmetric second-order tensor and given by:
ˆ ) = µ 1 + (λ + µ )N
Q (N ˆ ⊗N
ˆ
( µ − γ ) [( µ − γ ) + (λ + µ )] = 0
2
⇒ ( µ − γ ) [(λ + 2 µ ) − γ ] = 0
2
b) A tensor is definite positive if its eigenvalues are greater than zero, then:
E
µ = 2(1 + ν ) > 0
λ + 2 µ = Eν E E (1 − ν )
+2 = >0
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) 2(1 + ν ) (−2ν 2 − ν + 1)
(1 + ν ) ≠ 0 ⇒ ν ≠ −1
We check that ν ≠ −1
(−2ν − ν + 1) ≠ 0 ⇒ ν ≠ 0.5
2
y2 = (1 − ν ) ≠ 0 y (ν )
y1 = (1 + ν ) ≠ 0
zone not feasible
1 ν =1
ν = −1
ν
ν = 0 .5
y3 = (−2ν 2 − ν + 1) ≠ 0
Figure 1.25
ˆ ) -components in the principal space of Q (N
c) The inverse of the Q (N ˆ ) are given by:
1
0 0
µ 0 0 µ
1 1
Qij′ = 0 µ 0
inverse
→ Qij′ −1 =0 0 ∴ Q −1 =
µ µ (λ + 2µ )
2
0 0 (λ + 2µ ) 1
0 0
(λ + 2µ )
ˆ ) −1 are Q ′ −1 = Q ′ −1 = 1 1
Then, the eigenvalues of Q (N , Q3′ −1 = . Recall that a tensor
1 2
µ (λ + 2µ )
and its inverse share the same principal space, i.e. they are coaxial tensors. Moreover, we can
ˆ ) −1 as follows:
express the spectral representation of Q (N
3
Q −1 = ∑Q
a =1
−1 ˆ ( a )
a N
ˆ ( a ) = Q −1N
⊗N 1
ˆ (1) ⊗ N
ˆ (1) + Q −1N
2
ˆ (2) ⊗ N
ˆ ( 2 ) + Q −1N
3
ˆ ( 3) ⊗ N
ˆ (3)
ˆ (1) ⊗ N
= Q1−1 (N ˆ (1) + Nˆ ( 2) ⊗ Nˆ ( 2 ) ) + Q −1N
ˆ ( 3) ⊗ N
ˆ (3) = Q −1 (1 − N
ˆ ( 3) ⊗ N
ˆ (3) ) + Q −1N
ˆ ( 3) ⊗ N
ˆ ( 3)
3 1 3
= Q −1 (1 − N ˆ ⊗N ˆ ) + Q −1N ˆ ⊗N ˆ
1 3
ˆ ( 3) = N
where we have considered that N ˆ . It is interesting to see Problem 1.77. Then:
ˆ ⊗N
Q −1 = Q1−1 (1 − N ˆ ) + Q −1N ˆ = 1 (1 − N
ˆ ⊗N ˆ ⊗N
ˆ)+ 1 ˆ ⊗N
N ˆ
3
µ (λ + 2 µ )
=
1
1−
1 ˆ ˆ
N⊗N+
1 ˆ = 1 1 − 1 −
ˆ ⊗N
N
1 ˆ ˆ
N⊗N
µ µ (λ + 2 µ ) µ µ (λ + 2 µ )
1 λ+µ ˆ ˆ
= 1 − N⊗N
µ µ (λ + 2 µ )
ˆ ⋅ Ce ⋅N
Note that Q −1 = N (
ˆ −1 ≠ N
ˆ ⋅ C e −1 ⋅ N )
ˆ , where C e −1 = 1 I −
2µ
λ
2µ ( 2µ + 3λ )
(1 ⊗ 1) . We
ˆ ⋅C e −1
evaluate the tensor Qinv = N ⋅ Nˆ :
ˆ 1 1 (δ δ + δ δ ) − λ
⇒ (Qinv ) jk = Nˆ i Cijkl
−1 ˆ
Nl = Ni ik jl il jk δ ijδ kl Nˆ l
2µ 2 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ )
1 1 ˆ λ
⇒ (Qinv ) jk = (Niδ ikδ jlNˆ l + Nˆ iδ ilδ jk Nˆ l ) − Nˆ iδ ijδ klNˆ l
2µ 2 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ )
1 ˆ ˆ λ ˆ Nˆ = 1 δ 1 λ ˆ ˆ
⇒ (Qinv ) jk = (NkN j + Nˆ lNˆ lδ jk ) − N j k jk + − N jNk
4µ 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ ) 4µ 4 µ 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ )
1 2µ + λ ˆ ˆ
⇒ (Qinv ) jk = δ jk + N jNk
4µ 4 µ ( 2 µ + 3λ )
Thus:
1 2µ + λ ˆ ˆ
Qinv = 1 + N ⊗ N
4µ 4µ (2µ + 3λ )
Note that µ ≠ 0 and (2µ + 3λ ) ≠ 0 , and moreover, these conditions are the same as those to
guarantee that ∃C −1 , (see Problem 1.92).
Problem 1.95
Let us consider that F has inverse ( det ( F ) ≠ 0 ) and that can be multiplicatively decomposed
as:
F = Q ⋅U = V ⋅Q
ˆ ( a ) , and V has the eigenvalues
If U has the eigenvalues λ a associated with the eigenvectors N
µ a associated with the eigenvectors nˆ ( a ) , show that:
µ a = λa
ˆ ( a ) and nˆ ( a ) .
Obtain also the relationship between the eigenvectors N
Solution:
By using the definition of F we can obtain the following relationship:
QT ⋅ F = QT ⋅ Q ⋅U = QT ⋅ V ⋅ Q ⇒ QT ⋅ F = U = QT ⋅ V ⋅ Q
and by considering the definition of eigenvalue-eigenvector of U we can obtain:
U⋅N ˆ (a ) = λ N
a
ˆ (a)
QT ⋅ V ⋅ Q ⋅ N
ˆ (a ) = λ N
a
ˆ (a) (the index here does not indicate summation)
Q ⋅ QT ⋅ V ⋅ Q ⋅ N
ˆ (a ) = λ Q ⋅ N
a
ˆ (a)
123
1
thus,
V ⋅ Q ⋅N
ˆ (a) = λ Q ⋅ N
a
ˆ (a)
V ⋅ nˆ ( a ) = λ a nˆ ( a )
I
∂ σ − σ 1
∂s 3 ∂[σ ] 1 ∂[ I σ ]
= = − 1
∂σ ∂σ ∂σ 3 ∂σ
which in indicial notation is:
∂s ij ∂σij 1 ∂[ I σ ] 1
= − δ ij = δ ikδ jl − δ klδ ij
∂σ kl ∂σ kl 3 ∂σ kl 3
Therefore
∂s ij 1 1 1 ∂s
s ij = s ij δ ik δ jl − δ kl δ ij = s ij δ ik δ jl − s ij δ kl δ ij = s kl − δ kl s ii = s kl ⇒ s: =s
∂σ kl 3 3 3 { ∂σ
=0
To show that two tensors are coaxial, we must prove that σ dev ⋅ σ = σ ⋅ σ dev :
Iσ
σ ⋅ σ dev = σ ⋅ (σ − σ sph ) = σ ⋅ σ − σ ⋅ σ sph = σ ⋅ σ − σ ⋅ 1
3
I I I
= σ ⋅ σ − σ ⋅ σ 1 = σ ⋅ σ − σ 1 ⋅ σ = σ − σ 1 ⋅ σ = σ dev ⋅ σ
3 3 3
Therefore, we have shown that σ and σ dev are coaxial tensors. In other words, they have the
same principal directions (eigenvectors).
Problem 1.97
1 1
Consider that J = [det (b )] 2 = ( III b ) 2 , where b is a symmetric second-order tensor, i.e. b = b T .
Obtain the partial derivatives of J and ln(J ) with respect to b .
Solution:
1
∂ ( III b ) 2
∂J −1 ∂ III −1
1( 1 1 1 1
= = III b ) 2 b
= ( III b ) 2 III b b −T = ( III b ) 2 b −1 = J b −1
∂b ∂b 2 ∂b 2 2 2
1
∂ Ln III b 2
∂[Ln( J )] 1 ∂ III b 1 −1
⇒ = = = b
∂b ∂b 2 III b ∂b 2
Problem 1.98
a) Write the equation σ = C : ε in Voigt notation, where C = λ1 ⊗ 1 + 2µ I is the isotropic
symmetric fourth-order tensor, and the tensors σ and ε are structured according to Voigt
notation as follows:
σ11 ε11
σ ε
22 22
σ33 ε33
{σ } = ; {ε } =
σ12 2ε12
σ23 2ε 23
σ13 2ε13
b) Write the equation ε = C −1 : σ in Voigt notation, where the tensor C −1 , (see Problem
1.92), is given by.
1 λ
C −1 = I− 1⊗1
2µ 2µ ( 2µ + 3λ )
Solution:
We write the equation σ = (λ1 ⊗ 1 + 2µ I ) : ε in indicial notation:
1
σij = λδ ijδ kl + 2 µ (δ ikδ
2
jl
[
+ δ ilδ jk ) ε kl = λδ ijδ kl + µ (δ ikδ jl ]
+ δ ilδ jk ) ε kl
The second-order unit tensor in Voigt notation is:
1
1
1 0 0
1
δ ij = 0 1 0 →{δ} =
Voigt
1 1 1 1 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 0 0 0
Iijkl []1 1
= δ ijδ kl → I = [1 1 1 0 0 0] =
Voigt 1 1 0 0 0
= {δ}{δ}
T
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1
The symmetric fourth-order unit tensor Iijkl = (δ ikδ jl + δ ilδ jk ) in Voigt notation is:
2
I1111 I1122 I1133 I1112 I1123 I1113 1 0 0 0 0 0
I 1 0 0 0 0
2211 I 2222 I 2233 I 2212 I 2223 I 2213 0
I 3311 I 3322 I 3333 I 3312 I 3323 I 3313 0 0 1 0 0 0
I ijkl →[I ] =
Voigt =
I1211 I1222 I1233 I1212 I1223 I1213 0 0 0 12 0 0
I 2311 I 2322 I 2333 I 2312 I 2323 I 2313 0 0 0 0 12 0
I1311 I1322 I1333 I1312 I1323 I1313 0 0 0 0 0 12
1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 λ + 2µ λ λ 0 0 0
1 0
1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
λ λ + 2µ λ 0 0 0
1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 λ λ λ + 2µ 0 0 0
[C ] = λ + 2µ =
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1
0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 µ 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 µ 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1
0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 µ
thus
σ11 λ + 2 µ λ λ 0 0 0 ε11
σ λ λ + 2µ λ 0 0 0 ε 22
22
σ 33 λ λ λ + 2 µ 0 0 0 ε 33
σ = (λ1 ⊗ 1 + 2 µI ) : ε Voigt
→ =
σ12 0 0 0 µ 0 0 2ε12
σ 23 0 0 0 0 µ 0 2ε 23
σ13 0 0 0 0 0 µ 2ε13
14444444444 4244444444444 3
{σ } = [C ]{ε }
b)
ε = C −1 : σ
1 λ 1 λ
⇒ε= I− 1 ⊗ 1 : σ = I:σ − 1 ⊗1:σ
2µ 2µ ( 2µ + 3λ ) 2µ 2µ ( 2µ + 3λ )
1 λ
⇒ε= σ− Tr (σ )1
2µ 2µ ( 2µ + 3λ )
1 λ
⇒ ε ij = σ ij − σ kk δ ij
2µ 2µ ( 2µ + 3λ )
Note that:
1 λ µ +λ λ
ε11 = σ11 − (σ11 + σ 22 + σ 33 )δ 11 = σ11 − (σ 22 + σ 33 )
2µ 2 µ ( 2 µ + 3λ ) µ ( 2 µ + 3λ ) 2 µ ( 2 µ + 3λ )
1 λ µ +λ λ
ε 22 = σ 22 − (σ11 + σ 22 + σ 33 )δ 22 = σ 22 − (σ11 + σ 33 )
2µ 2 µ ( 2 µ + 3λ ) µ ( 2 µ + 3λ ) 2 µ ( 2 µ + 3λ )
1 λ µ +λ λ
ε 33 = σ 33 − (σ11 + σ 22 + σ 33 )δ 33 = σ 33 − (σ11 + σ 22 )
2µ 2 µ ( 2 µ + 3λ ) µ ( 2 µ + 3λ ) 2 µ ( 2 µ + 3λ )
1 λ 1 1
ε12 = σ12 − (σ kk )δ 12 = σ12 ⇒ 2ε12 = σ12
2µ 2 µ ( 2 µ + 3λ ) {
=0
2µ µ
1
2ε 23 = σ 23
µ
1
2ε13 = σ13
µ
Restructuring the above in Voigt notation we can obtain:
µ +λ −λ −λ
µ ( 2 µ + 3λ ) 0 0 0
2 µ ( 2 µ + 3λ ) 2 µ ( 2 µ + 3λ )
−λ µ +λ −λ
ε11 0 0 0 σ11
2 µ ( 2 µ + 3λ ) µ ( 2 µ + 3λ ) 2 µ ( 2 µ + 3λ )
σ 22
ε 22 −λ −λ µ +λ
0 0 0
ε 33 2 µ ( 2 µ + 3λ ) 2 µ ( 2 µ + 3λ ) µ ( 2 µ + 3λ ) σ 33
= 1
2ε12 0 0 0 0 0 σ12
2ε 23 µ σ 23
1
2ε13 0 0 0 0 0 σ13
µ
1
0 0 0 0 0
µ
{ε } = [ C ] −1 {σ }
Problem 1.99
r
Let T ( x , t ) be a symmetric second-order tensor, which is expressed in terms of the position
r
( x ) and time (t ) . Also, bear in mind that the tensor components, along direction x3 , are
equal to zero, i.e. T13 = T23 = T33 = 0 .
r
NOTE: We define T ( x , t ) as a field tensor, i.e. the value of T depends on position and time.
r r
If the tensor is independent of any one direction at all points ( x ) , e.g. if T ( x , t ) is
independent of the x3 -direction, (see Figure 1.26), the problem becomes a two-dimensional
problem (plane state) so that the problem is greatly simplified.
2D
x2 T T12
Tij = 11
T12 T22
x2
T22
T12 T22
T12 T12
T11 T11
T11
x1
T12
x1
T22
x3
d) Draw a graph that shows the relationship between θ and components T11′ , T22
′ and T12′ ,
and in which the angle varies from 0º to 360º .
Use the Voigt Notation, and express the results in terms of 2θ .
x2
a11 a12 0 cos θ sin θ 0
x 2′ x1′ a ij = a 21 a 22 0 = − sin θ cos θ 0
0 0 1 0 0 1
θ
x1
T ′ = A T AT
x2
x 2′ ′
T22
T22 T12′ T11′
T12
T11 T11 x1′
P
P P
T11′ θ
T12 T12′ x1
x1 ′
T22
T22
T = AT T ′ A
Figure 1.28: Transformation law for (2D) tensor components.
T′ =
22 sin θ
2
cos 2 θ − 2 sin θ cos θ T22 (1.102)
T12′ − sin θ cos θ cos θ sin θ cos 2 θ − sin 2 θ T12
Making use of the following
trigonometric identities, 2 cos θ sin θ = sin 2θ ,
1 − cos 2θ 1 + cos 2θ
cos 2 θ − sin 2 θ = cos 2θ , sin 2 θ = , cos2 θ = , the equation (1.102) becomes:
2 2
1 + cos 2θ 1 − cos 2θ
sin 2θ
T11′ 2 2 T11
T′ = 1 − cos 2θ 1 + cos 2θ
22 − sin 2θ T22
2 2
T12′ T12
− sin 2θ sin 2θ
cos 2θ
2 2
Explicitly, the above components are given by:
1 + cos 2θ 1 − cos 2θ
T11′ = T11 + T22 + T12 sin 2θ
2 2
1 − cos 2θ 1 + cos 2θ
′ =
T22 T11 + T22 − T12 sin 2θ
2 2
sin 2θ sin 2θ
T12′ = − T11 + T22 + T12 cos 2θ
2 2
Rearranging the previous equation we can obtain:
b) Recalling that the principal directions are characterized by the lack of any tangential
components, i.e. Tij = 0 if i ≠ j , in order to find the principal directions for the plane case, we
let T12′ = 0 , hence:
T − T22 T − T22
T12′ = − 11 sin 2θ + T12 cos 2θ = 0 ⇒ 11 sin 2θ = T12 cos 2θ
2 2
sin 2θ 2 T12 2 T12
⇒ = ⇒ tan(2θ ) =
cos 2θ T11 − T22 T11 − T22
Then, the angle corresponding to the principal direction is:
1 2 T12
θ = arctan (1.104)
2 T11 − T22
To find the principal values (eigenvalues) we must solve the following characteristic equation:
T11 − T T12
T12 T22 − T
=0 ⇒ ( )
T 2 − T ( T11 + T22 ) + T11 T22 − T122 = 0
T(1, 2 ) =
− [− ( T11 + T22 )] ± [− (T11 + T22 )]2 (
− 4(1) T11 T22 − T122 )
2(1)
=
T11 + T22
±
[(T11 + T22 )] 2
(
− 4 T11 T22 − T122 )
2 4
By rearranging the above equation we obtain the principal values for the two-dimensional case
as:
2
T11 + T22 T − T22 (1.105)
T(1, 2 ) = ± 11 + T122
2 2
c) We directly apply equation (1.103) to evaluate the values of the components Tij′ , (i, j = 1,2) ,
where T11 = 1 , T22 = 2 , T12 = −4 and θ = 45º , i.e.:
1 + 2 1 − 2
T11′ = 2 + 2 cos 90º −4 sin 90º = −2.5
1 + 2 1 − 2
′ =
T22 − cos 90º +4 sin 90º = 5.5
2 2
1 − 2
T12′ = − sin 90º −4 cos 90º = 0.5
2
And the angle corresponding to the principal direction is:
1 2 T12 2 × (−4)
θ = arctan = ⇒ (θ = 41.4375º )
2 T11 − T22 1− 2
r
The principal values of T ( x , t ) can be evaluated as follows:
2
T11 + T22 T − T22 T1 = 5.5311
T(1, 2 ) = ± 11 + T122 ⇒
2 2 T2 = −2.5311
d) By referring to equation in (1.103) and by varying θ from 0º to 360º , we can obtain
different values of T11′ , T22
′ , T12′ , which are illustrated in the following graph:
x1′
T1
θ = 41.437 º
T2
x1′
θ = 131.437º
8 σ2
Components
T1 = 5.5311
′
T22
6
T22 2
T12′
T11
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
θ
-2
45º x1′ T11′
T12 -4 T2 = −2.5311
θ = 86.437º
-6
TS max = 4.0311
Figure 1.29
Problem 1.100
Obtain the principal values (eigenvalues) and the principal directions (eigenvectors) of the
symmetric part of T , whose components in the Cartesian system are given by:
5 1
Tij = (i, j = 1,2)
3 4
Solution:
The symmetric part of the tensor is given by:
5 2
Tijsym =
1
(Tij + T ji = )
2 2 4
The principal values:
5−λ 2
=0 ⇒ λ2 − 9λ + 16 = 0
2 4−λ
The solution of the quadratic equation is given by:
− 9 ± (−9) 2 − 4 × (1) × (16) λ 1 ≡ T1 = 6.5615
λ (1, 2 ) = ⇒
2 ×1 λ 2 ≡ T2 = 2.4385
We can draw the Mohr circle (2D) of the tensor T sym :
TSsym
(T11sym , T12sym )
2θ
TII = 2.4385 TI = 6.5615 T Nsym
Figure 1.30
For the plane case, the principal direction can be obtained by means of the equation:
2 T12sym 2× 2
tan(2θ ) = = =4 ⇒ θ = 37.982º
T11sym − T22 sym
5−4
Problem 1.101
Find the gradient of the function f ( x1 , x 2 ) = cos( x1 ) + exp x1x2 at the point ( x1 = 0, x 2 = 1) .
Solution: By definition, the gradient of a scalar function is given by:
∂f ˆ ∂f ˆ
∇ xr f = e1 + e2
∂x1 ∂x 2
∂f ∂f
where: = − sin( x1 ) + x 2 exp x1x2 ; = x1 exp x1x2
∂x1 ∂x 2
∇ xr f ( x1 , x 2 ) = [ − sin( x1 ) + x2 exp x1x2 ]eˆ 1 + [ x1exp x1x2 ]eˆ 2 ⇒ ∇ xr f (0,1) = [1]eˆ 1 + [0]eˆ 2 = 2eˆ 1
Problem 1.102
r
Let v and ϕ be, respectively, vector and scalar, and twice continuously differentiable, by
using indicial notation, show that:
r r
a) ∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr ∧ v ) = 0
b) ∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr ϕ ) = ∇ xr 2ϕ
c) ∇ xr (φµ ) = µ (∇ xrφ ) + φ (∇ xr µ )
r r r
d) ∇ xr ⋅ (φv ) = (∇ xrφ ) ⋅ v + φ (∇ xr ⋅ v )
e) ∇ xr ⋅ ( A ⋅ B) = (∇ xr A ) : B + A ⋅ (∇ xr ⋅ B) ( A and B are second-order tensors)
Solution:
a) Considering that
r r ∂ (•)
∇ xr ∧ v = ijk v k , j ê i and ∇ xr ⋅ (•) = ⋅ ê l (1.106)
∂xl
then
r r ∂ ∂ ∂
∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr ∧ v ) = ( ijk vk , j eˆ i ) ⋅ eˆ l = ( ijk vk , jδ il ) = ( ljk vk , j ) = ljk vk , jl (1.107)
∂xl ∂xl ∂xl
ljk v k , jl = 0 (1.108)
b)
∂ ∂ ∂ϕ , j
∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xrϕ ) = (ϕ ,i eˆ i ) ⋅ eˆ j = (ϕ ,iδ ij ) = = ϕ , jj
∂x j ∂x j ∂x j
(1.109)
∂ ∂ϕ ∂ 2ϕ
= = = ∇ xr ϕ
2
∂x j ∂x j ∂x 2
j
c)
[∇ xr (φµ )]i
= (φµ ) ,i = φ ,i µ + φµ ,i = µ [∇ xr φ ]i + φ [∇ xr µ ]i (1.110)
r
d) The result of ∇ xr ⋅ (φv ) is a scalar which can be expressed as follows:
r
∇ xr ⋅ (φv ) = (φv i ) ,i = φ ,i v i + φv i ,i
r r
= (∇ xr φ ) ⋅ v + φ (∇ xr ⋅ v )
e) Considering that ( A ⋅ B) ij = A ik B kj , [∇ xr ⋅ ( A ⋅ B)]i = ( A ⋅ B) ij , j = ( A ik B kj ) , j , thus
( A ik B kj ), j = A ik , jB kj + A ik B kj , j = [(∇ xr A ) : B ]i + [A ⋅ (∇ xr ⋅ B)]i
Problem 1.103
r r r r r r
Let a and b be vectors. Show that the following identity ∇ xr ⋅ (a + b) = ∇ xr ⋅ a + ∇ xr ⋅ b holds.
Solution:
r r ∂ r r
Observing that a = a j eˆ j , b = b k eˆ k , ∇ xr = ê i , we can express ∇ xr ⋅ (a + b) as follows:
∂x i
∂ (a j eˆ j + b k eˆ k ) ∂a j ∂b k ∂a ∂b r r
⋅ eˆ i = eˆ j ⋅ eˆ i + eˆ k ⋅ eˆ i = i + i = ∇ xr ⋅ a + ∇ xr ⋅ b
∂x i ∂x i ∂x i ∂x i ∂x i
Alternative solution: Working directly with indicial notation we obtain:
r r r r
∇ xr ⋅ (a + b) = (ai + b i ),i = ai ,i + b i ,i = ∇ xr ⋅ a + ∇ xr ⋅ b
Problem 1.104
r r
Find the components of (∇ xr a) ⋅ b .
r r ∂
Solution: Bearing in mind that a = a j eˆ j , b = b k eˆ k , ∇ xr = ê i ( i = 1,2,3 ), the following is
∂x i
true:
r r ∂ (a j eˆ j ) ∂a j ∂a j ∂a j
(∇ xr a) ⋅ b = ⊗ eˆ i ⋅ (b k eˆ k ) = eˆ j ⊗ eˆ i ⋅ (b k eˆ k ) = b k δ ik eˆ j = b k eˆ j
∂x i ∂ x ∂ x ∂ x
i i k
Thus,
∂a1 ∂a ∂a
j =1 ⇒ b1 + b2 1 + b3 1
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3
∂a 2 ∂a ∂a
j = 2 ⇒ b1 + b2 2 + b3 2
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3
∂a 3 ∂a ∂a
j = 3 ⇒ b1 + b 2 3 + b3 3
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3
Problem 1.105
Prove that the following relationship is valid:
r
q 1 r 1 r
∇ xr ⋅ = ∇ xr ⋅ q − 2 q ⋅ ∇ xr T
T T T
r r r
where q( x , t ) is an arbitrary vector field, and T ( x , t ) is a scalar field.
Solution:
r
q ∂ qi qi 1 1 1 r 1 r
∇ xr ⋅ = ≡ = q i ,i − 2 q i T,i = ∇ xr ⋅ q − 2 q ⋅ ∇ xr T (scalar)
T ∂x i T T ,i T T T T
Problem 1.106
Show that:
r r r r r r
a) rot (λa) ≡ ∇ xr ∧ (λa) = λ(∇ xr ∧ a) + (∇ xr λ ∧ a) (1.111)
r r r r r r r r r r r
b) ∇ xr ∧ (a ∧ b) = (∇ xr ⋅ b)a − (∇ xr ⋅ a)b + (∇ xr a) ⋅ b − (∇ xr b) ⋅ a (1.112)
r r r r r
c) ∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ a) = ∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ a) − ∇ 2xr a (1.113)
Solution:
r r
a) The result of the algebraic operation ∇ xr ∧ (λa) is a vector, whose components are given
by:
r r
[∇ xr ∧ (λa)]i = ijk (λak ), j
= ijk (λ, j ak + λak , j )
= ijk λak , j ijk λ, j ak (1.115)
r r
= λ(∇ x ∧ a)i ijk (∇ x λ) j ak
r r
r r r
= λ(∇ xr ∧ a)i (∇ xr λ ∧ a)i
r r r r r r
with that we check the identity: rot (λa) = ∇ xr ∧ (λa) = λ(∇ xr ∧ a) + (∇ xr λ ∧ a) .
r r r r
The components of the vector product (a ∧ b) are given by (a ∧ b) k = kij a i b j . Then:
r r r
[∇ xr ∧ (a ∧ b)] l = lpk ( kij aib j ), p = kij lpk (ai , pb j + aib j , p ) (1.116)
b) Considering that kij = ijk , the result of ijk lpk = δ il δ jp − δ ip δ jl and by substituting into
the above equation we can obtain:
r r r
[∇ xr ∧ (a ∧ b)] l = kij lpk (ai , pb j + aib j , p )
= (δ ilδ jp − δ ipδ jl )(ai , pb j + aib j , p )
(1.117)
= δ ilδ jp ai , pb j − δ ipδ jl ai , pb j + δ ilδ jp aib j , p − δ ipδ jl aib j , p
= al , pb p − a p , pbl + alb p , p − a pbl , p
r r r r r r r r
Note that [(∇ xr a) ⋅ b] l = al , pb p , [(∇ xr ⋅ a)b]l = a p , pbl , [(∇ xr ⋅ b)a]l = al b p , p , [(∇ xr b) ⋅ a]l = a pbl , p .
r r r r
c) The components of (∇ xr ∧ a) are given by (∇ xr ∧ a) i = ijk a k , j . Then:
123
ci
r r r
[∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ a)]q = qli c i ,l
= qli (ijk ak , j ),l (1.118)
= qli ijk ak , jl
Considering that qli ijk = qli jki = δ qj δ lk − δ qk δ lj , the above equation becomes:
r r r
[∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ a)] q = qli ijk ak , jl = (δ qjδ lk − δ qkδ lj )ak , jl = δ qjδ lk ak , jl − δ qkδ lj ak , jl = ak , kq − aq ,ll
r r
Note that [∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ a)]q = a k , kq and [∇ 2xr a]q = aq ,ll .
d)
∇ xr ⋅ (φ∇ xrψ ) = (φψ ,i ),i = φψ ,ii + φ ,iψ ,i = φ∇ 2xrψ + (∇ xrφ ) ⋅ (∇ xrψ ) (1.119)
where φ and ψ are scalar functions.
Another interesting identity originating from the above equation is:
(1) ∇ xr ⋅ (φ∇ xrψ ) = φ∇ 2xrψ + (∇ xrφ ) ⋅ (∇ xrψ )
(1.120)
(2) ∇ xr ⋅ (ψ∇ xrφ ) = ψ∇ 2xrφ + (∇ xrψ ) ⋅ (∇ xrφ ) (1)
Subtracting the two previous identities, (1) − (2) , we can obtain:
∇ xr ⋅ (φ∇ xrψ ) − ∇ xr ⋅ (ψ∇ xrφ ) = φ∇ 2xrψ − ψ∇ 2xrφ
(1.121)
⇒ ∇ xr ⋅ (φ∇ xrψ − ψ∇ xrφ ) = φ∇ 2xrψ − ψ∇ 2xrφ
Problem 1.107
Let φ be a scalar field which is independent of x1 . Show that the following relationship is true
r r ∂φ − ∂φ
(∇ xr ∧ τ ) ⋅ eˆ 1 = −∇ 2xrφ , where the vector field τ is given by τ 1 = 0 , τ 2 = , and τ 3 = .
∂x3 ∂x2
Solution:
According to the problem statement we have that φ = φ ( x2 , x3 ) . Then, the Laplacian of φ
becomes:
∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ
∇ 2xrφ = ∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xrφ ) = φ ,ii = φ ,11 + φ , 22 + φ ,33 = + + = +
∂x12 ∂x22 ∂x32 ∂x22 ∂x32
{
=0
r
Next we calculate the components of the vector (∇ xr ∧ τ ) :
ijk ê i
r ∂ ˆ ∂τ k
∇ xr ∧ τ = e j ∧ τ k eˆ k = ijk eˆ i = ijkτ k , j eˆ i
∂x j ∂x j
thus, the components are:
r
(∇ xr ∧ τ )i = ijkτ k , j = i12τ 2,1 + i13τ 3,1 + i 21τ 1, 2 + i 23τ 3, 2 + i 31τ 1,3 + i 32τ 2,3
(i = 1) ⇒ 123τ 3, 2 + 132τ 2,3 = τ 3, 2 − τ 2,3
r
(∇ xr ∧ τ )i = (i = 1) ⇒ 213τ 3,1 + 231τ 1,3 = τ 1,3 − τ 3,1
(i = 1) ⇒ 312τ 2,1 + 321τ 1, 2 = τ 2,1 − τ 1, 2
∂τ 3 ∂τ 2 ∂τ 3 − ∂φ ∂τ 2 ∂φ ∂ φ ∂ φ
2 2
− − − 2 + 2
τ 3, 2 − τ 2,3 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x2 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x3 ∂x2 ∂x3
r ∂τ ∂τ
(∇ xr ∧ τ )i = τ 1,3 − τ 3,1 = 1 − 3 = 0 = 0
∂x ∂x1
τ 2,1 − τ 1, 2 3
∂ τ ∂τ
2
− 1 0 0
∂x1 ∂x2
r ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ r
Then, (∇ xr ∧ τ ) ⋅ eˆ 1 = − 2 + 2 . With that we show (∇ xr ∧ τ ) ⋅ eˆ 1 = −∇ 2xrφ .
∂x2 ∂x3
Problem 1.108
r r r
Let φ be a scalar field, and u be a vector field. a) Show that ∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr ∧ v ) = 0 and
r r
∇ xr ∧ (∇ xrφ ) = 0 .
r r r r r r r r r r r r r
b) Show that ∇ xr ∧ [(∇ xr ∧ v ) ∧ v ] = (∇ xr ⋅ v )(∇ xr ∧ v ) + [∇ xr (∇ xr ∧ v )] ⋅ v − (∇ xr v ) ⋅ (∇ xr ∧ v ) ;
r r r r r r r
c) Referring ω = ∇ xr ∧ v , show that ∇ xr ∧ (∇ 2xr v ) = ∇ 2xr (∇ xr ∧ v ) = ∇ 2xr ω .
Solution:
r r
Regarding that: ∇ xr ∧ v = ijk v k , j ê i
r r ∂ ∂ ∂
∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr ∧ v ) = ( ijk vk , j eˆ i ) ⋅ eˆ l = ijk (vk , j ) δ il = ijk (vk , j ) = ijk vk , ji
∂xl ∂xl ∂xi
r
The second derivative of v is symmetrical with ij , i.e. v k , ji = v k ,ij , while ijk is antisymmetric
with ij , i.e., ijk = − jik , thus:
ijk v k , ji = ij1v1, ji + ij 2 v 2, ji + ij 3 v3, ji = 0
Note that ij1v1, ji = 0 since the double scalar product between a symmetric and an
antisymmetric tensor is zero.
Likewise, we can show that:
r r
∇ xr ∧ (∇ xrφ ) = ijkφ ,kj eˆ i = 0i eˆ i = 0
r r r
b) Denoting by ω = ∇ xr ∧ v we obtain:
r r r r r r r
∇ xr ∧ [(∇ xr ∧ v ) ∧ v ] = ∇ xr ∧ ( ω ∧ v )
Observing the equation in (1.112), it holds that:
r r r r r r r r r r r
∇ xr ∧ (ω ∧ v ) = (∇ xr ⋅ v ) ω − (∇ xr ⋅ ω)v + (∇ xr ω) ⋅ v − (∇ xr v ) ⋅ ω
r r r
Note that ∇ xr ⋅ ω = ∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr ∧ v ) = 0 . Then, we can draw the conclusion that:
r r r r r r r r r
∇ xr ∧ (ω ∧ v ) = (∇ xr ⋅ v )ω + (∇ xr ω) ⋅ v − (∇ xr v ) ⋅ ω
r r r r r r r r r
= (∇ xr ⋅ v )(∇ xr ∧ v ) + [∇ xr (∇ xr ∧ v )] ⋅ v − (∇ xr v ) ⋅ (∇ xr ∧ v )
c) Observing the equation in (1.113) we obtain:
r r r r r r r r
∇ 2xr v = ∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ v ) − ∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ v ) = ∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ v ) − ∇ xr ∧ ω
Applying the curl to the above equation we obtain:
r r r r r r r
∇ xr ∧ (∇ 2xr v ) = ∇ xr ∧ [∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ v )] − ∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ ω)
144 42r 444 3
=0
r r r
Referring once again to the equation in (1.113) to express the term ∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ ω) :
r r r r r r r r r r
∇ xr ∧ (∇ 2xr v ) = −∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ ω) = −∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ ω ) + ∇ 2xr ω = −∇ xr [∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr ∧ v )] + ∇ 2xr ω
144244 3
=0
r r
= ∇ 2xr (∇ xr ∧ v )
Problem 1.109
Show that:
r r r r r r r r r r r r
a) ∇ xr ⋅ (a ∧ b) = (∇ xr ∧ a) ⋅ b + a ⋅ (∇ xr ∧ b) ≡ rot (a) ⋅ b + a ⋅ rot (b) (1.122)
Solution:
r r
The expression ∇ xr ⋅ (a ∧ b) is a scalar which can be expressed as follows:
r r r r r r r r
∇ xr ⋅ (a ∧ b) = ( ijk a j b k ) ,i = ijk a j ,i b k + ijk b k ,i a j = (∇ xr ∧ a) ⋅ b + a ⋅ (∇ xr ∧ b)
1r 2r3 1 23
r r
(∇ ∧ a) k (∇ ∧b ) j
Problem 1.110
a) Let T be an arbitrary second-order tensor, obtain the symbolic notation in Cartesian basis
r r r r
for: a.1) (∇ xr ∧ T ) , a.2) (∇ xr ∧ T )T , a.3) (∇ xr ∧ T T ) , and a.4) (∇ xr ∧ T T )T . a.5) Considering that
r
c is a constant vector, show that:
r r r r r r
∇ xr ∧ ( T ⋅ c ) = (∇ xr ∧ T ) ⋅ c = c ⋅ [∇ xr ∧ T ]T
r r
b) Obtain the symbolic notation of ∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ ε )T .
r
∂u r r
c) Consider the second-order tensor F = r + 1 , prove that c.1) ∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ F )T = 0 and
∂x
r T
r
∇ x ∧ F = 0 ; c.2) Obtain the explicit components of ∇ xr ∧ F .
r
Solution:
r ∂ ˆ ∂Tqj
a.1) (∇ xr ∧ T ) = e p ∧ Tqj (eˆ q ⊗ eˆ j ) = eˆ p ∧ eˆ q ⊗ eˆ j = Tqj , p ipq eˆ i ⊗ eˆ j = ipq Tqj , p eˆ i ⊗ eˆ j
∂x p ∂x p
r
a.2) (∇ xr ∧ T )T = ipq Tqj , p eˆ j ⊗ eˆ i = jpq Tqi , p eˆ i ⊗ eˆ j
r ∂ ˆ ∂T jq
a.3) (∇ xr ∧ T T ) = e p ∧ T jq (eˆ q ⊗ eˆ j ) = eˆ p ∧ eˆ q ⊗ eˆ j = ipq T jq , p eˆ i ⊗ eˆ j
∂x p ∂x p
r
a.4) (∇ xr ∧ T T )T = jpq Tiq , p eˆ i ⊗ eˆ j
r ∂c j
where we have considered that c is constant, i.e. c j , p = = 0 jp .
∂x p
r
Note that ipq Tqj , p are the components of (∇ xr ∧ T )ij , (see (a.1)), thus
r r r r r r r
∇ xr ∧ ( T ⋅ c) = ipq Tqj , p c j eˆ i = (∇ xr ∧ T ) ij c j eˆ i = [(∇ xr ∧ T ) ⋅ c]i eˆ i = [c ⋅ (∇ xr ∧ T )T ]i eˆ i
r r
(∇ xr ∧ T ) ⋅ c = ipq Tqj , p eˆ i ⊗ eˆ j ⋅ c k eˆ k = ipq Tqj , p c k eˆ iδ jk = ipq Tqj , p c j eˆ i
r
b) We have already shown that (∇ xr ∧ ε ) = ipq εqj , p eˆ i ⊗ eˆ j , thus
r r ∂ ˆ ∂ε qj , p
∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ ε )T = e s ∧ ( ipq ε qj , p eˆ j ⊗ eˆ i ) = ipq eˆ s ∧ (eˆ j ⊗ eˆ i ) = ipq tsj ε qj , ps eˆ t ⊗ eˆ i
∂x s ∂xs
= (− iqp )(− tjs ) ε qj , ps eˆ t ⊗ eˆ i = iqp tjs ε qj , ps eˆ t ⊗ eˆ i = qpi jst ε qj , ps eˆ t ⊗ eˆ i
Note that:
r r ∂ ˆ ∂ε qj , p
∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ ε ) = e s ∧ ( ipq ε qj , p eˆ i ⊗ eˆ j ) = ipq eˆ s ∧ (eˆ i ⊗ eˆ j ) = ipq ε qj , ps tsi eˆ t ⊗ eˆ j
∂x s ∂xs
= its ipq ε qj , ps eˆ t ⊗ eˆ j = (δ tpδ sq − δ tqδ sp ) ε qj , ps eˆ t ⊗ eˆ j
= (δ tpδ sq ε qj , ps − δ tqδ sp ε qj , ps )eˆ t ⊗ eˆ j = ( ε sj ,ts − εtj , ss )eˆ t ⊗ eˆ j
r r r
r r ∂ u r ∂u r r ∂ u r
c.1) Note that ∇ xr ∧ F = ∇ xr ∧ r + 1 = ∇ xr ∧ r + ∇ xr ∧ (1) = ∇ xr ∧ r = ∇ xr ∧ J , where
∂x ∂x ∂x
r
∂u ∂u r r
we have denoted by J = r . Taking into account εqj = J qj = q = uq , j into ∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ ε )T
∂x ∂x j
we can obtain:
r r
∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ J )T = iqp tjs J qj , ps eˆ t ⊗ eˆ i = iqp tjsuq , jps eˆ t ⊗ eˆ i
Note that uq , jps = uq , pjs = uq , psj , i.e. it is symmetric in js , and the tensor tjs = − tsj is
r r
antisymmetric in js , so tjsuq , jps = 0tqp , and ∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ F ) T = 0 ti eˆ t ⊗ eˆ i = 0 .
Alternative solution:
Taking into account that
δ it δ ij δ is
iqp tjs = δ qt δ qj δ qs = δ itδ qjδ ps + δ ijδ qsδ pt + δ isδ pjδ qt − δ isδ qjδ pt − δ qsδ pjδ it − δ psδ qtδ ij
δ pt δ pj δ ps
then
iqp tjs Fqj , ps = (δ itδ qjδ ps + δ ijδ qsδ pt + δ isδ pjδ qt − δ isδ qjδ pt − δ qsδ pjδ it − δ psδ qtδ ij ) u q , jps
= δ itδ qjδ ps u q , jps + δ ijδ qsδ pt u q , jps + δ isδ pjδ qt u q , jps − δ isδ qjδ pt u q , jps − δ qsδ pjδ it u q , jps − δ psδ qtδ ij u q , jps
= δ it u j , jss + u s ,its + ut , ppi − u j , jti − δ it u s , pps − ut ,ipp = 0ti
Note that δ it u j , jss = δ it u p , pss = δ it u p ,ssp = δ it us , pps , u s ,its = u j ,itj = u j , jti , ut , ppi = ut ,ipp .
r
We express ∇ xr ∧ J T in indicial notation:
r ∂ ˆ ∂J qj
∇ xr ∧ J T = e p ∧ J qj (eˆ j ⊗ eˆ q ) = eˆ p ∧ eˆ j ⊗ eˆ q = J qj , p ipj eˆ i ⊗ eˆ q
∂x p ∂x p
= ipj J qj , p eˆ i ⊗ eˆ q = ipj uq , jp eˆ i ⊗ eˆ q = 0 ip eˆ i ⊗ eˆ q
thus,
u3,12 − u2,13 u3, 22 − u2, 23 u3,32 − u2,33 J 31, 2 − J 21,3 J 32, 2 − J 22,3 J 33, 2 − J 23,3
r
(∇ xr ∧ J )ij = u1,13 − u3,11 u1, 23 − u3, 21 u1,33 − u3,31 = J 11,3 − J 31,1 J 12,3 − J 32,1 J 13,3 − J 33,1
u2,11 − u1,12 u2, 21 − u1, 22 u2,31 − u1,32 J 21,1 − J 11, 2 J 22,1 − J 12, 2 J 23,1 − J 13, 2
Note that
J 13, 2 − J 12,3 J 23, 2 − J 22,3 J 33, 2 − J 32,3 u1,32 − u1, 23 u2,32 − u2, 23 u3,32 − u3, 23
r
(∇ xr ∧ J )ij = J 11,3 − J 13,1
T
J 21,3 − J 23,1 J 31,3 − J 33,1 = u1,13 − u1,31 u2,13 − u2,31 u3,13 − u3,31
J 12,1 − J 11, 2 J 22,1 − J 21, 2 J 32,1 − J 31, 2 u1, 21 − u1,12 u2, 21 − u2,12 u3, 21 − u3,12
= 0ij
Note that, if
1 r r 1r r 1r r
ε= (J + J T ) ⇒ ∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ ε )T = ∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ J )T + ∇ xr ∧ ( ∇ xr ∧ J T )T = 0
2 2 1442443 2 1424 3
=0 =0
r
∂u
where J = r .
∂x
Problem 1.111
r r
Let a and v be vectors, show that
r r r r r r
(∇ xr ∧ v ) ∧ a = [∇ xr v − (∇ xr v )T ] ⋅ a
Solution:
r r r r r
If we consider (∇ xr ∧ v ) i = ijk vk , j , then [(∇ xr ∧ v ) ∧ a]s = sip ijk vk , j a p . Note also that the
relationship sip ijk = psi jki = δ pjδ sk − δ pkδ sj holds, then
r r r
[(∇ xr ∧ v ) ∧ a]s = sip ijk vk , j a p = (δ pjδ sk − δ pkδ sj )vk , j a p = (δ pjδ sk vk , j − δ pkδ sj vk , j )a p
{ r r
= (v s , p − v p , s )a p = [∇ xr v − (∇ xr v )T ] ⋅ a
r
} s
Alternative solution:
r r r r
If we denote by l = ∇ xr v , then [∇ xr v − (∇ xr v )T ] = 2(∇ xr v ) skew = 2 l skew . Note that the axial
r r r
vector associated with the antisymmetric tensor (∇ xr v ) skew = (v ⊗ ∇ xr ) skew is the vector
r 1 r r
ϕ = (∇ xr ∧ v ) , (see Problem 1.37). If we recall the property of an antisymmetric tensor
2
r r r r
(∇ xr v ) skew ⋅ a = ϕ ∧ a , we can conclude that
r r r r 1 rr r r 1 r r r
(∇ xr v ) skew ⋅ a = ϕ ∧ a ⇒ [∇ x v − (∇ xr v )T ] ⋅ a = (∇ xr ∧ v ) ∧ a
2 2
r rT r r r r
⇒ [∇ x v − (∇ x v ) ] ⋅ a = (∇ x ∧ v ) ∧ a
r r r
Problem 1.112
r r r r r r
Let u = u( x ) be a vector field. By means of components of u , a) show that ∇ 2xr u = ∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ u)
r r r r r r r r r r
when ∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ u) = 0 , b) show that ∇ 2xr u = −∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ u) when ∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ u) = 0 .
Solution:
We have proven in Problem 1.106 that the following is true:
r r r r r
∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ a) = ∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ a) − ∇ 2xr a indicial
→ ilq qjk ak , jl = a j , ji − ai , jj
Then, we can obtain
r r r r r r
∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr u) ≡ ∇ 2xr u = ∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ u) − ∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ u) indicial
→ ui , jj = u j , ji − ilq qjk uk , jl
r r r r r r r r
a) ∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr u) ≡ ∇ 2xr u = ∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ u) − ∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ u) ⇒ ∇ 2xr u = ∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ u)
1442r 44 3
=0
Components:
ui , jj = u j , ji ⇒ ui ,11 + ui , 22 + ui ,33 = u1,1i + u 2, 2i + u3,3i
u1,11 + u1, 22 + u1,33 = u1,11 + u 2, 21 + u3,31 u1, 22 + u1,33 = u 2, 21 + u3,31
(1.123)
⇒ u 2,11 + u 2, 22 + u2,33 = u1,12 + u2, 22 + u3,32 ⇒ u 2,11 + u 2,33 = u1,12 + u3,32
u + u + u = u + u + u u + u
3,11 3, 22 3,33 1,13 2 , 23 3,33 3,11 3, 22 = u1,13 + u 2 , 23
Components
u1,11 + u1, 22 + u1,33 = −(u 2,12 − u1, 22 − u1,33 + u3,13 )
ui , jj = − ilq qjk u k , jl ⇒ u 2,11 + u2, 22 + u2,33 = −(u3, 23 − u2,33 − u 2,11 + u1, 21 ) (1.124)
u + u + u = −(u − u − u + u )
3,11 3, 22 3, 33 1,31 3,11 3, 22 2 , 32
r r
And if we consider ∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ u) = 0 we can obtain:
If we replace the above equations into (1.124) we prove that the equality holds.
Problem 1.113
r
Let σ be a second-order tensor field, and a be a vector field. Show the identities:
r r r
a) ∇ xr ⋅ (a ∧ σ ) = : [(∇ xr a) ⋅ σ T ] + a ∧ (∇ xr ⋅ σ ) (1.125)
r r r r r
b) ∇ xr ⋅ (σ ∧ a) = a ⋅[∇ xr ∧ σ T ] − σ ⋅ [∇ xr ∧ a] (1.126)
and pij σ jk ai ,k = pij σ jk (∇ xr a)ik = pij (∇ xr a)ik σ jk = pij [(∇ xr a) ⋅ σ T ]ij = { : [(∇ xr a) ⋅ σ T ]}p
r r r r
Note that
pki σ jk , p ai = ipk σ jk , p ai = [∇ xr ∧ σ T ] ij ai = {a ⋅[∇ xr ∧ σ T ]}j
r r r
Problem 1.114
r r r r
Consider that ∇ xr ⋅ σ + p = q , where σ is a second-order tensor field, and p and q are vector
r r
fields. The equation ∇ xr ⋅ σ + p = q fulfills at any point of the volume V which is delimitated
by surface S . Show that, if the following equation:
r r r r r r
∫
V
∫
x ∧ pdV + x ∧ t * dS = x ∧ qdV
S
∫
V
r
is also valid, then σ = σ T holds. Consider that t * = σ ⋅ nˆ where n̂ is the outward pointing
unit normal to surface S .
Solution:
r r r r r r
∫
V
∫
x ∧ pdV + x ∧ t * dS = x ∧ qdV
S
∫
V
r r r r r
⇒ x ∧ pdV + x ∧ (σ ⋅ nˆ )dS = x ∧ qdV
∫ ∫ ∫
V S V
r r r r
Note that ( x ∧ t * ) i = ijk x j t *k = ijk x j (σ ⋅ nˆ ) k = ijk x j σ kp nˆ p = ( x ∧ σ ) ip nˆ p = ( x ∧ σ ) ⋅ nˆ , with
that we can obtain:
r r r r r
⇒ x ∧ pdV + ( x ∧ σ ) ⋅ nˆ dS = x ∧ qdV
∫ ∫ ∫
V S V
Problem 1.115
a) Show that
r r r r r r r
∇ xr ∧ {[∇ xr ∧ ε ]T ∧ x} = {∇ xr ∧ [∇ xr ∧ ε ]T } ∧ x − (⋅ : (∇ xr ε )) 1 + [∇ xr ∧ ε ]
r
where ε is a second-order tensor, x is the vector position, is the Levi-Civita tensor (third-
order tensor), and 1 is the second-order unit tensor. b) Simplify the above equation by
considering that ε = ε T is symmetric second-order tensor, i.e. ε = ε T .
Solution:
r r
T
r ∂ ∂
T
∇ xr ∧ {[∇ xr ∧ ε ] ∧ x} = eˆ i ∧ eˆ j ∧ ε pq eˆ p ⊗ eˆ q ∧ x k eˆ k
∂xi ∂
j x
∂ε
T
∂ ˆ pq
ˆ ˆ ˆ
= e i ∧ tjp e t ⊗ e q ∧ x k e k
∂xi ∂x j
∂ ∂ε pq ∂ ∂ε pq ˆ
= xk tjp stk niq eˆ n ⊗ eˆ s = niqtjp stk xk e n ⊗ eˆ s
∂xi ∂x j
∂xi ∂x j
∂ ∂ε pq ∂ε
= niq tjp stk xk + ∂xk pq eˆ n ⊗ eˆ s
∂xi ∂x j ∂xi ∂x j
∂ 2ε pq ∂ε pq
= niq tjp stk x + δ ki eˆ n ⊗ eˆ s
∂xi ∂x j k ∂ x
j
∂ 2ε pq ∂ε
= niq tjp stk xk + nkqtjp stk pq eˆ n ⊗ eˆ s
∂xi ∂x j ∂x j
∂ε pq
Note that the term nkq tjp stk = nkq tjp stk ε pq , j = − nqk tjp stk ε pq , j can be expressed as
∂x j
follows:
nkq tjp stk ε pq , j = − nqk tjp stk ε pq , j = −(δ nsδ qt − δ ntδ qs )tjp ε pq , j = −δ nsδ qt tjp ε pq , j + δ ntδ qs tjp ε pq , j
= −δ ns tjp ε pt , j + njp ε ps , j = − ptj ε pt , jδ ns + njp ε ps , j
= − ptj ε pt , jδ ns + njp ε ps , j = −( ptj ε pt ), j δ ns + njp ε ps , j
r r
= −(⋅ : (∇ xr ε ))δ ns + [∇ xr ∧ ε ]ns = −(∇ xr ⋅ ( : ε ))δ ns + [∇ xr ∧ ε ]ns
r r
= {−(⋅ : (∇ xr ε )) 1 + [∇ xr ∧ ε ]}ns = {−(∇ xr ⋅ ( : ε )) 1 + [∇ xr ∧ ε ]}ns
and
∂ 2 ε pq r r r
niq tjp stk xk = niq tjp stk ε pq ,ij xk = {∇ xr ∧ [∇ xr ∧ ε ]T } ∧ x
∂xi ∂x j
ns
Problem 1.116
r r r r r
Let v be a vector field in function of x , i.e. v = v ( x ) , whose components are given by:
v1 = x1 − 5 x 2 + 2 x3
v 2 = 5 x1 + x 2 − 3 x3
v = −2 x + 3 x + x
3 1 2 3
r r
a) Obtain the gradient of v ; b) Obtain (∇ xr v ) : 1 ; c) Apply the additive decomposition of the
r
tensor ∇ xr v into a symmetric and antisymmetric parts; d) Obtain the axial vector associated
r
with the antisymmetric tensor (∇ xr v ) skew .
Solution: a)
∂v1 ∂v1 ∂v1
r ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3 1 − 5 2
r ∂v components ∂vi ∂v2 ∂v2 ∂v2
1 − 3
r
∇ xr v = r →(∇ xr v )ij = vi , j = = = 5
∂x ∂x j ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
1
∂v3 ∂v3 ∂v3 − 2 3
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
r r
b) (∇ xr v ) : 1 = Tr (∇ xr v ) = 1 + 1 + 1 = 3
r r r
c) ∇ xr v = (∇ xr v ) sym + (∇ xr v ) skew =
1
[ r r 1
] [ r r
(∇ xr v ) + (∇ xr v ) T + (∇ xr v ) − (∇ xr v ) T
2 44424443 1 2 44424443
]
1 r r
=(∇ xr v ) sym =(∇ xr v ) skew
r r
Then, the components of (∇ xr v ) sym and (∇ xr v ) skew are given, respectively, by:
1 0 0 0 −5 2
1 ∂vi ∂v j 1 ∂vi ∂v j
0 − 3
r sym r skew
[(∇ xr v ) ]ij = + = 0 1 0 ; [(∇ xr v ) ]ij = − = 5
2 ∂x j ∂xi 2 ∂x j ∂xi
0 0 1 − 2 3 0
d) Remember that
1 ∂v1 ∂v2 1 ∂v1 ∂v3
0 − −
2 ∂x2 ∂x1 2 ∂x3 ∂x1
r 1 ∂v2 ∂v1 1 ∂v2 ∂v3
,j =
(W)ij ≡ [(∇ xr v ) skew ]ij ≡ viskew − 0 −
2 ∂x1 ∂x2 2 ∂x3 ∂x2
1 ∂v ∂v 1 ∂v3 ∂v2 (1.127)
3 − 1 − 0
2 ∂x1 ∂x3 2 ∂x2 ∂x3
0 W12 W13 0 W12 W13 0
w2 − w3
= W21 0 W23 = − W12
0 0 W23 = w3
− w1
W31 W32 0 − W13
− W23 w1 0 − w2
0
r
where w1 , w2 , w3 are the components of the axial vector w associated with the
r
antisymmetric tensor W ≡ (∇ xr v ) skew , then, to the proposed problem we have:
0 w2 0 − 5 2
− w3 w1 = 3
w
30 − w1 = 5 0 − 3 ⇒ w2 = 2
− w2
w1 0 − 2 3 0 w = 5
3
r
The axial vector, in the Cartesian basis, is w = 3eˆ 1 + 2eˆ 2 + 5eˆ 3 .
1 r r
Alternative solution d) In Problem 1.37 where we have shown that (a ∧ x ) is the axial vector
2
r r
associated with the antisymmetric tensor ( x ⊗ a ) skew . Then, the axial vector associated with
r r r r 1 r r
the antisymmetric tensor (∇ xr v ) skew = [(v ) ⊗ (∇ xr )]skew is the vector w = (∇ xr ∧ v ) , thus
2
eˆ 1 eˆ 2 eˆ 3
r 1 ∂ ∂ ∂ 1 ∂v ∂v ∂v ∂v ∂v ∂v
w= = 3 − 2 eˆ 1 − 3 − 1 eˆ 2 + 2 − 1 eˆ 3
2 ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3 2 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x1 ∂x3 ∂x1 ∂x2
v1 v2 v3
1
= [(3 − (−3) )eˆ 1 − ((−2) − (2) )eˆ 2 + (5 − (−5) )eˆ 3 ] = 3eˆ 1 + 2eˆ 2 + 5eˆ 3
2
Problem 1.117
r r r
Let l = ∇ xr v be a second-order tensor. Considering that D = (∇ xr v ) sym and W = (∇ xr v ) skew ,
r r
show that W ⋅ D + D ⋅ W = 2(D ⋅ W ) skew = [(∇ xr v ) ⋅ (∇ xr v )]skew = ( l ⋅ l ) skew .
Solution:
In Problem 1.35 we have shown that: given an arbitrary second-order tensor l it fulfills that
l
skew
⋅l sym
+l sym
⋅l skew
= 2( l skew
⋅l sym skew
)
Then, W ⋅ D + D ⋅ W = 2(D ⋅ W ) skew holds. Taking into account the definition of symmetry and
antisymmetry, i.e. D =
1
2
[
l +l
T
] , W = 12 [l − l ] , we can conclude that:
T
2
W ⋅ D + D ⋅ W = 2(D ⋅ W ) skew =
4
[
(l + l T ) ⋅ (l − l T )
skew 1
= l ⋅l + l ⋅l
2
] [ T
−l T
⋅l −l T
⋅l T ]
skew
1
= 1 [
l ⋅l − l ⋅l
T
2 4442444
T skew 1
]
3 + 2 l ⋅l − l ⋅l
T T skew
[ ]
=0
1
[
= l ⋅ l − ( l ⋅ l )T
2
] skew
=
1
2
[
2( l ⋅ l ) skew ]
skew r r
= ( l ⋅ l ) skew = (∇ xr v ⋅ ∇ xr v ) skew
d(J ) & r
≡ J = J (∇ xr ⋅ v ) (1.128)
dt
dA dA
Solution: In Problem 1.88 we have shown that = A Tr ⋅ A −1 holds, where A = A (τ)
dτ dτ
is an arbitrary second-order tensor and τ a scalar. Making A = F and τ = t , we can obtain:
d F dJ dF
⋅ F −1 = J Tr (F& ⋅ F −1 ) = J Tr(l ) = J Tr(l
r r
= = F Tr sym
) = J Tr (∇ xr v ) = J (∇ xr ⋅ v )
dt dt dt
Alternative solution:
In Problem 1.45 we have shown that given a second-order tensor F the relationship
F tpq = rjk Frt F jp Fkq holds, and if we take the time derivative of it we can obtain:
DF D
tpq = ( rjk Frt F jp Fkq ) = rjk F&rt F jp Fkq + rjk Frt F& jp Fkq + rjk Frt F jp F&kq (1.129)
Dt Dt
According to the problem statement we have l = F& ⋅ F −1 ⇒ F& = l ⋅ F , with that the
following relations F&rt = l rs Fst , F& jp = l js Fsp and F&kq = l ks Fsq hold, and the equation in (1.129)
can be rewritten as follows:
DF
tpq = rjk F&rt F jp Fkq + rjk Frt F& jp Fkq + rjk Frt F jp F&kq
Dt
= rjk l rs Fst F jp Fkq + rjk Frt l js Fsp Fkq + rjk Frt F jp l ks Fsq
r
bˆ ( x )
r ˆ r r r
u⊥ b = p = P ⋅ u u
r r ˆ
a = u // b
r
bˆ ( x )
Figure 1.32
r r r r
And, by considering the vector summation we obtain u = a + p . In addition, the vector a can
r r r r
be obtained by means of the projection of u onto the direction b̂ : a = a bˆ = (u ⋅ bˆ ) bˆ , note
r r r
also that a = (u ⋅ bˆ ) bˆ = u ⋅ (bˆ ⊗ bˆ ) . With that we can obtain:
r r r
p = u−a p i = ui − ai
r r r r
= u − (u ⋅ bˆ ) bˆ = u − (u ⋅ bˆ ) ⊗ bˆ = u i − (u k bˆ k )bˆ i
r r
= 1 ⋅ u − (bˆ ⊗ bˆ ) ⋅ u = u δ − u bˆ bˆ
k ik k k i
r
= [1 − (bˆ ⊗ bˆ )] ⋅ u = (δ ik − bˆ k bˆ i )u k
r
= P ⋅u = Pik u k
Thus, we conclude that the projection second-order tensor is given by:
P = 1 − bˆ ⊗ bˆ
The same result could have been obtained by means of vector product, (see Figure 1.33).
r r
Taking into account that a ∧ (b ∧ a) = [(a ⋅ a)1 − a ⊗ a]⋅ b , (see Problem 1.17), we can obtain
r r r r r r
r
[
bˆ ∧ (u ∧ bˆ ) = (bˆ ⋅ bˆ )1 − bˆ ⊗ bˆ ] ⋅ ur = [1 − bˆ ⊗ bˆ ] ⋅ ur = pr .
Then we can present a vector as follows:
r r ˆ r ˆ r r
u = u// b + u⊥b = (bˆ ⊗ bˆ ) ⋅ u + [1 − (bˆ ⊗ bˆ )] ⋅ u
r r r r
where u// b = (bˆ ⊗ bˆ ) ⋅ u is the vector parallel to b̂ -direction and u⊥b = [1 − (bˆ ⊗ bˆ )] ⋅ u is the
ˆ ˆ
perpendicular one.
r
u ∧ bˆ
r
bˆ ( x )
r
u
r
bˆ ∧ (u ∧ bˆ )
Figure 1.33
Problem 1.120
r r
Given a vector field v ( x ) , show that the following relationship holds:
r r 1 r r r
(∇ xr v ) ⋅ v = ∇ xr (v 2 ) − v ∧ (∇ xr ∧ v )
2
r r r r
where v = v is the module of v , so v 2 = v ⋅ v .
Solution:
1 r 2 1 r r 1 1 r r
Note that [∇ x (v )]i = [∇ xr (v ⋅ v )]i = (vk vk ),i = (vk ,i vk + vk vk ,i ) = vk vk ,i = (v ⋅ ∇ xr v )i .
2 2 2 2
r r
At one point of the vector field v , we consider a plane normal to v and recalling that the
r
projection of a second-order tensor onto a direction ( v ) is a vector which does not necessary
r r r
have the same direction as ( v ), with that we represent the following vectors (∇ xr v ) ⋅ v and
r r
v ⋅ (∇ xr v ) :
r r
∇ xr v ⋅ v
r r r
r c⊥v
(∇ xr ∧ v ) r
r r
r c ⊥ (∇ xr ∧ v )
v r r
v ⋅ ∇ xr v
r r r r
c = v ∧ (∇ xr ∧ v )
Figure 1.34
Note that, by means of summation of vectors, (see Figure 1.34), we can obtain:
r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r
(∇ xr v ) ⋅ v + c = v ⋅ (∇ xr v ) ⇒ c = v ⋅ (∇ xr v ) − (∇ xr v ) ⋅ v ⇒ c = v ⋅ (∇ xr v ) − v ⋅ (∇ xr v ) T
r r r r r r
⇒ c = v ⋅ ((∇ xr v ) − (∇ xr v ) T ) = v ⋅ 2(∇ xr v ) skew
r r
If we consider that w is the axial vector associated with the antisymmetric tensor (∇ xr v ) skew , it
r r r r r r r r
fulfills that: (∇ xr v ) skew ⋅ v = w ∧ v ⇒ v ⋅ (∇ xr v ) skew = v ∧ w . In addition, the relationship
r r r r
rot (v ) ≡ ∇ xr ∧ v = 2 w holds. Then,
r r r r r r r r
c = v ⋅ 2(∇ xr v ) skew = v ∧ 2 w = v ∧ (∇ xr ∧ v ) (1.130)
with that we conclude that:
r r r r r r r r r r
(∇ xr v ) ⋅ v + c = v ⋅ (∇ xr v ) ⇒ (∇ xr v ) ⋅ v = v ⋅ (∇ xr v ) − c
r r 1 r r r
⇒ (∇ xr v ) ⋅ v = ∇ xr (v 2 ) − v ∧ (∇ xr ∧ v )
2
r r r
It is interesting to note that: when (∇ xr v ) is a symmetric tensor, i.e. (∇ xr v ) = (∇ xr v ) sym , the
r r r r r r r r r r
following is fulfilled (∇ xr v ) skew = 0 , c = 0 , (∇ xr ∧ v ) = 0 , and (∇ xr v ) ⋅ v = v ⋅ (∇ xr v ) has the
r
same direction as v , (see Figure 1.35 (a)).
r r r r r r r
When (∇ xr v ) = (∇ xr v ) skew we have that c = v ⋅ 2(∇ xr v ) skew = 2v ⋅ (∇ xr v ) , (see equation (1.130)).
r r r r r
With that, v ⋅ (∇ xr v ) = −(∇ xr v ) ⋅ v holds, and the vector v is perpendicular to the vector
r r
(∇ xr ∧ v ) , (see Figure 1.35(b)).
r r r r r r
a) (∇ xr v ) = (∇ xr v ) sym b) (∇ xr v ) = (∇ xr v ) skew c⊥v
r r r
c ⊥ (∇ xr ∧ v )
r r
∇ xr v ⋅ v
r r r r r
v ⋅ (∇ xr v ) = (∇ xr v ) ⋅ v v
r r r
v (∇ xr ∧ v )
r r
v ⋅ ∇ xr v
r r r
(∇ xr ∧ v ) = 0 r r r r r r
c = v ∧ (∇ xr ∧ v ) = 2v ⋅ (∇ xr v )
Figure 1.35
Alternative solution:
r r r r r r r r r
∇ xr v ⋅ v = ((∇ xr v ) sym + (∇ xr v ) skew ) ⋅ v = (∇ xr v ) sym ⋅ v + (∇ xr v ) skew ⋅ v
r r r r r r r r
= (∇ xr v ) sym ⋅ v + (∇ xr v ) skew ⋅ v + ((∇ xr v ) skew ⋅ v − (∇ xr v ) skew ⋅ v )
r r r r r r
= ((∇ xr v ) sym ⋅ v − (∇ xr v ) skew ⋅ v ) + 2(∇ xr v ) skew ⋅ v
1 r
[ r r r r
] r
= (∇ xr v + (∇ xr v ) T ) − (∇ xr v − (∇ xr v ) T ) ⋅ v + 2(∇ xr v ) skew ⋅ v
2
r
1 r r r r r r r r
= (2(∇ xr v ) T ) ⋅ v + 2(∇ xr v ) skew ⋅ v = v ⋅ (∇ xr v ) + 2(∇ xr v ) skew ⋅ v
2
1 r 2 r rr r
= ∇ x (v ) − v ∧ (∇ x ∧ v )
2
r r r r r r r r r
Remember that (∇ xr v skew ) T = −(∇ xr v ) skew , thus 2(∇ xr v ) skew ⋅ v = −v ⋅ 2(∇ xr v ) skew = −v ∧ (∇ xr ∧ v )
Problem 1.121
r r r
Let u( x ) be a stationary vector field. a) Obtain the components of the differential du . b)
r r
Now, consider that u( x ) represents a displacement field, and is independent of x3 . With
these conditions, graphically illustrate the displacement field in the differential area element
dx1 dx 2 .
Solution: According to the differential and gradient definitions, the following equations are true
r r r r r r r r r
du ≡ u( x + dx ) − u( x ) and du = (∇ xr u) ⋅ dx , (see Figure 1.36).
r r r r r r
r r r u( x ) dx u( x + dx )
r r r
du ≡ u( x + dx ) − u( x )
r r r
du = (∇ xr u) ⋅ dx
r
x2 x r r
x + dx
x1
x3
Figure 1.36
Thus, the components are defined as:
As the field is independent of x3 , the displacement field in the differential area element is
defined as:
∂u1 ∂u1
du1 = u1 ( x1 + dx1 , x 2 + dx 2 ) − u1 ( x1 , x 2 ) = ∂x dx1 + ∂x dx 2
1 2
du = u ( x + dx , x + dx ) − u ( x , x ) = ∂u 2 dx + ∂u 2 dx
2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 2
∂x1
1
∂x 2
2
or:
∂u1 ∂u1
u1 ( x1 + dx1 , x 2 + dx 2 ) = u1 ( x1 , x 2 ) + ∂x dx1 + ∂x dx 2
1 2
u ( x + dx , x + dx ) = u ( x , x ) + 2 dx + 2 dx∂ u ∂u
2 1 1 2 2 2 1 2
∂x1
1
∂x 2
2
Note that the above equation is equivalent to the Taylor series expansion taking into account
only up to linear terms. The representation of the displacement field in the differential area
element is shown in Figure 1.37.
∂u 2 ∂u 2 ∂u
u2 + dx 2 u2 + dx1 + 2 dx 2
∂x 2 ∂x1 ∂x 2
( x1 , x 2 + dx 2 ) ( x1 + dx1 , x 2 + dx 2 )
∂u1 ∂u1 ∂u
u1 + dx 2 u1 + dx1 + 1 dx 2
∂x 2 ∂x1 ∂x 2
r
du
dx 2
∂u 2
u2 + dx1
(u 2 ) ∂x1
( x1 , x 2 ) ( x1 + dx1 , x 2 )
x2 ∂u1
(u1 ) u1 + dx1
∂x1
dx1
x1
144444444444444444424444444444444444443
=
644444444444444444474444444444444444448
x 2 ,u 2
∂u1
dx2
∂x2
∂u 2
u2 + dx2
∂x2 B′
B B B′
dx 2 dx 2
+
O′ A′ A′
∂u 2
u2 A
dx1
O A ∂x1
dx1 O′
dx1
u1
∂u1
u1 + dx1
∂x1
x1 ,u1
Problem 1.122
r r
Given a second-order tensor field T ( x ) . Show that: if there is no source of the field T ( x ) it
r r
fulfills that the divergence of T ( x ) is equal to zero, i.e. ∇ xr ⋅ T = 0 . For the demonstration,
consider the tensor field in a differential volume element dV = dx1 dx 2 dx 3 in the Cartesian
system.
Solution:
r
Let us set the tensor field T ( x ) in the differential volume element. For this purpose, we start
r
from the definition of the differential of T ( x ) which is defined by means of gradient as
follows:
r r r
dT ≡ T ( x + dx ) − T ( x ) r r r r r r r r
r ⇒ T ( x + dx ) − T ( x ) = (∇ xr T ) ⋅ dx ⇒ T ( x + dx ) = T ( x ) + (∇ xr T ) ⋅ dx
dT = (∇ xr T ) ⋅ dx
The above equation in indicial notation becomes:
r r r
Tij ( x + dx ) = Tij ( x ) + Tij , k dx k
r
= Tij ( x ) + Tij ,1 dx1 + Tij , 2 dx 2 + Tij ,3 dx 3
r ∂Tij ∂Tij ∂Tij
= Tij ( x ) + dx1 + dx 2 + dx 3
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3
r r
The representation of the field components Tij ( x + dx ) can be appreciated in Figure 1.38.
r ∂Ti1
Note that on the face normal to x1 + dx1 act the components Ti1 ( x ) + dx1 , since
∂x1
according our convention, the first index indicate the direction in which points out and the
second index indicates the normal plane.
r r
Once established the tensor field componets Tij ( x + dx ) in the differential volume element,
r r
we apply the total balance of the tensor field components Tij ( x + dx ) according to the
directions x1 , x 2 , x3 .
r r
Total balance of Tij ( x + dx ) in dV according to x1 -direction is equal to zero (there is no
source):
∂T ∂T ∂T
T11 + 11 dx1 dx 2 dx3 + T13 + 13 dx 3 dx1 dx 2 + T12 + 12 dx 2 dx1 dx3 − T11 dx 2 dx3
∂x1 ∂x3 ∂x 2
− T13 dx1 dx 2 − T12 dx1 dx3 = 0
By simplifying the above equation we can obtain:
∂T11 ∂T ∂T
dx1 dx 2 dx3 + 13 dx3 dx1 dx 2 + 12 dx 2 dx1 dx3 = 0
∂x1 ∂x3 ∂x 2
∂T11 ∂T12 ∂T13
⇒ + + =0
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x3
Similarly, according to the directions x 2 and x3 we will obtain, respectively:
∂T21 ∂T22 ∂T23 ∂T31 ∂T32 ∂T33
+ + =0 and + + =0
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x3 ∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x3
x3 Rear face
T11
∂T33 T21
T33 + dx3
Rear face ∂x3
∂T23
T23 + dx3
∂x3 T31
∂T13
T13 + dx3
∂x3 ∂T32 dx 3
T32 + dx2
∂x2
T12
T22 ∂T31
T31 + dx1 ∂T22
T22 + dx2
∂x1 ∂T12 ∂x2 x2
T12 + dx2
∂x2
T32
∂T21
T21 + dx1 dx1
∂T11 ∂x1
T11 + dx1
∂x1
T13
x1 T23
Rear face
T33
dx 2
Then, we have the following set of equations that must be met simultaneously:
∂T11 ∂T12 ∂T13
+ + =0
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x3
T11,1 + T12, 2 + T13,3 = 0 T1 j , j = 0
∂T21 ∂T22 ∂T23
+ + =0 ⇒ T21,1 + T22, 2 + T23,3 = 0 ⇒ T2 j , j = 0 ⇒ Tij , j = 0 i
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x3
∂T31 ∂T32 ∂T33 T31,1 + T32, 2 + T33,3 = 0 T3 j , j = 0
+ + =0
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x3
Thus, we have shown that in the absence of source, the divergence is zero:
r
Tij , j = 0 i ⇔ (∇ xr ⋅ T ) i = 0 i tensorial
→ ∇ xr ⋅ T = 0
NOTE 1: If we have a tensor field, the tensor order of the source is a minor order of the
tensor, e.g. the source of a vector field is represented by a scalar field.
NOTE 2: If the divergence of a tensor field is positive we have a source, on the contrary if
the divergence is negative we have a sink.
Problem 1.123
Show that:
[(∇ xr T ) ⋅ ur ] ⋅ ar = [∇ xr ( T ⋅ ar )] ⋅ ur (1.131)
r r r r r
where T = T (x ) is a second-order tensor field, u = u( x ) is a vector field, and a an arbitrary
r
vector (independent of x ).
r r
Solution: Note that the term [(∇ xr T ) ⋅ u]⋅ a is a vector, which in indicial notation becomes:
[ ] [ ]
{[(∇ xr T ) ⋅ ur ]⋅ ar}i = [(∇ xr T ) ⋅ ur ]ik (ar )k = (∇ xr T )ikp u p ak = Tik , pu p ak = Tik , pu p ak (1.132)
r r
Now we express the term [∇ xr (T ⋅ a )] ⋅ u in indicial notation:
r r r
( T ⋅ a )i = Tik ak → [∇ xr ( T ⋅ a )] ij = ( T ⋅ a )i , j = ( Tik ak ), j
gradient
r
⇒ [∇ xr ( T ⋅ a )] ij = ( Tik ak ), j = Tik , j ak + Tik ak , j = Tik , j ak
{
=0 k , j (1.133)
r r
[
or ⇒ [∇ xr ( T ⋅ a )] ij = a ⋅ (∇ xr T T ) ] ij 123
r r
[
+ [ T ⋅ (∇ xr a )]ij = a ⋅ (∇ xr T T ) ] ij
= Tik , j ak
=0
r r
where we have considered that a is independent of (x ) . If we apply the scalar product
r
between the above equation and u we obtain:
{ }
{[∇ xr ( T ⋅ ar )]⋅ ur}i = [∇ xr ( T ⋅ ar )]ij u j = Tik , j a k u j = Tik , p u p a k (1.134)
If we compare (1.132) with (1.134) we show (1.131).
r r r r
Not that, if a = a (x ) depends on x and according to the equation in (1.133) we can conclude
r r r r
that [∇ xr (T ⋅ a )] ij = ( Tik ak ), j = Tik , j ak + Tik ak , j ⇒ [∇ xr ( T ⋅ a )] ij = [a ⋅ (∇ xr T T )] ij + [ T ⋅ (∇ xr a )] ij .
Problem 1.124
r r r
Show that if the magnitude of a vector, ω = ω(t ) , is constant with time, this implies that ω is
r
dω
orthogonal to at any time t .
dt
Solution:
r r r
We start from the definition of the magnitude of a vector, where ω = ω ⋅ ω holds, thus:
2
r 2 r r r r r r
d( ω ) d ( ω ⋅ ω) d ( ω) r r d ( ω) r d ( ω) r dω
= = ⋅ω + ω⋅ = 2ω ⋅ =0 ⇒ ω⊥
dt dt dt dt dt dt
NOTE: A particular case of this problem is the circular motion, (see Figure 1.39).
r r
v x = constant r
r r dx
r r dx ⇒ x ⊥
x v= dt
dt
Problem 1.125
r
Check the divergence theorem (Gauss theorem) for the vector field F whose Cartesian
components are given by Fi = xi + ( x32 − x 3 )δ i 3 . Consider the boundary defined by the
cylinder x12 + x 22 ≤ 1 , 0 ≤ x3 ≤ 1 .
Solution:
The divergence theorem states that:
r r
∫ ∇ xr ⋅ F dV = F ⋅ nˆ dS
∫
V S
S (2)
n̂ ( 2 )
x12 + x 22 ≤ 1 x3
r r
r =1 r S (1)
h =1 r n̂ (1)
x
x2
x1 n̂ (3) S ( 3)
Figure 1.40
r
Calculation of ∫ ∇ xr ⋅ F dV :
V
r
[ ]
∇ xr ⋅ F = Fi ,i = xi + ( x32 − x3 )δ i 3 ,i = xi ,i + ( x32 − x3 ),i δ i 3 = δ ii + ( x32 − x3 ),3 = 3 + (2 x3 − 1) = 2 x3 + 2
Thus
x3 =1
r
∫ ∇ xr ⋅ F dV = (2 x3 + 2) dV =
∫ ∫A x ∫=(02 x 3 ∫
+ 2)dx3 dA = 3 dA = 3(πr 2 ) = 3π
V V 3 A
We decompose the boundary in three areas, namely: S (1) , S ( 2) , S (3) , (see Figure 1.40), then
r r r r
∫ F ⋅ nˆ dS = ∫ F ⋅ nˆ (1) dS (1) + ∫ F ⋅ nˆ ( 2 ) dS ( 2 ) + ∫ F ⋅ nˆ (3) dS (3)
S S ( 1) S ( 2) S ( 3)
r
The components of F are: F1 = x1 + ( x32 − x3 )δ 13 = x1 , F2 = x 2 , F3 = x3 + ( x32 − x 3 )δ 33 = x32 .
r r
The representation of F in the Cartesian basis is given by: F = x1eˆ 1 + x 2 eˆ 2 + x32 eˆ 3 . The
normal for each surface are defined as follows:
r 1
nˆ (1) // r ⇒ nˆ (1) = ( x1 eˆ 1 + x 2 eˆ 2 ) ; nˆ ( 2 ) = eˆ 3 ; nˆ (3) = −eˆ 3
x12 + x 22
Problem 1.126
Let Ω be a domain bounded by Γ as shown in Figure 1.41. Further consider that m is a
second-order tensor field and ω is a scalar field. Show that the following relationship holds:
∫ [m : (∇
Ω
x (∇ x
r r ω ))]dΩ = ∫Γ [(∇ ω ) ⋅ m]⋅ nˆ dΓ − Ω∫ [(∇
r
x
r
x ⋅ m) ⋅ ∇ xrω ]dΩ
∫ [m ω ,
Ω
ij ij ∫
] dΩ = (ω ,i mij )nˆ j dΓ − [mij , jω ,i ] dΩ
Γ
∫
Ω
Ω n̂
x2
x1 Γ
Figure 1.41
Solution:
We could directly apply the definition of integration by parts to demonstrate the above
relationship. But, here we will start with the definition of the divergence theorem. That is,
r
given a tensor field v , it is true that:
r r
∫∇ r
x ⋅ v dΩ = ∫ v ⋅ nˆ dΓ indicial
→ ∫ v j , j dΩ = ∫ v j nˆ j dΓ
Ω Γ Ω Γ
r
Observing that the tensor v can be represented by the result of the algebraic operation
r
v = ∇ xr ω ⋅ m and the equivalent in indicial notation is v j = ω , i m ij , and by substituting it in
the above equation we obtain:
∫v
Ω
j, j ∫
dΩ = v jnˆ j dΓ
Γ
∫ ∫
⇒ [ω ,i mij ], j dΩ = ω ,i mijnˆ j dΓ
Ω Γ
∫ ∫
⇒ [ω ,ij mij + ω ,i mij , j ] dΩ = ω ,i mijnˆ j dΓ
Ω Γ
∫ ∫ ∫
⇒ [ω ,ij mij ] dΩ = ω ,i mijnˆ j dΓ − [ω ,i mij , j ] dΩ
Ω Γ Ω
The above equation in tensorial notation becomes:
∫Ω [m : (∇ x (∇ x
r r ω ))]dΩ = ∫Γ [(∇ r
x ω ) ⋅ m]⋅ nˆ dΓ − ∫ [∇ xr ω ⋅ (∇ xr ⋅ m)]dΩ
Ω
NOTE: Consider now the domain defined by the volume V , which is bounded by the
r
surface S with the outward unit normal to the surface n̂ . If N is a vector field and T is a
scalar field, it is also true that:
∫ N T,
V
i ij ∫
S
∫
dV = N iT ,i nˆ j dS − N i , jT ,i dV
V
r r r
⇒ N ⋅ (∇ xr (∇ xrT ))dV = (∇ xrT ⋅ N ) ⊗ n̂dS − ∇ xrT ⋅ ∇ xr N dV
∫ ∫ ∫
V S V
Problem 1.127
r r r r
Let b be a vector field, which is defined as b = ∇ xr ∧ v . Show that:
∫ λb nˆ
S
i i ∫
d S = λ, i b i dV
V
r
where λ = λ( x ) represents a scalar field.
r r r
Solution 1: The Cartesian components of b = ∇ xr ∧ v are represented by b i = ijk v k , j and by
substituting them in the above surface integral we obtain:
∫ λb nˆ
S
i i ∫
dS = λ ijk v k , j nˆ i dS
S
∫ λb nˆ
S
i i ∫
dS = λ ijk v k , j nˆ i dS
S
∫
= ( ijk λv k , j ), i dV
V
∫
= ( ijk λ, i v k , j + ijk λv k , ji ) dV
V
∫
= (λ, i ijk v k , j + λ ijk v k , ji ) dV = λ, i b i dV
V
1424 3 1424 3 ∫
V
bi 0
Solution 2:
∫ λb nˆ
S
i i ∫
dS = (λb i ), i dV = (λ, i b i + λb i , i ) dV
V
∫
V
∫ λb nˆ
S
i i ∫
dS = λ, i b i dV = λ, i ijk v k , j dV
V V
∫
Problem 1.128
Let V be a volume domain which is delimited by surface S . a) Show that:
r r
∫ ( x ⊗ nˆ + nˆ ⊗ x) dS = 2V 1
S
(1.135)
and
r r
∫ x ⊗ (∇ r
x ⋅ σ ) dV = x ⊗ (σ ⋅ nˆ ) dS − σ T dV
∫ ∫ ∫x σi jk , k ∫ ∫
dV = xi σ jk n̂ k dS − σ ji dV
V S V V S V
S r
dS = n̂dS
x2 n̂
V dS
B
r
x
x1
x3
Figure 1.42
Solution:
a) Considering only the first term of the integrand in (1.135), we can obtain:
r r r
∫ ( x ⊗ nˆ ) dS = ∫ ( x ⊗ 1 ⋅ nˆ ) dS = ∫ ( x ⊗ 1) ⋅ nˆ dS
S S S
∫ x nˆ
S
i j ∫
dS = x iδ jk nˆ k dS = (δ
S
∫
V
jk xi ) ,k dV = (δ ∫
V
jk , k x i +δ jk xi ,k ) dV
r
∫ x n̂ dS = δ ∫ dV = δ ∫ dV = δ ∫ ( x ⊗ nˆ ) dS = V 1
T
i j ji ji jiV = V1 (1.136)
S V V S
r
Similarly, we can conclude that ∫ (nˆ ⊗ x ) dS = V 1 . With that the following is true:
S
r r
∫ ( x ⊗ nˆ + nˆ ⊗ x) dS = 2V 1
S
∫ (∇ r
x
r r
⋅ σ ) ⊗ x dV = ∫ ∇ xr ⋅ (σ ⊗ x ) dV − ∫ σ dV ∫x σ
V
j ik , k ∫
V
∫
dV = ( x j σ ik ) ,k dV − σ ij dV
V
V V V
∫
r r
(∇ xr ⋅ σ ) ⊗ x dV = (σ ⊗ x ) ⋅ nˆ dS − σ dV
∫ ∫ ∫x σ
V
j ik , k ∫
S
∫
dV = x j σ ik nˆ k dS − σ ij dV
V
V S V
r
= (σ ⋅ nˆ ) ⊗ x dS − σ dV
∫ ∫ ∫
S
∫
= (σ ik nˆ k ) x j dS − σ ij dV
V
S V
where we have applied the divergence theorem to the first integral on the right side of
equation.
Taking into account that
[(∇ xr ⋅ σ ) ⊗ xr ]T = [∇ xr ⋅ (σ ⊗ xr ) − σ ]T
r r T
⇒ x ⊗ (∇ xr ⋅ σ ) = [∇ xr ⋅ (σ ⊗ x )] − σ T xi σ jk ,k = ( xi σ jk ) ,k − σ ji
we can obtain:
r r
∫ x ⊗ (∇ r
x ⋅ σ ) dV = ∫ [∇ xr ⋅ (σ ⊗ x )]T ∫
dV − σ T dV ∫x σ i jk , k ∫ ∫
dV = ( xi σ jk ) , k dV − σ ji dV
V V V V V V
r r
∫ x ⊗ (∇ r
x ⋅ σ ) dV = ∫ ( x ⊗ σ ) ⋅ nˆ dS − ∫ σ T dV ∫x σ i jk , k ∫ ∫
dV = ( xi σ jk )nˆ k dS − σ ji dV
V S V V S V
r
= x ⊗ (σ ⋅ nˆ ) dS − σ T dV
∫ ∫ ∫ ∫
= xi (σ jk nˆ k ) dS − σ ji dV
S V S V
NOTE: If we obtain the trace of the equation (1.136) we can also obtain:
r r
∫ x n̂
S
i i dS = δ jiδ jiV = δ iiV ∫ ( x ⊗ nˆ ) : 1 dS = ∫ ( x ⋅ nˆ ) dS = V 1 : 1
S S
(1.137)
If we are dealing with a three dimensional case (3D) the trace δ ii = 3 , and if we are dealing
with two dimensional case (2D) we have that δ ii = 2 . With that we can conclude that:
r
∫ x nˆ
S
i i dS = 3V ∫ ( x ⋅ nˆ ) dS = 3V
S
(3D case)
and
r
∫Γ x nˆ
i i dΓ = 2 A ∫Γ ( x ⋅ nˆ ) dΓ = 2 A (2D case)
Ω n̂
x2
Problem 1.129
GM
Let φ be a scalar field which is given by φ = − r , where G and M are scalars and
a
r r r
constants, and a is the magnitude of the vector a ≠ 0 . a) Obtain the gradient of φ . b)
r r
Obtain the gradient of φ for the particular case when a = x and draw the field ∇ xr φ in the
Cartesian space.
Solution:
− GM
(∇ xr φ ),i ≡ ∂φr ≡ φ ,i = r
a
= −GM − 1 ( ar ) ,i
r
a 2
(1.138)
∂x ,i ,i
r
The term ( a ),i can be expressed as follows:
r r r 1 −1
1 r r 2 r r 1 r r 2
−1
( a ) ,i = ( a ⋅ a ) = (a ⋅ a ) ( a ⋅ a ) ,i = ( a ⋅ a ) ( a k a k ) ,i
2
,i 2 2
−1 −1
1 r r r r 1
= (a ⋅ a ) 2 ( a k ,i a k + a k a k ,i ) = (a ⋅ a ) 2 ( a k ,i a k ) = r ( a k , i a k )
2 a
or in indicial notation:
r 1 r r
∇ xr ( a ) = r (a ⋅ ∇ xr a ) (1.139)
a
(∇ xr φ ),i = GM r r
r GM r
r
r 3 (a ⋅ ∇ x a ) i = r 2 (aˆ ⋅ ∇ x a ) i (1.140)
a a
r r
b) For the particular case when a = x we have:
r 1 1 1 r
( x ) ,i = r ( x k ,i x k ) = r (δ ki x k ) = r ( xi ) where r = x = x12 + x 22 + x32
x x x
or in tensorial notation:
r 1 r r 1 r 1 r
∇ xr ( x ) = r ( x ⋅ ∇ xr x ) = r ( x ⋅ 1) = r ( x ) = xˆ
x x x
whereupon
− GM r
(∇ xr φ )i ≡ ∂φr ≡ φ ,i = r
x
= −GM − 1
xr 2
( x ) = GM ( xr )
,i r3 i (1.141)
∂x i ,i x
or in tensorial notation:
− GM GM r GM
∇ xr φ = ∇ xr r = x = r 2 xˆ (1.142)
x xr 3 x
r
Note that the vector field ∇ xr φ is radial, i.e. it is normal to the spheres defined by x and
r 2
decreases with x = r 2 , (see Figure 1.44). The equation (1.142) can also be written as
follows:
− GM GM ˆ ∂ − GM ˆ ∂φ(r ) ˆ
∇φ = ∇ = 2 r= r = r = φ ′(r )rˆ (1.143)
r r ∂r r ∂r
x3
Spheres
x̂ ∇ xr φ
xˆ = 1
r
x
r x2
b
∇ xr φ
∇φ
x1
∇ xr φ
Figure 1.44
GM
NOTE: The function φ = − r represents the gravitational potential which has the
x
r m3
following property b = −∇ xr φ , (see Figure 1.44), where G = 6.67384 × 10 −11 is the
kg s 2
gravitational constant, M is the total mass of the planet. We check the units:
GM m3 kg kg m m N m J
[φ ] = − r = 2
= 2 = = (Unit of energy per unit mass)
x kg s m s kg kg kg (specific energy)
r ∂φ J Nm kgm m
[b] = [−∇ xrφ ] = r = = = 2 = 2 (Unit of force per unit mass)
∂x m kg m kg s kg s (unit of acceleration)
r r r r
It is interesting to check that ∇ xr ∧ b = ∇ xr ∧ [−∇ xrφ ] = 0 , (see Problem 1.108).
r
We can obtain b on the Earth surface by means of
r GM
b = −∇ xr φ = − r 2 xˆ
x
where the total mass of Earth is M ≈ 5.98 × 10 24 kg and the approximate radius is
R ≈ 6.37 × 10 6 m , with that we obtain
r GM GM
b = − r 2 xˆ = − 2 xˆ ≈ −9.82 xˆ
x R
r m
and its module is denoted by g = b ≈ 9.82 .
s2
r
Adopting that the system x ′ has its origin at the center of mass of the body M , and invoking
r r
the Newton’s second law ( F = ma ), we can obtain the force that act in a body ( m ) due to the
r
gravitational field b = −∇ xr φ :
r r r GMm
F = ma = mb = − r 2 xˆ ′ (1.144)
x′
r
We can express the above equation in a generic system ( x ), (see Figure 1.45).
r
Then, for the system x the force is given by:
r r r
GMm ( x ( m) − x ( M ) )
F ( mM ) = − r r Newton’s law of “universal” gravitation (1.145)
r r 2
x ( m) − x ( M )
x ( m) − x ( M )
r
where we have adopted the nomenclature F (mM ) to indicate the force in m due to the
influence of M . Note also that in M we have the same force in direction and magnitude, but
r
of opposite sense to F (mM ) .
x 2′
M x1′
r
r x′ r
x3′ F (Mm) F (mM )
m
r
x (M ) r
x (m )
x2 r r r
x ( M ) + x ′ = x ( m)
r r r
⇒ x ′ = x (m) − x (M )
x1
x3
Figure 1.45
Problem 1.130
1 r
Consider that φ = where r = x = x12 + x 22 + x32 :
r
a) Show that:
r r ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ
∇ xr ⋅ [∇ xrφ ( x − 0)] ≡ ∇ 2φ ≡ 2 + 2 + 2 = 0 Laplace equation (1.146)
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
r r r r
for r ≠ 0 . We use the nomenclature [∇ xrφ ( x − 0)] to indicate that the origin ( x = 0 ) is not
included.
b) Given a closed surface S containing the origin, show that:
∫ (∇ φ ) ⋅ nˆ dS = −4π
S
r
x (1.147)
−1 r −1
(∇ xr φ ) i = r 3 x = r 3 xi (1.150)
x x
i
By calculating the divergence of the previous relationship we can obtain:
−x x 1 x −3 r
∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xrφ ) = φ , ii = r 3i = − ri ,i3 − xi r 3 = − ri ,i3 − xi r 4 ( x ), i (1.151)
x x x x x
, i ,i
r 1 r
In Problem 1.129 it was shown that ∇ xr ( x ) = r ( x ) , in addition, note that xi ,i = δ ii = 3 ,
x
with that we can obtain:
3 −3 r 3 −3 x 3 3x x
∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xrφ ) = − r 3 − xi r 4 ( x ),i = − r 3 − xi r 4 ri = − r 3 + ri 5i
x x x x x x x
r2 (1.152)
3 3x
=− r 3 + r 5 =0
x x
∫∇ r
x ⋅ [∇ xrφ ]dV = ∫ (∇ xrφ ) ⋅ nˆ dS ∫φ ,ii dV ∫
= φ ,i ni dS (1.154)
V S V S
r r r r
We have shown that ∇ xr ⋅ [∇ xrφ ( x − 0)] = 0 , but that only apply to x ≠ 0 (the origin is not
included). That is, taking into account the result in (1.153), the result in (1.154) has consistency
r r
if at the point x = 0 there is a sink and equal to ( − 4π ). With that, it is very intuitive to
conclude that any closed surface that does not contain the origin the following holds
S
∫ (∇ xrφ ) ⋅ nˆ dS = 0 , (see Parker (2003)).
Problem 1.131
a) Show that:
∫ (∇φ ) ⋅ nˆ dS = 4πGM (r )
S
(1.155)
− GM
where φ = is the gravitational potential, and M (r ) is the total mass contained into
r
the sphere whose radius is r , and S -surface represents the sphere boundary.
b) Consider a sphere of radius r = a which represents a planet. Obtain the total mass of the
planet in function of the mass density ρ = ρ (r ) .
c) Obtain the gravitational potential for r < a and r ≥ a . In this section, consider that the
mass density is uniform in the planet ρ = ρ 0
Solution:
a) In Problem 1.130 we have shown that:
1
∫ (∇ φ ) ⋅ nˆ dS = ∫ ∇ r ⋅ nˆ dS = −4π
S S
(1.156)
b)
Spherical planet
r=a
ρ (r )
r
Figure 1.46
∫
M = ρ (r )dV
V
(1.158)
∫
M = ρ (r )dV = ∫ ρ (r )4πr
2
dr (1.159)
V r =0
c) Remember that in Problem 1.129, (see equation (1.143)), we have obtained that
r − GM GM ˆ ∂ − GM ˆ ∂φ(r ) ˆ
∇φ = −b = ∇ = 2 r = r = r = φ ′(r )rˆ (1.160)
r r ∂r r ∂r
By using the equation in (1.157) we can obtain:
∫ [∇φ ]⋅ nˆ dS = 4πGM (r )
S
r
⇒ − b ⋅ nˆ dS = φ ′(r ) rˆ ⋅ nˆ dS = φ ′(r ) dS = φ ′( r )(4πr 2 ) = 4πGM (r )
∫ ∫ ∫
123 (1.161)
S S =1 S
GM (r )
⇒ φ ′(r )r 2 = GM (r ) ⇒ φ ′(r ) =
r2
where M (r ) = Vρ 0 = 43 πr 3 ρ 0 . Then:
GM (r ) 4Gπρ 0 dφ ( r ) 4Gπρ 0 4Gπρ 0
φ ′(r ) = = r ⇒ = r ⇒ ⇒ dφ ( r ) = rdr (1.162)
r2 3 dr 3 3
By integrating the above equation we can obtain:
4Gπρ 0 4Gπρ 0 r 2 2Gπρ 0 2
∫ dφ = ∫ 3
rdr ⇒ φ (r ) =
3 2
+C ⇒ φ (1) (r ) =
3
r +C (1.163)
where we have denoted φ (1) ( r ) = φ(r ) for r < a . For values r ≥ a the gravitational potential is
given by
− GM − 4Gπa 3 ρ 0
φ= = = φ (2) for r≥a (1.164)
r 3r
where M is the total mass of the planet whose value is M = Vρ 0 = 43 πa 3 ρ 0 . Note that the
potential φ has to be continuous in r = a , (see Parker (2003)), thus:
2Gπρ 0 2 − 4Gπa 3 ρ 0
φ (1) (r = a ) = φ ( 2) ( r = a ) ⇒
a +C =
3 3a
(1.165)
− 2Gπa ρ 0 − 2Gπa ρ 0 4 3 − 2GM 3 − 3MG
3 3
⇒C = = = =
a a 34 a 4 2a
With that the equation (1.163) becomes
2Gπρ 0 2 2Gπρ 0 2 3MG MG 2 3MG MG r 2 3
φ (1) (r ) = r +C = r − = 3r − = 2 2 − (1.166)
3 3 2a 2a 2a 2a 2a 2
We summarize the gravitational potential, (see Figure 1.47 and Figure 1.48), as follows:
MG r 2 3
φ(r ) = − for r<a
2
2a 2a 2
2
(1.167)
MG
φ(r ) = r
for r≥a
φ (r )
Planet surface
− MG
a
inflection point
− 3MG
2a
Problem 1.132
a) Show that the orbit of a planet takes place on a plane. b) Prove the Kepler’s laws of
planetary motion:
b.1) First Law: The orbit of a planet is described by an ellipse, with the Sun at one of the foci
of the ellipse;
b.2) Second Law: The vector position from the Sun to the planet describes an area at a constant
rate;
b.3) Third Law: If T (orbital period) represents the time required for the planet to perform a
full elliptical orbit, whose major axis of the ellipse is 2a , the relationship T 2 = κa 3 holds,
where κ is a constant.
a 2 − b2 p2
Eccentricity: e = ; 0 < e < 1 , where a 2 = holds.
a2 (1 − e 2 ) 2
Area enclosed by an ellipse: A = πab
x2
r
x
b
θ f2
f1 x1
b
a a
Figure 1.49
Solution:
M - Mass of Sun
m - Mass of the planet
r
x
xˆ = r
x
x2 r r r
r dx r d 2 x dv
v= , a= 2 =
x3 r r r dt dt dt
r c = x∧v
dx r r
=v a // xˆ
dt
x̂
r r r
x F // a
θ t=0
Sun r
h x1
r
a) To show that the orbit takes place on a plane, we must prove that the vector ( c ) normal to
r r
the plane which is defined by the vectors x̂ and v does not change with time, i.e. c is
constant, (see Figure 1.50).
r GM r r
Taking into account that a = − r 2
xˆ , we calculate the vector a ∧ c which has the same
x
r r r r
direction as v , i.e. (a ∧ c ) // v :
dt dt
constant, the following is true:
r r dxˆ d (GM xˆ )
a ∧ c = GM =
dt dt
r
Since the vector c does not change with time, the following is true:
r r r
r r dv r d ( v ∧ c )
a∧c = ∧c =
dt dt
Thus
r r
d (v ∧ c ) d (GM xˆ )
=
dt dt
Integrating over time the above equation we can obtain:
r r r
v ∧ c = GM xˆ + h
r r
where h is constant vector of integration and is independent of time. Note that h is located
r r
on the plane x1 − x 2 , since (v ∧ c ) and x̂ are also on the plane x1 − x 2 , (see Figure 1.50).
We calculate:
r r
h ⋅ xˆ = h xˆ cos θ = h cos θ
r
where we have denoted by h = h . Then:
rr r r r r r r r
= c ⋅ c = ( x ∧ v ) ⋅ c = (v ∧ c ) ⋅ x
2
c2 = c
( r r
) r r r r r
= GM xˆ + h ⋅ ( x xˆ ) = x GM xˆ ⋅ xˆ + x h ⋅ xˆ = x GM + x h cos θ
r
= x (GM + h cos θ) = r (GM + h cos θ)
r
where we have considered that r = x . Then, we can obtain the following equation of the
ellipse:
c2
c2 GM p
⇒r= = =
(GM + h cos θ) (GM + h cos θ ) 1 + e cos θ
GM
where we have considered that:
c2 h
p= and e= (1.169)
GM GM
b.2) Second Law
r 1 r r 1 r r
A = x ∧ ∆S ∆
S →0
→ dA = x ∧ ds
2 2
x2
∆S
A
r
x
x1
Figure 1.51
r
The rate of change of dA becomes:
r r r r r
D(dA) 1 D( x ∧ ds ) 1 D( x ) r 1 r D ( ds )
= = ∧ ds + x ∧
Dt 2 Dt 2 Dt 2 Dt
r
1 D( x ) r 1r r 1r
= ∧ ds + x ∧ v = c (constant)
2 1Dt
4243 2 2
r
=0
NOTE: As a consequence of second law it follows that if the areas of two sectors are equal,
the time required to perform their paths are equal, that is, according to Figure 1.52 as the areas
of the sectors OCD and EFO are equal the times to perform C → D and E → F are equal.
As result, when the planet is closer to the Sun its velocity is greater than when it is far.
C
F
1
Taking into account the area enclosed by the ellipse: A = πab , we conclude that cT = πab ,
2
thus:
2πab 4π 2 a 2 b 2
T= ⇒ T2 = (1.170)
c c2
Considering the equation of the eccentricity, we can obtain:
a 2 − b2
e= ⇒ b2 = a 2 − a 2e2 ⇒ b 2 = a 2 (1 − e 2 )
a2
p2 p
and taking into account a 2 = 2 2
⇒a= 2
⇒ (1 − e 2 )a = p into the above equation,
(1 − e ) (1 − e )
we can obtain:
b2
b 2 = a 2 (1 − e 2 ) ⇒ b 2 = ap ⇒ p=
a
Whereby the equation (1.170) can be rewritten as follows:
4π 2 a 2 b 2 4π 2 a 2 ab 2 4π 2 a 3 p 4π 2 3
T2 = 2
= 2
= 2
= a = κ a3 (1.171)
c c a c GM
p 1
where we have considered that 2
= , (see equation (1.169)).
c GM
COMPLEMENTARY NOTE 1
[ ]
1
ds
⇒ = 1 + ( y ′) 2 2
dx
y ( x) ∆s
y ∆y
∆x
∆s 2 = ∆x 2 + ∆y 2
y′
1
Figure 1.53
Curvature
Curvature measures how quickly the direction of ŝ changes with respect to a change in arc
length s , where ŝ is the unit vector according to the ( y ′) -direction, (see Figure 1.57). So, we
define the vector curvature as follows:
r dsˆ r dsˆ
κ= curvature
→ κ= κ =
ds ds
where κ( x) is the curvature of the curve at point x .
dy
Let us consider that there is an angle ψ such as tan(ψ ) = ≡ y′ and if we differentiate with
dx
respect to x we obtain:
d [tan(ψ )] dψ
d dy d
= [tan(ψ )] =
dx dx dx dψ dx
= sec 2 (ψ )
dψ
dx
= 1 + tan 2 (ψ )
dψ
dx
[ ]
dψ dy dψ
[ ] [ ]
2
d2y dψ
⇒ 2
≡ y ′
′ = 1 + tan 2
(ψ ) = 1 + = 1 + ( y′) 2
dx dx dx dx dx
dψ y′′
⇒ =
dx [1 + ( y′) 2 ]
The curvature can be obtained as follows:
dψ dψ dx y′′ 1 y′′
κ= = = =
ds dx ds [1 + ( y′) 2 ] 1 3
[1 + ( y′) 2 ] 2 [1 + ( y′) 2 ] 2
dx 1
where = 1
holds.
ds
[1 + ( y′) 2 ] 2
Note that the curvature of a circumference is constant, (see Figure 1.54):
dψ
κ=
ds
= ⇒ κds = dψ integratin
g → ∫ κds = ∫ dψ
(1.172)
2π 1
∫
⇒ κ ds = dψ ∫ ⇒ ⇒ κ2πr = 2π ⇒ κ= =
2πr r
where ( 2πr ) is the length of the circumference of radius r .
If we consider Figure 1.54 we can conclude that the curvature of the circumference of radius
r (1) is greater than the circumference of radius r ( 2 ) :
1 1
r (1) < r ( 2 ) ⇒ (1)
> ⇒ κ (1) > κ ( 2 )
r r ( 2)
κ(1) > κ( 2 )
∆ψ
r ( 2) ∆ψ
∆ψ
r
κ (1)
r ( 2) r (1)
κ
ŝ
Figure 1.54
∫ ∫
κds = dψ = ψ B − ψ A ≡ ∆ψ B _ A
A
Then, the area defined in Figure 1.55 can be obtained by Area = ∫ κds = ψ B − ψ A ≡ ∆ψ B _ A .
∆ψ B _ A
∫
Area = κds = ψ B − ψ A ≡ ∆ψ B _ A
A
κ
κA Area
ψA B
κB ψB
Figure 1.55
For example, let us consider a circumference of radius r , and the variation of angle from A
to B can be obtained as follows Area = ψ B − ψ A ≡ ∆ψ B _ A , (see Figure 1.56):
π
1 ∆ψ B _ A =
∫
Area = κds = [(2πr ) κ]
4
B 2
1 1 π
= [(2πr ) ] =
4 r 2
= ψ B − ψ A ≡ ∆ψ B _ A
r
Figure 1.56
y
y ( x) ŝ
dŝ
ŝ
ds dŝ
ds
Figure 1.57
dx j
x2 x2 nˆ i = 3ij (i, j = 1,2)
x2 x1 ds
dx2
ŝ n̂ nˆ 1 ds
nˆ i = =
nˆ 2 − dx1
α ds
dx2 ds x1 kij - permutation symbol
ds - arc-length
− dx1
x1
Figure 1.58
COMPLEMENTARY NOTE 2
Geometrical Center (Centroid – C.Geo.)
Let us consider V = ∫ dV the volume delimited by the surface S , and also let us consider the
V
r r
systems x and x ′ , (see Figure 1.59). By means of vector summation we can obtain:
r r r
x = x + x′
By integrate over the volume we can obtain:
r r r r r
∫
V
∫
xdV = ( x + x ′)dV = xdV + x ′dV
V
∫
V
∫
V
r
The volume centroid is the point ( x (V ) ) where the following equation fulfils:
r r r r
V
∫ x ′dV = 0 ⇒ x = x (V )
x3′
S x′2
dV
x3
r
x2 x′
r x1′
x
r
x (V )
x1
Figure 1.59
The components of the volume centroid ( x1(V ) , x 2(V ) , x3(V ) ) can be obtained as follows:
∫ x dV 1 ∫ x dV 2 ∫ x dV 3
x1(V ) = V
; x 2(V ) = V
; x3(V ) = V
Volume Centroid (1.173)
∫
V
dV ∫
V
dV ∫
V
dV
where
∫ x dV
V
1 is the first moment of the volume about the x1 axis;
∫ x dV
V
2 is the first moment of the volume about the x 2 axis;
∫ x dV
V
3 is the first moment of the volume about the x 3 axis.
r r r r r r A r B
⇒ V x (V ) = xdV = ∫ ∫ xdV = ∫ xdV ( A) + ∫ xdV ( B ) = V ( A) x (V ) + V ( B ) x (V )
V V ( A ) +V ( B ) V ( A) V (B)
r A ( A) r B (B)
x (V ) = V ; x (V ) = V
∫ dV ( A) ∫ dV
( B)
V ( A) V (B)
In a same fashion to the derivation of the equations in (1.173), we can also define the area
centroid as follows:
∫ x dA 1 ∫ x dA 2 ∫ x dA 3
x1( A) = A
; x 2( A) = A
; x3( A) = A
Area centroid (1.174)
∫
A
dA ∫
A
dA ∫
A
dA
∫ x dL 1 ∫ x dL 2 ∫ x dL 3
x1( L ) = L
; x 2( L ) = L
; x3( L ) = L
Line centroid (1.175)
∫ dL
L
∫ dL
L
∫ dL
L
r r
r r (V _ φ ) r ∫ φxdV ∫ φxdV
∫ φxdV = ∫ φx dV ⇒ x (V _ φ ) = V =V
V V ∫ φdV
V
V (φ )
∫ φx dV 1 ∫ φx dV 2 ∫ φx dV 3
x1(V _ φ ) = V
; x 2(V _ φ ) = V
; x 3(V _ φ ) = V
∫ φdV
V
∫ φdV
V
∫ φdV
V
Note that, if the scalar field is uniform inside the volume, the center of the scalar field and the
geometrical center are the same:
r r r
r ∫ φxdV φ ∫ xdV ∫ xdV r
x (V _ φ ) = V = V
=V = x (V )
∫ φdV
V
φ ∫ dV
V V
∫ dV
Similarly we can define the center of the scalar field into an Area:
r
r ∫ φxdA
x (A _φ) = A
∫ φdA
A
∫ φdL
L
If the scalar field φ represents the mass density ( ρ ) the center of the scalar is denoted by
Center of Mass (C.M.).
r
r ∫ ρ xdV
x (V _ ρ ) = V Center of mass (defined by a volume) (1.176)
∫ ρ dV
V
r r
b( x )
x3′′′
x2′′′
dV
x3
r
x2 x′
r
x x1′′′
r
φ ( x)
r r
x (φb )
x1
Figure 1.60
r r
By considering the systems x and x′′′ , we can obtain:
r r r r r r r r r r r
x = x (φb ) + x′′′ ⇒ φx ⋅ b = φx (φb ) ⋅ b + φx′′′ ⋅ b
r r r r r r r
⇒ φ x ⋅ bdV = φx (φb ) ⋅ bdV + φx′′′ ⋅ bdV
∫ ∫ ∫
V V V
The center of the vector field delimited by the volume V is defined by:
r r
∫ φx ′′′ ⋅ bdV = 0
V
(1.177)
Then
r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r
∫ φx ⋅ bdV = ∫ φx ⋅ bdV = x ⋅ ∫ φbdV = x ⋅ F x (φb ) ⋅ F = φx ⋅ bdV
∫
(φb ) (φb ) (φb )
⇒
V V V V
r r r r r r r r r r
∫φx ⋅ bdV = x ⋅ ∫φbdV ⇒ φxdV ⋅ b = x (φb ) ⋅ b φdV
∫ ∫
(φb )
V V V V
r r r r r r r r r
⇒ φdV x (V _ φ ) ⋅ b = φdV x (φb ) ⋅ b ⇒ φdV x (V _ φ ) − x (φb ) ⋅ b = 0
∫ ∫ ∫ ( )
V V V
r (V _ φ ) r (φbr ) r
⇒x −x =0
r (V _ φ ) r (φbr )
⇒x =x
and if in addition the scalar field φ is uniform we can obtain:
r r r r
x (V _ φ ) = x (φb ) = x (V )
r r
if φ is uniform ⇒ x (V _ φ ) = x (V )
r r r r
if b is uniform ⇒ x (V _ φ ) = x (φb )
r r r r r
if b and φ are uniform ⇒ x (V _ φ ) = x (φb ) = x (V )
r r
b( x )
x3′′′ x2′′′
x3′ x′2
x3 x1′′′
x1′
r r
x (φb )
x3′′ x 2′′
r
x2 x (V )
r x1′′
x (V _ φ ) r
φ ( x)
x1
Figure 1.61
r
If the scalar field φ = ρ is the mass density, and b represents the gravitational field on the
proximity of the Earth surface, the equation (1.178) becomes:
0 0
∫
Fi = ρb i dV = 0 = 0
− ρgdV − mg
V
V
∫
where m = ∫ ρdV stands for the total mass of the body.
V
r r
where τ is the torque that the field b produces into the body and is defined by:
r r r
τ = φx ∧ bdV ∫
V
(1.180)
r
If the scalar field represents the mass density ( φ = ρ ), and b represents the gravitational field,
r r r r r r
x (τ ) is denoted by Center of Gravity (G). Note also that x ( τ ) = x (φb ) .
r r
Next we will obtain the torque of the vector field (φb ∧ x ) :
r r r r r r r r r r r r
x = x + x′ ⇒ x ∧ (φb ∧ x ) = x ∧ (φb ∧ x ) + x ′ ∧ (φb ∧ x )
By integrating over the volume the above equation we can obtain:
r r r r r r r r r
∫
V
∫
x ∧ (φb ∧ x )dV = x ∧ (φb ∧ x )dV + x ′ ∧ (φb ∧ x )dV
V
∫
V
(1.181)
r r
The center of the vector field (φb ∧ x ) of null rotation is defined by:
r r r r
∫
V
x ′ ∧ (φb ∧ x )dV = 0 (1.182)
r r r r r r r r r r r r
∫ x ∧ (φb ∧ x )dV = x ∧ τ ⇒ ∫ { [( x ⋅ x )1 − x ⊗ x ] ⋅ φb }dV = x ∧ τ
V V
r r r
⇒ { j O ⋅ φb }dV = x ∧ τ
∫
V
V V V
∫
I O( ρ ) = ρ j O dV ; I O( ρ ) ij = − ρx1 x 2 dV
∫ ∫ ρ ( x + x )dV
2
1
2
3 − ρx 2 x 3 dV
∫ (1.185)
V V V V
V ∫
− ρx1 x 3 dV − ∫ ρx x dV
V
∫
2 3
V
ρ ( x12 + x 22 )dV
kg
whose SI-unit is [I O( ρ ) ] = 3
m 2 m 3 = kg m 2 .
m
Similarly, we define the inertia tensor of area:
∫ ∫ ∫
2 2
( x 2 + x3 )dA − x1 x 2 dA − x1 x3 dA
A A A
I O( A) ij = − x1 x 2 dA ∫ ∫ ( x12 + x32 )dA − x 2 x3 dA
∫
A A A
− x1 x3 dA
A
∫ ∫
− x 2 x3 dA
A
∫
A
( x12 + x 22 )dA
NOTE: A list of inertia tensor for several solids can be found in Wikipedia
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_moments_of_inertia
r r r r r
Note that if we consider the torque (φb ∧ x ) and vector x = x + x ′ we can obtain:
r r r r r r r r
∫ x ∧ (φb ∧ x )dV = { [( x ⋅ x )1 − x ⊗ x ] ⋅φb }dV
∫
V V
r r r r r r r r r
= { { [( x + x ′) ⋅ ( x + x ′)]1 − [( x + x ′) ⊗ ( x + x ′)] } ⋅φb }dV
∫
V
r r r r r r r r
{ { [( x ⋅ x ) + ( x ⋅ x ′) + ( x ′ ⋅ x ) + ( x ′ ⋅ x ′)]1
= ∫
V
r r r r r r r r r
− [( x ⊗ x ) + ( x ⊗ x ′) + ( x ′ ⊗ x ) + ( x ′ ⊗ x ′) } ⋅φb }dV
r r r r r r r r r r
= { [( x ′ ⋅ x ′)1 − x ′ ⊗ x ′] ⋅φb }dV + { [( x ⋅ x )1 − x ⊗ x ] ⋅φb }dV +
∫ ∫
V V
r r r r r r r r r r
+ { [( x ′ ⋅ x )1 − x ⊗ x ′] ⋅φb }dV + { [( x ⋅ x ′)1 − x ′ ⊗ x ] ⋅φb }dV
∫ ∫
V V
(1.186)
r
Note that, if the field b is uniform then we can obtain:
r r r r r r r r r r
∫ { [( x ′ ⋅ x )1 − x ⊗ x ′] ⋅φb }dV = φ[( x ′ ⋅ x )1 − x ⊗ x ′] dV ⋅ b
∫
V V
r r r r r r
= φ ( x ′ ⋅ x )1 dV ⋅ b + φx ⊗ x ′ dV ⋅ b
∫ ∫
V V
r r r r r r
= φx ′ dV ⋅ x 1 ⋅ b + x ⊗ φx ′ dV ⋅ b
∫ ∫
V
V
and
r r r r r r r r r r
{ [( x ⋅ x ′)1 − x ′ ⊗ x ] ⋅φb }dV = φ[( x ⋅ x ′)1 − x ′ ⊗ x ] dV ⋅ b
∫ ∫
V V
r r r r r r
= φ ( x ⋅ x ′)1 dV ⋅ b + φx ′ ⊗ x dV ⋅ b
∫ ∫
V V
r r r r r r
= x ⋅ φx ′ dV 1 ⋅ b + φx ′ dV ⊗ x ⋅ b
∫ ∫
V
V
r r r r r
Note that we have considered that b is uniform, hence x (V _ φ ) = x (φb ) = x , and the equation
r r
∫
V
φx ′ dV = 0 holds. With that the equation in (1.186) becomes:
r r r r r r r r
∫ x ∧ (φb ∧ x )dV = { [( x ⋅ x )1 − x ⊗ x ] ⋅φb }dV
∫
V V
r r r r r r r r r r (1.187)
= { [( x ′ ⋅ x ′)1 − x ′ ⊗ x ′] ⋅φb }dV + { [( x ⋅ x )1 − x ⊗ x ] ⋅φb }dV
∫ ∫
V V
If we consider that:
r r r r r r r r r
∫ x ∧ (φb ∧ x )dV = { [( x ⋅ x )1 − x ⊗ x ] ⋅ φb }dV = φ{ j O ⋅ b }dV
∫ ∫
V V V
r r r r r r r r r r
∫ x ∧ (φb ∧ x )dV = { [( x ⋅ x )1 − x ⊗ x ] ⋅ φb }dV = φ{ j O ⋅ b }dV = j O
∫ ∫ ⋅ ∫ { φb }dV (1.188)
V V V V
r r r r r r r r r
∫ x ′ ∧ (φb ∧ x ′)dV = { [( x ′ ⋅ x ′)1 − x ′ ⊗ x ′] ⋅ φb }dV = φ{ j′O ⋅ b }dV
∫ ∫
V V V
r r
⇒ φ [ j O − j′O − j O ] dV ⋅ b = 0
∫
V
(1.189)
r r
Note that the above equation must be true for any uniform vector field b ≠ 0 , thus:
∫φ [j
V
O − j′O − j O ] dV = 0
(1.190)
∫ ∫
⇒ φ j O dV = φ j′O dV + φ j O dV
V V
∫
V
where the components, (see equation (1.184)), of j O , jO , and j′O are given by:
( x 22 + x32 ) − x1 x 2 − x1 x3 ( x 2′ 2 + x3′ 2 ) − x1′ x 2′ − x1′ x3′
( j O ) ij = − x1 x 2 ( x12 + x32 ) − x 2 x3 , ( j′O ) ij = − x1′ x 2′ ( x1′ 2 + x 3′ 2 ) − x 2′ x3′ ,
−x x − x 2 x3 ( x12 + x 22 ) − x′ x′ − x 2′ x3′ ( x1′ 2 + x ′22 )
1 3 1 3
( x22 + x32 ) − x1 x2 − x1 x3
( jO )ij = − x1 x2 ( x12 + x32 ) − x2 x3
−xx − x2 x3 ( x12 + x22 )
1 3
Let us assume that the given systems ( x1 − x2 − x3 ) are related by the transformation law
xi* = Aij x j , where Aij is the orthogonal matrix, then it follows that xi = A ji x *j . Thus being
able to express I O ij , (see equation (1.185)), as follows:
∫ [ ] ∫ [
IO ij = ρ xk xkδ ij − xi x j dV = ρ ( xk* xk* )Aipδ
V V
pq ]
A jq − Aip x*p A jq xq* dV
∫ {[
= Aip ρ ( xk* xk* )δ pq ]} ∫ [
− x*p xq* A jq dV = Aip ρ ( xk* xk* )δ pq ]
− x*p xq* dV A jq
V V
= Aip I*O ij A jq
Abusing a little bit of notation, we also use tensorial notation, but keep in mind that we are
working with tensor components, and we are not doing an orthogonal transformation.
r r r r r r r r
IO = ρ [( x ⋅ x ) 1 − ( x ⊗ x )] dV = ρ [( x * ⋅ x * )A T ⋅ 1 ⋅ A − (A T ⋅ x * ⊗ A T ⋅ x * )] dV
∫ ∫
V V
r r r r
= ρ [( x * ⋅ x * )A T ⋅ 1 ⋅ A − (A T ⋅ x * ⊗ x * ⋅ A )] dV
∫
V
⋅ {ρ [( x* ⋅ x* )1 − ( x * ⊗ x* )]}⋅ A dV
r r r r
= AT∫
V
r r r r
= A T ⋅ ρ [( x * ⋅ x * )1 − ( x * ⊗ x * )] dV ⋅ A = A T ⋅ I*O ⋅ A
∫
V
Then, it is also true I *O = A ⋅ I O ⋅ A T , which are the inertia tensor components in the
system x1* x 2* x3* . Note that the equation (1.191) is the same component transformation law for
a second-order tensor, where A is the transformation matrix from the x1 x 2 x3 -system to
x1* x 2* x3* -system.
We can also define the relationship between the Inertia Tensor of Area in the same fashion as
the one defined in (1.190), by considering φ to be constant i.e.:
φ ∫ jO dA = φ ∫ j′O dA + φ ∫ jO dA ⇒ ∫j O dA = ∫ j′O dA + ∫j O dA
A A A A A A (1.192)
⇒ I O = I′Oxr' + IO
r
where IOxr is the inertia tensor of area for the system Ox , I′Oxr' is calculated by considering the
r
system at the Area Centroid Ox′ and IOxr is the relation between the two systems:
r r r r r r r r
IOxr = [( x ⋅ x )1 − x ⊗ x ]dA
∫ ; I′Oxr' = [( x ′ ⋅ x′)1 − x′ ⊗ x′]dA
∫
A A
r r r r r r r r r r r r
IOxr = ∫ [( x ⋅ x )1 − x ⊗ x ]dA = [( x ⋅ x )1 − x ⊗ x ] dA = A[( x ⋅ x )1 − x ⊗ x ]
∫
A A
x3′
r x′2
x′
x3
r x1′
x A.C.
r
x2 x
x1
Figure 1.62
r
Example: Let us calculate the Inertia Tensor of Area in the system OX (plane X 2 - X 3 ) for
the triangle described in Figure 1.63.
( X 2( k ) , X 3( k ) ) x3′
X3
G x′2
A.C. ( X 2( j ) , X 3( j ) )
r ( X 2(i ) , X 3(i ) )
X
X2
O
Figure 1.63
r
If we know the inertia tensor of area ( I′Gxr' ) for the triangle related to the system Gx ′ we can
r
calculate the inertia tensor for the system OX as follows:
( X 22 + X 32 ) − X1 X 2 − X1 X 3
IOXr ij = I′Gxr' ij + A − X 1 X 2 2 2
( X1 + X 3 ) − X 2 X3
−X X − X2X3 ( X 12 + X 22 )
1 3
(1.194)
( X 22 + X 32 ) 0 0
= I′Gxr' ij + A 0 X 32 − X 2 X3
0 − X2X3 X 22
r r
x3 x3′′ OX // Gx′
r r r
X 3′ OX ′ // ox // Gx′′
X3 x3′ x′2′
(k )
x2
G x′2
A.C. ( j)
X 2′
(i) o
α
X2
O
Figure 1.64
r
We define some parameters by considering the system ox as described in Figure 1.65.
x3 x3′′
(k )
x3′ a(b − x3 )
x2 =
b
c( x3 − b)
x2 =
b x′2′
b G A.C.
r
x x′2
o
(i) ( j) x2
c a
Figure 1.65
∫ x dA
1 ∫ x dA 2 ∫ x dA 3
x1 = A
; x2 = A
; x3 = A
Area centroid (1.195)
∫A
dA ∫ A
dA ∫
A
dA
Area:
x 2 = a (b − x 3 )
x3 = b b
b
A = dA =∫ ∫
∫ dx2 dx3 = (a + c)
c ( x −b) 2
(1.196)
A x3 = 0 x2 = 3
b
The first moment of area:
x2 = a (b − x3 ) x2 = a (b − x3 )
x3 =b b b
x3 =b b b2
∫ x dA = ∫
2
∫ x2 dx2 dx3 = (a 2 − c 2 )
c ( x3 −b ) 6
; ∫ x dA = ∫
3 x3 ∫ dx2 dx3 = (a + c)
c ( x3 −b ) 6
A x3 = 0 x2 = A x3 = 0 x2 =
b b
(1.197)
Then;
b 2 b2
(a − c2 ) (a + c)
( a − c) b
x1 = 0 ; x2 = 6 = ; x3 = 6 =
b 3 b
(a + c) (a + c) 3
2 2
As expected, since the Area centroid for the triangle is:
x2(i ) + x2( j ) + x2( k ) (a − c) x3(i ) + x3( j ) + x3( k ) b
x2 = = ; x3 = =
3 3 3 3
r
The inertia tensor in the system ox
∫
2 2
( x2 + x3 )dA 0 0
IOxr 11 IOxr 12 IOxr 13 A
(I oxr )ij = IOxr 12 IOxr 22 IOx 23 =
r 0 2
( x3 )dA − ( x2 x3 ) dA
∫ ∫
IOxr13 IOxr 23 IOxr 33 A A
0 − ( x2 x3 )dA
A
∫A
( x22 )dA
∫
where
x2 = a (b − x3 )
x3 =b b b3
∫
Ioxr 22 = ( x32 )dA = ∫ x32 ∫
dx2 dx3 = (a + c)
c ( x3 −b ) 12
A x3 = 0 x2 =
b
x2 = a (b − x3 )
x3 =b b b
∫
Ioxr 33 = ( x22 )dA =
∫
x3 =0 x = c ( x3 −b )
∫
x22 dx2 dx3 = (a 3 + c3 )
12
A
2 b
x2 = a (b − x3 )
x3 =b b b2 b2
∫
Ioxr 23 = − ( x2 x3 ) dA = − x3 ∫ ∫
x2 dx2 dx3 = − (a 2 − c 2 ) = (c 2 − a 2 )
c ( x3 −b ) 24 24
A x3 = 0 x2 =
b
Then
I r + I r 0 0
I oxr13
ox 22 ox 33
I oxr 11 I oxr 12
b3 b 2
( a + c)
(I oxr )ij = I oxr 12 I oxr 22 I oxr 23 = 0 (c 2 − a 2 )
12
I oxr13 I oxr 23 24
I oxr 33
b2 2 b 3 3
(c − a 2 ) 0 (a + c )
24 12
r
Calculation of the inertia tensor of area in the system Gx′′ .
We can use the equation
( x22 + x32 ) − x1 x2 − x1 x3
Ioxr ij = I′G′ xr ′′ij + A − x1 x2 2 2
( x1 + x3 ) − x2 x3
−xx − x2 x3 ( x12 + x22 )
1 3
( x22 + x32 ) − x1 x2 − x1 x3
⇒ I′G′ xr′′ij = Ioxr ij − A − x1 x2 2 2
( x1 + x3 ) − x2 x3
−x x − x2 x3 ( x12 + x22 )
1 3
b (a − c) b
where A = (a + c) , x1 = 0 , x2 = and x3 = . Then, the above equation becomes:
2 3 3
a − c b 2 2
I r + I r 0 0 + 0 0
ox 22 ox 33 3 3
b3 b2 2 b
2
(a − c) b
I′G′ xr′′ij = 0 (a + c) (c − a 2 ) − A 0 −
12 24 3 3 3
b2 2 b 3 3 (a − c) b a−c
2
0 (c − a 2 ) (a + c ) 0 −
24 12 3 3 3
After simplification we can obtain:
b( a + c ) 2 2 2
36 (a + b + c + ac) 0 0
3 2
b b
I′Gx
′ r′′ij = 0 (a + c) (a 2 − c 2 ) (1.198)
36 72
b 2 2 2 b(a + c) 2 2
0 (a − c ) (a + c + ac)
72 36
r
Calculation of the inertia tensor of area in the system Gx′ .
r r r r r
The transformation matrix from the system OX // Gx′ to OX ′ // ox // Gx′′ , (see Figure 1.64), is
given by:
1 0 0 1 0 0
A = 0 cosα sinα = 0
d s
0 − sin α cosα 0 − s d
r r r r r
Then the transformation matrix from OX ′ // ox // Gx′′ to OX // Gx′ is A T . And we use the
transformation defined in (1.191) in order to calculate:
I′Gxr ′ = A T ⋅ I′G′ xr ′′ ⋅ A
The above equation after matrix multiplications becomes:
I′G′ xr ′′11 0 0
I′Gxr ′ij = 0 d I′G′ x ′′ 22 − 2 sd I′G′ xr ′′ 23 + s I′G′ xr ′′33
2 r 2
I′G′ xr ′′ 23 (d − s ) + sd (I′G′ xr ′′ 22 − I′G′ xr ′′33 )
2 2
(1.199)
0 I′G′ xr ′′ 23 (d 2 − s 2 ) + sd (I′G′ xr ′′ 22 − I′G′ xr ′′33 ) s 2I′G′ xr ′′ 22 + 2 sd I′G′ xr ′′ 23 + d 2I′G′ xr ′′33
With that we can use the equation in (1.194) in order to calculate IOXr :
I′Gxr ′11 0 0 ( X 22 + X 32 ) 0 0
= 0 I′Gxr ′22 I′Gxr ′23 + A 0 X 32 − X2X3
0 I′Gxr ′23 I′Gxr ′33 0 − X2 X3 X 22
I′Gxr ′11 + A( X 22 + X 22 ) 0 0
IOXr ij = 0 I′Gxr ′22 + AX 3
2
I′Gxr ′23 − AX 2 X 3 (1.200)
0 I′Gxr ′23 − AX 2 X 3 I′Gxr ′33 + AX 22
NOTE: The node connectivity i − j − k must be oriented according to the counterclockwise
direction, (see Figure 1.66).
Connectivity: i − j − k
x2 (i)
X3
( j)
(k )
( j)
x2
(i)
(k )
X2
O
Figure 1.66
Procedure
Given the node coordinates: i( X 2(i ) , X 3(i ) ) − j ( X 2( j ) , X 3( j ) ) − k ( X 2( k ) , X 3( k ) )
Calculate the transformation matrix:
L = ( X 2( j ) − X 2(i ) ) 2 + ( X 3( j ) − X 3(i ) ) 2
X 2( j ) − X 2(i )
d = cosα =
L
X − X 3(i )
( j)
s = sinα = 3
L
r
Node coordinates in the system OX ′
x3
X 3′ (k )
X3
G x2
A.C.
(k ) x3 ( j)
X 3′
X 2′
x2 ( j)
o X 2′
(i)
r (k )
(i ) ( j) X X 2′
X 3′ = X 3′ (i ) L
X 2′
α X2
O
Figure 1.67
and
n n
∑
e =1
X 2( e ) A ( e ) ∑X
e =1
(e) (e)
3 A
X2 = n
; X3 = n
∑
e =1
A (e) ∑A
e =1
(e)
Then, we can obtain the inertia tensor of area for any geometric shape in two dimensions, (see
Figure 1.68).
a) b)
Figure 1.68
r
NOTE 1: Let us suppose now that the system ox is located as shown in Figure 1.69.
ξ3
r r r
c a x=~
x +ξ
c(ξ 3 − b)
x3 ξ (2L1) = a (b − ξ 3 )
b ξ (2L 2) =
b
b
r
ξ
r o∆ ξ2
x
r
~
x
o x2
Figure 1.69
~
x3 = b + ~
x2 = a (b − x3 + x3 ) + ~x2
x3 b b
∫
Ioxr 33 = ( x22 )dA = ∫
∫ x22 dx2 dx3 = (a + c)(a 2 + 4a~
x2 − ac + 6 ~
x22 − 4c~
x2 + c 2 )
x3 = ~
c ( x3 − ~x3 −b ) ~ 12
A x3 x2 = + x2
b
~
x3 =b + ~
x2 = a (b − x3 + x3 ) + ~x2
x3 b −b
∫
Ioxr 23 = − ( x2 x3 )dA = − ∫ x3 ∫ x2 dx2 dx3 = ( a + c)(ab + 4a~
x3 + 12 ~
x2 ~
x3 + 4b~
x2 − cb − 4c~
x3 )
x3 = ~
c ( x3 − ~x3 −b ) ~ 24
A x3 x2 = + x2
b
− (a − c) −b
Note that when the system is located at the area centroid we have ~x2 = and ~x2 = ,
3 3
and by substituting into the above equations we will obtain the same expressions as those for
I′Gx
′ r ′′ij given by the equations in (1.198).
Problem 1.133
r
Obtain the inertia tensor of mass density related to the system ox for the tetrahedron
described in Figure 1.70. The tetrahedron base plane (formed by the triangle 1 − 2 − 3 ) is lying
on the plane x2 − x3 . Consider that the mass density is constant.
x1
Connectivity: 1 − 2 − 3 − 4
Node Coordinates ( x1 , x2 , x3 ) :
4
Node 1 : (0,−c0 ,0)
Q1
Q3 Node 2 : (0, a0 ,0)
x3
1 Node 3 : (0,0, b0 )
o∆
Node 4 : (d 0 , e0 , f 0 )
3
Q2
c0
o
a0 b0
2
x2
Figure 1.70
Solution:
By definition the inertia tensor of mass density is given by the equation in (1.185), i.e.:
∫
ρ ( x2 + x3 )dV ∫
− ρx1 x2 dV ∫
− ρx1 x3 dV
2 2
V ∫
− ρx1 x3 dV − ∫ ρx x dV
V
∫
2 3
V
ρ ( x12 + x22 )dV
ξ3
c( x1 ) a ( x1 ) a ( x1 ) = x2(Q2 ) − x2(Q3 )
b( x1 ) = x3(Q3 ) − x3(Q1 )
Q3
c( x1 ) = x2(Q3 ) − x2(Q1 )
x3
b( x1 )
r
ξ
Q1
~
x3 ( x1 )
r o∆ Q2 ξ2
x
r
~
x
o ~
x2 ( x1 ) x2
Figure 1.71
( Q2 ) (e0 − a0 )
x2 = a0 + d x1
0
Point Q2 :
x ( Q2 ) = f 0 x
3 d0
1
(Q3 ) e0
x2 = d x1
0
Point Q3 :
x (Q3 ) = b + ( f0 − b0 ) x
3 0
d0
1
( o∆ ) ~ ( Q3 ) e0
x2 ≡ x2 = x2 = d x1
0
Point o∆ :
x ( o∆ ) ≡ ~ f
x3 = x3(Q1 ) = x3(Q2 ) = 0 x1
3
d0
Once these points are defined we can obtain:
(e − a ) e a
a ( x1 ) = x2(Q2 ) − x2(Q3 ) = a0 + 0 0 x1 − 0 x1 = a0 − 0 x1
d0 d0 d0
( f −b ) f b
b( x1 ) = x3(Q3 ) − x3(Q1 ) = b0 + 0 0 x1 − 0 x1 = b0 − 0 x1
d0 d0 d0
e (e + c ) c
c( x1 ) = x2(Q3 ) − x2(Q1 ) = 0 x1 − − c0 + 0 0 x1 = c0 − 0 x1
d0 d0 d0
~ e
x2 ( x1 ) = 0 x1
d0
~ f
x3 ( x1 ) = 0 x1
d0
Now we can easily obtain the volume integrals:
Volume: If we take into account the equation for the area defined in equation (1.201),
b
A= (a + c) , we can obtain:
2
x1 = d 0 x1 = d 0 x1 = d 0
b( x1 )
V= ∫ ∫
x1 = 0 A
∫
dA dx1 = [ A( x1 )]dx1 =
x1 = 0 x1 = 0
∫ 2
[a( x1 ) + c( x1 )] dx1
b0 − b0 x1 (1.205)
d0
x1 = d 0
a0 c0 1
= ∫
x1 = 0
2
a0 − x1 + c0 − x1 dx1 = b0 d 0 (a0 + c0 )
d0 d 0 6
r r
Note that the Volume Centroid ( x1(V ) ) and the Centroid of the mass density field ( x1(V _ ρ ) ) are
the same, since the mass density is a constant filed.
First Moment of Volume
About x1
b0 − b0 x1
x1 = d 0
x1 = d 0 x1 = d 0
d 0 a0 c0
∫ x1dV = ∫ x1 dA dx1 =
∫ ∫ x A( x )dx = ∫ x1 a0 − x1 + c0 − x1 dx1
1 1 1
2 d0 d 0
V x1 = 0 A x1 = 0 x1 = 0
1
= b0 d 02 (a0 + c0 )
24
About x2 , (see equation (1.202)):
x1 = d 0 x1 = d 0
b( x1 )
∫ x2 dV =
∫ ∫
x dA dx = [a ( x1 ) + c( x1 )][a ( x1 ) − c( x1 ) + 3~
∫ x2 ( x1 )] dx1
2 1 6
V x1 = 0 A x1 = 0
1
= b0 d 0 (a0 + c0 )(a0 − c0 + e0 )
24
About x3 , (see equation (1.203)):
x1 = d 0 x1 = d 0
b( x1 )
∫ x3dV =
∫ ∫
x dA dx = [ a( x1 ) + c( x1 )][b( x1 ) + 3~
∫ x3 ( x1 )] dx1
3 1 6
V x1 = 0 A x1 = 0
1
= b0 d 0 (a0 + c0 )(b0 + f 0 )
24
r
The Volume Centroid related to the system ox
By definition the Volume Centroid, (see equation (1.173)), is given by:
∫ x dV 1 ∫ x dV 2 ∫ x dV 3
x1(V ) = V
; x 2(V ) = V
; x3(V ) = V
Volume Centroid (1.206)
∫
V
dV ∫
V
dV ∫
V
dV
Then
∫ x dV 1
1
24
b0 d 02 (a0 + c0 )
d
x1(V ) = V
= = 0
V
∫
dV 1
6
b0 d 0 (a0 + c0 ) 4
∫ x dV 1
2 b0 d 0 (a0 + c0 )(a0 − c0 + e0 ) (a − c + e )
x2(V ) =V = 24 = 0 0 0 (1.207)
V
∫
dV 1
6
b0d 0 (a0 + c0 ) 4
∫ x dV 13
24
b0 d 0 (a0 + c0 )(b0 + f 0 )
(b + f 0 )
x3(V ) = V
= = 0
V
dV∫ 1
6
b0 d 0 (a0 + c0 ) 4
−ρ
= b0 d 02 (a0 + c0 )(a0 + 2e0 − c0 )
120
x1 = d 0 x1 = d 0
b
∫
Ioxr13 = − ρx1 x3dV = − ρ ∫ x1 ( x3 ) dA dx1 = − ρ
∫ x1 (a + c)(b + 3~
∫ x3 ) dx1
6
V x1 =0 A x1 =0
−ρ
= b0 d 02 (a0 + c0 )(b0 + 2 f 0 )
120
x1 =d 0 x1 = d 0
2 x1 =d0 x1 = d 0
2
∫
Ioxr 22 = ρ ( x12 + x32 )dV = ρ x12 dA dx1 +
∫ x3 dA dx1 = ρ x12 Adx1 +
∫ ∫ ∫ x3 dA dx1
∫ ∫ ∫
x =0 A
V 1 x1 =0 A x =0
1 x1 =0 A
x1 =d0 b
x1 = d 0
b
= ρ ∫ (a + c)(b + 4b~
∫ x3 + 6 ~
x32 ) dx1
2 2
x1 [a + c] dx1 +
x1 =0 2 x1 =0
12
ρ
= b0 d 0 (a0 + c0 )(b02 + b0 f 0 + f 02 + d 02 )
60
x1 = d 0
(− x2 x3 )dA dx1
Ioxr 23 ∫
= − ρx2 x3 dV = ρ
V
∫ ∫
x1 = 0 A
x1 = d 0
−b
=ρ ∫ (a + c)(ab + 4a~
x3 + 12 ~
x2 ~
x3 + 4b~
x2 − cb − 4c~
x3 ) dx1
x1 = 0
24
−ρ
= b0 d 0 (a0 + c0 )(b0 a0 + f 0 a0 + 2 f 0e0 − b0 c0 + e0b0 − c0 f 0 )
120
x1 =d0 x1 = d 0
2 x1 =d 0 x1 = d 0
2
∫
Ioxr 33 = ρ ( x12 + x22 )dV = ρ x12 dA dx1 +
∫ ∫ x2 dA dx1 = ρ x12 Adx1 +
∫ ∫ ∫ ∫ ∫ x2 dA dx1
x =0 A
A
V 1 x1 = 0 A 1x = 0 x1 = 0
1 0 b
x = d
x1 = d 0
b
= ρ ∫ x12 [a + c] dx1 + (a + c)(a + 4a~
∫ x2 − ac + 6 ~
x22 − 4c~ x2 + c 2 ) dx1
2
x1 =0 2 x1 =0
12
ρ
= b0 d 0 ( a0 + c0 )(c02 − c0e0 − c0 a0 + d 02 + e02 + a0e0 + a02 )
60
If we consider that m stands for the total mass of the tetrahedron, and by the fact that the
mass density field is constant the following holds:
m m
m = ρV ⇒ ρ= =
V 1
b0 d 0 (a0 + c0 )
6
Then, the inertial tensor of mass density can be written in terms of total mass as follows:
m
Ioxr11 = (b0 f 0 + b02 + a02 + c02 + a0e0 − c0e0 + e02 + f 02 − c0 a0 )
10
−m
Ioxr12 = d 0 (a0 + 2e0 − c0 )
20
−m
Ioxr13 = d 0 (b0 + 2 f 0 )
20
m 2
Ioxr 22 = (b0 + b0 f 0 + f 02 + d 02 )
10
−m
Ioxr 23 = (b0 a0 + f 0 a0 + 2 f 0e0 − b0c0 + e0b0 − c0 f 0 )
20
m 2
Ioxr 33 = (c0 − c0 e0 − c0 a0 + d 02 + e02 + a0e0 + a02 )
10
r
Calculation of the inertia tensor of mass density in the system Gx′′ .
Now if we want to calculate the inertia tensor in the system located at the volume centroid
r
Gx′′ , (see Figure 1.72), we can use the definition:
( x22 + x32 ) − x1 x2 − x1 x3
Ioxr ij = I′G′ xr ′′ij + m − x1 x2 2 2
( x1 + x3 ) − x2 x3
−xx − x2 x3 ( x12 + x22 )
1 3
( x22 + x32 ) − x1 x2 − x1 x3
⇒ I′G′ xr ′′ij = Ioxr ij − m − x1 x2 2 2
( x1 + x3 ) − x2 x3
−xx − x2 x3 ( x12 + x22 )
1 3
d0 (a − c + e ) (b + f )
and by considering that x1 = , x2 = 0 0 0 and x3 = 0 0 , we can obtain:
4 4 4
where
m
I′G′ xr ′′11 = (−2b0 f 0 + 3b02 + 3a02 + 3c02 − 2a0e0 + 2c0 e0 + 3e02 + 3 f 02 + 2c0 a0 )
80
−m
I′G′ xr ′′12 = d 0 (−a0 + 3e0 + c0 )
80
−m
I′G′ xr ′′13 = d 0 (−b0 + 3 f 0 )
80
m
I′G′ xr ′′ 22 = (3b02 − 2b0 f 0 + 3 f 02 + 3d 02 )
80
−m
I′G′ xr ′′ 23 = (−b0 a0 − f 0 a0 + 3 f 0 e0 + b0 c0 − e0b0 + c0 f 0 )
80
m
I′G′ xr ′′ 33 = (3c02 + 2c0 e0 + 2c0 a0 + 3d 02 + 3e02 − 2a0e0 + 3a02 )
80
x1
Connectivity: 1 − 2 − 3 − 4
4 Node Coordinates ( x1 , x2 , x3 ) :
Node 1 : (0,−c0 ,0)
x1′′ x3′′
Node 2 : (0, a0 ,0)
1 x3 Node 3 : (0,0, b0 )
Node 4 : (d 0 , e0 , f 0 )
G 3
r
x
c0 Volume centroid - G
o x2′′ d0
x1 =
4
( a0 − c0 + e0 )
x2 =
4
a0 b0
2 (b0 + f 0 )
x3 =
4
x2
Figure 1.72
X 2 , x2
x2′
C′
D′ C x1′
D
30º
B′
b
30º B
A = A′ b X 1 , x1
Figure 2.1
Solution:
r r r r r r
We apply the rigid body motion equations x = c + Q ⋅ X = Q ⋅ X , to c = 0 . The
components of Q are the same as the components of the transformation matrix from the
r r
x ′ -system to the x -system, i.e.:
cos θ − sin θ 0
Qij = sin θ cos θ 0 = A T
0 0 1
r r
where A is the transformation matrix form the x -system to the x ′ -system. So, the
continuum particles are governed by the equations of motion:
x1 cos 30º − sin 30º 0 X 1
x 2 = sin 30º cos 30º 0 X 2
x 0 0 1 X 3
3
178 SOLVING PROBLEMS BY MEANS OF CONTINUUM MECHANICS
Problem 2.2
Consider the following equations of motion:
x1 = exp t X 1 − exp − t X 2
t −t
x2 = exp X 1 + exp X 2 (t > 0) (2.1)
x = X
3 3
Problem 2.3
The velocity field of a fluid is given by:
r
v = x1eˆ 1 + x2 eˆ 2 + x3eˆ 3 (2.6)
r
and the temperature field is T ( x , t ) = 3 x 2 + x3 t . Find the rate of change of temperature.
Solution:
The rate of change of any property is given by the material time derivative, and when we
are dealing with Eulerian variables the material derivative is given by:
r r
DT ∂T ( x , t ) ∂T ( x , t ) ∂T ∂T ∂T ∂T
= + vj = + v1 + v2 + v3 (2.7)
Dt ∂t ∂x j ∂t ∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x3
DT
= x3 + (0 × x1 + 3 × x 2 + tx3 ) = x3 + (3x 2 + tx3 ) (2.8)
Dt
Problem 2.4
Given the following equations motion:
xi = X i + 0.2tX 2δ 1i (2.9)
and the temperature field (steady):
r
T ( x ) = 2 x1 + x 22 (2.10)
a) Find the temperature field in material description;
b) Find the rate of change of temperature for one particle that in the reference
configuration was at the position (0,1,0) .
Solution:
According to the equations of motion we have:
x1 = X 1 + 0.2tX 2 δ 11 = X 1 + 0.2tX 2
x 2 = X 2 + 0.2tX 2 δ 12 = X 2
x3 = X 3 + 0.2tX 2 δ 13 = X 3
And by means of the above equations it is possible to express the temperature in material
description:
r r r r r
T ( x ( X , t )) = 2 x1 ( X , t ) + [ x2 ( X , t )]2 = 2( X 1 + 0.2tX 2 ) + ( X 2 ) 2 = 2 X 1 + ( X 2 + 0.4t )X 2 = T ( X , t )
b) The material time derivative of temperature is given by:
r
DT ( X , t ) & r
≡ T ( X , t ) = 0 .4 X 2
Dt
For the particle ( X 1 = 0; X 2 = 1; X 3 = 0) we have:
T& (( X 1 = 0; X 2 = 1; X 3 = 0), t ) = 0.4 X 2 = 0.4
r
Note that, although the Eulerian temperature ( T ( x ) ) is independent of time, the
r
Lagrangian temperature T ( X , t ) depends on time, in other words, the temperature at a
point does not change meanwhile the particle temperature changes.
Problem 2.5
r r r r
Find the velocity field V ( X , t ) in the material description and the acceleration field A( X , t )
r r
of the particle at time t in function of the rate of change of displacement U ( X , t ) .
Solution:
r r D r r r&
V ( X , t) = U ( X , t) = U (2.11)
Dt
r r D r r r& D 2 r r &r&
A( X , t ) = V ( X , t) = V = 2 U ( X , t) = U (2.12)
Dt Dt
Problem 2.6
Consider the following equations of motion in the Lagrangian description:
r
x1 ( X , t ) = X 2 t 2 + X 1 x1 1 t
2
0 X 1
r Matrix form
x 2 ( X , t ) = X 3 t + X 2 → x 2 = 0 1 t X 2 (2.13)
r x 0 0
x 3 ( X , t ) = X 3 3 1 X 3
Is the motion above possible? If so, find the displacement, velocity and acceleration fields
in Lagrangian and Eulerian descriptions. Consider a particle P that at time t = 0 was at the
point defined by the triple equation X 1 = 2, X 2 = 1, X 3 = 3 . Find the velocity of P at time
t = 1s and t = 2 s .
Solution:
Motion is possible if J ≠ 0 , thus
∂x1 ∂x1 ∂x1
∂X 1
∂X 3 1 t 2 ∂X 2 0
∂xi ∂x 2 ∂x 2 ∂x 2
J= = =0 1 t =1≠ 0
∂X j ∂X 3 ∂X 1 ∂X 2
∂x3 ∂x30 0 ∂x3 1
∂X 3 ∂X 1 ∂X 2
r r r
The displacement vector field is given by the definition u = x − X . Using the equations of
motion (2.78) we obtain:
r r
u1 ( X , t ) = x1 ( X , t ) − X 1 = [ X 2t 2 + X 1 ] − X 1 = X 2t 2
r r
u2 ( X , t ) = x2 ( X , t ) − X 2 = [ X 3t + X 2 ] − X 2 = X 3t (2.14)
r r
u3 ( X , t ) = x3 ( X , t ) − X 3 = [ X 3 ] − X 3 = 0
which are the components of the displacement vector in the Lagrangian description. Here,
velocity and acceleration can be evaluated as follows:
r
r
V1 ≡ v1 ( X , t ) =
du1 ( X , t ) d
dt
=
dt
(
X 2t 2 = 2 X 2t ) r dV1
A1 ≡ a1 ( X , t ) = dt = 2 X 2
r
r du 2 ( X , t ) d r dV2
V2 ≡ v2 ( X , t ) = = ( X 3t ) = X 3 ; A2 ≡ a2 ( X , t ) = =0 (2.15)
dt dt dt
r r
r d u3 ( X , t ) d dV3
V3 ≡ v3 ( X , t ) = = ( X 2t ) = 0 A3 ≡ a3 ( X , t ) = dt = 0
dt dt
The inverse form of (2.13) provides us the inverse equations of motion (Eulerian
description):
r
X 1 1 − t 2 t 3 x1 X 1 ( x , t ) = x1 − t 2 x 2 + t 3 x 3
r
X 2 = 0 1 − t x 2 ⇒ X 2 ( x , t ) = x 2 − tx 3 (2.16)
X 0 r
3 0 1 x 3 X 3 ( x , t ) = x 3
Then, the displacement, velocity and acceleration fields in Eulerian description can be
evaluated by substituting equation (2.16) into the equations (2.14) and (2.15), i.e.:
(Xr ( xr , t ), t ) = X ( xr , t )t = ( x − tx )t = u ( xr , t )
r
u1 2
2
2 3
2
1
u 2 (Xr ( xr , t ), t ) = X ( xr , t )t = x t = u ( xr , t )
3 3 2 (2.17)
u 3 (X ( xr , t ), t ) = u ( xr , t ) = 0
3
(Xr ( xr , t ), t ) = 2 X ( xr , t )t = 2( x − tx )t = v ( xr , t )
r
V1 2 2 3 1
V 2 (Xr ( xr , t ), t ) = X ( xr , t ) = x = v ( xr , t )
3 3 2 (2.18)
V3 (X ( xr , t ), t ) = v ( xr , t ) = 0
3
(Xr ( xr , t ), t ) = 2 X ( xr , t ) = 2( x
r r
A1 2 2 − tx 3 ) = a1 ( x , t )
A2 (Xr ( xr , t ), t ) = a ( xr , t ) = 0
2 (2.19)
A3 (X ( xr , t ), t ) = a ( xr , t ) = 0
3
Taking into account the Lagrangian description of velocity given in (2.15), the velocity of
particle P ( X 1 = 2, X 2 = 1, X 3 = 3 ) at time t = 1s is given by:
r r r
v1 ( X , t ) = 2 X 2 t = 2 m / s ; v 2 ( X , t ) = X 3 = 3m / s ; v 3 ( X , t ) = 0
We can also observe that at time t = 1s the particle P occupies the position:
x1 = X 2 t 2 + X 1 = 3 ; x 2 = X 3t + X 2 = 4 ; x3 = X 3 = 3
So, the velocity of the particle P , (see Figure 2.2), can also be evaluated by (2.18) as:
r
v1 ( x , t ) = 2( x 2 − tx 3 )t = 2( 4 + 1 × 3) × 1 = 2m / s
r
v 2 ( x , t ) = x 3 = 3m / s
v ( xr , t ) = 0
3
Note that, the velocities obtained via the Lagrangian or Eulerian description are the same,
since velocity is an intrinsic property of the particle.
We can also provide the velocity of the particle P at time t = 2 s :
r
V1 ≡ v1 ( X , t ) = 2 X 2t = 2 × 2 × 1 = 4m / s
r
V2 ≡ v2 ( X , t ) = X 3 = 3m / s
r
V3 ≡ v3 ( X , t ) = 0
X iP = [2;1;3]
P
xiP = [3;4;3]
t = 2s
xiP = [6;7;3]
r
viP ( x , t = 2s ) = [4;3;0]
Figure 2.2
Problem 2.7
The velocity field of the continuum, in Eulerian description, is given by:
x1 2 x2 3 x3
v1 = ; v2 = ; v3 = (2.20)
1+ t 1+ t 1+ t
r
a) Obtain the relationship between material and spatial coordinates xi = xi ( X , t ) ;
b) Obtain the acceleration components by means of the spatial motion description.
c) Obtain the acceleration components by means of the Lagrangian motion.
Solution:
r
dxi ( X , t )
a) Considering that vi = we can obtain:
dt
dx1 x dx dt
v1 = = 1 ⇒ 1 = (2.21)
dt 1 + t x1 1 + t
1 1
∫x 1
dx1 = ∫ 1 + t dt ⇒ Lnx 1 = Ln(1 + t ) + Ln(C1 ) ⇒
(2.22)
⇒ x1 = C1 (1 + t )
for t = 0 ⇒ x 2 = X 2 ⇒ C 2 = X 2
x2 = X 2 (1 + t ) 2 (2.26)
dx3 3 x3 dx 3dt
v3 = = ⇒ 3 = (2.27)
dt 1 + t x3 1 + t
1 3
∫x 3
dx 3 = ∫ 1 + t dt ⇒ Lnx 3 = 3Ln(1 + t ) + LnC 3 ⇒ x 3 = C 3 (1 + t ) 3 (2.28)
and t = 0 ⇒ x3 = X 3 ⇒ C3 = X 3
x3 = X 3 (1 + t ) 3 (2.29)
Then, the equations of motion are:
x1 = X 1 (1 + t ) ; x2 = X 2 (1 + t ) 2 ; x3 = X 3 (1 + t )3 (2.30)
r r
b) By applying the material time derivative to the Eulerian velocity v ( x , t ) we can obtain
the acceleration as follows:
r r r r
Dv ( x , t ) r r ∂v ( x , t ) r r r r
= a ( x, t ) = + ∇ xr v ( x , t ) ⋅ v ( x , t ) (2.31)
Dt ∂t
which is indicial notation is represented by
∂v i ∂v
ai = + (vi , k )v k = i + (v i ,1v1 + v i , 2 v 2 + v i ,3 v 3 ) (2.32)
∂t ∂t
thus,
x
x1 1
a1 = − + 1 + 0 + 0 = 0
1 + t 1 + t
2
(1 + t )
2x2 2x 2 2 x2
a2 = − + 0 + 2 + 0 = (2.33)
(1 + t ) 2
1+ t 1+ t (1 + t )
2
3 x3 3x 3 6 x3
a3 = − + 0 + 0 + 3 =
(1 + t ) 2
1 + t 1 + t (1 + t ) 2
c) The Lagrangian velocity components are obtained by substituting the equations of
motion given by (2.30), i.e:
V1 = X 1 ; V2 = 2 X 2 (1 + t ) ; V3 = 3 X 3 (1 + t ) 2 (2.34)
In the same fashion we can obtain the Lagrangian acceleration components:
dV1 dV2 dV3
a1 = =0 ; a2 = = 2X2 ; a3 = = 6 X 3 (1 + t ) (2.35)
dt dt dt
Problem 2.8
Consider the equations of motion:
x1 = X 1 ; x2 = X 2 + AX 3 ; x3 = X 3 + AX 2 (2.36)
where A is constant. Find the displacement vector field components in the material and
spatial descriptions.
Solution:
Lagrangian displacement vector:
u1 = x1 − X 1 = 0
r r r r components
u = x( X ,t) − X
→ u2 = x2 − X 2 = ( X 2 + AX 3 ) − X 2 = AX 3 (2.37)
u = x − X = ( X + AX ) − X = AX
3 3 3 3 2 3 2
Problem 2.9
Consider the equations of motion:
x1 = X 1 ; x2 = X 2 + X 3t ; x3 = X 3 + X 3t (2.42)
Obtain the velocity of the particles that are passing through the point (0,1,2) at time t1 = 0s
and t2 = 1s .
Solution:
The velocity field is given by:
r r r r
Dx ( X , t )
V ( X ,t) = (2.43)
Dt
r r
And by considering the equations of motion (2.42), x ( X , t ) , we can obtain the the
Lagrangian velocity components:
V1 = 0 ; V2 = X 3 ; V3 = X 3 (2.44)
Note that, in order to obtain the velocity of a particle we have to identify the particle, the is
identified by its material coordinate, i.e. the coordinate of the particle at time t = 0 s .
r r
At time t = 0 s we have x = X , then the particle in question is ( X 1 = 0, X 2 = 1, X 3 = 2) , thus
its velocity is:
V1 = 0 ; V2 = 2 ; V3 = 2 (2.45)
The material coordinates for the particle that is passing through the point
( x1 = 0, x 2 = 1, x3 = 2) at time t = 1s , can be obtained as follows:
x1 = 0 = X 1
x 2 = 1 = X 2 + X 3 ⇒ ( X 1 = 0; X 2 = 0; X 3 = 1) (2.46)
x3 = 2 = X 3 + X 3
And by means of Lagrangian velocity (2.44) we can obtain:
V1 = 0 ; V2 = 1 ; V3 = 1 (2.47)
Problem 2.10
By adopting the Cartesian system the particle motion is defined as follows:
r ct ct
x1 ( X , t ) = X 1 sin 2 + X 2 cos 2
2 X +X 2
X1 + X 2 1 2
r ct ct (2.48)
x2 ( X , t ) = − X 1 cos 2 + X 2 sin 2
2 X +X 2
X1 + X 2 1 2
r
x3 ( X , t ) = X 3
where c is a constant. Obtain the velocity components in spatial and material descriptions.
Solution:
The velocity components in the material (Lagrangian) description are:
r
r Dx1 ( X , t ) c ct ct
V1 ( X , t ) = = 2 2 1
X cos 2 − X 2 sin 2
2 X + X 2
Dt X 1 + X 2 X1 + X 2 1 2
r
r Dx2 ( X , t ) c ct ct
V2 ( X , t ) = = 2 X sin 2 + X 2 cos 2 (2.49)
2 1 2 2
Dt X 1 + X 2 X1 + X 2 X 1 + X 2
r
r Dx3 ( X , t )
V3 ( X , t ) = =0
Dt
Taking into account the equation (2.48), we can note that the following relationship holds:
Problem 2.11
The Eulerian velocity field components are:
x2
v1 = x1 ; v2 = ; v3 = 0 (2.53)
2t + 3
Find the parametric equations of the trajectory of the particle which was at ( X 1 , X 2 , X 3 ) in
the reference configuration.
Solution:
r r r
Remember that the trajectory of a particle is given by the equation x = x ( X , t ) . Then, to
find the path line (trajectory) we must solve the system:
dx1 dx2 x dx3
= x1 ; = 2 ; =0 (2.54)
dt dt 2t + 3 dt
with the initial conditions
x1 (t = 0) = X 1
x2 (t = 0) = X 2 (2.55)
x (t = 0) = X
3 3
x1 t
dx1 x
∫
X1
x1 0 ∫
= dt ⇒ Ln 1 = t
X1
⇒ x1 = X 1 exp t
x2
(2.56)
( ) ( )
t
dx 2 dt x 2
∫
X2
x2
=∫0
2t + 3
⇒ Ln 2
X2
= Ln 2t + 3 − Ln 3
⇒ x2 = X 2
3
t +1
x3 = X 3
Problem 2.12
Consider the following equations of motion:
x1 = X 1 ; x2 = 2 t X 3 + X 2
x3 = X 3 ; (2.58)
r
and a physical quantity represented by the scalar field q ( x , t ) in the Eulerian description:
r
q ( x , t ) = 2 x1 + x 2 − x3 + 1 (2.59)
a) Obtain the Lagrangian description of the physical quantity;
b) Obtain the Lagrangian and Eulerian velocities;
c) Obtain the rate of change of the physical quantity.
d) Obtain the local rate of change of q at the spatial point (1,3,2) .
Solution:
a) The Lagrangian description can be obtained by substituting the equations of motion
r r r r r r
x ( X , t ) into the Eulerian variable, i.e. q ( x , t ) = q ( x ( X , t ), t ) = Q( X , t ) . Then, by substituting
r
the equations of motion (2.58) into the equation of the variable q ( x , t ) given by (2.59) we
can obtain:
r
Q( X , t ) = 2 X 1 + X 2 + ( 2t − 1) X 3 + 1 (2.60)
b) The velocity vector is defined by
r r r r
Dx ( X , t )
V ( X , t) = (2.61)
Dt
And by considering the equations of motion (2.58) we can obtain the Lagrangian velocity:
V1 = 0 ; V2 = 2 X 3 ; V3 = 0 (2.62)
The inverse of the equations of motion is:
x1 = X 1 X 1 = x1
inverse
x2 = 2 t X 3 + X 2 → X 2 = x 2 − 2 t x3
x = X X = x
3 3 3 3
∂q ∂q ∂q
q& = 0 + q, i v i = 0 + v1 + v2 + v 3 = [(2)(0) + (1)(2 x 3 ) + ( −1)(0)] = 2 x 3 (2.66)
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3
We could have obtained the same result by starting from Q& = 2X 3 in which we substitute
X 3 = x3 , thus
r r r r
q& ( x , t ) = Q& ( X ( x , t ), t ) ⇒ q& ( x , t ) = 2 x3 (2.67)
r
d) Note that the physical quantity field is stationary, i.e. q = q ( x ) , then the local rate of
r
∂q ( x )
change is = 0 at any spatial point.
∂t
Problem 2.13
Given the Lagrangian displacement field:
u1 = ktX 2 ; u2 = 0 ; u3 = 0
r
and the Eulerian temperature field T ( x , t ) = ( x1 + x2 ) t .
a) Find the rate of change of temperature for a particle that at time t = 1s is passing
through the point (1,1,1) .
Solution:
r r
r ∂T ∂T ∂x r DT ( X ,t)
We can apply the definition T& ( x , t ) = + r⋅ or T& ( X , t ) = in order to
∂t ∂x ∂t Dt
obtain the material time derivative.
By means of the equation u i = xi − X i we can obtain the equations of motion:
u1 = x1 − X 1 ⇒ x1 = u1 + X 1 ⇒ x1 = X 1 + ktX 2
u2 = x2 − X 2 ⇒ x2 = u2 + X 2 ⇒ x2 = X 2
u3 = x3 − X 3 ⇒ x3 = u3 + X 3 ⇒ x3 = X 3
The Lagrangian temperature field (material description) can be obtained as follows:
r r r
T ( x ( X , t ), t ) = ( x1 + x2 ) t = (( X 1 + ktX 2 ) + ( X 2 ) ) t = X 1t + kX 2t 2 + X 2t = T ( X , t )
Then, the material time derivative becomes:
r
r DT ( X ,t) D
T& ( X , t ) = = [ X 1t + kX 2t 2 + X 2t ] = X 1 + 2kX 2t + X 2 (2.68)
Dt Dt
If we want to find the rate of change of temperature of the particle which is passing
through the point x1 = 1, x 2 = 1, x3 = 1 at t = 1s , we have two possibilities, namely: 1)
Finding the position of said particle in the reference configuration and replacing it in the
above equation. 2) The other possibility is by means of the equation of the rate of change
of temperature in the spatial (Eulerian) description. To do this, we will need to establish the
r r r
inverse of the equations of motion, i.e.: X = X ( x , t ) :
x1 = X 1 + ktX 2 X 1 = x1 − ktx 2
x2 = X 2 ⇒ X 2 = x2
x = X X = x
3 3 3 3
And by substituting the above equations into the equation (2.68) we can obtain:
r r r
T& ( X ( x , t ), t ) = X 1 + 2kX 2 t + X 2 = ( x1 − ktx 2 ) + 2kt ( x 2 ) + ( x 2 ) = T& ( x , t )
r
by simplifying the above equation we can obtain T& ( x , t ) = x1 + ktx 2 + x 2 . Then:
T& ( x1 = 1, x 2 = 1, x3 = 1, t = 1) = (1 − k ) + 2k + 1 = k + 2
Alternative solution:
r
r ∂T ∂T ∂x ∂T ∂x1 ∂T ∂x 2 ∂T ∂x 3
T& ( x , t ) = + r⋅ = ( x1 + x 2 ) + + +
∂t ∂x ∂t ∂x1 ∂t ∂x 2 ∂t ∂x 3 ∂t
= (x1 + x 2 ) + (tkX 2 + t (0) + (0)(0) ) = x1 + x 2 + tkX 2
Note that x 2 = X 2 , then:
r
T& ( x , t ) = x1 + x 2 + tkx 2
Problem 2.14
Let us consider the following equations of motion:
t t
x1 = X 1 ; x2 = X 2 + X3 ; x3 = X 3 + X2 (2.69)
2 2
a) Is this motion possible? Justify your answer;
b) Obtain the velocity components in the Lagrangian and Eulerian descriptions;
c) Obtain the path line (trajectory equation).
Solution:
a) Obtaining the Jacobian determinant:
1 0 0
∂xi t2
J= F = = 0 1 2t = 1 − (2.70)
∂X j 4
0 2t 1
t2
J =1− >0⇒t <2 s (2.71)
4
b) The Lagrangian velocity components are obtained as follows:
r
Dx1 ( X , t )
V1 = =0
Dt
r
Dx1 ( X , t ) D t X3
V2 = = X2 + X3 = (2.72)
Dt Dt 2 2
r
Dx ( X , t ) D t X2
V3 = 1 = X3 + X2 =
Dt Dt 2 2
The inverse of the equations of motion is given by:
x1 1 0 0 X 1 X1 J 0 0 x1
x = 0 1 t X inverse 1
→ X 2 = 0 1
− 2t x 2
2 2 2 (2.73)
J
x3 0 2 1 X 3
t X 3 0 − 2t 1 x3
By substituting the values of X i given by the above equations into the Lagrangian velocity
(2.72) we can obtain the velocity in the spatial description:
t t
x3 −
x2 x2 −
x3
2 2 x − tx 2 = 2 x 2 − tx 3
v1 = 0 ; v 2 = 2
= 3 22 ; v3 = (2.74)
t 4−t t2 4 − t2
2− 2−
2 2
c) The trajectory can be obtained by eliminating t of the equations of motion (2.69):
x1 = X 1
X2 X2 (2.75)
( x3 − X 3 ) X 3 = ( x 2 − X 2 ) X 2 ⇒ x3 =
X3
x2 − 2 + X 3
X3
Problem 2.15
The Eulerian velocity field for a steady fluid is given by:
r r b2 ( x 2 − x 2 ) b2 x x
v ( x ) = U 2 1 2 22 eˆ 1 + 2U 2 1 22 2 eˆ 2 + Veˆ 3 (2.76)
( x1 + x2 ) ( x1 + x2 )
where U and V are constants.
r
Show that ∇ xr ⋅ v = 0 and find the Eulerian acceleration field.
Solution:
r ∂v1 ∂v 2 ∂v3 2 2
2 x1 ( x1 − 3 x 2 )
2 2
2 x1 ( x1 − 3 x 2 )
∇ xr ⋅ v = v i ,i = + + = −2Ub + 2Ub =0
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x3 ( x12 + x 22 ) 3 ( x12 + x 22 ) 3
The Eulerian acceleration field:
r
r r ∂v r r r r
a( x) = + (∇ xr v ) ⋅ v = (∇ xr v ) ⋅ v
∂t
{r
=0
Problem 2.16
Calculate the material time derivative for the property φ when said property is described as
follows:
r
Material description: φ ( X , t ) = X 1t 2 ;
r x1t 2
Spatial description: φ ( x , t ) = .
(1 + t )
Consider that the equations of motion by x1 = x1 ( X 1 ) , i.e. it is independent of X 2 and X 3 .
Solution:
r
a) Material time derivative of φ ( X , t ) = X 1t 2 :
D r r
φ( X , t ) ≡ φ& ( X , t ) = 2 X 1t
Dt
r x1t 2
b) Material time derivative of φ ( x , t ) = :
(1 + t )
r r r
D r ∂φ ( x , t ) r ∂φ ( x , t ) ∂φ ( x , t )
φ ( x, t ) = + (∇ xφ ) ⋅ v =
r + vi
Dt ∂t ∂t ∂xi
r r r r
∂φ ( x , t ) ∂φ ( x , t ) ∂φ ( x , t ) ∂φ ( x , t )
= + v1 + v2 + v3 (2.77)
∂t ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
r
∂ x t 2 ∂φ ( x , t )
= 1 + v1 + 0 + 0
∂t (1 + t ) ∂x1
We need to know the velocity component v1 . We start from the principle that a property is
intrinsic to the particle, then:
r r r r x1t 2 x1
φ ( X , t ) = X 1t 2 ⇒ φ ( X ( x, t ), t ) = φ ( x, t ) = ⇒ X1 =
(1 + t ) (1 + t )
The velocity becomes:
r r
v ( X ,t) =
D
Dt
( )
X 1t 2 = 2 X 1t eˆ 1 ⇒
r r x
v ( x , t ) = 2 1 t eˆ 1
(1 + t )
Then, the material time derivative (2.77) becomes:
r
D r ∂ x1t 2 ∂φ ( x , t ) 2 x1t x1t 2 t 2
+
φ ( x, t ) = + v1 = − 2
X1
Dt ∂t (1 + t ) ∂x1 (1 + t ) (1 + t ) (1 + t )
2 x1t x t2 t2 x 2 x1t
= − 1 2 + 2 1 t =
(1 + t ) (1 + t ) (1 + t ) (1 + t ) (1 + t )
D r r
We could also have obtained the same result by starting from φ( X , t ) ≡ φ& ( X , t ) = 2 X 1t
Dt
x1
and by substituting X 1 = , i.e.:
(1 + t )
D r r D r r r r r x
φ ( X , t ) ≡ φ& ( X , t ) = 2 X1t ⇒ φ ( X ( x, t ), t ) = φ& ( X ( x, t ), t ) = φ& ( x, t ) = 2 1 t
Dt Dt (1 + t )
Problem 2.17
Consider the following equations of motion in the Lagrangian description:
x1 = X 1t 2 + 2 X 2t + X 1 x1 t + 1 2t
2
0 X1
2
Matrix
form 2
x2 = 2 X 1t + X 2t + X 2 → x2 = 2t t +1 0 X 2 (2.78)
x = 1 X t + X x 0 0 1
t + 1 X 3
3 2 3 3 3 2
Find the components of the displacement vector in Lagrangian and Eulerian descriptions.
Solution:
r r r
By definition the displacement vector is obtained by u = x − X , then by substituting the
equations of motion (2.78) we can obtain:
r r
u1 ( X , t ) = x1 ( X , t ) − X 1 = ( X 1t 2 + 2 X 2t + X 1 ) − X 1 = X 1t 2 + 2 X 2t
r r 2 2
u2 ( X , t ) = x2 ( X , t ) − X 2 = ( 2 X 1t + X 2t + X 2 ) − X 2 = 2 X 1t + X 2t
r r
u3 ( X , t ) = x3 ( X , t ) − X 3 = ( 2 X 3t + X 3 ) − X 3 = 2 X 3t
1 1
Problem 2.18
The following equations describe the
motion of a body, (see Figure 2.3): X 2 , x2 Reference configuration
x1 = X 1 + 0.2 X 2 t t = 0s
x2 = X 2 C
1
B
x = X
3 3 1
E
At time t = 0 , the cube of side 1 has 1
one vertex at the origin of the system
which is indicated by point O, (see O A
Figure 2.3). Obtain the configuration X 1 , x1
D
of the body at time t = 2 s . G
X 3 , x3
That is, all particles lying on the OA line do not move during motion. Similarly, we can
verify that the line ( X 1 , X 2 = 0, X 3 = 1) in the reference configuration ( X 1 , X 2 = 0, X 3 = 1)
does not move:
x1 = X 1 + 0.2 × 0 × 2 = X 1 ; x2 = X 2 = 0 ; x3 = X 3 = 0
Then, all particles lying on the CB line will move 0.4 according to x1 -direction.
The particles belonging to line OC at t = 0 , will move to positions:
Following the same procedure for the remaining particles, we can obtain the final
configuration of the body at time t = 2 s , (see Figure 2.4).
x2
0.4 0.4
C C’ 1 B B’ Current configuration at
t = 2s
E E’ 1
A=A’
O
1 x1
D
G=G’
x3
Problem 2.19
Consider the equations of motion:
x1 = X 1 + t 2 X 2 x1 1 t2 0 X 1
2
Matrix
form 2
x 2 = t X 1 + X 2 → x 2 = t 1 0 X 2
x = X x 0 0 1 X 3
3 3 3
a) Obtain the trajectory of particle Q which originally at time t 0 was at X i = (1,2,1) ;
b) By considering the current configuration at t = 0.5 s , obtain the velocity and acceleration
components of the particle P that was originally at X i = (16 ; −4 ;1) ;
15 15
x 1 = 1 + 2t 2 ; x2 = 2 + t 2 ; x3 = 1
The above equations represent the motion of the particle. To obtain the trajectory, we
eliminate the time of the equations of motion, i.e.:
x1 − 2 x2 = −3 ; x3 = 1
which indicates that the particle moves in a straight line defined by ( x1 − 2 x 2 = −3) on the
plane x3 = 1 , (see Figure 2.5).
X 3 , x3 Particle trajectory
( x1 − 2 x 2 = −3)
x3 = 1
X 2 , x2
X 1 , x1
Figure 2.5
2) The velocity and acceleration components of the particle P are given by:
r r V1 = 2tX 2
r r Dx ( X , t ) components
V ( X , t) = → V2 = 2tX 1
Dt V = 0
3
r r A1 = 2 X 2
r r Dv ( X , t ) components
A( X , t ) = → A2 = 2 X 1
Dt A = 0
3
Then, the particle which was originally located at the point X i = (16 ; −4 ;1) will achieve a
15 15
new configuration at t = 0.5 s . In this configuration, velocity and acceleration for the
particle are respectively:
V1 = 2 × 0.5 × 15
−4
= 15
−4
m/s A1 = 2 × 15
−4 −8
= 15 m / s2
V 2 = 2 × 0.5 × (15 ) = 15 m / s A2 = 2 × (15 ) = 15 m / s
16 16 16 32 2
and
V = 0 A = 0
3 3
4) The velocity and acceleration of the particle that at time ( t = 0.5 s ) is passing through the
point xi = (1,0,1) can be obtained by means of velocity and acceleration in Eulerian
description:
Velocity:
x 2 − t 2 x1 −4
1 v = 2t
1− t4 v1 = 15 m / s
V1 = 2tX 2
substituti ng
x1 − t 2 x 2 t = 0. 5 s 16
V
2 = 2 X 1 t → 2v = 2 t 4
→ v 2 = m/s
V = 0 X1 , X 2
1 − t x (1, 01)
15
3 v 3 = 0 v 3 = 0
Acceleration:
x 2 − t 2 x1 8
1 a = 2 2
1− t4 a1 = − 15 m / s
A1 = 2 X 2
substituti ng
x1 − t 2 x 2 t = 0. 5 s 32
A
2 = 2 X 1 → 2a = 2 4
→ a 2 = m / s2
A = 0 X1 , X 2
1 − t x (1, 01)
15
3 a 3 = 0 a 3 = 0
We can obtain the initial position X i of the particle by using the inverse of the equations
of motion which is represented by the equations in (2.79), in which we consider xi (1,0,1) :
x1 − t 2 x 2 1 − (0.5 2 )(0) 16
1X = = =
1− t4 1 − (0.5) 4 15
2
x 2 − t x1 0 − (0.5 )(1)
2
4
X 2 = 4
= 4
=−
1− t 1 − (0.5) 15
X = x = 1
3 3
We can verify that it is the same particle P referred to in paragraph 2. It is logical that we
have obtained the same velocity and acceleration using either the material or spatial
description, since the velocity and acceleration are intrinsic properties of the particle.
Problem 2.20
The acceleration vector field is described by:
r r
r r D v ∂v r r
a ( x, t ) = = + (∇ xr v ) ⋅ v
Dt ∂t
Show that acceleration can also be written as:
r r r
D v ∂v v2 r r r ∂v v2 r r
= + ∇ x − v ∧ (∇ x ∧ v ) ≡
r r + ∇ xr − v ∧ rot v
Dt ∂t 2 ∂t 2
Solution:
To show the above relationship one need only demonstrate that:
r r v2 r r r
(∇ xr v ) ⋅ v = ∇ xr − v ∧ (∇ xr ∧ v )
2
Expressing the terms on the right of the equation in symbolic notation we can obtain:
v2 r r r 1 ∂ ∂
∇ xr − v ∧ (∇ xr ∧ v ) = eˆ i (v j v j ) − (vi eˆ i ) ∧ eˆ r ∧ (vs eˆ s )
2 2 ∂xi ∂xr
Using the definition of the permutation symbol, (see Chapter 1), we can express the vector
product as:
v2 r r r 1 ∂ ∂v
∇ xr − v ∧ (∇ xr ∧ v ) = eˆ i (v j v j ) − (vi eˆ i ) ∧ rst s eˆ t
2 2 ∂xi ∂x r
1 ∂v j ∂v s ˆ
= eˆ i 2v j − rst itk vi ek
2 ∂xi ∂xr
where we have used the equation eˆ i ∧ eˆ t = itk eˆ k . In Chapter 1 we also proved that
rst itk = rst kit = δ rk δ si − δ ri δ sk , then:
v2 r r r ∂v j ∂v s
∇ xr − v ∧ (∇ xr ∧ v ) = v j
eˆ i − (δ rk δ si − δ ri δ sk )v i eˆ k
2 ∂x i ∂x r
∂v j ∂v ∂v
=vj eˆ i − δ rk δ si v i s − δ ri δ sk v i s eˆ k
∂x i ∂x r ∂x r
∂v j ∂v ∂v
=vj eˆ i − v s s − v i k eˆ k
∂x i ∂x k ∂x i
v2 r r r ∂v j ∂v ∂v
∇ xr − v ∧ (∇ xr ∧ v ) = v j eˆ i − vs s eˆ k + vi k eˆ k
2 ∂xi ∂x k ∂xi
∂v j ∂ v ∂v
= δ sj vs eˆ i − vs s δ ik eˆ i + vi k eˆ k
∂xi ∂xk ∂xi
∂v s ˆ ∂v s ˆ ∂vk ˆ
= vs e i − vs e i + vi ek
∂xi ∂xi ∂xi
r r r
∂v eˆ ∂ (v ) ∂ (v ) ∂ (v ) ˆ ˆ
= k k vi = vi = δ ij v j = (e i ⋅ e j )v j
∂xi ∂xi ∂xi ∂xi
r
∂ (v ) r r
= eˆ i ⋅ eˆ j v j = (∇ xr v ) ⋅ v
∂xi
NOTE: We have already discussed this problem in Chapter 1, (see Problem 1.120).
Problem 2.21
r r r
Consider the equations of motion x ( X , t ) and the temperature field T ( x , t ) given
respectively by:
x1 = X 1 (1 + t )
r
x2 = X 2 (1 + t ) and T ( x ) = x12 + x22
x = X
3 3
Find the rate of change of temperature for the particle P at time t = 1s given that particle
P was at point ( X 1 = 3, X 2 = 1, X 3 = 0) at time t = 0 .
Solution 1:
In this first solution we first obtain the material time derivative of the Lagrangian
r
temperature, so, we have to obtain the temperature in Lagrangian description T ( X , t )
(Lagrangian temperature):
r
T ( x ) = x12 + x 22
↓
By substi tuting
the equations of motion
↓
r
T ( X , t ) = X 12 (1 + t ) 2 + X 22 (1 + t ) 2
The material time derivative of the Lagrangian temperature is given by:
r
r DT dT ( X , t)
T& ( X , t ) ≡ = = 2 X 12 (1 + t ) + 2 X 22 (1 + t )
Dt dt
By substituting t = 1s , ( X 1 = 3, X 2 = 1, X 3 = 0) , into the above equation we obtain:
r K
⇒ T& ( X , t ) = 2 X 12 (1 + t ) + 2 X 22 (1 + t ) = 2(3) 2 (1 + 1) + 2(1) 2 (1 + 1) = 40
s
Solution 2:
In this alternative solution we directly use the definition of material time derivative of the
r r
r DT ∂T ( x ) ∂T ( x ) r
Eulerian variable, i.e. T& ( x , t ) = = + vk ( x, t ) .
Dt ∂t ∂x k
From the equations of motion we obtain:
r
x1 = X 1 (1 + t ) v1 ( X , t ) = X 1
velocity r
x 2 = X 2 (1 + t ) → v 2 ( X , t ) = X 2
x = X r
3 3 v 3 ( X , t ) = 0
The equations of motion in Eulerian description are given by:
x1
X 1 = (1 + t )
x1 = X 1 (1 + t )
inverse of motion x2
x2 = X 2 (1 + t ) → X 2 =
x = X (1 + t )
3 3 X 3 = x3
So, it is possible to obtain the Eulerian velocity as follows:
r r r x1 r
V1 ( X ( x , t ), t ) = X 1 ( x , t ) = (1 + t ) = v1 ( x , t )
r r r x2 r
V 2 = ( X ( x , t ), t ) = X 2 ( x , t ) = = v 2 ( x, t )
(1 + t )
r
V3 = v 3 ( x , t ) = 0
r
Afterwards, the material time derivative of the Eulerian temperature, T ( x , t ) , is given by:
r r
DT ( x , t ) & r ∂T ( x ) ∂T ∂T ∂T
⇒ ≡ T ( x, t ) = + v1 + v2 + v3
Dt 12∂t3 ∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3
= 0 (Stationar y field)
r x x r 2x 2 2x 2 2
⇒ T& ( x , t ) = 2 x1 1 + 2 x 2 2 + 0 ⇒ T& ( x , t ) = 1 + 2 = ( x12 + x 22 )
1+ t 1+ t 1+ t 1+ t 1+ t
The position of particle P at time t = 1s is evaluated as follows:
x1 = X 1 (1 + t ) = 3(1 + 1) = 6
x 2 = X 2 (1 + t ) = 1(1 + 1) = 2
x = X = 0
3 3
Then, by substituting the spatial coordinates in the expression of the material time
derivative of temperature we obtain:
r 2 2
T& ( x , t ) = T& ( x1 = 6, x 2 = 2, x 3 = 0, t = 1) = ( x12 + x 22 ) = (6 2 + 2 2 ) = 40
1+ t 1+1
r
Alternatively, the expression T& ( x , t ) could also have been obtained as:
r
T& ( X , t ) = 2 X 12 (1 + t ) + 2 X 22 (1 + t )
2 2
r r r 2 r 2 x x
T& ( X ( x , t ), t ) = 2[X 1 ( x , t )] (1 + t ) + 2[X 2 ( x , t )] (1 + t ) = 2 1 (1 + t ) + 2 2 (1 + t )
(1 + t ) (1 + t )
2 r
= ( x12 + x 22 ) = T& ( x , t )
(1 + t )
Problem 2.22
Consider the motion:
xi = X i (1 + t ) ( t > 0)
Obtain the velocity field in the spatial description.
Solution:
The velocity is obtained by means of the material time derivative of the equations of
motion:
d
Vi = x& i = [X i (1 + t )] = X i (2.80)
dt
To find the velocity in the spatial description we will need to obtain the inverse of the
equations of motion which is
xi
xi = X i (1 + t ) ⇒ X i =
(1 + t )
and by substituting into the equation (2.80) we obtain the Eulerian velocity:
r x
vi = X i ( x , t ) = i
1+ t
Problem 2.23
r
The equations of motion and the temperature field T ( x ) are given respectively by:
r
xi = X i (1 + t ) (i = 1,2) ; T ( x ) = 2( x12 + x22 )
Find the rate of change of temperature at time t = 1s for one particle that was at position
(1,1) in the reference configuration.
r
Note that the temperature field is a steady field, i.e. T = T ( x ) .
Solution 1:
We can obtain the equation for temperature in the material description:
r
T ( x ) = 2( x12 + x22 )
↓
by substi tuting the equations
of motion
↓
r
[
T ( X , t ) = 2 X 2 (1 + t ) 2 + X 2 (1 + t ) 2
1 2 ]
Then, the material time derivative can be obtained as follows:
r
r
⇒ T& ( X , t ) =
DT
Dt
=
dT (
dt
X , t)
[
= 2 2 X 12 (1 + t ) + 2 X 22 (1 + t ) ]
By substituting t = 1s and the material coordinates ( X 1 = 1; X 2 = 1) into the above equation
we can obtain:
K
⇒ T& ( X 1 = 1; X 2 = 1; t = 1) = 16
s
Solution 2:
In this alternative solution we directly use the definition of the material time derivative of
Eulerian property:
r
T ( x ) = 2( x12 + x12 ) xi = (1 + t ) X i
; (i = 1,2)
r r
r DT ∂T ( x ) ∂T ( x ) ∂xk
⇒ T& ( x , t ) = = + (i = 1,2)
Dt ∂t ∂xk ∂t
r
r ∂T ( x )
Note that T ( x ) is not a function of time, so =0:
∂t
r
& r ∂T ( x ) ∂xk ∂T ∂x1 ∂T ∂x2
⇒ T ( x, t ) = = +
∂x k ∂t ∂x1 { ∂t ∂x 2 { ∂t
V1 = X 1 V2 = X 2
r x x r 4x2 4x2
⇒ T& ( x , t ) = 4 x1 1 + 4 x2 2 ⇒ T& ( x , t ) = 1 + 2
1+ t 1+ t 1+ t 1+ t
The particle that at reference configuration was at position (1,1) , at time t = 1s will be at
position xi = (1 + t ) X i = 2 X i , i.e. ( x1 = 2; x 2 = 2 ):
4( 2) 2 4( 2) 2 K
T& ( x1 = 2; x2 = 2; t = 1) = + = 16
1+1 1+1 s
Problem 2.24
Consider the equations of motion:
x1 = X 1 exp t + X 3 (exp t − 1)
t −t
x 2 = X 2 + X 3 (exp − exp )
x = X
3 3
Obtain the velocity and acceleration components in Lagrangian and Eulerian descriptions.
Solution:
First we obtain the inverse of the equations of motion:
x1 = X 1exp t + X 3 (exp t − 1) x1 − X 1exp t = x3 (exp t − 1)
t −t
t −t
x2 = X 2 + X 3 (exp − exp ) ⇒ x2 − X 2 = x3 (exp − exp )
x = X ⇒ X = x x = X ⇒ X = x
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
thus:
X 1 = x1 exp − t − exp − t (exp t − 1)
2t −t
X 2 = x 2 − x 3 (exp − 1)exp (2.81)
X = x
3 3
or
x1 exp X1 X 1 exp − exp −t (exp t − 1) x1
t −t
0 (exp t − 1) 0
x2 = 0 1 (exp t − exp −t ) X 2 inverse
→ X 2 = 0 1 − (exp 2t − 1)exp −t x2
x 0 0 1 X X 0 0 1 x
3 3 3 3
a) The velocity components in the material description are given by:
V1 = X 1exp t + X 3 exp t
D r
Vi = → V 2 = X 3 exp t + X 3 exp −t = X 3 (exp t + exp −t )
x j ( X , t) (2.82)
Dt V = 0
3
Problem 2.25
r r r
The motion of the continuum, x = x ( X , t ) , is given by the following equations:
x1 = 12 ( X 1 + X 2 )exp t + 12 ( X 1 − X 2 )exp − t
t −t
x 2 = 2 ( X 1 + X 2 )exp − 2 ( X 1 − X 2 )exp
1 1
x = X
3 3
0 ≤ t ≤ constant
Express the velocity components in the material and spatial descriptions.
Solution:
The velocity components using material description are:
r
Dx1 ( X , t ) 1 1
V1 = = ( X 1 + X 2 )exp t − ( X 1 − X 2 )exp −t
Dt 2 2
r
Dx 2 ( X , t ) 1 1
V 2 = = ( X 1 + X 2 )exp t + ( X 1 − X 2 )exp −t (2.84)
Dt 2 2
V3 = 0
To express the velocity components in the spatial description we will need the inverse of
r r r
the equations of motion, i.e. we will need to find X = X ( x , t ) :
Problem 2.26
Given the motion:
xi = ( X 1 + ktX 2 )δ i1 + X 2δ i 2 + X 3δ i 3 (i = 1,2,3)
r
and the temperature field T ( x ) = x1 + x2 .
Obtain the rate of change of T of a particle that in the current configuration is located at
the point (1,1,1) .
Solution:
Considering the equations of motion:
x1 = X 1 + ktX 2 ; x2 = X 2 ; x3 = X 3
r
and by substituting the values of xi into the temperature field T ( x , t ) , we can obtain the
r
temperature field in the material description T ( X , t ) :
r r
T ( x ) = x1 + x2 ⇒ T ( X , t ) = X 1 + ktX 2 + X 2
The material time derivative is given by:
r
r DT ( X , t ) D ( X 1 + ktX 2 + X 2 )
&
T ( X ,t) = = = kX 2 = k x2 ( → T& = k
1,1,1)
Dt Dt
Alternative solution:
The material time derivative for a property expressed in the spatial description is given by:
r r r r
& DT ( x , t ) ∂T ( x , t ) ∂T ( x , t ) ∂xk ( X , t )
T ( x1 , x2 , x3 , t ) = = +
Dt ∂t ∂x k ∂t
r
Considering T ( x ) = x1 + x2 , we can obtain:
∂T ∂T ∂x1 ∂T ∂x 2 ∂T ∂x 3
T& ( x1 , x 2 , x 3 , t ) = + + +
∂t ∂x1 ∂t
{ ∂x 2 {
∂t ∂x 3 {
∂t
=0
{ =0 =0
=0
⇒ T& ( x1 , x 2 , x 3 , t ) = kX 2
we obtain the inverse equations of motion:
x1 = X 1 + ktX 2 X 1 = x1 − ktx 2
inverse
x2 = X 2 → X 2 = x 2
x = X X = x
3 3 3 3
r
With that the equation T& ( X ) = kX 2 can be expressed as follows:
⇒ T& ( x1 , x 2 , x 3 , t ) = kX 2 = kx 2
For the particle in the current configuration at the position (1,1,1) we have:
T& ( x1 = 1, x 2 = 1, x 3 = 1, t ) = k
Problem 2.27
Given a steady velocity field: it asks readers to give their opinion on whether particle
velocities are constant or not. If not, in which situation is met. Justify the answer.
Solution:
r
A field φ ( x , t ) is said to be steady if the local rate of change does not vary over time, so:
r
∂φ ( x , t ) r
=0 ⇒ φ = φ( x ) Steady state (stationary) field (2.85)
∂t
For example, let us consider a stationary (steady state) velocity field as shown in Figure 2.6.
Then, as we can verify, the field representation for any time, e.g. t1 and t 2 , does not
change. However, that does not mean that the velocities of the particles do not change
over time. In light of Figure 2.6, we can now focus our attention on the fixed spatial point
r r r
x * . At time t1 the particle Q is passing through point x * with velocity v * . Let us also
consider another particle P , which is passing through another point with velocity
r r r
v P (t1 ) ≠ v * . At time t 2 the particle P is now passing through the point x * . It follows that
r
if we are dealing with a steady state velocity field, then the velocity of particle P at x *
r r r
must be v * , i.e. v P (t 2 ) = v * . We can easily contrast this with the material time derivative of
velocity, which is always associated with the same particle, i.e.:
r r r r
Dv ( x , t ) r r ∂v ( x , t ) r r r r r r r r
≡ a ( x, t ) = + (∇ xr v ) ⋅ v ( x ) = (∇ xr v ) ⋅ v ( x ) = a ( x )
Dt 1
4 ∂t4
2 3 (2.86)
r
= 0(Stationay )
The rate of change of velocity (acceleration) will be zero if the velocity field is stationary
r r
∂v ( x , t ) r r
= 0 and homogeneous ( ∇ xr v = 0 ).
∂t
We can also verify that, although spatial velocity is independent of time, that does not
mean material velocity is also, since:
r r r r r r r
v ( x ) = v ( x ( X , t )) = v ( X , t ) (2.87)
t1 r r
v ( x)
r r r r
v ( x * , t1 ) = v * = v Q
Particle- P Particle - Q
r r
v P ≠ v*
r
x*
t2 r r
v ( x)
r r r r
v ( x * , t2 ) = v * = v P
Particle - P
r
x*
Problem 2.28
A rod, which can be considered as a one-dimensional solid, undergoes a uniform stretching
which is given by λ = exp at where a = constant .
r r r
a) Obtain the equations of motion x = x ( X , t ) ;
b) Obtain the rate-of-deformation tensor components, i.e. D -components.
x1
λ = exp at
Figure 2.7
Solution:
Using the 1D approaching we have:
ds dx
λ= = = exp at ⇒ dx = exp at dX (2.88)
dS dX
∫ ∫
Integrating
dx = exp at dX → x1 = exp at X 1 + C (2.89)
at t = 0 ⇒ x = X , thus
x = exp 0 X 1 + C ⇒ X = X + C ⇒ C = 0 (2.90)
with that we can obtain the equations of motion:
x1 = exp at X 1 ; x2 = X 2 ; x3 = X 3 (2.91)
The velocity field components become:
dx1
v1 = = a X 1 exp at = a x1 ; v2 = 0 ; v3 = 0 (2.92)
dt
And the rate-of-deformation tensor components can be obtained as follows:
r r a 0 0
1 ∂vi ( x , t ) ∂v j ( x , t )
Dij = + ⇒ Dij = 0 0 0 (2.93)
2 ∂x j ∂xi
0 0 0
Problem 2.29
Consider the equations of motion:
x1 = X 1 + 2 X 3 ; x2 = X 2 − 2 X 3 ; x3 = X 3 − 2 X 1 + 2 X 2
Obtain the Green-Lagrange strain tensor components, i.e. E -components.
Solution 1:
The displacement field components are given by
u1 = x1 − X 1 = 2 X 3
u 2 = x 2 − X 2 = −2 X 3
u = x − X = −2 X + 2 X
3 3 3 1 2
1 ∂u ∂u j ∂u k ∂uk
Eij = i + +
2 ∂X j ∂X i ∂X i ∂X j
sym (2.94)
1 ∂u ∂u j 1 ∂uk ∂u k ∂ui 1 ∂u ∂uk
= i + + = + k
2 ∂X j ∂X i 2 ∂X i ∂X j ∂X j 2 ∂X i ∂X j
where the material (Lagrangian) displacement gradient is given by:
∂u1 ∂u1 ∂u1
∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3 0 0 2
∂u i ∂u 2 ∂u 2 ∂u 2
= = 0 0 − 2
∂X j ∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3
∂u 3 ∂u 3 ∂u 3 − 2 2 0
∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3
Note that, for this case, the displacement gradient is an antisymmetric tensor. That is, the
symmetric part is the null tensor. Then, the equation in (2.94) becomes:
0 0 2 T 0 0 2 2 − 2 0
1 ∂u ∂u k 1
E ij = k = 0 0 − 2 0 0 − 2 = − 2 2 0
2 ∂X i ∂X j 2
− 2 2 0 − 2 2 0 0 0 4
Solution 2:
1
We can directly apply the definition E = ( F T ⋅ F − 1) , Eij =
2
1
2
( ) 1
( )
Fki Fkj − δ ij = Cij − δ ij ,
2
where:
∂x1 ∂x1 ∂x1
∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3 1 0 2
∂xi ∂x2 ∂x2 ∂x2
Fij = = = 0 1 − 2
∂X j ∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3
∂x
3 ∂x3 ∂x3 − 2 2 1
∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3
Thus
1 0 2 T 1 0 2 1 0 0 2 − 2 0
1
E ij = 0 1 − 2 0 1 − 2 − 0 1 0 = − 2 2 0
2
− 2 2 1 − 2 2 1 0 0 1 0 0 4
Problem 2.30
Consider a homogeneous transformation defined by the following equations:
x1 = X 1 + 2 X 2 + X 3 ; x2 = 2 X 2 ; x3 = X 1 + 2 X 3 (2.95)
Show that, for a homogeneous transformation, vectors whose are parallel in the reference
configuration remain parallel after deformation.
For the demonstration consider two vectors defined by the vector position of two particles
A and B in the reference configuration:
r r
X A = eˆ 1 + eˆ 2 ; X B = 2eˆ 1 + 2eˆ 2 + eˆ 3 (2.96)
Solution:
The vector connecting the two particles in the reference configuration is given by:
r r r
V = B − A = eˆ 1 + eˆ 2 + eˆ 3 (2.97)
and the deformation gradient is:
∂x1 ∂x1 ∂x1
∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3 1 2 1
∂xi ∂x2 ∂x2 ∂x2
Fij = = = 0 2 0 (2.98)
∂X j ∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3
∂x
3 ∂x3 ∂x3 1 0 2
∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3
We can obtain the vector position of the particle in the current configuration by means of:
r r r r
dx = F ⋅ dX ⇒ Homogeneous transformation ⇒ x=F⋅X (2.99)
thus,
1 2 1 1 3 1 2 1 2 7
xiA = 0 2 0 1 = 2 ; xiB = 0 2 0 2 = 4 (2.100)
1 0 2 0 1 1 0 2 1 4
Problem 2.31
Consider a pure shear deformation represented by homogenous deformation:
r r
x = X + k t X 2ê1 (2.102)
where ê i is the Cartesian basis, and the components of the above equation are:
x1 = X 1 + k t X 2 ; x2 = X 2 ; x3 = X 3 (2.103)
Obtain the new geometry (deformed configuration) for the body (rectangle) described in
Figure 2.8.
X2
Reference configuration
B C t = 0s
O A X1
Figure 2.8
Solution:
The deformation gradient components are:
∂x1 ∂x1 ∂x1
∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3 1 k t 0
∂x ∂x ∂x2 ∂x2
Fij = i = 2 = 0 1 0 (2.104)
∂X j ∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3
∂x
3 ∂x3 ∂x3 0 0 1
∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3
r r r r r
Note that this is a case of homogenous deformation, i.e. x = F ⋅ X + c with c = 0 .
The Jacobian determinant:
J = F =1 (2.105)
Since J = 1 there is no dilatancy (variation of volume).
The particles lying on the BC -line, coordinates ( X 1 , X 2 ,0) , in the current configuration
will become:
x1( BC ) = X 1 + k t X 2 ; x2( BC ) = X 2 ; x3( BC ) = 0 (2.106)
The particles lying on the OA -line, coordinates ( X 1 ,0,0) , in the current configuration
assume the position:
x1(OA) = X 1 ; x2(OA) = 0 ; x3(OA) = 0 (2.107)
then, the OA -line does not change its position during motion, (see Figure 2.9).
x2
Deformed configuration
B B′ C C′
O A x1
Figure 2.9
Problem 2.32
Consider the equations of motion:
2 2
x1 = X 1 + X2 ; x2 = X1 + X 2 ; x3 = X 3 (2.108)
2 2
a) Show that this deformation is characterized by a homogeneous transformation;
b) Obtain the displacement field components in material and spatial descriptions;
c) Consider the particles located according to the equation:
X 12 + X 22 = 2 ; X3 = 0
Obtain the new configuration of these particles in the current configuration;
d) Obtain the right Cauchy-Green deformation tensor components ( C ) and the Green-
Lagrange strain tensor ( E ).
e) Obtain the principal values of C and E .
Solution:
a) The equation of a homogeneous deformation is described by xi = Fij X j , where
∂x1∂x1 ∂x1 2
1 0
∂X 1
∂X 2 ∂X 3 2
∂xi ∂x∂x2 ∂x2 2
Fij = = 2 = 1 0 (2.109)
∂X j ∂X 2 ∂X 3 2
∂X
1
∂x3∂x3 ∂x3 0 0 1
∂X 2 ∂X 3
∂X 1
r
Note that F is independent of x , so, F is a homogeneous transformation, and the
equation xi = Fij X j is in accordance with (2.108):
2
1 0
x1 2 X1
x = 2
2 1 0 X 2 ⇔ xi = Fij X j (2.110)
2
x3 X 3
0 0 1
X1 2 − 2 0 x1 X 1 = 2 x1 − 2 x 2
X = − 2
2 2 0 x 2 ⇒ X 2 = − 2 x1 + 2 x 2 (2.111)
X 3 0 0 1 x3 X = x
3 3
r r 2 2
u1 ( X , t ) = x1 ( X , t ) − X 1 = X 1 + X 2 − X1 = X2
2 2
r r r r r r r 2 2
u( X , t ) = x ( X , t ) − X ⇒ u 2 ( X , t ) = x2 ( X , t ) − X 2 = X1 + X 2 − X 2 = X1 (2.112)
2 2
r r
u3 ( X , t ) = x3 ( X , t ) − X 3 = 0
(2 x1 − 2 x2 ) + (−
2
2 x1 + 2 x 2 )
2
=2 (2.114)
which is the same as:
The curve made up by the same particle during motion is called material curve. The material
curve for this example is described in Figure 2.10.
Current configuration
Reference configuration
d) The right Cauchy-Green deformation tensor and the Green-Lagrange strain tensor are
given, respectively, by:
1
C = FT ⋅F ; E= (C − 1) (2.116)
2
Then, the C -components are:
T
2 2
1 0 1 0 3
2
0
2 2 2
2 2 3
Cij = 1 0
1 0 = 2 0 (2.117)
2 2 2
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1
1 2 1+ 2 2
−λ λ 1 =
4 2 =0 λ 7 4
⇒ λ2 − − =0⇒ (2.120)
2 1 2 16 1− 2 2
−λ
2 4 λ 2 = 4
Then, the three eigenvalues of E are:
1+ 2 2 1− 2 2
E1 = ≈ 0.957 ; E 2 = ≈ −0.457 ; E 3 = 0 (2.121)
4 4
Problem 2.33
Let us consider the following equations of motion:
1 1
x1 = X 1 + X2 ; x2 = X1 + X 2 ; x3 = X 3 (2.122)
2 2
r
a) Obtain the displacement field ( u ) in the Lagrangian and Eulerian descriptions;
b) Determine the material curve in the current configuration for a material circle defined in
the reference configuration as:
X 12 + X 22 = 2 ; X3 = 0
c) Obtain the components of the right Cauchy-Green deformation tensor and the Green-
Lagrange strain tensor;
d) Obtain the principal stretches.
Solution:
So, we can verify that the proposed example is a case of homogeneous deformation in
r r
which c = 0 . The inverse form of the above equation is given by:
4 2
X 1 = 3 x1 − 3 x 2
X1 4 − 2 0 x1
X = 1 − 2 4 0 x 2 4
2 3 2 ⇒ X 2 = − x1 + x 2 (2.123)
3 3
X 3 0 0 3 x3
X 3 = x3
r r r
The displacement field is defined by u = x − X , after which the components of the
Lagrangian displacement become:
r r 1 1
u1 ( X , t ) = x1 ( X , t ) − X 1 = X 1 + 2 X 2 − X 1 = 2 X 2
r r r r 1 1
ui ( X , t ) = xi ( X , t ) − X i ⇒ u2 ( X , t ) = x2 ( X , t ) − X 2 = X 1 + X 2 − X 2 = X 1 (2.124)
2 2
r r
u3 ( X , t ) = x3 ( X , t ) − X 3 = 0
The components of the Eulerian displacement can be obtained by substituting the Eulerian
description of motion (2.123) into (2.124), the result of which is:
r r 1 r 1 2 4 r
u1 ( X ( x, t ), t ) = 2 X 2 ( x , t ) = − x1 + x 2 = u1 ( x , t )
2 3 3
r r 1 r 1 2 4 r
u 2 ( X ( x , t ), t ) = X 1 ( x , t ) = − x1 + x 2 = u 2 ( x , t ) (2.125)
2 2 3 3
r
u ( X ( xr , t ), t ) = u ( xr , t ) = 0
3 3
The particles belonging to the circle X 12 + X 22 = 2 in the reference configuration will form
a new curve in the current configuration which is defined by:
2 2
4 2 2 4
X 12 + X 22 = 2 ⇒ x1 − x 2 + − x1 + x 2 = 2 ⇒ 20 x12 − 32 x1 x 2 + 20 x 22 = 18
3 3 3 3
which is an ellipse equation (Figure 2.10 shows the material curve in different
configurations).
2.0
material curve
1.5
Reference Conf.
Current Conf.
1.0
0.5
0.0
x2
-2 -1 0 1 2
-0.5
-1.0
-1.5
-2.0
x1
Problem 2.34
Show that
r
∇ Xr ⋅ [(detF ) F −T ] = 0 (2.126)
r r r
Hint: The Nanson’s formula da = J F −T ⋅ dA , or da = da nˆ = J F −T ⋅ N
ˆ dA .
Solution:
Considering the Nanson’s formula in indicial notation da nˆ i = J Fki−1Nˆ k dA , with J = det (F )
we can apply the surface integral in order to obtain:
−1 ˆ
∫ nˆ da = ∫ J F
S
i
S0
ki N k dA (2.127)
∫ nˆ
S
i da = 0 i
Returning to equation (2.127), and applying the divergence theorem to the integral on the
right of the equation we obtain:
∂ ( J Fki−1 )
∫
S
nˆ i da = 0i = ∫
S0
J Fki−1Nˆ k dA = ∫
V0
( J Fki−1 ) ,k dV0 = ∫
V0
∂X k
dV0 = 0i
r (2.128)
∫∇ r
X
⋅ [(detF ) F −T
] dV0 = 0
V0
Then, if the above volume integral is valid for the whole volume we can guarantee that is
also valid locally, i.e.:
r
∇ Xr ⋅ [(detF ) F −T ] = 0 (2.129)
Problem 2.35
r r r r
Show that E& = [ F −T ⋅ ∇ Xr u& ( X , t)]sym and b) D = [∇ xr u& ( x , t)]sym , where E is the Green-
Lagrange strain tensor and D is the rate-of-deformation tensor.
Solution:
E& ≡
D
Dt
E=
D 1 T
Dt 2
( 1
) 1
[
F ⋅ F − 1 = ( F& T ⋅ F + F T ⋅ F& ) = ( F T ⋅ F& )T + ( F T ⋅ F& ) = [ F T ⋅ F& ]sym ]
2 2
Note that:
F&ij =
D ∂xi ( X , t )
Dt ∂X j ∂X j
=
∂ Dxi ( X , t )
Dt
=
∂ &
∂X j
[ ∂u& ( X , t )
u i ( X , t )] = i
∂X j
( r r
)
= ∇ Xr u& ( X , t ) ij
Problem 2.36
Obtain the relationship E& = F T ⋅ D ⋅ F starting from the definition
r r
(ds ) 2 − (dS ) 2 = dX ⋅ 2 E ⋅ dX . Get also the relationship between
D
Dt
(ds ) 2 and D . [ ]
If we are dealing with a rigid body motion, find the condition in order to guarantee the
rigid body motion.
Solution:
r r
Taking the material time derivative of (ds ) 2 − (dS ) 2 = dX ⋅ 2 E ⋅ dX we obtain:
D D D r r
[(ds) 2 − ( dS ) 2 ] = [(ds ) 2 ] = [ dX ⋅ 2 E ⋅ dX ]
Dt Dt Dt
D r r r& r r r r r&
= [dx ⋅ dx ] = 2d{X ⋅ E ⋅ dX + 2dX ⋅ E& ⋅ dX + 2dX ⋅ E ⋅ d{X
Dt =0 =0
r D r r r
= 2dx ⋅ [dx ] = 2dX ⋅ E& ⋅ dX
Dt
D r
The term [ dx ] can be expressed as follows:
Dt
D D ∂xk
D r D r [dxk ] = dX i
Dt [ d x ] = [ F ⋅ d X ] Dt Dt ∂X i
Dt r ∂ D ∂xk
D x
= F& ⋅ dX Indicial
→ = k dX i =
dX i
r Dt ∂X i DX i ∂t
= l ⋅ F ⋅ dX
∂v
= k dX i
∂X i
We can apply the additive decomposition of the spatial velocity gradient ( l ) into a
symmetric ( D ) and an antisymmetric ( W ) part:
r r r r
2dX ⋅ E& ⋅ dX
= 2 dX ⋅ F T ⋅ l ⋅ F ⋅ dX
r r
= 2dX ⋅ F T ⋅ (D + W ) ⋅ F ⋅ dX
r r r r
= 2 dX ⋅ F T ⋅ D ⋅ F ⋅ dX + 2 dX ⋅ F T ⋅ W ⋅ F ⋅ dX
r r
= 2 dX ⋅ F T ⋅ D ⋅ F ⋅ dX
r r r r r r
Note that dX ⋅ F T ⋅ W ⋅ F ⋅ dX = dx ⋅ W ⋅ dx = W : (dx ⊗ dx ) = 0 , since W is an
r r
antisymmetric tensor and (dx ⊗ dx ) is a symmetric tensor. Then, we conclude that:
E& = F T ⋅ D ⋅ F
D
With that it is possible to relate [(ds )2 ] and D as follows:
Dt
D r r r r
[(ds )2 ] = 2dX ⋅ F T ⋅ D ⋅ F ⋅ dX = 2dx ⋅ D ⋅ dx
Dt
During the rigid body motion the distances between particles do not change during
D
motion, i.e. [(ds )2 ] = 0 , and according to the above equation we can conclude that the
Dt
r r
rigid body motion is guaranteed by D = 0 ,since dx ≠ 0 .
Problem 2.37
Consider the velocity field:
v1 = −5 x2 + 2 x3 ; v2 = 5 x1 − 3 x3 ; v3 = −2 x1 + 3 x2
Show that this motion corresponds to a rigid body motion.
Solution:
At first we obtain the spatial velocity gradient ( l ) , whose components are given by:
∂v1 ∂v1 ∂v1
r ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3 0 − 5 2
∂vi ( x , t ) ∂v2 ∂v2 ∂v2
l ij = = = 5 0 − 3 (2.130)
∂x j ∂x ∂x2 ∂x3
1 0
∂
v3 ∂v3 ∂v3 − 2 3
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
Problem 2.38
Let us consider the following velocity field:
v1 = −3 x2 + 1x3 ; v2 = 3x1 − 5 x3 ; v3 = −1x1 + 5 x2
Show that this motion corresponds to rigid body motion.
Solution: First we obtain the components of the spatial velocity gradient ( l ) :
Taking into account that l can be decomposed into a symmetric ( l sym ≡ D ) and an
antisymmetric ( l skew ≡ W ) part, i.e. l = D + W , we can thus conclude that D = 0 , which is
a characteristic of rigid body motion.
Problem 2.39
The displacement field components are given by:
u 1 = 3 X 12 + X 2 ; u 2 = 2 X 22 + X 3 ; u 3 = 4 X 32 + X 1
r
Obtain the vector dx (current configuration) correspondent to the vector in the reference
r
configuration represented by dX at the point P(1,1,1) , (see Figure 2.12).
X 3 , x3
dX 1
dX k = dX 2
Q dX 3
r
dX
P
X 2 , x2
X 1 , x1
Figure 2.12
Solution:
r
To determine the vector dx we need to obtain the deformation gradient F , which can be
obtained by using the relationship:
1 + 6 X 1 1 0
∂u i
Fij = δ ij + ⇒ Fij = 0 1+ 4X2 1
∂X j
1 0 1 + 8 X 3
And the deformation gradient components evaluated at the point P(1,1,1) are:
7 1 0
Fij = 0 5 1
P
1 0 9
dx1 7 1 0 dX 1 7 dX 1 + dX 2
dx = 0 5 1 dX = 5dX + dX
2 2 2 3
dx 3 1 0 9 dX 3 dX 1 + 9 dX 3
Problem 2.40
Consider a continuum in which the displacement field is described by the following
equations:
u1 = 2 X 12 + X 1 X 2 ; u 2 = X 22 ; u3 = 0
By definition, a material curve is always formed by the same particles. Let OP and OT be
material lines in the reference configuration, where O( X 1 = 0, X 2 = 0, X 3 = 0) ,
P ( X 1 = 1, X 2 = 1, X 3 = 0) and T ( X 1 = 1, X 2 = 0, X 3 = 0) . Find the material curves in the
current configuration. Also find the deformation gradient.
Solution:
a) The equations of motion can be obtained by means of the displacement field, i.e.:
x1 = u1 + X 1 x1 = X 1 + 2 X 12 + X 1 X 2
u i = xi − X i ⇒ x2 = u 2 + X 2 substituti ng
→ x2 = X 2 + X 22
the values of u 1 ,u 2 ,u 3
x = u + X x = X
3 3 3 3 3
Then, to obtain the material curve, one need only substitute the material coordinates with
the particles belonging to the line OP in the equations of motion, (see Figure 2.13). Notice
that the material curve OP in the current configuration is no longer a straight line, but the
line OT is still a straight line in the current configuration, (see Figure 2.14).
2.5
2
P
1 P
Current Conf.
Q Q
0.5 Reference Conf.
0
0
O 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5
x1
Reference Conf.
0.1
0.08
0.06 Reference Conf.
x2
0.04
0.02
0
T
O0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5
Current Conf.
0.1
0.08
0.06 Current Conf.
x2
0.04
0.02
T
0
O0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5
x1
D
[det ( F )] = ∂vi ∂xk cof ( Fij )
Dt ∂xk ∂X j
By referring to the definition of the cofactor: [cof ( Fij )]T = ( Fij ) −1 det ( F ) , we can also state
the following is valid:
D
[det (F )] = ∂vi ∂xk ( Fij ) −T det ( F ) = ∂vi Fkj ( Fij ) −1 det ( F ) = ∂vi δ ki det ( F ) = ∂vi det ( F )
Dt ∂xk ∂X j ∂ xk ∂ xk ∂xi
= Jvi ,i
Problem 2.43
Let us consider the equations of motion:
x1 = X 1 + 4 X 1 X 2 ; x2 = X 2 + X 22 ; x3 = X 3 + X 32
Find the Green-Lagrange strain tensor ( E ).
Solution: Referring to the E equation:
1 1
E= ( F T ⋅ F − 1) ; E ij = ( Fki Fkj − δ ij ) (2.131)
2 2
where the components of F are derived as:
∂x1 ∂x1 ∂x1
∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3 (1 + 4 X )
2 4X1 0
∂x k ∂x 2 ∂x 2 ∂x 2
Fkj = = = 0 1 + 2X 2 0
∂X j ∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3
0 0 1 + 2 X 3
∂x 3 ∂x 3 ∂x 3
∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3
And,
(1 + 4 X 2 ) 0 0 (1 + 4 X 2 ) 4X1 0
Fki Fkj
= 4X1 1 + 2X 2 0 0 1 + 2X 2 0
0 0 1 + 2 X 3 0 0 1 + 2 X 3
(1 + 4 X 2 ) 2
(1 + 4 X 2 ) 4 X 1 0
2 2
= (1 + 4 X 2 ) 4 X 1 ( 4 X 1 ) + (1 + 2 X 2 ) 0
0 0 (1 + 2 X ) 2
3
Then, by substituting the above into the equation in (2.131) we can obtain:
(1 + 4 X 2 ) 2 − 1 (1 + 4 X 2 ) 4 X 1 0
1 2 2
E ij = (1 + 4 X 2 ) 4 X 1 ( 4 X 1 ) + (1 + 2 X 2 ) − 1 0
2 2
0 0 (1 + 2 X 3 ) − 1
Problem 2.44
Obtain the principal invariants of E in terms of the principal invariants of C and b .
Solution:
The principal invariants of E are given by:
I E = Tr ( E ) ; II E =
1 2
2
[
I E − Tr ( E 2 ) ] ; III E = det ( E )
1
Considering E = (C − 1) , the principal invariants can also be expressed as follows:
2
The First Invariant:
1 1 1 1
I E = Tr ( E ) = Tr (C − 1) = Tr (C − 1) = [Tr (C ) − Tr (1) ] = (I C − 3)
2 2 2 2
The Second Invariant:
II E =
1 2
2
[
I E − Tr ( E 2 ) ]
where
2
I E2
1 1
(
= (I C − 3) = I C2 − 6 I C + 9 )
2 4
2
1 1 1
[ 1
] (
Tr ( E ) = Tr (C − 1) = Tr (C − 1) 2 = Tr C 2 − 2C + 1 = Tr (C 2 ) − 2 Tr (C ) + Tr (1)
2
) [ ]
2 4 4 4
1
[
= Tr (C 2 ) − 2 I C + 3
4
]
The term Tr (C 2 ) can be obtained as follows:
C12 0 0
C ⋅C = C 2
⇒ Cij′ 2 = 0 C 22 0 ⇒ Tr (C 2 ) = C12 + C 22 + C32
0 0 C 32
It is also true that:
2
1444424444
(
I C2 = (C1 + C 2 + C 3 ) = C12 + C 22 + C 32 + 2 C1 C 2 + C1 C 3 + C 2 C 3
3
)
II C
⇒ C12 + C 22 + C 32 = I C2 − 2 II C
Therefore we have:
Tr ( E 2 ) =
4
(
1 2
I C − 2 II C − 2 I C + 3 )
Whereupon, the second invariant can also be expressed as:
II E =
2 4
(
1 1 2 1
) ( 1
)
I C − 6 I C + 9 − I C2 − 2 II C − 2 I C + 3 = (− 2 I C + II C + 3)
4 4
The Third Invariant:
3
1 1
III E = det ( E ) = det (C − 1) = det [(C − 1)]
2 2
The term det[(C − 1)] can also be expressed as:
C1 − 1 0 0
det (C − 1) = 0 C2 − 1 0 = (C1 − 1)(C 2 − 1)(C 3 − 1)
0 0 C3 − 1
= C1C 2 C 3 − C1C 2 − C1C 3 − C 2 C 3 + C1 + C 2 + C 3 − 1 = III C − II C + I C − 1
Then:
1
III E = ( III C − II C + I C − 1)
8
In short we have:
1 I C = 2I E + 3
IE = (I C − 3 )
2
1
II E = (− 2 I C + II C + 3) ; II C = 4 II E + 4 I E + 3
4
1
III E = ( III C − II C + I C − 1) III C = 8 III E + 4 II E + 2 I E + 1
8
Problem 2.45
Let Ψ = Ψ (I C , II C , III C ) be a scalar-valued tensor function, where I C , II C , III C are the
principal invariants of the right Cauchy-Green deformation tensor C . Obtain the
derivative of Ψ with respect to C and with respect to b . Check whether the following
equation is valid F ⋅ Ψ ,C ⋅ F T = Ψ ,b ⋅ b or not.
Solution:
Using the chain rule of derivative we can obtain:
∂Ψ (I C , II C , III C ) ∂Ψ ∂I C ∂Ψ ∂ II C ∂Ψ ∂ III C
Ψ ,C = = + + (2.132)
∂C ∂I C ∂C ∂ II C ∂C ∂ III C ∂C
Considering the partial derivative of the invariants:
∂I C ∂ II C ∂ III C
=1 , = IC 1 − C T = IC 1 − C , = III C C −T = III C C −1 , we can obtain:
∂C ∂C ∂C
∂Ψ ∂Ψ
Ψ ,C = 1+ (I C 1 − C ) + ∂Ψ III C C −1
∂I C ∂ II C ∂ III C
(2.133)
∂Ψ ∂Ψ ∂Ψ ∂Ψ
Ψ ,C = + I C 1 − C+ III C C −1
∂
C I ∂ II C ∂ II C ∂ III C
∂Ψ ∂Ψ ∂Ψ ∂Ψ
Ψ ,b = + I b 1 − b+ III b b −1 (2.134)
∂I b ∂ II b ∂ II b ∂ III b
We apply the dot product of the above equation with F on the left and with F T on the
right, i.e.:
∂Ψ ∂Ψ ∂Ψ ∂Ψ
F ⋅ Ψ ,C ⋅ F T = + I C F ⋅ 1 ⋅ F T − F ⋅C ⋅ F T + III C F ⋅ C −1 ⋅ F T
∂
CI ∂ II C ∂ II C ∂ III C
(2.135)
And by considering the following relationships:
⇒ F ⋅1 ⋅ F T = F ⋅ F T = b
C = F T ⋅ F ⇒ F ⋅C ⋅ F T = F ⋅ F T ⋅ F ⋅ F T = b ⋅ b = b2
And considering the relationship C −1 = F −1 ⋅ b −1 ⋅ F we conclude that:
C −1 = F −1 ⋅ b −1 ⋅ F ⇒ F ⋅ C −1 ⋅ F T = F ⋅ F −1 ⋅ b −1 ⋅ F ⋅ F T = b −1 ⋅ b
Then, the equation in (2.135) can be rewritten as follows:
∂Ψ ∂Ψ ∂Ψ 2 ∂Ψ
F ⋅ Ψ ,C ⋅ F T = + I C b − b + III C b −1 ⋅ b
∂I C ∂ II C ∂ II C ∂ III C
∂Ψ ∂Ψ ∂Ψ ∂Ψ
F ⋅ Ψ ,C ⋅ F T = + I C 1 − b+ III C b −1 ⋅ b
∂I C ∂ II C ∂ II C ∂ III C
It is also valid that:
∂Ψ ∂Ψ ∂Ψ ∂Ψ
F ⋅ Ψ ,C ⋅ F T = + I b 1 − B+ III b b −1 ⋅ b
∂I b ∂ II b ∂ II b ∂ III b
F ⋅ Ψ ,C ⋅ F T = Ψ , b ⋅ b
Taking into account the equation (2.134) we can conclude that the equation Ψ ,b ⋅ b = b ⋅ Ψ ,b
is valid, indicating that the tensors Ψ ,b and b are coaxial.
Problem 2.46
Show that the Green-Lagrange strain tensor ( E ) and the right Cauchy-Green deformation
tensor ( C ) are coaxial tensors.
Solution:
Two tensors are coaxial if they have the same principal directions. Coaxiality can also be
demonstrated if the relation C ⋅ E = E ⋅ C holds.
Starting with the definition C = 1 + 2 E , we can conclude that:
C ⋅ E = (1 + 2 E ) ⋅ E = 1 ⋅ E + 2 E ⋅ E = E ⋅ (1 + 2 E ) = E ⋅ C
Thus, we can prove that E and C are coaxial tensors.
Problem 2.47
Obtain the material time derivative of the Jacobian determinant ( J& ) in terms of ( E& ), ( C& ),
( F& ).
Solution:
We starting from the relationship J& = J Tr (D ) , where D is the rate-of-deformation tensor
which is related to E& by means of the relationship D = F −T ⋅ E& ⋅ F −1 , then:
( ) (
J& = J Tr (D) = J Tr F −T ⋅ E& ⋅ F −1 = J F −T ⋅ E& ⋅ F −1 : 1 )
In indicial notation we have:
J
J& = J Fki−1 E& kp F pj−1δ ij = J Fki−1 F pi−1 E& kp = J ( F −1 ⋅ F −T ) : E& = J C −1 : E& = C −1 : C&
2
The J& can still be expressed in terms of F& . To this end let us consider the following
equation E& kp = (F&sk Fsp + Fsk F&sp ) . Then, J& can also be expressed by:
1
2
1
( J
) (
J& = J Fki−1 F pi−1 E& kp = J Fki−1 F pi−1 F&sk Fsp + Fsk F&sp = Fki−1 F pi−1 F&sk Fsp + Fki−1 F pi−1 Fsk F&sp
2 2
)
J
( ) J −1 &
( )
= δ si Fki Fsk + δ si F pi Fsp = Fks Fsk + F ps Fsp = JFts−1 F&st = JF&st Fts−1
2
−1 & −1 &
2
−1 &
−T & & −T
= JF : F = JF : F
In short, there are various different ways to express the material time derivative of the
Jacobian determinant:
J −1 &
J& = J Tr (D) = J C −1 : E& C :C = = JF& : F −T
2
J
= J Tr (C −1 ⋅ E& ) = Tr (C −1 ⋅ C& ) = J Tr ( F& ⋅ F −1 )
2
where we have used the trace property: A : B = Tr ( A ⋅ B T ) = Tr ( A T ⋅ B ) in which A and B
are arbitrary second-order tensors.
Problem 2.48
The displacement field components are given by:
u1 = 0.1 X 22 ; u2 = 0 ; u3 = 0
a) Is this motion possible? Justify;
b) Obtain the right Cauchy-Green deformation tensor;
c) Consider two vectors at the point P (1,1,0) in the reference configuration,
r r
namely: b = 0.01eˆ 1 and c = 0.015 eˆ 2 . Find the correspondent vectors in current
configuration;
r r
d) Obtain the stretches of the vectors b and c , at the point P (1,1,0) ;
r r
e) Find the angle variation defined by the two vectors b and c .
Solution:
a) A motion is possible if the Jacobian determinant is positive. The deformation gradient
components can be obtained as follows:
1 0 0 0 0 .2 X 2 0 1 0 .2 X 2 0
∂u i
Fij = δ ij + = 0 1 0 + 0 0 0 = 0 1 0
∂X j
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1
1 0 .2 X 2 0 1 0 .2 0
C ij ( X 1 = 1, X 2 = 1, X 3 = 0) = 0.2 X 2 2
0 .2 + 1 0
X 22
= 0.2 1.04 0
0 0 1 0 0 1
P
1 0 .2 0 1
λ2bˆ = [1 0 0] 0.2 1.04 0 0 = 1
⇒ λ bˆ = 1
0 0 1 0
1 0 .2 0 0
λ2cˆ = [0 1 0] 0.2 1.04 0 1 = 1.04
⇒ λ cˆ = 1.0198
0 0 1 0
r r
e) In the current configuration the angle between the vectors b ′ and c ′ can be obtained
according to the relationship:
r r
b′ ⋅ c ′
cos θ = r r
b′ c ′
θ = arccos(0.196116135) ≈ 78.69º
In the reference configuration the angle between these two vectors is 90 º , then the angle
variation is:
∆θ = 90 º −78 .69 º = 11 .3º
Alternative solution: Given two directions in the reference configuration represented by their
unit vectors M̂ and N̂ , the angle formed by these unit vectors in the current configuration
(after motion) is given by:
Mˆ ⋅ C ⋅ Nˆ Mˆ ⋅ C ⋅ Nˆ
cos θ = =
Mˆ ⋅ C ⋅ Mˆ Nˆ ⋅ C ⋅ Nˆ λ Mˆ λ Nˆ
Then,
bˆ ⋅ C ⋅ cˆ bˆ ⋅ C ⋅ cˆ 0 .2
cos θ = = = = 0.196116135
bˆ ⋅ C ⋅ bˆ cˆ ⋅ C ⋅ cˆ λ bˆ λ cˆ 1 1.04
Problem 2.49
r
Let φ ( X , t ) be a scalar field in Lagrangian (material) description. Find the relationship
r r
between the material gradient of φ ( X , t ) , i.e. ∇ Xr φ( X , t ) , and the spatial gradient of
r r
φ ( x , t ) , i.e. ∇ xr φ( x , t ) .
Solution:
r
Remember that a Lagrangian variable φ ( X , t ) can be expressed in the Eulerian (current)
configuration by means of the equations of motion, i.e.:
r r r r
φ ( X , t ) = φ( X ( x , t ), t ) = φ( x , t ) .
Then, from the scalar gradient definition we obtain:
r r r r r
r ∂φ( X , t ) ∂φ ( X ( x , t ), t ) ∂x ∂φ ( x , t ) r
∇ Xr φ( X , t ) = r = r ⋅ r= r ⋅ F = ∇ xr φ ( x , t ) ⋅ F
∂X ∂x ∂X ∂x
In addition we have the inverse form:
r r r r r
r ∂φ( x , t ) ∂φ ( x ( X , t ), t ) ∂X ∂φ ( X , t ) r
∇ xr φ( x , t ) = r = r ⋅ r= r ⋅ F −1 = ∇ Xr φ( X , t ) ⋅ F −1
∂x ∂X ∂x ∂X
Problem 2.50
Given the following Eulerian velocity field components:
v1 = 0 ; v2 = 0 ; v3 = f ( x1 , x2 ) x3
a) Find the particle trajectory;
b) Obtain the mass density ( ρ ), knowing that at t = 0 we have ρ = f ( x1 , x 2 ) .
Solution:
dx1
= v1 = 0 ⇒ x1 (t ) = C1 at t = 0 ⇒ x1 = X 1 ⇒ x1 (t = 0) = C1 = X 1 ;
dt
dx 2
= v 2 = 0 ⇒ x 2 (t ) = C 2 at t = 0 ⇒ x 2 = X 2 ⇒ x 2 (t = 0) = C 2 = X 2
dt
dx3 dx3
dt
= v3 = f ( x1 , x 2 ) x3 = f (C1 , C 2 ) x3 ⇒
x3 ∫
= ∫ f (C , C1 2 ) dt ⇒ Ln( x 3 ) = f (C1 , C 2 )t + k
1 0 0
J= F =0 1 0 = exp f ( X 1 , X 2 )t
? ? exp f ( X 1 , X 2 )t
As we can see, the values marked by ( ? ) are not necessary in order to obtain the above
determinant, then:
ρ0 f (X1, X 2 )
ρ= =
F exp f ( X 1 , X 2 )t
Note that according to the problem statement, t = 0 , ρ = f ( x1 , x 2 ) , and according to the
equations in (2.136) we can conclude that ρ 0 = f ( X 1 , X 2 ) .
Problem 2.51
Obtain the equation for mass density in terms of the third invariant of the right Cauchy-
Green deformation tensor, i.e. ρ 0 = ρ 0 ( III C ) .
Solution:
Starting by the definition:
r r
ρ 0 ( X ) = ρ ( x, t) J
and considering that the third invariant III C = det (C ) = det ( F T ⋅ F ) = J 2 , we obtain
J = III C , then:
ρ0 =ρ III C (2.137)
Problem 2.52
Consider the displacement field of a continuous medium by:
u1 = (a1 − 1) X 1 ; u 2 = (a 2 − 1) X 2 + a1αX 1 ; u 3 = (a 3 − 1) X 3
where α is a constant. Determine a1 , a 2 and a 3 knowing that the solid is incompressible,
that a segment parallel to the X 3 -axis does not stretch and that any element area defined in
the plane X 1 − X 3 remains unchanged.
Solution:
r r r
Based on the definition of the displacement field, i.e. u = x − X , we can obtain:
u1 = x1 − X 1 = (a1 − 1) X 1 ⇒ x1 = a1 X 1
u 2 = x 2 − X 2 = (a 2 − 1) X 2 + a1αX 1 ⇒ x 2 = a 2 X 2 + a1αX 1
u 3 = x 3 − X 3 = (a 3 − 1) X 3 ⇒ x3 = a3 X 3
Then, the equations of motion are:
x1 = a1 X 1 x1 a1 0 0 X 1
x 2 = a 2 X 2 + a1αX 1 ⇒ x 2 = a1α a 2 0 X 2 (homogeneous deformation)
x = a X x 0 0 a 3 X 3
3 3 3 3
which is possible to establish that F = a1 a 2 a 3 > 0 .
By means of the incompressibility condition dV = F dV0 ⇒ F ≡ J = 1 , the following
relationship is true:
a1 a 2 a 3 = 1
ˆ = [0 0 1] , does not stretch that
By the fact that a segment parallel to the X 3 -axis, e.g. M i
implies that the stretching according to this direction is unitary, i.e. λ Mˆ = 1 , thus
ˆ ⋅ E ⋅M
λ Mˆ = 1 + 2M ˆ = 1 + 2E = 1 ⇒ E 33 = 0
33
1
The components of the Green-Lagrange strain tensor, E = ( F T ⋅ F − 1) , can be obtained
2
as follows:
a1 a1α 0 a1 0 0 1 0 0 a12 + a12α 2 − 1 a1 a 2α 0
1 1
E ij = 0 a2 0 a1α a2
0 − 0 1 0 = a1 a 2α 2
a2 −1 0
2 2
0 0 a 3 0 0 a 3 0 0 1 0 0 a 32 − 1
thus:
E 33 = a 32 − 1 = 0 ⇒ a 3 = ±1
Problem 2.53
Consider the solid shown in Figure 2.15 which is subjected to a homogenous deformation.
r r
a) Obtain the general expression for the material displacement field u( X , t ) in function of
the material displacement gradient tensor J .
r r
b) Obtain u( X , t ) knowing that also holds the following boundary conditions:
r r
u 2 ( X , t ) = u3 ( X , t ) = 0 ∀X 1 , X 2 , X 3
u1 ( X 1 = 0, X 2 , X 3 , t ) = 0
u1 ( X 1 = L, X 2 , X 3 , t ) = ∆ L
c) Justify the possible values (positive and negative) that can take ∆ L .
d) Calculate the material and spatial strain tensors and the infinitesimal strain tensor.
x2
L ∆L
x1
x3
Figure 2.15
Solution:
r
A homogeneous deformation is characterized by F ( X , t ) = F (t ) . In addition, we know
that:
r r
F ( X , t ) = 1 + J ( X , t ) Homogeneou
→ F (t ) = 1 + J (t )
s deformation
where J is the material displacement gradient tensor. Note that the homogenous
deformation is independent of the vector position, with that we can obtain:
r r
∂u( X , t ) r r r r r r r
J (t ) = r ⇒ J (t ) ⋅ dX = du( X , t ) ⇒ u( X , t ) = J (t ) ⋅ X + c (t )
∫ ∫
∂X
r r r
where c(t ) is the constant of integration. And the components of u( X , t ) are:
u1 J 11 X 1 + J 12 X 2 + J 13 X 3 c1
u2 = J 21 X 1 + J 22 X 2 + J 23 X 3 + c 2
u J X + J X + J X c
3 31 1 32 2 33 3 3
u1 J 11 X 1 + J 12 X 2 + J 13 X 3 c1
J 21 = 0; J 22 = 0; J 23 = 0, c 2 = 0
u 2 = 0 = J 21 X 1 + J 22 X 2 + J 23 X 3 + c 2 ⇒
u = 0 J X + J X + J X c J 31 = 0; J 32 = 0; J 33 = 0, c 3 = 0
3 31 1 32 2 33 3 3
condition 2) u1 ( X 1 = 0, X 2 , X 3 , t ) = 0 :
u1 = 0 J 11 X 1 + J 12 X 2 + J 13 X 3 c1
u2 = 0 + 0 ⇒ {J 12 = 0; J 13 = 0, c1 = 0
u 0 0
3
condition 3) u1 ( X 1 = L, X 2 , X 3 , t ) = ∆ L
u1 J 11 L 0
∆L
u 2 = 0 + 0 ⇒ J 11 =
u = ∆ 0 0 L
3 L
∆L
1 + L 0 0
∆
F (t ) = 1 + J (t ) → Fij = 0
components
1 0 ⇒ F = 1 + L > 0 ⇒ ∆ L > − L
L
0 0 1
The material strain tensor (the Green-Lagrange strain tensor):
∆ 1 ∆L
2
L
+ 0 0
L 2 L m2
E=
2
(
1 T
F ⋅ F −1 ) components
→ Eij = 0 0 0 2
0
0 0 m
The spatial strain tensor (the Almansi strain tensor):
∆ 1 ∆L
2
L
+ 1 0 0
L 2 L m2
e=
1
2
(
1 − F −T ⋅ F −1 ) components
→ eij = 2 0 0 0 2
∆L 0 0 0 m
1 +
L
r 1
The infinitesimal strain tensor is defined by ε = (∇ xr u) sym = ( J + J T ) , and its components
2
are:
∆L
L 0 0
m
ε ij = 0 0 0 m (dimensionless)
0 0 0
2
∆ ∆
Note that, when L << 1 is very small the term L ≈ 0 can be discarded, and in this
L L
scenario we have E ≈ e ≈ ε , i.e. we are dealing with the small deformation regime.
Problem 2.54
The tetrahedron shown in Figure 2.16 undergoes homogeneous deformation ( F = const. )
with the following consequences:
1. The points O , A and B do not move;
2. The solid volume becomes p times the initial volume;
p
3. The length of the segment AC becomes times the initial length;
2
4. The angle AOC becomes 45º .
a) Justify why we cannot use the infinitesimal deformation theory;
b) Obtain the deformation gradient, and the possible values for p and the displacement
field in material and spatial descriptions;
c) Draw the deformed solid.
x3
O a
B x2
a
A
x1
Figure 2.16
Solution:
a) The angle AOC = 90º becomes 45º , so we are not dealing with a small deformation,
since for the small deformation case the condition ∆φ << 1 must fulfill, and in this problem
π
we have ∆φ << ≈ 0.7854 ;
4
b) We have a case of homogeneous deformation. Then, the equations of motion are given
by:
x1 F11 F12 F13 X 1 c1
r r
F23 X 2 + c 2
r
x = F (t ) ⋅ X + c (t ) ⇒ x2 = F21 F22
x F F32 F33 X 3 c 3
3 31
The point O( X 1 = 0, X 2 = 0, X 3 = 0) does not move:
0 F11 F12 F13 0 c1 c1 0
0 = F21 F22 F23 0 + c 2 ⇒ c 2 = 0
0 F F32 F33 0 c 3 c 0
31 3
The point A( X 1 = a, X 2 = 0, X 3 = 0) does not move:
The volume of the solid becomes " p" times the initial volume. The relationship between the initial
(reference) volume and the current (final) volume is given by:
dV = F dV0 ⇒ ∫ dV = ∫ F dV 0 ⇒ V final = F Vinitial = F33Vinitial
where we have considered the homogeneous deformation case. With this, we can conclude
that F33 = p
p
(The length of segment AC becomes times the initial length). As we are dealing with a
2
homogeneous deformation, a line in the reference configuration will remain a line in the
current configuration.
The point C ( X 1 = 0, X 2 = 0, X 3 = a ) moves to:
x1C 1 0 F13 0 x1C aF13
C C
x 2 = 0 1 F23 0 ⇒ x 2 = aF23
x C 0 0 p a x C ap
3 3
p
Using the information provided by the problem l AC = L AC , we can obtain:
2
p
l AC = L AC
2
p
a ( F13 − 1) 2 + ( F23 ) 2 + ( p ) 2 = a 2
2
( F13 − 1) 2 + ( F23 ) 2 + ( p ) 2 = p
thus
F13 = 1
( F13 − 1) 2 + ( F23 ) 2 + p 2 = p 2 ⇒ ( F13 − 1) 2 + ( F23 ) 2 = 0 ⇒
F23 = 0
Then, the deformation gradient components are:
1 0 1
Fij = 0 1 0
0 0 p
The angle AOC changes to 45º .
dx1(1) 1 0 1 1 1
(1)
dX i(1) = [1 0 0] ⇒ dxi(1) = Fij dX (j1) ⇒ dx 2 = 0 1 0 0 = 0
dx (1) 0 0 p 0 0
3
dx1( 2) 1 0 1 0 1
( 2)
dX i( 2 ) = [0 0 1] ⇒ dxi( 2 ) = Fij dX (j 2 ) ⇒ dx 2 = 0 1 0 0 = 0
dx ( 2) 0 0 p 1 p
3
r r
dx (1) ⋅ dx ( 2 ) 2
cos( AOC ′) = cos(45º ) = r (1) r ( 2 ) =
dx dx 2
r r r r
where dx (1) = 1 , dx ( 2) = 1 + p 2 , dx (1) ⋅ dx ( 2) = 1 . Then:
1 2
= ⇒ p = ±1
1+ p2 2
As the Jacobian determinant must be greater than zero F = p > 0 , this implies that p = 1 :
1 0 1
Fij = 0 1 0
0 0 1
x3
C′
x1C aF13 a
C
x2 = aF23 = 0
xC ap a a a
3 O
a B = B′ x2
x1 A = A′
Figure 2.17
Problem 2.55
A rigid body motion is characterized by the following equation:
r r r
x = c(t ) + Q(t ) ⋅ X (2.138)
r r
Find the velocity and the acceleration fields as a function of ω , where ω is the axial vector
associated with the antisymmetric tensor ( Ω = Q & ⋅ Q T ).
Solution:
r r r
The material time derivative of x = c(t ) + Q(t ) ⋅ X is given by
r D r r& r& & r
v= x ≡ x =c + Q⋅ X
Dt
& ⋅ QT ⇒ Q
Let us consider that Ω = Q & = Ω ⋅ Q . The above equation can also be expressed as:
r r r
r r r r
v = c& + Ω ⋅ Q ⋅ X
v = c& + Ω ⋅ ( x − c )
⇒
r r r r
If Ω is an antisymmetric tensor, it holds that Ω ⋅ a = ω ∧ a , where ω (angular velocity vector)
is the axial vector associated with the antisymmetric tensor Ω . Then, the associated
velocity can be expressed as:
r r r r r r r r
v = c& + Ω ⋅ ( x − c ) = c& + ω ∧ ( x − c ) (2.139)
Note that Q(t ) is only dependent on time, hence the axial vector (angular velocity)
r r
associated with Ω is also time-dependent, i.e. ω = ω (t ) .
Then, its acceleration is given by:
r r &r& &r& && r
a = v& = x =c + Q⋅ X
&& = Ω& ⋅ Q + Ω ⋅ Q
By referring to Q & , the above equation can also be expressed as:
r &r& r &r& r r
a=c + (Ω& ⋅ Q + Ω ⋅ Q
&)⋅ X =c + Ω& ⋅ Q ⋅ X + Ω ⋅ Q & ⋅X
r r r r r r r r
= &c& + Ω& ⋅ Q ⋅ X + Ω ⋅ Ω ⋅ Q ⋅ X = &c& + Ω& ⋅ ( x − c ) + Ω ⋅ Ω ⋅ ( x − c )
we can state that:
r &r& r& r r r r r r
a =c + ω ∧ ( x − c ) + ω ∧ [ω ∧ ( x − c )] (2.140)
r r
where α ≡ ω& shows the angular acceleration.
r r r r r
For a rigid body motion when c = 0 , the velocity becomes v = ω ∧ x whose components
are vi = ipq ω p x q , and the rate-of-deformation tensor D becomes:
=
1
2
(
ipq ω p δ qj ) 1
2
( 1
) (
+ jpq ω p δ qi = ipj ω p + jpi ω p = ipj ω p − ipj ω p = 0 ij
2
)
So, once again we have proved that D = 0 for a rigid body motion, (see Problem 2.36).
Problem 2.56
r r
Given a coordinate system x which is fixed in space, and the mobile system x *
characterized only by rotation, (see Figure 2.18). Show that the rate of change of a vector
r
b can be represented by:
r r r
Db Db r r Db r
Dt =
+ ϕ ∧ b =
+Ω T ⋅b (2.141)
fixed Dt mobile Dt mobile
r
Db r r
where
represents the rate of change of b with respect to the fixed system x ,
Dt fijo
r
Db r
represents the rate of change of b with respect to the mobile system which its
Dt
móvil
r
angular velocity is ϕ .
r
b r
ϕ
x3
x2*
x3*
x1*
x2
x1
Figure 2.18
Solution:
By means of component transformation law the following relationships are true:
r r r r
b* = A ⋅b ⇔ b = A T ⋅ b * (components)
r r
where A is the matrix transformation from the system x to the system x * .
r r
The rate of change of the vector b = A T ⋅ b * can be evaluated as follows:
D r r& D
Dt
b ≡b =
Dt
[
r
] r r&
A T ⋅ b * = A& T ⋅ b * + A T ⋅ b * (2.142)
Making an analogy with rate of change of the orthogonal tensor, (see Chaves(2013) –
Chapter 2), we can state that Ω = A& ⋅ A T ⇒ A& T = A T ⋅ Ω T , where Ω T is an
r
antisymmetric tensor and represents the rate of change of rotate of the system x * with
r
respect to the fixed system x . Then, the equation in (2.142) can be rewritten as follows:
D r r& r r& r r& r r&
b ≡ b = A& T ⋅ b * + A T ⋅ b = A T ⋅ Ω T ⋅ b * + A T ⋅ b * = A T ⋅ Ω T ⋅ b * + b * (2.143)
Dt
r r r r
Recall the antisymmetric tensor property Ω T ⋅ b * = ϕ ∧ b * , where ϕ is the axial vector
r r
associated with the antisymmetric tensor Ω T , i.e. ϕ = ϕ (t ) is the angular velocity of the
r
mobile system x * . Then, the equation in (2.143) can also be rewritten as:
r& r r& r r r&
b = A T ⋅ Ω T ⋅ b * + b * = A T ⋅ ϕ * ∧ b * + b * (components) (2.144)
r& r& r
Note that the term A ⋅ b represents the components of b in the system x * , and also note
r& r&
that A ⋅ b ≠ b * , thus:
r * r r
A ⋅ b& = b& * + ϕr * ∧ b * (components) (2.145)
which in tensorial notation becomes:
r r
Db Db r r
= + ϕ ∧ b (tensorial notation) (2.146)
Dt
fijo Dt móvil
Problem 2.57
r
a) A continuum is rotating as a rigid body with a constant angular velocity ω = ω 3 ê 3 , (see
Figure 2.19):
a.1) Obtain the velocity components in the spatial and material descriptions;
a.2) Obtain the acceleration in the spatial (Eulerian) description;
a.3) When ω 3 = 3rad / s , obtain the vector position, velocity and acceleration at time
t = 2.5s of the particle that in the reference configuration was at (1,1,0) .
b) Taking into account Problem 1.129 where we have obtained the body force vector (per
r GM r
unit mass) b = − r xˆ where g = b is the acceleration of gravity caused by gravitational
x
field. Now, if we consider the Earth as a sphere that rotates around its axis with angular
r
velocity ω = ω 3 ê 3 , obtaining the acceleration of gravity ( g φ ) at sea level in terms of the
latitude φ .
X 3 , x3
r
ω = ω 3 ê 3
ω3 r r
r = r eˆ r = reˆ r
r ê3
r
êθ
r ê r
x
X 2 , x2
X 1 , x1
Figure 2.19
Solution:
r r r r
a.1) By means of Problem 2.55 we can conclude that v ( x , t ) = ω ∧ x , or in indicial
notation:
vi = ijk ω j xk = i1k ω1 xk + i 2 k ω2 xk + i 3k ω3 xk = i 3k ω3 xk
{ {
=0 =0
= i 31ω3 x1 + i 32 ω3 x2 + i 33 ω3 x3 = i 31ω3 x1 + i 32 ω3 x2
{
=0i
Then:
v1 = 132ω3 x2 = −ω3 x2 ; v2 = 231ω3 x1 = ω3 x1 ; v3 = 0 (2.147)
r r r r r
Note that the field v ( x , t ) is stationary, i.e. v = v ( x ) .
r r
For a rigid body motion when c (t ) = 0 , the equations of motion are governed by:
r r
x = Q(t ) ⋅ X
where the orthogonal matrix components are given by the transformation matrix from the
r r
system x ′ to x , thus:
x1 cos θ(t ) − sin θ(t ) 0 X 1 cos θ(t ) X 1 − sin θ(t ) X 2
x 2 = sin θ(t ) cos θ(t ) 0 X 2 = sin θ(t ) X 1 + cos θ(t ) X 2
x 0 0 1 X 3 X3
3
dθ(t )
Considering that ω = and by integrating we can obtain:
dt
a.2) The Eulerian acceleration can be obtained by means of the definition of material time
r r
derivative of v ( x , t ) , i.e.:
r r r r r r
r r ∂v ( x , t ) ∂v ( x , t ) ∂x ( X , t ) r r r
a ( x, t ) = + r ⋅ = (∇ xr v ) ⋅ v ( x , t )
1
42 ∂t4 3 ∂x ∂t
r
0
With that, we check that we are dealing with a rigid body motion. Then, the Eulerian
acceleration components are given by:
0 − ω3 0 − ω3 x2 − ω3 x1
2
ai ( x , t ) = [(∇ xr v ) ⋅ v ( x , t )]i = ω3 0 ω3 x1 = − ω32 x2
r r r r
0
0 0 0 0 0
r r
We can express the acceleration a ( x , t ) = −ω 32 x1 eˆ 1 − ω 32 x 2 eˆ 2 in the cylindrical coordinate,
(see Figure 2.19). Note that:
x1 = r cos θ , x1 = r cos θ , eˆ 1 = eˆ r cos θ − eˆ θ sin θ , eˆ 2 = eˆ r sin θ + eˆ θ cos θ . Then, the
acceleration in the cylindrical coordinate system becomes:
r
a = −ω 32 x1 eˆ 1 − ω 32 x 2 eˆ 2
= −ω 32 ( r cos θ)(eˆ r cos θ − eˆ θ sin θ) − ω 32 ( r sin θ)(eˆ r sin θ + eˆ θ cos θ)
r
= −ω 32 r (cos 2 θ + sin 2 θ)eˆ r = −ω 32 reˆ r = −ω 32 r
The latter is known as the centripetal acceleration.
a.3) The particle at position (1,1,0) in the reference configuration describes a circular path
of radius r = 2 on the x1 − x 2 -plane, (see Figure 2.20).
Particle P at t = 2.5s X 2 , x2
r r
v ( X , t = 0) Particle P
r r
v P ( x , t = 2 . 5) 1
r
r X
x
1 X 1 , x1
Trajectory of particle P
Figure 2.20
r r
In the reference configuration ( t = 0 ) it fulfills that X = x . For the particle P we have:
r
v1P ( x , t = 0) = −ω3 x 2 = −ω 3 X 2 = −(3)(1) = −3
P r
v 2 ( x , t = 0) = ω 3 x1 = ω 3 X 1 = (3)(1) = 3
P
v3 = 0
− ω 32 X 1 − 9
r
a iP ( x , t = 0) = − ω 32 X 2 = − 9
0 0
At time t = 2.5s the position, velocity, and acceleration of the particle P are given by:
x1P X 1 cos(ωt ) − X 2 sin(ωt ) cos(3 × 2.5) − sin(3 × 2.5) − 0.59136
P
x 2 = X 1 sin(ωt ) + X 2 cos(ωt ) = sin(3 × 2.5) + cos(3 × 2.5) = 1.28464
x P X3 0 0
3
r
v1P ( x , t = 2.5) = −ω 3 x 2 = −(3)(1.28464) = −3.85391
P r
v 2 ( x , t = 2.5) = ω 3 x1 = (3)(−0.59136) = −1.77409
P
v 3 = 0
− ω 32 x1 5.322
r
a iP ( x , t = 2.5) = − ω 32 x 2 = − 11.562
0 0
b) For a particle located on the surface of the Earth, due to rotation, this particle will feel as
being projected outward according to r -direction, (see Figure 2.21). Keep in mind that the
real force is the Centripetal due to the centripetal acceleration. For convenience, we adopt a
fictitious force, centrifugal force, which would be the cause of this apparent outward
v
projection. Associated with this force we have the centrifugal acceleration ( a ctfu ) which is
v
equal but opposite to the centripetal acceleration ( a ctpe ).
x3 , z x3 , z
ω3 ω3
r v
x3 r a ctfu
r α
R b
φ
φ
x2 , y
x1 , x
Figure 2.21
v r v 2 v r r 2
g φ = a ctfu + b = a ctpe − 2 a ctpe b cos φ + b = (ω 32 r ) 2 − 2(ω 32 r ) g cos φ + g 2
thus
g φ = g 2 − 2 gω 32 R cos 2 φ + ω 34 R 2 cos 2 φ
Note that at the poles ( φ = 90 º ) we have g φPol = g , and in the line of Ecuador it holds that
g φEcu = g 2 − 2 gω 32 R + ω 34 R 2 = ( g − ω 32 R ) 2 = g − ω 32 R .
Problem 2.58
Consider a rod subjected to successive displacements as shown in Figure 2.22. Show that
the engineering strain (also known as the Cauchy strain or the infinitesimal strain) is not
additive to successive increments of strain, i.e. ε (1) + ε ( 2) ≠ ε .
B0 B B
L0 L0
L(1) L( 2 ) L(f1) L ≡ L( 2)
∆L(1)
∆L
( 2)
∆L
Figure 2.22
Solution:
The engineering strain was obtained as:
∆L L − L 0
εC = = = λ −1
L0 L0
Then, the total strain experienced by the body, i.e. from the B0 -configuration to the B -
configuration is:
L( 2 ) − L0 L( 2 )
εC = = −1
L0 L0
L( 2 ) − L(1) L( 2 )
ε C( 2 ) = = (1) − 1
L(1) L
thus
L(1) L( 2 ) L( 2)
ε C(1) + ε C( 2 ) = − 1 + (1) − 1 ≠ − 1 = ε C
L0 L L0
An essential requirement for any strain is that it can be possible to characterize the real
displacement. For this case the final length is:
L0 L0
L(1)
∫0
ε C(1) dx=
0
∫
L0
− 1dx = L(1) − L0 = ∆L(1)
(1) ( 2)
L1 L1 ⇒ ∆L + ∆L = ∆L
L( 2 )
∫
0 0
∫
ε (C2 ) dx = (1) − 1 dx = L( 2 ) − L(1) = ∆L( 2 )
L
L0 L
0
L
∫0
ε C dx =
0 0
∫
L
− 1 dx = L − L0 = ∆L
The Green-Lagrange strain tensor
Note that the Green-Lagrange strain tensor in the B -configuration is given by:
εG =
L2 − L20
=
1 2
(
λ −1 )
2 L20 2
We could have obtained the same expression by using the relationship
E=E (1)
+F (1)T
⋅ E ⋅ F , where for the uniaxial case we have
( 2) (1)
E → ε G , E (1) → ε G(1) ,
L(1)
E ( 2 ) → ε G( 2) , F (1) → λ(1) = . Then:
L0
⋅ E ( 2) ⋅ F (1)
T
E = E (1) + F (1)
Problem 2.59
Let us consider the Cartesian components of the deformation gradient:
5 3 3
Fij = 2 6 3
2 2 4
obtain the tensors U (right stretch tensor), V (left stretch tensor), and R (rotation tensor).
Solution:
Before obtaining the tensors U , V , R , we analyze the deformation gradient F .
The motion is possible if the determinant of F is greater than zero, det ( F ) = 60 > 0 . The
eigenvalues and eigenvectors of F are given by:
F11′ = 10 associated with eigenvector mˆ i(1) = [0.6396021491; 0.6396021491; 0.4264014327]
′ = 3.770098
C 22 eigenvecto
r → ˆ ( 2 ) = [0.5105143234; 0.2793856273; − 0.8132215099]
N i
′ = 102.955163
C 33 eigenvecto
r → ˆ (3) = [− 0.518239; − 0.65470405; − 0.550264423]
N i
These eigenvectors constitute an orthogonal basis, so, it holds that AC−1 = ACT , and
det (AC ) = −1 (improper orthogonal tensor):
In the C principal space we obtain the components of the right stretch tensor, U , as:
λ 1 0 0 C11 ′ 0 0 3.0454455 0 0
U ′ = U′ij = 0 λ2
0 = 0 ′
C 22 0 = 0 1.9416741 0
0 0 λ 3 0 0 ′
C 33 0 0 10.1466824
and its inverse:
1
0 0 1
0 0
3.0454455
λ1
1 1
U ′ −1 = U′ij−1 = 0 0 = 0 0
λ2 1.9416741
1
0 1 0 0
0
10 . 1466824
λ 3
We can evaluate the components of the tensor U in the original space by means of the
transformation law:
4.66496626 2.25196988 2.48328843
A U ′AC = 2.25196988 6.00314487 2.80907159 = U ij
T
C
2.48328843 2.80907159 4.46569091
and
0.31528844 − 0.05134777 − 0.14302659
A U ′ AC = 2.25196988
T
C
−1
0.24442627 − 0.12519889 = U ij−1
− 0.14302659 − 0.12519889 0.38221833
Then, the rotation tensor of the polar decomposition is given by the equation R = F ⋅ U −1 ,
which is a proper orthogonal tensor, i.e. det (R ) = 1 .
0.9933191 0.10094326 0.05592536
R ij = Fik U kj−1 = − 0.10658955 0.98826538 0.10940847
− 0.04422505 − 0.11463858 0.9924224
′ = 3.770098
b22 eigenvecto
r → nˆ (i 2 ) = [0.4898263742 0.1327190337 − 0.8616587383]
′ = 102.95516
b33 eigenvecto
r → nˆ (i 3) = [− 0.611638389 − 0.6519860747 − 0.448121233]
Note that, the tensors b and C have the same eigenvalues but different eigenvectors. If
the eigenvectors of b constitute an orthogonal basis then it holds that Ab−1 = AbT , and
det (Ab ) = −1 :
Since C and b have the same eigenvalues, it follows that U′ij = Vij′ , i.e. they have the same
components in their respectively principal space. Additionally, it holds that U′ij−1 = Vij′ −1 .
The components of the tensor V in the original space can be evaluated by:
5.3720129 2.76007379 2.41222612
A V ′Ab = A U ′Ab = 2.76007379 6.04463857 2.20098553 = Vij
T
b
T
b
2.41222612 2.20098553 3.6519622
and
0.28717424 − 0.07950684 − 0.14176921
A V ′ Ab = A U ′ Ab = − 0.07950684 0.23396031 − 0.08848799 = Vij−1
T
b
−1 T
b
−1
The polar decomposition rotation tensor obtained previously has to be the same as the one
obtained by R = V −1 ⋅ F .
We could also have obtained the tensors U , V , R , by means of their spectral
representation. That is, if we know the principal stretches, λ i , and the eigenvectors of C
ˆ (i ) ), and the eigenvectors of b ( nˆ (i ) ), it is easy to show that:
(N
3 ˆ ( a ) = λ Nˆ (1)Nˆ (1) + λ Nˆ ( 2 ) Nˆ ( 2 ) + λ Nˆ (3) N
∑
U ij = λ a N
a =1
ˆ (a) ⊗ N
ij
1 i j 2 i j 3 i
ˆ (3)
j
3
∑
Vij = λ a nˆ ( a ) ⊗ nˆ ( a ) = λ 1 nˆ (i1) nˆ (j1) + λ 2 nˆ i( 2) nˆ (j2) + λ 3 nˆ i(3) nˆ (j3)
a =1 ij
3 (a) ˆ (a )
R ij = ∑
a =1 ij
ˆ (1) + nˆ ( 2 )Nˆ ( 2 ) + nˆ (3) Nˆ (3)
nˆ ⊗ N = nˆ (i1) N j i j i j
3 3
F= ∑
a =1
λa R ⋅N
ˆ (a) ⊗ N
ˆ (a ) =
∑λ
a =1
a nˆ ( a ) ⊗ nˆ ( a ) ⋅ R
3
ˆ ( a ) = λ nˆ ( a ) ⊗ nˆ ( a ) ⋅ R = R ⋅ U = V ⋅ R
3
∑
= R ⋅ λ a N
a =1
ˆ (a) ⊗ N
a =1
a ∑
As we can verify, the representations of the tensors R and F are not the spectral
representations in the strict sense of the word, i.e., λ i are not eigenvalues of F , and
ˆ (i ) are eigenvectors of F .
neither nˆ (i ) nor N
Problem 2.60
The deformation gradient at one point of the body is given by:
F = 0.2eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 1 − 0.1eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 2 + 0.3eˆ 2 ⊗ eˆ 1 + 0.4eˆ 2 ⊗ eˆ 2 + 0.1eˆ 3 ⊗ eˆ 3
where eˆ i (i = 1,2,3) represents the Cartesian basis.
a) Obtain the deformation tensors b and C ;
b) Obtain the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of b and C ;
where the index (a ) does not indicate summation. Note that we already know one
eigenvalue of C , i.e. C (3) = 0.01 , (see C -components in (2.151)). Then, the characteristic
determinant becomes:
0.13 − C 0 .1
=0 ⇒ (0.13 − C )(0.17 − C ) − 0.01 = 0
0 .1 0.17 − C
The solution of the quadratic equation is:
C (1) = 0.25198 ; C ( 2 ) = 0.04802
Then:
0.633399 − 0.77334
Cc (1) = 0.25198 ⇒ N i = 0.77334
ˆ (1)
; C ( 2 ) = 0.04802 ⇒ N i = 0.63399
ˆ (2)
0 0
0
C (3) = 0.01 ⇒ Nˆ i(3) = 0
1
where λ a > 0 are the principal stretches. Considering that λ2a = C a are the eigenvalues of
C and of b , the principal stretches are:
λ (1) = 0.25198 ≈ 0.501976 ; λ ( 2) = 0.04802 ≈ 0.219134 ; λ (3) = 0.01 = 0.1
3
c) To check if F= ∑ λ nˆ
a =1
a
(a) ˆ (a )
⊗N holds we calculate the components of
3
0.832 − 0.554 0
R= ∑ ˆ (a)
nˆ ( a ) ⊗ N components (R )ij = 0.554 0.832 0
a =1
0 0 1
which can be verified with:
3 ˆ ( a ) = nˆ (1) ⊗ Nˆ (1) + nˆ ( 2 ) ⊗ Nˆ ( 2 ) + nˆ (3) ⊗ Nˆ (3)
R ij = ∑
a =1
nˆ ( a ) ⊗ N
ij
i j i j i j
3
0.333 0.139 0
U= ∑ ˆ (a) ⊗ N
λ aN ˆ (a) components (U)ij ≈ 0.139 0.388 0
a =1
0 0 0.1
The left stretch tensor:
3
0.222 0.028 0
V= ∑ λ nˆ a
(a )
⊗ nˆ (a)
components (V )ij ≈ 0.028 0.5 0
a =1
0 0 0.1
Problem 2.61
Consider the following equations of motion:
x1 = X 1 ; x2 = X 2 − αX 3 ; x3 = X 3 + αX 2
a) Obtain the deformation gradient, the right Cauchy-Green deformation tensor, the left
Cauchy-Green deformation tensor, the Green-Lagrange strain tensor and the Almansi
strain tensor. Check whether this case represents a homogeneous deformation.
b) Obtain the right stretch tensor, the spin tensor of polar decomposition and the principal
space of the left Cauchy-Green deformation tensor of the polar decomposition.
c) Obtain the final length of an initial length element equal to 2 which is in the X 3 -
direction, and the angular distortion of an initial angle 30º which is in the plane X 1 − X 2 .
d) Obtain the strain tensor by considering the small deformation regime.
Solution:
a) The deformation gradient ( F ) components are:
∂x1 ∂x1 ∂x1
∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3 1 0 0
∂xi ∂x 2 ∂x 2 ∂x 2
Fij = = = 0 1 − α
∂X j ∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3
∂x3 0 α 1
∂x3 ∂x3
∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3
r r
In general we have dx = F ⋅ dX , and if we are dealing with a homogeneous deformation (a
r r r
particular case of motion) the relationship x = F ⋅ X + c (t ) holds, a fact that can be
r r
checked by means of the equations of motion in matrix form with c(t ) = 0 :
x1 1 0 0 X1
x = 0 1 − α X
2 2
x3 0 α 1 X 3
1
The Green-Lagrange strain tensor, E = (C − 1) , and the Almansi strain tensor,
2
1
e= (1 − b −1 ) , are defined by their components as follows:
2
1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1
E ij = (C ij − δ ij ) = 0 1 + α 2
0 − 0 1 0 = 0 α 2 0
2 2 2
0
0 1 + α 2 0 0 1 0 0 α 2
1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 α 2
eij = (δ ij − bij−1 ) = 0 1 0 − 0 0 = 0 0
2 2 1+α 2 2 1 + α 2
0 0 1 1 α2
0 0 2 0 0
1 + α 1+α 2
We can check the results by the relationship E = F T ⋅ e ⋅ F :
0 0 0
1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
1 α2 1
Eij = 0 1 α 0 0 0 1
− α = 0 α 2
0
2 1+α 2 2
0 − α 1 α 2 0 α 1 0 0 α 2
0 0
1+α 2
b) According to the format of the Cartesian components of C , we can verify that the
original space is already the principal space of C , i.e. the principal directions are
Nˆ i(1) = [1 0 0] , Nˆ i(1) = [0 1 0] , Nˆ i(1) = [0 0 1] . By definition, the right stretch tensor is
given by U = C , and its components are:
1 0 0
1 0 0
inverse 1
Uij = 0 1+α 2 −1
0 → Uij = 0 0
0 0 1+α 2 1+α2
0 1
0
1+α 2
X 2 , x2
X 1 , x1
X 3 , x3
3
In addition, we can check that the relation R = ∑ nˆ ( a ) ⊗ N
ˆ ( a ) holds:
a =1
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1+α 2 0 0
1 1 1
R ij = 0 0 0 + 0 1
0 + 0 0 − α =
0 1 −α
0 0 0 1+α 2 0 α 0 1+α 2 0 0 1 1 +α 2 0 α 1
r
dx ds
c) By means of the stretch definition according to the M̂ -direction, i.e. λ Mˆ = r = ,
dX dS
and considering that the stretch is not dependent on line integral (homogeneous
deformation), it holds that:
∫ ∫ ∫
L final = ds = λ Mˆ dS = λ Mˆ dS = λ Mˆ Linitial
λ X = C 33 = 1 + 2 E 33 = 1 + α 2
3
Then:
2
∫
L final = λ Mˆ dX 2 = 1 + α 2 ( Linitial ) = 2 1 + α 2
0
X 3 , x3
x1A 1 0 0 X 1A
A A
A′ A x 2 = 0 1 − α X 2
x3A 0 α 1 X 3A
Linitial = 2 1 0 0 0 0
L final
= 0 1 − α 0 = − 2α
0 α 1 2 2
− 2α O X 2 , x2
X 1 , x1
Figure 2.24
where Θ is the angle between the unit vectors M̂ and N̂ in the reference configuration,
and θ is the angle between the two new unit vectors in the current configuration.
r
Considering that the Green-Lagrange strain tensor is independent of X , we adopt two unit
vectors forming an angle Θ = 30º in the plane X 1 − X 2 , e.g. Nˆ i = [1 0 0] and
Mˆ i = [cos 30º sin 30º 0] . With these data we have:
0 0 0 cos 30º
1
ˆ ⋅ E ⋅ Nˆ = [1 0 0] 0 α
M
2
0 sin 30º = 0
2
0 0 α 2 0
The stretches:
1 0 0 1
λ2Mˆ ˆ
= M ⋅ C ⋅ M = [1 0 0] 0 1 + α
ˆ 2
0 0 = 1 ⇒ λ Mˆ = 1
0 0 1 + α 2 0
and
1 0 0 cos 30º
λ2Nˆ ˆ ˆ
= N ⋅ C ⋅ N = [cos 30º sin 30º 0] 0 1 + α 2
0 sin 30º
0 0 1 + α 2 0
= cos 2 30º + (1 + α 2 ) sin 2 30º = 1 + α 2 sin 2 30º
X 3 , x3
A′ α sin 30º
C′
θ O sin 30º
X 2 , x2
cos 30º 30º
B = B′
C
X 1 , x1
Figure 2.25
Then, the angle formed by the new unit vectors O ′B ′ and O ′C ′ is:
O′B′ ⋅ O′C ′ = O′B′ O′C ′ cosθ
cos 30º
cos 2 30º = cos 2 30º cos 2 30º + sin 2 30º +α 2 sin 2 30º cos θ ⇒ cosθ =
1 + α 2 sin 2 30º
d)
0 0 0
ε ij = 0 0 0
0 0 0
Problem 2.62
For a given motion (shear deformation):
x1 = X 1 + kX 2 ; x2 = X 2 ; x3 = X 3
where k is a constant. Obtain the tensors: F (deformation gradient), C (the right Cauchy-
Green deformation tensor), b (the left Cauchy-Green deformation tensor), E (the Green-
Lagrange strain tensor), U (the right stretch tensor), V (the left stretch tensor) and R (the
spin tensor of the polar decomposition).
Solution:
The deformation gradient components:
∂x1 ∂x1 ∂x1
∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3 1 k 0
∂x ∂x ∂x2 ∂x2
Fij = i = 2 = 0 1 0
∂X j ∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3
∂x3 ∂x3 ∂x3 0 0 1
∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3
2 k
2 0
k +4 k2 + 4
−k 2
R ij = 0
2
k +4 k2 + 4
0 0 1
From the polar decomposition F = R ⋅ U = V ⋅ R , we obtain U = R T ⋅ F and V = F ⋅ R T ,
whose components are:
2 −k 2 k
0 2 0
2 k2 + 4
k +4 k2 + 4 1 k 0 k + 4
k 2 k 2 + k2
Uij = R ki Fkj = 0 0 1 0 = 0
2
k +4 k2 + 4 2
0 0 1 k + 4 k2 + 4
0
0 1 0 0 1
2+k
2
2 −k k
2 0 0
2 2 2
1 k 0 k + 4 k +4 k +4 k +4
k 2 k 2
Vij = Fik R jk = 0 1 0 0 = 0
2
0 0 1 k + 4 k2 + 4 2
k +4 k2 + 4
0
0 1 0 0 1
Problem 2.63
A deformable parallelepiped of dimensions 2 × 2 × 1 is in the reference configuration as
indicated in Figure 2.26. This body is subjected to motion:
r r
x ( X , t ) = −exp X 2t eˆ 1 + tX 12 eˆ 2 + X 3 eˆ 3 (2.153)
where ( X 1 , X 2 , X 3 ) are the material coordinates, and t stands for time.
a) Obtain the deformation gradient F .
b) Obtain the right Cauchy-Green deformation tensor C , and the principal stretches.
c) Obtain the right stretch tensor U and the rotation tensor R . Check if R is a proper
orthogonal tensor.
d) Find the volume of the deformed parallelepiped at time t = 1s .
X2
X3 1 2 X1
Figure 2.26
Solution:
a) According to the equation (2.153), the vector position components are x1 = −exp X 2t ,
x 2 = tX 12 , x3 = X 3 , then the deformation gradient ( F ) components are given by:
0 2tX 1 0 0 − t exp X 2t 0 4t 2 X 12 0 0
C ij = − t exp X 2t 0 0 2tX 1 0 0 = 0 t 2 exp 2 X 2t 0
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1
Note that this space is the principal space (principal directions) of C . Considering that λ i
are the principal stretches, the following relationship is fulfilled:
3 3
C = U2 = ∑
a =1
ˆ (a ) ⊗ N
λ2a N ˆ (a) ⇒ U= ∑λ
a =1
a
ˆ (a) ⊗ N
N ˆ (a)
As we are working in the principal space of C , we can obtain the principal stretches as
follows:
λ 1 = + 4t 2 X 12 ; λ 2 = + t 2 exp 2 X 2t ; λ3 = + 1
3
which are positive numbers, since U = ∑ λ a N
ˆ (a ) ⊗ N
ˆ ( a ) is a positive definite tensor by
a =1
definition, thus:
λ1 = 2tX 1 ; λ 2 = t exp X 2t ; λ3 = 1
c)
1
2tX 0 0
2tX 1 0 0 1
1
Uij = 0 t exp X 2 t 0 ⇒ Uij = 0
−1
0
t exp X 2 t
0 0 1
0 0 1
According to the polar decomposition, F = R ⋅ U ⇒ R = F ⋅ U −1 , we can obtain the rotation
tensor ( R ) components as follows:
1
0 0
0 − t exp X 2t
0 2tX 1 0 − 1 0
1
R ij = 2tX 1 0 0 0 0 = 1 0 0
t exp X 2 t
0 0 1 0 0 1
0 0 1
∫ ∫ ∫ ∫ ∫ (2 X exp
X2
dV = JdV0 = 1 )dX 3 dX 2 dX 1 = 4(exp 2 − 1) ≈ 25.556
V0 X 1 =0 X 2 =0 X 3 =0
NOTE: We cannot use the equation V = JV0 because we are not dealing with
homogeneous deformation case.
Problem 2.64
A body is subjected to motion:
x1 = X 1 ; x 2 = X 2 + kX 3 ; x3 = X 3 + kX 2
where k is a constant.
a) Obtain the deformation gradient ( F ); the right Cauchy-Green deformation tensor ( C );
the Green-Lagrange strain tensor ( E ).
b) Calculate the displacement field, the magnitude (dx) 2 of sides OA and OB , and
diagonal OC after deformation of Figure 2.27.
c) Consider now a square as indicated in Figure 2.28:
c.1) Obtain the stretches according to directions OC and BA ; c.2) Obtain the angle θ 23 in
the current configuration in function of k .
c.3) Apply the polar decomposition of the tensor F in order to obtain U and R .
X3
dX 2
B C
dX 3
O A X2
X1
Figure 2.27
x3 C′
B′
B C
θ 23
A′
x2
O A
Figure 2.28
Solution:
a) The deformation gradient components are:
∂x1 ∂x1 ∂x1
∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3 1 0 0
∂xi ∂x2 ∂x2 ∂x2
Fij = = = 0 1 k
∂X j ∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3
∂x3 ∂x3 ∂x3 0 k 1
∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3
1
The Green-Lagrange strain tensor, E = (C − 1) , components are:
2
1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
1 1
E ij = 0 1 + k 2
2 k − 0 1 0 = 0 k 2 2k
2 2
0 2k 1 + k 2 0 0 1 0 2k k 2
r r r
b.1) The displacement field, u = x − X , components are:
u1 = x1 − X 1 = 0 ; u 2 = x 2 − X 2 = kX 3 ; u 3 = x 3 − X 3 = kX 2
r 2
b.2) Calculation of dx = (ds) 2 :
r2 r r r r r r r r
(ds ) 2 = dx = dx ⋅ dx = F ⋅ dX ⋅ F ⋅ dX = dX ⋅ F T ⋅ F ⋅ dX = dX ⋅ C ⋅ dX
thus:
1 0 0 dX 1
(ds ) = [dX 1 dX 2
2
dX 3 ] 0 1 + k 2
2k dX 2
0 2k 1 + k 2 dX 3
= ( dX 1 ) 2 + (dX 2 ) 2 (1 + k 2 ) + (dX 3 ) 2 (1 + k 2 ) + 4k (dX 2 )(dX 3 )
1 1
c.1) The stretch according to the OC -direction: Nˆ i = 0 , is:
2 2
0
1 0 0
1 1 1
2
(λ OC ) = 0 0 1 + k
2
2k = (1 + k ) 2
2 2 2
0 2k 1 + k 2 1
2
1 −1
The stretch according to the BA -direction: Nˆ i = 0 , with that we can obtain:
2 2
0
1 0 0
1 −1 1
2
(λ BA ) = 0 0 1 + k
2
2k = (1 − k ) 2
2 2 2
0 2k 1 + k 2 − 1
2
c.2) The variation of the angle can be calculated by means of the equation:
ˆ ⋅C ⋅N
M ˆ ˆ ⋅ C ⋅N
M ˆ
cos θ = =
ˆ ⋅ C ⋅M
M ˆ Nˆ ⋅ C ⋅N
ˆ λ Mˆ λ Nˆ
1 0 0 0
(λ OB ) = [0 0 1] 0 1 + k
2 2
2k 0 = 1 + k 2
0 2k 1 + k 2 1
1 0 0 0
(λ OA ) = [0 1 0] 0 1 + k
2 2
2k 1 = 1 + k 2
0 2k 1 + k 2 0
1 0 0 0
ˆ ˆ
Mi C ij N j = [0 0 1] 0 1 + k 2
2k 1 = 2k
0 2k 1 + k 2 0
Then:
ˆ ⋅ C ⋅N
M ˆ 2k
cos θ 23 = =
λ Mˆ λ Nˆ 1+ k2
1 1 −1 1
The principal directions are λ 2 ⇒ Ni( 2) = 0 ( 3)
, λ 3 ⇒ N i = 0 . Then,
2 2 2 2
the transformation matrix between the original space and the principal space is:
1 0 0
1 1
aij = A = 0
2 2
−1 1
0
2 2
Problem 2.65
Given the following equations of motion:
x1 = λ1 X 1 ; x2 = −λ 3 X 3 ; x3 = λ 2 X 2
a) Obtain the final volume to a unit cube;
b) Obtain the deformed area to a unit square defined in the X 1 − X 2 -plane, and draw the
deformed area;
c) Apply the polar decomposition and obtain the tensors U , V and R
Solution:
a)
x1 λ 1 0 0 X 1 λ 1 0 0
x2 = 0 0 − λ 3 X 2 ⇒ Fij = 0 0 − λ 3 (homogenous deformation)
x 0 λ2 0 X 3 0 λ2 0
3
The determinant of F is given by F ≡ J = λ 1λ 2 λ 3 , and the deformed volume:
integrating
dV = F dV0 → V final = F Vinitial = λ 1λ 2 λ 3
b) Applying the Nanson’s formula and by considering the particular case (homogeneous
deformation):
r r integrating r r
da = JF −T ⋅ dA → a final = JF −T ⋅ Ainitial
where
1
0 0
eˆ 1 eˆ 2 eˆ 3 λ 2 λ 3 0 0 λ1
r 1 0 1
Ainitial = 1 0 0 = eˆ 3 ; Fij−1 = 0 λ 1 λ 3 = 0 0
λ 1λ 2 λ 3 λ2
0 1 0 0 − λ 1λ 2 0
0 −1
0
λ3
With that the deformed area vector is:
1
0 0
a1 λ1 0 0
− 1
a 2 = λ 1 λ 2 λ 3 0 0
0 = − λ 1 λ 2
a λ3
3 1 0
0 1
0
λ2
and its magnitude is:
r
a final = (−λ 1λ 2 ) 2 = λ 1λ 2
where the points A(1,0,0) , B(0,1,0) and C (1,1,0) , (see Figure 2.29), move according to the
equations of motion:
x1A λ 1 0 0 1 λ 1 x1B λ1 0 0 0 0
A B
x2 = 0 0 − λ 3 0 = 0 ; x2 = 0 0 − λ 3 1 = 0
x A 0 λ2 0 0 0 x B 0 λ2 0 0 λ 2
3 3
x1C λ 1 0 0 1 λ 1
C
x2 = 0 0 − λ 3 1 = 0
xC 0 λ2 0 0 λ 2
3
X 3 , x3
B ′(0,0, λ 2 )
r
a final = λ 1 λ 2
C ′(λ1 ,0, λ 2 )
O (0,0,0) B (0,1,0) X 2 , x2
r
Ainitial = 1
C (1,1,0)
A(1,0,0)
A′(λ 1 ,0,0)
X 1 , x1
Figure 2.29
Note that the original space coincides with the principal space of C . Note also that C and
b have the same eigenvalues but different principal directions. To obtain the spin tensor of
the polar decomposition we apply R = F ⋅ U−1 = V −1 ⋅ F :
1
0 0
λ1 0 0 λ1 1 0 0
1
R ij = Fik U−kj1 = 0 0 − λ3 0 0 = 0 0 − 1
λ2
0 λ 2 0
0 1 0 1 0
0
λ 3
Problem 2.66
Consider the equations of motion:
x1 = 3 X 1 ; x2 = 2 X 2 ; x3 = 3 X 3 − X 2
Obtain the material ellipsoid associated with the material sphere defined in the reference
configuration by X 12 + X 22 + X 32 = 1 , (see Figure 2.30). Check that the ellipsoid in the
x1′ 2 x 2′ 2 x3′ 2
principal space of the left stretch tensor V has the format + + = 1 , where λ 1 ,
λ21 λ22 λ23
λ 2 , λ 3 are the principal stretches.
X 2 , x2
X 3 , x3
Material surface
(always constituted by the
same particles)
X 1 , x1
which is the equation of an ellipsoid. We now represent the ellipsoid equation in the
principal space of the left stretch tensor V . Recall that the tensor V and b are coaxial, i.e.
they have the same principal directions), and is also true that:
V = b = F ⋅FT
The components of b are
T
3 0 0 3 0 0 3 0 0
bij = 0 2 0 0 2 0 = 0 5 − 3
0 −1
3 0 −1 3 0 − 3 3
Note that we know already one eigenvalue b1 = 3 associated with the eigenvector
nˆ i(1) = [1 0 0] . Then, the other principal directions are in the plane x 2 − x 3 , with that we
obtain
2 − 2 − 2 − 2
b2 = 6 → nˆ i( 2) = 0
eigenvector
; b3 = 2 → nˆ i(3) = 0
eigenvector
2 2 2 2
thus:
1 0 0
3 0 0
− 2 2
bij′ = 0 6 0 Transforma
tion → aij = 0
matrix
2 2
0 0 2 2 2
0
2 2
λ 1 = 3 0 0
Vij′ = 0 λ2 = 6 0
0 0 λ3 = 2
Then, applying the transformation law from x1 , x 2 , x3 -system to the x1′ , x 2′ , x3′ -system we
obtain:
T
x1 = x1′
x1 1 0 0 x1′
− 2 2 − 2 2
x2 = 0 x 2′ ⇒ x2 = x 2′ + x3′
x 2 2 x′ 2 2
3 2 2 3
0 2 2
2 2 x3 = x ′2 + x3′
2 2
with that, the equation of the ellipsoid in the principal space of V , (see Figure 2.31), is
represented by:
x12 + x 22 + x32 + x 2 x3 = 3
2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
(x1′ ) 2
+ −
2 2
x′ + x3′ +
x 2′ + x3′ + −
x 2′ + x3′
x 2′ + x 3′ = 3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Simplifying the above equation we can obtain:
X 3 , x3
X 2 , x2
x3′
λ3 = 2
λ2 = 6
λ1 = 3 x 2′
x1′
X 1 , x1
x2
x1
x3
R V
X2
x2
x3′
F = V ⋅R x1
X1
x3
X3
x 2′
x1′
Problem 2.67
A square of side b turns counterclockwise of 30º . After turning the square is deformed
such that the base maintains its initial length and the height is doubled, (see Figure 2.33).
Calculate the deformation gradient, the right Cauchy-Green deformation tensor, and the
Green-Lagrange strain tensor.
X 2 , x2
x2′ C′
D′
D C x1′
2b 30º
B′
30º B
A = A′ b X 1 , x1
1
The Green-Lagrange strain tensor, E = (C + 1) , and its components are:
2
1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
1
E ij = 0 4 0 − 0 1 0 = 0 1.5 0
2
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0
Note that the original space coincides with the principal space. We could also have
obtained the components of C and E by means of its spectral representations:
3 3
1
C= ∑
a =1
ˆ (a) ⊗ N
λ2a N ˆ (a) , E =
∑ 2 (λ
a =1
2
a
ˆ (a ) ⊗ N
− 1)N ˆ ( a ) , where λ are the principal stretches.
a
Problem 2.68
Given the equations of motion
x1 = X 1 + 4 X 1 X 2t ; x2 = X 2 + X 22t ; x3 = X 3 + X 32t (2.154)
a) Obtain the velocity field;
b) Obtain the infinitesimal strain tensor field;
c) At time t = 1 s , obtain the infinitesimal strain tensor.
Solution:
a) Velocity field:
r V1 = 4 X 1 X 2
r r dx
V ( X ,t) = ⇒ V2 = X 22 (2.155)
dt 2
V3 = X 3
b) Acceleration field:
r A1 = 0
r r dV
A( X , t ) = ⇒ A2 = 0 (2.156)
dt A = 0
3
c) Displacement field:
r r
u1 ( X , t ) = x1 ( X , t ) − X 1 = X 1 + 4 X 1 X 2 − X 1 = 4 X 1 X 2
r r 2 2
u2 ( X , t ) = x2 ( X , t ) − X 2 = X 2 + X 2 − X 2 = X 2 (2.157)
r r 2 2
u3 ( X , t ) = x3 ( X , t ) − X 3 = X 3 + X 3 − X 3 = X 3
1 ∂u ∂u j
Then, the infinitesimal strain tensor components are given by εij = i + , and the
2 ∂x j ∂xi
displacement gradient can be obtained as follows:
∂u1 ∂u1 ∂u1
r ∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3 4 X
2 4 X1 0
∂ui ( X , t ) ∂u2 ∂u2 ∂u2
= = 0 2X2 0 (2.158)
∂X j ∂X ∂X 2 ∂X 3
1 2 X 3
∂u3 ∂u3 ∂u3 0 0
∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3
thus:
4 X 2 X1 0
1 ∂u ∂u j 2
εij = i + = 2 X1 2X2 0 (2.159)
2 ∂x j ∂xi
0 0 2 X 3
which is independent of time.
Problem 2.69
Consider the infinitesimal strain tensor:
0 0 0
2
X X X
εij = 0 µ 2 2 3 − µ 23 (2.160)
l l
X2 X2X3
0 − µ 23 −µ 2
l l
and the infinitesimal spin tensor:
0 0 0
µ
ωij = 0 0
2l 2
X(2
2 − X 3
2
) (2.161)
µ
2 2
0 − 2l 2 X 2 − X 3 ( ) 0
∂u1
=0
→ u1 = 0 (2.165)
∂x1
∂u 2 µ
= 2 (2 X 2 X 3 )
∂x 2 2l
(2.166)
∫
⇒ ∂u 2 =
µ
∫ 2l (2 X2 2X3 )∂x 2 ⇒ u 2 = µ
2l 2
[
X 22 X 3 + C1 ( X 3 ) ]
∂u 3 µ
= − 2 (2 X 2 X 3 )
∂x3 2l
(2.167)
∫
⇒ ∂u 3 = − ∫
µ
2
(2 X 2 X 3 )∂x3 ⇒ u 3 = − µ 2 [X 32 X 2 + C 2 ( X 2 )]
2l 2l
To determine the constant C1 ( X 3 ) from the result (2.166) we take the derivative of u 3
with respect to X 3 :
∂u 2 µ
= 2
∂X 3 2l
2 ∂C1 ( X 3 )
X 2 +
∂X
µ 2 2
= 2 X 2 − 3X 3 ⇒
∂X
[
∂C1 ( X 3 )
= −3 X 32 ]
3 2l 3 (2.168)
⇒ C1 ( X 3 ) = − X 33
u1 = 0 ; u 2 =
µ
2l 2
[X 2
2 X3 − X 33 ] ; u3 = −
µ
X 2
3 2
2l 2
X +
X 23
3
(2.170)
Problem 2.70
Show that, if we are dealing with the small deformation regime, the rate of change of the
infinitesimal strain tensor ( ε& ) is equal to the rate-of-deformation tensor ( D ).
Solution:
Consider the relationship between the rate of change of the Green-Lagrange deformation
tensor ( E& ) and the rate-of-deformation tensor ( D ):
E& = F T ⋅ D ⋅ F (2.171)
For the case of small deformation F ≈ 1 holds, in addition it fulfills that E& ≈ e& ≈ ε& then:
E& = ε& = D (2.172)
Problem 2.71
Given the equations of motion
x1 = X 1 ; x2 = X 2 + X 1 (exp −2t − 1) ; x3 = X 3 + X 1 (exp −3t − 1) (2.173)
Obtain the rate-of-deformation ( D ) and compare with the rate of change of the
infinitesimal strain tensor ( ε& ).
Solution:
By definition, the rate-of-deformation tensor ( D ) is the symmetric part of the spatial
r
velocity gradient ( l = ∇ x v ):
1
D= (l + l T ) (2.174)
2
And by definition, the infinitesimal strain tensor is equal to the symmetric part of the
displacement gradient:
r r r Dε
ε ( x , t ) = ∇ symu ≡ (∇u) sym ⇒ ε& ≡ (2.175)
Dt
r r r
The displacement field is given by u = x − X . Considering the equations of motion, the
displacement field components become:
r r
u1 ( X , t ) = x1 ( X , t ) − X 1 = X 1 − X 1 = 0
r r − 2t − 2t
u2 ( X , t ) = x2 ( X , t ) − X 2 = X 2 + X 1 (exp − 1) − X 2 = X 1 (exp − 1)
r r − 3t − 3t
u3 ( X , t ) = x3 ( X , t ) − X 3 = X 3 + X 1 (exp − 1) − X 3 = X 1 (exp − 1)
r r
r r Du( X , t )
The velocity field is given by v ( X , t ) = . Then, the velocity field components, in
Dt
material coordinates, are:
r r r
v1 ( X , t ) = 0 ; v2 ( X , t ) = X 1 (−2exp −2t ) ; v3 ( X , t ) = X 1 (−3exp −3t ) (2.176)
1 1
(D) ij = ( l ij + l ji ) = − 2exp − 2t
0 0 + − 2exp − 2t 0 0
2 2
− 3exp −3t 0 0 − 3exp −3t 0 0
3 (2.180)
0 − exp − 2t − exp −3t
2
= − exp − 2t 0 0
− 3 exp −3t 0 0
2
0 0 0 0 0 0
T
r 1
(∇ symu)ij = (exp − 2t − 1) 0 0 + (exp − 2t − 1) 0 0
2
(exp − 3t − 1) 0 0 (exp − 3t − 1) 0 0
(2.185)
0 exp − 1 exp − 1
− 2t − 3t
1 − 2t
= exp − 1 0 0 = ε ij
2 − 3t
exp − 1 0 0
We can also provide the infinitesimal spin tensor:
0 − (exp −2t − 1) − (exp −3t − 1)
1
(ω)ij = (exp − 2t − 1) 0 0 (2.186)
2 − 3t
( exp − 1) 0 0
Then, the rate of change of ε is:
0 exp −2t − 1 exp −3t − 1
D D 1
(ε& )ij = (ε )ij = exp − 2t − 1 0 0
Dt Dt 2
exp − 1 − 3t
0 0
3 (2.187)
0 − exp − 2t − exp − 3t
2
= − exp − 2t 0 0
− 3 exp − 3t 0 0
2
with that we can conclude that:
D = ε& (2.188)
Problem 2.72
Consider a material body in a small deformation regime, which is subjected to the
following displacement field:
u1 = (−2 x1 + 7 x 2 ) × 10 −3 ; u 2 = (−10 x 2 − x1 ) × 10 −3 ; u 3 = x3 × 10 −3
a) Find the infinitesimal spin and strain tensor;
b) Find the principal invariants of the infinitesimal strain tensor, as well as the
correspondent characteristic equation;
c) Draw the Mohr’s circle in strain, and obtain the maximum shear strain;
d) Find the dilatation and the deviatoric infinitesimal strain tensor.
Solution
a) For the displacement gradient we obtain:
I ε = Tr (ε ) = (−2 − 10 + 1) × 10 −3 = −11 × 10 −3
−2 3 0 −2 3 0 −2 3 0
1
{ }
II ε = [Tr (ε )] − Tr (ε ) = 3 − 10 0 + 3 − 10 0 + 3 − 10 0 × 10 −6 = −1 × 10 −6
2
2 2
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1
III ε = det (ε ) = 11 × 10 −9
Then by restructuring the eigenvalues such that ε I > ε II > ε III , we obtain:
ε S (×10 −3 )
ε S max = 12 γ max = 6
ε II = −1
d) The variation of volume (dilatation) - εV , for small deformation regime, is given by:
ε V = I ε = Tr (ε ) = −12 × 10 −3
The additive decomposition of ε into a spherical and a deviatoric part is denoted by
ε = ε sph + ε dev , where the spherical part is given by:
− 4 0 0
Tr (ε )
ε ijsph = δ ij = 0 − 4 0 × 10 −3
3
0 0 − 4
And, the deviatoric part is given by:
− 2 3 0 − 4 0 0 2 3 0
ε ijdev = ε ij − ε ijsph = 3 − 10 0 − 0 − 4 0 × 10 = 3 − 6 0 × 10 −3
−3
Problem 2.73
At one point of the continuum, the displacement gradient is represented by its components
as follows:
4 − 1 − 4
r
(∇u) ij = 1 − 4 2 × 10 −3 (2.189)
4 0 6
Obtain:
a) the infinitesimal strain and spin tensors;
b) the components of the spherical and deviatoric parts of the infinitesimal strain tensor;
c) the principal invariants of ε : I ε , II ε , III ε ;
d) the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of the rate-of-deformation tensor.
Solution:
a) The infinitesimal strain tensor ( ε ) is the symmetric part of the displacement gradient:
r 1
2
[r r
ε = ∇ sym u = (∇u) + (∇u) T ] (2.190)
Then:
4 − 1 − 4 4 1 4 8 0 0 4 0 0
1 1
εij = 1 − 4 2 + − 1 − 4 0 = 0 − 8 2 = 0 − 4 1
[×10− 3 ]
2 2
4 0 6 − 4 2 6 0 2 12 0 1 6
r
The infinitesimal spin tensor ω = ∇ skewu
4 − 1 − 4 4 1 4 0 − 2 − 8 0 − 1 − 4
1 1
ωij = 1 − 4 2 − − 1 − 4 0 = 2 0 2 = 1 0 1 [ ×10 − 3 ]
2 2
4 0 6 − 4 2 6 8 − 2 0 4 − 1 0
b) The tensor can be additively decomposed into a spherical and deviatoric part:
ε = ε sph + ε dev (2.191)
where the spherical part is given by:
2 0 0
Tr (ε ) 6
ε sph
= 1 = 1 = 21 ⇒ ε ijsph = 0 2 0 [×10− 3 ] (2.192)
3 3
0 0 2
−4−λ 1
=0 ⇒ (−4 − λ)(6 − λ) − 1 = 0 ⇒ λ2 − 2λ − 25 = 0
1 6−λ
2
− b ± b 2 − 4ac 2 ± (−2) − 4 × 1 × (−25) 2 ± 4 + 4 × 25
λ= = = = 1 ± 26
2a 2 ×1 2 (2.196)
λ 1 = 6.0990
⇒
λ 2 = −4.099
thus:
ε1 = 4 × 10 −3 ; ε 2 = 6.0990 × 10 −3 ; ε 3 = −4.099 × 10 −3 (2.197)
Restructuring we obtain:
ε I = 6.0990 × 10 −3 ; ε II = 4 × 10 −3 ; ε III = −4.099 × 10 −3 (2.198)
Problem 2.74
Obtain the infinitesimal strain tensor and the infinitesimal spin tensor for the following
displacement field:
u 1 = x12 ; u 2 = x1 x 2 ; u3 = 0
Solution:
In the small deformation regime, the infinitesimal strain tensor is given by:
1 ∂u i ∂u j
E ijL ≈ eijL ≈ ε ij = +
2 ∂x j ∂x i
We need to obtain the displacement gradient components:
∂u 1 ∂u1 ∂u1
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3 2 x
1 0 0
∂u j ∂u 2 ∂u 2 ∂u 2
= = x2 x1 0
∂x k ∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3
0
∂u 3 ∂u 3 ∂u 3 0 0
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3
with that we can obtain:
x2
1 ∂u ∂u j 2 x 0 0 2 x1 x2 0 2 x1 0
E ijL ≈ eijL ≈ ε ij = i + 1 1 2
2 ∂x j ∂x i = x2 x1 0 + 0 x1 0 = x 2
2 x1 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 2
0 0 0
The infinitesimal spin tensor:
− x2
0 0
2 x 0 0 2 x1 x2 0 2
1 ∂u ∂u j 1 1 x
ωij = i − = x2 x1 0 − 0 x1 0 = 2 0 0
2 ∂x j ∂xi 2 2
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0
Problem 2.75
Figure 2.36 shows the transformation experienced by the square ABCD of unit side.
a) State the equations of motion;
b) Is the theory valid for small deformation? justify the answer;
c) Is the finite deformation valid? Justify.
X 2 , x2
x2′
D
C
D′
1
45º
B C′
A = A′ θ = −45º X 1 , x1
1
B′
x1′
Considering the spatial and material coordinates are superimposed, the equations of
motion are defined by the inverse of the equation in (2.199):
2 2
0
x1 2 2 X1 2 2
x1 = X1 + X2
2 2
0 X 2
2 2
x2 = − ⇒
x 2 2
X 3 2 2
3
0 0 1 x 2 = − 2 X 1 + 2 X 2
For example, the point C in the reference configuration has the material coordinates
2 2
X 1C = 1 , X 2C = 1 . After the motion we have x1C = (1) + (1) = 2 ,
2 2
2 2
x 2C = − (1) + (1) = 0
2 2
Displacement field:
2 2 2 2
u1 = x1 − X 1 = X1 − X 2 − X 1 = X 1 − 1 − X2
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
u 2 = x 2 − X 2 = X1 + X2 − X2 = X 1 + X 2 − 1
2 2 2 2
Displacement material gradient:
∂u1 ∂u1 ∂u1 2 2
−1 − 0
r ∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3 2 2
∂ui ( X ) ∂u2 ∂u2 ∂u2 2 2
= = − 1 0
∂X j ∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3 2 2
∂u
3 ∂u3 ∂u3
∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3 0 0 0
2
−1 0 0
2
1 ∂u ∂u j 2
ε ij = i + = 0 − 1 0 ≠ 0 ij
2 ∂X j ∂X i 2
0 0 0
Note that, for a rigid body motion the strain tensors must be equal to zero, i.e. ε = 0 (the
infinitesimal strain tensor), E = 0 (the Green-Lagrange strain tensor), e = 0 (the Almansi
strain tensor). Calculating the Green-Lagrange strain tensor components we have:
0 0 0
1 ∂u ∂u j ∂u k ∂u k
= 0 0 0
Eij = i + +
2 ∂X j ∂X i ∂X i ∂X j
0 0 0
g
B
x3
x2
x1
Hence, the total force acting on the body can be evaluated as follows:
0
r 0
Fi = ∫ ρ b i ( x , t ) dV =
V
V
∫
− ρ g dV
[ m3 ]
kg m } kg m
V
m s ∫
We can also verify the F unit: [F] = 3 2 dV = 2 = N ( Newton ) .
s
282 SOLVING PROBLEMS BY MEANS OF CONTINUUM MECHANICS
Problem 3.2
The Cauchy stress tensor components at a
point P are given by:
8 −4 1
σ ij = − 4 3 0.5 Pa x3
1 0.5 2
r C (0,0,5)
a) Calculate the traction vector ( t (nˆ ) ) at P
which is associated with the plane ABC n̂
defined in Figure 3.2.
b) With reference to paragraph a). B (0,2,0)
O
r r x2
Obtain the normal ( σ N ) and tangential ( σ S )
traction vectors at P , Chaves(2013)-Appendix A(3,0,0)
A. x1
r
t (nˆ )
x3 r ˆ
r t ( n ) = σ ⋅ nˆ
σN r r r
r t (nˆ ) = σ N + σ S
σS
r
ŝ n̂ σ N = σ N ⋅ n̂
P r ˆ 2
t ( n) = σ 2N + σ 2S
ê 3
ê 2 x2
ê1
x1
Thus:
10
1
σ N = t i nˆ i ⇒ σN = 2 [26 8 29.5] 15 ≈ 1.54 Pa
19
6
where
26
1
t i( nˆ ) t i( nˆ ) = 2 [26 8 29.5] 8 ≈ 4.46
19
29.5
Thus,
ˆ ˆ
σ S = t i( n ) t i( n ) − σ 2N = 4.46 − 2.3716 ≈ 2.0884 Pa
Problem 3.3
The stress state at a point in the continuum is represented by the Cartesian components of
the Cauchy stress tensor as:
2 1 0
σ ij = 1 2 0 Pa
0 0 2
a) Obtain the components of σ in a new system x1′ , x ′2 , x3′ , where the transformation
matrix is given by Figure 3.4.
x3
x 2′
3 0 − 4
1
a ij = A = 0 5 0
5
4 0 3 x3′ γ1
x1′
where
ê′2
a11 = cos α 1 ê 3
ê′3
ê′1 β1
a12 = cos β 1
ê 2
a13 = cos γ 1 ê1 x2
M α1
x1
Figure 3.4
Solution:
a) The transformation law for the components of a second-order tensor is given by:
σ ′ij = a ik a jl σ kl Matrix
form
→ σ ′ = A σ AT
Thus,
3 0 − 4 1 1 0 3 0 4 2 0 .6 0
1
σ ′ij = 2 0 5 0 2 2 0 0 5 0 = 0.6 2 0.8
5
4 0 3 0 0 2 − 4 0 3 0 0.8 2
II σ =
1
2
[ 1
] (
( Trσ ) 2 − Tr (σ 2 ) = σ ii σ jj − σ ij σ ij
2
)
2 2
= σ11σ 22 + σ11σ 33 + σ 33 σ 22 − σ12 − σ13 − σ 223
By substituting the values of σ ij for those in the proposed problem we can obtain:
2 0 2 0 2 1
Iσ = 6 ; II σ = + + = 11 ; III σ = 6
0 2 0 2 1 2
x3
x′2
x3′
x2
P
x1 x1′
σ ′ = A σ AT
x3
σ 33
x3′
σ′33
σ 23 σ′23 σ′23
σ 13 σ 23 σ′22 x′2
σ 13 ′
σ13
σ 12 σ 22 ′
σ12
x2 ′
σ13
σ 12
′
σ12
σ 11
′
σ 11
x1
x1′
σ = AT σ ′ A
c) The principal stresses ( σ i ) and principal directions ( nˆ (i ) ) are obtained by solving the
following set of equations:
2 − σ 1 0 n1 0
1 2−σ 0 n 2 = 0
0 0 2 − σ n 3 0
However, if we look at the format of the Cauchy stress tensor components, we can notice
that we already have one solution since in the x3 -direction the tangential components are
equal to zero, then:
σ 3 = 2 Principal
direction
→ n1(3) = n (23) = 0 , n 3(3) = 1
To obtain the other two eigenvalues, one only need solve:
2−σ 1 σ 1 = 1
= (2 − σ ) − 1 = 0
2
⇒
1 2−σ σ 2 = 3
Then we can express the Cauchy stress tensor components in the principal space as:
1 0 0
σ ′ij′ = 0 3 0 Pa
0 0 2
2 − 1 1 0 n1(1) 0
n (1) = 0 ⇒ n1 + n 2 = 0 ⇒ n (1) = −n (1)
(1) (1)
1 2 − 1 0
2 n (1) + n (1) = 0 1 2
0 0 2 − 1 n (31) 0 1 2
2 2
with n 3(1) = 0 and by using the condition n1(1) + n (21) = 1 we can obtain:
1 1 −1
n1(1) = −n (21) = then nˆ i(1) = 0
2 2 2
Since σ is a symmetric tensor, the principal space is formed by an orthogonal basis, so, it
is valid that:
nˆ (1) ∧ nˆ ( 2) = nˆ ( 3) ; nˆ ( 2 ) ∧ nˆ ( 3) = nˆ (1) ; nˆ (3) ∧ nˆ (1) = nˆ ( 2 )
Thus, the second principal direction can be obtained by the cross product between n̂ ( 3)
and n̂ (1) , i.e.:
eˆ 1 eˆ 2 eˆ 3
1 ˆ 1 ˆ
nˆ (2)
= nˆ ( 3)
∧ nˆ (1)
= 0 0 1 = e1 + e2
1 −1 2 2
0
2 2
which can also be checked by the following analysis:
The Principal direction associated with σ 2 = 3 :
2 − 3 1 0 n1( 2 ) 0
n ( 2 ) = 0 ⇒ − n1 + n 2 = 0 ⇒ n ( 2 ) = n ( 2 )
( 2) ( 2)
1 2 − 3 0
2 n ( 2 ) − n ( 2 ) = 0 1 2
0 0 2 − 3 n 3( 2 ) 0 1 2
2 2
With n 3(3) = 0 and using the condition n1(3) + n (23) = 1 we can obtain:
1 1 1
n1( 2 ) = n (22 ) = then nˆ i( 2 ) = 0
2 2 2
σS
1
σ S max = 1 σ S max = (σ I − σ III ) = 1.0
2
R2
R1 R3 σN
C3
σ III = 1 C1 σ II = 2 σ I = 3 = σ N max
this fact we lost some information about stress orientation (sense), so, we need to establish
a new sign convention. Here, for Solid Mechanics, we adopt that: the normal stress is
positive ( σ N > 0 ) when it is dealing with traction (tensile), otherwise, i.e. if we are dealing
with compression σ N < 0 ; the tangential (shear) stress is positive as indicated in Figure 3.7
(a). In general, materials have different behavior when they under traction or compression
loads, but in the case of tangential stress its magnitude is only what really matters, (see
Figure 3.7(c)), for this reason, sometimes the Mohr’s circle is drawn only by considering the
positive value of σ S .
P σS < 0 σS > 0
σS > 0 P
− n̂
e) A second-order tensor can be broken down additively into a spherical and a deviatoric
part, i.e.:
Tensorial notation Indicial notation
Thus,
2 − 2 1 0 0 1 0
σ ijdev
= 1 2−2 0 = 1 0 0
0 0 2 − 2 0 0 0
Now let us remember from Chapter 1-Chaves(2013) that σ and σ dev are coaxial tensors,
i.e., they have the same principal directions, so we can use this information to operate in
the principal space of σ to obtain the eigenvalues of σ dev = σ − σ sph . With that we can
obtain:
σ1 0 0 σ m 0 0 − 1 0 0
σ′ijdev = 0 σ2 0 − 0
σm 0 = 0 1 0
0 0 σ 3 0 0 σ m 0 0 0
Traditionally, in engineering, the invariants of the deviatoric stress tensor are represented
by:
J1 = I σ dev = 0
J 2 = − II
σ dev
1 2
=
3
(
I σ − 3 II σ )
J 3 = III σ dev =
1
27
(
2 I σ3 − 9 I σ II σ + 27 III σ )
x3
σ 33
σ 23
σ 13 σ 23
σ 13
σ 12 σ 22
σ 12
σ 11 x2
x
14414444442444444443
x3 x3
σm dev
σ 33
σ 23
σ 13 σ 23
σ 13
σm
+ σ 12
σ 12
σ dev
22
σm x2 dev
σ 11 x2
σ sph σ dev
x1 x1
f) The octahedral normal and tangential components, (see Appendix A in Chaves (2013)),
can be expressed as:
σ oct
N =
1
(σ1 + σ 2 + σ 3 ) = 1 σ ii = I σ = σ m
3 3 3
Problem 3.4
At a point P the Cauchy stress tensor Cartesian components are given by:
1 2 3
σ ij = 2 4 6 MPa (3.2)
3 6 1
Find:
r
a) the traction vector t related to the plane which is normal to the x1 -axis;
r
b) the traction vector t associated with the plane whose normal is (1,−1,2) ;
r
c) the traction vector t associated with the plane parallel to the plane 2 x1 − 2 x 2 − x3 = 0 ;
d) the principal stress at the point P ;
e) the principal directions of σ at the point P .
Solution:
r
Recall that the traction vector is obtained by means of the equation t ( nˆ ) = σ ⋅ nˆ which in
indicial notation becomes t i( nˆ ) = σij nˆ j .
a) In this case, the unit vector is nˆ i = [1,0,0] . Then, the traction vector is given by:
1 2 3 1 1
= σijn j = 2 4 6 0 = 2
ˆ
t i(n) ˆ (3.3)
3 6 1 0 3
b) The unit vector associated with the direction ni = [1,−1,2] can be obtained as follows:
1
n 1 − 1
nˆ i = ri ⇒ nˆ i = (3.4)
n 6
2
r r
where the module of n is n = (1) 2 + (−1)2 + (2) 2 = 6 . Thus,
1 2 3 1 5
ˆ 1 1 10
t i(n) = σijnˆ j = 2 4 6 − 1 = (3.5)
6 6
3 6 1 2 − 1
c) For this case, the vector ni = [2,−2,−1] is normal to the plane and the unit vector
associated with this direction is:
2
n ˆni = 1 − 2
r
nˆ i = ri ⇒ where n = (2) 2 + (−2)2 + (−1)2 = 3
n 3
− 1
Thus,
1 2 3 2 −5
1 1
= σijnˆ j = 2 4 6 − 2 = − 10
ˆ
t i(n) (3.6)
3 3
3 6 1 − 1 − 7
where I σ = 6 , I σ = −40 and III σ = 0 , thus σ3 − 6σ2 − 40σ = 0 . And the solutions are:
σ1 = 10 ; σ2 = 0 ; σ 3 = −4 (3.8)
e) The principal directions are:
Associated with σ1 = 10
− 9n1 + 2n2 + 3n3 = 0 n(21) = 2n1(1)
3
2n1 − 6n2 + 6n3 = 0 ⇒ (1) 5 (1) with nˆ 12 + nˆ 22 + nˆ 32 = 1 ⇒ n12 = ±
3n + 6n − 9n = 0 n3 = n1 70
1 2 3 3
3
1
⇒ ni(1) =± 6
70
5
Note also that the eigenvectors formed an orthogonal basis, for example:
eˆ 1 eˆ 2 eˆ 3
3 6 5 1 ˆ 2 ˆ 3 ˆ
nˆ (3) = nˆ (1) ∧ nˆ ( 2 ) ⇒ nˆ (3) = =− e1 − e2 + e3
70 70 70 14 14 14
−2 1
0
5 5
Problem 3.5
r r r
Show that σ S = t (n) ⋅ (1 − nˆ ⊗ nˆ ) , where t (n) is the traction vector obtained by projecting
ˆ ˆ
r
the second-order tensor σ onto the n̂ -direction, and σ S is the tangential stress vector
associated with the plane, (see Figure 3.9).
Solution 1:
r r r r r r r
By using vector addition it is true that t ( nˆ ) = σ N + σ S ⇒ σ S = t ( nˆ ) − σ N . The vector σ N can
r r r r
be represented by σ N = σ N nˆ and the magnitud σ N = σ N nˆ can be obtained by the
r r r r r r
projection of t (nˆ ) according to n̂ -direction, i.e. σ N = t (n) ⋅ nˆ , so, σ N = σ N nˆ = (t (n) ⋅ nˆ )nˆ .
ˆ ˆ
r r r
Note that is also true that σ N = ( t (n) ⋅ nˆ )nˆ = t (n) ⋅ (nˆ ⊗ nˆ ) , so
ˆ ˆ
r rˆ rˆ
[ ]
rˆ rˆ rˆ
σ S = t (n ) − t (n) ⋅ nˆ nˆ = t (n ) − t (n) ⋅ (nˆ ⊗ nˆ ) = t (n) ⋅ (1 − nˆ ⊗ nˆ )
Solution 2:
We can also solve the problem by using the components of the following equation
r ˆ
σ S = t (n) − [σ : (nˆ ⊗ nˆ )]nˆ , i.e.:
r
[ ]
σ S i = t i(n) − (nˆ k nˆ l σ kl ) nˆ i = t i(n) − nˆ inˆ k t (kn ) = t (kn )δ ik − nˆ inˆ k t (kn) = t (kn) (δ ik − nˆ inˆ k )
ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ
r
t (nˆ )
r
σN
r
σS
ŝ n̂
P
Problem 3.6
The stress state at one point P of the continuum is schematically represented in Figure
3.10. Obtain the value of the component σ 22 of the Cauchy stress tensor such that there is
at least one plane passing through P in which is free of stress, and obtain the direction of
this plane.
x3
1
4
1
4 σ 22
1 1
x2
x1
Figure 3.10
Solution:
r r
We seek to find a plane whose direction is n̂ (unit vector) such that t (nˆ ) = 0 . We can relate
r
the Cauchy stress tensor to the traction vector by means of the equation t (nˆ ) = σ ⋅ nˆ , thus:
t1(nˆ ) 0 1 4 nˆ 1 0
(nˆ )
t 2 = 1 σ 22 1 nˆ 2 = 0
t (nˆ ) 4 1 0 nˆ 3 0
3
with that we can obtain the following set of equations:
1
n2 + 4n3 = 0 ⇒ n3 = − 4 n 2
n1 + σ 22n 2 + n3 = 0 (3.9)
1
4n1 + n2 = 0 ⇒ n1 = − n 2
4
By combining the above equations we can obtain:
1 1 1 1
n1 + σ 22n2 + n3 = 0 ⇒ − n2 + σ 22n2 − n2 = 0 ⇒ − + σ 22 − n 2 = 0
4 4 4 4
r r
Then, for n ≠ 0 , we have: − + σ 22 − = 0 ⇒ σ 22 = .
1 1 1
4 4 2
To define the direction of the plane we will start by the restriction nˆ i nˆ i = 1 , then:
2 2
1ˆ 1
nˆ inˆ i = 1 ⇒ nˆ 12 + nˆ 22 + nˆ 32 = 1 ⇒ − n 2 + nˆ 2 + − nˆ 2 = 1
2
4 4
2 2 2
⇒ nˆ 2 = ; nˆ 1 = nˆ 3 = −
3 6
where we have used the relationships in (3.9). Thus, the normal vector to the plane in
r r
which t (nˆ ) = 0 is the unit vector:
− 1
2 4
nˆ i =
6
− 1
Problem 3.7
The Cauchy stress field components are presented by:
1 0 2 x2
σ ij = 0 1 4 x1 (3.10)
2 x2 4 x1 1
thus,
1 0 4 1 5
ˆ 1 1
t i(n) ˆ
= σijn j = 0 1 4 1 = 5 (3.13)
3 3
4 4 1 1 9
thus
2
19 131 32
σ 2S = − + = (3.17)
3 3 9
Problem 3.8
Given a continuum where the stress state is known at one point and is represented by the
Cauchy stress tensor Cartesian components:
1 1 0
σ ij = 1 1 0 Pa (3.18)
0 0 2
a) Find the principal stresses (eigenvalues) and the principal directions (eigenvectors).
Solution:
To obtain the principal stresses λ i = σ i and principal directions nˆ (i ) we must solve the
following set of equations:
1 − λ 1 0 n1 0
(σij − λδ ij )n j = 0i 1 1− λ 0 n2 = 0
(3.19)
0 0 2 − λ n3 0
for nontrivial solutions of nˆ (i ) the above set of equation has solution if and only if:
σij − λδ ij = 0
Note that, a direction is called principal if there is no tangential stress on the plane normal
to such direction, and according to the format of the matrix (3.18) we can note that we
have one solution (one principal direction), since the tangential components in the x3 -
direction are zero, then:
direction
λ 3 = 2 → n1(1) = n (21) = 0 , n3(1) = ±1
To obtain the remaining solutions it is sufficient to solve:
1− λ 1
= −λ (2 − λ ) = 0
1 1− λ
We can easily verify that the roots of the above equations are:
λ1 = 2 and λ 2 = 0
Then, we can express the stress tensor components in the principal space as follows:
σ1 0 0 2 0 0
σ′ij = 0 σ2 0 = 0 0 0 Pa
0 0 σ3 0 0 2
Note that we have a unique eigenvalue σ 2 = 0 associated with the unique direction n̂( 2 ) ,
and we have two equal eigenvalues σ1 = σ3 = 2 , so, any direction orthogonal to n̂( 2 ) is also
a principal direction.
b) To obtain the principal direction associated with the solution λ1 = 2 we substitute this
solution into the equation in (3.19), i.e.:
1 − 2 1 0 n1(1) 0
1 1− 2 − n1(1) + n(21) = 0
0 n(21) = 0 ⇒ (1) ⇒ n1(1) = n(21)
n1 − n(21) = 0
0 0 2 − 2 n3(1) 0
2 2 1
and by using the restriction n1(1) + n(21) = 1 we can obtain: n1(1) = n(21) = , then the unit
2
1 1
vector is nˆ i(1) = 0 .
2 2
For the solution λ 2 = 0 , we can obtain:
2 2 1 −1
and by using the restriction n1( 2 ) + n(22 ) = 1 , we can obtain: n1( 2 ) = , n(22 ) = , then the
2 2
1 −1
unit vector is nˆ i( 2 ) = 0 .
2 2
As we have seen, the eigenvectors form a matrix transformation ( A ) between the two
systems, i.e. σ ′ = A σ A T , thus:
T
1 −1 1 −1
0 0
σ1 = 2 0 0 2 2 1 1 0 2 2
0 1 1 1 1
σ2 = 0 0 = 0 1 1 0 0
2 2 2 2
0 0 σ 3 = 2 0 0 2
0 0 1 0 0 1
x3 x3 = x3′
σ3 = 2
σ 33 = 2
x2 σ1 = 2 σ2 = 0
σ 12 σ 22 x2
σ 12 x1′ x′2
σ 11
x1
x1
any direction defined on the plane x1′ − x 3′ is a
principal direction.
Problem 3.9
A prismatic dam is subjected to water pressure. The dam has thickness equal to b and
height equal to h , (see Figure 3.12). Obtain the restrictions for the Cauchy stress tensor
Cartesian components on the faces BC , OB and AC .
x2
ρ a - mass density of water
g - acceleration of gravity
B C
ρa
ρ a g (h − x 2 )
h
O b A x1
Solution:
The face BC has normal unit vector nˆ (i BC ) = [0 1 0] . Considering that this face has no
traction vector, we can conclude that:
σ11 σ12 σ13 0 σ12 0
t i( BC ) = 0 i = σ ij nˆ j ⇒ σ σ 22 σ 23 1 = σ 22 = 0
21
σ 31 σ 32 σ 33 0 σ 32 0
which is the same as σi1 = 0i and due to the symmetry of σ we have σ1i = 0 .
x2
30 MPa
20 MPa
x1
x3
Figure 3.13
Solution:
Note that the coordinate axes xi σS (MPa)
are principal directions. We can σ S max = 15
draw the Mohr’s circle by
considering the principal stresses:
σ I = 30 MPa , σ II = 20MPa and
σ III = 0 , (see Figure 3.14).
20 30 σ N (MPa)
Figure 3.14
The maximum shear stress is calculated as follows:
σ I − σ III 30 − 0
σ S max = = = 15 MPa (3.20)
2 2
Problem 3.11
Consider the Cauchy stress Cartesian x2
components at a point as indicated in
20 MPa
Figure 3.15.
a) Draw the Mohr’s circle;
b) Obtain the maximum normal stress, 5 MPa
and indicate the plane in which occurs; x1
c) Obtain the maximum shear stress. 10 MPa
x3
Figure 3.15
Solution:
The stresses represented in Figure 3.15 are in fact the eigenvalues of the stress tensor, since
there are no tangential stresses on the planes. By restructuring the eigenvalues such that
σ I > σ II > σ III we have σ I = 10 , σ II = 5 and σ III = −20 , then the Mohr’s circle in stress can
be drawn as indicated in Figure 3.16. The maximum normal stress is σ N max = σ I = 10 , and
the maximum shear stress is defined by the radius of the circumference defined by σ I and
σ I − σ III 10 − (−20)
σ III , i.e. σ S max = = = 15MPa .
2 2
σ S (MPa)
σS max = 15
σ N max = 10MPa
10 − (−20)
σS max = = 15MPa
2
σ N (MPa)
σ III = −20 σ II = 5 σ I = 10
Problem 3.12
At a point the Cauchy stress tensor components
are defined as indicated in Figure 3.17. Determine 6
for which values of σ * are possible for the
following stress cases:
Case a) (σ N = 4; σ S = 2)
Case b) (σ N = 4; σ S = 1) σ*
P
Case c) (σ N = 7; σ S = 0)
2
Figure 3.17
Solution
Recall that the pair (σ N ; σS ) is only feasible if and only if belongs to the gray zone of the
Mohr’s circle including the circumferences, (see Figure 3.18). If the pair (σ N ; σS ) is located
outside the Mohr’s circle that means that there is no plane in which the normal stress and
tangential stress are defined simultaneously by (σ N ; σS ) .
According to the problem data, (see Figure 3.17), we can draw the circumference formed
by the principal values 2 and 6 , (see Figure 3.19). In the smae figure we also draw the
three cases.
σ III σ II σ NA σI σN
σS
Case a)
2 Case b)
1 Case c)
2 6 7 σN
Figure 3.19
Case a): In this case the pair (σ N = 4; σ S = 2) belongs to the circumference formed by the
principal stresses 2 and 6 , thus σ * can assume any value, (see Figure 3.20).
σS
Case a)
2
1
σ −∞
* 2 σ* 6 σ∞
*
σN
Figure 3.20
σS σS Limit cases
2 2
( 4,1) ( 4,1)
1 1
2 σ* ( x ) 6 σN 2 σ * ( 2) σ * (1) 6 σN
Figure 3.21
(σ *(1) + 2) (σ *(1) − 2)
For the case σ *(1) , we have: x = 4; x C = ; y = 1; y C = 0; R =
2 2
Substituting these values into the circumference equation we can obtain:
2 2
(σ* + 2) (σ* − 2)
2 2
( x − xC ) + ( y − yC ) = R 2
⇒ 4 − (1) + (1 − 0)2 = (1) ⇒ σ*(1) = 4.5
2 2
(6 + σ *( 2) ) (6 − σ *( 2) )
For the case σ *( 2) , we have: x = 4; xC = ; y = 1; y C = 0; R =
2 2
substituting these values into the circumference equation we can obtain:
2 2
(6 + σ*( 2) ) (6 − σ*( 2) )
2 2
( x − xC ) + ( y − yC ) = R 2
⇒ 4 − + (1 − 0 )2 = ⇒ σ*( 2) = 3.5
2 2
thus:
σ* = 7 (3.24)
σS
2 6 σ* = 7 σN
Figure 3.22
Problem 3.13
Obtain the maximum normal and tangential stresses and draw the corresponding Mohr’s
circle in stress for the following stress state cases:
τ τ 0 − 2τ 0 0 0 σ12 σ13
a) σ ij = τ τ 0 b) σ ij = 0 τ 0 c) σij = σ12 0 0 (3.25)
0 0 0 0 0 − τ σ13 0 0
with τ > 0 .
Solution:
Case a) If we check the format of the Cauchy stress tensor components for this case, we
can observe that the value λ (3) = 0 is already an eigenvalue. Then, to obtain the remaining
eigenvalues, it is sufficient to solve:
τ τ τ−λ τ
τ τ → τ = (τ − λ) 2 − τ 2 = 0 ⇒ τ − λ = τ ⇒ λ = 0 (3.26)
τ − λ
λ (1) = 0
(τ − λ ) 2 − τ 2 = 0 ⇒ τ 2 − 2λτ + λ2 − τ 2 = 0 ⇒ λ (−2τ + λ ) = 0 ⇒ (3.27)
λ ( 2) = 2τ
Then, the Mohr’s circle in stress for this case is presented in Figure 3.23.
σS
σ N max = 2τ
σS max = τ
σ S max = τ
σ II = σ III = 0 σ I = 2τ σN
Figure 3.23
b) For the case (b) we have σ I = τ , σ II = −τ and σ III = −2τ , and the Mohr’s circle is
presented in Figure 3.24.
σS
σ N max = τ
3
σ S max = τ τ − (−2τ) 3
2 σ S max = = τ
2 2
σ III = −2τ σ II = −τ σI = τ σN
Figure 3.24
By restructuring the eigenvalues such that σ I > σ II > σ III we have σ I = τ , σ II = 0 and
σ III = − τ , then the Mohr’s circle is drawn as indicated in Figure 3.25.
σS
σ S max = τ
σ III = −τ σI = τ σN
Figure 3.25
Problem 3.14
Make the representation of the Mohr’s circle for the following cases:
1) One-dimensional case (traction); 2)One-dimensional case (compression); 3) Two-
dimensional case (traction); 4) Three-dimensional case.
Solution:
1) The one-dimensional case (traction) in described in Figure 3.26.
σS
σx
σ I 0 0 σI σN
σx 0 0 0
0 0 0
Figure 3.26
σS
σx
0 0 0
0 − σ 0
II σ II σN
σx 0 0 0
Figure 3.27
σ II σS
σ I 0 0
0 σ II 0
0 0 0
σI
σ II σI σN
Figure 3.28
σS
σ III
σ I 0 0
σII 0 σ II 0
0 0 σ III σ III σII σI
σN
σI
Figure 3.29
Problem 3.15
The Cauchy stress tensor components at the point P are given by:
5 6 7
σ ij = 6 8 9 GPa (3.28)
7 9 2
a) Obtain the mean stress; b) obtain the deviatoric and spherical part of the tensor σ .
Solution:
a) The mean stress
σ kk 5 + 8 + 2
σm = = =5 (3.29)
3 3
b) The spherical part of σ is given by
σ m 0 0 5 0 0
Iσ
σijsph = δ ij = σmδ ij = 0 σm 0 = 0 5 0
3
0 0 σm 0 0 5
Problem 3.16
Consider the Cauchy stress tensor components, in the Cartesian base (eˆ 1 , eˆ 2 , eˆ 3 ) :
5 3 2
σ ij = 3 1 0 (3.30)
2 0 3
3 4
x1 0
5 5
x2 0 1 0
4 3
x3 − 0
5 5
where the system x' is represented by the basis (eˆ '1 , eˆ ' 2 , eˆ ' 3 ) .
r ˆ
a) Obtain the traction vector t ( e'2 ) associated with the plane whose normal is eˆ ' 2 . Express
the result in the Cartesian system (eˆ '1 , eˆ ' 2 , eˆ ' 3 ) according to the format:
r ˆ
t (e'2 ) = ( )eˆ 1′ + ( )eˆ ′2 + ( )eˆ ′3 (3.31)
b) Obtain the spherical and deviatoric parts of the Cauchy stress tensor.
Solution:
a) Recall that the first row of the transformation matrix is formed by the direction cosines
formed between the x'1 -axis and the axes x1 , x2 and x3 , thus:
3 0 − 4
1
A = 0 5 0 (3.32)
5
4 0 3
and the transformation law for the second-order tensor components is given by:
σ' = A σ A T (3.33)
thus:
53 0 − 45 5 3 2 53 0 4
5
9 9 2
3 1 0 0 1
σ′ij = 0 1 0 1 0 = 9 5 12 (3.34)
5
4 0 3 2 0 3 − 5
4
0 35 2 12 31
5 5
9
( eˆ ' 2 ) 1 r ˆ 9 12
ti = 5 ⇒ t (e'2 ) = eˆ 1′ + (1)eˆ ′2 + eˆ ′3 (3.35)
5 5 5
12
since:
′ t 1 ( e'1 )
ˆ ( eˆ ' 2 ) ( eˆ '3 )
′
σ11 σ12′ σ13 t1 t1
σ ′ ( eˆ ' ) ( eˆ ' )
σ ′23 = t 2 1
( eˆ ' )
21 σ ′22 t2 2 t2 3 (3.36)
σ ′33 t 3 1 t3 3
( eˆ ' ) ( eˆ ' ) ( eˆ ' )
σ′31 σ′32 t3 2
b) The spherical ( σijsph ) and the deviatoric ( σijdev ) parts are given by
Iσ
σij = σijsph + σijdev = δ ij + σijdev (3.37)
3
where I σ = Tr (σ ) = 5 + 1 + 3 = 9 , then
3 0 0
Iσ
= δ ij = 0
σijsph 3 0 (3.38)
3
0 0 3
5 − 3 3 2 2 3 2
σijdev = σij − σij = 3 1 − 3
sph
0 = 3 − 2 0 (3.39)
2 0 3 − 3 2 0 0
Problem 3.17
Consider the Cauchy stress tensor field Cartesian components:
0 Cx 3 0
σ ij = Cx 3 0 − Cx1
0 − Cx1 0
where C is a constant. Also consider that the body is free of body force.
a) Calculate the traction vector at the point P (4,−4,7) associated with the plane whose
r
normal vector is given by n = 2eˆ 1 + 2eˆ 2 − 1eˆ 3 .
b) Represent the Mohr’s circle in stress at the point P .
Solution:
r
a) The traction vector can be obtained by the equation t (n) = σ ⋅ nˆ or in indicial notation
ˆ
(nˆ ) r
t i = σ ij nˆ j , where n̂ is the unit vector which is normal to the plane. The vector n has
r
module equal to n = (2) 2 + (2) 2 + (−1) 2 = 3 , thus the unit vector is given by:
2
n 1
nˆ i = ri ⇒ nˆ i = 2
n 3
− 1
0 7C 0 2 14C
r (nˆ ) 1 1
t i = σ ij nˆ j = 7C 0
− 4C 2 = 18C (3.41)
3 3
0 − 4C 0 − 1 − 8C
The eigenvalues of the tensor σij can be obtained by solving the determinant:
−λ 7 0 λ1 = 0
3 2
7 −λ −4 =0 ⇒ − λ + 16λ + 49λ = 0 ⇒ − λ + 65 = 0 ⇒ λ 2 = 65
0 −4 −λ
λ3 = − 65
With that we can obtain σ I = C 65 , σ II = 0 and σ III = −C 65 . Then, the Mohr’s circle
can be represented as indicated in Figure 3.30.
σS
σ S max = C 65
σ III = −C 65 σ I = C 65 σN
Figure 3.30
Problem 3.18
The stress state at a point of the body is
represented by the traction vectors as x3
indicated in Figure 3.31. r ˆ
t ( e 3 ) = 8eˆ 1
a) Obtain the deviatoric part of the stress
tensor;
b) Obtain the principal stresses ( σ I , σ II ,
r ˆ
σ III ) and the principal directions; t ( e 2 ) = 6eˆ 1
ê 3
c) Draw the Mohr’s circle in stress;
ê1
d) Obtain the maximum shear stress at the ê 2 x2
point;
r ˆ
t ( e1 ) = 6eˆ 2 + 8eˆ 3
x1
Figure 3.31
e) Find the traction vector associated with the plane whose normal vector is
6 ˆ
nˆ = 0.75eˆ 1 + 0.25eˆ 2 − e3 ;
4
f) Obtain the normal and tangential stress vector associated with the plane described in
paragraph (e).
Solution:
According to Figure 3.31 we can obtain the Cauchy stress tensor components as follows:
0 6 8
σ ij = 6 0 0
8 0 0
a)
σ ij = σ ijsph + σ ijdev
Iσ
The spherical part is σ ijsph = δ ij = 0 ij since I σ = 0 . Then, the deviatoric part is given by:
3
0 6 8
σijdev = σij − σijsph = 6 0 0
8 0 0
whose solutions are λ 1 = 0 , λ 2 = 10 , λ 3 = −10 , (principal stresses). The principal directions are:
σ1 = 0 → nˆ i(1) = [0 − 0.8 0.6]
eigenvector
σ I = 10 , σ II = 0 , σ III = −10
c) The Mohr’s circle in stress can be appreciated in Figure 3.32.
σS
σ S max = 10
σ III = −10 σ II = 0 σ I = 10 σN
Figure 3.32
d) We can directly obtain the maximum shear stress by means of the Mohr’s circle, (Figure 3.32):
σ I − σ III
τ max = = 10
2
ˆ
e) Considering t i (n) = σijnˆ j , we can obtain the traction vector associated with the plane whose
6 ˆ
normal vector is nˆ = 0.75eˆ 1 + 0.25eˆ 2 − e3 :
4
t1(nˆ ) 0 6 8 0.75 − 3.39898
(nˆ ) (nˆ )
ti = σijnˆ j ⇒ t 2 = 6 0 0 0.25 ≈ 4.5
t (nˆ ) 8 0 0 6 6
3 −
4
f) Let us consider the vectors in Figure 3.33.
r ˆ
t (n)
r
σN
r
σS
ŝ n̂
P
Figure 3.33
r r r ˆ
The magnitude of σ N can be obtained by the projection σ N = t (n) ⋅ nˆ = t i (n) nˆ i , thus:
ˆ
0.75
r
= t i nˆ i ≈ [− 3.39898 4.5 6] 0.25 ≈ −5.09847
(nˆ )
σN
− 6
4
r
The vector σ N is given by:
r r
σ N = σ N nˆ = −3.82385eˆ 1 − 1.27462eˆ 2 + 3.12216eˆ 3
r ˆ r r
In addition, the relationship t (n) = σ N + σ S holds, with that the tangent stress vector is
obtained as follows:
r r ˆ r
σ S = t (n) − σ N ≈ (− 3.39898 + 3.82385)eˆ 1 + (4.5 + 1.27462 )eˆ 2 + (6 − 3.12216 )eˆ 3
≈ (0.42487 )eˆ 1 + (5.77462 )eˆ 2 + (2.87784 )eˆ 3
and its module as:
r
σS ≈ (0.42487 )2 + (5.77462)2 + (2.87784)2 ≈ 41.808713 = 6.465966
r r ˆ r ˆ r
= t (n) ⋅ t (n) − σ N
2 2
NOTE: We could also have used the equation σ S to obtain the
r
module of σ S .
Problem 3.19
The Cauchy stress tensor field in the continuum is represented by:
3 x1 5 x 22 0
r
σ ij ( x ) = σ 21 3x 2 2 x3
σ σ 32 0
31
a) Obtain the body force (per unit volume) to ensure the balance of the continuum.
b) For a particular point ( x1 = 1, x 2 = 1, x3 = 0 ):
b.1) Draw the Mohr’s circle. Obtain the maximum normal and tangential stress
component.
b.2) Obtain the traction vector associated with the plane whose normal is
1 1 1
nˆi = .
3 3 3
b.2.1) Obtain the normal and tangential in this plane.
Solution:
a) Due to the symmetry of the Cauchy stress tensor ( σ = σ T ) we have:
3 x1 5 x 22 0
r 2
σ ij ( x ) = 5 x 2 3x 2 2 x3
0 2 x3 0
σ + σ12, 2 + σ13,3 = −ρ b1 3 + 10 x 2 + 0 = −ρ b1
r r components 11,1
∇ xr ⋅ σ + ρ b = 0
→σ 21,1 + σ 22, 2 + σ 23,3 = −ρ b1 ⇒ 0 + 3 + 2 = −ρ b 2
0 + 0 + 0 = −ρ b
σ 31,1 + σ 32, 2 + σ 33,3 = −ρ b1 3
where we can verify that σ 3 = 0 is one principal value. For the other eigenvalues, it is
sufficient to solve:
3−σ 5 σ1 = 8
=0 ⇒ (3 − σ) = (5) 2 ⇒ 3 − σ = ±5 ⇒
5 3−σ σ 2 = −2
Restructuring the eigenvalues:
σ I = 8 , σ II = 0 , σ III = −2
σS
σ S max = 5
σ III = −2 σ II = 0 σI = 8 σN
Figure 3.34
By means of the Mohr’s circle we can obtain the maximum shear stress σ S max = 5 and the
maximum normal stress σ N max = σ I = 10 .
ˆ
e) Considering that t i (n) = σ ij nˆ j , we can obtain the traction vector associated with the plane
1 ˆ 1 ˆ 1 ˆ
whose normal vector is nˆ = e1 + e2 + e3 :
3 3 3
t1(nˆ ) 3 5 0 1 8
(nˆ ) 1 1
t 2 = 5 3 0 1 = 8
t (nˆ ) 3 3
0 0 0 1 0
3
b.2) The normal stress component is obtained as follows:
1
1 1
ˆ
σ N = t i ni = [8 8 0] 1 = 16 ≈ 5.333
(nˆ )
3 3 3
1
r 2 r ˆ r ˆ r
To obtain the tangential component we apply directly σ S = t (n) ⋅ t (n) − σ N
2
, where
8
r ˆ r (nˆ ) r (nˆ ) 1 1
[8 8 0] 8 = 128 . Then:
2
= t ⋅ t = ti ti =
(nˆ ) (nˆ )
t (n)
3 3 3
0
rˆ rˆ 2
r r 128 16 128 128
= t ( n ) ⋅ t (n ) − σ N
2 2
σS = − = ⇒ σS = ≈ 3.771
3 3 9 3
Problem 3.20
The stress state at one point of the body is given by means of the spherical and deviatoric
part of the Cauchy stress tensor as follows:
1 0 0 0 6 8
σ ijsph = 0 1 0 ; σ ijdev = 6 0 0
0 0 1 8 0 0
In Problem 3.18 we have obtained the principal values of σ ijdev whose values are the same
as for the proposed problem. As the tensor and its deviatoric part have the same principal
directions, i.e. they are coaxial, we can automatically obtain the principal stresses:
1 0 0 10 0 0 9 0 0
σ′ij = σ′ijsph + σ ′ijdev
= 0 1 0 + 0 0 0 = 0 1 0
0 0 1 0 0 − 10 0 0 11
The principal directions are the same as those provided in Problem 3.18.
d) Mohr’s circle in stress can be appreciated in Figure 3.35.
σS σS
σ S max = 10
σ dev σ dev
II = 0 σ dev = 10 σ dev σN
III = −10 I N σ I = σ II = σ III = 1
σS
σ S max = 10
σ III = −9 σ II = 1 σ I = 11 σN
Figure 3.35
Note that the spherical part contribution deviates (translate) the Mohr’s circle of the
deviatoric part according the σ N -axis, and does not alter the value of the maximum shear
stress.
Problem 3.21
At one point P in the continuum medium, The Cauchy stress tensor σ is represented by
its Cartesian components as follows:
1 1 0
σ ij = 1 1 0 MPa ,
0 0 2
r
d) The traction vector is obtained by t (n) = σ ⋅ nˆ , we need to normalize the normal vector
ˆ
r
ˆ n 1 ˆ 1 ˆ
to the plane, i.e. n = r = e1 + e 2 + 0eˆ 3 . Thus:
n 2 2
t 1(nˆ ) 1 1 0 1 2
(nˆ ) 1 1
t 2 = 1 1 0 1 = 2 2
t (nˆ ) 0 0 2 2 0 0
3
σS σS
σ S max = 1
+ σN
σS
σ S max = 1
σ III = 0 σ I , σ II = 2 σN
Figure 3.36
Problem 3.22
The Cauchy stress tensor components at one point of the continuum are:
29 0 0
σ ij = 0 − 26 6 Pa
0 6 9
Decompose the stress tensor in a spherical and a deviatoric part, and obtain the principal
stresses and principal directions of the deviatoric part.
Solution:
Consider the additive decomposition of the stress tensor into a spherical and deviatoric
part:
σ ij = σ ijdev + σ ijsph
29 − 4 0 0 25 0 0
σ ijdev
= 0 − 26 − 4 6 = 0 − 30 6 Pa
0 6 9 − 4 0 6 5
To obtain the eigenvalues we solve the characteristic determinant of the deviatoric part:
σ ijdev − λδ ij = 0
→ λ3 − λJ 2 − J 3 = 0
By solving the above cubic equation we can obtain the following principal values:
σ1dev = 25 Pa
dev
σ 2 = 6 Pa
σ dev = −31Pa
3
Problem 3.23
Consider the Cauchy stress tensor components:
12 4 0
σij = σ 21 9 − 2 MPa
σ 31 σ32 3
a) Obtain the spherical and the deviatoric part.
b) Obtain the principal invariants of the deviatoric part.
c) Obtain the normal octahedral stress and the mean stress at this point.
Solution:
Due to the symmetry of the Cauchy stress tensor we can conclude that:
12 4 0
σij = 4 9 − 2 MPa
0 − 2 3
I σ 12 + 9 + 3 24
The mean stress is given by σ m = σ oct = = = = 8.
3 3 3
The spherical and deviatoric parts are:
8 0 0 12 4 0 8 0 0 4 4 0
σ ijsph = 0 8 0 ; σ ijdev = σ ij − σ ijsph
= 4
9 − 2 − 0 8 0 = 4 1 − 2
0 0 8 0 − 2 3 0 0 8 0 − 2 − 5
1 −2 4 0 4 4
II σ dev = + + = −41 = − J 2
−2 −5 0 −5 4 1
Problem 3.24
The stress state at one point is represented by the Cauchy stress tensor components:
1 a b
σij = a 1 c
b c 1
where a , b and c are constants. Determine the constants a , b and c such that the
traction vector on the octahedral plane is the null vector.
Solution:
1
The octahedral plane has the following unit vector: nˆ i = [1 1 1] , and the traction
3
r (nˆ )
vector related to this plane is defined by t = σ ⋅ nˆ , whose components are:
t1(nˆ ) 1 a b 1 1 + a + b 0 a + b = −1
(nˆ ) 1 1
t 2 = a 1 c 1 = a + 1 + c = 0 ⇒ a + c = −1
t (nˆ ) b c 1 3 1 3
b + c + 1 0 b + c = −1
3
−1 −1 −1
by solving the above set of equations we can obtain b = , c= , a= .
2 2 2
Problem 3.25
At one point P in the continuous medium the Cauchy stress tensor σ is represented by its
Cartesian components as follows:
57 0 24
σ ij = σ 21 50 0 MPa ,
σ 31 σ 32 43
a) Obtain the principal stresses and principal directions at the point P ;
b) Obtain the maximum tangential and normal stress at this point;
c) Draw the Mohr’s circle in stress;
r
d) Obtain the traction vector t (n) on the octahedral plane of the Haigh-Westergaard space.
Obtain the normal octahedral stress and the tangential octahedral stress.
Solution:
Considering the symmetry of the Cauchy stress tensor we can conclude that:
57 0 24
σ ij = 0 50 0 MPa
24 0 43
Note that the stress σ 22 = 50 is already a principal stress and is associated with the principal
direction nˆ ( 2) = [0 ± 1 0] . To find the other principal stresses we must solve the
following system:
57 − σ 24 σ1 = 25
=0 ⇒ σ 2 − 100σ + 1875 = 0 ⇒
24 43 − σ σ 3 = 75
Using the definition of eigenvalue-eigenvector, we can obtain the following eigenvectors:
σ1 = 50 ⇒ nˆ (1) = [0 ± 1.0 0]
σS
σ I − σ III 75 − 25
σ S max = = = 25
2 2
σ S max = 25
σ III = 25 σ II = 50 σ I = 75 = σ N max σN
Figure 3.37
( )
r
1 2 8750 r
t (n)
75 2 + 50 2 + 25 2 =
= ⇒ t (n) = 54.00617
3 3
r
The normal octahedral stress is given by σ oct = t (n) ⋅ nˆ :
1
1
σoct = [75 50 25] 1 = 50MPa
3 3
1
f) Considering that the tensor and its deviatoric part are coaxial tensors, we can use the
principal space in order to obtain the eigenvalues of the deviatoric part:
75 0 0 50 0 0 25 0 0
σ′ijdev = σ′ij − σ′ijsph
= 0 50 0 − 0 50 0 = 0 0 0 MPa
0 0 25 0 0 50 0 0 − 25
Problem 3.26
Consider at the point P we know some stresses acting on some planes as indicated in
Figure 3.38. By considering the state of plane stress, obtain the state of plane stress at the
point σ ij .
P 4
2
y
x 6
Figure 3.38
Solution:
In the state of plane stress σ ij (i, j = 1,2) we only need two planes to define the stress state
at the point:
σx τ xy
σij = (3.44)
τ xy σ y
σx τ xy 4 2
σij = = (3.45)
τ xy σ y 2 6
τ xy = 2
P σx = 4
y
τ xy = 2
τ xy
x σy = 6
Figure 3.39
Problem 3.27
Consider a composite material, which is made up of matrix and fiber along direction of
45 º such as shows in Figure 3.40. This composite material can break if the shear stress
along the fiber exceeds the value 3.8 × 10 6 Pa ( N / m 2 ) .
For the normal stress σ x = 2.8 × 10 6 Pa , obtain the maximum value of σ y for which the
material does not break.
σy
45º σx − 45º σx
n̂
y
σy
x
In Problem 1.99 was the transformation law for a second-order tensor for 2D case.
Problem 3.28
The stress acting on two planes passing through the point P are shown in Figure 3.41.
Obtain the value of the shear stress τ on the plane a − a and the principal stresses at this
point.
Solution:
To obtain the stress state at a point in the two dimensional case, we need to determine σ x ,
σ y and τ xy , (see Figure 3.42).
Considering Figure 3.42, we can directly obtain σ x and τ xy by means of the projection of
the traction vector 60 Pa , (see Figure 3.42(b)), i.e.:
σ x = 60 cos( 30 º ) = 51 .962 Pa
τ xy = 60 cos( 60 º ) = 30 Pa
a b
τ
80 Pa
45 º
x
60 Pa 60 º
a
b
Figure 3.41: Stress state at one point, according to the planes a and b .
y y
b a b
a σy σy
τ xy τ xy
80 Pa τ xy 80 Pa τ xy
σx
45º σx 45º σx
τ τ
x x
60 º τ
60 º xy
60 Pa 60 Pa
b a b a
a) b)
2
51.962 + 48 .038 51.962 − 48.038 σ = 80.1Pa
σ (1, 2 ) = ± + 30 2 ⇒ 1
2 2 σ 2 = 19.9 Pa
or by means of the characteristic determinant:
σx − σ τ xy 51.962 − σ 30
=0 ⇒ =0
τ xy σy − σ 30 48.038 − σ
Problem 3.29
Given a stress state σ x = 1Pa , τ xy = −4 Pa and σ y = 2 Pa . Draw a graph of angle vs.
stresses ( θ − σ x , σ y , τ xy ), where θ is the rotation angle of the coordinate system, (see
Figure 3.43).
τ xy = −4 Pa σ y = 2 Pa
τ xy = −4 Pa
σx σ x = 1Pa
P
x
τ xy
σy
We can calculate the angle corresponding to the principal direction by means of the
equation:
2τ xy 2 × ( −4 )
tan 2θ = = = 8 ⇒ (θ = 41.437 º )
σx − σy 1− 2
and the principal stresses:
2
σx + σy σx − σy σ1 = 5.5311P
σ1, 2 = ±
+ τ 2xy ⇒
2 2 σ 2 = −2.5311Pa
Considering the transformation law, we can obtain the values of σ ′x , σ ′y , τ′xy for different
values of θ . Making θ vary from 0 to 360 º we can represent the stresses σ ′x , σ ′y , τ′xy in
function of the angle, (see Figure 3.44). We can observe that when θ = 41 .437 º we have a
principal direction, then the tangent stress is zero ( τ xy = 0 ) and the principal stresses are
σ I = 5.5311Pa and σ II = −2.5311Pa .
x′
σ1
θ = 41.437 º
σ2
x′
θ = 131.437 º
Stresses
8 σ2
6
σ1 = 5.5311 σ ′y
σy
2
τ ′xy
σx
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 θ
-2 σ ′x
45º x′
τ xy
-4 σ 2 = −2.5311
θ = 86.437º
-6
τ max = 4.0311
Problem 3.30
a) Consider the stress field σ ij (i, j = 1,2) in the Cartesian system x1 − x 2 − x 3 , and the
following equations:
t t t
2 2 2
∫
m11 = σ11 x3 dx3
−t
; ∫
m12 = σ12 x 3 dx3
−t
; ∫
m22 = σ 22 x 3 dx3
−t
2 2 2
Obtain the component transformation law of mij (i, j = 1,2) in the new system x1′ − x 2′ − x 3′
which is formed by a rotation around the x3 -axis, (see Figure 3.45).
Solution:
Due to the symmetry of σ ij = σ ji , we can conclude that m12 = m21 . The transformation
matrix from x1 − x 2 − x 3 to x1′ − x 2′ − x 3′ is given as follows:
cosθ sin θ 0
cosθ sin θ
aij = − sin θ cosθ 0 2→
D
A =
− sin θ cosθ
0 0 1
x3 = x3′
x2′
t
x3 =
2
x2
t θ x1′
−t
x3 =
2 x1
Figure 3.45
By using the Voigt notation, we can obtain:
t t t t
2 2 2 2
∫ ∫ ∫ ∫
′
m11 ′
σ11 ′
σ11 σ11 σ11
{m′} = m22′ = σ′22 x3′ dx3′ = σ′22 x3 dx3 = [M]σ22 x3dx3 = [M]
σ 22 x3 dx3
m′ σ′ σ′ σ σ
12 12 12 12 12
−t −t −t −t
2 2 2 2
where [ M ] is the transformation matrix in Voigt notation for a second-order tensor, (see
Problem 1.99), and is given by:
a112 a12
2
2a11a12 cos 2 θ sin 2 θ 2 cos θ sin θ
2a21a22 = sin 2 θ cos θ − 2 sin θ cos θ
2 2 2
[ M ] = a21 a22
a a a22 a12 a11a22 + a12 a21 − sin θ cos θ cos θ sin θ cos 2 θ − sin 2 θ
21 11
Also considering that [ M ]−1 = [ N ]T , we can obtain {m} = [ N ]T {m′} , where
a112 a12
2
a11a12 cos 2 θ sin 2 θ cosθ sin θ
= sin θ cos θ − sinθ cosθ
2 2 2 2
[ N ] = a21 a22 a21a22
2a a 2a22 a12 a11a22 + a12 a21 − 2 sin θ cosθ 2 cosθ sin θ cos 2 θ − sin 2 θ
21 11
The same result (3.46) could have been obtained by consider mij as a second-order tensor
in two dimensional case (2D), and by means of the transformation law of a second-order
tensor we can obtain:
mij′ = aik a jl mkl ; (i, j = 1,2) or m ′ = AmA T
m′ ′ cosθ
m12 sin θ m11 m12 cosθ − sin θ (3.47)
⇒ 11 =
′
m12 ′ − sin θ
m22 cosθ m12 m22 sin θ cosθ
Problem 3.31
Prove that the following relationship are valid:
P = J σ dev ⋅ F −T + Jσ m F −T ; S = JF −1 ⋅ σ dev ⋅ F −T + Jσ m C −1
where P and S are the first and second Piola-Kirchhoff stress tensors, respectively, C is
the right Cauchy-Green deformation tensor, F is the deformation gradient, J is the
Jacobian determinant, and the scalar σ m is the mean normal Cauchy stress. Also show that
the following relationships are true:
P : F = S : C = 3Jσ m
Solution:
Next, we will show the equation P : F = S : C :
P : F = Pij Fij = ( Fik S kj ) Fij = S kj ( Fik Fij ) = S kj ( F T ⋅ F ) kj = S kj (C )kj = S : C
S = JF −1 ⋅ σ ⋅ F −T S ij = JFik−1 σ kp F jp−1
= JF −1 ⋅ (σ dev + σ m 1) ⋅ F −T kp + σ ( m ) δ kp ) F jp
= JFik−1 (σ dev −1
Then by applying the double scalar product between S and C we can obtain:
S : C = ( JF −1 ⋅ σ dev ⋅ F −T + Jσ m C −1 ) : C = JF −1 ⋅ σ dev ⋅ F −T : C + Jσ m C −1 : C
= J δ qp δ qk σ dev
pk
pk δ pk = J σ kk
= J σ dev dev
dev
=J σ
1
424 :1
3 =0
Tr (σ dev ) =0
Thus:
S : C = Jσ m C −1 : C = Jσ m Tr (C −1 ⋅ C ) = Jσ m Tr (1) = 3 Jσ m
Now, by taking the double scalar product between P and F we obtain:
P : F = J σ dev ⋅ F −T : F + Jσ m F −T : F
Thus,
P : F = Jσ m F −T : F = Jσ m Tr ( F −T ⋅ F T ) = Jσ m Tr (1) = 3 Jσ m
Problem 4.1
Show that Reynolds’ transport theorem is valid in the following equation:
D D
Dt V∫Φ dV =
Dt V ∫
Φ JdV 0 (4.1)
0
where V is the volume in the current configuration, V0 is the volume in the reference
configuration, J is the Jacobian determinant and Φ is a scalar field that describes the
physical quantity of a particle per unit volume at time t .
Solution:
D DΦ DJ DΦ r DΦ r
∫ ∫
Φ JdV0 = J +Φ dV0 = J ∫ + JΦ ∇ xr ⋅ v dV0 = + Φ ∇ xr ⋅ v dV
∫ (4.2)
Dt V V0
Dt Dt V0
Dt V
Dt
0
Problem 4.2
Show that
r
D r DPijL ( x , t )
Dt V∫ V
∫
ρ PijL ( x , t ) dV = ρ
Dt
dV (4.3)
r
where PijL ( x , t ) is a continuum property per unit mass, which can be a scalar, a vector or
higher order tensor.
Solution:
It was proven in the textbook, (Chaves (2013)), that:
D r D r r ∂v p
∫
Dt V ∫
Φ ( x , t )dV = Φ ( x , t ) + Φ ( x , t )
Dt
V
dV
∂x p
Then by making Φ = ρ PijL , and by considering it in the above equation we can obtain:
330 SOLVING PROBLEMS BY MEANS OF CONTINUUM MECHANICS
D D ∂v p D Dρ ∂v
Dt V∫ Dt
V
∫
ρ PijK dV = (ρ PijK ) + ρ PijK dV = ρ
∂x p V
∫ Dt
PijK + PijK
Dt
+ ρ PijK k
∂x k
dV
D Dρ ∂v
= ρ
V
∫Dt
PijK + PijK
1Dt
+ρ k
∂x k
dV
4243
=0
mass continuity equation
D DP
Dt V∫ V
∫
ρ PijK dV = ρ ijK dV
Dt
Problem 4.3
Prove that the following relationship is valid:
r ∂ r r r
ρa= ( ρ v ) + ∇ xr ⋅ ( ρ v ⊗ v ) (4.4)
∂t
Solution:
Based on the Reynolds’ transport theorem:
D ∂Φ r
Φ dV = dV + Φ (v ⋅ nˆ ) dS
∫ ∫ ∫
Dt V V
∂t S
r
and if we consider that Φ = ρ v we can obtain:
r
D r ∂ (ρ v ) r r
∫ρ v dV = ∫ dV + ρ v ⊗ (v ⋅ nˆ ) dS
∫
Dt V V
∂t S
Additionally, by applying the divergence theorem to the surface integral we can obtain:
∂ (ρ v i ) ∂ (ρ v i )
∫ρ a
V
i dV = ∫
V
∂t V
∫
dV + (ρ vi v k ) ,k dV =
V
∂t ∫ + (ρ v i v k ) ,k dV
which in tensorial notation is:
r r
r ∂ (ρ v ) r r r ∂ (ρ v ) r r
∫V ρ a dV = V∫ ∂t + ∇ xr ⋅ (ρ v ⊗ v ) dV ⇒ ρa=
∂t
+ ∇ xr ⋅ (ρ v ⊗ v )
Problem 4.4
Let us consider the following velocity field:
xi
vi = for t ≥ 0
1+ t
a) Find the mass density field;
b) Show that for this motion the equation ρ x1 x 2 x3 = ρ 0 X 1 X 2 X 3 is satisfied.
Solution:
a) By applying the mass continuity equation we can obtain:
Dρ ∂v k Dρ dρ ∂v
+ρ =0 ⇒ ≡ = −ρ k
Dt ∂x k Dt dt ∂x k
and by using the given velocity field, we can find that:
∂v i 1 ∂x i δ 3
= = ii =
∂x i 1 + t ∂x i 1 + t 1 + t
Thus,
dρ 3ρ dρ 3dt
=− ⇒ =−
dt 1+ t ρ 1+ t
Then by integrating the both sides of the above equation we can obtain:
dρ 3dt
∫ ρ
= −∫ 1+ t
⇒ Ln ρ = −3Ln(1 + t ) + C
1 ρ0
Ln ρ = −3 Ln(1 + t ) + Ln ρ 0 = Ln + Ln ρ 0 = Ln
3
3
(1 + t ) (1 + t )
Thus, we can conclude that:
ρ0
ρ=
(1 + t )3
b) By using the velocity definition we can obtain:
dx i x dx i dt
vi = = i ⇒ =
dt 1 + t xi 1 + t
Additionally, by integrating the both sides of the above equation we can obtain:
dx i dt
∫ xi
= ∫
1+ t
⇒ Lnxi = Ln(1 + t ) + K i (4.5)
Problem 4.5
The equations of motion of a body are given, in Lagrangian description, by:
x1 = X 1 + αtX 3
x 2 = X 2 + αtX 3
x = X − αt ( X + X )
3 3 1 2
where α is a constant scalar. Find the mass density in the current configuration (ρ ) in
terms of the mass density of the reference configuration (ρ 0 ) , i.e. ρ = ρ (ρ 0 ) .
Solution:
We can apply the equation ρ 0 = Jρ , where J is the Jacobian determinant and is given by:
∂x1 ∂x1 ∂x1
∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3
1 0 αt
∂x i ∂x 2 ∂x 2 ∂x 2
J= F = = = 0 1 αt = 1 + 2(αt ) 2
∂X j ∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3
∂x 3 ∂x 3 ∂x 3 − αt − αt 1
∂X 1 ∂X 2 ∂X 3
ρ0 ρ0
Thus, we can obtain ρ = =
J 1 + 2(αt ) 2
Problem 4.6
Given the velocity field components:
v1 = ax1 − bx 2 ; v 2 = bx1 − ax 2 ; v3 = c x12 + x 22
where a , b and c are constants.
a) Check whether the mass continuity equation is fulfilled or not;
b) Is the motion isochoric?
Solution:
The mass continuity equation:
Dρ r
+ ρ (∇ xr ⋅ v ) = 0
Dt
where:
r
∇ xr ⋅ v = v i ,i = v1,1 + v 2, 2 + v 3,3 = a − a + 0 = 0
r Dρ
The motion is isochoric (incompressible medium), since ∇ xr ⋅ v = 0 or =0.
Dt
Problem 4.7
r
Consider a continuous medium and an Eulerian property φ ( x , t ) assigned by density, i.e.
unit of the property per unit volume. Obtain the rate of change of the property by
considering the control volume and the control surface.
Solution:
Remember that the rate of change of a property is always associated with the same
particles. By means of the material time derivative we can obtain the rate of change of a
property when this property is in Eulerian description. Then, the total rate of change of
r
φ ( x , t ) in the volume V which is bounded by the surface S is given by:
φ ( x, t ) + φ ( x, t ) (dV )
D r D D r r D
Dt V∫φ ( x, t )dV =
V
∫
Dt
(φ dV ) = dV
V
Dt ∫ Dt
φ ( x, t ) + φ ( x, t )(∇ xr ⋅ v ) dV
D r r r
∫
= dV
V
Dt
(4.6)
D r r r
= φ ( x , t ) + φ ( x , t )(∇ xr ⋅ v ) dV
∫
V
Dt
D r
We apply the definition of the material time derivative to φ( x , t ) :
Dt
φ ( x, t )dV = φ ( x, t ) + φ ( x, t )(∇ xr ⋅ v ) dV
D r D r r r
∫
Dt V V
∫
Dt
r
∂ r ∂φ ( x , t ) r r r r
∫
= φ ( x, t ) + r ⋅ v ( x , t ) + φ ( x , t )(∇ xr ⋅ v ) dV
V
∂t ∂x
r (4.7)
∂ r ∂φ ( x , t ) r r r
∫
= φ ( x , t ) dV + ∫ r ⋅ v + φ ( x , t )(∇ xr ⋅ v ) dV
V
∂t V
∂x
∂ r r
= φ ( x , t ) dV + [∇ xr ⋅ (φv ) ]dV
∫ ∫
V
∂t V
We can apply the divergence theorem to the second integral on the right side of the
equation to obtain:
flux of φ through
suface S
6 44744 8
r
D r ∂φ( x , t ) r (4.8)
∫φ( x, t )dV = ∫ dV + ({ φv ) ⋅ nˆ dS
∫
Dt V V 1
∂t4
42 3 S flux of φ
local
r
∂φ( x , t )
the term is local, the volume integral of the right side of the equation is a control
∂t
r
volume and the integral surface is a control surface, since the variable (φv ) is in Eulerian
r
description. The term (φv ) represents the flux of the property φ .
D r
When there is no source or sink of the property it is true that
Dt V∫φ( x, t )dV = 0 . And, note
also that when the property is the mass density ( φ = ρ ) the equation in (4.7) becomes the
mass continuity equation.
D r D r r r ∂ r r
ρ ( x, t )dV = ρ ( x, t ) + ρ ( x, t )(∇ xr ⋅ v ) dV = 0 = ρ ( x, t ) + ∇ xr ⋅ ( ρv ) dV = 0 (4.9)
∫ ∫ ∫
Dt V V
Dt V
∂t
If the above equation is valid for the entire volume then it is valid locally, so
D r r r
ρ ( x, t ) + ρ ( x, t )(∇ xr ⋅ v ) = 0 Mass continuity equation (4.10)
Dt
or
∂ r r
ρ ( x, t ) + ∇ xr ⋅ (ρ v ) = 0 Mass continuity equation (4.11)
∂t
control volume r
(φv )
S
r r
V q n = [(φv ) ⋅ nˆ ] nˆ
n̂
r
r ∂φ( x , t )
x
∂t
control surface
t=0
v0
XP
X* Particle P
control surface
material volume control volume
t1
r
v( x * , t1 )
xP Particle Q
x*
control surface
material volume control volume
t2
r
v( x * , t 2 )
xP x*
Particle R
Problem 4.8
Show that the following equation is true:
Tensorial notation Indicial notation
∂φ r ∂ r ∂φ ∂
ρ + ρ (∇ xrφ ) ⋅ v = ( ρφ ) + ∇ xr ⋅ ( ρφv ) ρ + ρφ ,i vi = ( ρφ ) + ( ρφvi ) ,i (4.12)
∂t ∂t ∂t ∂t
r r r r
where φ ( x , t ) is a scalar field, ρ ( x , t ) is the mass density field, and v ( x , t ) is the velocity
field.
Solution:
∂ ∂φ ∂ρ ∂φ ∂ρ
(φρ ) + (φρv i ) ,i = ρ +φ + φ , i ( ρv i ) + φ ( ρv i ) , i = ρ + φ , i ρv i + φ + ( ρv i ) , i
∂t ∂t ∂t ∂t ∂t
∂φ
=ρ + φ , i ρv i
∂t
∂ρ
where we have considered the mass continuity equation + ( ρvi ) ,i = 0 .
∂t
∑F x =0
∂σ x ∂τ xy
ρ b x dxdydz + σ x + dx dydz − σ x dydz + τ xy + dy dxdz
∂x ∂y
∂ τ
− τ xy dxdz + τ xz + xz dz dxdy − τ xz dxdy = 0
∂ z
∂σ x ∂τ xy ∂τ xz
⇒ ρb x + + + =0
∂x ∂y ∂z
z Rear face
σx
τ xy
∂σ z
σz + dz
Rear face ∂z
∂σ yz
σ yz + dz τ xz
∂z
∂τ xz
τ xz + dz
∂z ∂τ yz dz
τ yz + dy
τ xy ρb z ∂y
σy ρb y ∂σ y
∂τ xz σy + dy
τ xz + dx ∂y
∂x ρb x ∂τ xy
τ xy + dy y
∂y
τ yz ∂τ xy
τ xy + dx dx
∂σ ∂x
σ x + x dx
∂x
τ xz
x τ yz
Rear face
σz
dy
∂σ z ∂τ
ρ b z dxdydz + σ z + dz dxdy − σ z dxdy + τ xz + xz dx dzdy
∂z ∂x
∂τ yz
− τ xz dzdy + τ yz + dy dxdz − τ yz dxdz = 0
∂y
and after the simplification is taken place the above equation becomes:
∂τ xz ∂τ yz ∂σ z
ρb z + + + =0
∂x ∂y ∂z
Then, the equilibrium equations in engineering notation become:
∂σ x ∂τ xy ∂τ xz
+ + + ρb x = 0
∂x ∂y ∂z
∂τ xy ∂σ y ∂τ yz
+ + + ρb y = 0
∂x ∂y ∂x z
∂τ ∂τ ∂σ z
xz + yz + + ρb z = 0
∂x ∂y ∂z
Problem 4.10
Let σ be the Cauchy stress tensor field, which is represented by its components in the
Cartesian basis as:
σ11 = x12 ; σ 22 = x 22 ; σ 33 = x12 + x 22
σ12 = σ 21 = 2 x1 x 2 ; σ 23 = σ 32 = σ 31 = σ13 = 0
Considering that the body is in equilibrium, find the body forces acting on the continuum.
Solution:
r r
By applying the equilibrium equations, ∇ xr ⋅ σ + ρ b = 0 , we can obtain:
∂σ 11 ∂σ12 ∂σ13
+ + + ρ b1 = 0
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3
2 x1 + 2 x1 + ρ b 1 = 0
∂σ 21 ∂σ 22 ∂σ 23
σ ij , j + ρ b i = 0 i ⇒ + + + ρb2 = 0 ⇒ 2 x 2 + 2 x 2 + ρ b 2 = 0
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3 ρ b = 0
∂σ 31 ∂σ 32 ∂σ 33 3
+ + + ρb3 = 0
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3
Thus, to satisfy the equilibrium equations the following condition must be met:
4 x1 = − ρ b 1 ⇒ ρ b 1 = − 4 x 1
r N
4 x 2 = − ρ b 2 ⇒ ρ b 2 = −4 x 2 ⇒ ρ b = −4( x1 eˆ 1 + x 2 eˆ 2 ) (Body force density) m3
⇒ ρb 3 = 0
Problem 4.11
Given the velocity field components:
v1 = x1 x3 ; v 2 = x 22 t ; v3 = x 2 x 3t
and the Cauchy stress tensor field components:
x 2 x1 − x 2 x3 0
σ ij = α − x 2 x3 x 22 − x 2
0 − x2 x32
where α is a constant. Obtain the body force (per unit volume) to guarantee the principle
of conservation of the linear momentum.
Solution:
From the principle of conservation of linear momentum we obtain the equations of
motion:
r r r r r
∇ xr ⋅ σ + ρb = ρv& = ρa ⇒ ρb = ρa − ∇ xr ⋅ σ
The acceleration field:
r r r r
r ∂v ( x , t ) ∂v ( x , t ) r r ∂vi ∂vi
a= + r ⋅ v ( x, t ) ; ai = + vj
∂t ∂x ∂t ∂x j
where
r 0 r x3 0 x1
∂v ∂vi 2 ∂v ∂v
= 0 0
r
= = x2 ; (∇ xr v ) ij ≡ r = i
2 x2 t
∂t i ∂t ∂x ij ∂x j
x2 x3 0 x3t x2 t
Then
0 x3 0 x1 x1 x3 0 x1 x32 + x1 x2 x3t
∂vi ∂vi
ai = + v j = x22 + 0 2 x2t 0 x22t = x22 + 2 x23t
∂t ∂x j 2
x2 x3 0 x3t 2 2 2
x2t x2 x3t x2 x3 x3 x2 t + x2 x3t
x1 x32 + x1 x2 x3t
2 3
= x2 + 2 x2t
x2 x3 + x3 x22t 2 + x22 x3t 2
The divergence of the Cauchy stress tensor is given by:
∂σ 11 ∂σ 12 ∂σ 13
+ + = α ( x 2 − x3 )
∂ x1 ∂ x 2 ∂ x 3
x 2 − x3
∂σ ∂σ ∂σ
σ ij , j = 21 + 22 + 23 = α ( 2 x 2 ) ⇒ σ ij , j = α 2 x 2
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3
2 x 3 − 1
∂σ 31 ∂σ 32 ∂σ 33
+ + = α ( 2 x 3 − 1)
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3
with that the body force density (per unit volume) becomes:
r r
ρ b = ρ a − ∇ xr ⋅ σ
x1 x 32 + x1 x 2 x 3 t x 2 − x3
ρb i = ρa i − σ ij , j ⇒ ρb i = ρ 2
x2 + 2x2 t 3
−α 2x2
x 2 x 3 + x 3 x 22 t 2 + x 22 x 3 t 2 2 x 3 − 1
Problem 4.12
The Cauchy stress tensor field in the medium in equilibrium is represented by its Cartesian
components as follows:
1 0 2 x2
σ ij = 0 1 4 x1 (4.13)
2 x2 4 x1 1
Problem 4.13
Given a body in equilibrium in which the Cauchy stress tensor field is represented by its
components:
σ11 = 6 x13 + x 22 ; σ12 = x 32
σ 22 = 12 x13 + 60 ; σ 23 = x 2
σ 33 = 18 x 23 + 6 x33 ; σ 31 = x12
Obtain the body force density vector (per unit volume) at the point ( x1 = 2; x 2 = 4; x3 = 2 ).
Solution:
The equilibrium equations are represented by:
r r
∇ xr ⋅ σ + ρ b = 0 (4.17)
and the explicit form:
Problem 4.14
The Cauchy stress tensor field is represented by its components as follows:
x12 x 2 (a 2 − x 22 ) x1 0
1 3
σ ij = k (a 2 − x 22 ) x1 ( x 2 − 3a 2 x 2 ) 0 (4.21)
3
0 0 2ax32
r
where k and a are constants. Obtain the specific body force field b (per unit mass) in
order to achieve equilibrium.
Solution:
∂σ11 ∂σ12 ∂σ13
+ + + ρ b1 = 0 ⇒ ρ b1 = −2 x1 x 2 k + 2 x1 x 2 k = 0
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x3
∂σ 21 ∂σ 22 ∂σ 23 k
+ + + ρ b 2 = 0 ⇒ ρ b 2 = −k (a 2 − x 22 ) − (3 x 22 − 3a 2 ) = 0 (4.22)
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3 3
∂σ
31 ∂σ ∂σ
∂x + ∂x + ∂x + ρ b 3 = 0 ⇒ ρ b 3 = −4kax3
32 33
1 2 3
Then:
0
4kax3 N
bi = 0 (Force per unit mass) (4.23)
ρ kg
− 1
Problem 4.15
r
Let us assume that the specific body force is b = − gê 3 , where g is a constant and consider
the Cauchy stress tensor field components:
x2 − x3 0
σ ij = α − x3 0 − x 2 (4.24)
0 − x2 p
Find p such that satisfies the equilibrium equations. Consider that α is a constant and that
r
the mass density field is homogeneous, i.e. it is independent of the vector position ( x ).
Solution:
The equilibrium equations:
r r
∇ xr ⋅ σ + ρb = 0 indicial
→ σij , j + ρbi = 0 i (4.25)
∂σ11 ∂σ12 ∂σ13
+ + + ρb1 = 0
∂x ∂x ∂x 0 + 0 + 0 + ρb = 0 ⇒ b = 0
1 2 3
1 1
∂σ ∂σ ∂σ
⇒ 21 + 22 + 23 + ρb 2 = 0 ⇒ 0 + 0 + 0 + ρb 2 = 0 ⇒ b 2 = 0
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂σ
∂σ31 ∂σ32 ∂σ 33 0 − α + 33 + ρb 3 = 0
∂x + ∂x + ∂x + ρb3 = 0 ∂x3
1 2 3
thus
∂σ 33 ∂(αp ) ∂p ∂p ρg
= =α = α − ρ b3 ⇒ =1 +
∂x3 ∂x3 ∂x 3 ∂x3 α
ρg
⇒ dp = 1 + dx
α 3
ρg ρg
∫
p = 1 + ∂x
α 3
⇒ p = 1 +
x
α 3
Problem 4.16
Show that the equilibrium equations are satisfied by considering the following Cauchy
stress field Cartesian components:
σ11 = x 22 + ν ( x12 − x 22 ) ; σ12 = −2νx1 x 2 ; σ 23 = σ13 = 0
2 2 2 2 2
σ 22 = x1 + ν ( x 2 − x1 ) ; σ 33 = ν ( x1 + x 2 )
Consider that there are no body forces.
Solution:
The equilibrium equations:
σ ij , j + ρb i = 0 i ⇒ σ ij , j = 0 i ⇒ σ i1,1 + σ i 2, 2 + σ i 3,3 = 0 i
{
=0i
∂σ11 ∂σ 12 ∂σ13
+ + =0
i = 1 σ 11,1 + σ 12 , 2 + σ 13,3 = 0 ∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3
∂σ 21 ∂σ 22 ∂σ 23
i = 2 σ 21,1 + σ 22 , 2 + σ 23, 3 = 0 ⇒ + + =0
i = 3 σ 31,1 + σ 32 , 2 + σ 33,3 = 0 ∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3
∂σ 31 ∂σ 32 ∂σ 33
+ + =0
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3
thus:
Problem 4.17
Consider a body in equilibrium in which the Cauchy stress field components are:
x1 + x 2 σ12 0
r
σ ij ( x ) = σ12 x1 − 2 x 2 0
0 0 x 2
Find σ12 , knowing that σ12 is a function of x1 and x 2 , i.e. σ12 = σ12 ( x1 , x 2 ) . It is also
known that the medium is free of body forces and the traction vector associated with the
r ˆ
plane x1 = 1 is given by t (n) = (1 + x 2 )eˆ 1 + (5 − x 2 )eˆ 2 .
Solution:
As the body is in equilibrium, it must satisfy the equilibrium equations:
σ ij , j + ρb i = 0 i ⇒ σ ij , j = 0 i ⇒ σ i1,1 + σ i 2, 2 + σ i 3,3 = 0 i
{
=0i
thus
∂σ11 ∂σ12 ∂σ13 ∂σ ∂σ12
+ + = 1 + 12 + 0 = 0 ⇒ = −1
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x3 ∂x 2 ∂x 2
∂σ 21 ∂σ 22 ∂σ 23 ∂σ12 ∂σ12
⇒ + + = −2+0=0 ⇒ =2
∂ x1 ∂ x 2 ∂x 3 ∂x1 ∂x1
∂σ 31 ∂σ 32 ∂σ 33
+ + =0+0+0=0
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x3
Now considering that for the plane x1 = 1 , the stress tensor and the traction vector, when
x1 = 1 , become respectively:
1 + x 2 σ12 0
r
0
ˆ
σ ij ( x1 = 1, x 2 ) = σ12 1 − 2 x 2 and t (n) = (1 + x 2 )eˆ 1 + (5 − x 2 )eˆ 2
0 0 x 2
r
Remember that the traction vector can be obtained by the equation t (n) = σ ⋅ nˆ , then
ˆ
1 + x 2 σ12 0 1 1 + x 2
t (nˆ )
= σ ij ( x1 = 1, x 2 )nˆ j = σ12 1 − 2 x 2 0 0 = 5 − x 2 (4.26)
0 0 x 2 0 0
ˆ
t (n) = σ ij ( x1 = 1, x 2 ) nˆ j
1 + x2 σ12 ( x1 = 1, x 2 ) 0 1 1 + x2 1 + x 2
⇒ σ12 ( x1 = 1, x 2 ) 1 − 2x2 0 0 = σ12 ( x1 = 1, x 2 ) = 5 − x 2
0 0 x 2 0 0 0
∂σ12
∂x1
=2 ⇒ ∫ ∂σ 12 ∫
= 2∂x1 ⇒ σ12 ( x1 , x 2 ) = 2 x1 + C ( x 2 )
And by using the information given by (4.26) we can obtain the constant of integration:
σ12 ( x1 = 1, x 2 ) = 5 − x 2 = 2 + C ( x 2 ) ⇒ C ( x2 ) = 3 − x2
thus:
σ12 ( x1 , x 2 ) = 2 x1 − x 2 + 3
Problem 4.18
The stress state in an continuous medium is given by the Cauchy stress tensor Cartesian
components:
σ11 σ12 σ13 0 Cx3 0
σij = σ12 σ 22 σ 23 = Cx3 0 − Cx1
σ13 σ 23 σ33 0 − Cx1 0
where C is a constant. Consider that the body is free of body force.
a) Show whether the body is in balance or not;
Solution:
a) The continuous medium is in equilibrium if the following equations hold:
r r
∇ ⋅ σ + ρb = 0 ; σij,j + ρ bi = 0 i (the equilibrium equations) (4.27)
For the proposed problem we have ρ bi = 0i , and the vector σij,j is evaluated as follows:
with that we can conclude that σ ij,j = 0 i then the body is in equilibrium.
Problem 4.19
Considering the principle of conservation of angular momentum, show that:
r r r r r r r r r r
∫ ρ [( x ⊗ (a − b) − (a − b) ⊗ x] dV = ∫ [( x ⊗ t − t ⊗ x] dS
* *
V Sσ
r r r r
where x is the vector position, ρ ( x , t ) is the mass density, a ( x , t ) is the acceleration,
r r r r
b( x , t ) is the specific body force (per unit mass), and t * ( x , t ) is the prescribed traction
vector (surface force) on surface S σ .
Solution:
The principle of conservation of angular momentum states that:
r r r r D r r r r
∫
Sσ V
∫
( x ∧ t * )dS + ( x ∧ ρ b)dV =
Dt V
( x ∧ ρ v )dV = ( x ∧ ρ a )dV
V
∫ ∫
r
Then, we apply the cross product of the above equation with an arbitrary vector z , which
r
is independent of x , and we obtain:
r r r r r r* r r r
∫
z ∧ ( x ∧ ρ a )dV = z ∧
V Sσ
∫ (x ∧ t ∫
)dS + z ∧ ( x ∧ ρ b)dV
V
r r r r r r* r r r
∫
⇒ z ∧ ( x ∧ ρ a )dV =
V
∫ z ∧ (x ∧ t
Sσ
∫
)dS + z ∧ ( x ∧ ρ b)dV
V
r r r
We have shown in Chapter 1 that given three vectors a , b , c , the relationship
r r r r r r r r
a ∧ (b ∧ c ) = (b ⊗ c − c ⊗ b) ⋅ a holds, (see Problem 1.17). Then, the above equation can
be rewritten as follows:
r r r r r r r* r r r r r r r r
∫ ( x ⊗ ρ a − ρ a ⊗ x) ⋅ z dV = ∫ ( x ⊗ t
V Sσ
− t * ⊗ x ) ⋅ z dS + ( x ⊗ ρ b − ρ b ⊗ x ) ⋅ z dV
∫
V
r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r
⇒ ρ ( x ⊗ a − a ⊗ x ) ⋅ z dV − ρ ( x ⊗ b − b ⊗ x ) ⋅ z dV = ( x ⊗ t * − t * ⊗ x ) ⋅ z dS
∫ ∫ ∫
V V Sσ
r r r
[ r r r r r r r r r
⇒ ρ x ⊗ (a − b) − (a − b) ⊗ x ⋅ z dV = ( x ⊗ t * − t * ⊗ x ) ⋅ z dS
∫ ] ∫
V Sσ
r r r r
V
r
∫
r r
[ r r r
r r
⇒ ρ x ⊗ (a − b) − (a − b) ⊗ x dV ⋅ z = ( x ⊗ t * − t * ⊗ x ) dS ⋅ z ] ∫
S σ
with that we can conclude that:
r r r r r r r r r r
∫ ρ [ x ⊗ (a − b) − (a − b) ⊗ x] dV = ∫ ( x ⊗ t − t ⊗ x) dS
* *
V Sσ
Problem 4.20
1) Considering the definition of the mean stress tensor ( σ ):
V σ = σ dV ∫
V
and based on the principle that the continuum is in static equilibrium, show that:
1 r r r r 1 r r r r
σ=
2V V ∫
ρ [ x ⊗ b + b ⊗ x ] dV +
2V ∫
Sσ
( x ⊗ t * + t * ⊗ x ) dS
2) Considering that the volume can be decomposed by V = V (1) − V ( 2) , (see Figure 4.4), and
by considering that the continuum is subjected to pressure p (1) on surface S (1) and to
pressure p ( 2) on surface S ( 2) , show that:
−1
σ= (1) ( 2)
( p (1)V (1) − p ( 2)V ( 2 ) )1
(V −V )
Consider that the continuum is free of body forces.
(1)
n̂ (1)
S
V (1) p (1)
S (2)
V ( 2)
n̂ ( 2 )
p (2)
Figure 4.4
Solution:
r r r
Taking into account the equilibrium equations ∇ xr ⋅ σ + ρ b = ρ a = 0 (the principle of
conservation of linear momentum) for the whole continuum, it must fulfill that:
r r r r r r r
∫ x ⊗ [∇ xr ⋅ σ + ρb] dV = 0 ⇒ ∫ x ⊗ (∇ xr ⋅ σ ) dV + x ⊗ ρb dV = 0 ∫ (4.28)
V V V
In Chapter 1, (see Problem 1.128), we have shown that the following holds:
r r r* r
∫ (∇ ⋅ σ ) ⊗ x dV = ∫ (σ ⋅ nˆ ) ⊗ x dS − ∫ σ dV = ∫ t
V S V S
⊗ x dS − σ dV ∫
V
(4.29)
r r r r
∫ x ⊗ (∇ ⋅ σ ) dV = ∫ x ⊗ (σ ⋅ nˆ ) dS − ∫ σ ∫ ∫
T
dV = x ⊗ t * dS − σ T dV (4.30)
V S V S V
r
where we have considered the prescribed traction vector t * = σ ⋅ nˆ . By substituting (4.30)
into the equation (4.28), we can obtain:
r r r r r r r r r
∫ x ⊗ (∇ xr ⋅ σ ) dV + x ⊗ ρb dV = 0 ⇒
∫ ∫ ∫
x ⊗ t * dS − σ T dV + x ⊗ ρb dV = 0 ∫
V V S V V
(4.31)
r r r r
∫ ∫
⇒ σ T dV = x ⊗ t * dS + x ⊗ ρb dV
V S
∫
V
r r r r
Note that the tensors x ⊗ t * and x ⊗ ρ b are not symmetric. This means that the equation
in (4.28) does not take in account the principle of conservation of angular momentum, i.e.
the symmetry of the Cauchy stress tensor. To guarantee the symmetry of σ we do:
σ + σT 1 r r r r 1 r r r r
∫
V
2 2 S ∫ V
∫
dV = t * ⊗ x dS + ρb ⊗ x dV + x ⊗ t * dS + x ⊗ ρb dV
2 S V
∫ ∫
(4.33)
1 r r r r 1 r r r r
∫
⇒ σ sym dV =
V
2V ∫
ρ [ x ⊗ b + b ⊗ x ] dV + [ x ⊗ t * + t * ⊗ x ] dS
2S ∫
By considering the definition of the mean stress tensor, we can conclude:
σ + σT 1 r r r r 1 r r r r
∫
V
2 2 S ∫ V
∫
dV = t * ⊗ x dS + ρb ⊗ x dV + x ⊗ t * dS + x ⊗ ρb dV
2 S V
∫ ∫
1 r r r r 1 r r r r
∫
⇒ σ sym dV =
V
2V ∫
ρ [ x ⊗ b + b ⊗ x ] dV + [ x ⊗ t * + t * ⊗ x ] dS
2S ∫
(4.34)
1 r r r r 1 r r r r
⇒V σ =
2V ∫
ρ [ x ⊗ b + b ⊗ x ] dV + [ x ⊗ t * + t * ⊗ x ] dS
2S ∫
1 r r r r 1 r r r r
⇒σ =
2V ∫ ρ [ x ⊗ b + b ⊗ x] dV +
V
2V S ∫
[ x ⊗ t * + t * ⊗ x ] dS
In addition, if we consider that the body is free of body force, the above equation becomes:
1 r r r r
σ=
2V S∫[ x ⊗ t * + t * ⊗ x ] dS (4.35)
For the particular case described in Figure 4.4 we have V = V (1) − V ( 2) , S = S (1) + S ( 2) ,
r (1) r ( 2)
t * = − p (1) n̂ (1) and t * = − p ( 2) n̂ ( 2) . In this case, the equation (4.35) becomes:
r r r r r* r* r
1 r ( 2)
∫ ∫
* * (1)
σ= [ x ⊗ t + t ⊗ x ] dS + [ x ⊗ t + t ⊗ x ] dS
2(V (1) − V ( 2 ) ) S (1) S (2)
1 r r r r
= (2)
(1)
2(V − V ) S (1) ∫ ∫
− p (1) [ x ⊗ nˆ (1) + nˆ (1) ⊗ x ] dS (1) + − p ( 2 ) [ x ⊗ nˆ ( 2 ) + nˆ ( 2 ) ⊗ x ] dS ( 2 )
S (2)
−1 r r r r
= (2)
(1)
2(V − V ) ∫ ∫
p (1) [ x ⊗ nˆ (1) + nˆ (1) ⊗ x ] dS (1) + p ( 2 ) [ x ⊗ nˆ ( 2 ) + nˆ ( 2 ) ⊗ x ] dS ( 2)
S (1 ) S (2)
r r
We have shown in Chapter 1 that is true ∫ ( x ⊗ nˆ + nˆ ⊗ x) dS = 2V 1 ,
S
where n̂ is the
outward unit normal to surface S , (see Problem 1.128). For this example, n̂ ( 2) is the
r r
inward unit normal to surface S ( 2) , then, we have ∫ [ x ⊗ nˆ + nˆ ( 2 ) ⊗ x ] dS ( 2 ) = −2V ( 2) 1 ,
( 2)
S (2)
with that we can obtain:
−1 (1) r
ˆ (1) + nˆ (1) ⊗ xr ] dS (1) + p ( 2 ) [ xr ⊗ nˆ ( 2) + nˆ ( 2 ) ⊗ xr ] dS ( 2 )
σ=
2(V (1) − V ( 2 ) )
p ∫[ x ⊗ n ∫
S ( 1) S (2)
=
−1
(1)
( 2)
2(V − V )
{
p (1) 2V (1) 1 − p ( 2 ) 2V ( 2 ) 1 = (1)
−1
}
(V − V ( 2 ) )
{
p (1)V (1) − p ( 2 )V ( 2 ) 1 }
Problem 4.21
r
Starting from ρ u& = σ : D − ∇ xr ⋅ q + ρr , show that the energy equation can also be written
as follows:
D 1 2 r r r r
ρ u + v = ∇ xr ⋅ (v ⋅ σ ) + ρb ⋅ v − ∇ xr ⋅ q + ρr
Dt 2
(4.36)
D 1 2
ρ u + v = (v j σ ji ) ,i + ρ b i v i − q i ,i + ρr
Dt 2
or
∂ 1 2 1 2 r r r r r
ρ u + v + ρ ∇ xr u + v ⋅ v = ∇ xr ⋅ (v ⋅ σ ) + ρb ⋅ v − ∇ xr ⋅ q + ρr
∂t 2 2
(4.37)
∂
ρ u + v 2 + ρ u + v 2 vi = (v j σ ji ) ,i + ρ b i vi − qi ,i + ρr
1 1
∂t 2 2 ,i
or
∂ 1 2 1 2 r r r r r
ρ u + v + ∇ xr ⋅ ρ u + v v = ∇ xr ⋅ (v ⋅ σ ) + ρb ⋅ v − ∇ xr ⋅ q + ρr
∂t 2 2
(4.38)
∂ 1 2 1 2
∂t ρ u + 2 v + ρ u + 2 v vi = (v j σ ji ) ,i + ρ b i vi − qi ,i + ρr
,i
where ρ is the mass density, u is specific internal energy, v is magnitude of the velocity
r r r r
( v 2 = v = v ⋅ v ), σ is the Cauchy stress tensor, b is the specific body force (per unit
2
r
mass), q is the flux vector, r is the radiant heat constant (also called the heat source).
Solution:
Taking into account the energy equation:
r
ρ u& = σ : D − ∇ xr ⋅ q + ρr ρ u& = σ ij D ij − qi ,i + ρr
where D is the rate-of-deformation tensor which is the symmetric part of the spatial
r
velocity gradient ( D = (∇ xr v ) sym ≡ l sym ). Note also that σ : D = σ : l sym = σ : l since the
double scalar between symmetric ( σ = σ T ) and antisymmetric tensor ( l skew ) is zero, i.e.
σ : l skew = 0 , thus
r
σ ij D ij = σ ij ( l ) ij = σ ij (∇ xr v ) ij = σ ij vi , j
r r r
ρ u& = ∇ xr ⋅ (v ⋅ σ ) − (∇ xr ⋅ σ ) ⋅ v − ∇ xr ⋅ q + ρr ρ u& = σ ijD ij − qi ,i + ρr
r r r r r r
ρ u& = ∇ xr ⋅ (v ⋅ σ ) − ( ρv& ⋅ v − ρb ⋅ v ) − ∇ xr ⋅ q + ρr ρ u& = (σ ij vi ) , j − ( ρv&i vi − ρ b i vi ) − qi ,i + ρr
r r r r r r
⇒ ρ u& + ρv& ⋅ v = ∇ r ⋅ (v ⋅ σ ) + ρb ⋅ v − ∇ r ⋅ q + ρr ⇒ ρ u& + ρv&i vi = (σ ij vi ) , j + ρ b i vi − qi ,i + ρr
x x
D r r r r r r r r r r 1 D r r 1 D 2
Note that (v ⋅ v ) = (v& ⋅ v ) + (v ⋅ v& ) = 2(v& ⋅ v ) ⇒ (v& ⋅ v ) = (v ⋅ v ) = (v ) . Thus, the
Dt 2 Dt 2 Dt
energy equation becomes
r r r r r r
⇒ ρ u& + ρv& ⋅ v = ∇ xr ⋅ (v ⋅ σ ) + ρb ⋅ v − ∇ xr ⋅ q + ρr
1 D 2 r r r r
⇒ ρ u& + (v ) = ∇ xr ⋅ (v ⋅ σ ) + ρb ⋅ v − ∇ xr ⋅ q + ρr
2 Dt (4.39)
D 1 2 r r r r
⇒ρ u + v = ∇ xr ⋅ (v ⋅ σ ) + ρb ⋅ v − ∇ xr ⋅ q + ρr
Dt 2
which in indicial notation becomes
⇒ ρ u& + ρv&i vi = (σ ij vi ) , j + ρ b i vi − qi ,i + ρr
Du 1 D 2
⇒ρ + (v ) = (σ ij vi ) , j + ρ b i vi − qi ,i + ρr
Dt 2 Dt
D 1 2
⇒ρ u + v = (σ ij vi ) , j + ρ b i vi − qi ,i + ρr
Dt 2
with which we show the equation in (4.36). The equation in (4.37) can be easily obtained if
D• ∂• r
we apply the material time derivative ≡ •& = + (∇ xr •) ⋅ v to the equation in (4.39), i.e.:
Dt ∂t
r r
ρ u + v 2 = ∇ xr ⋅ (v ⋅ σ ) + ρb ⋅ v − ∇ xr ⋅ q + ρr
D 1 r r
Dt 2
∂ 1 1 r r r r r
⇒ ρ u + v 2 + ρ ∇ xr u + v 2 ⋅ v = ∇ xr ⋅ (v ⋅ σ ) + ρb ⋅ v − ∇ xr ⋅ q + ρr
∂t 2 2
∂φ r ∂ r
In Problem 4.8 we have shown that ρ + ρ (∇ xrφ ) ⋅ v = ( ρφ ) + ∇ xr ⋅ ( ρφv ) holds, and if
∂t ∂t
1
we consider that φ = u + v 2 we show the equation in (4.38).
2
σ 33 rˆ
Prismatic bar rˆ σ 23 t ( e1 )
t ( e1 ) x2
σ13
x3
σ31 σ 21
A r x2 σ11
x x1
Rear face
O ê1
x1 Face on the
cross section A
Solution:
r r
The traction vector t (n) is related to the Cauchy stress tensor as follows t (n) = σ ⋅ nˆ . For
ˆ ˆ
Thus,
( eˆ ) σ11dA
∫
t1 1 dA A
∫
∑ Fx1 F11 A
∑ ∫ ∑ Fx2 ≡ F21 = t (2e1 ) dA = σ 21dA
∫ ∫
ˆ ˆ
Fxi = t i(e1 ) dA ⇒ (4.42)
A
∑ Fx3 F31 A ( eˆ ) A
A
∫
t 3 1 dA
σ 31dA
∫
A
The Resultant Moments
r ˆ
Resultant moment due to t ( e1 ) (related to the system O − x1 − x 2 − x3 ):
r r r ˆ
∑M O ∫
= x ∧ t (e1 ) dA ; ∑M = ∫ i
( eˆ 1 )
ijk x j t k dA (4.43)
A A
ˆ
The explicit form of the term ijk x j t (ke1 ) is given by:
ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ
ijk x j t (ke1 ) = ij1 x j t1(e1 ) + ij 2 x j t (2e1 ) + ij 3 x j t 3( e1 )
ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ
= i 21 x2 t1( e1 ) + i 31 x3 t1( e1 ) + i12 x1t (2e1 ) + i 32 x3 t (2e1 ) + i13 x1t (3e1 ) + i 23 x2 t 3(e1 )
(i = 1) ⇒
ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ
1 jk x j t (ke1 ) = 132 x3 t (2e1 ) + 123 x2 t 3(e1 ) = − x3 t (2e1 ) + x2 t 3(e1 )
ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ
ijk x j t (ke1 ) ⇒ (i = 2) ⇒ 1 jk x j t (ke1 ) = 231 x3 t1( e1 ) + 213 x1t (3e1 ) = x3 t1( e1 ) − x1t 3( e1 )
(i = 3) ⇒
ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ
1 jk x j t (ke1 ) = 321 x2 t1( e1 ) + 312 x1t (2e1 ) = − x2 t1( e1 ) + x1t (2e1 )
Then, the explicit components of (4.43) are, (see Figure 4.6):
∫
( eˆ )
1 jk x j t k 1 dA
∑ M 1 M x1 A
∑M = ∫ ( eˆ 1 )
ijk x j t k dA ⇒ ∑ M 2 ≡ M x 2 = 2 jk x j t k dA
∫
( eˆ 1 )
i
A
∑ M 3 M x3 A
∫
ˆ
3 jk x j t (ke1 ) dA
A
∫
( eˆ 1 )
1 jk x j t k dA A ∫ A
∫
( x2 t (3eˆ 1 ) − x3 t (2eˆ 1 ) )dA ( x2 σ31 − x3σ 21 )dA
M x A
1
⇒ M x 2 = 2 jk x j t (ke1 ) dA = ( x3 t1( e1 ) − x1t 3(e1 ) )dA = ( x3σ11 − x1σ31 )dA
∫ ∫ ∫
ˆ ˆ ˆ
(4.44)
M x A A
A
3
∫
ˆ
3 jk x j t (ke1 ) dA
∫ ∫
( eˆ 1 ) ( eˆ 1 )
A ( x1t 2 − x2 t1 )dA ( x1σ 21 − x2 σ11 )dA
A A
Note that the equations (4.42) and (4.44) are valid if the section is defined by a plane
otherwise these equations are no longer valid.
x3
σ31
σ 21 x3
σ11
r M x3
x
x2
x2
ê1
O
x1
A F31
M x2
F21
O
F11
A
∫
σ11dA
∫
( x2σ31 − x3σ 21 )dA
M x1
F11 M x1 A
F = σ dA x1
∫
21 21 ; M
x2 = ∫
( x σ
3 11 − x σ
1 31 ) dA
F31 A M x A
3
A
∫
σ31dA
A
∫
( x1σ 21 − x2σ11 ) dA
If we are using Engineering notation the equations for forces and moments are represented
by:
A
∫
σ11dA σ x dA
A
∫
∫
( yτ xz − zτ xy )dA
F11 N M x M T A
F ≡ F = σ dA ≡ τ dA 1
∫
21 y 21 xy ; ∫ ∫
M x2 ≡ M y = ( zσ x − xτ xz )dA
F31 Fz A A M x M z A
3
A
∫
σ 31dA τ xz dA
A
∫ A
∫
( xτ xy − yσ x )dA
r r r r
NOTE 1: Note that, if the body is in equilibrium we have F = 0 and ∑ M O = 0 , so, ∑
in the cross section at the point O we have to apply forces and moments with the same
magnitudes and directions but with opposite senses as those indicated in Figure 4.6, (see
Figure 4.7).
x3
Equilibrium
r r
M x3 ∑F = 0
r r
x2 ∑ M = 0 O
F31
M x2
F21 x3
(− )
O
F11
A M x1 M x1
x2
F11
O (+ )
F21 F31
x1
M x2
M x3
r
NOTE 2: Let us suppose now we have another system defined by Ox ′ , (see Figure 4.8),
r r r
where it holds x = x + x ′ . Then, the resultant force and resultant moment at the new
system are defined by:
x3′
M ′x3
x′2
r r r F31′
x = x + x′
M ′x2
x3
F21′
r O′
x′ F11′
M x3
r M ′x1
x x1′
r x2
F31 x
M x2
F21
O
F11
A
M x1
x1
Figure 4.8
Note that, the result given by equation in (4.45) could also have been obtained by:
r r r r r r r
M O′ xr ′ = M Oxr + (− x ) ∧ FOxr = M Oxr − x ∧ FOxr
r r
where the above vectors are defined in Figure 4.9. The term x ∧ FOxr can be evaluated as
follows:
r r eˆ 1 eˆ 2 eˆ 3
x ∧ FOxr = x1 x2 x3 = ( x2 F31 − x3 F21 )eˆ 1 + ( x3 F11 − x1 F31 )eˆ 2 + ( x1 F21 − x2 F11 )eˆ 3
F11 F31 F21
r
Then, the components of M O′ xr ′ are:
r r M x1 x2 F31 − x3 F21
(
r
) r
M O′ xr ′ i = M Oxr − x ∧ FOxr = M x2 − x3 F11 − x1 F31
i
M x x1 F21 − x2 F11
3
r r r r
M O′ xr ′ = M Oxr − x ∧ FOxr
x3′
r
M O′ xr ′ x′2
r r r
x = x + x′
x3
r r
FO′ xr ′ = FOxr
r O′
x′
r x1′
x
r x2
x
r
FOxr r
r FOxr = F11eˆ 1 + F21eˆ 2 + F31eˆ 3
M Oxr r
O M Oxr = M x1 eˆ 1 + M x2 eˆ 2 + M x3 eˆ 3
A x1
Figure 4.9
NOTE 3: In sight of Figure 4.9 there is a point O ′ in which M x′1 = 0 , this point is called
Shear Center (S.C.) and fulfills that M ′x1 = M x1 − x2 F31 + x3 F21 = 0 . Note also that when
M x1
F21 = 0 the center can be obtained by M x1 − x2 F31 = 0 ⇒ x2 = x2( S .C .) = and when
F31
− M x1
F31 = 0 we can obtain x3 = x3( S .C .) = and the point where these two lines intercept is
F21
the Shear Center, (see Figure 4.10). Note also that when F21 and F31 are applied at the
shear center there is no torsion moment, i.e. the beam will only be subjected to flexural
moments ( M ′x 2 , M ′x3 ), and due to this reason the shear center is also called Flexural Center.
x3 M x1
x2 = x2( S .C .) =
M x1 = x2 F31 − x3 F21 F31
x2
O x2
− M x1 F31
x3 = = x3( S .C .)
F21 F21
x3 S.C.
M ′x1(′ S .C .) = 0
NOTE 4: Now instead of considering the stress in the infinitesimal element described in
Figure 4.5, let us consider a differential element according to x1 -direction, (see Figure 4.3).
Then, on the face x1 + dx1 we can calculate the resultant forces, (see equation (4.42)), and
moments, (see equation (4.44)), by considering the stress distribution given in Figure 4.11.
∂σ31
σ31 + dx1 ∂σ 21
∂x1 σ 21 + dx1
∂x1
∂σ11
σ11 + dx1
x3 ∂x1
r
x
x2
ê1
O′′ x1
dx1 A
∂ ∂M x1
∫
= ( x2 σ31 − x3σ 21 )dA + ∫( x2 σ31 − x3σ 21 )dA dx1 = M x1 + dx1
A
∂x1 A
∂x1
∂σ ∂σ
A
∫
M x2 + dx1 = x3 σ11 + 11 dx1 − x1 σ 31 + 31 dx1 dA
∂x1 ∂x1
∂ ∂M x2
∫
= ( x3σ11 − x1σ31 )dA + ∫ ( x3σ11 − x1σ 31 ) dA dx1 = M x2 + dx1
A
∂x1 A
∂x1
∂σ ∂σ
A
∫
M x3 + dx1 = x1 σ 21 + 21 dx1 − x2 σ11 + 11 dx1 dA
∂x1 ∂x1
∂ ∂M x3
∫
= ( x1σ 21 − x2 σ11 )dA + ∫( x1σ 21 − x2 σ11 )dA dx1 = M x3 + dx1
A
∂x1 A
∂x1
If we take into account the differential element dx1 , (see Figure 4.12), and by means of
r r
∑M O′′ = 0 we can obtain that:
According to x1 -direction:
∂M x1
∑M O ′′x1 =0 ⇒ M x1 + dx1 − M x1 = M x1 +
∂x1
dx1 − M x1 = 0
(4.46)
∂M x1 Engineering Notation ∂M T
⇒ =0
→ =0
∂x1 ∂x
According to x2 -direction:
∂M x2
∑M O ′′x2 =0 ⇒ M x2 + dx1 − M x2 − F31dx1 = M x2 +
∂x1
dx1 − M x2 − F31dx1 = 0
(4.47)
∂M x2 Engineering Notation ∂M y
⇒ = F31
→ = Fz
∂x1 ∂x
According to x3 -direction:
∂M x3
∑M O′′x3 =0 ⇒ M x3 + dx1 − M x3 + F21dx1 = M x3 +
∂x1
dx1 − M x3 + F21dx1 = 0
(4.48)
∂M x3 Engineering Notation ∂M z
⇒ = − F21
→ = − Fy
∂x1 ∂x
That is, which cause the shearing force F31 is the variation of the moment M x2 along x1 ,
and which cause the shearing force F21 is the variation of the moment M x3 along x1 .
∂F11
x3 F11+ dx1 = F11 + dx1
∂x1
Rear face
∂F21
M x3 + dx1 F21+ dx1 = F21 + dx1
∂x1
M x1 x2 ∂F31
F31+ dx1 = F31 + dx1
∂x1
F11 F31+ dx1
O(+ ) ∂M x 2
M x2 + dx1 = F31
∂x1
F21 F31 F21+ dx1
∂M x3
O′′ = − F21
M x2 ∂x1
A F11+ dx1
M x1 + dx1
M x3 dx1 x1
Problem 4.23
Consider the problem established in Problem 4.22, (see Figure 4.5). Now let us suppose
that the stress state on the cross section A is given by:
σ11 0 0
σ ij = 0 0 0 (4.49)
0 0 0
Express the normal stress field component σ11 ( x 2 , x3 ) in terms of resultant force and
moment, (see equations (4.42) and (4.44)).
Hypothesis (approximation): Consider that the normal stress field on the cross section
varies according to the plane equation.
Solution:
For this particular case, and according to the results established in Problem 4.22, we can
conclude that:
σ11dA
F11 ∫ M x1 0
F = A 0 and M = ( x σ )dA
21 x2 3 11 ∫ (4.50)
F31 0 M x A
3
− ( x2 σ11 )dA
A
∫
Since the stress σ11 ( x 2 , x3 ) varies according to the plane equation, we can adopt:
σ11 ( x 2 , x3 ) = c1 + c 2 x 2 + c3 x3
where c1 , c 2 and c3 are constant to be determined. According to equations in (4.50) we
can obtain:
∫
A
∫
A
∫
F11 = σ11dA = (c1 + c2 x2 + c3 x3 )dA = c1 dA + c2 x2 dA + c3 x3 dA
A
∫
A
∫
A (4.51)
= c1 A + c2 x2 A + c3 x3 A
where we have applied the definition of area centroid, (see Figure 4.13 and the
Complementary NOTE 2 at the end of Chapter 1).
x3′
Area centroid:
x3 ∫ x dA 1
x1 = A
Area Centroid – A.C.
∫ dA
A
x3
∫ x dA 2
x2 = A
G x′2 ∫ dA
A
Area: A = ∫ dA
O x2 x2 ∫ x dA 3
x3 = A
A
∫ dA
A
Recall that in the Complementary Note at the end of Chapter 1 we have defined some area
geometrical properties such as the inertia tensor of area (second-order pseudo-tensor):
∫ ∫ ∫
2 2
( x2 + x3 )dA − x1 x2 dA − x1 x3dA
I11 I12 I13 A A A
IO( A)ij = I12 I 22 I23 = − x1 x2 dA
∫ ∫ ( x12 + x32 )dA − x2 x3dA
∫
I13 I 23 I33 A A A
A
∫
− x1 x3dA ∫
− x2 x3dA
A
∫
A
( x12 + x22 )dA
which for our particular reference system we can obtain:
2
∫
2
( x2 + x3 )dA 0 0
A I11 − I12 − I13
IO( A)ij = 0 2
x3 dA − x2 x3dA = − I12
∫ ∫ I22 − I23 (4.52)
A A − I13 − I23 I33
0 − x2 x3dA
A A
x22 dA
∫ ∫
Then, the moment equations can be rewritten as follows:
M x = c1 x3 dA + c 2 x3 x 2 dA + c 3 x 32 dA = c1 x3 A − c 2 I 23 + c3 I 22
2
A A
∫ A
∫ ∫
(4.53)
∫ ∫ ∫
2
M x3 = −c1 x 2 dA − c 2 x 2 dA − c3 x 2 x 3 dA = −c1 x 2 A − c 2 I 33 + c3 I 23
A A A
Taking into account the equations (4.51) and (4.53) we can obtain the following set of
equations:
1 x2 x3
F11 ≡ N = c1 A + c2 x2 A + c3 x3 A N c
1 I22
1
I 23
M x 2 ≡ M y = c1 x3 A − c2I23 + c3I 22 ⇒ M y = x3 − c2 (4.54)
A A A
M x3 ≡ M z = −c1 x2 A − c2I33 + c3I23 M z I33 I23 c3
−x −
2 A A
N c1 c1 N
1 c = [ B ]−1 1 M
⇒ M y = [ B ]c2 ⇒ 2 y (4.55)
A A
M z c3 c3 M z
1 −1
and [ B]−1 = [adj( B )] , where B ≡ det ( B) = 2 (I223 − I22I33 + 2 Ax2 x3I23 + Ax32I33 + Ax22I22 ) ,
B A
And the solution can be obtained by means of Cramer’s rule, (see Problem 1.16):
N Ax2 Ax3 A N Ax3 A Ax2 N
My − I 23 I 22 Ax3 My I 22 Ax3 − I 23 My
Mz − I33 I 23 − Ax2 Mz I 23 − Ax2 − I33 Mz
c1 = ; c2 = ; c3 = (4.58)
A Ax2 Ax3 A Ax2 Ax3 A Ax2 Ax3
Ax3 − I 23 I 22 Ax3 − I 23 I 22 Ax3 − I 23 I 22
− Ax2 − I33 I 23 − Ax2 − I33 I 23 − Ax2 − I33 I 23
which must match the equations in (4.56). Once the coefficients ci = ci ( N , M y , M z , Iij , xi )
are obtained, the normal stress component can be defined in terms of resultant forces and
moments:
or
N ( M z I22 + M y I23 ) ( M y I33 + M z I23 )
σ11 ( x2 , x3 ) = − 2
x2 + x3 (4.62)
A (I22I33 − I23 ) (I22I33 − I223 )
The above two equations can also be written as follows:
N (I 23 x2 + I 33 x3 ) (I x + I x )
σ11 ( x2 , x3 ) = − 2 M y + 222 2 23 3 M z
A (I 23 − I 22I 33 ) (I 23 − I 22I 33 )
or (4.63)
N (I33 x3 − I23 x2 ) (I x − I 23 x3 )
σ11 ( x2 , x3 ) = + 2
M y − 22 2 Mz
A (I 22I33 − I 23 ) (I22I33 − I223 )
In view of the equation (4.61) note that if the adopted system is at the area centroid, we
have x2 = 0 , x3 = 0 , and if the system is also the principal axes of inertia the product of
area inertia is zero, i.e. I 23 = 0 . In this situation the coefficients (4.56) become:
N − Mz My
c1 = ; c2 = ; c3 = (4.64)
A I 33 I 22
and the normal stress σ11 can be obtained as follows:
If the adopted system is located at the area centroid, the neutral axis can be defined by
means of the equation in (4.61), i.e.:
N ( M y I 23 − M z I 22 ) (− M y I33 + M z I 23 ) (The system is
σ11 ( x2 , x3 ) = − 2
x2 + x3 = 0
A (I 23 − I 22I33 ) (I 223 − I 22I33 ) located at the Area (4.67)
⇒ − A( M y I 23 − M z I 22 ) x2 + A(− M y I 33 + M z I 23 ) x3 = − N (I 23 − I 22I 33 ) Centroid)
2
which represents a straight line defined on the plane ( x2 − x3 ) . When N ≠ 0 , the canonic
form of the above equation is represented by:
x2 x3 N (I 223 − I 22I33 ) N (I 223 − I 22I33 )
+ =1 with a = ; b= (4.68)
a b A( M y I 23 − M z I 22 ) A( M y I33 − M z I 23 )
where a and b are the points in which the Neutral Axis intercepts the axis x2 and x3
respectively.
Note also that, when N = 0 the neutral axis pass through the area centroid. And by means
of the equation in (4.61) the neutral line can be established as follows
( M y I 23 − M z I 22 ) (− M y I33 + M z I 23 )
σ11 ( x2 , x3 ) = − x2 + x3 = 0
(I 223 − I 22I33 ) (I 223 − I 22I33 )
(4.69)
( M y I 23 − M z I 22 )
⇒ ( − M y I33 + M z I 23 ) x3 − ( M y I 23 − M z I 22 ) x2 = 0 ⇒ x3 = x2
(− M y I33 + M z I 23 )
If we consider that the cross section is constant along x1 -direction and N is also constant
along x1 -direction or absent we can obtain
N Ax2 Ax3 N Ax2 Ax3
∂
My − I 23 I 22 M y − I 23 I 22
∂x1 A Ax2 Ax3
∂c1 ∂ M z − I33 I 23 M z − I33 I 23
= = ∴ X = Ax3 − I 23 I 22
∂x1 ∂x1 A Ax2 Ax3 X
− Ax2 − I33 I 23
Ax3 − I 23 I 22
− Ax2 − I33 I 23
∂N
Ax2 Ax3
∂x1 0 Ax2 Ax3
∂c ∂
1 My 1
⇒ 1= − I 23 I 22 = Fz − I 23 I 22
∂x1 X ∂x1 X
∂M z − Fy − I33 I 23
− I33 I 23
∂x1
where we have applied the equations (4.47) and (4.48). In the same fashion we can obtain
A N Ax3 ∂N
∂ A Ax3
Ax3 My I 22 ∂x1
∂x1 A 0 Ax3
∂c2 − Ax2 Mz I 23 1 ∂M y 1
= = Ax3 I 22 = Ax3 Fz I 22
∂x1 X X ∂x1 X
∂M z − Ax2 − Fy I23
− Ax2 I 23
∂x1
and
A Ax2 N ∂N
∂ A Ax2
Ax3 − I 23 My ∂x1
∂x1 A Ax2 0
∂c3 − Ax2 − I33 Mz 1 ∂M y 1
= = Ax3 − I 23 = Ax3 − I 23 Fz
∂x1 X X ∂x1 X
∂M z − Ax2 − I33 − Fy
− Ax2 − I33
∂x1
Example: Let us consider the cross section described in Figure 4.14, (Ugural&Fenster
(1984)). And the geometrical characteristics for the quadrangular cross section are
described in Figure 4.15. The cross section described in Figure 4.14 can be constructed by
the two rectangles as described in Figure 4.16.
X 3, Z
0.02
0.15
0.02
O X 2 ,Y
0.15
0.13
0.075 r
X (1)
r
X ( 2) ( 2) 0.02
O B X 2 ,Y
0.085
∫ X 2 dA ∑A
a =1
(a )
X 2( a )
A(1) X 2(1) + A( 2 ) X 2( 2) 0.003 × 0.01 + 0.0026 × 0.085
X2 ≡ Y = A
= = =
∫ dA
A
A ( A(1) + A( 2) ) 0.0056
= 0.04482143m ≈ 0.045m
2
∫ X 3dA ∑A
a =1
(a)
X 3( a )
A(1) X 3(1) + A( 2) X 3( 2 ) 0.003 × 0.075 + 0.0026 × 0.01
X3 ≡ Z = A
= = =
∫ dA
A
A ( A(1) + A( 2 ) ) 0.0056
= 0.04482143m ≈ 0.045m
Then, the area centroid of the cross section is given by Y = 0.045m; Z = 0.045m , (see Figure
4.17). Note that the cross section has a symmetric axis, so, as expected the point A.C. lies
on the symmetric axis. At the point A.C. we define a new system x, y, z , (see Figure 4.17).
r r r
The position vector x ( a ) = X ( a ) − X , (see Figure 4.17), can be obtained as follows:
r r r
x (1) = X (1) − X = ( X 2(1) − Y )ˆj + ( X 3(1) − Z )kˆ = (0.01 − 0.045)ˆj + (0.075 − 0.045)kˆ
= −0.035ˆj + 0.03kˆ
r r r
x ( 2) = X ( 2) − X = ( X 2( 2) − Y )ˆj + ( X 3( 2) − Z )kˆ = (0.085 − 0.045)ˆj + (0.01 − 0.045)kˆ
= 0.04ˆj − 0.035kˆ
r r r r r r
X 3, Z Y = 0.045 X + x (a) = X (a) ⇒ x (a) = X (a) − X
0.02 r
X = 0.045Jˆ + 0.045K ˆ
r
X (1) = 0.01Jˆ + 0.075Kˆ
(1) r ( 2)
z X = 0.085Jˆ + 0.01K ˆ
r
0.15 k̂ x (1) = −0.035ˆj + 0.03kˆ
r r
g x (1) y x ( 2 ) = 0.04ˆj − 0.035kˆ
A.C.
r ĵ
G r
X x ( 2)
r Z = 0.045
X (1)
K̂ r
X ( 2) ( 2) 0.02
g
O Ĵ X 2 ,Y
Find the inertia tensor of area for the system located at the Area Centroid (A.C.):
We will use the definition of the parallel theorem, (see Chapter 1 COMPLEMENTARY
NOTES at the end of the Chapter 1). We use IG( sys
r ) (1)r ( 2r)
x = I Gx + I Gx , (see Problem 4.32 -NOTA
r r r r
1), where IGxr = I g − A [( x ⊗ x ) − ( x ⋅ x ) 1] (the Steiner’s theorem), which in indicial
notation becomes:
IGxr ij = Igij − A[ xi x j − ( x12 + x22 + x32 )δ ij ]
or in matrix notation:
I11 I12 I13 x22 + x32 − x1 x2 − x1 x3
IGxr ij = I12 I22 I23 + A − x1 x2 x12 + x32 − x2 x3
I I23 I33 − x1 x3 − x2 x3 x12 + x22
13
(4.75)
I11 0 0 x22 + x32 0 0
=0 I22 I23 + A 0 x1 + x32
2
− x2 x3
0 I23 I33 0 − x2 x3 x12 + x22
Note that this problem can be treated as two-dimensional case on the plane defined by
( x 2 − x3 ) .
Rectangle 1 - IG(1x)r
ab 3 0.02 × 0.153
I22 0
I23 12 0 562 .5 0
(1)
( I g )ij = 12 × 10 −8 m 4
= 3 = 3 =
I23 I33 ba 0.15 × 0.02 0 10.0
0 0
12 12
r (1)
Area centroid vector position: x = −0.035 ˆj + 0.03kˆ , ( x1(1) = 0, x 2( 2) = −0.035, x3( 2) = 0.03) :
I I23 2
(1) x1 + x3
2
− x2 x3
(I G(1x)r )ij = 22 + A
I23 I33 − x2 x3 x12 + x22
562 .5
=
0
× 10 −8
+ 0 . 003
(0.03)2 − (− 0.035 )(0.03)
0 10.0 − (− 0.035 )(0.03) (− 0.035 )2
832.5 315 −8
= × 10
315 377 . 5
For the pointsr O , B , C , D , E and F , (see Figure 4.19), and by using the definition
r r
x ( P ) = X ( P ) − X , the normal stresses are given by:
Y = 0.045
A (1) = 0.02 × 0.15 = 0.003m 2
Z A ( 2 ) = 0.13 × 0.02 = 0.0026m 2
r
0.02 axis of symmetry x (1) = −0.035ˆj + 0.03kˆ
r
x ( 2 ) = 0.04ˆj − 0.035kˆ
Mz
z
0.15 r
x (1)
A.C. y
r ( 2)
(1) G x
Z = 0.045
( 2) 0.02
O B Y
0.13
2
= 0.065
0.13
Cross section
0.15 (Dimensions in meter-m)
where A is the transformation matrix from the x1 x 2 x3 -system to x1′x′2 x3′ -system.
For two-dimensional problem, (see Problem 1.99), we have shown that:
T11′ cos θ sin 2 θ 2 cos θ sin θ T11
2
T′ =
22 sin θ
2
cos 2 θ − 2 sin θ cos θ T22 (4.78)
T12′ − sin θ cos θ cos θ sin θ cos 2 θ − sin 2 θ T12
and the principal direction is characterized by:
1 2 T12
θ = arctan (4.79)
2 T11 − T22
where Tij (i, j = 1,2) are the second-order tensor components for 2D problems.
For the problem proposed here
1159.66 679 −8 4
(I G( sys
r )
x )ij = × 10 m
679 1159 . 66
Then, we can obtain:
1 2 T12 1 2(679) 1
θ = arctan = arctan = arctan(∞ ) = 45º (4.80)
2 T11 − T22 2 (1159.66) − (1159.66) 2
And by applying the equation in (4.78) when θ = 45º we can obtain:
T11′ cos θ sin 2 θ 2 cosθ sin θ T11
2
T′ =
22 sin θ
2
cos θ
2
− 2 sin θ cosθ T22
T12′ − sin θ cosθ cosθ sin θ cos 2 θ − sin 2 θ T12
(4.81)
0.5 0.5 1 1159.66 18.39
= 0.5 0.5 − 1 1159.66 × 10 = 4.807 ×10 −6 m 4
−8
Y = 0.045
Neutral axis related to the system -
O −Y − Z :
Z z = −1.708 y
0.02
axis of symmetry ⇒ ( Z − 0.045) = −1.708(Y − 0.045)
⇒ Z = −1.708Y + 0.12186
E
y′
F Mz
z′
z
0.15 θ = 45º
A.C. y
C
D Z = 0.045
0.02
O B Y
0.15
z = −1.708 y (Neutral Axis - σ11 = 0 )
X 3, Z
F
E
σ11 σ11
E
F
C
σ11
D
σ11 B
σ11
O B X 2 ,Y
A
σ11
NOTE 3: The normal stress components could also have been obtained by adopting the
system X 2 − X 3 , in this case we have to apply the equation in (4.59),
σ11 = c1 + c 2 X 2 + c3 X 3 , and all variables must be expressed in the system X 2 − X 3 . The
inertia tensor for this system can be obtained by considering Figure 4.16 and equation
(4.75) in which x2 and x3 are now related to the system X 2 − X 3 :
ab 3
I I23 X 32 − X 2 X 3 12 0 X 32 − X2X3
I (OqXr) ij = 22 + A = + ab
I23 I33 − X 2 X 3 X 22 ba 3 − X 2 X 3 X 22
0 (4.82)
12
ab b 2 + 12 X 32 − 12 X 2 X 3
⇒ I (OqXr) ij =
12 − 12 X 2 X 3 a 2 + 12 X 22
where
Rectangle q = 1 : a = 0.02 , b = 0.15 , X 2 = 0.01 , X 3 = 0.075 :
A Ax2 N
Ax3 − I 23 My
− Ax2 − I 33 Mz Pa
c3 = = −845.2 × 10 6
A Ax2 Ax3 m
Ax3 − I 23 I 22
− Ax2 − I 33 I 23
Thus
σ11 ( X 2 , X 3 ) = c1 + c2 X 2 + c3 X 3 = 102.581 − 1443.46 X 2 − 845.2 X 3 ( MPa)
For example, for the point O we have
σ11 ( X 2 = 0, X 3 = 0) = 102.581 − 1443.46 X 2 − 845.2 X 3 = 102.581( MPa)
Point B : σ11 ( X 2 = 0.15, X 3 = 0) = 102.581 − 1443.46 X 2 − 845.2 X 3 = −113.938( MPa)
Point E : σ11 ( X 2 = 0, X 3 = 0.15) = 102.581 − 1443.46 X 2 − 845.2 X 3 = −24.199( MPa)
The Neutral axis
If we are adopting the system X 2 − X 3 , the neutral axis can be obtained by means of the
equation (4.66):
− c1 c2
c2 X 2 + c3 X 3 = −c1 ⇒ c3 X 3 = −c2 X 2 − c1 ⇒ X3 = − X2
c3 c3
− (102.581 × 10 6 ) (−1443.46 × 10 6 )
X3 = − X2 ⇒ X 3 = 0.12137 − 1.7078 X 2
(−845.2 × 10 6 ) (−845.2 × 10 6 )
which matches the equation presented in Figure 4.19.
The inertia tensor at the Area Centroid, (see equation in (4.75)), can be obtained by means
of the Steiner’s theorem:
r r r r r r r r
I O( Sys r ) − A [( X ⊗ X ) − ( X ⋅ X ) 1]
r ) = I ( Sys ⇒ IG( Sys r ) + A [( X ⊗ X ) − ( X ⋅ X ) 1]
r ) = I ( Sys
X Gx x OX
NOTE 4: Let us consider the rectangle as the one indicated in Figure 4.21. Next we will
r
obtain the Inertia Tensor of Area related to the system OX .
Node Coordinates
x3′ x3
X3 Node: i ( X 2(i ) , X 3(i ) )
x′2
a j Node: j ( X 2( j ) , X 3( j ) )
α
g x2
i
t r r
Transformation matrix from gx to gx ′
r cos α sin α l m
X (g) A = =
− sin α cos α − m l
a = ( X 2( j ) − X 2(i ) ) 2 + ( X 3( j ) − X 3(i ) ) 2
X 2( j ) − X 2(i )
l = cosα =
O X2 a
X − X 3(i )
( j)
m = sinα = 3
a
Figure 4.21
r
The inertia tensor of area related to the system gx ′ is given by
1 at 3 0
′ r′ =
I gx
ij 12 0 ta 3
Taking into account the component transformation law for a second-order tensor, (see
r
equation (4.77)), we can obtain the inertia tensor of area in the system gx , i.e.:
1 l − m at 3 0 l m
I gxr ij = Aip I g′ xr ′ ij Aqj =
12 m l 0
ta 3 − m l
at (t 2 l 2 + a 2 m 2 ) lm (t 2 − a 2 )
⇒ I gxr ij =
12 lm (t 2 − a 2 ) (t 2 m 2 + a 2 l 2 )
Then, by means of the equation in (4.75) we can obtain:
I I 23 ( X 3( g ) ) 2 − X 2( g ) X 3( g )
I OXr ij = 22 = Igxr ij + A
I 23 I 33 (g) (g)
− X 2 X 3 ( X 2( g ) ) 2
X 2(i ) + X 2( j ) X (i ) + X 3( j )
where A = at , X 2( g ) = and X 3( g ) = 3 . The above equation can also be
2 2
written as follows
at t 2 l 2 + a 2 m 2 + 12( X 3( g ) ) 2 lm (t 2 − a 2 ) − 12 X 2( g ) X 3( g )
I OXr ij = (4.84)
12 lm (t 2 − a 2 ) − 12 X 2( g ) X 3( g ) t 2 m 2 + a 2 l 2 + 12( X 2( g ) ) 2
Problem 4.24
Consider a cross section described in Figure 4.22, (Buchanan (1988)), in which acts only
the normal stress σ11 . Knowing that the moments at the Area Centroid are
M y = −67.5kNm and M z = −28.13kNm , obtain the normal stress σ11 at the points O , B ,
C and D .
X 3, Z 0.02
0.02
D
0 .3
0 .2
0.04
O B X 2 ,Y
0 .3
X 3, Z r
0.02 X (1) = 0.01Jˆ + 0.1K
ˆ
r ( 2)
X = 0.15Jˆ + 0.02K ˆ
(3) r ( 3)
0.02 X = 0.29Jˆ + 0.15K ˆ
O X 2 ,Y
0 .3
∫ X 2 dA ∑A
a =1
(a)
X 2( a )
A(1) X 2(1) + A( 2 ) X 2( 2 ) + A(3) X 2(3)
X2 ≡ Y = A
= =
∫ dA
A
A ( A(1) + A( 2 ) + A(3) )
∫ X dA ∑ A
3
a =1
(a )
X 3( a )
A(1) X 3(1) + A( 2 ) X 3( 2 ) + A(3) X 3(3)
X3 ≡ Z = A
= =
∫ dA
A
A ( A(1) + A( 2 ) + A(3) )
r
Area centroid vector position: x ( 2 ) = −0.013723ˆj − 0.053922 kˆ , A( 2) = 0.0104m 2 :
I I23 2
( 2 ) x1 + x3
2
− x2 x3
(I G( 2xr) )ij = 22 + A
I23 I33 − x2 x3 x12 + x22
0.13867
=
0 −5
× 10 + 0.0104
(0.026078 )
2
− (0.013723 )(0.053922 )
0 5.859 − (0.013723 )(0.053922 ) (− 0.013723 )2
3.163 − 0.76957
= × 10 −5 m 4
− 0.76957 6.0545
θ = 19.28287º 0.02
C
M y = −67.5kNm H
X3,Z M z = −28.13kNm
0.02
D
E
Mz
0 .3
x3′
x3 , z
0 .2 Neutral Axis
x2′
G θ
⊕
A.C. x2 , y My
F
Q
0.04
X 2 ,Y
O 0 .3 B
H
σ11
C
σ11
D
σ11 E
σ11
F
σ11
Q
σ11
O
σ11
B
σ11
Problem 4.25
Consider a cross section described in Figure 4.26, (Cervera&Blanco (2001)), in which acts
only the normal stress σ11 . Knowing that at the point p( X 2 = 9.5cm; X 3 = 19.5cm) there is
r
a compression force P = −150kNÎ , obtain the normal stress σ11 at the points B , C , D , E
and F .
X3,Z
E
1
D
18
F 1
O C X 2 ,Y
9 1 14
r
X (1) = 4.5Jˆ + 19.5Kˆ
X 3,Z r (2)
X = 9.5Jˆ + 10K ˆ
r ( 3)
(1) (2) X = 17 Jˆ + 0.5K ˆ
A(1) = 9 × 1 = 9cm 2
r
X (1) A( 2) = 1× 20 = 20cm 2
A(3) = 14 ×1 = 14cm 2
r
X ( 2) A = A(1) + A( 2) + A(3) = 43cm 2
r
X ( 3) (3) X 2 ,Y
O
∫ X 2 dA ∑A
a =1
(a)
X 2( a )
A (1) X 2(1) + A ( 2 ) X 2( 2 ) + A(3) X 2(3)
X2 ≡ Y = A
= =
∫ dA
A
A ( A(1) + A( 2 ) + A(3) )
∫ X 3 dA ∑A
a =1
(a)
X 3( a )
A(1) X 3(1) + A( 2 ) X 3( 2 ) + A(3) X 3(3)
X3 ≡ Z = A
= =
∫ dA
A
A ( A (1) + A ( 2 ) + A (3) )
9 × 19.5 + 20 × 10 + 14 × 0.5
= = 8.895cm
43
r
Vector position of the Area Centroid: X = 10.895Jˆ + 8.895Kˆ , (see Figure 4.28).
Calculation of the position vector
r r r
The position vector x ( a ) = X ( a ) − X can be obtained as follows:
r r r
x (1) = X (1) − X = ( X 2(1) − Y )ˆj + ( X 3(1) − Z )kˆ = (4.5 − 10.895)ˆj + (19.5 − 8.895)kˆ
= −6.395ˆj + 10.605kˆ
r r r
x ( 2 ) = X ( 2 ) − X = ( X 2( 2 ) − Y )ˆj + ( X 3( 2 ) − Z )kˆ = (9.5 − 10.895)ˆj + (10 − 8.895)kˆ
= −1.395ˆj + 1.105kˆ
r r r
x (3) = X (3) − X = ( X (3) − Y )ˆj + ( X (3) − Z )kˆ = (17 − 10.895)ˆj + (0.5 − 8.895)kˆ
2 3
= 6.105ˆj − 8.395kˆ
To use the above equations, all the variables must be expressed in the system
G − x1 − x2 − x3 .
r
p -point Vector position in the system X 1 − X 2 − X 3 ⇒ X ( P ) = 9.5Jˆ + 19.5K ˆ
r r r r r r r
Knowing that X + x = X ⇒ x = X − X , where X = 10.895Jˆ + 8.895Kˆ , we can calculate the
p -point Vector position in the system G − x1 − x2 − x3 as follows:
r r r r
x (P) = X (P) − X ⇒ x ( P ) = (9.5 − 10.895)ˆj + (19.5 − 8.895)kˆ = −1.395ˆj + 10.605kˆ
r
Then, the moment due to the force P = −150kNIˆ = −150kNˆi , at the point G , can be
obtained as follows:
r r r
M Gxr = x ( P ) ∧ P = (−1.395ˆj + 10.605kˆ ) ∧ (−150ˆi )
= (−1.395) × (−150) + ˆ{ j ∧ ˆi (10.605) × (−150)k{ˆ ∧ ˆi
= −kˆ = ˆj
X 3, Z
x3 , z
X 2 = 10.895
D 1
M z = −209.25
a A.C. x2 , y
18
G
M y = −1590.75
Neutral Axis b
X 3 = 8.895
B
F 1
O
C X 2 ,Y
9 1 14
X2 X3 x2 = X 2 − X 2 x3 = X 3 − X 3 σ11[ MPa]
The Neutral Axis (N.A.), (see Figure 4.28), can be obtained as follows:
σ11 ( x 2 , x3 ) = −34.88372 − 11.520644 x3 − 11.1167 x 2 = 0
⇒ −11.520644 x3 − 11.1167 x 2 = 34.88372
x3 x2
⇒ + = 1 .0
(−3.02793) (−3.13796)
then, the neutral axis is given by its canonic form as follows:
x3 x2 x3 x 2
+ = 1 .0 ⇔ + = 1.0 (4.94)
(−3.02793) (−3.13796) b a
I′ =
33 sin θ
2
cos 2 θ − 2 sin θ cosθ I33
I′23 − sin θ cosθ cosθ sin θ cos 2 θ − sin 2 θ I 23
(4.96)
0.73815 0.26185 0.87928 2.69186 3501.12
= 0.26185 0.73815 − 0.87928 1.21986 = 410.6056 cm 4
− 0.43964 0.43964 0.4763 1.35872 0
Problem 4.26
A foundation in Engineering is a structural element which serves to transmit the load from
the structure to the soil. Consider a Mat-Slab Foundation described in Figure 4.29 in which
we have six columns. Knowing that soils cannot resist to traction stress, verify whether the
design (dimensions) of the foundation, from a structural stability point of view, is
appropriated or not.
Hypothesis (approximation): Consider that the mat foundation is infinitely rigid, so that
the normal stress distribution in the soil will be a planar distribution.
Column loads
F11C1 = −300kN ; F11C2 = −450kN ; F11C3 = −600kN
F11C4 = −450kN ; F11C5 = −800kN ; F11C6 = −1100kN
dimensions in meter (m)
0.2 C1 C2 C3
A A
2.5 2.9
0.2 C6
C4 C5
6.6
C1 C2 C3
Section - AA
Solution:
The structural stability will be acceptable if on the ground (mat foundation base) there is
only normal stress of compression. And based on the fact that the mat foundation is
infinitely rigid we can apply the equation (4.65) if the reference system is located at the area
centroid- G :
N Mz My (The system is located at the Area
σ11 ( x2 , x3 ) = − x2 + x3 Centroid and is the principal axes (4.97)
A I33 I 22
of inertia)
Let us adopt the system located at the area centroid as indicated in Figure 4.30.
x3
p1 : (−3.3;1.45) p2 : (3.3;1.45)
Figure 4.30
Calculation of the total force ( F11Total ):
r 6 rC r r r r r r
F11Total = ∑F
a =1
11
a
= F11C1 + F11C2 + F11C3 + F11C4 + F11C5 + F11C6
r
F11Total = −300ˆi − 450ˆi − 600ˆi − 450ˆi − 800ˆi − 1100ˆi = −3700ˆi kN
r
Calculation of the total moment at the area centroid ( M Total ):
r 6
r Ca r
M Total = ∑( x
a =1
∧ F11Ca )
r r r r r r r r r r r r r
M Total = ( x C1 ∧ F11C1 ) + ( x C2 ∧ F11C2 ) + ( x C3 ∧ F11C3 ) + ( x C4 ∧ F11C4 ) + ( x C5 ∧ F11C5 ) + ( x C6 ∧ F11C6 )
where
r r
x C1 ∧ F11C1 = (−3.1ˆj + 1.25kˆ ) ∧ (−300ˆi ) = (−3.1)(−300)ˆ{
j ∧ ˆi + (1.25)(−300)k{
ˆ ∧ ˆi = −930kˆ − 375ˆj
ˆj
−kˆ
r r
x C2 ∧ F11C2 = (0.6ˆj + 1.25kˆ ) ∧ (−450ˆi ) = (0.6)(−450)ˆ{
j ∧ ˆi + (1.25)(−450)k{
ˆ ∧ ˆi = 270kˆ − 562.5ˆj
ˆj
−kˆ
r r
x C3 ∧ F11C3 = (3.1ˆj + 1.25kˆ ) ∧ (−600ˆi ) = (3.1)(−600)ˆ{
j ∧ ˆi + (1.25)(−600)k
ˆ ∧ ˆi = 1860kˆ − 750ˆj
{
ˆj
−kˆ
r r
x C4 ∧ F11C4 = (−3.1ˆj − 1.25kˆ ) ∧ (−450ˆi ) = (−3.1)(−450)ˆ{
j ∧ ˆi + (−1.25)(−450)k
ˆ ∧ ˆi = −1395kˆ + 562.5ˆj
{
ˆj
−kˆ
r r
x C5 ∧ F11C5 = (0.6ˆj − 1.25kˆ ) ∧ (−800ˆi ) = (0.6)(−800)ˆ{
j ∧ ˆi + (−1.25)(−800)k
ˆ ∧ ˆi = 480kˆ + 1000ˆj
{
ˆj
−kˆ
r r
x C6 ∧ F11C6 = (3.1ˆj − 1.25kˆ ) ∧ (−1100ˆi ) = (0.6)(−1100)ˆ{
j ∧ ˆi + (−1.25)(−1100)k
ˆ ∧ ˆi = 3410kˆ + 1375ˆj
{
ˆj
−kˆ
Then,
r 6
r Ca r M y = 1250kN m
M Total = ∑( x ∧ F11Ca ) = 3695kˆ + 1250ˆj = M zkˆ + M y ˆj ⇒
a =1 M z = 3695kN m
Calculation of the normal stress field
r
For the rectangular cross section, (see Figure 4.15), by considering the system ox we have:
(6.6)(2.9)3 (6.6)3 (2.9)
I 22 = = 13.414m 4 ; I33 = = 69.478m 4 ; I 23 = 0
12 12
A = (6.6)( 2.9) = 19.14m 2
Then,
N Mz My − 3700 (3695) (1250)
σ11 ( x2 , x3 ) = − x2 + x3 = − x2 + x3
A I 33 I 22 19.14 69.478 13.414
kN
⇒ σ11 ( x2 , x3 ) = −193.3124 − 53.182 x2 + 93.187 x3 m 2 = kPa
Point p1 : σ11p1 ( x2 = −3.3; x3 = 1.45) = −193.3124 − 53.182 x2 + 93.187 x3 = 117.309
Point p2 : σ11p 2 ( x2 = 3.3; x3 = 1.45) = −193.3124 − 53.182 x2 + 93.187 x3 = −233.693
Point p3 : σ11p3 ( x2 = −3.3; x3 = −1.45) = −193.3124 − 53.182 x2 + 93.187 x3 = −152.932
Point p4 : σ11p 4 ( x2 = 3.3; x3 = −1.45) = −193.3124 − 53.182 x2 + 93.187 x3 = −503.934
So, as we can see, the design established for the mat foundation is not the appropriated
one, since traction stress appears in the soil, (see Figure 4.31).
σ11p1 Traction
p2
p1
x1 x3
Neutral axis
σ11p 2
G x2
p4
p3
σ11p 3 Compression
σ11p 4
r r r r
NOTE: The centroid of the concentrated forces ( ~x ) is defined by ~x ∧ F11Total = M Total , (see
r r
Figure 4.32). Then, by considering that M Total = 1250ˆj + 3695kˆ and F11Total = −3700î kN we
can obtain:
r r
~ ∧ Fr Total = M
x
r Total
⇒ ~ ∧ (−3700ˆi ) = 1250ˆj + 3695kˆ
x
11
where
(~
x1ˆi + ~
x2 ˆj + ~
x3kˆ ) ∧ (−3700ˆi ) = −3700~
x1ˆi ∧ ˆi − 3700~
x2ˆj ∧ ˆi − 3700~
x3kˆ ∧ ˆi = 3700~
x2kˆ − 3700~
x3ˆj
r r r
so, by applying ~x ∧ F11Total = M Total we can obtain:
~ ~ 1250
− 3700 x3 = 1250 → x3 =
− 3700
= −0.338
3700~
x2kˆ − 3700~
x3ˆj = 1250ˆj + 3695kˆ ⇒
3700~ 3695
x2 = 3695 → ~ x2 = = 0.999
3700
r r
This position ( ~x ) is called eccentricity of F11Total which represents the centroid of the forces.
The centroid of the forces can also be obtained in the same fashion as the volume/area
centroid definition, i.e.:
6
~
∑F
a =1
Ca
11 x2Ca
F11C1 x2C1 + F11C2 x2C2 + F11C3 x2C3 + F11C4 x2C4 + F11C5 x2C5 + F11C6 x2C6 3695
x2 = 6
= 6
= = 0.999
3700
∑F
a =1
Ca
11 ∑F
a =1
Ca
11
~
− ∑F Ca Ca
11 x3
− ( F11C1 x3C1 + F11C2 x3C2 + F11C3 x3C3 + F11C4 x3C4 + F11C5 x3C5 + F11C6 x3C6 ) − 1250
x3 = a =1
6
= 6
= = −0.338
3700
∑F
a =1
Ca
11 ∑F a =1
Ca
11
r
M G = M y ˆj + M z kˆ r r
r ~ ∧ Fr
MG = x
F = F11î
x1 x3 x1 x3
F11
Mz ~
x3
F11
My = r
~
x
G x2 G ~
x2 x2
r
~
x - eccentricity
Figure 4.32
Problem 4.27
Consider a prismatic bar with a walled cross section as indicated in Figure 4.33(a). By
considering the differential element given by Figure 4.33(b), obtain the equilibrium
equations by considering the system ( x1 , s ).
x3
a) Prismatic bar (walled cross section)
rˆ ∧ sˆ = eˆ 1
ŝ
x2
r
r
t
r̂
ê1 t - thickness
O
b) The differential element
rear faces
ds x1
dx1
σ11 σ s1 σs
σ1s
dt
s
∂σ s dt ∂σ11 x1
σs + ds σ11 + dx1
∂s ∂x1
∂σ s1
∂σ σ s1 + dx1
σ1s + 1s ds ∂x1
∂s
a) b)
r̂ r̂
t
σ (sS1 )
t
very small
→ t
σ s1 = σ s1 (t )
≈
( x2 , x3 ) σ11 ( x2 , x3 ) σ11
σ s1 x1
σ s1 = τ x1
s s
σ11 = σ11 (t )
σ (s1I )
q = σ s1t = τ t (shear flow)
Figure 4.34
Then, the equilibrium equations can be rewritten as follows:
q
∂σ ∂
∂σ11 ∂σ1s 11 + t = 0 ∂σ11 ∂q
∂x + ∂s = 0 ∂x1 ∂s t ∂x + ∂s = 0
1 1
⇒ ⇒ (4.98)
∂σ s + ∂σ s1 = 0 q
∂ t ∂σ s + ∂q = 0
∂s ∂x1 ∂σ s t ∂s ∂x1
+ =0
∂s ∂x1
If we integrate the first equilibrium equation over s -coordinate we can obtain:
s s
∂σ11 ∂q ∂q ∂σ
∫ ∫
ds = − t 11 ds
ating over s
t + =0 by
integr
→
∂x1 ∂s 0
∂s 0
∂x1
s
(4.99)
∂σ
0
∫
⇒ q ( s) − q (0) = − t 11 ds
∂x1
The s -coordinate is measured along the cross-section perimeter, (see Figure 4.35). By
considering that N is independent of x1 or ( N = 0) we can rewrite the equation (4.74) as
follows:
∂σ11 (I x + I x ) (I x + I x )
= − 232 2 33 3 Fz − 222 2 23 3 Fy
∂x1 (I 23 − I 22I 33 ) (I 23 − I 22I 33 )
(4.100)
∂σ (I 23 Fz + I 22 Fy ) (I 23 Fy + I 33 Fz )
⇒ 11 = − 2 x2 − 2 x3
∂x1 (I 23 − I 22I33 ) (I 23 − I 22I 33 )
And by substituting the above equation into the equation in (4.99) we can obtain:
s
∂σ
0
∫
q ( s ) = q (0) − t 11 ds
∂x1
(4.101)
I 23 Fz + I 22 Fy s I F +I F s The system is
q ( s ) = q ( 0) + 2 (t x2 )ds + 23 y 33 z
∫ (t x3 )ds located at the Area
∫ (4.102)
I 23 − I 22I 33 I 223 − I 22I 33
0 0 Centroid
The above shear flow is indeterminate because we do not know q (0) when we are dealing
with closed cross section. The solution strategy will be discussed in Chapter 6.
If we have an open cross section we can assume that at s = 0 ⇒ q(0) = 0 , (see Figure 4.35).
t ŝ
s
s
q (s ) s = 0 ⇒ q ( 0) = 0
r
r r0
r
ŝ
G
ê1
x1
Free edge ⇒ q = 0
Figure 4.35
NOTE 1.1: The equation in (4.72) can be rewritten in a compact form as follows:
∂σ11 Y0 Y2 Y (For any system in which the plane x2 − x3 is lying
= + x2 + 3 x3 (4.103)
∂x1 X X X on the plane defined by the cross section)
where
0 Ax 2 Ax 3 A 0 Ax3
Y0 = Fz − I 23 I 22 [ Nm 7 ] ; Y2 = Ax3 Fz I 22 [ Nm 6 ] (4.104)
− Fy − I 33 I 23 − Ax 2 − Fy I 23
Then, given the moment of torsion M Ox1 ≡ M T we can calculate the shear flow ( q ) and the
tangential stress ( τ ) as follows:
MT MT
M T = 2qA ⇒ q= ⇒ τ= (4.108)
2A 2 At
where q = σ s1t = τ t . The above equation could be a good approximation if the thickness
( t ) is very small. In Chapter 6 we will discuss another approximation to tackle this
problem.
x3
Only torsion - F21 = F31 = 0
r̂
MT
ŝ q =τ t =
2A
r
q = qsˆ r q (constant)
r
t
O x2
Maximum stress
MT tmin
τ max = A
2 Atmin
Figure 4.36
Example: Let us consider a circular cross section, (see Figure 4.37), and the applied
torsion is M T = 5.0 × 103 Nmm . Then, the shear stress can be calculated as follows:
MT
q 2A MT 5.0 ×103 N
τ= = = = ≈ 4.2
t t 2 At 2 × 498.76 × 1.2 mm 2
Data: x3 Parameters:
3
M OT = 5 × 10 Nmm r R1 + R2
q Rm = = 12.6mm
R1 = 12.0mm 2
R2 = 13.2mm R2 t = R2 − R1 = 1.2mm
A = πRm2 ≈ 498.76mm 2
Rm
R1
O x2
t
(Dimensions in millimeter- mm )
Figure 4.37
Problem 4.28
Consider an arbitrary cross section in which is acting a compression force F11 = − P , where
r
P is a positive real number, and the adopted system ( ox ) is located at the Area Centroid.
Consider that when F11 = − P is located at the Area Centroid there is no moment, i.e.
My = Mz = 0 .
Obtain the loci for the all possible position for F11 = − P such as there is no traction on the
cross-section, i.e. σ11 ( x2 , x3 ) ≥ 0 .
NOTE 1: The region in which the compression force does not produce traction on the
cross section is called the core or “kernel” of a section.
Solution:
We can adopt the equation in (4.61), since the adopted system is located at the Area
Centroid of the cross section:
N ( M y I23 − M z I 22 ) (− M y I33 + M z I 23 )
σ11 ( x2 , x3 ) = − 2
x2 + x3 (4.109)
A (I 23 − I 22I33 ) (I 223 − I 22I33 )
Then, for this problem we have N = F11 = − P , M y = − P~x3 , and M z = P~x2 , (see Figure
4.38). Note that we are looking for ( ~x2 , ~x3 ) in such a way that in the cross section there is
no traction, i.e. σ11 ( x2 , x3 ) ≥ 0 , so we can establish that in the boundary of the section the
normal stress is zero σ11 ( x2 , x3 ) = 0 , i.e.:
N ( M y I 23 − M z I 22 ) (− M y I33 + M z I 23 )
σ11 ( x2 , x3 ) =− 2
x2 + x3 = 0
A (I 23 − I 22I33 ) (I 223 − I 22I33 )
(− P) (− P~ x3I 23 − ( P~ x2 )I 22 ) (−(− P~ x3 )I33 + ( P~ x2 )I 23 )
⇒ − 2
x 2 + 2
x3 = 0
A (I 23 − I 22I33 ) (I 23 − I 22I33 )
− 1 (~x I +~ x2I 22 ) (~x I +~ x2I 23 )
⇒ + 32 23 x2 + 32 33 x3 = 0
A (I 23 − I 22I33 ) (I 23 − I 22I33 )
(I 2 − I I )
⇒ (~
x3I 23 + ~
x2I 22 ) x2 + ( ~
x3I33 + ~
x2I 23 ) x3 = 23 22 33
A
or
Then, for the position ( x2 , x3 ) in which we assume that σ11 ( x2 , x3 ) = 0 we can find the
geometric position ( ~x2 , ~x3 ) for F11 = − P .
M y = 0 M y = − P~
x3
x1 x1 ~
M z = 0 M z = Px2
z, x3
z, x3
−P Mz −P
~
x3
A.C. A.C.
G y , x2 My ~ y , x2
x2
Figure 4.38
For example, if the cross section is a circle of radius r , (see Figure 4.39), and as the system
πr 4
is located at the area centroid the following is true A = πr 2 , I22 = I33 = = I , I 23 = 0 . The
4
coordinates ( x2 , x3 ) for the boundary can be represented in terms of the radius: x2 = r cos θ
and x3 = r sin θ , therefore
(I 2 − I I )
(I 22 x2 + I 23 x3 ) ~
x2 + (I 23 x2 + I33 x3 ) ~
x3 = 23 22 33
A
2
−I −I −I
⇒ Ix2 ~ x2 + Ix3 ~ x3 = ⇒ r cos θ~
x2 + r sin θ~
x3 = ⇒ cos θ~
x2 + sin θ~
x3 =
A A Ar
πr 4
−
~ ~ −I ~ ~ 4 − r
cos θx2 + sin θx3 = ⇒ cos θx2 + sin θx3 = =
Ar πr 2 r 4
−r −r −r
⇒ cos θ(r~ cos θ) + sin θ(~
r sin θ) = ~
r (cos 2 θ + sin 2 θ) =
⇒ ⇒ ~ r=
4 4 4
~
Then, if F11 = − P assume any position inside the circle of radius r it will not produce
traction on the cross section.
z, x3 A = πr 2
r − rr
~
r= σ11 ( x2 , x3 ) = 0 πr 4
4 I22 = I33 =
4
r
r I23 = 0
r θ
~ y , x2
r
P x2 = r cos θ
Core of the section x3 = r sin θ
Let us consider a rectangular cross section, (see Figure 4.40). In this case we have A = ah ,
ah 3 a 3h
I 22 = , I33 = and I 23 = 0 . Then, the equation (4.110) becomes:
12 12
(I 2 − I I ) −I I
(I 22 x2 + I 23 x3 ) ~
x2 + (I 23 x2 + I 33 x3 ) ~
x3 = 23 22 33 ⇒ I 22 x2 ~
x2 + I 33 x3 ~
x3 = 22 33
A A
ah a 3 h
3
−
ah 3 ~ a 3 h ~ 12 12 − h2a 2
⇒ x2 x2 + h 2 x2 ~
x 2 + a 2 x3 ~
12 12 x3 x3 = bh
⇒ x3 =
12
a h
For the point x2 = , x3 = we have:
2 2
− h2a2 a h − h2a2
h 2 x2 ~
x2 + a 2 x3 ~
x3 = ⇒ h2 ~ x2 + a 2 ~x3 =
12 2 2 12
a h 2 2
−h a ~
x2 ~
x3
⇒ h2 ~x2 + a 2 ~x3 = ⇒ + =1
2 2 12 −a −h
6 6
−a −h
which is a line that intercepts x2 in and intercepts x3 in . If we make the
6 6
same procedure for other points we can obtain the geometric shape of the core of the
rectangular section as the one indicated in Figure 4.40.
z, x3
σ11 ( x2 , x3 ) = 0 A = ah
ah 3
I 22 =
a a 12
6 6
a 3h
I33 =
12
I 23 = 0
h
6 y , x2
h
h
6
Core of the
section
x2 x3
−a
+ −h
=1
6 6
Problem 4.29
Consider the cantilever (beam fixed at one end) under static equilibrium, (see Figure
4.41(a)), in which we have the concentrated force ( F31 = P ) applied at the end x1 = L .
Obtain the equation for the tangential stress field σ 31 on the cross section, (see Figure
4.41(b)).
Hypotheses (approximations):
a) Consider that on the cross section, σ31 does not vary with x2 , (see Figure 4.41(b)), i.e.
σ31 = σ31 ( x3 ) , and σ 2i = 0 i .
b) Consider the problem without body forces.
Approximations:
σ31 = σ31 ( x3 ) ; σ 2i = 0i
x3
σ13 = 0 x3
∫
P = σ31dA
A
σ31
b
2
x2 x3
x2
G
x1
b
L 2 A = ab
a) Cantilever b) Cross-section
σij , j + ρb i = ρ&u&i ⇒ + + =0 ⇒ 0 = 0
{ {
=0 i =0 i ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂σ
∂σ31 ∂σ32 ∂σ33 31 = 0
∂x1
+ + =0 ∂x1
∂x 2 ∂x3
∂σ11
If the system is located at the Area Centroid, the term can be expressed by the
∂x1
equation in (4.74):
∂σ11 (I x + I x ) (I x + I x ) − (I 23 x2 + I 33 x3 )
= − 232 2 33 3 Fz − 222 2 23 3 Fy = P (4.111)
∂x1 (I 23 − I 22I 33 ) (I 23 − I 22I 33 ) (I 223 − I 22I33 )
where we have considered Fz = F31 = P , Fy = 0 . Then, the first equilibrium equation
becomes
∂σ11 ∂σ13 − (I 23 x2 + I33 x3 ) ∂σ ∂σ13 (I 23 x2 + I33 x3 )
+ =0 ⇒ P + 13 = 0 ⇒ = 2 P (4.112)
∂x1 ∂x3 (I 223 − I 22I33 ) ∂x3 ∂x3 (I 23 − I 22I33 )
by integrating over x3 we can obtain
I 33 P x32 I P
σ13 = 2
+ 2 23 x2 x3 + K
(I 23 − I 22I 33 ) 2 (I 23 − I 22 I33 )
The constant of integration can be obtained by the condition
2
b I33 P b I P b
x3 = ± ⇒ σ13 = σ 31 = 0 ⇒ σ13 = 2 ± + 2 23 ± x2 + K = 0
2 2(I 23 − I 22 I33 ) 2 (I 23 − I 22 I33 ) 2
2
I 33 P b I P b
⇒K =− m 2 23 x2
2(I 223 − I 22I 33 ) 2 (I 23 − I 22I 33 ) 2
Then, the tangential stress can be expressed as follows
I 33 P I P
σ13 = x32 + 2 23 x2 x3 + K
2(I 223− I 22I 33 ) (I 23 − I 22 I33 )
I33 P I 23 P I 33 P b
2
I 23 P b
⇒ σ13 = x 2
+ x x − ± x2
2(I 223 − I 22 I33 )
3
(I 223 − I 22I 33 )
2 3
2(I 223 − I 22 I33 ) 2 (I 223 − I 22I 33 ) 2
I33 P 2 b 2 I Px b
⇒ σ13 = 2 x3 − + 2 23 2 x3 − ±
2(I 23 − I 22 I33 ) 2 (I 23 − I 22I 33 ) 2
The adopted system is at the centroid area and is the axis of symmetry, then
ab 3 ba 3
I 22 = ; I33 = ; I 23 = 0 ; A = ab
12 12
Thus, the equation for σ13 = σ31 , (see Figure 4.42), is given by
I 33 P 2 b 2 I 23 Px2 b − P 2 b
2
σ13 = x3 − + x
3 − ± = x3 −
2(I 223 − I 22I 33 ) 2 2I 22
2
2 (I 23 − I 22 I33 ) 2
σ13 = 0 x3
P b 2 2
σ13 = − x3
2I 22 2
b
2
3P
σ13 max =
x2 2A
b
2
∫
P = σ13dA
σ13 = 0 a
A
NOTE: We can generalize the previous equations. Let us consider the equation (4.112), i.e.
∂σ13 (I 23 x2 + I33 x3 ) I P I P
= 2 P = 2 33 x3 + 2 23 x2 (4.113)
∂x3 (I 23 − I 22I 33 ) (I 23 − I 22 I33 ) (I 23 − I 22I 33 )
and consider the approximation made in Figure 4.43.
σ13 (c ) = 0 x3
∫σ
x2
13 dx2
σ13 ( x3 ) =
σ13 ( x2 , x3 ) A a ( x3 )
a ( x3 )
c P = σ31dA ∫
A
x3
G x2
Figure 4.43
And by integrating the equation (4.113) over x3 from x3 to c we can obtain
c c c
I33 P I P
∫
x3
∂σ13 dx3 = 2
(I 23 − I 22I 33 ) x ∫
x3∂x3 + 2 23
(I 23 − I 22 I33 ) x
x2 ∂x3 ∫
3 3
c c
I P I P
⇒ σ13 (c) − σ13 ( x3 ) = 2 33
123 (I 23 − I 22 I33 ) x
x3∂x3 + 2 23 ∫
(I 23 − I 22I 33 ) x
x2 ∂x3 ∫
=0 3 3
c c
− I33 P I P
⇒ σ13 ( x3 ) =
(I 223 − I 22 I33 ) x ∫
x3∂x3 − 2 23
(I 23 − I 22 I33 ) x
x2 ∂x3 ∫
3 3
− I33 P I P
⇒ σ13 ( x3 ) a ( x3 ) =
(I 223− I 22 I33 ) A ∫
x3 dA − 2 23
(I 23 − I 22I 33 ) A
x2 dA ∫
thus
where ∫ x dA
A
3 is the first moment of area A about the x2 -axis, and ∫ x dA
A
2 is the first
moment of area about the x3 -axis. Note that, if the x3 -axis is an axis of symmetry, then
∫ x dA = 0 holds, and the above equation reduces to:
A
2
P
c
P The system is located at the
σ13 ( x3 ) =
a ( x3 )I 22 ∫ ∫ x3dx3dx2 ≡
a ( x3 )I 22 ∫ x3dA Area Centroid and is the (4.115)
x2 x3 A principal axes of inertia
Example: Let us consider a circular cross section, (see Figure 4.44), and the adopted
system is at the area centroid and is the principal axis of inertia, then we can apply the
equation in (4.115):
c= R c= R
P P P
σ13 ( x3 ) =
a ( x3 )I 22 ∫A
x3 dA =
a ( x3 )I 22 ∫
x3
x3 a ( x3 ) dx3 =
2
2 (R −
∫ 2x
x32 )I 22 x3
3 ( R 2 − x32 )
P 2 P ( R 2 − x32 )
= ( R 2 − x32 ) 3 =
2I 22 ( R 2 − x32 ) 3 3I 22
x3 P ( R 2 − x32 )
dA = a ( x3 ) dx3 σ13 ( x3 ) =
3I 22
πR 4
I 22 = I33 =
c=R 4
A
σ13 ( x3 ) 2 2
x2 + x3 = R 2
a ( x3 ) x3
x2
2
a ( x3 ) = 2 ( R − x32 )
Problem 4.30
Consider the cantilever (beam fixed at one end) with an I-shaped cross section, (see Figure
4.45). Obtain the tangential stress distribution on the cross section due to the shearing
force F31 = Fz = 11000 N .
Fz = 11kN
x3
a1 = a3 = 140mm; a2 = 45mm
b1 = b3 = 45mm; b2 = 140mm
X3
a3
x2
Fz b3
x1
G
⊗ b2
a2
a) Cantilever
b1
O
X2
a1
Solution:
Area Centroid
Due to the geometrical symmetry the Area Centroid- G is located at
a1 b2
X2 = = 0.07 m ; X 3 = b1 + = 0.115m
2 2
And the total area is given by A = A1 + A2 + A3 = a1b1 + a2b2 + a3b3 = 2a1b1 + a2b2 = 0.0189 m 2 .
The inertia tensor related to the system X 2 − X 3 :
For each rectangle we will apply the equation in (4.82) in which x2 and x3 are now related
r
to the system OX ( X 2 − X 3 ) :
ab b 2 + 12 X 32 − 12 X 2 X 3
I(OX
q r)
= (4.116)
ij 12 − 12 X 2 X 3 a 2 + 12 X 22
a1 b
Rectangle q = 1 : a = a1 = 0.140 , b = b1 = 0.045 , X 2 = = 0.070 , X 3 = 1 = 0.0225 :
2 2
ab b 2 + 12 X 32 − 12 X 2 X 3 4.2525 − 9.9225
IO(1X)r ij = = × 10 −6 m 4
12 − 12 X 2 X 3 a 2 + 12 X 22 − 9.9225 41.16
a1 b
Rectangle q = 2 : a = a2 = 0.045 , b = b1 = 0.140 , X 2 = = 0.070 , X 3 = b1 + 2 = 0.115 :
2 2
ab b 2 + 12 X 32 − 12 X 2 X 3 93.6075 − 50.715 −6 4
IO( 2Xr) ij = = × 10 m
12 − 12 X 2 X 3 a 2 + 12 X 22 − 50.715 31.933125
a1 b
Rectangle q = 3 : a = a1 = 0.140 , b = b1 = 0.045 , X 2 = = 0.070 , X 3 = 0.230 − 3 = 0.2075 :
2 2
ab b 2 + 12 X 32 − 12 X 2 X 3 272.3175 − 91.5075
IO( 3X)r ij = = × 10 −6 m 4
12 − 12 X 2 X 3 a 2 + 12 X 22 − 91.5075 41.16
Then
3.701775 − 1.52145 −4 4
IO( Sys
r ) = I (1)r + I ( 2r) + I ( 3)r =
X ij OX ij OX ij OX ij − 1.52145 1.142531 × 10 m
The inertia tensor related to the system located at the Area Centroid:
The inertia tensor at the Area Centroid, (see equation in (4.75)), can be obtained by means
of the Steiner’s theorem:
r r r r r r r r
r ) = I r − A [( X ⊗ X ) − ( X ⋅ X ) 1]
IO( Sys ⇒ IGxr = I OXr + A [( X ⊗ X ) − ( X ⋅ X ) 1]
X Gx
(f)
σ13 ( x3 = 0.115) = 0
P P 11000
∫ x dA = a I
(+ g )
σ13 ( x3 = 0.070 ) = 3 [ A3 x3( A3 ) ] = [(0.0063)(0.0925)]
a3IG 22 A 3 G 22 (0.140)(1.20225)
(+ g )
⇒ σ13 ( x3 = 0.070) = 3.808484 × 10 5 Pa
P P 11000
∫ x dA = a I
(− g )
σ13 ( x3 = 0.070 ) = 3 [ A3 x3( A3 ) ] = [(0.0063)(0.0925)]
a2I G 22 A 2 G 22 (0.045)(1.20225 )
(− g )
⇒ σ13 ( x3 = 0.070) = 11.848462 × 10 5 Pa
At the neutral axis:
P P A2 b2 11000
∫
(h) ( A3 )
σ13 ( x3 = 0.0) = x3 dA = A3 x3 + 2 4 = (0.045)(1.20225 ) [(0.0063)(0.0925)]
a2IG 22 A a2IG 22
(h)
⇒ σ13 ( x3 = 0.0) = 14.09025 × 10 5 Pa
x3 [ σ13 ] = MPa
(f)
f f σ13 =0
(+ g )
σ13 = 0.3808484
g g (− g )
σ13 = 1.1848462
(h)
x2 σ13 = 1.409025
h h
(+ p)
p p σ13 = 1.1848462
(− p)
σ13 = 0.3808484
q q
(q)
σ13 =0
Problem 4.31
Consider the cross section described in Figure 4.47 in which is acting the shearing forces
F21 ≡ Fy and F31 ≡ Fz . a) Obtain the shear flux on the flanges. b) Locate the Shear Center
r
(S.C.) of the cross section by adopting the system OX .
Hypothesis (approximation): Consider that the thickness ( t ) is very small when
compared with a , (see Figure 4.47).
X3
a3
a1 = 2a − t ; b1 = t
3
b3 a2 = 2t ; b2 = 2a + t
2
a3 = a − t ; b3 = 2t
t - thickness
b2
b1
O
X2
a2 a1
Solution:
Since the thickness is very small we can apply the equation in (4.106) in order to obtain the
shear flux.
Geometric Properties
For each rectangle we will apply the equation in (4.82) in which x2 and x3 are now related
r
to the system OX ( X 2 − X 3 ) :
( qr) aq bq bq2 + 12 X 32 − 12 X 2 X 3
IOX =
ij
12 − 12 X 2 X 3 aq2 + 12 X 22
t
Rectangle q = 1 : a1 = 2a − t ≈ 2a , b1 = t , X 2(1) = a + ≈ a , X 3(1) = 0 :
2
Area: A1 = 2at
a1b1 b12 + 12 X 32 − 12 X 2 X 3 2at t 2 0 1 t 3a 0
IO(1X)r ij = = =
12 − 12 X 2 X 3 a12 + 12 X 22 12 0 4a 2 + 12a 2 6 0 16 a 3t
3
Rectangle q = 2 : a2 = 2t , b2 = 2a + t ≈ 2a , X 2( 2 ) = 0 , X 3( 2 ) = a :
2
Area: A2 = 4at
a2b2 b22 + 12 X 32 − 12 X 2 X 3 1 32a 3t 0
IO( 2Xr) ij = =
12 − 12 X 2 X 3 a22 + 12 X 22 6 0 8t 3a
a+t a
Rectangle q = 3 : a3 = a − t ≈ a , b3 = 2t , X 2(3) = ≈ , X 3( 3) = 2a :
2 2
Area: A3 = 2at
a3b3 b32 + 12 X 32 − 12 X 2 X 3 1 48a 3t − 12 a 3t
IO( 3X)r ij = =
12 − 12 X 2 X 3 a32 + 12 X 22 6 − 12 a 3t 4 a 3t
Then
Total Area: A = A1 + A2 + A3 = 8at
The Inertia Tensor or Area:
1 80 a 3t + 48t 3 a − 12 a 3t 1 80a 3t − 12a 3t
IO( Sys
r ) = I (1)r + I ( 2r) + I ( 3)r =
X ij OX ij OX ij OX ij ≈
6 − 12 a 3t 20 a 3t + 8t 3 a 6 − 12 a 3t 20 a 3t
Calculation of the Area Centroid - G :
3
∑A (q)
X 2( q )
A (1)
X 2(1)
+A (2)
X 2( 2)
+A ( 3)
X 2(3)
a
(4at )(a ) + (2at )(0) + (2at )
X2 =
q =1
= ≈ 2 = 3a
A ( A(1) + A ( 2)
+ A( 3) ) 8at 8
3
∑A
q =1
(q)
X 3( q )
A(1) X 3(1) + A( 2 ) X 3( 2 ) + A(3) X 3(3) (4at )(0) + (2at )(a ) + (2at )(2a )
X3 = = ≈ =a
A ( A(1) + A( 2) + A(3) ) 8at
where the coefficients Y0 , Y2 , Y3 and X are given by the equations (4.107) and (4.108).
22 23 I I 1 80 a 3t − 12 a 3t 3
For this problem we have:, I(OSys r ) =
I ≈ 3
, x2 ← X 2 ≈ a ,
23 I33 6 − 12 a t
X ij 3
20a t 8
x3 ← X 3 ≈ a , A = 8at . With that the coefficients become:
0 Ax2 Ax3
Fz − I 23 I 22 Ax2 Ax3 Ax2 Ax3
Y0 − Fy − I33 I 23 − I33 I 23 − I 23 I 22 − 27 93
= = − Fz − Fy = 2
Fy − Fz ; (4.120)
X A Ax2 Ax3 X X 97a t 388a 2t
Ax3 − I 23 I 22
− Ax2 − I33 I 23
A 0 Ax3
Ax3 Fz I 22 A Ax3 A Ax3
Y2 − Ax2 − Fy I 23 − Ax2 I 23 Ax3 I 22 48 9
= = Fz + Fy = 3
Fy + Fz ; (4.121)
X A Ax2 Ax3 X X 97a t 97 a 3t
Ax3 − I 23 I 22
− Ax2 − I33 I 23
A Ax2 0
Ax3 − I 23 Fz A Ax2 A Ax2
Y3 − Ax2 − I33 − Fy − Ax2 − I33 Ax3 − I23 9 159
= = − Fz − Fy = Fy + Fz (4.122)
X A Ax2 Ax3 X X 97 a 3t 776a 3t
Ax3 − I23 I22
− Ax2 − I33 I23
X3
a
q ( s = 0) ≡ q ( 4 ) = 0 (free edge)
3
s ( 43) 4
( 32 )
s s = s ( 43) + s ( 32 ) + s ( 21)
X 2 = 83 a
2a ⊗
G
X3 = a
s ( 21) 1
2
O X2
2a
3 3
q (32) ( s ) = q (3) + 3
s (48a + 24s ) Fy − s (88a − 53s ) Fz
776a 776a 3
− 30 42 3 3
⇒ q (32) ( s ) = Fy − Fz + 3
s (48a + 24s ) Fy − s (88a − 53s ) Fz
97a 97 a 776a 776a 3
And at the point 2 , ( s = 2a) , we can obtain:
− 30 42 3 3
q ( 2) = Fy − Fz + 3
2a (48a + 24(2a )) Fy − 2a (88a − 53(2a )) Fz
97a 97 a 776a 776a 3
42 57
⇒ q ( 2) = Fy − Fz
97 a 194a
Path 2 → 1 : X 2 = s ( 21) , X 3 = 0 , t = t , 0 ≤ s ( 21) ≤ 2a
Then, the equation (4.123) becomes:
s s
− 27 93 48 9
q ( 21) = q ( 2 ) −
97 a 2
t
Fy −
388 a 2
t 0 ∫
Fz (t )ds ( 21) −
97 a 3
t
Fy +
97 a 3
t 0 ∫
Fz (t ) ( s ( 21) ) ds ( 21)
s
9 159
− 3
97 a t
Fy + 3
Fz (t )(0)ds ( 21)
776a t 0 ∫
After the integrals are solved we can obtain:
3 3
q ( 21) ( s ) = q ( 2 ) + 3
s(36a − 32s ) Fy + s(31a − 6 s) Fz
388a 388a 3
42 57 3 3
⇒ q ( 21) ( s) = Fy − Fz + 3
s (36a − 32 s) Fy + s (31a − 6s ) Fz
97 a 194a 388a 388a 3
And at the point 1 , ( s = 2a) , we can obtain:
42 57 3 3
q (1) = Fy − Fz + 3
2a(36a − 32(2a )) Fy + 2a (31a − 6(2a)) Fz = 0
97 a 194a 388a 388a 3
as expected, q (1) = 0 is zero, since we are dealing with a free edge. The Shear Flux can be
appreciated in Figure 4.49.
We have defined the Shear Center (S.C.) in Problem 4.22-NOTE 3. We can calculate the
torsion moment at any point, but by simplicity we will adopt the point 2 ≡ O , since the
shear fluxes q (32) ( s ) and q ( 21) ( s ) will not contribute to the torsion moment, and the
torsion moment produced by the shear flux q ( 43) ( s ) is given by:
s s s a
r r r
∫ ∫ ∫ ∫
M O = X ∧ q ds = ( X 3q ( 43) )eˆ 1ds = ((2a)q ( 43) )eˆ 1ds = 2a q ( 43) ds eˆ 1 = 2af ( 43) eˆ 1
0 0 0 0424
1 3
( 43 )
=f
and F ( 43) is the total force on the flange 4 → 3 . Then, in order to obtain the torsion
moment we have to solve the integral:
a a
r −3 3
0
∫
M O = 2a q ( 43) dseˆ 1 = 2a
0
97 a 3 ∫
s(26a − 16 s) Fy −
97a 3
s (17 a − 3s ) Fz dseˆ 1
r − 45a 46a ˆ − 45a 46a
⇒ MO = Fz − Fy e1 ∴ M X1 = F31 − F21
97 97 97 97
And if we compare with the equation in Figure 4.10 we can conclude that
− 45a 46a
X 2( S .C .) = ; X 3( S .C .) =
97 97
X3
Shear Center (S.C.)
− 30 F y q ( 43)
42 Fz
− = q ( 3) − 45a
97a 97a q (4) = 0 X 2( S .C .) =
97
q ( 43)
46a
3 X 3( S .C .) =
s ( 43) 4 97
s (32 )
−3
q ( 43) ( s ) = s[(26a − 16 s ) Fy + (17 a − 3s ) Fz ]
97 a 3
q ( 32 ) q ( 32 ) 3
q ( 32) = q ( 3) + s[(48a + 24 s) Fy − (88a − 53s ) Fz ]
776a 3
3
q ( 21) = q ( 2 ) + s[(36a − 32 s ) Fy + (31a − 6s ) Fz ]
(S.C.) 388a 3
⊕
r ( S .C .)
X s ( 21) 1
O 2 X2
q ( 21) q (1) = 0
42 Fy 57 Fz
− = q( 2)
97 a 194a
q ( 21)
NOTE 1: Let us consider a generic flange element with length a and thickness t which is
r
constant along the flange element, (see Figure 4.50). By considering the systems OX and
r r r r r r
ix we can obtain that X = X (i ) + x and note that the systems ix and ix ′ are related to
r r r r
each other by the transformation matrix A as follows x′ = A x and x = A T x′ , (see
Figure 4.21), where the transformation matrix is given by
cosα sin α l m
A = =
− sin α cosα − m l
r r r r r
Then X = X (i ) + x = X (i ) + A T x′ whose components are:
r r r X 2 X (i ) l − m x′2 = s X 2(i ) + l s
X = X (i ) + A T x ′ components
→ = 2(i ) + =
X 3 X 3 m l x3′ = 0 X 3(i ) + m s
0≤s≤a
X3 Node Coordinates
x3
x3′ x′2 , s Node: i ( X 2(i ) , X 3(i ) )
a j
Node: j ( X 2( j ) , X 3( j ) )
r ŝ
r x i α
X
x2
O X2
Figure 4.50
⇒ d1 =
− 1 (1)
X
[
p0 Fy + p0( 2) Fz + ( p2(1) Fy + p2( 2 ) Fz ) X 2(i ) + ( p3(1) Fy + p3( 2) Fz ) X 3(i ) ]
− 1 (1)
⇒ d1 = [ − 1 (2)
p0 + p2(1) X 2(i ) + p3(1) X 3(i ) Fy + ]
[ F
p0 + p2( 2 ) X 2(i ) + p3( 2 ) X 3(i ) Fz = d1 y Fy + d1Fz Fz ]
X X
Y l Y m −1
d 2 = − 2 + 3 = [
( p2(1) Fy + p2( 2 ) Fz ) l + ( p3(1) Fy + p3( 2 ) Fz ) m ]
2X 2X 2X
⇒ d2 =
− 1 (1)
[
p2 l + p3(1) m Fy +
− 1 ( 2)
] F
[
p2 l + p3( 2 ) m Fz = d 2 y Fy + d 2Fz Fz ]
2X 2X
Then, we can represent the shear flux ( q ( s ) = q (i ) + t d1s + t d 2 s 2 ) as follows
F F
q ( s) = (qF(iy) + t d1 y s + t d 2 y s 2 ) Fy + (qF(iz) + t d1Fz s + t d 2Fz s 2 ) Fz (Shear Flux)
where
F
d1 = d1 y Fy + d1Fz Fz
F
d1 y =
−1
X
[p (1)
0 + p2(1) X 2(i ) + p3(1) X 3(i ) ] ; d1Fz =
−1
X
[p ( 2)
0 + p2( 2 ) X 2(i ) + p3( 2 ) X 3(i ) ]
F
d 2 = d 2 y Fy + d 2Fz Fz
F
d2 y =
− 1 (1)
2X
p2 [ l + p3(1) m ] ; d 2Fz =
2X
p2[
− 1 (2)
l + p3( 2 ) m]
X 2( j ) − X 2(i ) ( j)
− X 3(i )
with l = , m = X3 (4.127)
a a
AX 2 AX 3 AX 2 AX 3
p0(1) = − ; p0( 2 ) = −
− I 23 I22 − I33 I 23
A AX 3 A AX 3
p2(1) = ; p2( 2 ) =
AX 3 I22 − AX 2 I23
A AX 2 AX 3
A AX 2 A AX 2
p3(1) =− ; p3( 2 ) =− , X = AX 3 − I 23 I 22
AX 3 − I 23 − AX 2 − I33
− AX 2 − I33 I 23
a
r r r
∫
M O = X ∧ q ds
0
where
eˆ ′2 = sˆ l m eˆ 2 l eˆ 2 + m eˆ 3
ˆ = =
e′3 − m l eˆ 3 − m eˆ 2 + l eˆ 3
r r
X ∧ q = ( X 2eˆ 2 + X 3eˆ 3 ) ∧ (qsˆ) = q( X 2eˆ 2 + X 3eˆ 3 ) ∧ (l eˆ 2 + m eˆ 3 )
= l X 2 q eˆ 2 ∧ eˆ 2 + m X 2 q eˆ 2 ∧ eˆ 3 + l X 3q eˆ 3 ∧ eˆ 2 + m X 3q eˆ 3 ∧ eˆ 3
142r4 3 1
424 3 1424 3 12r 3
=0 = eˆ 1 = − eˆ 1 =0
= (m X 2 q − l X 3q )eˆ 1
Then, the magnitude of the torsion moment is given by:
a a
MO = ∫ m X 2 qds − ∫ l
0 0
X 3 qds
a a
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
MO = (3atd1 + 2a 2td 2 + 6q (i ) ) (4.128)
6
Taking into account the equations in (4.127), the torsion moment can be split additively
into
F
M O = M O y Fy + M OFz Fz = −( X 3( S .C .) ) Fy + ( X 2( S .C .) ) Fz (4.129)
where
F [m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a F F
MOy = (3atd1 y + 2a 2td 2 y + 6qF(iy) ) (4.130)
6
and
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
M OFz = (3atd1Fz + 2a 2td 2Fz + 6qF(iz) ) (4.131)
6
If we compare the equation (4.129) with the equation in Figure 4.10 we can conclude that
F
X 2( S .C .) = M OFz ; X 3( S .C .) = − M O y (Shear Center)
The total force in the flange
The total force in the flange can be obtained as follows:
a a a
∫ ∫ ∫
F F
f (e)
= q ( s )ds = Fy ( q F(iy) +t d1 y s +t d 2 y s 2 )ds + Fz (q F(iz) + t d1Fz s + t d 2Fz s 2 )ds
0 0 0
F a F a
3
a a3
⇒ f ( e ) = qF(iy) a + t d1 y + t d 2 y Fy + qF(iz) a + t d1Fz + t d 2Fz (e) (e)
Fz = f Fy Fy + f Fz Fz
2 3 2 3
Problem 4.32
Consider the cross section described in Figure 4.51 in which is acting the shearing forces
F21 ≡ Fy and F31 ≡ Fz . a) Obtain the shear flux on the flanges. b) Locate the Shear Center
r
(S.C.) of the cross section by adopting the system OX .
Hypothesis (approximation): Consider that the thickness ( t ) is very small when
compared with length flange, (see Figure 4.51).
X3
Node Coordinates i
Node X 2( i ) X 3( i )
1 i =1 15 42.32
1 i=2 0 33.66
i=3 0 8.66
2 i=4 15 0
Flanges e
Path
2 Flange Thickness (t )
i→ j
e =1 1→ 2 2
e=2 2→3 2
e=3 3→ 4 2
3
3
4
O
X2
at t 2 l 2 + a 2 m 2 + 12( X 3( g ) ) 2 lm (t 2 − a 2 ) − 12 X 2( g ) X 3( g )
I O( eX)r ij = (4.132)
12 lm (t 2 − a 2 ) − 12 X 2( g ) X 3( g ) t 2 m 2 + a 2 l 2 + 12( X 2( g ) ) 2
( j)
X 2( j ) − X 2(i ) − X 3(i )
where a = ( X 2( j ) − X 2(i ) ) 2 + ( X 3( j ) − X 3(i ) ) 2 , l = , m = X3 ,
a a
X 2(i ) + X 2( j ) X (i ) + X 3( j )
X 2( g ) = , X 3( g ) = 3
2 2
And the inertia tensor of area for the compound if given by:
3
I O( Sys
r ) =
X ∑I
e =1
( e )r
OX
at a 2 m 2 + 12( X 3( g ) ) 2 − lma 2 − 12 X 2( g ) X 3( g )
IO( eX)r ij ≈ (4.133)
12 − lma 2 − 12 X 2( g ) X 3( g ) a 2 l 2 + 12( X 2( g ) ) 2
Flange 1: By substituting the data related to the flange e = 1 , (see Table 4.1), we can obtain
5.02103 − 1.02448
I (O1X)r ij ≈ 4
× 10 cm
4
− 1 . 02448 0 . 259792
Flange 2: By substituting the data related to the flange e = 2 , (see Table 4.1), we can obtain
2.49914 0
I O( 2Xr) ij ≈ 4
× 10 cm
4
0 0
Flange 3: By substituting the data related to the flange e = 3 , (see Table 4.1), we can obtain
0.086594919 − 0.0749978
IO(3X)r ij ≈ × 10 4 cm 4
− 0.0749978 0.259792
Then, the inertia tensor for the compound is given by
I I 23 − 1.09947
(I ) 7.60677
3
( Sys
r )
OX ij
= 22
I 23 I33
= ∑ (I
e =1
( e )r
OX ij
) = IO(1X)r ij + IO( 2Xr) ij + IO( 3X)r ij =
− 1.09947 5.19585
× 10 4 cm 4
Shear Flux
By means of the equations in (4.127) we can calculate the shear flux in the flanges. Taking
into account the geometric properties calculated previously we can calculate the
coefficients related to the cross section:
AX 2 AX 3 AX 2 AX 3
p0(1) = − = −1.17732 × 107 ; p0( 2 ) = − = −7.40145 × 106
− I 23 I 22 − I33 I23
A AX 3 A AX 3
p2(1) = = 2.70296 × 106 ; p2( 2 ) = = −41.19111
AX 3 I22 − AX 2 I 23
A AX 2 A AX 2
p3(1) = − = −41.19111 ; p3( 2 ) = − = 3.49793 × 105 ,
AX 3 − I 23 − AX 2 − I 33
A AX 2 AX 3
X = AX 3 − I 23 I 22 = 7.92654 × 109
− AX 2 − I33 I 23
F
d1 y =
−1
X
[p (1)
0 ]
+ p2(1) X 2(i ) + p3(1) X 3(i ) = −3.62951 × 10 −3
d1Fz =
−1
X
[p ( 2)
0 ]
+ p2( 2) X 2(i ) + p3( 2 ) X 3(i ) = −9.33723 × 10 −4
F
d2 y =
− 1 (1)
2X
[
p2 l + p3(1) m = 1.47652 × 10 −4 ]
d 2Fz =
− 1 (2)
2X
[
p2 l + p3( 2 ) m = 1.10301 × 10 −5 ]
Shear Flux in the Flange 1
F F
q ( s ) = (q F(iy) + t d1 y s + t d 2 y s 2 ) Fy + (q F(iz) + t d1Fz s + t d 2Fz s 2 ) Fz = q F( ey=1) Fy + q F( ez =1) Fz
(M ) F y ( e =1)
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
F F
(3atd1 y + 2a 2td 2 y + 6qF(iy) ) = −16.82927
and
(M ) Fz ( e =1)
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
(3atd1Fz + 2a 2td 2Fz + 6qF(iz) ) = −7.05101
Update Variables
q F(iy) ← q F( yj ) = −0.01857t ; q F(iz) ← q F( zj ) = −0.01286t
F
d1 y =
−1
X
[p (1)
0 ]
+ p2(1) X 2(i ) + p3(1) X 3(i ) = 1.48547 × 10 −3
d1Fz =
−1
X
[p (2)
0 + p2( 2 ) X 2(i ) + p3( 2 ) X 3(i ) ] = −5.5164 ×10 −4
F
d2 y =
− 1 (1)
2X
[
p2 l + p3(1) m = −2.5983 × 10 −9 ]
d 2Fz =
− 1 (2)
2X
[
p2 l + p3( 2 ) m = 2.20647 × 10 −5 ]
Shear Flux in the Flange 2
F F
q ( s ) = (q F(iy) + t d1 y s + t d 2 y s 2 ) Fy + (q F(iz) + t d1Fz s + t d 2Fz s 2 ) Fz = q F( ey=2 ) Fy + q F(ez =2) Fz
(M ) Fy (e = 2)
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
F F
(3atd1 y + 2a 2td 2 y + 6qF(iy) ) = 0
and
(M ) Fz ( e = 2 )
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
(3atd1Fz + 2a 2td 2Fz + 6qF(iz) ) = 0
Update Variables
q F(iy) ← q F( yj ) = 0.01857t ; qF(iz) ← qF( zj ) = −0.01286t
F
d1 y =
−1
X
[p (1)
0 ]
+ p2(1) X 2(i ) + p3(1) X 3(i ) = 1.48534 × 10 −3
d1Fz =
−1
X
[p ( 2)
0 ]
+ p2( 2 ) X 2(i ) + p3( 2 ) X 3(i ) = 5.51595 × 10 −4
F
d2 y =
− 1 (1)
2X
[
p2 l + p3(1) m = −1.47655 × 10 −4 ]
d 2Fz =
− 1 (2)
2X
[
p2 l + p3( 2 ) m = 1.10346 × 10 −5 ]
Shear Flux in the Flange 3
F F
q ( s ) = (q F(iy) + t d1 y s + t d 2 y s 2 ) Fy + ( q F(iz) + t d1Fz s + t d 2Fz s 2 ) Fz = q F( ey=3) Fy + q F( ez =3) Fz
(M ) F y ( e = 3)
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
F F
(3atd1 y + 2a 2td 2 y + 6qF(iy) ) = −4.32891
and
(M ) F z ( e = 3)
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
(3atd1Fz + 2a 2td 2Fz + 6qF(iz) ) = 1.81423
Update Variables
q F(iy) ← q F( yj ) = −2.78 × 10 −6 t ≈ 0 ; q F(iz) ← q F( zj ) = 4.24 × 10 −11 t ≈ 0
(M ) Fz ( Sys )
O (
= M OFz )
( e=1)
(
+ M OFz )
( e =2 )
(
+ M OFz )
( e =3 )
= (−7.05101) + (0) + (1.81423) = −5.2367
Then
F
M O = M O y Fy + M OFz Fz = −(21.1582) Fy + (−5.2367) Fz = −( X 3( S .C .) ) Fy + ( X 2( S .C .) ) Fz
Note that the cross section has one axis of symmetry at X 3( A.C .) = X 3( S .C .) = 21.1582cm .
Problem 4.33
Obtain the shear flux in each flange and locate the shear center for the cross section
described in Figure 4.52. Note that the nodes 2, 7 and 8 have the same coordinates, and the
same for the nodes 4, 9 and 10.
X3 Coordinates
Nodes
X2 X3
3 1 60 60
1
s ( 2−8) 2 30 30
s (1−7 ) 3 0 60
2 4 30 0
1
5 15 0
6 45 0
8 7 7 30 30
8 30 30
9 30 0
s ( 2−4) 2
10 30 0
Element Connectivity
3 i→ j Thickness
e
1 1→ 7 t1 = 1
4 2 3→8 t2 = 1
s ( 9 −5 ) s (10−6)
3 2→4 t3 = 1
O 5 4 9 10 5 6 X2 4 9→5 t4 = 2
5 10 → 6 t5 = 2
at a 2 m 2 + 12( X 3( g ) ) 2
− lma 2 − 12 X 2( g ) X 3( g )
IO( eX)r ij ≈ (4.134)
12 − lma 2 − 12 X 2( g ) X 3( g )
a 2 l 2 + 12( X 2( g ) ) 2
r
The inertia tensors for the flanges related to the system OX are
8.90955 − 8.90955 8.90955 − 2.54558
I(OX
1)r
≈ × 10 4 ; I(OX
2 r)
≈ 4
× 10 ;
ij
− 8 . 90955 8 . 90955
ij
− 2 . 54558 1 . 27279
( 3 )r 0 .9 − 1.35 0 0 0 0
IOX ≈ × 10 4 ; I(OX
4 r)
≈ × 10 4 and I(OX
4 r)
≈ × 10
4
ij
− 1 . 35 2 . 7
ij
0 1 . 575
ij
0 4 . 275
Then, the inertia tensor for the compound is given by
I 22 I 23 5 ( e )
I(OSys
r ) =
X ij I
23
= ∑
(I r ) ij = I(O1X)r ij + IO( 2Xr) ij + IO( 3X)r ij + I(O4Xr) ij + IO( 5X)r ij
I33 e =1 OX
I 22 I 23 1.87191 − 1.28051
⇒ IO( Sys
r ) = = − 1.28051 1.87323 × 10
5
X ij I I
23 33
Just as exercise, let us calculate the inertia tensor at the Area Centroid, which can be
obtained by means of the Steiner’s theorem:
r r r r r r r r
I O( Sys r ) − A [( X ⊗ X ) − ( X ⋅ X ) 1]
r ) = I ( Sys ⇒ IG( Sys r ) + A [( X ⊗ X ) − ( X ⋅ X ) 1]
r ) = I ( Sys
X G x x OX
IG 22 IG 23 8.2994479 0
( IG( Sys
r )
x ) ij = = × 10 4
IG 23 IG 33 0 2.9955844
Shear Flux
By means of the equations in (4.127) we can calculate the shear flux in the flanges. Taking
into account the geometric properties calculated previously we can calculate the
coefficients related to the cross section:
AX 2 AX 3 AX 2 AX 3
p0(1) = − = −4.35355 ×108 ; p0( 2 ) = − = −1.27863 × 108
− I 23 I 22 − I33 I 23
A AX 3 A AX 3
p2(1) = = 1.45118 × 107 ; p2( 2 ) = = 9.85892 × 10−10
AX 3 I 22 − AX 2 I 23
A AX 2 A AX 2
p3(1) = − = 9.85892 × 10 −10 ; p3( 2 ) = − = 5.23786 ×106 ,
AX 3 − I 23 − AX 2 − I33
A AX 2 AX 3
X = AX 3 − I23 I22 = 4.34714 × 1011
− AX 2 − I33 I 23
F
d1 y =
X
[p
−1 (1)
0 ]
+ p2(1) X 2(i ) + p3(1) X 3(i ) = −1.00147 × 10− 3 ⇒
F
td1 y = −1.00147 ×10 − 3
d1Fz =
−1
X
[p ( 2)
0 + p2( 2) X 2(i ) + p3( 2 ) X 3(i ) ] = −4.28809 ×10 −4
⇒ td1Fz = −4.28809 × 10 − 4
F
d2 y =
− 1 (1)
2X
[
p2 l + p3(1) m = 1.18025 ×10 − 5 ] ⇒
F
td 2 y = 1.18025 ×10 − 5
d 2Fz =
− 1 (2)
2X
[
p2 l + p3( 2 ) m = 4.25996 × 10 − 6 ] ⇒ td 2Fz = 4.25996 × 10 − 6
(M ) F y ( e =1)
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
F F
(3atd1 y + 2a 2td 2 y + 6qF(iy) ) = 0
and
(M ) Fz ( e =1)
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
(3atd1Fz + 2a 2td 2Fz + 6qF(iz) ) = 0
F
d1 y =
X
[p
−1 (1)
0 ]
+ p2(1) X 2(i ) + p3(1) X 3(i ) = 1.001474 × 10 − 3 ⇒
F
td1 y = 1.001474 × 10 − 3
d1Fz =
−1
X
[p ( 2)
0 + p2( 2 ) X 2(i ) + p3( 2 ) X 3(i ) ] = −4.2880858 ×10 −4
⇒ td1Fz = −4.2880858 × 10 − 4
F
d2 y =
− 1 (1)
2X
[ ]
p2 l + p3(1) m = −1.1802485 × 10 − 5 ⇒
F
td 2 y = −1.1802485 × 10 − 5
d 2Fz =
− 1 ( 2)
2X
[
p2 l + p3( 2) m = 4.2599628 × 10− 6 ] ⇒ td 2Fz = 4.2599628 × 10 − 6
(M ) Fy ( e = 2)
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
F F
(3atd1 y + 2a 2td 2 y + 6qF(iy) ) = −25.49336686
and
(M ) Fz ( e = 2 )
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
(3atd1Fz + 2a 2td 2Fz + 6qF(iz) ) = 11.772767
8 7
q ( 7 ) + q (8) = q ( 2 )
qF( 2 ) = −0.0212445 + 0.0212445 = 0
y
( 2)
qFz = −0.0105249 − 0.0105249 = −0.0210497
F
d1 y =
X
[p
−1 (1)
0 + p2(1) X 2(i ) + p3(1) X 3(i ) = 0] ⇒ td 1
Fy
=0
d1Fz =
−1
X
[p ( 2)
0 + p2( 2 ) X 2(i ) + p3( 2 ) X 3(i ) ] = −6.73388 ×10 −5
⇒ td1Fz = −6.73388 × 10 − 5
F
d2 y =
− 1 (1)
2X
[
p2 l + p3(1) m = 0 ⇒ td 2 y = 0 ]
F
d 2Fz =
− 1 (2)
2X
[
p2 l + p3( 2 ) m = 6.0245 × 10 − 6 ]⇒ td 2Fz = 6.0245 × 10− 6
(M ) F y ( e = 3)
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
F F
(3atd1 y + 2a 2td 2 y + 6qF(iy) ) = 0
and
(M ) F z ( e = 3)
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
(3atd1Fz + 2a 2td 2Fz + 6qF(iz) ) = −0.717541 − 900qF( 2z ) = 18.227233
F
d1 y =
X
[p
−1 (1)
0 ]
+ p2(1) X 2(i ) + p3(1) X 3(i ) = 0 ⇒ td 1
Fy
=0
d1Fz =
−1
X
[p ( 2)
0 + p2( 2) X 2(i ) + p3( 2 ) X 3(i ) ] = 2.94131×10 −4
⇒ td1Fz = 5.8826214 × 10 − 4
F
d2 y =
− 1 (1)
2X
[
p2 l + p3(1) m = 1.66912 × 10− 5 ⇒ ] F
td 2 y = 3.3382468 × 10 − 5
d 2Fz =
− 1 ( 2)
2X
[
p2 l + p3( 2 ) m = 0 ⇒ td 2Fz = 0 ]
Shear Flux in the Flange 4
F F
q ( s ) = (q F(iy) + t d1 y s + t d 2 y s 2 ) Fy + ( q F(iz) + t d1Fz s + t d 2Fz s 2 ) Fz = q F( ey=3) Fy + q F( ez =3) Fz
(M ) Fy (e = 4)
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
F F
(3atd1 y + 2a 2td 2 y + 6qF(iy) ) = 0
and
(M ) Fz ( e = 4 )
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
(3atd1Fz + 2a 2td 2Fz + 6q F(iz) ) = 0
F
d1 y =
X
[p
−1 (1)
0 ]
+ p2(1) X 2(i ) + p3(1) X 3(i ) = 0 ⇒ td 1
Fy
=0
d1Fz =
−1
X
[p ( 2)
0 + p2( 2) X 2(i ) + p3( 2 ) X 3(i ) ] = 2.94131×10 −4
⇒ td1Fz = 5.8826214 ×10 − 4
F
d2 y =
− 1 (1)
2X
[
p2 l + p3(1) m = −1.66912 × 10 − 5 ]
⇒
F
td 2 y = −3.3382468 ×10 − 5
d 2Fz =
− 1 (2)
2X
[
p2 l + p3( 2 ) m = 0 ⇒ td 2Fz = 0 ]
Shear Flux in the Flange 5
F F
q ( s ) = (q F(iy) + t d1 y s + t d 2 y s 2 ) Fy + ( q F(iz) + t d1Fz s + t d 2Fz s 2 ) Fz = q F( ey=3) Fy + q F( ez =3) Fz
(M ) Fy ( e = 5)
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
F F
(3atd1 y + 2a 2td 2 y + 6qF(iy) ) = 0
and
(M ) Fz ( e = 5 )
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
(3atd1Fz + 2a 2td 2Fz + 6qF(iz) ) = 0
q ( 4 ) = q (9) + q (10)
4
q F( 4 ) = −7.5110552 ×10 − 3 + 7.5110552 ×10 − 3 = 0
y
9 10 ( 4)
q Fz = −0.008823 − 0.0088239 = −0.017646
(M ) F y ( Sys )
O ( )
= MOy
F ( e =1)
( )
+ MOy
F (e = 2)
( )
+ MOy
F ( e = 3)
( )
+ MOy
F ( e = 4)
( )F
+ M Oy
( e = 5)
(M ) Fz ( Sys )
O (
= M OFz )
( e =1)
(
+ M OFz )
(e = 2)
(
+ M OFz )
( e = 3)
(
+ M OFz )
(e = 4)
(
+ M OFz )
( e = 5)
Note that the cross section has one axis of symmetry at X 2( A.C .) = X 2( S .C .) = 30cm .
Problem 4.34
1) Consider a continuum motion in which the stress power is equal to zero. Also, consider
r
that the heat flux is given by q = −K (T ) ⋅ ∇ xr T , which is known as Fourier’s law of thermal
conduction, where K (T ) is a second-order tensor called the thermal conductivity tensor (the
∂u (T )
thermal property of the material), and c = , where c is the specific heat capacity at a
∂T
constant deformation (the thermal property of the material) and is expressed in units of
J
joule per kelvin, i.e. [c] = . Taking into account all previous considerations, find the
K
energy equation for this process. Then also provide the unit of K (T ) in the International
System of Units (SI).
2) Consider the stress power is equal to zero, and that there is a continuous medium with
no internal heat source. Also consider that there is a heterogeneous material where
r
K = K ( x ) is an arbitrary second-order tensor (not necessarily symmetrical). a) Show that
the thermal conductivity tensor is semi-definite positive, b) Check in which scenario the
r
skew part of K ( x ) does not affect the outcome of the heat conduction problem. c) Taking
into account that the material is isotropic, in what format is K ?
Solution: For this problem we know that the stress power is equal to zero, σ : D = 0 . It then
follows that, the energy equation becomes:
∂u ∂T r r
ρ u& = ρ =σ
12 D − ∇ xr ⋅ q + ρr = −∇ xr ⋅ q + ρr
:3
∂T ∂t =0
∂T r ∂T
⇒ ρc = −∇ xr ⋅ q + ρ r ⇒ ρc = −∇ xr ⋅ [− K (T ) ⋅ ∇ xr T ] + ρ r
∂t ∂t
or
∂T
∇ xr ⋅ [K (T ) ⋅ ∇ xr T ] + ρ r = ρ c
∂t
The above equation is called the heat flux equation which is applied to the thermal
conduction problem.
DT ∂T
Obs.: If there is no mass transport it fulfills T& ≡ = .
Dt ∂t
∂T K
Then if we take into account the following units: [q] =
r J W
= 2 , ∇ xr T ≡ r = , we
2
m s m ∂x m
can ensure that the units are consistent if the following is met:
[qr ] = [K ] ⋅ [∇ xr T ]
J W J W K
m 2 s = m 2 = s m K = m K m
J W
thus, we can draw the conclusion that [K ] = = .
s m K m K
NOTE: As we will see later, when the stress power is equal to zero, we can decouple the
thermal and mechanical problem. That is, we can study these problems separately. ■
2) a) We start from the heat conductivity inequality:
r r
− q ⋅ ∇ xr T = −(−K ( x ) ⋅ ∇ xr T ) ⋅ ∇ xr T ≥ 0 − q i T,i = −(− K ij T, j )T,i ≥ 0
r or
∇ xr T ⋅ K ( x ) ⋅ ∇ xr T ≥ 0 T,i K ij T, j ≥ 0
r r
Remember that the arbitrary tensor A is semi-definite positive if it holds that x ⋅ A ⋅ x ≥ 0
r r r
for all x ≠ 0 thereby demonstrating that K ( x ) is a semi-definite positive tensor. Then, as a
r
result the eigenvalues of K ( x ) are all real values greater than or equal to zero, i.e. K 1 ≥ 0 ,
r
K 2 ≥ 0 , K 3 ≥ 0 . Also remember that since K ( x ) is not symmetric, the principal space of
r
K ( x ) does not define an orthonormal basis. Moreover, it is noteworthy that: the
r
antisymmetric part of K ( x ) does not affect the heat conduction inequality since:
r
∇ xrT ⋅ K ( x ) ⋅ ∇ xrT = ∇ xrT ⋅ [K sym + K skew ] ⋅ ∇ xrT = ∇ xrT ⋅ K sym ⋅ ∇ xrT + ∇ xrT ⋅ K skew ⋅ ∇ xrT ≥ 0
∇ xrT ⋅ K sym ⋅ ∇ xrT + K skew : (∇ xrT ⊗ ∇ xrT ) ≥ 0
Problem 4.35
Consider a thermal conduction problem, (see Problem 4.34), in a wall with thickness equal
to h in which the temperature at the outer face ( x1 = 0 ) is equal to 38º C and the
temperature in the interior face ( x1 = h ) is equal to 21º C , (see Figure 4.53). Obtain the
heat flow for case defined by: stationary problem, the temperature field according to x 2
and x3 -directions is homogeneous, there is no heat source, and the material is isotropic
and homogeneous.
x2
h
T ( A) = 38º C Data:
h = 0.04m
T ( B ) = 21º C W
K = 0.19
mK
(Interior)
(Exterior)
x1
r
q
Figure 4.53
Solution:
As we saw in Problem 4.34 the governing equation for this problem is the equation
∂T ∂T
∇ xr ⋅ [K ⋅ ∇ xr T ] + ρ r = ρ c
. If we consider the stationary problem we have = 0 . If
∂t ∂t
there is no heat source this implies that r = 0 . With these simplifications the governing
equation becomes ∇ xr ⋅ [K ⋅ ∇ xr T ] = 0 , in addition, if the material is homogenous, the tensor
r
with the thermal properties K do not vary with x , then ∇ xr ⋅ [K ⋅ ∇ xr T ] = K : ∇ xr [∇ xr T ] = 0 ,
which in indicial notation is [K ijT , j ],i = K ij ,iT , j + K ij T , ji = K ijT , ji = 0 . By expanding this
123
=0
equation we obtain:
∂ 2T ∂ 2T ∂ 2T ∂ 2T ∂ 2T ∂ 2T
K 11 + K 12 + K 13 + K 21 + K 22 + K 23 +
∂x12 ∂x 2 ∂x1 ∂x3 ∂x1 ∂x1∂x 2 ∂x 22 ∂x3 ∂x 2
(4.135)
∂ 2T ∂ 2T ∂ 2T
+ K 31 + K 32 + K 33 2 = 0
∂x1∂x3 ∂x 2 ∂x3 ∂x3
If the temperature field according to x 2 and x3 -directions is homogenous, this implies that
the temperature gradient components according to these directions are equal to zero, i.e.
∂T ∂T
= = 0 . For an isotropic material, the thermal conductivity tensor components, (see
∂x 2 ∂x3
Chapter 5 of the textbook), are given by:
K 0 0
K ij = 0 K 0
0 0 K
∂ 2T
By integrating the equation K = 0 we can obtain:
∂x12
∂ 2T integrating ∂T dT
K =0 → K + q1 = 0 ⇒ q1 = −K
∂x12 ∂x1 dx1
which is the Fourier’s law of thermal conduction. Note that for this case q1 is a constant, i.e. it is
independent of x1 . By integrating once more we can obtain:
− q1 − q1
∫ dT = ∫ K
dx1 ⇒ T ( x1 ) =
K
x1 + C
NOTE: Let us suppose now that we have two walls with different properties, (see Figure
4.54).
T ( A)
T (B )
2
T (C )
1 r
q
K (1) K ( 2)
x1
(1) (2)
h h
Figure 4.54
(T ( B ) − T ( A) )
Note that the equation q1 = −K (1) is still valid. This also applies to the material
h (1)
(T (C ) − T ( B ) )
2 : q1 = −K ( 2) . To obtain the heat flux we must apply the compatibility in
h (2)
temperature on the face B , i.e.:
(T ( B _ 1) − T ( A) ) q1 h (1)
q1 = −K (1) ⇒ T ( B _ 1) = T ( A) −
h (1) K (1)
(T (C ) − T ( B _ 2 ) ) q1 h ( 2)
q1 = −K ( 2) ⇒ T ( B _ 2) = T (C ) +
h ( 2) K ( 2)
T ( B _ 1) = T ( B _ 2 )
q1 h (1) q1 h ( 2 )
T ( A) − = T (C ) +
K (1) K ( 2)
thus:
− (T (C ) − T ( A) )
q1 =
h (1) h ( 2 )
K (1) + K ( 2 )
Problem 4.36
Next, we assume that at a material point there are two types of material that are
represented by a physical quantity per unit volume in such a way that c = c f + c s , and the
r r r
following holds v = v f + v s , (see Figure 4.55). Considering an isothermal process, an
incompressible medium, and that the property c s does not affect the velocity of the
material f and that the c f -field is homogeneous, and there is no source of the material
f . Show that:
r ∂c s Convection-diffusion
Q s − ∇ xr ⋅ (v f c s ) + ∇ xr ⋅ (D ⋅ ∇ xr c s ) = (4.137)
∂t equation
r
where the flux of the property s is given by q ( D ) = −D ⋅ ∇ xr c s .
r
vf
Control volume c f
cs
r
v r
dV vs
Solution:
Starting from the continuity equation for this physical quantity, we can obtain:
Q=
∂Φ
∂t
+ ∇ xr
r
⋅ (Φv ) ⇒ Q=
∂ (c f + c s ) ∂
∂t
[ r r
+ r (c f + c s )(v f + v s )
∂x
] (4.138)
with Q = Q s + Q f . Thus:
Qs + Q f =
∂ (c f + c s ) ∂
∂t
[ r
+ r (c f + c s )(v f + v s )
∂x
r
]
[ ]
f s
∂ (c + c ) ∂ f r f r r r
⇒ Qs + Q f = + r c v + c f v s + csv f + csv s
∂t ∂x
(4.139)
[ ]
f s
∂c ∂c r r r r
⇒ Qs + Q f = + + ∇ xr ⋅ c f v f + c f v s + c s v f + c s v s
∂t ∂t
∂c r ∂c s
[ ]
f
r r r
⇒ Qs + Q f = + ∇ xr ⋅ (c f v f ) + + ∇ xr ⋅ (c s v f ) + ∇ xr ⋅ c f v s + c s v s
∂t ∂t
∂c f r
If we are assuming that there is no ( f )-material source, then + ∇ xr ⋅ (c f v f ) = 0 and
∂t
f
Q = 0 hold, which is the continuity equation of the physical quantity c f with which the
equation in (4.139) becomes:
Qs =
∂c s
∂t
r
[ r r
+ ∇ xr ⋅ (c s v f ) + ∇ xr ⋅ c f v s + c s v s ] (4.140)
∂c s r r r
⇒ Qs = + ∇ xr ⋅ (c s v f ) + ∇ xr ⋅ (c s v s ) + ∇ xr ⋅ (c f v s ) (4.141)
∂t
∂c s r r r r
⇒ Qs = + ∇ xr ⋅ (c s v f ) + ∇ xr ⋅ (c s v s ) + (∇ xr c f ) ⋅ v s + c f (∇ xr ⋅ v s ) (4.142)
∂t
r
If the physical quantity c f does not change with x , then the gradient of c f becomes
r
∇ xr c f = 0 . In addition if we consider the medium ( s ) to be incompressible we can
r
consider ∇ xr ⋅ v s = 0 . These simplifications indicate that the material ( s ) does not affect
the velocity field of the material ( f ). So, if the amount of the material ( s ) is significant,
this approach is no longer valid. Then, with these approximations we can obtain:
∂c s r r ∂c s r r
Qs = + ∇ xr ⋅ (c s v f ) + ∇ xr ⋅ (c s v s ) = + ∇ xr ⋅ (c s v f ) + ∇ xr ⋅ q ( D ) (4.143)
∂t ∂t
r r
Notice that the term (c s v s ) ≡ q ( D ) represents the flux caused by the ( s )-material
r r
concentration, the diffusive term. The term (c s v f ) ≡ q (C ) is related to mass transport, the
r
convective term. Considering that q ( D ) = −D ⋅ ∇ xr c s the equation (4.143) becomes:
∂c s r r
Qs = + ∇ xr ⋅ (c s v f ) + ∇ xr ⋅ q ( D )
∂t
∂c s r
⇒ Qs = + ∇ xr ⋅ (c s v f ) + ∇ xr ⋅ (−D ⋅ ∇ xr c s ) (4.144)
∂t
r ∂c s
⇒ Q s − ∇ xr ⋅ (c s v f ) + ∇ xr ⋅ (D ⋅ ∇ xr c s ) =
∂t
with that we have shown the equation in (4.137).
Problem 4.37
x1
a
Solution:
To obtain the total mass we have to solve the integral:
h b a h
( − kx3t ) ( − kx3t )
∫
M = c s dV =
V
∫∫∫
0 0 0
C t exp ∫
dx1 dx 2 dx3 = ab C t exp
0
dx3
h
− C
= ab
k
exp
( − kx3t )
− C
= ab
k
C − abC
exp ( − kht ) + =
k k
exp ( − kht ) − 1[ ]
0
To obtain the flux, we can apply the continuity equation of the concentration:
∂c s r r ∂c s
Q= + ∇ xr ⋅ q ⇒ ∇ xr ⋅ q = q i ,i = − (4.145)
∂t ∂t
where we have considered that there is no source of the sediment, i.e. Q = 0 . For this
problem, the flux is not dependent on x 2 and x1 . With this condition we have
q1,1 = q 2, 2 = 0 . Then:
∂c s ∂ ( − kx t ) ( − kx t ) ( − kx t )
where = [C t exp 3 ] = C exp 3 − C t k x3 exp 3 and by substituting into the
∂t ∂t
equation (4.146) we can obtain:
dq3 ∂c s ( − kx t ) ( − kx t )
=− = −C exp 3 + C t k x3 exp 3
dx3 ∂t
( − kx3t ) ( − kx3t )
∫ ∫
⇒ dq3 = [−C exp + C t k x3 exp ]dx3
(4.147)
C ( − kx t ) C ( − kx t ) C k x3 t ( − kx t )
⇒ q3 = exp 3 − exp 3 − exp 3 + K 3
kt kt kt
( − kx3t )
⇒ q3 = −C x3 exp + K3
{
=0
r ( − kx3t )
The flux vector in the Cartesian basis is given by q = −C x3 exp eˆ 3 .
Problem 4.38
Starting from the Fundamental Equations of Continuum Mechanics, obtain the governing
equations for a rigid solid problem.
Solution:
The fundamental equations of Continuum Mechanics are:
The Fundamental Equations of Continuum Mechanics
(Current configuration)
The Mass Continuity Equation Dρ r
+ ρ (∇ xr ⋅ v ) = 0 (4.148)
(The principle of conservation of mass) Dt
The Equations of Motion r r
(The principle of conservation of linear ∇ xr ⋅ σ + ρ b = ρ v& (4.149)
momentum)
Cauchy Stress Tensor symmetry
(The principle of conservation of angular σ = σT (4.150)
momentum)
The Energy Equation r
ρ u& = σ : D − ∇ xr ⋅ q + ρr (4.151)
(The principle of conservation of energy)
The Entropy Inequality r 1 1 1 r
ρη& ( x, t ) + σ : D − ρ u& − 2 q ⋅ ∇ xr T ≥ 0 (4.152)
(The principle of irreversibility) T T T
For a rigid body motion there is no mass transportation, so, the principle of conservation
of mass plays no rule. The rigid body can be treated as the whole mass is concentrated at
one point, so, at the time of establishing the governing equations for rigid body we do not
use the local form of the equations (4.149)-(4.150). We will adopt the global formulation of
the Principles.
We can start from the definition of the principle of conservation of linear momentum
which states that:
r D r r&
∑ F = Dt ∫ ρ v dV = L
V
r r
Then we can use the equation of linear momentum L = m v , (see Problem 4.39), to
obtain:
r D r r& r& r
∑ F = Dt ∫ ρ v dV = L = m v = m a
V
Then we have:
r r
∑F = m a
Now let us consider the principle of conservation of angular momentum which states:
r D r r D r r&
∑M O =
Dt V ∫
( x ∧ ρ v )dV =
Dt
HO ≡ HO
r r& r r&
∑M O = HO or ∑M G = HG
r
where the equation of angular momentum H O was obtained in Problem 4.39. The set of
r r r r&
equations ∑ F = m a and ∑M G = H G inform us that the two systems, described in
Figure 4.57, are equivalent.
G G
= r
ma
r
F(1) G - center of mass
Figure 4.57
Example: Consider the beam with the load and boundary conditions as described in
Figure 4.58. Obtain the support reactions VA , VB and H A in order to achieve equilibrium.
P y P sin α P
α P cosα
= A
B
A B
HA x
L L VA L L VB
2 2 2 2
Solution:
Although in the beam there is deformation (small deformation regime) and stress, for
purposes of support reaction calculation of an isostatic beam we can consider as a rigid
body case and the necessary equations, (see equations in (4.153)), are:
∑F =0
∑F
x
r r r = H A + P cosα = 0 ⇒ H A = − P cosα
∑ ∑F
x
F =ma =0 ⇒ =0 ⇒
∑F
y
= VA + VB + P sin α = 0 ⇒ V A = −VB − sin α
∑F
y
z =0
r
∑M x =0
r r& L − P sin α
∑ MA = HA = 0 ⇒ ∑M y =0 ⇒
∑M z = VB L + P sin α
2
= 0 ⇒ VB =
2
∑M
z =0
− P sin α
with which we can obtain VA = −VB − P sin α = . Note that we have 3 equations and
2
3 unknowns (a statically determinate system or isostatic). If we have a system in which
there are more unknowns than equations (a statically indeterminate system or hyperstatic),
this procedure is no longer valid since the reactions will depend on the beam deformation
and this depends on the beam stiffness.
NOTE: If we are dealing with rigid body motion, the governing equations are:
r r r r& Governing equations for rigid body
∑F =ma and ∑M O = HO
motion
(4.153)
The set of equations in (4.153) governs several problems such as: machine components
which are in rotation, satellite motion, navigation, etc. In navigation, motion is governed by
a device called gyroscope, which are governed by the set of equations in (4.153).
The set of equations in (4.153), in general, are non-linear and the analytical solution is very
complex to be obtained. Next, we will try to express the set of equations (4.153) more
friendly.
Problem 4.39
Find the linear and angular momentum for the solid described in Figure 4.59 and subjected
to rigid body motion.
r x3′
F(n ) r
F( 2 )
Rigid body Bt
G
x2′
r
r v
x3 x
x1′
O
r G - mass center
x2 F(1)
x1
r r
By definition ∫ ρ x dV = mx is the first moment of inertia, where m is the total mass, and
V
r
x k is the vector position of the center of mass G . The first moment of inertia is equal to
r r r
zero if the Cartesian system originates at the center of mass, so, ρ x ′ dV = mx ′ = 0 . ∫
V
r r r r r
L = m[c& + ω ∧ ( x − c )]
r (Linear momentum for rigid body motion) (4.154)
=mv
r r r r r
where v = c& + ω ∧ ( x − c ) is the velocity of the center of mass.
Angular momentum:
r r r
∫
H O = ( x ∧ ρ v ) dV = [∫ xr ∧ ρ (cr& + ωr ∧ ( xr − cr ))] dV
V V
Thus
r r r r r r r r r
H O = ρ x ∧ c& dV + ρ x ∧ (ω ∧ x ) dV − ρ x ∧ (ω ∧ c ) dV
∫ ∫ ∫
V V V
r (4.155)
r r r r r r r
= ρ x dV ∧ c& + ρ x ∧ (ω ∧ x ) dV − ρ x dV ∧ (ω ∧ c )
∫ ∫ ∫
V V V
Next, we discuss the second integral of the previous equation.
r r r
It was shown in Chapter 1 that given three vectors a , b , c , the relationship
r r r r r r r r r r r
a ∧ (b ∧ c ) = (a ⋅ c )b − (a ⋅ b)c holds, thus when a=c it holds that
r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r
a ∧ (b ∧ a) = (a ⋅ a)b − (a ⋅ b)a , so, ∫ ρ x ∧ (ω ∧ x) dV = ∫ ρ [( x ⋅ x)ω − ( x ⋅ ω) x ] dV ,
V V
with
∫ ρ [x
V
k ] ∫ [
x k ω i − x p ω p x i dV = ρ x k x k ω p δ pi − x p ω p x i dV = ρ x k x k δ pi − x p x i ω p dV
V
] ∫ [
V
]
= ∫ ρ [x k ]
x k δ pi − x p x i dV ω p = I O ip ω p
V
or in tensorial notation:
r r r r r r r r r
∫ ρ x ∧ (ω ∧ x ) dV = ∫ ρ [( x ⋅ x ) 1 − ( x ⊗ x )] dV ⋅ ω = I O ⋅ ω
V V
r r r r
where I O = ∫ ρ [( x ⋅ x ) 1 − ( x ⊗ x )] dV is the inertia tensor with respect to the origin O . As
V
we can observe, I O is a second-order pseudo-tensor, since it depends on the reference
system, and the components IO ij = ∫ ρ [ xk xkδ ij − xi x j ] dV can be explicitly expressed as:
V
I O 11 = ρ [( x1 x1 + x 2 x 2 + x 3 x 3 )δ 11 − x1 x1 ] dV = ρ x 22 + x 32 dV
∫
V V
∫ [ ]
∫ [
I O 22 = ρ x12 + x 32 dV
V
] ; ∫ [
I O 33 = ρ x12 + x 22 dV
V
]
I O 12 = ρ [( x1 x1 + x 2 x 2 + x 3 x 3 )δ 12 − x1 x 2 ] dV = − ρ [x1 x 2 ] dV = − I O 12
∫ ∫
V V
I O 13 = − ρ [x1 x 3 ] dV = − I O 13
∫ ; I O 23 = − ρ [x 2 x 3 ] dV = − I O 23
∫
V V
where I O 11 , I O 22 , I O 33 , are moments of inertia of the body relative to the reference point O ,
and I O 12 , I O 13 , I O 23 , are the products of inertia of the body relative to the reference point
O . Note also that the SI-unit for the inertia tensor is:
[IO ] = ∫ ρ [( xr ⋅ xr ) 1 − ( xr ⊗ xr )] dV = [ ρ ][ xr ][ xr ][dV ] = kg3 m m m3 = kg m2
V m
∫
ρ [ x2 + x3 ] dV ∫
− ρ [ x1 x2 ] dV ∫
− ρ [ x1 x3 ] dV
2 2
Note that, the above equations represent the parallel axis theorem (Steiner’s theorem) from
Classical Mechanics, which in matrix notation is given by:
I11 I12 I13 x 22 + x 32 − x1 x 2 − x1 x 3
I O ij = I12 I 22 I 23 + m − x1 x 2 x12 + x 32 − x 2 x 3 Steiner’s theorem (4.159)
I I 23 I33 −x x − x 2 x3 x12 + x 22
13 1 3
where • (1) and • ( 2 ) stand for properties of the bodies B (1) and B ( 2) respectively. If the
r r r r
two bodies are attached they have the same angular velocity ω (1) = ω ( 2 ) = ω ( sys ) = ω , so, we
can conclude that:
r r r r
x ( sys ) ∧ v ( sys ) + [ I (1) + I ( 2 ) ] ⋅ ω
HO = m ( sys )
r r r
and if the system Ox is at the center of mass of the system ( v (sys ) = 0 ) we can obtain:
r r r
H O = I ( sys ) ⋅ ω = [ I (1) + I ( 2 ) ] ⋅ ω
Problem 4.40
Consider a parallelepiped whose dimensions are a × b × c , (see Figure 4.60), in which the
r
mass density field, ρ ( x ) , is homogeneous. Obtain the inertia tensor with respect to system
in the center of gravity.
Solution:
We will use the equation in (4.156):
∫
ρ [ x2 + x3 ] dV ∫
− ρ [ x1 x2 ] dV
− ρ [ x1 x3 ] dV ∫
2 2
V
∫
− ρ [ x1 x3 ] dV
V
∫
− ρ [ x2 x3 ] dV
V
∫
ρ [ x12 + x22 ] dV
r
Note that, for this problem, the mass density is independent of x (homogeneous material),
with which it fulfills that:
∫
m = ρ dV = ρ dV = ρV = ρabc
V
∫
V
m 2 m
In the same fashion we can obtain I O 22 = ( a + c 2 ) and I O 33 = ( a 2 + b 2 ) .
12 12
We leave to the reader show that I O12 = I O 13 = I O 23 = 0 . Recall that the inertia tensor give
us information about how the mass is distributed according to the adopted system, and
note that the mass is equally distributed according to the plane x1 x2 , thus ∫ ρ [ x1 x2 ] dV = 0 .
V
Note also that the adopted axes are principal axes of inertia:
m 2 2
12 (b + c ) 0 0
m 2
I ′Oij = 0 (a + c 2 ) 0 [ kg m 2 ]
12
m 2 2
0 0 (a + b )
12
O
c x ′2
x1′
Problem 4.41
Consider three thin rods of length a and mass m , (see Figure 4.61). Obtain the inertia
r
tensor of the compound related to the system Ox .
x2
r r x′2
x (1) = 0
rod 2
r a a
x ( 2 ) = eˆ 1 + eˆ 2
2 2
r ( 3) − a a
x = eˆ 1 + eˆ 3 a a
a
2 2 2 2
2
x1′
x′2 r
x ( 2) a
2
O
r x1
a x ( 3)
2 rod 1
a
x1′
2
x3
rod 3
x3′
Data: The inertia tensor for the thin rod, in which the all mass is distributed along its axis,
is given by Figure 4.62.
x′2
a a
2 2
0 0 0
ma 2
g I gij = 0 1 0
12
0 0 1
x1′
x3′
Figure 4.62: Inertia tensor of the rod related to the principal system.
Solution:
To calculate the inertia tensor of the system we will use the equation
I O( sys
r
x
)
= I O(1x)r + I O( 2xr) + I O(3xr) where IO ij = Iij − m[ xi x j − ( x12 + x22 + x32 )δ ij ] (the Steiner’s theorem),
(see Problem 4.39 (NOTA 1)):
I11 I12 I13 x 22 + x 32 − x1 x 2 − x1 x 3
I O ij = I12 I 22 I 23 + m − x1 x 2 x12 + x 32 − x 2 x3 (4.160)
I I 23 I33 −x x − x 2 x3 x12 + x 22
13 1 3
Rod 1 - I O(1X)r
Rod 2 - I O( 2Xr)
a a ( 2)
Mass center vector position: ( x1( 2 ) = , x 2( 2 ) = , x 3 = 0)
2 2
By applying the equation (4.160) we can obtain:
I11 I12 I13 x 22 + x 32 − x1 x 2 − x1 x 3
( 2)
(I Oxr ) ij = I12 I 22 I 23 + m − x1 x 2 x12 + x 32 − x 2 x3
I I 23 I 33 − x1 x 3 − x2 x3 x12 + x 22
13
a 2 2 a a
+ 0 − 0
2
2 2
1 0 0 4 − 3 0
ma 2 a a a
2
ma 2
= 0 0 0 + m − +0
2
0 = − 3 3 0
12 2 2 2
12
0 0 1 0 0 7
a a
2 2
0 0 +
2 2
Rod 3 - I O(3X)r
− a ( 2) a
Mass center vector position: ( x1( 2 ) = , x 2 = 0, x 3( 2 ) = )
2 2
I11 I12 I13 x 22 + x 32 − x1 x 2 − x1 x 3
( 2)
(I Oxr ) ij = I12 I 22 I 23 + m − x1 x 2 x12 + x 32 − x 2 x3
I I 23 I 33 − x1 x 3 − x2 x3 x12 + x 22
13
2 a 2 − a a
(0 ) + 0 −
2 2 2
1 0 0 4 0 3
+ m ma 2
2 2
ma 2 −a a
= 0 1 0 0 + 0 = 0 7 0
12
2 2 12
0 0 0 3 0 3
− a a −a
2
2
− 0 +0
2 2 2
Then, we can calculate
(I O( sys
r ) (1)r ( 2r) ( 3r)
x ) ij = (I Ox ) ij + (I Ox ) ij + (I Ox ) ij
0 0 0 4 − 3 0 4 0 3 8 −3 3
ma 2 ma 2 ma 2 ma 2
= 0 1 0 + − 3 3 0 + 0 7 0 = − 3 11 0
12 12 12 12
0 0 1 0 0 7 3 0 3 3 0 11
Problem 4.42
Find the kinetic energy related to rigid body motion in terms of the inertia tensor, (see
Problem 4.39 and Problem 4.38).
r r r r r
Solution: The rigid body motion velocity can be expressed as v = c& + ω ∧ ( x − c ) . Then, the
kinetic energy becomes:
K (t ) =
1
∫
2V
r r r& r
ρ (v ⋅ v )dV =
1 r r r r
∫ ρ [ r r
c + ω ∧ ( x − c ) ⋅ c& + ω ∧ ( x − c ) dV
2V
][ ]
r r r r
Using the following vector sum x = x + x ′ , where x is the mass center vector position,
r
and x ′ is the particle vector position with respect to the system that has its origin in the
center of mass, the energy equation becomes:
1
K(t ) =
2V
r r
∫ [
r r r r r r r
][ r
ρ c& + ω ∧ (( x + x ′) − c ) ⋅ c& + ω ∧ (( x + x ′) − c) dV
]
=
1
2V
r r
∫ [(
r r r r
)
r r r r
] [(r r
ρ c& + ω ∧ ( x − c ) + (ω ∧ x ′) ⋅ c& + ω ∧ ( x − c) + (ω ∧ x ′) dV
) ]
r r r r r
Note that v = c& + ω ∧ ( x − c) is the center of mass velocity, thus:
K (t ) =
1
2V ∫
ρ { [vr + (ωr ∧ xr ′)]⋅ [vr + (ωr ∧ xr ′)] }dV
or:
1 r r 1 r r r 1 r r r 1 r r r r
K (t ) = ρv ⋅ v dV +
∫ ρv ⋅ (ω ∧ x ′) dV +
∫ ρ (ω ∧ x ′) ⋅ v dV + ∫ ρ (ω ∧ x ′) ⋅ (ω ∧ x ′) dV
∫
2V 2V 2V 2V
r r r r r r r r r
2) ∫ ρ v ⋅ (ω ∧ x ′) dV = v ⋅ ω ∧ ∫ ρ x ′ dV = v ⋅ (ω ∧ m {
x ′) = 0
r
V V =0
r
Note that, the system x ′ is located at the center of mass ( G ), hence the center of mass
r
vector position related to the system x ′ is zero.
r r r r
3) ρ [(ω ∧ x ′) ⋅ (ω ∧ x ′)] dV = ρ ijk ω j xk′ ipq ω p xq′ dV = ρ (δ jpδ kq − δ jqδ kp )ω j x′k ω p x′q dV
∫ ∫ ∫
V V V
∫
= ρ ω j (δ jpδ kq xk′ xq′ − δ jqδ kp xk′ x′q )ω p dV
V
∫
= ρ ω j (δ jp xk′ x k′ − x′p x′j )ω p dV = ω j ρ (δ
∫ jp x ′k x k′ − x′j x′p ) dV ω p
V V
= ω j I jp ω p
V V V
=
1 2 1
2
[
mv + I11ω12 + I22ω22 + I33ω32 − 2 I12ω1ω2 − 2 I13ω1ω3 − 2 I23ω2ω3
2
]
1
K(t ) = mv 2 +
2
1
2
[
I11ω12 + I 22 ω22 + I 33 ω32 − 2 I12 ω1ω 2 − 2 I13 ω1ω3 − 2 I 23 ω 2 ω3 ] (4.162)
Problem 4.43
Consider the inertia pseudo-tensor, I O , with respect to the system x1 x 2 x3 , (see Figure
4.63). a) Make the physical interpretation of the inertia tensor. b) Given another
orthonormal system, represented by x1* x 2* x3* . Obtain the inertia tensor components in this
new system. c) Show that the inertia tensor is positive definite tensor. For a solid in
DI O &
motion, find in which situation the term ≡ I O is equal to zero.
Dt
x3
x3* x2*
x1*
O x2
x1
Figure 4.63
Solution:
The inertia pseudo-tensor depends on the adopted coordinate system, and by definition is
given by:
r r r r
IO = ρ [( x ⋅ x ) 1 − ( x ⊗ x )] dV
∫ ; ∫
IO ij = ρ [ xk xkδ ij − xi x j ] dV [ kg m 2 ]
V V
or in components
∫
ρ [ x2 + x3 ] dV ∫
− ρ [ x1 x2 ] dV ∫
− ρ [ x1 x3 ] dV
2 2
V V V
Iij = − ρ [ x1 x2 ] dV
∫ ∫ ρ [ x + x ] dV
2
1
2
3 − ρ [ x2 x3 ] dV
∫
V V V
V ∫
− ρ [ x1 x3 ] dV − ∫ ρ [ x x ] dV ∫
V
2 3
V
ρ [ x12 + x22 ] dV
a) The inertia tensor gives us the information as the body mass is distributed according to
the adopted system.
The term ∫ ρ [ x x ] dV
V
1 2 indicates how the mass is distributed along the plane x1 − x 2 . Then,
r
if the material is homogeneous, i.e. the mass density field is independent of x , and x1 − x 2
is a plane of symmetry, i.e. the mass is distributed equally with respect to plane x1 − x 2 , the
term ∫ ρ [ x x ] dV
V
1 2 is equal to zero. With this, we can conclude that: if the planes x1 − x 2 ,
Since for the final system the mass is more concentrated according to the rotation axis than
r r
to the initial system the inequality I O( f ) < I (Oi ) holds and as consequence ω ( f ) > ω (i ) .
Conservative system
x3 r r x3
a) Initial system I O(i ) ⋅ ω (i ) = I O( f ) ⋅ ω ( f ) b) Final system
r
ω (i )
r
I O( f ) ⇒ ω( f )
I O(i )
Figure 4.64
b) Let us assume that the given systems, (see Figure 4.63), are related by the transformation
law xi* = Aij x j , where Aij is the orthogonal matrix, then it follows that xi = A ji x *j . Thus,
it is possible to express I O ij as follows:
∫ [
V
] ∫ [
I O ij = ρ x k x k δ ij − xi x j dV = ρ ( x k* x k* )Aip δ pq A jq − Aip x *p A jq x q* dV
V
]
∫ {[ ]} ∫ [
= Aip ρ ( x k* x k* )δ pq − x *p x q* A jq dV = Aip ρ ( x k* x k* )δ pq − x *p x q* dV A jq ]
V V
= Aip I *O ij A jq
∫ [ ]
r r r r r r r r
IO = ρ [( x ⋅ x ) 1 − ( x ⊗ x )] dV = ρ ( x * ⋅ x * )A T ⋅ 1 ⋅ A − (A T ⋅ x * ⊗ A T ⋅ x * ) dV
∫
V V
∫ [ ]
r r r r
= ρ ( x * ⋅ x * )A T ⋅ 1 ⋅ A − (A T ⋅ x * ⊗ x * ⋅ A ) dV
V
r r
{[ r r
= A T ⋅ ρ ( x * ⋅ x * )1 − ( x * ⊗ x * )
∫ ]}⋅ A dV
V
∫ [ ]
r r r r
= A T ⋅ ρ ( x * ⋅ x * )1 − ( x * ⊗ x * ) dV ⋅ A = A T ⋅ I*O ⋅ A
V
Then, it is also true I *O = A ⋅ I O ⋅ A T , which are the inertia tensor components in the
system x1* x 2* x3* . Note that the equation (4.163) is the same component transformation law
for a second-order tensor, where A is the transformation matrix from the x1 x 2 x3 -system
to x1* x 2* x3* -system.
c) For a positive definite tensor, by definition, its eigenvalues are greater than zero.
We will start from the kinetic energy obtained in Problem 4.42, i.e.:
K(t ) = mv 2 +
1
2
1
2
[
I11ω12 + I 22 ω22 + I 33 ω32 − 2 I12 ω1ω 2 − 2 I13 ω1ω3 − 2 I 23 ω 2 ω3 ]
The kinetic energy is a scalar and is always a positive number, and only in two situations the
kinetic energy is zero, namely: when there is no mass or when the body is at rest. We adopt
a system such that the origin is at the center of mass and the adopted axes are axes of
symmetry (inertia principal system) and that the body is rotating around the origin (center
of mass). In this situation the kinetic energy becomes:
I1 0 0 ω1
1
K(t ) = [ω1 ω2
2
1
[
ω3 ] 0 I2 0 ω2 = I1ω12 + I2ω22 + I3ω32 > 0
2
]
0 0 I3 ω3
1442443
Eigenvalues of the
Inertia tensor
1
In addition, if we have a motion such that ω 2 = ω 3 = 0 , we have K(t ) = I1ω12 , then, the
2
only way that the kinetic energy is always positive is when I1 > 0 holds. Similarly, we can
conclude that I 2 > 0 and I 3 > 0 . Hence, the inertia tensor is a positive definite tensor.
d) As the inertia pseudo-tensor is dependent on the adopted system, for the following
situations the inertia tensor related to a solid in motion does not change with time:
1) If the adopted system is attached to the solid.
2) If the solid is rotating along the axis of symmetry, for example, if a cylinder is rotating
along the prismatic axis, then during motion the mass distribution is not changing with
respect to the adopted system, (see Figure 4.65).
r
ω
reference system fixed in space
Figure 4.65
Problem 4.44
Consider a homogeneous cylinder of radius r and height h = 3r with total mass equal to
m , (see Figure 4.66). Find the inertia tensor for the cylinder related to the system Ox1′ x ′2 x3′ .
The system Ox1′ x 2′ x3′ is given by the rotation of the system Ox1′′x 2′′ x3′′ of 45º along the axis
x1′′ . The systems Gx1 x 2 x3 and Ox1′′x 2′′ x3′′ have the same orientation.
Hint: For the reference system Gx1 x 2 x3 we know the inertia tensor components and are
given by:
1 2 2
12 m(3r + h ) 0 0
mr 2
2 0 0
1
I G ij = 0 m(3r 2 + h 2 ) 0 = 0 2 0
12 2
1 2 0 0 1
0 0 mr
2
x3
x3′′
x3′ G x2
x1 h = 3r
r x2′
rG
45º
O x2′′
x1′′, x1′
Figure 4.66
Solution:
We can obtain the inertia tensor related to the system Ox1′′x ′2′ x3′′ by means of the Steiner
theorem, (see equation (4.158) in Problem 4.39). After that, we can obtain the components
due to a rotation by means of the equation (4.163), (see Problem 4.43).
By means of the equations in (4.159):
I11 I12 I13 x 22 + x32 − x1 x 2 − x1 x3
I ′O′ ij = I12 I 22 I 23 + m − x1 x 2 x12 + x32 − x2 x3 (4.164)
I I 23 I33 −x x − x2 x3 x12 + x 22
13 1 3
where ( x1 , x 2 , x 3 ) are the coordinates of the center of mass with respect to the system
r 3
Ox1′′x ′2′ x3′′ , and by consider the vector rG = x1eˆ 1′′ + x2eˆ ′2′ + x3eˆ ′3′ = 0eˆ 1′′ + r eˆ ′2′ + r eˆ ′3′ , we can
2
obtain:
2 3 2
r + ( 2 r ) 0 0
2 0 0 34 0 0
mr 2 2 3 2 3 mr 2
I′O′ ij = 0 2 0 + m 0 0 + ( 2 r ) ( r )( 2 r ) = 4 0 13 − 6
2
0 0 1 0 − 6 6
0
3
( r )( 2 r ) [02 + r 2 ]
Considering the transformation matrix from the Ox1′′x ′2′ x3′′ -system to the Ox1′ x ′2 x3′ -system:
1 0 0
A = 0 cos 45º sin 45º
0 − sin 45º cos 45º
Problem 4.45
r r r r r r r
Taking into account the angular momentum H O = m x ∧ v + I ⋅ ω = m x ∧ v + H G , (see
Problem 4.39),find the rate of change of the angular momentum in such a way that we do
not need to calculate at each instant of time the inertia tensor.
r
r r ϕ
ω - angular velocity of the body HG r
r r ω
ϕ - angular velocity of the system x *
x3′
x2*
r x3*
HO x1*
x3
G x 2′
r
x
O x2 x1′
G - center of mass
x1
Figure 4.67
Thus,
r
D ( H O ) r& r r r&
≡ HO = m x ∧ a + HG (4.165)
Dt
r r
where a is the acceleration of the center of mass. Next, we will discuss the term H& G . We
adopt the mobile system x1′ x ′2 x3′ but with fixed orientation in space which is parallel to the
r
fixed system x1 x 2 x3 , (see Figure 4.67). By expressing the components of I and ω in the
system x1′ x ′2 x3′ , we can obtain:
r
r r D ( H G′ ) r& & r r&
H G′ = I ′ ⋅ ω′
→ rate of change
≡ H G′ = I ′ ⋅ ω′ + I ′ ⋅ ω ′
Dt
r
Note that, as the solid is rotating with respect to the system x ′ the inertia tensor changes,
r
since the mass distribution is changing with respect to the system x ′ . Then, at each time
step we have to calculate the inertia tensor. This procedure is very laborious. To solve this
r
problem, we adopt a new system x * , which has origin at the center of mass, (see Figure
4.67). By means of the component transformation law, the following is true:
r r r r
H G* = A ⋅ H G′ ; H G′ = A T ⋅ H G*
r r r r
(components) ω * = A ⋅ ω ′ ; ω ′ = A T ⋅ ω *
*
I O = A ⋅ I O′ ⋅ A I O′ = A T ⋅ I O* ⋅ A
T
;
r r
where A is the transformation matrix from the x ′ -system to x * -system.
r r
The rate of change of H G′ = A T ⋅ H G* becomes:
D r
Dt
r&
H G′ ≡ H G′ =
D
Dt
[ r
] r r&
A T ⋅ H G* = A& T ⋅ H G* + A T ⋅ H G* (4.166)
By analogy with the rate of change of the orthogonal tensor, (see Chapter of the textbook),
we can conclude that Ω = A& ⋅ A T ⇒ A& T = A T ⋅ Ω T , where Ω T is the antisymmetric
r
tensor and represents the rate of change of rotation of the system x * with respect to the
r
system x ′ . Then, we can express (4.166) as follows:
r& r r& r r&
H G′ = A T ⋅ Ω T ⋅ H G* + A T ⋅ H G* = A T ⋅ Ω T ⋅ H G* + H G* (components) (4.167)
r r r r
Resorting to the antisymmetric tensor property such that Ω T ⋅ H G* = ϕ ∧ H G* , where ϕ is
r r
the axial vector associated with the antisymmetric tensor Ω T , i.e. ϕ = ϕ (t ) is the angular
r
velocity of the rotating system x * . Proving that (4.167) can still be written as follows:
r& r r& r r r&
H G′ = A T ⋅ Ω T ⋅ H G* + H G* = A T ⋅ ϕ * ∧ H G* + H G* (components) (4.168)
where
r*
r&
H G* =
Dt
[
I ⋅ω =
Dt
]
D * r * DI * r *
⋅ ω + I * ⋅ Dω
Dt
DI *
The term is equal to zero when one of the two possibilities holds:
Dt
DI * r r r
1) = 0 if the system x * is attached to the solid. In this case, the equation ϕ = ω
Dt
holds, i.e. the mobile system velocity is equal to the angular velocity of the solid.
DI *
2) = 0 if the solid rotates around a prismatic axis, (see Figure 4.65 in Problem 4.43).
Dt
NOTE 1: The equation in (4.168) can be rewritten as follows:
r& r r r&
H G′ = A T ⋅ ϕ * ∧ H G* + H G*
r& r* r& * (components) (4.169)
T r* r * r * r& *
⇒ A ⋅ H G = A ⋅ A ⋅ ϕ ∧ H G + H G = ϕ ∧ H G + H G
′
r r r
Note that the term A ⋅ H& G′ are the components of H& G′ in the system x * , and note also
r r
that A ⋅ H& G′ ≠ H& G* , then:
r * r r
A ⋅ H& ′ = H& * + ϕr * ∧ H * (components) (4.170)
G G G
r r
DH G DH G r r
= + ϕ ∧ HG (tensorial notation) (4.171)
Dt
f Dt r
r
DH G r
where represents the rate of change of H G with respect to the fixed system,
Dt f
r
DH G r
Dt represents the rate of change of H G with respect to the rotating system with an
r
r
angular velocity ϕ .
NOTE 2: The equation in (4.171) is valid for any vector, (see Figure 4.68), i.e. the rate of
r r
change of the vector b respect to the fixed system x ′ is equal to the rate of change of the
r r
vector b respect to the rotating system x * plus the vector product between angular
r
velocity of the system ( ϕ which is associated to the antisimetric tensor Ω T ) and the vector
r
b:
r r r
Db Db r Db r r
Dt =
+ Ω T
⋅ b =
Dt + ϕ ∧b (4.172)
fixed Dt rotating rotating
r r r
Dϕ Dϕ r r Dϕ
Note also that = +ϕ1
∧ϕ =
2r3 Dt
.
Dt f Dt r r
=0
r r
b ϕ
x3′
x2*
x3*
x1*
x 2′
x1′
Figure 4.68
NOTE 3: Note that the equation (4.172) is the convective rate, (see Chapter on The
C
r r r
Objectivity of Tensors in the textbook), which is defined by a = a& + l T
⋅ a , where
C
r r r r r
l = D + W , then a = a& + l T ⋅ a = a& + (D + W) T ⋅ a . Recall from Chapter 2 (Chaves (2013))
1
[ ]
that W = R ⋅ U& ⋅ U −1 − U −1 ⋅ U& ⋅ R T + R& ⋅ R T holds. And if we are considering rigid solid
2
Cr r r
motion we have D = 0 , U& = 0 , and W = Ω = R& ⋅ R T , with that we obtain a = a& + Ω T ⋅ a .
NOTE 4: Let us expose a simple example to obtain Ω T . Let us assume that the êi -system
is rotating according to the êi -system, (see Figure 4.69), and to obtain Ω T we procedure
as follows. The transformation matrix from êi to êi is given by:
cos θ sin θ 0
A = − sin θ cos θ 0 (4.173)
0 0 1
d (cosθ ) d (sin θ )
0
& θ& cosθ 0 − sin θ
− θ sin θ cos θ
dt dt 0
d (A ) d (sin θ ) d (cosθ )
&
≡ A = − 0 = − θ& cos θ − θ& sin θ 0 = θ& − cos θ − sin θ 0
dt dt dt
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
r
where ϕ is the axial vector associated with the antisymmetric tensor Ω T .
ϕ 3 = θ&
ê3
ê2 ê3
ê1
θ ê 2
ê1
Figure 4.69
r r
mA x
X2 r
X x2
x1
r
c
O
X1
X3
Figure 4.70
Problem 4.46
r
Show that the acceleration at a fixed system a f can be expressed as:
r r r r r r r
a f = ar + 2(ω ∧ v r ) + ω ∧ (ω ∧ x ) (4.174)
r r
where a r and v r are, respectively, the acceleration and the velocity of a particle with
r
respect to an observer that is rotating with the system x * , (see Figure 4.68). Consider also
r r r
that ϕ = ω is the angular velocity of the system x * , which is constant with time.
Solution:
We use directly the equation in (4.172) to obtain the velocity:
r r
Dx Dx r r r r r r
= +ω∧ x ⇒ v f = vr + ω ∧ x
Dt f Dt r
We apply the same definition to the above equation in order to obtain the acceleration, i.e.:
r r r r r r r
Dv f D[v r + ω ∧ x ] D[v r + ω ∧ x ] r r r r
= = + ω ∧ [v r + ω ∧ x ]
Dt f Dt f Dt r
r r r
r Dv D[ω ∧ x ] r r r r r
af = r + + ω ∧ v r + ω ∧ (ω ∧ x )
Dt r Dt r
r r r
r Dv Dω r r Dx r r r r r
af = r + ∧ x + ω ∧ + ω ∧ v r + ω ∧ (ω ∧ x )
Dt r Dt r Dt r
r r r& r r r r r r r r
a f = a r + ω ∧ x + ω ∧ v r + ω ∧ v r + ω ∧ (ω ∧ x )
r r r& r r r r r r
a f = ar + ω ∧ x + 2(ω ∧ v r ) + ω ∧ (ω ∧ x )
r r
As we are assuming angular velocity constant ω& = 0 , i.e. the angular acceleration is zero,
with that we obtain the equation in (4.174). Then, we can conclude:
r r r& r r r r r r
a f = ar + ω ∧ x + 2(ω ∧ vr ) + ω ∧ (ω ∧ x ) (4.175)
Note that to obtain the above equation we have not used any principle of conservation.
The above equation is just relating the acceleration in a fixed system in function of
parameters defined in the rotating system.
r r r r r r r r r
NOTE 1: Using the identity a ∧ (b ∧ c ) = (a ⋅ c )b − (a ⋅ b )c , (see Problem 1.17), we can
r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r
conclude that ω ∧ (ω ∧ x ) = (ω ⋅ x )ω − (ω ⋅ ω ) x = (ω ⋅ x )ω − ω x . Note that, if ω = ω3ê 3 ,
2
(see Figure 4.71), and also if we adopt the system ( ê r , êθ , ê3 ) and taking into account that
r r r r r r r r r 2r r 2r
ω ⋅ r = 0 we can obtain the following equation ω ∧ (ω ∧ r ) = (ω ⋅ r )ω − ω r = − ω r ,
which is the centripetal acceleration, (see Problem 2.57). Earth rotates at a rate
rad 2π rad rad r r r
ω3 = 2π = ≈ 0.727 × 10− 4 . Note that the term ω ∧ (ω ∧ x ) is very small
day 86400 s s
r r
compared with the term 2(ω ∧ vr ) .
x3 , z
r
ω = ω3ê 3
ω3
ê3
r
x3 r êθ
r
x ê r
φ
x2 , y
x1 , x
Figure 4.71
r r
NOTE 2: The term 2(ω ∧ v r ) was established by Gustave-Gaspard Coriolis in 1835, and
r r
is associated with the fictitious force called Coriolis force. Next, we will represent 2(ω ∧ v r )
in the system eˆ ′i , (see Figure 4.71).
ω3
N
ê′2
ê′3
Latitude
r ê1′
x
eˆ 3 , eˆ ′2′
φ
eˆ 2 , eˆ 1′′
Equator
eˆ 1 , eˆ ′3′
Figure 4.72
The transformation law from ê i to eˆ ′i is given by:
eˆ 1′ 0 1 0 eˆ 1 0 1 0
ˆ
e′2 = − sin φ 0 cosφ eˆ 2 ⇒ B = − sin φ 0 cosφ
(4.176)
eˆ ′ cosφ 0 sin φ eˆ cosφ 0 sin φ
3 3
r
ω = ω3 cos(φ )eˆ ′2 + ω3 sin(φ )eˆ ′3
ω3 ω3ê3
N
ê′2
ê′3
S
Figure 4.73
r r
The term 2(ω ∧ v r ) can be obtained as follows:
eˆ 1′ eˆ ′2 eˆ ′3
r r
2(ω ∧ vr ) = 0 ω3 cos(φ ) ω3 sin(φ )
vr1 vr 2 vr 3 (4.177)
= 2eˆ 1′ [ω3 cos(φ )vr 3 − ω3 sin(φ )vr 2 ] − 2eˆ ′2 [− ω3 sin(φ )vr1 ] + 2eˆ ′3 [− ω3 cos(φ )vr1 ]
= 2[ω3 cos(φ )vr 3 − ω3 sin(φ )vr 2 ]eˆ 1′ + 2[ω3 sin(φ )vr1 ]eˆ ′2 − 2[ω3 cos(φ )vr1 ]eˆ ′3
The term f = 2ω3 sin(φ ) is known as Coriolis parameter. To small value of vr 3 the above
equation reduce to:
r
Dv r r r
= −2(ω ∧ v r ) = [2ω3 sin(φ )vr 2 ]eˆ 1′ + [− 2ω3 sin(φ )vr1 ]eˆ ′2 = [ f vr 2 ]eˆ 1′ + [− f vr1 ]eˆ ′2
Dt r
Dv r 1
Dt = f vr 2
⇒
Dv r 2 = − f v
Dt r1
dx '1 t3
= vr1 = ω3 g cos(φ )t 2 integratin
g → x'1 = ω3 g cos(φ ) + C2
dt 3
1
Note also that C2 = 0 , so, the above equation becomes: x'1 = ω3 g cos(φ )t 3 .
3
1 2 2h
As the body is falling from height h we can state that h = gt ⇒ t = , with that the
2 g
above equation becomes:
3
1 ω g 2h 2
x'1 = ω3 g cos(φ )t 3 = 3 cos(φ )
3 3 g
NOTE 4: Acceleration due to sphericity
Local system ê1′ (east)- ê′2 (north)- ê′3 (radially upward)
N – North
N S – South
N
ê′2 E – East
r ê′3
r W – West
Latitude
E
W ê1′
r S
x r r
ê3 r = x cosφ
φ ê3
ê1 ê 2
θ
Equator
ê1
S Pole
ê3 r dθ r dθ
v r1 = r = x cosφ ( ê1′ )
vr 2 dt dt
N
NP
r ê′2
r ê′3
r
x
φ S ê2
NP
r v r1
r E
θ
ê1′
SP
W
r dφ
vr 2 = x ( ê′2 ) ê1
dt
Figure 4.75
Previously we have obtained the transformation matrix from êi to êi , (see equation
(4.173)):
cos θ sin θ 0
A = − sin θ cosθ 0 (4.179)
0 0 1
and the transformation matrix from ê i to eˆ ′i , (see equation (4.176)), is given by:
0 1 0
B = − sin φ 0 cosφ
(4.180)
cosφ 0 sin φ
which is an antisymmetric matrix, as expected. Notice that according to Figure 4.75 the
dθ v dφ v r 2
following relationships θ& ≡ = r r1 and φ& ≡ = r hold.
dt x cosφ dt x
We apply the definition, (see equation (4.171)),
r r
Dv
=
Dv r r
Dt + ϕ ∧ vr
f Dt r
r r r
Note also that Ω T ⋅ v r = ϕ ∧ v r holds, so:
Problem 4.47
Consider the rigid body in motion in which there are no forces acting on the body and also
consider a torque-free motion. a) Show the Euler’s equations of motion:
I1ω & 1 = ω2 ω3 (I 2 − I3 )
I 2 ω
& 2 = ω1ω3 (I3 − I1 ) Euler’s equations of motion (4.184)
I ω
3 & 3 = ω1ω2 (I1 − I 2 )
where Ii are the principal moment of inertia related to the system G xyz whose origin is at
r
the center of mass G , ωi are the components of the body angular velocity ( ω ), and
Dωi
ω
&i ≡ denotes the time derivative of the angular velocity.
Dt
b) Show that the kinetic energy is constant.
Solution:
The governing equations for a rigid body motion, (see Problem 4.38), are:
r r r r&
∑ F = ma and ∑ MG = HG
r r
ω - angular velocity of the body HG r r
r r ϕ =ω
ϕ - angular velocity of the system x
x3′
x1 , x2 , x3 - principal axes of inertia x2
x3
x1
G x 2′
x1′
G - center of mass
Figure 4.76
r
In Problem 4.45 we have obtained an efficient equation in order to calculate H& G , (see
r r
equation (4.171)), and by considering ϕ = ω we can obtain:
r r r
DH G DH G r r DH G r r
= +ϕ ∧ H G = +ω ∧ H Gxyz
Dt Dt Dt
f r r
For this problem we have:
I 1 0 0 ω1
(I Gxyz ) ij = 0 0
r
I2 ; (ω ) i = ω 2
0 0 I 3 ω
3
Note that we are already considering that the system Gxyz is the principal inertia axis.
The angular momentum:
r r r r
H Gxyz = I Gxyz ⋅ ω components
→ ( H Gxyz ) i = (I Gxyz ) ij (ω ) j
r
( H Gxyz ) 1 I 1 0 0 ω1 I 1 ω1
r
( Hr Gxyz ) 2 = 0 I2 0 ω 2 = I 2 ω 2
( H I 3 ω 3 I 3 ω 3
Gxyz ) 3 0 0
eˆ 1 eˆ 2 eˆ 3
r r
ω ∧ H Gxyz = ω1 ω2 ω3
I 1 ω1 I 2 ω2 I 3 ω3
= (ω 2 I 3 ω 3 − ω 3 I 2 ω 2 )eˆ 1 + (ω 3 I 1 ω1 − ω1 I 3 ω 3 )eˆ 2 + (ω1 I 2 ω 2 − ω 2 I 1 ω1 )eˆ 3
= ω 2 ω 3 (I 3 − I 2 )eˆ 1 + ω1 ω 3 (I 1 − I 3 )eˆ 2 + ω1 ω 2 (I 2 − I 1 )eˆ 3
Components:
ω2 ω3 (I3 − I 2 )
r r
{ω ∧ H Gxyz }i = ω1ω3 (I1 − I3 )
ω ω (I − I )
1 2 2 1
With that we can calculate
r
DH G r r r r
= H& Gxyz + ω ∧ H Gxyz = 0
Dt
f
whose components are:
I1ω& 1 ω2ω3 (I3 − I 2 ) 0
r& r r r
{H Gxyz }i + {ω ∧ H Gxyz }i = {0 }i ⇒ I 2 ω
& 2 + ω1ω3 (I1 − I3 ) = 0
I ω
3 & 3 ω1ω2 (I 2 − I1 ) 0
I1ω& 1 = ω2ω3 (I 2 − I3 )
⇒ I 2ω
& 2 = ω1ω3 (I3 − I1 )
I ω
3 & 3 = ω1ω2 (I1 − I 2 )
b) The kinetic energy for rigid body motion, (see equation (4.161) in Problem 4.42), is
given by:
1 1r r
K(t ) = mv 2 + ω ⋅ I ⋅ ω
2 2
Since the origin of the adopted system is at G (mass center) we have v = 0 , with that we
can obtain:
I 1 0 0 ω1
1 1
K(t ) = ω k I kj ω j = [ω1
2 2
ω2 ω 3 ] 0 I2
1
[
0 ω 2 = I1 ω12 + I 2 ω 22 + I 3 ω 32
2
]
0 0 I 3 ω 3
And the rate of change of the kinetic energy becomes:
D
Dt
K(t ) = K& (t ) =
1 D
2 Dt
[ 1
] [
I1ω12 + I 2 ω22 + I 3ω32 = 2ω1 I1ω
2
& 1 + 2ω 2 I 2 ω
& 2 + 2ω3I 3ω
&3 ]
= ω1 I1ω & 1 + ω2I 2 ω
& 2 + ω3I 3ω
&3
If we consider the Euler’s equation (4.184) the above equation becomes:
K& (t ) = ω1 I1ω& 1 + ω2I 2 ω& 2 + ω3I3ω& 3 = ω1 ω2ω3 (I 2 − I3 ) + ω2ω1ω3 (I3 − I1 ) + ω3ω1ω2 (I1 − I 2 )
= ω1 ω2 ω3 (I 2 − I3 + I3 − I1 + I1 − I 2 )
=0
with that we have shown that the kinetic energy is constant for any problem which is
governed by Euler’s equations of motion.
Problem 4.48
Obtain a simplified form of the rigid body governing equations for the particular case:
a) Rigid body rotation around a fixed axis without forces.
Solution:
We will consider the fixed system OX 1 X 2 X 3 and we will adopt the rotation axis by the X 3 -
axis, (see Figure 4.77), and the mobile system Ox1 x2 x3 is attached to the body.
X 3 , x3 r r
X1 ϕ = ω = ω 3 eˆ 3 = ω 3 Eˆ 3
x1
ω3
r
ω - angular velocity of the body
x2 r r
ϕ - angular velocity of the system x
O
X2
Figure 4.77
r r
And we need to calculate the vector ω ∧ H Oxr :
eˆ 1 eˆ 2 eˆ 3
r r
ω ∧ H Oxr = 0 0 ω 3 = I O 23 ω 32 eˆ 1 − I O 13 ω 32 eˆ 2
− I O 13 ω 3 − I O 23 ω 3 I O 33 ω 3
thus
& 3 I O 23ω32 I O 23ω32 − IO13ω
− I O13ω &3
r&
& 3 + − I O13ω32 = − I O13ω32 − I O 23ω
( H O ) i = − I O 23ω & 3
I ω 0 IO 33ω
O 33 & 3
&3
r r&
By applying ∑ M O = H O we can obtain the following set of equations:
∑M O1 ≡ ∑M X = I O 23ω32 − IO13ω
&3
∑M O2 ≡ ∑M Y
2
= − IO13ω3 − I O 23ω&3
∑M O3 ≡ ∑M Z = I O 33ω
&3
NOTE: If the body is prismatic and if we adopt the prismatic axis the same as the rotating
axis the above equations reduce to:
∑M O1 ≡ ∑M X =0
∑M O2 ≡ ∑M Y =0
∑M O3 ≡ ∑M Z = I O 3ω
&3
since the system Ox1 x2 x3 is principal axes of inertia, (see Figure 4.78).
z
I O 1 0 0
x
ω3 I Gxyz = 0 IO 2 0
0 0 I O 3
IO1 = I O 2
G
Figure 4.78
Problem 4.49
A rigid body consists of two masses m at each extremity of the weightless rod of length
2l . The rod is inclined about θ respect to the vertical line and rotates with angular
velocity ω as indicated in Figure 4.79.
a) Find the angular momentum of the body;
r
b) Find the torque ( ∑ M ) in order to maintain the rotation.
θ
l
Figure 4.79
Solution:
We apply the governing equations for a rigid solid motion, (see Problem 4.38). We will
adopt the fixed system in space OXYZ and a mobile system Oxyz which is attached to the
body, (see Figure 4.80).
Y
r
ω ω = ωJˆ
r
ω= ω
m
y
r
θ ω
l
X
Z≡z
l
m
Figure 4.80
H Oz 0 0 2ml 2 0 0
r
⇒ H O = 0ˆi + [2ml 2 ω sin(θ )] ˆj + 0kˆ
r
The torque ∑ M can be evaluated as follows:
r r& r& r r
∑ M = H O = ( H O ) Oxyz + ϕ ∧ H O
r& r r r
We can observe that (H O ) Oxyz = 0 and ϕ = ω hold, then:
ˆi ˆj kˆ
r r& r r
∑ M = H O = ω ∧ H O = − ω cos(θ ) ω sin(θ ) 0
0 2ml 2 ω sin(θ ) 0
r r&
⇒ ∑ M = H O = −ω cos(θ )2ml ω sin(θ )kˆ = −ω ml sin(2θ )kˆ
2 2 2
Y
r
ω = −ω cos(θ )ˆi + ω sin(θ )ˆj + 0kˆ
ω
r
H = 0ˆi + [ 2ml 2ω sin(θ )] ˆj + 0kˆ
O
m
y
r
θ ω r
l HO
X
Z≡z
l
m
Figure 4.81
H Ox 0
H = 2ml 2ω sin(θ )
Oy
H Oz 0
Problem 4.50
A gyroscope consists of an outer gimbal, inner gimbal and a rotor with mass m , (see
Figure 4.82). The outer gimbal can rotate about the Z -axis defining the angle φ
(precession angle), the inner gimbal can rotate about the y -axis defining the angle θ
(nutation angle), the rotor can rotate about the z -axis defining the angle ψ (rotation
angle). The angles ( φ , θ , ψ ) are called Euler angles.
Obtain the governing equations for the gyroscope.
φ - precession angle
Precession axis Z θ - nutation angle
ψ - rotation angle
θ
φ&
z - spin axis
outer gimbal
inner gimbal
ψ&
O θ&
φ ψ Y
rotor
x
X
Figure 4.82
Consider the inertia tensor components of the rotor related to the system Oxyz as follows:
I′ 0 0
(I Oxr )ij = 0 I′ 0
0 0 I
Solution:
We will adopt the orthonormal basis of the fixed system OXYZ by ( Î , Ĵ , K̂ ), and for the
mobile system Oxyz we will adopt the orthonormal basis ( î , ĵ , k̂ ).
Angular velocity of the rotor is given by, (see Figure 4.83):
r
ω = φ& K
ˆ + θ& ˆj + ψ& kˆ
Z
z
− φ& sin(θ )
Figure 4.83
The governing equations for a rigid solid motion are given by:
r r r r&
∑F =ma and ∑M O = HO
r
where H& O can be calculated by means of
r r
r& DH O DH Oxr r r
H O ≡ =
+ ϕ ∧ H Oxr
Dt OXr Dt Oxr
Angular momentum:
r r r r
H Oxr = I Oxr ⋅ ω components
→ ( H Oxr )i = (IOxr )ij (ω) j
r
( H Oxr )1 I′ 0 0 − φ& sin(θ ) − I′φ& sin(θ )
r r θ&
I′θ&
( Hr Ox )2 = 0 I′ 0 =
( H r ) 0 0 I [ψ& + φ& cos(θ )] I [ψ& + φ& cos(θ )]
Ox 3
and its rate of change can be obtained as follows:
r
( H& r ) − I′φ& sin(θ ) − I′[φ
&& sin(θ ) + φ& cos(θ )θ& ]
r& Ox 1 D
( H Oxr ) 2 = I′θ& = I′θ&&
( Hr& r ) Dt I [ψ& + φ& cos(θ )] I D [ψ& + φ& cos(θ )]
Ox 3 Dt
Note that due to the symmetry of the rotor, the inertia tensor does not change over time
respected to the system Oxyz .
r r r
We need to calculate the vector ϕ ∧ H Oxr , where ϕ is the angular velocity of the rotating
system Oxyz . Note that the mobile system can rotate about the K̂ -axis and about the ĵ -
axis, and cannot rotate about the k̂ -axis, (see Figure 4.83), then, the angular velocity of the
mobile system can be given by:
r
ϕ = φ& Kˆ + θ& ˆj
= [−φ& sin(θ ) ˆi + φ& cos(θ )] kˆ ] + θ& ˆj
= −φ& sin(θ ) ˆi + θ& ˆj + φ& cos(θ ) kˆ
ˆi ˆj kˆ
r r
ϕ ∧ H Oxr = − φ& sin(θ ) θ& φ& cos(θ )
− I′φ& sin(θ ) I′θ& I [ψ& + φ& cos(θ )]
= {θ& I [ψ& + φ& cos(θ )] − φ& I′θ& cos(θ )}ˆi − {−Iφ& sin(θ ) [ψ& + φ& cos(θ )] + φ& I′φ& sin(θ ) cos(θ )}ˆj
+ {−I′θ& φ& sin(θ ) + I′θ& φ& sin(θ )}kˆ
∑M O1 ≡ ∑M x
&& sin(θ ) + 2φ& θ& cos(θ )] + I θ& [ψ& + φ& cos(θ )]
= −I′[φ
∑M O2 ≡ ∑M y = I′ [θ&& − φ& 2 sin(θ ) cos(θ )] + Iφ& sin(θ ) [ψ& + φ& cos(θ )] (4.185)
D & &
∑M O3 ≡ ∑M z =I
Dt
[ψ + φ cos(θ )]
r
(ω) 1 ω x − φ& sin(θ )
r
(ω ) 2 = ω y = 0
(ωr & &
) 3 ω z [ψ + φ cos(θ )]
The equations in (4.185) become:
∑M O1 ≡∑M x =0
∑M O2 ≡ ∑M y = −I′ φ& 2 sin(θ ) cos(θ ) + Iφ& sin(θ ) [ψ& + φ& cos(θ )]
14 4244 3
=ω z
∑ M O3 ≡∑ Mz = 0
∑ M O1 ≡ ∑M x =0
⇒ ∑ M O2 ≡ ∑M y = [I ω z − I′ φ& cos(θ )] φ& sin(θ )
M
∑ O3 ≡ ∑M z =0
Steady precession
Z
θ θ
φ& = constant z
ψ&
r
ϕ = φ& K̂ r
ωz k̂
ω
ψ& k̂
ωx = −φ& sin(θ ) y
r
∑M O
Problem 5.2
Consider an elastic material in which the energy density (energy per unit volume) is known
and is given by:
408 SOLVING PROBLEMS BY MEANS OF CONTINUUM MECHANICS
1
Ψ ( I E , II E ) = (λ + 2 µ )I E2 − 2 µ II E
2
where λ and µ are material constants, I E = I E (E ) and II E = II E (E ) are, respectively, the
first and second principal invariants of the Green-Lagrange strain tensor. Obtain the
constitutive equations for this problem. Also obtain the explicit expression for the
constitutive equations in terms of λ , µ , I E and II E .
Formulary
I E = I E ( E ) = Tr ( E ) ; II E = II E ( E ) =
1
2
[ ] ∂I
( TrE ) 2 − Tr ( E 2 ) ; E = 1 ;
∂E
∂ II E
∂E
= Tr ( E )1 − E T .
Solution:
According to the problem, the energy density is only a function of the Green-Lagrange
strain tensor. We know that the general expressions for the constitutive equations for a
simple thermoelastic material are:
ψˆ = ψ ( E , T )
∂ψ ( E , T )
S = ρ0
∂E
∂ψ ( E , T )
η (E ,T ) = −
∂T
r r
qˆ 0 = q0 ( E , T , ∇ Xr T )
Considering the equation for the given energy density, we can conclude that the problem is
independent of temperature, since the energy density equation is not a function of
temperature. Then, the remaining constitutive equation is the one related to stress, i.e.:
∂ψ ( E ) ∂Ψ ( I E , II E ) ∂Ψ ( I E , II E ) ∂I E ∂Ψ ( I E , II E ) ∂ II E
S = ρ0 = = +
∂E ∂E ∂I E ∂E ∂ II E ∂E
2
(
= (λ + 2 µ )I E (1) + (−2 µ ) Tr ( E )1 − E T )
2
By simplifying the above equation, and taking into account that E T = E , I E = Tr (E ) , we
can obtain:
S = λI E 1 + 2 µE
Problem 5.3
1
Consider the specific Gibbs free energy G(S, T ) = ψ ( E , T ) − S : E as constitutive
ρ0
equation for energy for thermoelastic materials. Obtain the remaining constitutive
equations for thermoelastic materials, which is based on the principle that G(S, T ) does
not depend on the temperature gradient.
Solution:
We start from the Clausius-Duhem inequality in terms of specific Helmholtz free energy in
the reference configuration:
1r
S : E& − ρ 0 [ψ& + T&η ] − q0 ⋅ ∇ Xr T ≥ 0 (5.1)
T
Taking into account the specific Gibbs free energy we can obtain the rate of change:
Note that S& : E = E : S& holds. The above inequality suggests that for a variation of Gibbs
free energy we must have the following relationships: Strain for “variation” of stress,
Entropy for a variation of temperature, and heat conduction in terms of temperature
gradient.
& (S , T ) can also be expressed as follows:
The term G
DG(S, T ) & ∂G(S, T ) & ∂G(S , T ) &
≡ G(S, T ) = :S + T
Dt ∂S ∂T
and by replacing the above equation into the equation in (5.2) we can obtain:
& (S, T ) − E : S& − ρ T&η − 1 q r
− ρ 0G 0 ⋅∇ XT ≥ 0
r
0
T
∂G(S, T ) & ∂G(S, T ) & 1r
⇒ −ρ 0 :S − ρ0 T − E : S& − ρ 0T&η − q0 ⋅ ∇ Xr T ≥ 0 (5.3)
∂S ∂T T
∂G(S, T ) ∂G(S , T ) 1 r
⇒ − ρ 0 + E : S& − ρ 0 + η T& − q0 ⋅ ∇ Xr T ≥ 0
∂S ∂T T
The above inequality must be satisfied for any admissible thermodynamic process. Let us
r r
now consider the process such that T& = 0 (isothermal process), and q 0 = 0 (adiabatic
process), then the above entropy inequality becomes:
∂G(S, T )
−ρ0 + E : S& ≥ 0 (5.4)
∂S
Note that the above inequality must also be met for any thermodynamic process. Then if in
the current process the condition in (5.4) is met, we can apply another process such that
S& = −S& , in which the entropy inequality (5.4) is violated. Thus, the only way in which the
inequality in (5.4) is satisfied is when:
∂G(S, T ) ∂G(S, T )
ρ0 +E =0 ⇒ E = −ρ 0
∂S ∂S
Then if we take into account the above equation into the inequality (5.3), we can obtain:
∂G(S, T ) ∂G(S, T ) 1r
−ρ0 + E : S& − ρ 0 + η T& − q0 ⋅ ∇ Xr T ≥ 0
∂S ∂T T
(5.5)
∂G(S, T ) 1r
⇒ −ρ 0 + η T& − q0 ⋅ ∇ Xr T ≥ 0
∂T T
r
Now let us consider a process where ∇ Xr T = 0 (uniform temperature field), then the
inequality becomes:
∂G(S , T )
− ρ 0 + η T& ≥ 0
∂T
Starting from this point, we could apply another process where T& = −T& , in which the
entropy inequality is violated. Thus, the only way in which the above inequality is satisfied
is when:
∂G(S, T ) ∂G(S, T )
+η=0 ⇒ η=−
∂T ∂T
Then, the constitutive equations are:
Constitutive equation for energy G = G(S, T )
∂G(S , T ) ∂g(S , T )
Constitutive equation for strain E = − ρ 0 =
∂S ∂S
(5.6)
∂G(S, T )
Constitutive equation for entropy η = −
∂T
r r
Constitutive equation for heat conduction q0 = q0 (∇ Xr T )
where g(S, T ) = −ρ 0 G(S, T ) . Note that the free variables are (S , T ) .
Problem 5.4
Show that for an isothermal adiabatic process and with no rate of change of stress the
specific Gibbs free energy cannot increase.
Solution:
We start directly from the inequality in (5.3):
r
& (S, T ) − E : S& − ρ T&η − 1 q
− ρ 0G 0 ⋅∇ XT ≥ 0 (5.7)
r
0
T
r r
Taking into account the isothermal adiabatic process we have T& = 0 , q0 = 0 , and with no
rate of change of stress the equation S& = 0 holds. With that the inequality in (5.7)
becomes:
& (S, T ) ≥ 0
− ρ 0G (5.8)
Note that ρ 0 > 0 is always positive, then to satisfy the above inequality the condition
& (S, T ) ≤ 0 must hold.
G
Problem 5.5
Find the governing equations for a continuum solid which has the following features:
Isothermal and adiabatic processes; an infinitesimal strain regime and a linear elastic
relationship between stress and strain.
b) Once the stress-strain linear relationship has been established, find the equation in which
σ (ε ) is a tensor-valued isotropic tensor function.
Solution:
When we are dealing with isothermal and adiabatic processes, temperature and entropy play
no role.
In an infinitesimal strain regime, the following is satisfied:
r
Strain tensors: E ≈ e ≈ ε = ∇ sym u
Stress tensors: P ≈ S ≈ σ
F ≈1 ; ∇ Xr ≈ ∇ xr ≈ ∇ ; ρ ≈ ρ 0 . If we take this approach, mass density is no
longer unknown ( ρ& = 0 ).
Then, taking into account the fundamental equations:
The Fundamental Equations of Continuum Mechanics
(Current configuration)
The Mass Continuity Equation Dρ r
+ ρ (∇ xr ⋅ v ) = 0 (5.9)
(The principle of conservation of mass) Dt
The Equations of Motion r r
(The principle of conservation of linear ∇ xr ⋅ σ + ρ b = ρ v& (5.10)
momentum)
Cauchy Stress Tensor symmetry
(The principle of conservation of angular σ = σT (5.11)
momentum)
The Energy Equation r
ρ u& = σ : D − ∇ xr ⋅ q + ρr (5.12)
(The principle of conservation of energy)
The Entropy Inequality r 1 1 1 r
ρη& ( x, t ) + σ : D − ρ u& − 2 q ⋅ ∇ xr T ≥ 0 (5.13)
(The principle of irreversibility) T T T
the remaining equations for the proposed problem are:
1) The equations of motion
r r
∇ ⋅ σ + ρ b = ρ v&
2) The energy equation (reference configuration):
r r r
ρ 0 u&( X , t ) = S : E& − ∇ Xr ⋅ q 0 + ρ 0 r ( X , t ) ⇒ ρu& = σ : ε&
Du D
where u& is the specific internal energy, and the relationship = [ψ + Tη ] = ψ& holds,
Dt Dt
where ψ is the specific Helmholtz free energy. Note also that
ρψ& = Ψ& e = σ : ε&
where Ψ e is the strain energy density, in which Ψ& e = ρ& ψ + ρψ& = ρψ& . Then if we bear in
mind the entropy inequality, we can observe that the proposed problem is characterized by
a process without any energy dissipation (an elastic process), i.e. all stored energy caused by ε
will recover when ε = 0 .
3) For this problem, the constitutive equations described in Problem 5.1 become:
ψ = ψ (ε )
∂ψ (ε ) ∂Ψ e (ε )
S≈σ=ρ = = σ (ε )
∂ε ∂ε
Energy ( ψ ) and stress are only functions of strain. Then, if we calculate the rate of change
∂ψ (ε ) &
of the Helmholtz free energy, i.e. ψ& (ε ) = : ε , and by substituting it into the equation
∂ε
D ( ρψ ) D (Ψ ) & e e
ρψ& = = = Ψ = σ : ε& , we can obtain:
Dt Dt
∂ψ (ε ) & ∂Ψ& e (ε ) & ∂Ψ e (ε )
ρ :ε = : ε = σ : ε& ⇒ σ=
∂ε ∂ε ∂ε
Thus, we can conclude that the energy equation is a redundant one, i.e. if the stress is
known the energy can be evaluated and vice-versa. So, we can summarize the governing
equations for the problem proposed as follows:
The equations of motion:
r r &r& (3 equations)
∇ ⋅ σ + ρb = ρv& = ρu
The constitutive equations for stress:
∂Ψ e (ε ) (5.14)
σ (ε ) = (6 equations)
∂ε
Kinematic equations:
r
ε = ∇ symu (6 equations)
r
The unknowns of the proposed problem are: σ (6), u (3) and ε (6), making a total of 15
unknowns and 15 equations, so the problem is well-posed. Then, to achieve the unique
solution of the set of partial differential equations given by (5.14) one must introduce the
initial and boundary conditions, hence defining the Initial Boundary Value Problem (IBVP) for
the linear elasticity problem. The initial and boundary conditions for this problem are:
The displacement boundary condition, on S u :
r r r r r r
u( x , t ) =u* ( x , t ) ui ( x , t ) = u*i ( x , t ) (5.15)
The stress boundary condition, on S σ :
r r r r
σ ( x , t ) ⋅ nˆ = t * ( x , nˆ , t ) σ jk nˆ k = t *j ( x, t ) (5.16)
The initial conditions ( t = 0 ):
r r r
u( x , t = 0) = u0 r r
r r u i ( x , t = 0) = u 0 i ( x )
∂u0 ( x , t ) r r r r r (5.17)
= u& 0 ( x , t ) = v0 ( x ) u& 0 i ( x ) = v 0 i
∂t t =0
In the particular case when we are dealing with a static or quasi-static problem, the
r r
equations of motion become the equilibrium equations ( ∇ ⋅ σ + ρ b = 0 ), and the initial
conditions become redundant.
B Sσ
Su
r r
dV t * ( x)
r r r
u*
ρ b( x )
n̂
In subsection 1.6.1 The Tensor Series (Chapter 1-textbook, Chaves (2013)), we have seen
that we can approach a tensor-valued tensor function by means of the following series:
1 1 ∂σ (ε 0 ) 1 ∂ 2 σ (ε 0 )
σ (ε ) ≈ σ (ε 0 ) + : (ε − ε 0 ) + (ε − ε 0 ) : : (ε − ε 0 ) + L
0! 1! ∂ε 2! ∂ε ⊗ ∂ε
∂σ (ε 0 ) 1 ∂ 2σ (ε 0 )
≈ σ0 + : ( ε − ε 0 ) + (ε − ε 0 ) : : (ε − ε 0 ) + L
∂ε 2 ∂ε ⊗ ∂ε
Then, by considering the application point ε 0 = 0 and σ (ε 0 ) = σ 0 = 0 , and also taking
into account that the relationship σ - ε is linear, higher order terms can be discarded, thus:
∂σ (ε 0 ) ∂ 2Ψ e (ε 0 ) ∂σij ∂ 2Ψ e (ε 0 )
σ (ε ) = :ε = : ε = Ce : ε σij = ε kl = e
ε kl = Cijkl ε kl
∂ε ∂ε ⊗ ∂ε ∂ε kl ∂εij ∂ε kl
∂ 2Ψ e (ε )
where C e = is a symmetric fourth-order tensor which is known as the elasticity
∂ε ⊗ ∂ε
tensor, which contains the material mechanical properties.
Note that, the energy equation has to be quadratic with which we can guarantee that the
∂Ψ e (ε )
relationship σ - ε is linear, since σ (ε ) = . We can also use series expansion to
∂ε
represent the strain energy density as follows:
1 1 ∂Ψ e (ε 0 ) 1 ∂ 2Ψ e (ε 0 )
Ψ e ( ε ) = Ψ e (ε 0 ) + : ( ε − ε 0 ) + (ε − ε 0 ) : : (ε − ε 0 ) + L
0! 1! ∂ε 2! ∂ε ⊗ ∂ε
1 ∂ 2Ψ e (ε 0 )
= Ψ e0 + σ 0 : (ε − ε 0 ) + (ε − ε 0 ) : : (ε − ε 0 ) + L
2 ∂ε ⊗ ∂ε
1 ∂ 2Ψ e (ε 0 ) 1
= ε: : ε = ε : Ce : ε
2 ∂ε ⊗ ∂ε 2
where we have also considered that ε 0 = 0 ⇒ Ψ e0 = 0 , σ 0 = 0 .
NOTE 1: Although the energy equation is a redundant one, at the time of establishing an
analytical or numerical method to solve the problem, we will always start from energy
principles, hence the importance of studying the energy equation in a system.
NOTE 2: Analyzing C e :
e
Note that, according to the equation σ ij = C ijkl ε kl and due to the symmetry of σ ij = σ ji
e
and ε kl = ε lk , the tensor C e has minor symmetry, i.e. C ijkl = C ejikl = C ijlk
e
= C ejilk . Note also
that:
∂ 2Ψ e (ε ) ∂ 2Ψ e (ε )
Ceijkl = = = C eklij (major symmetry)
∂ε ij ∂ε kl ∂ε kl ∂εij
NOTE 3: To better illustration of the problem established here, let us consider a particular
case (a one-dimensional case) in which the stress and strain components are given by:
σ 0 0 ε 0 0
σ ij = 0 0 0 ; ε ij = 0 0 0 ⇒ σ11 = C1111
e
ε11 ⇒ σ = Eε
0 0 0 0 0 0
In this case, the stress-strain linear relationship becomes σ = Eε (Hooke’s law) and the
1 1 ∂ 2Ψ e ∂σ
strain energy density is given by Ψ e = σε = εEε , and = = E , (see Figure 5.2).
2 2 ∂ε∂ε ∂ε
Current state
Ψ e (ε) σ(ε)
1 1
Ψ e = εEε = σε σ
2 2
Ψe Stored energy
1
Ψ e = σε
E 2
1
σ0 = 0
Ψ e0 = 0 ε ε ε0 = 0 ε ε
NOTE 4: Here it should be pointed out that in the case of elastic processes the
constitutive equation σ (ε ) is only dependent on the current value of ε , i.e. it is
independent of the deformation history. ■
b) The tensor-valued tensor function σ (ε ) is isotropic if the following is satisfied:
Ψ e (ε′kl ) = Ψ e (ε kl ) ⇒ σ′ij (ε′kl ) = σij (ε′kl )
Then, taking into account that the relationship σ - ε is given by σij (ε ) = Ceijkl ε kl (indicial
notation), we can conclude that:
σ′ij (ε′kl ) = σij (ε′kl ) ⇒ C′ijkl
e
ε′kl = Cijkl
e
ε′kl ⇒ C′ijkl
e
= Ceijkl
NOTE 5: Figure 5.3 shows the stress-strain relationship for an isotropic material. Note
that, for an isotropic linear elastic material in an infinitesimal strain regime the constitutive
equation for stress becomes σ (ε) = (λ1 ⊗ 1 + 2µ I) : ε = λTr(ε)1 + 2µ ε :
∂Ψ e (ε )
σ (ε ) = linear
→ σ (ε ) = C e : ε isotropic
→ σ (ε ) = λTr (ε )1 + 2 µε
14424 ∂4
ε3
Elastic
It should be emphasized here that due to the fact that the C e -components are independent
of the coordinate system, the tensors σ and ε share the same principal space
(eigenvectors), (see Figure 5.3).
σ ′22 ′
σ11
′
σ12 x1′
σ′ij = C ′ijkl
e
ε ′kl P
σ′ij = a ip a jq σ pq
ε ′22 ′
ε12 ′
ε11 ε ′ij = a ip a jq ε pq
e
ε 22 σ ij = C ijkl ε kl σ 22
ε12 σ12
ε11 σ11
P P
P
x1
ε ′22
′
σ′ij′ = C ′ijkl
′ e ε ′kl′
P
′′
ε11
σ ′22
′
Principal space
P
Isotropic material
′′
σ11
Ceijkl = C′ijkl
e
= C′ijkl
′e
Ψ e (ε′kl ) = Ψ e (ε kl ) x1′′
Ψ e + Ψ e = σε
b) Non-linear elastic material.
Complementary strain energy density - Ψ e (σ)
σ(ε)
σ0 = 0 ε
ε0 = 0 ε
NOTE 8: Taking into account the constitutive equation for stress for an isotropic linear
elastic material σ (ε ) = λTr (ε )1 + 2 µε and considering the additive decomposition of the
Tr (ε )
tensor into a spherical and deviatoric parts, i.e. ε = ε sph + ε dev = 1 + ε dev , we can
3
obtain:
Tr (ε )
σ (ε ) = λTr (ε )1 + 2 µε = λTr (ε )1 + 2 µ (ε sph + ε dev ) = λTr (ε )1 + 2 µ 1 + ε dev
3
2µ
= λ + Tr (ε )1 + 2 µε dev = κ Tr (ε )1 + 2 µε dev = σ sph + σ dev
3
σ33 σm dev
σ 33
σ 23 σ 23
σ13 σ 23 = + σ13 σ 23
σ13 σ13
σ12 σ 22 σm σ12 σ dev
22
σ12 σ12
σ11 σm dev
σ11
ε 33 εm dev
ε 33
ε13
ε 23
ε 23
= + ε 13
ε 23
ε 23
ε13 ε13
ε12 ε 22 εm ε 12 ε dev
22
ε12 ε 12
ε11 εm dev
ε 11
Recall that, if we are dealing with small deformation regime, the volume ratio (dilatation) is
given by:
dV − dV 0 ∆V
εv = = = ε 11 + ε 22 + ε 33 = Tr (ε ) = I ε
dV0 dV0
2µ
And if we take the trace of σ (ε ) = λ + Tr (ε )1 + 2 µε we can obtain:
dev
3
2µ
σ : 1 = λ + Tr (ε )1 : 1 + 2 µε dev : 1
3
2µ Tr (σ ) 2µ
⇒ Tr (σ ) = 3 λ + Tr (ε ) ⇒ = σ m = λ + εv
3 3 3
y y τ xy y
p
σx σx
τ xy p
x x x
σx τ xy p ε v -volumetric
strain
E µ =G κ
1 1 1
εx γ xy εv
NOTE 9: In the laboratory the parameters (λ, µ ) are not the more appropriated to be
obtained. Next we try to rewrite the constitutive equation in terms of other parameters.
Recall that the reverse form of the constitutive equation σ (ε ) = λTr (ε )1 + 2 µε was
obtained in Problem 1.98 which is:
1 λ 1 λ
ε= σ− Tr (σ )1 indicial
→ ε ij = σ ij − (σ11 + σ 22 + σ 33 )δ ij
2µ 2 µ ( 2 µ + 3λ ) 2µ 2 µ ( 2 µ + 3λ )
Notice also that the normal stress components σ11 , σ 22 , and σ33 only produce normal
strain components. Let us consider a particular case in which we only have the normal
stress σ11 , σ 22 = 0 , σ 33 = 0 , then:
ε 11 ε 12 ε 13 σ11 0 0 1 0 0
ε 1 λ(σ11 )
21 ε 22 ε 23 = 0 0 0 − 0 1 0
2µ 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ )
ε 13 ε 23 ε 33 0 0 0 0 0 1
µ (3λ + 2 µ )
where we have denoted by E = , which is known as Young’s modulus, or
(λ + µ )
longitudinal elastic modulus.
As expected, due to the material isotropy, the influence of σ11 upon ε 22 and ε 33 is the
same, and we can also obtain:
−λ −λ µ (3λ + 2 µ ) −λ
ε 22 = σ11 = ε11 = ε11 = −ν ε11
2 µ (2 µ + 3λ ) 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ ) (λ + µ ) 2(λ + µ )
−λ −λ µ (3λ + 2 µ ) −λ
ε 33 = σ11 = ε11 = ε11 = −ν ε11
2 µ (2 µ + 3λ ) 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ ) (λ + µ ) 2(λ + µ )
λ
where we have denoted by ν = , which is known as Poisson’s ratio. And the
2(λ + µ )
Poisson’s ratio can assume − 1.0 < ν < 0.5 , (see Problem 1.92). Note that
λ 2νµ
ν= ⇒λ = and if we replace it into the equation of E we can obtain:
2(λ + µ ) (1 − 2ν )
2νµ 2ν 6ν
3 + 2 µ 3 + 2 µ + 2
µ (3λ + 2 µ ) (1 − 2ν ) (1 − 2ν ) (1 − 2ν )
E= =µ =µ =µ
(λ + µ ) 2νµ 2ν 2ν
+ µ + 1 µ + 1
(1 − 2ν ) (1 − 2ν ) (1 − 2ν )
6ν + 2(1 − 2ν )
(1 − 2ν )
=µ = 2 µ (1 + ν )
2ν + (1 − 2ν )
(1 − 2ν )
thus:
E 2νµ νE
G=µ= and λ= =
2(1 + ν ) (1 − 2ν ) (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν )
The physical interpretation of µ comes next, (see Figure 5.6). Let us suppose a stress state
in which is acting just the component σ12 , with that and according to the equation in (5.19)
we can obtain the only strain not equal to zero:
1
ε12 = ε 21 = σ12 ⇒ σ12 = µ 2ε12 ⇒ τ xy = µ γ xy = G γ xy ∴ G=µ
2µ {
τ xy
{
γ xy
νE E νE E
σ= Tr (ε )1 + ε σij = ε kkδ ij + ε ij (5.24)
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) (1 + ν ) (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) (1 + ν )
2µ 2µ
σ = κ − Tr (ε )1 + 2 µε σ ij = κ − ε kkδ ij + 2 µε ij (5.25)
3 3
and
−λ 1 −λ 1
ε= Tr (σ )1 + σ εij = σ kkδ ij + σij (5.26)
2 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 2µ 2 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 2µ
−ν 1+ν −ν 1+ν
ε= Tr (σ )1 + σ ε ij = σ kkδ ij + σij (5.27)
E E E E
2 µ − 3κ 1 2 µ − 3κ 1
ε = Tr (σ )1 − σ ε ij = σ kk δ ij − σ ij (5.28)
18κµ 2µ 18κµ 2µ
and that the elasticity tensor for isotropic material can be written as follows:
C e = λ1 ⊗ 1 + 2 µI
νE E
Ce = 1 ⊗1 + I
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) (1 + ν ) Elasticity tensor (5.29)
1
C e = κ1 ⊗ 1 + 2 µ I − 1 ⊗ 1
3
and:
−1 −λ 1
Ce ≡ De = 1 ⊗1 + I
2 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 2µ
−1 −ν (1 + ν )
Ce ≡ De = 1 ⊗1 + I Elastic compliance tensor (5.30)
E E
−1 1 1 1
Ce ≡ De = 1 ⊗1 + I − 1 ⊗ 1
9κ 2µ 3
where I ≡ I sym is the symmetric unit fourth-order tensor. In the International System of
Units we have [G ] = [ µ ] = [λ] = [ κ] = [ E ] = Pa , and ν is a dimensionless quantity.
Problem 5.6
In tensile testing we have evaluated the following points:
Point σ( Pa ) ε(×10 −3 )
1 6.67 0.667
2 13.3 1.33
3 20 2
4 24 3
5 22 3 .6
Calculate Young’s modulus ( E ) and define the stress-strain curve limit points.
Solution: First, we verify that the first three points maintain the same proportionalities:
σ (1) σ ( 2 ) σ ( 3) 20
E= = ( 2 ) = ( 3) = = 10 000 Pa = 10 kPa
ε (1)
ε ε 2 × 10 −3
The stress-strain curve can be appreciated in Figure 5.7, in which we define the following
points: σ e - the proportionality point; σ Y - the yield point; σ u - the ultimate strength
point; and σ r - the rupture strength point.
σ(Pa ) 30
σu
25 σY σr
3; 24
σe 3.6; 22
20 2; 20
15
1.33; 13.3
10
0.667; 6.67
5
E E
0 0; 0
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4
0 . 2% −3
ε(×10 )
Problem 5.7
Show that the strain energy density, for an isotropic linear elastic material, can be written as
follows:
1
a) Ψ e (ε ) = (λ + 2 µ ) I ε2 − 2 µ II ε (5.31)
2
or
(λ + µ ) 1
b) Ψ e (σ ) = I σ2 − II σ (5.32)
2 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 2µ
or
κ
Ψ e (ε ) = [Tr (ε )]2 + 1
µ 42
ε dev : ε dev
4 43 4
c) 2
14243 (5.33)
purely distortional
purely volumetric energy
energy
or
1 1
Ψ e (σ ) = I σ2 + J2
d) 6(3λ + 2 µ ) 2µ (5.34)
144244 3 123
purely volumetric purely distortional
energy energy
Solution:
1
a) Taking into account the strain energy Ψ e = ε : σ and σ (ε ) = λTr (ε )1 + 2 µε , (see
2
equation (5.23)), we can obtain:
1 1
Ψ e = ε : σ = ε : [λTr (ε )1 + 2 µε ]
2 2
1 1 1 (5.35)
= λTr (ε ) 1 1 + µ ε : ε = λ[Tr (ε )] + µ ε : ε = λI ε2 + µ ε : ε
2
ε2:3
2 Tr (ε )
2 2
Taking into account the definition of the second invariant and the symmetry of ε we can
obtain:
1
II ε =
2
[ ] [
1
2
1
2
] [ 1
] [
[ Tr (ε )] 2 − Tr (ε 2 ) = I ε2 − Tr (ε ⋅ ε ) = I ε2 − Tr (ε ⋅ ε T ) = I ε2 − ε : ε
2
] (5.36)
2
⇒ ε : ε = I ε − 2 II ε
Then, the equation in (5.35) can be rewritten as follows:
1 1 1
Ψ e = λI ε2 + µ ε : ε = λI ε2 + µ ( I ε2 − 2 II ε ) = (λ + 2 µ ) I ε2 − 2 µ II ε
2 2 2
1
b) Taking into account the strain energy density Ψ e = ε : σ and
2
−λ 1
ε= Tr (σ )1 + σ , (see equation (5.26)), we can obtain:
2 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 2µ
1 1 −λ 1
Ψ e = ε :σ = Tr (σ )1 + σ : σ
2 2 2 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 2µ
−λ 1 −λ
= Tr (σ ) 1
σ2 :31+ σ:σ = [Tr (σ )]2 + 1 σ : σ (5.37)
4 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) Tr ( σ )
4µ 4 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 4µ
−λ 1
= I σ2 + σ:σ
4 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 4µ
According to the equation (5.36) we can conclude that σ : σ = I σ2 − 2 II σ , with that the
above equation becomes:
−λ 1 −λ 1
Ψe= I σ2 + σ:σ = I σ2 + ( I σ2 − 2 II σ )
4 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 4µ 4 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 4µ
(λ + µ ) 1
= I σ2 − II σ
2 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 2µ
1 2µ
c) Taking into account the strain energy Ψ e = ε : σ and σ = κ − Tr (ε )1 + 2 µε , (see
2 3
equation (5.25)), we can obtain:
1 1 2µ
Ψ e = ε : σ = ε : κ − Tr (ε )1 + 2 µε
2 2 3
(5.38)
1 2µ κ µ
1 + µ ε : ε = − [Tr (ε )] + µ ε : ε
2
= κ− Tr (ε ) 1
ε2
:3
2 3 Tr (ε ) 2 3
If we consider that a second-order tensor can be split additively into a spherical and
Tr (ε )
deviatoric parts, i.e. ε = ε sph + ε dev = 1 + ε dev , the expression ε : ε can be written as:
3
Tr (ε ) Tr (ε )
ε :ε = 1 + ε dev : 1 + ε dev
3 3
2
Tr (ε ) Tr (ε ) Tr (ε ) dev
= 1 :1 + 1 : ε dev + ε : 1 + ε dev : ε dev (5.39)
3 3 3
=
[Tr(ε)]2 + ε dev : ε dev
3
where we have applied that 1 : 1 = 3 , 1 : ε dev = ε dev : 1 = Tr (ε dev ) = 0 (the trace of any
deviatoric tensor is zero). With that the equation in (5.38) becomes:
κ µ κ µ [Tr (ε )]2
Ψ e = − [Tr (ε )]2 + µ ε : ε = − [Tr (ε )]2 + µ + ε dev : ε dev
2 3 2 3 3
κ
= [Tr(ε)]2 + µ ε dev : ε dev
2
d) To show the equation (5.34) we will use the strain tensor defined in (5.26),
−λ 1
ε= Tr (σ )1 + σ . Then, the strain energy density can be written as:
2 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 2µ
1 1 −λ 1
Ψ e = ε :σ = Tr (σ )1 + σ : σ
2 2 2 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 2µ
(5.40)
−λ 1 −λ
= Tr (σ ) 1
12:3 σ + σ :σ = [Tr (σ )]2 + 1 σ : σ
4 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) Tr ( σ )
4µ 4 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 4µ
Note that σ : σ =
[Tr(σ )]2 + σ dev : σ dev holds, (see equation (5.39)). Taking into account
3
the equation of the second invariant of a second-order tensor we can obtain:
1 −1
[ Tr (σ dev )] 2 − Tr (σ dev ) =
2 2
II σ dev = Tr (σ dev )
2
2
−1 −1 − 1 dev
Tr (σ dev ⋅ σ dev ) = Tr (σ dev ⋅ σ dev ) =
T
= σ : σ dev
2 2 2
where we have used that: the trace of the deviatoric tensor is zero Tr (σ dev ) = 0 , the
symmetry of the tensor σ dev = σ dev , and trace property Tr ( A ⋅ B T ) = A : B . Then, we can
T
obtain:
σ :σ =
[Tr(σ )]2 + σ dev : σ dev = [Tr(σ )]2 − 2 II =
[Tr(σ )]2 + 2J
σ dev 2
3 3 3
By substituting the above equation into the equation in (5.40), we can obtain:
−λ
Ψe= [Tr(σ )]2 + 1 σ : σ
4 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 4µ
−λ 1 [Tr (σ )]
2
= [ ]2
Tr (σ ) + + 2J 2
4 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 4 µ 3
−λ 1 1
= + [Tr (σ )]2 + J2
4 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 12 µ 2µ
1
= [Tr(σ )]2 + 1 J 2
6(3λ + 2 µ ) 2µ
Problem 5.8
Write in Voigt notation: a.1) the strain energy density and, a.2) the constitutive equations in
stress for an isotropic linear elastic material: a.2.1) in terms of ( λ , µ ) and, a.2.2) in terms of
Eν E
( E , ν ) where λ = and µ = . b) Write the infinitesimal strain tensor
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) 2(1 + ν )
ε in Voigt notation such as {ε } = [ L(1) ]{u } where {u } is the displacement field, obtain the
matrix [ L(1) ] .
c) Write the equations of motion in Voigt notation.
Solution:
a.1) The strain energy density (Ψ e (ε) -scalar) can be expressed as follows:
1 1 1 1
Ψ e (ε ) = ε : C e : ε = ε : σ = σ : ε = σ ij ε ij
2 2 2 2
where we have used σ = C e : ε . Note that
σ ij ε ij = σ1 j ε1 j + σ 2 j ε 2 j + σ 3 j ε 3 j
123 123 123
σ11ε11 σ 21ε 21 σ31ε31
+ + +
σ12ε12 σ22ε 22 σ32ε32
+ + +
σ13ε13 σ23ε 23 σ33ε33
thus
1 1
Ψ e (ε) = σij εij = (σ11ε11 + σ 22 ε 22 + σ 33ε 33 + 2σ12 ε12 + 2σ 23ε 23 + 2σ13ε13 )
2 2
and
ε11
ε
22
1 1 ε 33 1
Ψ e (ε) = σij εij = [σ11 σ22 σ33 σ12 σ 23 σ13 ] = {σ } {ε }
T
2 2 2 ε12 2
2ε 23
2ε13
Then, the tensors σ and ε in Voigt notation are stored as follows:
σ11 ε11
σ ε
22 22
σ33 ε33
{σ } = ; {ε } =
σ12 2ε12
σ23 2ε 23
σ13 2ε13
a.2.1) The constitutive equation for stress in Voigt notation is:
σ11 λ + 2 µ λ λ 0 0 0 ε11
σ λ λ + 2µ λ 0 0 0 ε 22
22
σ33 λ λ λ + 2µ 0 0 0 ε33
σ = C e : ε Voigt
→ = ⇒ {σ } = [C ] {ε }
σ12 0 0 0 µ 0 0 2ε12
σ23 0 0 0 0 µ 0 2ε 23
σ13 0 0 0 0 0 µ 2ε13
(5.41)
More detail about this formulation is provided in Problem 1.98 in Chapter 1 where we
have also obtained
1 λ
ε= σ− Tr (σ )1
2µ 2µ ( 2µ + 3λ )
and
µ +λ −λ −λ
µ ( 2 µ + 3λ ) 0 0 0
2 µ ( 2 µ + 3λ ) 2 µ ( 2 µ + 3λ )
−λ µ +λ −λ
ε11 0 0 0 σ11
2 µ ( 2 µ + 3λ ) µ ( 2 µ + 3λ ) 2 µ ( 2 µ + 3λ )
σ 22
ε 22 −λ −λ µ +λ
0 0 0
ε 33 2 µ ( 2 µ + 3λ ) 2 µ ( 2 µ + 3λ ) µ ( 2 µ + 3λ ) σ 33
= 1
2ε12 0 0 0 0 0 σ12 (5.42)
2ε 23 µ σ 23
1
2ε13 0 0 0 0 0 σ13
µ
1
0 0 0 0 0
µ
{ε } = [ C ]−1 {σ }
a.2.2) Note that
Eν E E
λ + 2µ = +2 = (1 − ν )
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) 2(1 + ν ) (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν )
E
λ= ν
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν )
E E (1 − 2ν )
µ= =
2(1 + ν ) (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) 2
then, the equation (5.41) can be rewritten as follows:
(1 − ν ) ν ν 0 0 0
σ
11 0 ε11
σ ν (1 − ν ) ν 0 0
22 ν ν (1 − ν ) 0 0 0 ε 22
σ 33 E (1 − 2ν ) ε
= 0 0 0 0 0 33 (5.43)
σ (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) 2 2ε12
(1 − 2ν )
12
σ 23 0 0 0 0 0 2ε 23
2
σ13 (1 − 2ν ) 2ε13
0 0 0 0 0
2
Note that
Eν E E
λ+µ = + =
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) 2(1 + ν ) 2(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν )
E E Eν E2
µ (2 µ + 3λ) = 2 +3 =
2(1 + ν ) 2(1 + ν ) (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) 2(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν )
λ+µ E 2(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) 1
= =
µ (2 µ + 3λ) 2(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) E2 E
λ Eν (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) ν
= =
2 µ (2 µ + 3λ) (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) E2 E
1 2(1 + ν ) 1
= = 2(1 + ν )
µ E E
Then, the equation (5.42) becomes:
ε11 1 −ν −ν 0 0 σ11
0
− ν
ε 22 1 −ν 0 0 0 σ 22
ε 33 1 − ν −ν 1 0 0 0 σ 33
= (5.44)
2ε12 E 0 0 0 2(1 + ν ) 0 0 σ12
2ε 23 0 0 0 0 2(1 + ν ) 0 σ 23
2ε13 0 0 0 0 0 2(1 + ν ) σ13
∂u1 ∂
∂x ∂x 0 0
1 1
∂u 2 ∂
ε11 0 0
ε ∂x2
∂x2
22 ∂u3 0 ∂ u
0 1
ε
{ε } = 33 = ∂u ∂x3∂u = ∂ ∂
∂x3
u
2
⇒
r r
{ε ( x )} = [ L(1) ]{u ( x )}
2ε12 1 + 2 0 u
2ε 23 ∂x2 ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x1 3
∂u ∂u ∂ ∂
2ε13 2 + 3 0
∂x2
∂x3 ∂x2 ∂x3
∂u1 + ∂u3 ∂ ∂
0
∂x
3 ∂x1 ∂x3 ∂x1
∂u ∂
∂x ∂x 0 0
∂v ∂
ε11 ε x 0 0
ε ∂y ∂y
22 ε y ∂w ∂ u
ε ε 0 0
{ε } = 33 = z = ∂u ∂z ∂v = ∂ ∂
∂z v
⇒
r r
{ε ( x )} = [ L(1) ]{u ( x )} (5.45)
2ε12 γ xy + 0 w
2ε 23 γ yz ∂y ∂x ∂y ∂x
∂v ∂w ∂ ∂
2ε13 γ xz + 0
∂z ∂y ∂z ∂y
∂u + ∂w ∂ 0
∂
∂z ∂x ∂z ∂x
r r r
c) Let us consider the equations of motion, ∇ ⋅ σ + ρ b = ρ v& = ρ u
&& , (see equation (5.14)), in
indicial notation σ ij , j + ρ b i = ρ u
&& i and its explicit form:
σ ij , j + ρb i = σ i1,1 + σ i 2, 2 + σ i 3,3 + ρb i = ρu
&& i
∂σ11 ∂σ12 ∂σ13
+ + + ρb1 = ρu&&1
σ11,1 + σ12, 2 + σ13,3 + ρb1 = ρu &&1 ∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3
∂σ 21 ∂σ 22 ∂σ 23
⇒ σ 21,1 + σ 22, 2 + σ 23,3 + ρb 2 = ρu&& 2 ⇒ + + + ρb 2 = ρu&& 2
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3
σ 31,1 + σ 32, 2 + σ 33,3 + ρb 3 = ρu 3
&&
∂σ 31 ∂σ 32 ∂σ 33
+ + + ρb 3 = ρu&& 3
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3
Then, if we consider the stress tensor in Voigt notation, the above set of equations
becomes:
σ
∂ ∂ ∂ 11
0 0 0
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3 σ22 ρb ρu &&
0 ∂ ∂ ∂ σ33 1 1
0 0 + ρb 2 = ρu
&&2
∂x2 ∂x1 ∂x3 σ
&&
∂ σ ρb3 ρu3
12
∂ ∂ (5.46)
0 0 0 23
∂x3 ∂x2 ∂x1 σ
13
Problem 5.9
Consider an isotropic homogeneous linear elastic material described in Problem 5.5.
Obtain the governing equation so as to result in a system of three equations and three
unknowns, namely: u1 , u 2 , u 3 , (Displacement Formulation – established by Navier (1827)).
Solution:
As we have seen in Problem 5.5, the governing equations, for an isotropic linear elastic
material in small deformation regime, are:
Tensorial notation Indicial notation
The equations of motion: The equations of motion:
r r &r& (3 equations)
∇ ⋅ σ + ρ b = ρ v& = ρ u σ ij , j + ρ b i = ρ u
&& i (3 equations)
The constitutive equations for stress: The constitutive equations for stress:
(5.47)
σ = λTr (ε )1 + 2 µε (6 equations) σ ij = λε kk δ ij + 2µ ε ij (6 equations)
Note that, if the mechanical properties λ and µ are constants throughout the medium, i.e.
r ∂λ
if they do not vary with x (homogeneous material) we can obtain λ , j ≡ = 0 j and
∂x j
∂µ
µ,j ≡ = 0 j . We can also express the terms ε kk ,i and ε ij, j in function of displacements.
∂x j
For this, we use the kinematic equations:
1 ∂u i ∂u j 1
ε ij =
2 ∂x j
+
∂xi 2
( )
≡ u i , j + u j ,i divergence 1
→ ε ij , j = u i , jj + u j ,ij
2
( )
Note that
∂ 2ui ∂ ∂ui r r r
= ≡ ui , jj ≡ [∇ ⋅ (∇u)]i ≡ [∇ 2u]i (Laplacian of the vector u )
∂x j ∂x j ∂x j ∂x j
∂ 2u j ∂ 2u j ∂ ∂u j r
≡ u j , ji ≡ [∇ (∇ ⋅ u)]i
u j ,ij ≡ = =
∂x j ∂xi ∂xi ∂x j ∂xi ∂x j
1 ∂u k ∂u k ∂u k
ε kk = + = gradient
≡ u k ,k → ε kk ,i = u k ,ki = u j , ji
2 ∂x k ∂x k ∂x k
σ ij , j = λε kk ,i + 2µ ε ij , j = λu j , ji + 2µ
1
2
( )
u i , jj + u j , ji = (λ + µ )u j , ji + µ u i , jj
σ ij , j + ρ b i = ρ &u& i
⇒ (λ + µ )u j , ji + µ u i , jj + ρ b i = ρ u
&& i
(λ + µ )u j , ji + µu i , jj + ρb i = ρu
&&i
Navier’s equations (5.49)
r r r
&r&
(λ + µ )[∇ (∇ ⋅ u)] + µ [∇ ⋅ (∇u)] + ρb = ρu
or:
∂ ∂u1 ∂u 2 ∂u 3 ∂ 2u ∂ 2 u1 ∂ 2 u1
(λ + µ ) + + + µ 21 + + + ρ b1 = ρ u
&&1
∂x1 ∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x3 ∂x ∂x 22 ∂x32
1
∂ ∂u1 ∂u 2 ∂u 3 ∂ 2u 2 ∂ 2u 2 ∂ 2u 2
λ µ µ
∂x 2 + ∂x 2 + ∂x 2 + ρ b 2 = ρ u 2
( + )
∂x + +
+ &&
∂x 2 1 ∂ x 2 ∂ x 3 1 2 3
(λ + µ ) ∂ ∂u1 + ∂u 2 + ∂u 3 + µ ∂ u 3 + ∂ u 3 + ∂ u 3 + ρ b = ρ u
2 2 2
&& 3
∂x ∂x ∂x ∂x ∂x 2 ∂ x 2
∂x 2 3
3 1 2 3 1 2 3
NOTE 2: The above set of equations in matrix form becomes [ A]{u} = {p} , where:
∂2 D2 ∂2 ∂2
(λ + µ ) 2 + µ∇ − ρ 2 (λ + µ ) (λ + µ )
2
∂x1 Dt ∂x1∂x2 ∂x1∂x3
∂ 2
∂2 D2 ∂2
[A] = (λ + µ ) (λ + µ ) + µ∇ 2
− ρ (λ + µ ) ,
∂x 2 ∂x1 ∂x22 Dt 2 ∂x2 ∂x3
∂2 ∂2 ∂2 D2
(λ + µ ) (λ + µ ) (λ + µ ) 2 + µ∇ − ρ 2
2
u1 ρb1
{u} = u 2 , and {p} = ρb 2 .
u ρb
3 3
r r ∂ ∂ ∂2 ∂2 ∂2 ∂2 ∂2 ∂2
Note that ∇ 2 = (∇ ) ⋅ (∇ ) = = + + = 2 + 2 + 2 . The matrix
∂xk ∂xk ∂x1∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x3 ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
[A] can also be written as follows:
∂2 D2 ∂2 ∂2
(λ + µ ) 2 + µ∇ − ρ 2 (λ + µ ) (λ + µ )
2
∂x1 Dt ∂x1∂x2 ∂x1∂x3
∂ 2
∂2 D2 ∂2
[A] = (λ + µ ) (λ + µ ) + µ∇ 2 − ρ 2 (λ + µ )
∂x2 ∂x1 2
∂x2 Dt ∂x2 ∂x3
∂2 ∂2 ∂2 D2
(λ + µ ) (λ + µ ) (λ + µ ) 2 + µ∇ − ρ 2
2
The above equation could have been easily obtained by means of the equation in (5.49),
i.e.:
(λ + µ )u j , ji + µu i , jj + ρb i = ρ&u&i
⇒ (λ + µ )u k ,ki + µu k , jjδ ik + ρb i = ρu
&& kδ ik
⇒ (λ + µ )u k ,ki + µu k , jjδ ik − ρu
&& kδ ik = − ρb i
⇒ (λ + µ )u k ,ki + ( µu k , jj − ρu
&& k )δ ik = − ρb i
∂u k ∂ 2u k D 2u k
⇒ (λ + µ ) + µ δ ik = − ρb i
−ρ
∂xk ∂xi ∂xk ∂xk Dt 2
∂ ∂ 2
D
2
⇒ (λ + µ ) + µ − ρ 2 δ ik u k = − ρb i
∂xk ∂xi ∂xk ∂xk Dt
NOTE 3: We have shown in Problem 1.106 (Chapter 1) that the following is true:
r r r r r
∇ ∧ (∇ ∧ a) = ∇ (∇ ⋅ a) − ∇ 2 a indicial
→ ilq qjk a k , jl = a j , ji − a i , jj
Then, we can obtain
r r r r r r
∇ ⋅ (∇u) ≡ ∇ 2 u = ∇ (∇ ⋅ u) − ∇ ∧ (∇ ∧ u) indicial
→ u i , jj = u j , ji − ilq qjk u k , jl
with which the equation (5.49) can also be written as follows:
(λ + µ )u j , ji + µui , jj + ρbi = ρu
&&i
⇒ (λ + µ )u j , ji + µ (u j , ji − ilq qjk u k , jl ) + ρbi = ρu
&&i
⇒ (λ + 2 µ )u j , ji − µilq qjk uk , jl + ρbi = ρu
&&i
and the equivalent in tensorial notation:
r r r
&r&
(λ + µ )[∇ (∇ ⋅ u)] + µ [∇ ⋅ (∇u)] + ρb = ρu
[ ]
r r r r r r
&r&
⇒ (λ + µ )[∇ (∇ ⋅ u)] + µ ∇ (∇ ⋅ u) − ∇ ∧ (∇ ∧ u) + ρb = ρu
[ ]
r r r r r
⇒ (λ + 2 µ )[∇ (∇ ⋅ u)] − µ ∇ ∧ (∇ ∧ u) + ρb = ρu &r& (5.50)
[ ]
r r r r r
⇒ (λ + 2 µ )[∇ (∇ ⋅ u)] − µ ∇ ∧ (∇ ∧ u) + ρb = ρu &r&
⇒ (λ + 2 µ )u j , ji − µ ilq qjk u k , jl + ρb i = ρu
&& i
In the Cartesian System we have:
r
u = u i eˆ i = u1 eˆ 1 + u 2 eˆ 2 + u 3 eˆ 3
r r r r ∂u ∂u ∂u ∂u ∂u ∂u
(∇ ∧ u) ≡ rot (u) = (rot (u) )i eˆ i = 3 − 2 eˆ 1 + 1 − 3 eˆ 2 + 2 − 1 eˆ 3
x 2 ∂x3
1∂442r443
x3 ∂x1
1∂442r443
x1 ∂x 2
1∂442r443
= (rot (u) )1 = (rot (u) )2 = (rot (u) )3
r r r r r r
r r r ∂ (rot (u) )3 ∂ (rot (u) )2 ∂ (rot (u) )1 ∂ (rot (u) )3 ∂ (rot (u) )2 ∂ (rot (u) )1
∇ ∧ (∇ ∧ u) = − eˆ 1 +
∂x − eˆ 2 +
− eˆ 3
∂x 2 ∂x 3 3 ∂x1 ∂x1 ∂x 2
r r
∂ (rot (u) )3 ∂ (rot (u) )2 ∂ ∂u 2 − ∂u1 − ∂ ∂u1 − ∂u 3
− ∂x ∂x
∂x 2r ∂x3 2 1 ∂x 2 ∂x3 ∂x3 ∂x1
r
∂ (rot (u) ) ∂ (rot (u) )3 ∂ ∂u 3 ∂u 2 ∂ ∂u 2 ∂u1
[r r r
∇ ∧ (∇ ∧ u) i = ] 1
− =
−
−
−
∂x 3 ∂x1 ∂x 3 ∂x 2 ∂x 3 ∂x1 ∂x1 ∂x 2
r
∂ (rot (u r
) )2 ∂ (rot (u) )1 ∂ ∂u1 ∂u 3 ∂ ∂u 3 ∂u 2
− − − −
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x1 ∂x3 ∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 2 ∂x3
NOTE 4: If we are dealing with heterogeneous material, the equations in (5.48) must be
treated as follows:
σ ij = λε kk δ ij + 2µ ε ij
⇒ σ ij , j = (λε kk δ ij + 2µ ε ij ) , j
⇒ σ ij , j = (λε kk ) , j δ ij + (2µ ε ij ) , j = (λε kk ) ,i + ( 2µ ε ij ) , j
Taking into account that 2ε ij = u i , j + u j ,i and ε kk = u k ,k , the above equation becomes:
σ ij , j = (λε kk ) ,i + (2µ ε ij ) , j
[
⇒ σ ij , j = (λu k , k ) ,i + µ (u i , j + u j ,i ) , j ]
whereby
σ ij , j + ρ b i = ρ &u& i ⇒ [ ]
(λu k ,k ) ,i + µ (u i , j + u j ,i ) , j + ρ b i = ρ &u& i (5.51)
Note that
r r
u k , k = Tr (∇u) = (∇ ⋅ u) , and
&&i ≡ Dui = ∂ui + ∂ui v j = ∂ui + ∂ui v1 + ∂ui v2 + ∂ui v3 , and its components
& & & & & & &
u
Dt ∂t ∂x j ∂t ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
∂u& 1 ∂u& 1 ∂u& ∂u&
+ v1 + 1 v 2 + 1 v3
∂t ∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x3
∂u& 2 ∂u& 2 ∂u 2
& ∂u& 2
&& i =
u + v1 + v2 + v3
∂t ∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3
∂u& ∂u& ∂u& ∂u&
3 + 3 v1 + 3 v 2 + 3 v3
∂t ∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x3
[ ]
µ (u i , j + u j ,i ) , j =
∂
∂x j
[µ (u i , j + u j ,i ) ]
∂ ∂ ∂
=
∂x1
[
µ (u i ,1 + u1,i ) + ]
∂x 2
[
µ (u i , 2 + u 2,i ) +
∂x3
]
µ (u i ,3 + u 3,i ) [ ]
∂ ∂ ∂
[
2µ (u1,1 ) + ] [
µ (u1, 2 + u 2,1 ) + ]
µ (u1,3 + u 3,1 ) [ ]
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x3
∂
[ ]
µ (u i , j + u j ,i ) , j = [
µ (u 2,1 + u1, 2 ) +
∂
]2µ (u 2, 2 ) + [ ∂
]
µ (u 2,3 + u 3, 2 ) [ ]
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x3
∂ ∂ ∂
[
µ (u 3,1 + u1,3 ) + ] [
µ (u 3, 2 + u 2,3 ) + 2µ (u 3,3 ) ] [ ]
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x3
The three equations in (5.51), ( i = 1,2,3 ), are explicitly given by:
∂ ∂ ∂ ∂
∂x
r
[λ(∇ ⋅ u)] +
∂x
[
2 µ (u1,1 ) +
∂x
] [
µ (u1, 2 + u2,1 ) +
∂x
]
µ (u1,3 + u3,1 ) + ρb1 = ρu&&1 [ ]
1 1 2 3
∂
[λ(∇ ⋅ ur )]+ ∂ µ (u2,1 + u1,2 ) + ∂ 2 µ (u2,2 ) + ∂ µ (u2,3 + u3,2 ) + ρb 2 = ρu&&2
[ ] [ ] [ ]
∂x2 ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
∂
[λ(∇ ⋅ ur )] + ∂ µ (u3,1 + u1,3 ) + ∂ µ (u3,2 + u2,3 ) + ∂ 2µ (u3,3 ) + ρb3 = ρu&&3
[ ] [ ] [ ]
∂x3 ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
or
∂ ∂ ∂
∂x
[ r
]
λ(∇ ⋅ u) + 2 µ (u1,1 ) +
∂ x
[
µ (u1, 2 + u2,1 ) +
∂x
] [
µ (u1,3 + u3,1 ) + ρb1 = ρu&&1 ]
1 2 3
∂ ∂ ∂
∂x
[ r
λ(∇ ⋅ u) + 2 µ (u2, 2 ) +
∂
]x
[
µ (u2,1 + u1, 2 ) +
∂ x
] [
µ (u2,3 + u3, 2 ) + ρb 2 = ρu&&2 ] (5.52)
2 1 3
∂ ∂ ∂
∂x
[ r
λ(∇ ⋅ u) + 2 µ (u3,3 ) +] ∂ x
[
µ (u3,1 + u1,3 ) +
∂ x
] [
µ (u3, 2 + u2,3 ) + ρb3 = ρu&&3]
3 1 2
&r& = (λ + 2 µ ) ∇ 2 (∇ ⋅ u
r r (λ + 2 µ )
⇒ ∇ ⋅u ) + ∇ ⋅b ⇒u
&&i ,i = u j , jii + b i ,i
ρ ρ
D2 r (λ + 2 µ ) 2 r r D 2 ∂ui (λ + 2 µ ) ∂ 2 ∂u j ∂b i
⇒ (∇ ⋅ u) = ∇ (∇ ⋅ u ) + ∇ ⋅ b ⇒ = +
Dt 2 ρ Dt 2 ∂xi ρ ∂xi ∂xi ∂x j ∂xi
D 2θ (λ + 2 µ ) 2 r D 2θ 2 ∂ θ ∂b
2
⇒ = ∇ θ + ∇ ⋅ b ⇒ = α + i
Dt 2
ρ Dt 2
∂xi ∂xi ∂xi
Dθ2 r
⇒ 2
= α 2∇ 2θ + ∇ ⋅ b
Dt
r
⇒ θ&& = α 2∇ 2θ + ∇ ⋅ b
(5.53)
r r r
where we have considered that θ = ∇ ⋅ u and ∇ ⋅ (∇ ∧ v ) = 0 , (see Problem 1.108), and
(λ + 2 µ )
α= P-wave velocity (5.54)
ρ
r
If the body forces do not change in space we have that ∇ ⋅ b = 0 , thus the equation in
(5.53) becomes:
D 2θ
= α 2∇ 2θ P- wave equation (5.55)
Dt 2
P-waves have no rotation.
r
Now if we apply the curl ( ∇ ∧ ) to the equation (5.50) we obtain:
r r r r r r
[ r r
]
r &r&
(λ + 2 µ )∇ ∧ [∇ (∇ ⋅ u)] − µ∇ ∧ ∇ ∧ (∇ ∧ u) + ρ (∇ ∧ b) = ρ (∇ ∧ u )
r r
[ r r
] r r
⇒ − µ∇ ∧ ∇ ∧ (∇ ∧ u) + ρ (∇ ∧ b) = ρ (∇ ∧ u)
r &r&
r r
[ r r
] r r D2 r r
⇒ − µ∇ ∧ ∇ ∧ (∇ ∧ u) + ρ (∇ ∧ b) = ρ 2 (∇ ∧ u)
Dt
r r r r r 2 r
Dϕ
⇒ − µ∇ ∧ (∇ ∧ ϕ ) + ρ (∇ ∧ b) = ρ
Dt 2 (5.56)
r r r r r r r r
D 2ϕ D 2ϕ
⇒ − µ∇ ∧ (∇ ∧ ϕ ) = ρ ⇒ ρ 2 = − µ∇ ∧ (∇ ∧ ϕ )
Dt 2 Dt
2r
Dϕ µr r r
⇒ = − ∇ ∧ (∇ ∧ ϕ )
Dt 2
ρ
r r r r
D 2ϕ
⇒ = − β 2
∇ ∧ (∇ ∧ϕ)
Dt 2
r r r r r r r
where we have considered ϕ = ∇ ∧ u , and that the b -field is conservative thus ∇ ∧ b = 0 .
r r r r
Note that ∇ ∧ [∇ (∇ ⋅ u)] = ∇ ∧ [∇φ ] = 0 , (see Problem 1.108), and
µ
β= Shear wave velocity (5.57)
ρ
r r r r r r r r r r r r
Note that ∇ 2ϕ = ∇ (∇ ⋅ ϕ ) − ∇ ∧ (∇ ∧ ϕ ) ⇒ ∇ 2ϕ = −∇ ∧ (∇ ∧ ϕ ) , since ∇ ⋅ ϕ = ∇ ⋅ (∇ ∧ u) = 0
r r r r
holds for any vector, so ∇ (∇ ⋅ ϕ ) = ∇ (∇ ⋅ (∇ ∧ u)) = 0 , (see Problem 1.108). With that the
equation in (5.56) becomes:
r
D 2ϕ r Shear wave equation
= β 2∇ 2ϕ (5.58)
Dt 2 (S-wave equation)
Shear waves have no change in volume.
In the case when µ = 0 the equation in (5.55) becomes the acoustic wave equations:
D 2θ
2
= c 2∇ 2θ Acoustic wave equation (5.59)
Dt
with
λ
c= Speed of propagation (5.60)
ρ
r r r r
Note that the displacement field was split up into: u = ∇θ + ∇ ∧ ϕ where ∇ ⋅ϕ = 0 . We can
r r r r r
prove this by means of the identity ∇ ∧ (∇ ∧ a) = ∇ (∇ ⋅ a) − ∇ 2a . If we consider the vectors
r r r r r r r r r
u = ∇ 2a and ϕ = −∇ ∧ a , and the scalar θ = ∇ ⋅ a , we obtain u = ∇θ + ∇ ∧ ϕ , with that we
can obtain:
r r r r r r r r r r r r
∇ ⋅ u = ∇ ⋅ (∇θ ) + ∇ ⋅ (∇ ∧ ϕ ) = ∇ ⋅ (∇θ ) and ∇ ∧ u = ∇ ∧ (∇θ ) + ∇ ∧ (∇ ∧ ϕ ) = ∇ ∧ (∇ ∧ ϕ )
a)
b)
Figure 5.8: Displacement occurring from a harmonic plane P-wave (a) and S-wave (b). P-
wave has no rotation and S-wave no volume change.
Eν E
NOTE 5.1: If we consider λ = and µ = we can obtain:
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) 2(1 + ν )
(λ + 2 µ ) Eν E
+2
α ρ (λ + 2 µ ) (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) 2(1 + ν ) (2 − 2ν )
= = = =
β µ µ E (1 − 2ν )
ρ 2(1 + ν )
(2 − 2ν )
⇒α = β
(1 − 2ν )
14243
>1
With that we can conclude that the ratio of P- to S-wave velocities depends only on
Poisson’s ratio. Note that P-wave travels faster than S-wave, since for isotropic material
(2 − 2ν )
− 1 < ν < 0.5 , then > 1 , (see Figure 5.9).
(1 − 2ν )
(2 − 2ν )
(1 − 2ν )
zone not feasible
Figure 5.9
r
NOTE 6: In the previous note (NOTE 5) it was shown that the displacement field u can
r r r
be split up into u = ∇θ + ∇ ∧ ϕ , which is applied to any vector field, i.e. given a vector field
r
F , the following is true:
r r r Helmholtz theorem or Helmholtz
F = ∇θ + ∇ ∧ ϕ (5.61)
decomposition
r
which is known as Helmholtz theorem, where θ is a scalar potential field and ϕ is a vector
r r r
potential field, in which the relationships ∇ ⋅ϕ ≡ div (ϕ ) = 0 and ∇ ∧ (∇θ ) ≡ rot (∇θ ) = 0
r r
hold. Note also that the SI units of [θ ] = [ϕ ] = m 2 , since [u] = m(meter) .
r r r
Then, by substituting u = ∇θ + ∇ ∧ ϕ , ( ui = θ ,i + ipqϕ q, p ), into the Navier’s equations given
by (5.49) we can obtain:
r r r
&r&
(λ + µ )[∇ (∇ ⋅ u)] + µ [∇ ⋅ (∇u)] + ρb = ρu
[ ] [ ]
r r r r r
&r&
⇒ (λ + µ ) ∇ (∇ ⋅ (∇θ + ∇ ∧ ϕ )) + µ ∇ ⋅ (∇ (∇θ + ∇ ∧ ϕ )) + ρb = ρu
r r r r r
&r&
⇒ (λ + µ ) ∇ (∇ ⋅ (∇θ )) + ∇ (∇ ⋅ (∇ ∧ ϕ )) + µ ∇ ⋅ (∇ (∇θ )) + ∇ ⋅ (∇ (∇ ∧ ϕ )) + ρb = ρu
14243 14243 144 244 3
=0 = ∇ (∇ ⋅(∇θ ))
r r
∇ ∧ ( ∇ 2ϕ ) (5.62)
[ ]
r r r r r
⇒ (λ + 2 µ ) ∇ (∇ ⋅ (∇θ )) + µ ∇ ∧ (∇ 2ϕ ) + ρb = ρ∇θ&& + ρ∇ ∧ ϕ&&
1 424 3
= ∇ 2θ
[ ] [ ]
r r r r r
⇒ (λ + 2 µ ) ∇ (∇ θ ) + µ ∇ ∧ (∇ 2ϕ ) + ρb = ρ (∇θ&&) + ρ (∇ ∧ ϕ&& )
2
(λ + µ )u j , ji + µui , jj + ρbi = 0 i
⇒ (λ + µ )(cg j , pp − g p , pj ), ji + µ (cgi , pp − g p , pi ), jj + ρbi = 0 i (5.65)
⇒ (λ + µ )(cg j , ppji − g p , pjji ) + µ (cgi , ppjj − g p , pijj ) + ρbi = 0 i
Note that g j , ppji = g p , pjji = g p, pijj , then the above equation becomes:
The constant c can be obtained by taking the term between brackets equal to zero, i.e.:
λ + 2µ
[(λ + µ )(c − 1) − µ ] = 0 ⇒ c= = 2(1 − ν ) (5.67)
λ+µ
Then, the displacement field (5.64) becomes:
r λ + 2µ 2 r r λ + 2µ
u= (∇ g) − ∇ (∇ ⋅ g) ui = g −g
λ+ µ λ + µ i , pp p , pi
λ + 2µ r 1 r λ + 2 µ ∂ 2 (gi ) ∂ (g p , p )
= 2 µ (∇ 2 g) − ∇ (∇ ⋅ g) = −
2 µ (λ + µ ) 2µ λ + µ ∂x p ∂x p ∂xi
r (5.68)
λ + 2µ 2 ∂(∇ ⋅ g)
= ∇ (gi ) −
λ+µ ∂xi
r
λ + 2µ 1 ∂ (∇ ⋅ g)
= 2 µ ∇ 2 (gi ) −
2 µ (λ + µ ) 2 µ ∂xi
And the Navier’s equation (5.66) in terms of Galerkin vector becomes
−1
[(λ + µ )(c − 1) − µ ]g p , pjji + cµgi , ppjj + ρbi = 0 i ⇒ gi , ppjj = ρb i
144 42444 3 cµ
=0
− (λ + µ )
⇒ gi , ppjj = ρb
µ (λ + 2 µ ) i
∂ 2 (gi )
⇒
∂2 = ∇ 2∇ 2 (gi ) = ∇ 4 (gi ) = − (λ + µ ) ρbi
∂x p ∂x p ∂x j ∂x j µ (λ + 2 µ )
Thus
r − (λ + µ ) r −1 r − (λ + µ ) −1
∇ 4 (g) = ρb = ρb ∇ 4 (gi ) = ρb i = ρbi (5.69)
µ (λ + 2 µ ) 2 µ (1 − ν ) µ (λ + 2 µ ) 2 µ (1 − ν )
Note that in the absence of body force, each component of the Galerkin vector ( g i ) is
biharmonic function, i.e. ∇ 4 (g i ) ≡ g i ,kkjj = 0 i .
r
The infinitesimal strain tensor ( ε = (∇u) sym ) in terms of Galerkin vector becomes:
r λ + 2µ 2 r r λ + 2µ r r
∇u = ∇ (∇ g) − ∇ (∇ ⋅ g) = ∇ (∇ 2g) − ∇[∇ (∇ ⋅ g)]
λ+µ λ+µ
λ + 2µ 2 r r
= ∇ (∇g) − ∇[∇ (∇ ⋅ g)]
λ+µ
r r r r
Note that [∇ 2 (∇g)]sym = ∇ 2 [(∇g) sym ] , {∇[∇ (∇ ⋅ g)]}sym = ∇[∇ (∇ ⋅ g)] . Then,
sym
r λ + 2µ 2 r r λ + 2 µ 2 r sym r
ε = (∇u) sym = ∇ (∇g) − ∇[∇ (∇ ⋅ g)] = ∇ [(∇g) ] − ∇[∇ (∇ ⋅ g)]
λ+µ λ+µ
λ + 2µ r 1 r
ε = 2 µ ∇ 2 [(∇g) sym ] − ∇[∇ (∇ ⋅ g)]
2 µ (λ + µ ) 2µ
or (5.70)
(1 − ν ) 2 r 1 r
ε = 2 µ ∇ [(∇g) sym ] − ∇[∇ (∇ ⋅ g)]
µ 2µ
In indicial notation we have:
1 1 λ + 2 µ λ + 2µ
ε ij = (ui , j + u j , i ) = gi , pp − g p , pi + g j , pp − g p , pj
2 2 λ + µ , j λ + µ ,i
1 λ + 2 µ λ + 2µ
= gi , ppj − g p , pij + g j , ppi − g p , pji
2 λ + µ λ+µ
λ + 2µ λ + 2µ
=
2(λ + µ )
[(gi , jpp + g j , ipp )] − (g p , pji + g p , pij ) =
1
2 2(λ + µ )
[(gi, j + g j,i )], pp − g p, pij
λ + 2µ
=
2(λ + µ )
[gi, j + g j ,i ], pp − (g p, p ),ij
The stress tensor field for isotropic linear elastic material ( σ = λTr(ε)1 + 2 µε ) in terms of
Galerkin vector becomes:
λ + 2µ
Tr (ε ) = ε kk = [(gk , k + gk , k )], pp − (g p, p ), kk = λ + 2µ (gk , kpp + gk , kpp ) − g p, pkk
2(λ + µ ) 2(λ + µ )
λ + 2µ µ
= − 1gk , kpp = g
(λ + µ ) λ + µ k , kpp
Note that gk , kpp = g p , pkk . Then,
µ λ + 2µ
σij = λTr(ε )δ ij + 2 µεij = λ gk , kpp δ ij + 2µ gi , j + g j ,i [ ] − (g p, p ),ij
λ + µ 2(λ + µ )
, pp
λ λ + 2µ
= 2µ gk , kppδ ij + [gi , j + gi , j ], pp − (g p, p ),ij (5.71)
2(λ + µ ) 2(λ + µ )
{ [
= 2µ ν gk , kppδ ij + (1 − ν ) gi , j + g j , i ], pp
− (g p , p ), ij }
The above equation in tensorial notation becomes:
λ
σ = 2µ
r
[∇ 2 (∇ ⋅ g)] 1 +
λ + 2 µ 2 r sym
[
r
∇ (∇g) − ∇ (∇ (∇ ⋅ g)) ]
2(λ + µ ) (λ + µ )
(5.72)
or
{ r r
[ r
σ = 2 µ ν [∇ 2 (∇ ⋅ g)] 1 + 2(1 − ν )∇ 2 (∇g) sym − ∇ (∇ (∇ ⋅ g)) ] }
where we have considered that
λ Eν 2(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν )
= =ν
2(λ + µ ) 2(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) E
λ + 2 µ 1 2(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) E (1 − ν )
= = (1 − ν )
2(λ + µ ) 2 E (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν )
where we have considered that b1 = b 2 = 0 . The Love’s strain function can be applied to
axially symmetric problem.
Taking into account that
∇ 2 (g1 ) 0
r ∂L
∇ ⋅ g = gi , i = g1,1 + g2, 2 + g3,3 = L,3 ≡ , ∇ 2 (gi ) = ∇ 2 (g2 ) = 0 , the displacement field
∂x3 ∇ 2 (g ) ∇ 2 L
3
(5.68) becomes:
− ∂2L
∂x1∂x3
r
λ + 2µ 1 ∂ (∇ ⋅ g) − ∂2L
ui = 2 µ 2
∇ (gi ) − ⇒ ui = (5.74)
2 µ (λ + µ ) 2 µ ∂xi ∂x ∂x
2 3
λ + 2 µ 2 ∂2L
∇ L−
λ+µ ∂x3∂x3
Problem 5.10
a) Obtain the stress field correspondent to the Galerkin vector:
r
g = 2 x14 eˆ 1 + x24 eˆ 2 + (−8 x13 x3 − 4 x23 x3 )eˆ 3
{ { 1442443
= g1 =g2 = g3
3 ∂g3 ∂g3
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
r r
Note that (∇ ⋅ g) = Tr(∇g) = 8x13 + 4 x23 + (−8 x13 − 4 x23 ) = 0
r r
By applying the Laplacian to (∇g) we can obtain ∇ 2 (∇g) , which in indicial notation
becomes:
r ∂ 2 (g i , j )
[∇ 2 (∇g)]ij = (g i , j ) ,kk = = g i , jkk
∂x k ∂x k
48x1 0 0
∂ 2 (g i , j ) ∂ 2 (g i , j ) ∂ 2 (g i , j )
= + + = 0 24 x 2 0
∂x1∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 2 ∂x 3 ∂x 3 − 48x
3 − 24 x 3 − 48 x1 − 24 x 2
48 x1 0 0 48 x1 0 − 48 x3
r sym 1
{∇ [(∇g) ]}ij = 0
2
24 x2 0 + 0 24 x2 − 24 x3
2
− 48 x3 − 24 x3 − 48 x1 − 24 x2 0 0 − 48 x1 − 24 x2
48 x1 0 − 24 x3
= 0 24 x2 − 12 x3
− 24 x − 12 x − 48 x − 24 x
3 3 1 2
r r
Note that [∇ 2 (∇g)]sym = ∇ 2 [(∇g) sym ] . Then, the equation for stress (5.75) becomes:
r r r r
σij = 2µ{ ν [∇ 2 (∇ ⋅ g)] 1 + 2(1 − ν )∇ 2 [(∇g) sym ] − ∇ (∇ (∇ ⋅ g))}ij = 2 µ{ 2(1 − ν )∇ 2 [(∇g) sym ]}ij
48 x1 0 − 24 x3
r sym
σij = 2 µ{ 2(1 − ν )∇ [(∇g) ]}ij = 2 µ 2(1 − ν ) 0
2
24 x2 − 12 x3
− 24 x3 − 12 x3 − 48 x1 − 24 x2
96 x1 0 − 48x3
= 2 µ (1 − ν ) 0 48x2 − 24 x3
− 48 x3 − 24 x3 − 48(2 x1 + x2 )
r
b) According to the equation in (5.69) the body force density ( ρb ) and the Galerkin vector
r
( g ) are related to each other by
∂ 2 (gi ) − (λ + µ )
∂2
∇ 4 (gi ) = = ρb
∂x j ∂x j µ (λ + 2 µ ) i
∂xk ∂xk
(5.76)
− µ (λ + 2 µ ) 4 (λ + 2 µ ) 4
⇒ ρb i = ∇ (gi ) = −2 µ ∇ (gi ) = −2 µ (1−ν )∇ 4 (gi )
(λ + µ ) 2(λ + µ )
in which
g1 = 2 x14 ; g2 = x24 ; g3 = −8 x13 x3 − 4 x23 x3
∂ 2 (gi ) ∂ 2 (gi ) ∂ 2 (gi ) ∂ 2 (gi )
= + +
∂x j ∂x j ∂x1∂x1 ∂x2∂x2 ∂x3∂x3
∂ 2 ( 2 x14 ) ∂ 2 (2 x14 ) ∂ 2 ( 2 x14 )
i = 1 ⇒ + + = 24 x12 = a1
∂x1∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x2 ∂x3∂x3
∂ 2 (gi ) ∂ 2 ( x24 ) ∂ 2 ( x24 ) ∂ 2 ( x24 )
= ai = i = 2 ⇒ + + = 12 x22 = a2
∂x j ∂x j ∂x1∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x2 ∂x3∂x3
∂ 2 (g3 ) ∂ 2 (g3 ) ∂ 2 (g3 )
i = 3 ⇒ + + = −48 x1 x3 − 24 x2 x3 = a3
∂x1∂x1 ∂x2∂x2 ∂x3∂x3
∂ 2 (24 x12 ) ∂ 2 (24 x12 ) ∂ 2 ( 24 x12 )
i = 1 ⇒ + + = 48 x1
∂x1∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x2 ∂x3∂x3
∂ 2 ∂ 2
( g ) ∂ 2
( a ) ∂ 2 (12 x22 ) ∂ 2 (12 x22 ) ∂ 2 (12 x22 )
∇ 4 (gi ) = i
= i
= i = 2 ⇒ + + = 24 x2
∂xk ∂xk ∂x j ∂x j ∂xk ∂xk ∂x1∂x1 ∂x2∂x2 ∂x3∂x3
∂ 2 (a3 ) ∂ 2 (a3 ) ∂ 2 (a3 )
i = 3 ⇒ + + =0
∂x1∂x1 ∂x2∂x2 ∂x3∂x3
Then, the equation in (5.76) becomes:
48 x1
ρbi = −2 µ (1−ν )∇ (gi ) = −2 µ (1−ν )24 x2
4
0
Problem 5.11
a) Show that:
r r
∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ ε )T = 0 Indicial
→ qjk til εij , kl = 0 qt (5.77)
where ijk is the permutation symbol, and ε is the infinitesimal strain tensor.
b) Show also that:
ε ij , kl + ε kl ,ij − ε il , jk − ε jk ,il = O ijkl (5.78)
c) Express the explicit form of the equations in (5.77).
Solution:
1 ∂u j ∂u 1
The infinitesimal strain tensor is given by ε ij = + i = (u + u i , j ) , and if we
2 j ,i
2 ∂xi ∂x j
r
take the derivative with respect to ( x ) we can obtain:
∂ε ij 1
≡ ε ij ,k = (u j ,ik + u i , jk )
∂x k 2
1 1 1 1
qjk ε ij ,k = (u j ,ik + u i , jk ) qjk = u j ,ik qjk + u i , jk qjk = u j ,ik qjk
2 2 21424
3 2
= 0 iq
r
once again we take the derivative with respect to ( x ) and we can obtain:
∂ ( qjk ε ij ,k ) 1
= qjk ε ij ,kl = u j ,ikl qjk
∂xl 2
Note that u j ,ikl = u j ,kil = u j ,kli is symmetric in il and til = − tli is antisymmetic in il . With
that, if we multiply both sides of the equation by til we can obtain the equation in (5.77),
i.e.:
1
til qjk ε ij ,kl = u j ,ikl til qjk = 0 jkt qjk = 0 qt
2 Q.E.D.
b) Now, if we multiply both sides of the above equation by tab qmn , we can obtain:
tab qmn til qjk ε ij ,kl = 0 qt tab qmn = O abmn
Remember that the relationships tab til = δ ai δ bl − δ al δ bi and qmn qjk = δ mj δ nk − δ mk δ nj
hold, thus:
tab qmn til qjk εij , kl = O abmn
⇒ (δ aiδ bl − δ alδ bi )(δ mjδ nk − δ mkδ nj )ε ij , kl = O abmn
⇒ (δ aiδ blδ mjδ nk − δ aiδ blδ mkδ nj − δ alδ biδ mjδ nk + δ alδ biδ mkδ nj )εij , kl = O abmn
Then we can obtain ε am, nb − ε an , mb − εbm, na + εbn , ma = O abmn , which is the same as:
ε am,bn + ε bn,am − ε an,mb − ε mb,an = O ambn
Q.E.D.
Note that, if we multiply the above equation by δ bn we can also express (5.78) as follows:
ε am,bnδ bn + εbn,amδ bn − ε an ,mbδ bn − ε mb,anδ bn = O ambnδ bn
⇒ ε am,bb + εbb,am − ε ab,bm − ε mb,ba = 0ambb
⇒ [∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr ε )]am + [∇ xr [∇ xr [Tr (ε )] ] ]am − [∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ ε )]am − [∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ ε )]ma = 0ambb
⇒ [∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr ε )]am + [∇ xr [∇ xr [Tr (ε )] ] ]am = [∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ ε )]am + [∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ ε )]ma
[ ]
⇒ ∇ 2xr ε am + [∇ xr [∇ xr [Tr (ε )] ] ]am = [∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ ε )]am + [∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ ε )]ma
which in tensorial notation becomes:
∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr ε ) + ∇ xr [∇ xr [Tr (ε )] ] = ∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ ε ) + [∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ ε )] = 2[∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ ε )]
T sym
(5.79)
c) Note that the equation in (5.77) is symmetric, and has 6 independent equations.
For the case when q = 1, t = 1 we can obtain 1 jk 1il ε ij ,kl and by expanding the index l we
can obtain:
1 jk 1il ε ij ,kl = 1 jk 1i1ε ij , k1 + 1 jk 1i 2 ε ij ,k 2 + 1 jk 1i 3 ε ij ,k 3 = 1 jk 1i 2 ε ij ,k 2 + 1 jk 1i 3 ε ij ,k 3
Expanding the index i the above equation becomes:
when q = 2, t = 3
2 jk 3il ε ij ,kl = −ε11,32 + ε13,12 + ε 21,31 − ε 23,11 = ε13,12 + ε12,13 − ε 23,11 − ε11, 23 = 0
∂ 2 ε13 ∂ 2 ε 12 ∂ 2 ε 23 ∂ 2 ε11 ∂ ∂ε13 ∂ε12 ∂ε 23 ∂ 2 ε11
= + − − = + − − =0
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x1 ∂x3 ∂x1∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3 ∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x3 ∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3
and when q = 1, t = 3
1 jk 3il ε ij ,kl = ε12,32 − ε13, 22 − ε 22,31 + ε 23, 21 = ε12, 23 − ε13, 22 − ε 22,13 + ε 23,12 = 0
∂ 2 ε 12 ∂ 2 ε 13 ∂ 2 ε 22 ∂ 2 ε 23 ∂ ∂ε12 ∂ε 13 ∂ε 23 ∂ 2 ε 22
= − − + = − + − =0
∂x 2 ∂x3 ∂x 2 ∂x 2 ∂x1∂x 3 ∂x1∂x 2 ∂x 2 ∂x3 ∂x 2 ∂x1 ∂x1∂x3
By regrouping the previous 6 equations we can obtain:
∂ 2 ε 33 ∂ 2 ε 22 ∂ 2 ε 23
S11 = + − 2 =0
∂x 22 ∂x32 ∂x 2 ∂x3
2 2 2
S 22 = ∂ ε 33 + ∂ ε11 − 2 ∂ ε13 = 0
∂x12 ∂x32 ∂x1 ∂x3
∂ 2 ε 11 ∂ 2 ε 22 ∂ 2 ε 12
S 33 = + − 2 =0
∂x 22 ∂x12 ∂x1 ∂x 2
S = ∂ ∂ε 23 + ∂ε 13 − ∂ε12 − ∂ ε 33 = 0
2
12 ∂x ∂x ∂x 2 ∂x3 ∂x1∂x 2
Compatibility equations for 3D (5.80)
3
1
∂ ∂ε 23 ∂ε 13 ∂ε 12 ∂ 2 ε 11
S 23 = − + + − =0
∂x1 ∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3 ∂x 2 ∂x3
S = ∂ ∂ε 23 − ∂ε13 + ∂ε12 − ∂ ε 22 = 0
2
NOTE 1: The equations in (5.80) are known as the compatibility equations. The
compatibility equations guarantee that the displacement field is unique and continuous, (see
Figure 5.10). In other words, the 6 components of the strain tensor are not independent
and cannot be arbitrary.
(Current configuration?)
2 2
1 3 3
1
4 5 6 5
4 6
7 8 9
7 8 9
(Reference configuration)
The compatibility equations are
not satisfied
The compatibility 1 2 3
4 5 6
equations are satisfied (Current configuration)
7 8 9
Figure 5.10
NOTE 2: When using numerical method for obtaining the solution, e.g. finite element
method, the way to ensure the compatibility equations is by means of the continuity of the
displacement field. With regards the finite element method, when we assembly the
elements (tie nodes), in general, we are ensuring that the compatibility equations are
satisfied.
r r
NOTE 3: When the displacement field is independent of one direction, e.g. u = u( x1 , x 2 ) ,
the compatibility equations reduce to:
∂ 2 ε11 ∂ 2 ε 22 ∂ 2 ε12 Compatibility equation
S 33 = + −2 =0 (5.82)
∂x 22 ∂x12 ∂x1∂x 2 for 2D
∂ 2ε x ∂ 2ε y ∂ 2 γ xy Compatibility equation
Sz = + − =0 for 2D (Engineering (5.83)
∂y 2 ∂x 2 ∂x∂y notation)
NOTE 4: To understand the compatibility condition let us consider an example in two
dimensional case (2D), where we have the scalar field φ = φ ( x1 , x2 ) and we know the
∂φ ∂φ
following derivatives: = x1 + 3x2 and = x12 , we can see clearly that the scalar field φ
∂x1 ∂x2
is incompatible since
∂φ ∂ ∂φ ∂ 2φ ∂( x1 + 3 x 2 )
= x1 + 3x 2 = F1 ⇒ = = = 3
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ
⇒ ≠
∂φ ∂ ∂φ ∂ 2φ ∂ ( x12 ) 1 ∂x 2 ∂x1 ∂x1∂x 2
= x12 = F2 ⇒ = = = 2 x1 442443
∂x 2 ∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x1∂x 2 ∂x 2 incompatible
The scalar field φ = φ ( x1 , x2 ) will be compatible if and only if:
∂φ
= F1 ( x1 , x2 )
∂x1 ∂F1 ∂F2
φis
compatible field iff
→ = (5.84)
∂φ ∂x2 ∂x1
= F2 ( x1 , x2 )
∂x2
r r
x2 dS = dSê 3 dΓ = dΓ p̂
x3 Γ
ê3
p̂
x1
Ω
∫
Ω
∇ r
x ∧ (∇ xr ∧ ε )T
∫ [ [ ] ]
r r r r r r
∫
Ω
∫
(∇ xr ∧ F) i (dS ) i = ijk Fk , j (dS ) i = ijk a p (∇ xr ∧ ε )T
Ω Ω
kp , j (dS ) i
r
∫ {
r
[ r
]
= ijk a p , j (∇ xr ∧ ε )T kp + a p (∇ xr ∧ ε )T kp , j (dS ) i
[ ]
Ω =0 pj
∫
r
[ r
] r r
= ijk a p (∇ xr ∧ ε )T kp , j (dS ) i = a p ijk (∇ xr ∧ ε )T kp , j (dS ) i ∫Ω [ ]
Ω
∫ [ ]
r r
= a p ijk psq ε qk ,s
Ω
,j ∫
(dS ) i = a p ijk psq ε qk ,sj (dS ) i
Ω
∫ [∇ ] ∫ {∇ } ⋅ dS
r r r r r r r
( dS ) i = a ⋅
T
= ap r
x ∧ (∇ xr ∧ ε )T ip
r
x ∧ (∇ xr ∧ ε )T
Ω Ω
It would be worth reviewing Problem 1.110, in which we have shown that the following
r r
relationship (∇ xr ∧ ε) = ksq ε qp , s eˆ k ⊗ eˆ p holds, thus (∇ xr ∧ ε)T = psq ε qk , s eˆ k ⊗ eˆ p . Also in
r r
Problem 1.110 we have shown that ∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ ε )T = ipq tsj εqj , ps eˆ t ⊗ eˆ i , which is
r r
equivalent to ∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ ε )T = psq ijk εqk ,sj eˆ i ⊗ eˆ p .
And by consider the Stokes’ Theorem, (see Chaves (2013)-Chapter 1), we conclude:
r r r r r
∫ F ⋅ dΓ = Ω∫ (∇
Γ
r
x ∧ F ) ⋅ dS
14444244443
⇓
r
∫{ } ⋅ dS
r r r r r r
a⋅ (∇ xr ∧ ε )T ⋅ dΓ = a ⋅ ∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ ε )T
T
∫
Γ Ω
⇓
r
∫{ } ⋅ dS
r r r r
(∇ xr ∧ ε )T ⋅ dΓ =
T
∫
Γ Ω
∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ ε )T
Considering ipq ikt = (δ pkδ qt − δ ptδ qk ) the above equation can be written as follows:
ipq iktT jq , p = 0 ktj ⇒ T jq , p (δ pkδ qt − δ ptδ qk ) = 0 ktj ⇒ ⇒ T jt , k − T jk ,t = 0 ktj (5.87)
In other words, the above equation is a necessary and sufficient condition that the
r
integrands of ∫ T ⋅ dΓ be exact differentials.
Γ
NOTE 7: In this note we will demonstrate the compatibility equations, for small
deformation regime, using the demonstration described by E. Cesàro, (see Sokolnikoff
(1956), Love(1944)).
r r
Let us consider the material point P 0 ( x 0 ) in which the displacement ui0 ( x 0 ) and the
r
infinitesimal spin tensor ω ij0 ( x 0 ) are known. Next we will determine the displacement at
r
any other material point P ′( x ′) in terms of ε , (see Figure 5.12).
at point P 0 :
r r r P0
u( x 0 ) ≡ u0 - displacement
r P′
ω( x 0 ) ≡ ω 0 - spin tensor
r r
x0 x′
x2
at point P′ :
r r r
u( x ′) ≡ u′ - displacement
x1
x3
Figure 5.12.
Note that
P′ P′ P′ P′
∂ ( x j − x ′j ) P′ ∂ω ij
∫ 0
∫
ω ij dx j = ω ijδ jk dxk = ω ij
0
∫ 0 ∂xk
dxk = [ω ij ( x j − x′j )]
P 0
− ∫ ∂x0 k
( x j − x′j )dxk
P P P P
where we have applied the integration by parts. The above equation can also be expressed
as follows:
P′ P′
P′ ∂ω ij
∫ 0
ω ij dx j = [ω ij ( x j − x′j )]
P 0
− ∫ ∂x0 k
( x j − x′j )dxk
P P
P′
r r
∫
= [ω′ij ( x ′)( x′j − x′j )] − [ω ij0 ( x 0 )( x 0j − x′j )] − ω ij ,k ( x j − x ′j )dxk
P0
P′
∫
= −[ω ij0 ( x 0j − x ′j )] − ω ij ,k ( x j − x′j )dxk
P0
or in tensorial notation:
P′ P′
r r r r r r r r r
u′ = u0 + ε ⋅ dx − [ω 0 ⋅ ( x 0 − x ′)] − {[∇ xr ∧ ε ]T ∧ ( x − x ′)}T ⋅ dx , thus
∫ ∫
P0 P0
P′
r r0 r0 r r r r r
u′ = u − [ω ⋅ ( x − x ′)] + [ε − {[∇ xr ∧ ε ]T ∧ ( x − x ′)}T ] ⋅ dx
0
∫ (5.92)
P0
Note that the line integral (from P 0 to P′ ) must be path-independent, hence the line
integral vanish to a closed path (conservative system), i.e.:
r r r r r
∫ [ε − {[∇ xr ∧ ε ]T ∧ ( x − x ′)}T ] ⋅ dΓ = 0
Γ
r r r r r (5.93)
⇒ [ε T − {[∇ xr ∧ ε ]T ∧ ( x − x ′)}]T ⋅ dΓ = 0
∫
Γ
And by applying the Stokes theorem, (see equation (5.85)), we can conclude that:
r r T r
∫ {∇ } ⋅ dS = 0
r r r r r r r
⋅ dΓ
T
∫ [ε − {[∇ xr ∧ ε ] ∧ ( x − x ′)}] ∧ [ε − {[∇ xr ∧ ε ] ∧ ( x − x ′)}]
T T T T
= r
x (5.94)
Γ Ω
In Problem 1.115 we have shown that
r r r r r r r
∇ xr ∧ {[∇ xr ∧ ε ]T ∧ x} = {∇ xr ∧ [∇ xr ∧ ε ]T } ∧ x + [∇ xr ∧ ε ]
Then, taking into account the above equation and ε T = ε , the equation (5.94) becomes:
{ }
r r r r r r
∧ [ε T − {[∇ xr ∧ ε ]T ∧ ( x − x ′)}] ⋅ dS = 0
T
Ω
∫ ∇ r
x
{ }
r r r r r r r
⋅ dS = 0
T
⇒
Ω
∫ [∇ r
x ∧ ε T ] − [∇ xr ∧ {[∇ xr ∧ ε ]T ∧ ( x − x ′)}]
(5.95)
∫{ }
r r r r r r r r
⋅ dS = 0
T
⇒ [∇ xr ∧ ε ] − [{∇ xr ∧ [∇ xr ∧ ε ]T } ∧ ( x − x ′) + [∇ xr ∧ ε ]]
Ω
{ }
r r r r r r
⋅ dS = 0
T
⇒
Ω
∫ −{∇ r
x ∧ [∇ xr ∧ ε ]T } ∧ ( x − x ′)
{ −{∇r r r r T
∧ [∇ xr ∧ ε ]T } ∧ ( x − x ′)
r
x =0 }
r r r r
⇒ {∇ xr ∧ [∇ xr ∧ ε ]T } ∧ ( x − x ′) = 0
r r r r
Since the vector ( x − x ′) must be arbitrary we can conclude that ∇ xr ∧ [∇ xr ∧ ε]T = 0 .
∂ϕ q −1 ∂ε ∂ε
Note that, if we take into account that = qst sk − tk , (see equation in
∂xk 2 ∂xt ∂xs
(5.100)), the equation in (5.90) can be rewritten as follows:
−1 ∂ε ∂ε
ω ij ,k ( x j − x′j )dxk = ϕ q ,k iqj ( x j − x′j )dxk = qst sk − tk iqj ( x j − x′j )dxk
2 ∂xt ∂xs
1
= qst qij (ε sk ,t − ε tk ,s )( x j − x′j )dxk
2
1
= (δ siδ tj − δ sjδ ti )(ε sk ,t − εtk ,s )( x j − x′j )dxk
2 (5.96)
1
= (δ siδ tj ε sk ,t − δ siδ tj ε tk ,s − δ sjδ ti ε sk ,t + δ sjδ ti ε tk ,s )( x j − x′j )dxk
2
1
= (ε ik , j − ε jk ,i − ε jk ,i + ε ik , j )( x j − x′j )dxk
2
= (εik , j − ε jk ,i )( x j − x′j )dxk
P′ P′
r r
∫ ∫
u′i ( x ′) = ui0 ( x 0 ) + ε ij dx j − [ω ij0 ( x 0j − x′j )] − ω ij ,k ( x j − x′j )dxk
P0 P0
P′ P′
r r
∫ ∫
⇒ u′i ( x ′) = ui0 ( x 0 ) − [ω ij0 ( x 0j − x′j )] + ε ik dxk − (ε ik , j − ε jk ,i )( x j − x′j )dxk
P0 P0
P′
(5.97)
r r
∫
⇒ u′i ( x ′) = ui0 ( x 0 ) − [ω ij0 ( x 0j − x′j )] + [ε ik − (ε ik , j − ε jk ,i )( x j − x′j )]dxk
P0
P′
r r
⇒ u′i ( x ′) = ui0 ( x 0 ) − [ω ij0 ( x 0j − x′j )] + Tik dxk∫
P0
where Tik = [εik − (ε ik , j − ε jk ,i )( x j − x′j )] . Since the displacement must be independent of the
path of integration, the integrands Tik dxk must be exact differentials, (see equation (5.87)).
Hence, applying a necessary and sufficient condition that the integrands be exact
differentials we can obtain T jt ,k − T jk ,t = 0 ktj , in which:
T jt = [ε jt − (ε jt , p − ε pt , j )( x p − x′p )] and T jk = [ε jk − (ε jk , p − ε pk , j )( x p − x′p )] ,
thus
T jt ,k − T jk ,t = 0 ktj
⇒ [ε jt − (ε jt , p − ε pt , j )( x p − x′p )],k − [ε jk − (ε jk , p − ε pk , j )( x p − x′p )],t = 0 ktj
⇒ ε jt ,k − (ε jt , p − ε pt , j ) ,k ( x p − x′p ) − (ε jt , p − ε pt , j )( x p − x′p ) ,k
− ε jk ,t + (ε jk , p − ε pk , j ) ,t ( x p − x′p ) + (ε jk , p − ε pk , j )( x p − x′p ) ,t = 0 ktj
⇒ ε jt ,k − (ε jt , pk − ε pt , jk )( x p − x′p ) − (ε jt , p − ε pt , j )δ pk
− ε jk ,t + (ε jk , pt − ε pk , jt )( x p − x′p ) + (ε jk , p − ε pk , j )δ pt = 0 ktj
⇒ ε jt ,k − (ε jt , p − ε pt , j )δ pk − ε jk ,t + (ε jk , p − ε pk , j )δ pt
+ (ε jk , pt − ε pk , jt − ε jt , pk + ε pt , jk )( x p − x′p ) = 0 ktj
⇒ ε jt ,k − ε jt ,k + ε kt , j − ε jk ,t + ε jk ,t − ε tk , j
+ (ε jk , pt − ε pk , jt − ε jt , pk + ε pt , jk )( x p − x′p ) = 0 ktj
Problem 5.12
r
Given the infinitesimal strain tensor ε , and the displacement field u , (a) show that:
ε 11 ε 12 − ϕ 3 ε 13 + ϕ 2
r ∂u i
( J ) ij ≡ (∇ xr u) ij = = ε 12 + ϕ 3 ε 22 ε 23 − ϕ 1
∂x j
ε 13 − ϕ 2 ε 23 + ϕ 1 ε 33
− 1 ∂ε −1
∂ϕ k
∂x p
=
−1 ∂ε
kij ωij , p = kij ip − jp =
2
r
( r
− [∇ xr ∧ ε ]kp − [∇ xr ) r
∧ ε ]kp = [∇ xr ∧ ε ]kp
2 2 ∂x j ∂xi
∂ε 33 ∂ε 23
∂ω 23 ∂ω 23 ∂ω 23 ∂ε13 − ∂ε12 ∂ε 23 − ∂ε 22 −
∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x2 ∂x3
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
∂ω ∂ω31 ∂ω31 ∂ε11 ∂ε13 ∂ε12 ∂ε 23 ∂ε13 ∂ε33
= − 31 = − − −
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x3 ∂x1 ∂x3 ∂x1 ∂x3 ∂x1
∂ω ∂ω12 ∂ω12 ∂ε
12 ∂ε11 ∂ε 22 ∂ε12 ∂ε 23 ∂ε13
12
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x − ∂x ∂x − ∂x −
1 2 1 2 ∂x1 ∂x2
(5.100)
r ∂ϕ k
where (∇ xr ϕ ) kp = , and ω is the infinitesimal spin tensor. And the relationship
∂x p
r r
∇ xϕ = ∇ xr ∧ ε holds, (see Problem 1.110).
r
Solution:
r
a) The displacement gradient J ≡ ∇ xr u can be split additively into a symmetric and an
antisymmetric part:
J ≡ ∇ xr u =
r 1
[ r r 1
] [
r r r
] r
(∇ xr u) + (∇ xr u) T + (∇ xr u) − (∇ xr u) T = (∇ xr u) sym + (∇ xr u) skew = ε + ω
2 44424443 1 2 44424443 14 2 43 1 4 2 43
1 r r =ε =ω
= ( ∇ xr u) sym = ( ∇ xr u) skew
r
where the symmetric part ε = (∇ xr u) sym represents the infinitesimal strain tensor, and the
r
antisymmetric part ω = (∇ xr u) skew represents the infinitesimal spin tensor (rotation tensor).
r
If we consider that ϕ is the axial vector associated with the antisymmetric tensor ω we
can conclude that:
0 ω12 ω13 0 ω12 ω13 0 −ϕ 3 ϕ2
ωij = ω 21 0 ω 23 = − ω12 0 ω 23 = ϕ 3 0 − ϕ 1
ω31 ω 32 0 − ω13 − ω 23 0 − ϕ 2 ϕ1 0
with that
ε 11 ε 12 ε 13 0 −ϕ 3 ϕ 2 ε11 ε 12 − ϕ 3 ε 13 + ϕ 2
r ∂u i
(∇ x u) ij
r = = ε 12 ε 22 ε 23 + ϕ 3 0
− ϕ 1 = ε 12 + ϕ 3 ε 22 ε 23 − ϕ 1
∂x j
ε 13 ε 23 ε 33 − ϕ 2 ϕ1 0 ε13 − ϕ 2 ε 23 + ϕ 1 ε 33
b) Recall from chapter on Tensors that an antisymmetric tensor ( ω ) and its axial vector
r
( ϕ ) are related to each other, in indicial notation, by means of ωij = −ϕ k kij or
1 r
ϕ k = − kij ωij . And the gradient of ϕ can be obtained as follows:
2
∂ϕ 1 1
≡ ϕ k , p = − kij ωij = − kij ωij , p
∂x p 2 , p 2
By expanding the dummy indices i, j , we can obtain the following terms:
1 1
ϕ k , p = − kij ωij , p = − ( k12ω12, p + k13ω13, p + k 21ω 21, p + k 23ω 23, p + k 31ω31, p + k 32ω32, p )
2 2
To obtain the derivative of ω ij with respect to x p we will start from the definition
1 ∂ui ∂u j 1
[ r
ωij = (∇ xr u) skew ] ij = −
2 ∂x j ∂xi
= (ui , j − u j ,i ) , thus:
2
∂ωij 1 1
≡ ωij , p = (ui , j − u j ,i ), p = (ui , jp − u j ,ip )
∂x p 2 2
1
The value of the above equation is not altered if we add and subtract the term u p,ij , thus:
2
1 1 1
ωij , p = (ui , jp − u j ,ip + u p ,ij − u p , ij ) = (ui , jp + u p , ij ) − (u j , ip + u p ,ij )
2 2 2
1 1 1 1
= (ui , pj + u p ,ij ) − (u j , pi + u p , ji ) = (ui , p + u p ,i ) − (u j , p + u p , j )
2 2 2 , j 2 , i
∂ε ip ∂ε jp
= ε ip , j − ε jp ,i = −
∂x j ∂xi
Substituting the above equation into the equation (5.101) and by expanding the dummy
indices i, j we can obtain:
−1 −1
ϕ k, p = kij (ε ip , j − ε jp ,i ) = ( kij ε ip , j − kij ε jp ,i )
2 2
−1
= ( k12 ε1 p ,1 + k13 ε 1 p ,3 + k 21ε 2 p ,1 + k 23 ε 2 p ,3 + k 31ε 3 p ,1 + k 32 ε 3 p , 2
2
− k 12 ε 2 p ,1 − k13 ε 3 p ,1 − k 21ε 1 p , 2 − k 23 ε 3 p , 2 − k 31 ε 1 p ,3 − k 32 ε 2 p ,3 )
−1
(k = 1) ⇒ ϕ 1, p = 2 ( 123 ε 2 p ,3 + 132 ε 3 p , 2 − 123 ε 3 p , 2 − 132 ε 2 p ,3 ) = ε 3 p , 2 − ε 2 p ,3
−1
ϕ k, p = (k = 2) ⇒ ϕ 2, p = ( k13 ε 1 p ,3 + k 31ε 3 p ,1 + k13 ε 3 p ,1 − k 31ε 1 p ,3 ) = ε 1 p ,3 − ε 3 p ,1
2
−1
(k = 3) ⇒ ϕ 3, p = 2 ( 312 ε 1 p ,1 + 321ε 2 p ,1 − 312 ε 2 p ,1 − 321 ε 1 p , 2 ) = ε 2 p ,1 − ε 1 p , 2
Then:
(ε 31, 2 − ε 21,3 ) (ε 32, 2 − ε 22,3 ) (ε 33, 2 − ε 23,3 )
r
ϕ k, p = (ε11,3 − ε 31,1 ) (ε12,3 − ε 32,1 ) (ε13,3 − ε 33,1 ) = [∇ xr ∧ ε ]kp (5.102)
(ε 21,1 − ε11, 2 ) (ε 22,1 − ε12, 2 ) (ε 23,1 − ε13, 2 )
Then, taking into account the equation (5.101) and (5.102) we can conclude that:
−1 − 1 ∂ε ∂ε
ϕ k,p = kij ω ij , p = kij ip − jp
2 2 ∂x j ∂xi
∂ω 23 ∂ω 23 ∂ω 23 ∂ε13 − ∂ε12 ∂ε 23 − ∂ε 22 ∂ε 33 − ∂ε 23
∂x3 ∂x2 ∂x3
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x2
∂ω ∂ω 31 ∂ω 31 ∂ε11 ∂ε13 ∂ε12 ∂ε 23 ∂ε13 ∂ε 33
= − 31 = − − −
∂x ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x3 ∂x1 ∂x3 ∂x1 ∂x3 ∂x1
1
∂ω12 ∂ω12 ∂ω12 ∂ε ∂ε ∂ε ∂ε ∂ε
12 − 11 22 − 12 23 − 13
∂ε
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x1 ∂x2
∂ϕ 1 ∂ϕ 1 ∂ϕ 1
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3 0 0 0
∂ϕ ∂ϕ 2 ∂ϕ 2 −3 2
ϕ k, p = 2 = − x1 x 3 0 x1
∂x ∂x 2 ∂x 3 2
1 3
ϕ3
∂ ∂ϕ 3 ∂ϕ 3 0 0
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3 2
with that and by means of the integration we can obtain the components ϕ i :
∂ϕ 1 ∂ϕ 2
= 0 = − x1 x3
∂x1 ∂x1
∂ϕ 1 ∂ϕ 2 −3 2
= 0 ⇒ ϕ 1 = C1 (t ) ; =0 ⇒ϕ 2 = x1 x 3 + C 2 (t )
∂x 2 ∂x 2 2
∂ϕ 1 ∂ϕ 2 − 3 2
= 0 = x1
∂x3 ∂x 3 2
∂ϕ 3
=0
∂x1
∂ϕ 3 3 3
= ⇒ ϕ 3 = x 2 + C 3 (t )
∂x 2 2 2
∂ϕ 3
=0
∂x 3
r r r r
By applying the boundary condition ϕ ( x = 0, t ) = 0 , we can conclude that C i (t ) = 0 . Then:
0
ϕ 1
− 3
ϕ i = ϕ 2 = x12 x3
2
ϕ 3 3
x2
2
And the infinitesimal spin tensor becomes:
−3 −3 2
0 x2 x1 x3
0 ω12 ω13 0 −ϕ 3 ϕ 2 2 2
3
ωij = ω 21 0 ω 23 = ϕ 3 0 − ϕ 1 = x2 0 0
2
ω31 ω32 0 − ϕ 2 ϕ1 0 3 2
x x 0 0
2 1 3
or
∂u1 ∂u1 ∂u1
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3 8 x
1 − 2x2 0
∂u i ∂u 2 ∂u 2 ∂u 2
= = x x1 0
∂x j ∂x1 ∂x 3 2
2
∂x 2
3x1 x 3 0 x13
∂u 3 ∂u 3 ∂u 3
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3
with that we can obtain
∂u1 ∂u 2
= 8 x1 = x2
∂x1 ∂x1
∂u1 ∂u 2
= −2 x 2 ⇒ u1 = 4 x12 − x 22 + K 1 (t ) ; = x1 ⇒ u 2 = x1 x 2 + K 2 (t )
∂x 2 ∂x 2
∂u1 ∂u 2
=0 =0
∂x 3 ∂x 3
∂u 3
= 3 x12 x 3
∂x1
∂u 3 3
=0 ⇒ u 3 = x1 x3 + K 3 (t )
∂x 2
∂u1
= x13
∂x 3
where κ x2 = κ x2 ( x1 ) is the curvature of the beam which is constant on cross section, (see
Figure 5.13). a) Check whether the compatibility equations are fulfilled or not. b) Obtain
the displacement field.
x3
x2 ε11 = κ x2 x3
r r cross section
x0 = 0
x1
∂u3 ( x1 = 0)
=0
∂x1 M x2
x1′
= κ x 2 eˆ 2 ⊗ eˆ 1
r
(∇ xr ∧ ε )T = [ κ x2 eˆ 2 ⊗ eˆ 1 ]T = κ x2 eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 2
r r ∂ ∂ ˆ ∂ ˆ
∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ ε )T = eˆ 1 + e2 + e3 ∧ [ κ x 2 eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 2 ]
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
∂(κ x2 ) ∂(κ x2 ) ∂(κ x2 )
= eˆ 1 ∧ eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 2 + eˆ 2 ∧ eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 2 + eˆ 3 ∧ eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 2
∂x1 1 2 r
3 ∂x2 1 2 3 ∂x3 123
=0 123 = − eˆ 3 123 = eˆ 2
=0 =0
=0 X
b) The displacement field can be obtained by means of the equation in (5.97), i.e.:
P′
r r
∫
u′i ( x ′) = ui0 ( x 0 ) − [ωij0 ( x 0j − x′j )] + [ε ik − (ε ik , j − ε jk ,i )( x j − x′j )]dxk
0
(5.105)
P
and by applying the boundary conditions, (see Figure 5.13), we can obtain:
r r
x′ x′
r
∫
r
0
∫
u′i ( x ′) = Tik dxk = [ε ik − (ε ik , j − ε jk ,i )( x j − x′j )]dxk
r
0
r
x′
r
x′
(5.106)
∫
= [ε ik − ε ik , j ( x j − x′j ) + ε jk ,i ( x j − x′j )]dxk =
r
0
∫
r
0
[Tik(1) − Tik( 2 ) + Tik(3) ]dxk
where Tik(1) = ε ik ,
Tik( 2 ) = ε ik , j ( x j − x′j ) = ε ik ,1 ( x1 − x1′ ) + ε ik , 2 ( x2 − x2′ ) + ε ik ,3 ( x3 − x3′ ) = ε ik ,1 ( x1 − x1′ ) + ε ik ,3 ( x3 − x3′ )
κ x2 ,1 x3 ( x1 − x1′ ) + κ x2 ( x3 − x3′ ) 0 0
= 0 0 0
0 0 0
∂κ
where κ x2 ,1 ≡ x2 and
∂x1
Then,
κ x2 x3 0 0 κ x2 ,1 x3 ( x1 − x1′ ) + κ x2 ( x3 − x3′ ) 0 0 κ x2 ,1 x3 ( x1 − x1′ ) 0 0
Tik = 0 0 0 − 0 0 0 + 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 κ x2 ( x1 − x1′ ) 0 0
κ x2 x3′ 0 0
Tik = 0 0 0
κ x ( x1 − x1′ ) 0 0
2
κ x2 x3′ 0 0 dx1 κ x2 x3′ dx1
and Tik dxk = 0 0 0 dx2 = 0
κ x ( x1 − x1′ ) 0 0 dx3 κ x ( x1 − x1′ )dx1
2 2
Then, by substituting the above equation into the equation (5.106) we can obtain:
r r
x′ x′
r
x′
u1′ r ∫
κ x2 x3′ dx1 x3′ κ x2 dx1
r ∫
r 0 0
∫
u′i ( x ′) = Tik dxk
r
⇒ u′2 = xr′
u′
0 = xr′
0
∫ ∫
0
3 κ x ( x1 − x1′ )dx1 κ x ( x1 − x1′ )dx1
2 2
0r 0r
2
0r
∫
3 κ x ( x1 − x1′ )dx1 κ ( 1 − x′ x ) − κ x2
x2
2
1 1
2
0
Then
∂u1′ ∂ 2u′3
= x3′ κ x2 ; = − κ x2
∂x1 ∂x1∂x1
Note that for the neutral line (line at x3 ) there is no u1 -displacement, there is only
deflection ( u 3 -displacement).
The stress field (with ν = 0 ), (see Problem 5.5 – NOTE 9), can be obtained
1 0 0 ε11 0 0
νE E νE E
σ ij = ε kk δ ij + ε ij = ε 11 0 1 0 + 0 0 0
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) (1 + ν ) (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) (1 + ν )
0 0 1 0 0 0
ε11 (1 − ν ) 0 0 Eε11 0 0
E
= 0 νε11 0 = 0 0 0
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν )
0 0 νε11 0 0 0
The resultant force on a cross-section can be obtained as follows:
∫ ∫ ∫
F = σ11dA = Eε11dA = Eκ x2 x3 dA = Eκ x2 x3 dA = 0
A A A A 23
∫
1
=0
Note that the first moment of the area about the x 2 -axis ( ∫ x3 dAx 2 ) is equal to zero, since
A
the system is located at the geometrical center.
The bending moment on the cross-section can be obtained as follows:
∫ ∫ ∫
M x2 = σ11 x3 dA = Eε11 x3 dA = Eκ x2 x32 dA = Eκ x2 x32 dA = Eκ x2 I x2
A A A A 23
∫
1
=Ix 2
where I x2 = ∫ x32 dA is the second moment of the area about the x 2 -axis. With that we can
A
conclude that on the cross-section the following is true:
M x2 M x2
κ x2 = ; σ11 ( x3 ) = Eε11 = Eκ x2 x3 = x3
EI x2 I x2
Problem 5.14
Consider the infinitesimal strain tensor field
κ x2 x3 0 0
ε ik ( x1 , x3 ) = 0 − νκ x2 x3 0
0 − νκ x2 x3
(5.107)
0
ε = κ x2 x3eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 1 − νκ x2 x3eˆ 2 ⊗ eˆ 2 − νκ x2 x3eˆ 3 ⊗ eˆ 3
∂ ( κ x 2 x3 ) ∂ (ν κ x2 x3 )
+ eˆ 2 ∧ eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 1 − eˆ 2 ∧ eˆ 3 ⊗ eˆ 3
∂x 123 ∂x2 1424 3
4224
1 3 = − eˆ 3 14243 = eˆ 1
=0 =0
∂ ( κ x 2 x3 ) ∂ (ν κ x2 x3 )
+ eˆ 3 ∧ eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 1 − eˆ 3 ∧ eˆ 2 ⊗ eˆ 2
∂x3 123 ∂x3 1424 3
= eˆ 2 = − eˆ 1
∂κ x2 ∂κ x2
= −ν x3 eˆ 3 ⊗ eˆ 2 + ν x3 eˆ 2 ⊗ eˆ 3 + κ x2 eˆ 2 ⊗ eˆ 1 + ν κ x2 eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 2
∂x1 ∂x1
thus
r ∂κ x2 ∂κ x2
(∇ xr ∧ ε )T = −ν x3 eˆ 2 ⊗ eˆ 3 + ν x3 eˆ 3 ⊗ eˆ 2 + κ x 2 eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 2 + ν κ x 2 eˆ 2 ⊗ eˆ 1
∂x1 ∂x1
r r ∂ ∂ ˆ ∂ ˆ r
∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ ε )T = eˆ 1 + e2 + e3 ∧ [(∇ xr ∧ ε )T ]
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
∂ ∂ ˆ ∂ ˆ ∂κ x 2 ∂κ x2
= eˆ 1 + e2 + e3 ∧ [−ν x3 eˆ 2 ⊗ eˆ 3 + ν x3 eˆ 3 ⊗ eˆ 2
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x1 ∂x1
+ κ x2 eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 2 + νκ x2 eˆ 2 ⊗ eˆ 1 ]
∂ 2κ x2 ∂ 2 κ x2 ∂κ x2 ∂κ x2
= −ν x3 eˆ 3 ⊗ eˆ 3 − ν x3 eˆ 2 ⊗ eˆ 2 + ν eˆ 3 ⊗ eˆ 1 + ν eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 3
∂x12 ∂x12 ∂x1 ∂x1
∂κ x 2
0 0 ν
∂x1
r r ∂ 2 κ x2
T
Sij = [∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ ε ) ]ij = 0 − ν x3 0 ≠ 0ij
∂x12
∂κ x2 ∂ 2 κ x2
ν 0 − ν x3
∂x1 ∂x12
Note that the compatibility equations are not satisfied. One possibility to guarantee the
r r
continuity of the displacement field ( [∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ ε ) T ] = 0 ), related to the strain field
(5.107), is when κ x2 is a constant, another possibility is when ν = 0 , (see Problem 5.13).
Note also that the above equation could have been obtained by means of the equation in
(5.80), i.e:
∂ 2 ε 33 ∂ 2 ε 22 ∂ 2 ε 23
S
11 = + − 2 =0 X
∂x22 ∂x32 ∂x2 ∂x3
2 2 ∂ 2 κ x2
S 22 = ∂ ε 33 + ∂ ε11 − 2 ∂ ε13 = −νx3
2
13
∂x2 ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x1∂x3 ∂x1
x it fails
Problem 5.15
By considering a homogeneous isotropic linear elastic material, and a static problem
without body forces in which the stress field is given by:
C
2 (λ + µ )
[ (λ + 2 µ ) x22 + λx12 ] − Cλ
(λ + µ )
x1 x2 0
r
[σ ( x )]ij =
− Cλ
(λ + µ )
x1 x2
C
2(λ + µ )
[
(λ + 2 µ ) x12 + λx22 ] 0
Cλ
0 0 ( x12 + x22 )
2(λ + µ )
where C ≠ 0
a) Check if the equations of motion are satisfied;
b) Check if the stress field is appropriated to represent any continuum.
Solution:
r r
a) For the static problem, the equations of motions ( ∇ xr ⋅ σ + ρb = ρa ) become the
r r
equilibrium equations ( ∇ xr ⋅ σ + ρb = 0 ). And the equilibrium equations without body
r r
forces ( ρb = 0 ) is represented by:
r r
∇ xr ⋅ σ + {
ρb = 0 indicial
→ σij , j = 0i
r (5.108)
=0
thus
∂σ11 ∂σ12 ∂σ13
σ11,1 + σ12, 2 + σ13,3 = + + =0
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
∂σ 21 ∂σ 22 ∂σ 23
σ i1,1 + σ i 2, 2 + σ i 3,3 = 0 i ⇒ σ 21,1 + σ 22, 2 + σ 23,3 = + + =0
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
∂σ ∂σ ∂σ
σ31,1 + σ32, 2 + σ33,3 = 31 + 32 + 33 = 0
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
Then, by substituting the given stress field components we can obtain:
C ∂[(λ + 2 µ ) x22 + λx12 ] − Cλ ∂ ( x1 x2 ) C − Cλ
+ +0= [2λx1 ] + ( x1 ) = 0 X
2(λ + µ ) ∂x1 (λ + µ ) ∂x2 2(λ + µ ) (λ + µ )
− Cλ ∂( x x ) C ∂[(λ + 2 µ ) x12 + λx22 ] − Cλ C
1 2
+ +0= ( x2 ) + [2λx2 ] = 0 X
(λ + µ ) ∂x1 2(λ + µ ) ∂x2 (λ + µ ) 2(λ + µ )
Cλ ∂ ( x12 + x22 )
0 + 0 + =0=0 X
2(λ + µ ) ∂x3
Then, the three equations are satisfied.
b) Any continuum must satisfy the compatibility equations, so, for a given stress field if the
correspondent strain field satisfies the compatibility equations, the stress field is acceptable
to represent the continuum stress state. In Problem 5.5, (see equation (5.26)), we have
shown that:
−λ 1 −λ 1
ε= Tr (σ )1 + σ εij = σ kkδ ij + σij
2 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 2µ 2 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 2µ
As we can see the equation S33 ≠ 0 fails. So, the given stress field is not appropriated to
represent any continuum.
In Problem 5.16 we will derive a set of equations which is taking into account the equations
of motion, constitutive equations and the compatibility equations simultaneously. This formulation is
called Stress Formulation. And for the particular case in which the problem is static and
without body force the stress formulation is called Beltrami’s equation.
Problem 5.16
a) Show that the governing equations for a homogeneous isotropic linear elastic material,
(see equations in (5.47)), can be replaced by six equations and six unknowns ( σ ij ), (Stress
Formulation), i.e.:
Indicial notation
2(λ + µ ) λ
σij ,kk + σ kk ,ij − σll ,kkδ ij = 2[( ρu
&&i ), j ]sym − 2[( ρbi ), j ]sym
(2 µ + 3λ ) (2 µ + 3λ )
Tensorial notation
2(λ + µ ) r r λ r
∇ 2xr σ + ∇ x [∇ x [Tr (σ )]] − &r&)][
∇ 2xr [Tr (σ )]1 = 2[∇ xr ( ρu ]sym − 2[∇ xr ( ρb)]sym
(2 µ + 3λ) (2 µ + 3λ )
(5.109)
where ∇ 2xr σ ≡ ∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr σ ) and ∇ 2xr [Tr (σ )] ≡ ∇ xr ⋅ [∇ xr [Tr (σ )]] .
b) or by:
Indicial notation
2(λ + µ ) −λ
σij ,kk + σ kk ,ij = [( ρbk ),k − ( ρu
&&k ),k ]δ ij + 2[( ρu
&&i ), j ]sym − 2[( ρbi ), j ]sym
(2 µ + 3λ) ( 2 µ + λ)
Tensorial notation
2(λ + µ ) r r −λ r r
∇ 2xr σ + ∇ x [∇ x [Tr (σ )]] = &r&)] 1 + 2[∇ r ( ρu
∇ xr ⋅[( ρb) − ( ρu &r&)]sym − 2[∇ r ( ρb)]sym
(2 µ + 3λ) (2 µ + λ)
x x
(5.110)
Eν E
c) Considering that λ = and µ = , express the equations (5.109) and
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) 2(1 + ν )
(5.110) in function of ( E ,ν ) .
r
Hint: The kinematic equations ε = ∇ sym u can be considered by using the equation, (see
Problem 5.11):
ε ij , kl + ε kl ,ij − ε il , jk − ε jk ,il = O ijkl (5.111)
Solution: a) We can obtain the inverse of the constitutive equation in stress ( σ = C e : ε ):
−1 −1 −1
Ce : σ = Ce : C e : ε = I sym : ε = ε sym = ε ⇒ ε = Ce :σ
For isotropic materials, (see equation (5.26)), the strain tensor can be obtained as follows:
1 λ 1 λ
ε= σ− Tr (σ )1 indicial
→ ε ij = σ ij − σ qqδ ij .
2µ 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ ) 2µ 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ )
As we are considering a homogeneous material, the mechanical properties do not vary with
r ∂λ ∂µ
x , i.e. λ ,i ≡ = 0 i and µ ,i ≡ = 0 i , then:
∂x i ∂xi
∂ 2 ε ij 1 λ 1 λ
≡ ε ij , kl = σij − σ qqδ ij = σ ij ,kl − σ qq , klδ ij (5.112)
∂xk ∂xl 2µ 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ) ,kl 2 µ 2 µ ( 2 µ + 3λ)
∂ 2 ε ij 1 λ
≡ ε ij , kl = σ ij , kl − σ qq , klδ ij
∂xk ∂xl 2µ 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ)
With that the equation in (5.113) becomes:
ε ik , kl + ε kl ,ik − ε il , kk − ε kk ,il = 0 il
1 2λ λ 2µ
σik , kl − σ qq ,il + σ lk , ki − σ il , kk + σ qq ,kkδ il − σ qq ,il = 0 il
2µ (2 µ + 3λ) (2 µ + 3λ) (2 µ + 3λ)
2λ 2µ λ
⇒ σ ik ,kl − + σ qq ,il + σ lk , ki − σ il , kk + σ qq , kkδ il = 0 il
( 2 µ + 3λ) (2 µ + 3λ) (2 µ + 3λ)
2( µ + λ) λ
⇒ σ ik ,kl − σ qq ,il + σ lk , ki − σil , kk + σ qq , kkδ il = 0 il
(2 µ + 3λ) ( 2 µ + 3λ)
− 2( µ + λ ) λ
⇒ σ qq ,il − σ il , kk + σ qq ,kkδ il = −σ ik , kl − σ lk ,ki (5.114)
(2 µ + 3λ ) (2 µ + 3λ)
σ ij , jk + (ρ b i ) , k = (ρ u
&& i ) ,k
σ lk , ki + (ρ b l ) ,i = (ρ u
&& l ) ,i ⇒ − σ lk ,ki = (ρ b l ) ,i − (ρ u
&& l ) ,i .
And note that − σik , kl − σlk , ki = ( ρbi ),l − ( ρu&&i ),l + ( ρbl ),i − ( ρu&&l ),i = 2[( ρbi ),l ]sym − 2[( ρu&&i ),l ]sym
By replacing the above equation into the equation (5.114) we can obtain:
− 2( µ + λ ) λ
σ qq ,il − σ il , kk + σ qq , kkδ il = 2[( ρb i ) ,l ]sym − 2[( ρu
&&i ) ,l ]sym
(2 µ + 3λ) (2 µ + 3λ)
Restructuring the above and considering that ( l = j ) we can obtain:
2( µ + λ ) λ
σ ij ,kk + σ kk ,ij − σ ll ,kkδ ij = 2[( ρu
&&i ) , j ]sym − 2[( ρb i ), j ]sym (5.115)
(2 µ + 3λ ) (2 µ + 3λ )
Q.E.D.
which matches the equation in (5.109). The above equation could have been obtained by
means of equation in (5.79):
∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr ε ) + ∇ xr [∇ xr [Tr (ε )]] = ∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ ε ) + [∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ ε )]
T
(5.116)
1 λ
where ε = σ− Tr (σ )1 , and is also true that
2µ 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ)
1 λ
∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr ε ) = ∇ xr ⋅ ∇ xr σ− Tr (σ )1
2µ 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ) ;
1 r λ
= ∇ x ⋅ (∇ xr σ ) − ∇ xr ⋅ ∇ xr [ Tr (σ )]1
2µ 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ)
1 1
Tr (ε ) = Tr (σ ) ⇒ ∇ xr [∇ xr [Tr (ε )]] = ∇ xr [∇ xr [Tr (σ )]] ;
(2 µ + 3λ ) (2 µ + 3λ )
1 r λ 1 r λ
∇ xr ⋅ ε = ∇ x ⋅σ − ∇ xr ⋅ ( Tr (σ )1) = ∇ x ⋅σ − ∇ xr ( Tr (σ ))
2µ 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ) 2µ 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ)
Note that [∇ xr ⋅ ( Tr (σ )1)]i = (σ kkδ ij ) , j = σ kk , jδ ij + σ kkδ ij , j = σ kk , jδ ij = σ kk ,i = [∇ xr ( Tr (σ ))]i ,
r r
and if we consider ∇ xr ⋅ σ + ρb = ρu
&& we can obtain:
1 r λ 1 &r& r λ
∇ xr ⋅ ε = ∇x ⋅σ − ∇ xr ( Tr (σ )) = ( ρu − ρb ) − ∇ xr ( Tr (σ ))
2µ 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ) 2µ 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ)
1 r &r& r λ
⇒ ∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ ε ) = ∇ x [( ρu − ρb)] − ∇ xr [∇ xr ( Tr (σ ))]
2µ 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ)
with that we can obtain:
∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ ε ) + [∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ ε )] = 2[∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ ε )]
T sym
r 2λ
=
2 &r& − ρb)]}sym −
{∇ xr [( ρu {∇ xr [∇ xr ( Tr (σ ))]}sym
2µ 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ)
r 2λ
=
2 &r& − ρb)]}sym −
{∇ xr [( ρu ∇ xr [∇ xr ( Tr (σ ))]
2µ 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ)
{∇ xr [∇ xr ( Tr (σ ))]}ij = σ kk ,ij = σ kk , ji = {∇ xr [∇ xr ( Tr (σ ))]} ji (symmetric). Taking into account the
above equations into the equation (5.116) we can obtain:
∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr ε ) + ∇ xr [∇ xr [Tr (ε )]] = ∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ ε ) + [∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ ε )]
T
1 r λ 1
⇒ ∇ x ⋅ (∇ xr σ ) − ∇ xr ⋅ ∇ xr [ Tr (σ )]1 + ∇ xr [∇ xr [Tr (σ )]] =
2µ 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ) (2 µ + 3λ)
r 2λ
2 &r& − ρb)]}sym −
{∇ xr [( ρu ∇ xr [∇ xr ( Tr (σ ))]
2µ 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ)
λ 2µ
⇒ ∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr σ ) − (∇ xr ⋅ ∇ xr [ Tr (σ )])1 + ∇ xr [∇ xr [Tr (σ )]] =
(2 µ + 3λ) (2 µ + 3λ)
r 2λ
&r& − ρb)]}sym −
2{∇ xr [( ρu ∇ xr [∇ xr ( Tr (σ ))]
(2 µ + 3λ)
λ 2( µ + λ) r r r
⇒ ∇ 2xr σ − ∇ 2xr [ Tr (σ )] 1 + &r& − ρb)]}sym
∇ x [∇ x [Tr (σ )]] = 2{∇ xr [( ρu
(2 µ + 3λ) (2 µ + 3λ)
which matches the equation in (5.115) or (5.109).
b) Starting from the equation (5.115):
2( µ + λ ) λ
σ ij ,kk + σ kk ,ij = σ ll ,kkδ ij + 2[( ρu
&&i ) , j ]sym − 2[( ρb i ) , j ] sym (5.117)
(2 µ + 3λ) (2 µ + 3λ)
Our goal now is to obtain an expression for σ ll, kk . If we multiply equation (5.111) by
δ jk δ li we can obtain:
ε ij ,klδ jkδ li + ε kl ,ijδ jkδ li − ε il , jkδ jkδ li − ε jk ,ilδ jkδ li = O ijklδ jkδ li
⇒ ε ij , ji + ε ji ,ij − ε ii , jj − ε jj ,ii = 2ε ij ,ij − 2ε ii , jj = 0 (5.118)
⇒ ε ij ,ij − ε ii , jj = 0
If we use the inverse of the constitutive equation, (see equation (5.112)), we can obtain:
1 λ 1 λ
ε ij ,ij = σ ij ,ij − σ qq ,ijδ ij = σ ij ,ij − σ qq ,ii
2µ 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ) 2µ 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ)
(5.119)
1 λ 2µ
ε ii ,kk = σ ii , kk − σ qq , kkδ ii = σ ii , kk
2µ 2 µ ( 2 µ + 3λ) 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ)
With that the equation in (5.118) becomes:
⇒ ε ij ,ij − ε ii , jj = 0
1 λ 2µ
⇒ σ ij ,ij − σ qq ,ii − σ ii ,kk = 0
2µ 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ) 2 µ (2 µ + 3λ)
λ 2µ (5.120)
⇒ σ ij ,ij − + σ ii , kk = 0
(2 µ + 3λ) (2 µ + 3λ)
2µ + λ
⇒ σ ij ,ij = σ ii , kk
(2 µ + 3λ)
The above equation can also be written in terms of ν
2µ + λ 1−ν
σij , ij = σii , kk ; σij , ij = σii , kk
2 µ + 3λ 1+ν
(5.121)
2µ + λ r 1−ν r
∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr ⋅ σ ) = ∇ x ⋅ [∇ xr [Tr (σ )]] ; ∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr ⋅ σ ) = ∇ x ⋅ [∇ xr [Tr (σ )]]
2 µ + 3λ 1+ν
σ ij , ji + (ρ b i ) ,i = (ρ u
&& i ) ,i ⇒ σ ij , ji = (ρ u
&& i ) ,i − (ρ b i ) ,i
2µ + λ
σ ij ,ij = σ ii ,kk
(2µ + 3λ )
2µ + λ
⇒ (ρ u && i ) ,i − (ρ b i ) ,i =
(2µ + 3λ ) σ ii ,kk (5.122)
(2µ + 3λ ) (2µ + 3λ )
⇒ σ ii ,kk = σ ll ,kk =
2µ + λ
(ρ u [
&& k ) ,k − (ρ b k ) ,k = − ]2µ + λ
[
( ρ b k ) , k − (ρ u
&& k ) , k ]
Replacing equation (5.122) into (5.117), we can obtain:
2( µ + λ) λ
σij ,kk + σkk ,ij = σll ,kkδ ij + 2[( ρu
&&i ), j ]sym − 2[( ρbi ), j ]sym
(2 µ + 3λ) (2 µ + 3λ)
2( µ + λ) −λ (2 µ + 3λ)
σij ,kk + σkk ,ij = [( ρb k ),k − ( ρu
&&k ),k ]δ ij + 2[( ρ&u&i ), j ]sym − 2[( ρbi ), j ]sym
(2 µ + 3λ) (2 µ + 3λ) 2 µ + λ
2( µ + λ) −λ
⇒ σij ,kk + σkk ,ij = [( ρb k ),k − ( ρu
&&k ),k ]δ ij + 2[( ρu
&&i ), j ]sym − 2[( ρbi ), j ]sym
(2 µ + 3λ) (2 µ + λ)
Q.E.D. (5.123)
Thus obtaining the equation in (5.110)
c) After some algebraic manipulations we can obtain:
1 (1 − 2ν ) λ (1 − 2ν ) Eν ν
= ; = = ;
(2 µ + 3λ) E (2 µ + 3λ) E (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) (1 + ν )
µ (1 − 2ν ) E (1 − 2ν ) 2( µ + λ ) ν (1 − 2ν ) 1
= = ; =2 +2 = ,
(2 µ + 3λ ) E 2(1 + ν ) 2(1 + ν ) (2 µ + 3λ) (1 + ν ) 2(1 + ν ) (1 + ν )
E Eν E (1 − ν )
( 2 µ + λ) = 2 + = ;
2(1 + ν ) (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν )
λ Eν (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) ν 2µ + λ 1 − ν
= = ; = ,
(2 µ + λ) (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) E (1 − ν ) (1 − ν ) 2 µ + 3λ 1 + ν
whereby the equation (5.109) becomes:
1 ν
σij , kk + σ kk ,ij − σll , kkδ ij = 2[( ρu
&&i ), j ]sym − 2[( ρbi ), j ]sym
(1 + ν ) (1 + ν )
Tensorial notation
ν r
∇ 2xr σ +
1
∇ xr [∇ xr [Tr (σ )]] − &r&)]sym − 2[∇ r ( ρb)]sym
∇ 2xr [Tr (σ )]1 = 2[∇ xr ( ρu x
(1 + ν ) (1 + ν )
(5.124)
and the equation (5.110) becomes:
1 −ν
σij , kk + σ kk ,ij = [( ρb k ), k − ( ρ&u&k ), k ]δ ij + 2[( ρu
&&i ), j ]sym − 2[( ρbi ), j ]sym
(1 + ν ) (1 − ν )
Tensorial notation
−ν r r
∇ 2xr σ +
1
∇ xr [∇ xr [Tr (σ )]] = &r&)] 1 + 2[∇ r ( ρu
∇ xr ⋅ [( ρb) − ( ρu &r&)]sym − 2[∇ r ( ρb)]sym
x x
(1 + ν ) (1 − ν )
(5.125)
which are known as Michell’s equations, which were obtained by Michell in 1900.
r
If the body forces do not vary with x , the Michell’s equations (5.126) reduce to:
1
σij , kk + σ kk ,ij = 0ij
(1 + ν )
Beltrami’s equations (5.127)
1
∇ 2xr σ + ∇ xr [∇ xr [Tr (σ )]] = 0
(1 + ν )
which are known as Beltrami’s equations, which were obtained by Beltrami in 1892, (see
Sokolnikoff (1956) first edition in (1946)).
∂ 2σij 1 ∂( ρbi ) ∂( ρb j )
If we take into account that σij , kk = = ∇ 2xr σij , [( ρbi ), j ]sym = + , and
∂xk ∂xk 2 ∂x j ∂xi
r
[( ρb k ), k ]δ ij = [][∇ xr ⋅ ( ρb)]δ ij , the Michell’s equations can be rewritten explicitly as follows:
1 −ν
σij , kk + σkk ,ij = [( ρb k ), k ]δ ij − 2[( ρbi ), j ]sym
(1 + ν ) (1 − ν )
1 ∂ 2 [ Tr (σ )] −ν r ∂ ( ρbi ) ∂ ( ρb j )
⇒ ∇ 2xr σij + = [∇ xr ⋅ ( ρb)]δ ij − +
(1 + ν ) ∂xi ∂x j (1 − ν ) ∂x j ∂xi
Then, the above six equations are:
2 1 ∂ 2 [ Tr (σ )] −ν r ∂( ρb1 )
∇ rσ +
x 11 = [∇ xr ⋅ ( ρb)] − 2
(1 + ν ) ∂x1 2
(1 − ν ) ∂x1
2
1 ∂ [ Tr (σ )] −ν r ∂ ( ρb 2 )
∇ 2xr σ22 + = [∇ xr ⋅ ( ρb)] − 2
(1 + ν ) ∂x2 2
(1 − ν ) ∂x2
r
∇ 2r σ + 1 ∂ [ Tr (σ )] = − ν [∇ r ⋅ ( ρb)] − 2 ∂ ( ρb3 )
2
x 33
(1 + ν ) ∂x32 (1 − ν )
x
∂x3
(5.128)
∇ 2r σ + 1 ∂ [ Tr (σ )] = − ∂ ( ρb1 ) + ∂ ( ρb 2 )
2
x 12 (1 + ν ) ∂x1∂x2 ∂x ∂x1
2
2 1 ∂ 2 [ Tr (σ )] ∂ ( ρb 2 ) ∂ ( ρb3 )
∇ rσ +
x 23 = − +
(1 + ν ) ∂x 2 ∂ x3 ∂ x3 ∂ x2
∇ 2xr σ13 + 1 ∂ [ Tr (σ )] = − ∂ ( ρb1 ) + ∂( ρb3 )
2
(1 + ν ) ∂x1∂x3 ∂x1
∂x3
1 − 3ν
⇒ 1 + σii , kk = − 2 [( ρb k ), k ] (5.130)
(1 + ν ) (1 − ν )
(2 + ν ) (2 + ν ) (1 + ν )
⇒ σii , kk = − [( ρb k ), k ] ⇒ σii , kk = − [( ρb k ), k ]
(1 + ν ) (1 − ν ) (1 − ν )
Note that σ ii ,kk = σ kk ,ii and (ρ b k ) ,k = (ρ b i ) ,i . The above equation in tensorial notation
becomes:
r r
(∇ 2xr σ ) : 1 +
1
{∇ xr [∇ xr [Tr(σ )]]} : 1 = − ν [∇ xr ⋅ ( ρb)] 1 : 1 − 2[∇ xr ( ρb)]sym : 1 (5.131)
(1 + ν ) (1 − ν )
Note that
(∇ 2xr σ ) : 1 ≡ {∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr σ )}: 1 = ∇ xr ⋅ [∇ xr [Tr(σ )]] ≡ ∇ 2xr [Tr(σ )]
{∇ xr [∇ xr [Tr(σ )]]}: 1 = ∇ xr ⋅ [∇ xr [Tr(σ )]] ≡ ∇ 2xr [Tr(σ )]
1 :1 = 3
[ r sym
∇ xr ( ρb) ] r
: 1 = ∇ xr ⋅ ( ρb)
with that the equation (5.131) becomes:
1 − 3ν r r
∇ 2xr [Tr (σ )] + ∇ 2xr [Tr (σ )] = [∇ xr ⋅ ( ρb)] − 2[∇ xr ⋅ ( ρb)]
(1 + ν ) (1 − ν )
− (1 + ν ) r r
⇒ ∇ 2xr [Tr (σ )] = [∇ x ⋅ ( ρb)]
(1 − ν )
NOTE 3: For the two-dimensional elasticity case, the stress formulation is provided in
Problem 6.34.
Problem 5.17
Consider a static linear elastic problem, and also that the mass density ( ρ ) and the
r
mechanical properties ( λ, µ ) are homogeneous fields, and that the specific body force b is
a conservative and homogeneous field. Show that the Cauchy stress tensor, the
infinitesimal strain tensor, and the displacement components are biharmonic functions.
Solution:
r r
Taking into account the static problem, the equations of motion ∇ xr ⋅ σ + ρb = ρu
&& becomes
r r
the equilibrium equations ∇ xr ⋅ σ + ρb = 0 , and by applying the divergence to it we can
obtain:
Tensorial notation Indicial notation
r r
∇ xr ⋅ σ + ρb = 0 σij , j + ρbi = 0 i
r
⇒ ∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr ⋅ σ ) + ∇ xr ⋅ ( ρb) = 0 ⇒ σij , ji + ( ρbi ),i = 0 (5.132)
1424 3 123
=0
=0
⇒ ∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr ⋅ σ ) = 0 ⇒ σij ,ij = 0
r r
where we have considered that the body force density ( ρb) does not change with x
(homogeneous field).
If we take into account the equation in (5.121) we can conclude that:
Tensorial notation Indicial notation
1−ν r 1−ν
∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr ⋅ σ ) = ∇ x ⋅ [∇ xr [Tr (σ )]] = 0 σ ij ,ij = σ ii ,kk = 0
1+ν 1+ν (5.133)
⇒ ∇ xr ⋅ [∇ xr [Tr (σ )]] ≡ ∇ 2xr [Tr (σ )] = 0 ∂ 2 σ ii
⇒ σ ii ,kk = = ∇ 2xr (σ ii ) = 0
∂xk ∂xk
with that we show that [ Tr (σ )] is harmonic function. Then it is easy to show that [ Tr (ε )]
2µ
is also harmonic function, since [ Tr (σ )] = 3 λ + [ Tr (ε )] , (see Problem 5.5 NOTE 8):
3
2µ
∇ 2xr [Tr (σ )] = ∇ 2xr 3 λ + [ Tr (ε )] = 0 ⇒ ∇ 2xr [ Tr (ε )] = 0 (5.134)
3
If we apply the Laplacian to the Beltrami’s equations (5.127) we can obtain:
Tensorial notation Indicial notation
1 1
∇ 2xr σ
+ ∇ xr [∇ xr [Tr (σ )]] = 0 σij , kk + σkk ,ij = 0ij
(1 + ν ) (1 + ν )
1 1
⇒ ∇ 2xr ∇ 2xr σ + ∇ 2xr {∇ xr [∇ xr [Tr (σ )]]} = 0 ⇒ σij , kkpp + σkk ,ijpp = 0ij
(1 + ν ) (1 + ν )
1 (5.135)
1 ⇒ σij , kkpp + (σkk , pp ),ij = 0ij
⇒ ∇ 2xr ∇ 2xr σ + ∇ xr ∇ xr [ ∇ 2xr [ Tr (σ )] ] = 0 (1 + ν ) 123
(1 + ν ) 14243
=0
=0
∂ 2 ∂ 2 (σij )
⇒ ∇ 2xr ∇ 2xr σ ≡ ∇ 4xr σ = 0 ⇒ σij , kkpp = =0
∂xk ∂xk ∂x p ∂x p
⇒ ∇ 2xr ∇ 2xr (σij ) ≡ ∇ 4xr (σij ) = 0ij
With that we show that the Cauchy stress tensor is biharmonic function, where the
operator ∇ 4xr ≡ ∇ 2xr ∇ 2xr is known as the bilaplacian. We can show that the infinitesimal strain
tensor is also biharmonic function, i.e.: ∇ 4xr ε = 0 . Taking into account the above equation
and the constitutive equation in stress for isotropic linear elastic material
σ = λTr (ε )1 + 2 µε we obtain:
∇ 4xr σ = 0
⇒ ∇ 4xr (λTr (ε )1 + 2 µε ) = ∇ 4xr (λTr (ε )1) + ∇ 4xr (2 µε ) = ∇ 4xr ( Tr (ε ))λ1 + 2 µ∇ 4xr (ε ) = 0
14243
=0
⇒ ∇ 4xr ε =0
To show that the displacement components are biharmonic function, we will start with the
Navier’s equations (5.49) for a static case, (λ + µ )u j , ji + µui , jj + ρbi = ρu
&&i = 0 i , and if we
apply the Laplacian to it we can obtain:
(λ + µ )u j , jikk + µui , jjkk + ( ρbi ), kk = 0i
1424 3 (5.136)
= 0i
r
where we have considered that λ , µ and ( ρbi ) do not change with x . Note also that
r
ui , jjk = ui , kjj = ∇ 2xr (ui , k ) = {∇ 2xr [∇ xr u]}ik
where we have used the equation (5.134). Then, the equation in (5.136) can be written as
follows:
(λ + µ )u j , jikk + µui , jjkk = 0i ⇒ (λ + µ )(u j , jkk ),i + µui , jjkk = 0i
12 3
=0
∇ 4xr u1 =0 (5.137)
4
⇒ ui , jjkk = ∇ 4xr ui = 0i ⇒ ∇ xr u 2 = 0
4r
∇ x u3 = 0
with that we show that the displacement components are biharmonic functions.
Problem 5.18
a) Given a scalar field Φ such as:
∂ 2Φ ∂ 2Φ − ∂ 2Φ
σ11 = ; σ 22 = ; σ12 = σ 21 = (5.138)
∂x 22 ∂x12 ∂x1 ∂x 2
Show that
Indicial notation Tensorial notation
Φ , iijj = 0 (i, j = 1,2) ∇ ⋅ {∇ [∇ ⋅ (∇Φ )]} = 0
⇒ ∇ 2∇ 2 Φ = 0
(5.139)
∂ 4Φ ∂ 4Φ ∂ 4Φ
⇒ 4
+2 2 2 + 4 =0
∂x1 ∂x1 x2 ∂x2 ⇒ ∇ 4Φ = 0
Consider a linear elastic material, a static problem, and with no body forces. Consider also
that the Cauchy stress tensor is only dependent of x1 and x 2 , i.e. σ = σ ( x1 , x 2 ) .
b) Show whether the equilibrium equations are satisfied or not.
Solution:
a) In Problem 5.16, (see equation (5.130)), we have shown that:
− (1 + ν )
σii , kk =
(1 − ν )
[ ]
( ρb k ) , k = 0
where we have considered that (ρ b k ) ,k = 0 . For the proposed problem we have i, k = 1,2 ,
with which:
σ ii ,kk = 0 ⇒ σ ii ,11 + σ ii , 22 = 0 ⇒ σ11,11 + σ 22,11 + σ11, 22 + σ 22, 22 = 0
∂ 2 σ11 ∂ 2 σ 22 ∂ 2 σ11 ∂ 2 σ 22
⇒ + + + =0
∂x12 ∂x12 ∂x 22 ∂x 22
Using the definition given by (5.138), we can conclude that:
∂ 2 σ11 ∂ 2 σ 22 ∂ 2 σ11 ∂ 2 σ 22
+ + + =0
∂x12 ∂x12 ∂x 22 ∂x 22
∂ 2 ∂ 2Φ ∂ 2 ∂ 2Φ ∂ 2 ∂ 2Φ ∂ 2 ∂ 2Φ
⇒ + + + =0
∂x12 ∂x 22 ∂x12 ∂x12 ∂x 22 ∂x 22 ∂x 22 ∂x12
∂ 4Φ ∂ 4Φ ∂ 4Φ
⇒ + 2 + =0
∂x14 ∂x12 ∂x 22 ∂x 24
Q.E.D.
b) For the bidimensional case (2D), the equilibrium equations (without body forces) reduce
to:
∂σ11 ∂σ12
∂x + ∂x = 0
i , j =1, 2 ) 1 2
σ ij , j = 0 i ( → σ i1,1 + σ i 2, 2 = 0 i ⇒
∂σ 21 + ∂σ 22 = 0
∂x1 ∂x 2
Using the definition (5.138), we can obtain:
∂σ11 ∂σ12 ∂ ∂ 2Φ ∂ ∂ 2Φ ∂ 3Φ ∂ 3Φ
∂x + ∂x = 0 − = − =0 X
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x2 ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x1∂x2 ∂x1 ∂x2
2 2 2
1 2
⇒
∂σ21 + ∂σ22 = 0
2 2 3 3
− ∂ ∂ Φ + ∂ ∂ Φ = − ∂ Φ + ∂ Φ = 0 X
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x ∂x ∂x ∂x2 ∂x12 ∂x12 ∂x2 ∂x2∂x12
1 1 2
With this, we show that the expressions for stresses given by (5.138) satisfy the equilibrium
equations.
NOTE: In the literature, Φ is known as the Airy stress function, (see Problem 6.34), and the
SI unit of Φ is [Φ] = N ( Newton) .
Problem 5.19
Let us consider that the Cauchy stress tensor field can be obtained as follows:
r r N
σ = ∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ P )T [σ ] = = Pa( Pascal ) (5.140)
m2
where the second-order tensor P has the following Cartesian components:
χ 1 0 0
Pij = 0 χ 2 0 ∴ [ P ] = N ( Newton)
0 0 χ 3
a) Obtain the explicit components of the stress tensor in function of χ i . b) Check whether
the body is in equilibrium by considering the static state and without body force.
Solution:
a) In Problem 1.110 we have shown that the following is true:
r r
σ qt = [∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ P ) T ] qt = qjk til Pij , kl
Note also that the explicit equations for σ qt , (given by (5.140)), have the same structure as
the one used to obtain the components Sij in equation (5.80), (see Problem 5.11), so
∂ ∂P23 ∂P13 ∂P12 ∂ 2 P11
σ23 = −
∂ x ∂x + ∂x + ∂x − ∂x ∂x
1 1 2 3 2 3
σ13 = ∂ ∂P23 − ∂P13 + ∂P12 − ∂ P22
2
Taking into account that P11 = χ 1 , P22 = χ 2 , P33 = χ 3 and P12 = P23 = P13 = 0 , the stress
components become:
∂ 2χ 3 ∂ 2χ 2 ∂ 2χ 3 ∂ 2χ 2
+ − −
∂x2
2
∂x32 ∂x1∂x2 ∂x1∂x3
∂ 2χ 3 ∂ χ 3 ∂ χ1
2 2
∂ χ1
2
σ qt = − + − (5.142)
∂x1∂x2 ∂x 2 ∂x32 ∂x2 ∂x3
1
∂ 2χ 2 ∂ 2χ 1 ∂ 2χ 1 ∂ 2χ 2
− − 2 +
∂x1∂x3 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x 2
2 ∂ x 1
r
b) We start from the equations of motion ∇ xr ⋅ σ + ρb = ρv& = ρu
r &r& , (see equation (5.14)), in
indicial notation σ ij , j + ρ b i = ρ u
&& i and by considering the static state ( u &&i = 0i ) and without
body force ( bi = 0i ) the equations of motion become the equilibrium equations, namely:
∂x1
∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x1 ∂x1∂x3 ∂x2 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x3 ∂x22 ∂x12
NOTE 1: In the literature χ i are known as stress functions. In the particular case when
χ 3 = Φ and χ1 = χ 2 = 0 we fall back into the two-dimensional problem discussed in
Problem 5.18, where Φ = Φ ( x1, x2 ) is the Airy stress function. In this case the Eq. (5.142)
becomes:
∂ 2Φ ∂ 2Φ
− 0
∂x2
2
∂x1∂x2
∂ 2Φ ∂ 2Φ
σqt = − 0
∂x1∂x2 ∂x12
0 0 0
NOTE 2: Note that the stress field can also be expressed by other stress function ξ , (see
Love (1944)). In this case the P -components are:
0 ξ3 ξ 2
−1
Pij = ξ 3 0 ξ 1 ∴ [ P ] = N ( Newton)
2
ξ 2 ξ 1 0
− 1 ∂ ∂ξ 3 − 1 ∂ ∂ξ 3
0 − ∂φ ∂φ
2 ∂x3 ∂x3 2 ∂x2 ∂x3 0 −
∂x3 ∂x2
− 1 ∂ ∂ξ ∂φ
σ qt = − 3
0 0 = 0 0
2 ∂x3 ∂x3 ∂x3
− 1 ∂ ∂ξ ∂φ
3 0 0 − 0 0
2 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x2
1 ∂ξ 3
where we have considered that φ = φ ( x2 , x3 ) = . In the literature φ is known as the
2 ∂x3
Prandtl’s stress function, (see 6.4 Introduction to Torsion – Problem 6.44 – NOTE 2).
r r
Additional NOTE: The components of ∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ P ) (not symmetric) were obtained in
Problem 1.110 and are given by:
r r
[∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ P )]tj = Psj ,ts − Ptj , ss
then
Psj ,ts − Ptj , ss = P1 j ,t1 + P2 j ,t 2 + P3 j ,t 3 − ( Ptj ,11 + Ptj , 22 + Ptj ,33 )
(t = 1, j = 1) ⇒ P11,11 + P21,12 + P31,13 − ( P11,11 + P11, 22 + P11,33 ) = −(χ1, 22 + χ1,33 )
(t = 2, s = 2) ⇒ P12, 21 + P22, 22 + P32, 23 − ( P22,11 + P22, 22 + P22,33 ) = −(χ 2,11 + χ 2,33 )
(t = 3, j = 3) ⇒ P13,31 + P23,32 + P33,33 − ( P33,11 + P33, 22 + P33,33 ) = −(χ 3,11 + χ 3, 22 )
(t = 1, j = 2) ⇒ P12,11 + P22,12 + P32,13 − ( P12,11 + P12, 22 + P12,33 ) = χ 2,12
(t = 2, j = 3) ⇒ P13, 21 + P23, 22 + P33, 23 − ( P23,11 + P23, 22 + P23,33 ) = χ 3, 23
(t = 1, j = 3) ⇒ P13,11 + P23,12 + P33,13 − ( P13,11 + χ13, 22 + P13,33 ) = χ 3,13
M
Thus
∂ 2χ1 ∂ 2χ1 ∂ 2χ 2 ∂ 2χ 3
− 2 +
∂x2 ∂x32 ∂x1∂x2 ∂x1∂x3
r r ∂ 2
χ ∂ 2
χ ∂ 2
χ ∂ 2
χ
[∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ P )]tj = 1
− 2
+ 2 3
∂x1∂x2 ∂x1
2
∂x32 ∂x2∂x3
∂ χ1
2
∂ χ2
2
∂ χ
2
∂ χ 3
2
− 2 3 +
∂x1∂x3 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x1 ∂x22
Note that
r r r r
[∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ P )T ] ≠ [∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ P )]
Problem 5.20
Consider the governing equation for the linear elastic problem described in Problem 5.5.
r
Obtain an equivalent formulation such as the unknowns are displacement u and stress σ
(Mixed Formulation). Use Voigt notation.
Solution:
Taking into account the governing equations for the elastic linear problem:
Tensorial notation Voigt notation
The equations of motion: The equations of motion:
r
r
r
∇ x ⋅ σ + ρb = ρv& = ρu &r& (3 equations) [ L ] {σ } + {ρb } = {ρu&&} (3 equations)
(1) T
The constitutive equations for stress: The constitutive equations for stress:
(5.144)
σ (ε ) = C e : ε (6 equations) {σ } = [C ] {ε } (6 equations)
The kinematic equations: The kinematic equations:
r
ε = ∇ sym
x u (6 equations)
r {ε } = [ L(1) ] {u } (6 equations)
where the equations in Voigt notation were obtained in Problem 5.8, where
∂ ∂ ∂
0 0 0
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
∂ ∂ ∂
[ L(1) ]T = 0 0 0
∂x2 ∂x1 ∂x3
0 ∂ ∂ ∂
0 0
∂x3 ∂x2 ∂x1
To eliminate the strain from the governing equations, we replace the kinematic equation
into the constitutive equations for stress, i.e.:
{σ } = [C ] {ε } ⇒ {σ } = [C ] [ L(1) ]{u }
⇒ [C ]−1{σ } = [C ]−1[C ] [ L(1) ]{u }
1424 3
=[1 ]
⇒ [C ]−1{σ } − [ L(1) ]{u } = {0 }
whereby the system (5.144) becomes:
[ L(1) ]T {σ } + {ρb } = { ρu&&}
−1
[C ] {σ } − [ L ]{u } = {0 }
(1)
NOTE 2: We can summarize that the linear elastic problem, considering an isotropic
homogenous linear elastic material, is governed by the set of partial differential equations:
Tensorial notation Voigt notation
The equations of motion: The equations of motion:
r r &r& (3 equations)
∇ ⋅ σ + ρ b = ρ v& = ρ u [ L ] {σ } + {ρb } = {ρu&&} (3 equations)
(1) T
The constitutive equations for stress: The constitutive equations for stress:
(5.145)
σ (ε ) = C e : ε (6 equations) {σ } = [C ] {ε } (6 equations)
The kinematic equations: The kinematic equations:
r
ε = ∇ sym u (6 equations) {ε } = [ L(1) ] {u } (6 equations)
(λ + µ )u j , ji + µ u i , jj + ρ b i = ρ u
&& i
Navier’s equations (5.146)
r r r
&r&
(λ + µ )[∇ (∇ ⋅ u)] + µ [∇ ⋅ (∇u)] + ρ b = ρ u
Tensorial notation
∇ 2xr σ +
2(λ + µ ) r r
(2 µ + 3λ)
∇ x [∇ x [Tr (σ )]] −
λ
(2 µ + 3λ)
[ ]r
[
&r&) sym − 2 ∇ r ( ρb) sym
∇ 2xr [Tr (σ )]1 = 2 ∇ xr ( ρu x ]
(5.147)
in which we have 6 equations and 6 unknowns (σ ij ) .
3) Mixed Formulation, (see Problem 5.20):
[ L(1) ]T {σ } + {ρb } = {ρu&&} (3 equations)
−1
(5.148)
[C ] {σ } − [ L ]{u } = {0 }
(1)
(6 equations)
Problem 5.21
Let us consider two systems made up by the same linear elastic material but with different
load conditions as indicated in Figure 5.14.
r
System I Surface force - t *
r
Specific body force - b
Su B Sσ
r r
r dV t * ( x) Stress field - σ
u* r r
ρ b( x ) Strain field - ε
r
n̂ Displacement field - u
r
System II Surface force - t *
r
Specific body force - b
Su B Sσ
r r r
u* dV t * ( x) Stress field - σ
r
ρb Strain field - ε
r
n̂ Displacement field - u
∫ σ : ε dV = ∫ σ : εdV
V V
Betti’s theorem (5.149)
Solution:
Taking into account the constitutive equation for stress, σ = C e : ε , in indicial notation:
e
σ ij = C ijkl ε kl
And by multiplying both sides of the equation by the field ε we can obtain:
σ ij ε ij = ε ij C eijkl ε kl Major
Simmetry
of C
→ e
σ ij ε ij = ε ij C ijkl ε kl = ε kl C eklij ε ij
e
where we have applied the major symmetry of the elasticity tensor ( C ijkl = C eklij ). Since the
both systems are made up by the same material the relationship σ = C e : ε holds. With that
the above equation becomes:
σ ij ε ij = ε ij C eijkl ε kl = ε kl C eklij ε ij = ε kl σ kl Tensorial
notation
→ σ :ε = σ :ε
If now we integrate over the whole volume we can obtain the Betti’s theorem:
∫ σ : ε dV = ∫ σ : ε dV
V V
(5.150)
e
NOTE 1: The above equation is only valid if C ijkl = C eklij holds, i.e. if C e has major
e
symmetry. In other words, the condition C ijkl = C eklij enforces the existence of the stored-
energy function (Ψ e ), such as:
e ∂ 2Ψ e (ε ) ∂ 2Ψ e (ε )
C ijkl = = = C eklij
∂ε ij ∂ε kl ∂ε kl ∂ε ij
NOTE 2: The Betti’s theorem is the start point to obtain the formulation of the Boundary
Element Method.
NOTE 3: The Betti’s theorem can also be expressed in another form which we show
below.
1 ∂u ∂u j 1
Recall that ε ij = i + = (u i , j + u j ,i ) , which is also valid for the system II, i.e.
2 ∂x j ∂xi 2
1
ε ij = ( ui , j + u j ,i ) . Then:
2
∫ σ ε dV = ∫ σ ε dV
V
ij ij
V
ij ij
1 1
2V ∫
σij (ui , j + u j ,i )dV =
2V ∫
σij ( ui , j + u j ,i )dV (5.151)
∫σ u
V
ij i , j dV ∫
= σij ui , j dV
V
∫σ u
V
ij i , j dV ∫
= σ ij ui , j dV
V
∫ (σ u ),
V
ij i j ∫
− σ ij , j u i dV = (σ ij ui ), j −σ ij , j ui dV
V
(5.152)
∫ (σ u ),
V
ij i j ∫
V
∫
dV − σ ij , j u i dV = (σ ij ui ), j dV − σ ij , j ui dV
V
∫
V
Applying the divergence theorem to the first one integral on both sides of the equation, we
can obtain:
∫ σ u nˆ dS − ∫ σ
S
ij i j
V
ij , j u i dV ∫S
∫
= σ ij ui nˆ j dS − σ ij , j ui dV
V
(5.153)
∫ ∫
⇒ t i u i dS − σ ij , j u i dV = t i ui dS − σ ij , j ui dV
S V
∫
S
∫
V
r r
where we have applied the definition σ ⋅ nˆ = t and σ ⋅ nˆ = t . The above equation in
tensorial notation becomes:
r r r r r r
∫ t ⋅ udS − ∫ (∇ ⋅ σ ) ⋅ udV = ∫ t ⋅ u dS − ∫ (∇ ⋅ σ ) ⋅ u dV (5.154)
S V S V
For the particular case when the system is in equilibrium and in the absence of body force,
the equation (5.155) becomes:
r r r r
∫ t ⋅ udS = t ⋅ u dS
∫ (5.157)
S S
In addition, if we have concentrated forces instead of surface force, the above equation
becomes:
r r r r
Fi loc u loc
i = Filoc uiloc F loc ⋅ u loc = F loc ⋅ u loc (5.158)
Problem 5.22
Let us consider two systems as described in Figure 5.14. Show the Principle of Virtual
Work which states that:
r* r r r r
∫t ⋅ u dS + ρ (b − u&&) ⋅ u dV = σ : ε dV
∫ ∫
Sσ
144444244444
3 V V
14243 Principle of Virtual Work (5.159)
Total external virtual work Total internal
virtual work
r r
where u = u* on S u is known (prescribed).
Solution:
We can prove the Principle of Virtual Work by starting directly from the relationship:
1
V
∫σ ij ε ij dV =
2V ∫ ∫
σ ij ( ui , j + u j ,i )dV = σ ij ui , j dV
V
(5.160)
V
∫σ ij ε ij dV ∫ ∫
= σ ij ui , j dV = (σ ij ui ), j −σ ij , j ui dV
V V
(5.161)
∫ ∫
⇒ σ ij ε ij dV = (σ ij ui ), j dV − σ ij , j ui dV
V V
∫
V
by applying the divergence theorem to the first volume integral on the right side of the
equation, we can obtain:
∫ σ ε dV = ∫ (σ u ),
V
ij ij
V
ij i j
V
∫ ∫
Sσ
∫
dV − σij , j ui dV = σij uinˆ j dS σ − σij , j ui dV
V
(5.162)
= ∫
Sσ
∫
t *i ui dS − σij , j ui dV
V
r
where we have applied the definition σ ⋅ nˆ = t * . The above equation in tensorial notation
becomes:
r r r
∫ σ : ε dV = ∫ t * ⋅ u dS − (∇ ⋅ σ ) ⋅ u dV
∫ (5.163)
V Sσ V
r r r r
If we use the equations of motion we can obtain ∇ ⋅ σ + ρb = ρu
&& ⇒ −∇ ⋅ σ = ρ (b − u
&&) , with
that the equation in (5.163) becomes:
r r r r r
∫ t * ⋅ u dS + ρ (b − u
∫
&&) ⋅ u dV = σ : ε dV
∫
Sσ V V
14243
144444244444
3
Total external virtual work Total internal
virtual work
which is known as the Principle of Virtual Work. Note that, for the demonstration, we
have not used the major symmetry of C e .
For the particular case when the system is in equilibrium and in the absence of body force,
the above equation becomes:
r r r
∫ t * ⋅ u ( x )dS = σ : ε dV
∫ (5.164)
Sσ V
In addition, if we have concentrated forces instead of surface force, the above equation
becomes:
Tensorial notation Voigt notation
r r (5.165)
F loc ⋅ u loc = σ : ε dV
∫ ∫
{F loc }T {u loc } = {σ }T {ε } dV
V V
where the direction of uiloc -component is the same as the Filoc -component direction,
where {F loc } = {F1 , F2 ,..., Fn }T , {u loc } = {U1 , U2 ,..., Un }T .
F1 F2
F3
u
u
σ, ε σ, ε
REAL VIRTUAL
Figure 5.15
r
Also it is valid for a variation of the virtual field δu ⇒ δε , i.e.:
r r r r r
∫ t * ⋅ δ u dS + ρ (b − u
&&) ⋅ δ u dV = σ : δε dV
∫ ∫
Sσ
1444442444443 V V
14243 Principle of Virtual Work (5.167)
Total external virtual work Total internal
virtual work
NOTE 4: We can also define the Principle of complementary virtual work as follows:
r r r r r
&&
∫ t ⋅ u*dS + ρ (b − u ) ⋅ udV =
∫ ∫ σ : ε dV Principle of Complementary
S ur
14444
4244444
3 V V
14243 (5.168)
Total internal
Virtual Work
Total external complementary virtual work
complementary virtual work
r
with σ ⋅ nˆ = t * on S σ . Considering a static case without body forces and that the external
action is characterized by concentrated forces, the principle of complementary virtual work
becomes:
r
loc r loc Principle of Complementary
F
142 ⋅ u43 = ∫ σ : ε dV Virtual Work (static case
Total external complementary virtual work V
14243 (5.169)
(due to concentrated forces)
Total internal
without body forces and with
complementary virtual work concentrated forces)
NOTE 5: Note that, if we are using the Principle of Virtual Work the fundamental
unknowns are displacements (strains), if we are using the Principles of Complementary
Virtual Work the fundamental unknowns are forces (stresses), and if we are using the
Betti’s reciprocal theorem the fundamental unknowns are displacements and forces
simultaneously, (see equation (5.154)).
Problem 5.23
Consider a sub-domain ( Ω ) made up by a homogeneous, isotropic linear elastic material.
Consider also that at some points of the sub-domain boundary there are concentrated
forces {F ( e ) } ≡ {F loc } , and that the displacement field into the sub-domain is
r r
approximated by {u( x )} = [ N ( x )]{u(e ) } where {u( e ) } ≡ {uloc } are the displacements at the
points where concentrated forces are applied. Prove that the governing equations for a
linear elastic problem in static equilibrium can be replaced by:
{F (e ) } = [ K ( e ) ]{u(e ) } with ∫
[ K ( e ) ] = [B]T [C ] [B] dV
V
(5.170)
r
where [C ] is the elasticity tensor in Voigt notation, and obtain an expression for [B( x )] .
r
Hint: Use the Principle of Virtual Work and use the same approximate used by {u( x )} to
r
approach the virtual field {u ( x )} .
Solution:
We can start directly from the equation in (5.165), which is equivalent to:
r r r r r r
F ⋅ u = σ : ε dV = σ : (∇ sym u ) dV
∫ ∫ ⇒ u ⋅ F = (∇ sym u ) : σ dV
∫ (5.171)
V V V
Note that, the above equation is already considering the equilibrium equations, (see equations
(5.163)-(5.165)). The constitutive equations in stress, in Voigt notation is given by
r r
{σ ( x )} = [C ]{ε ( x )} , where the strain tensor field is given by the kinematic equations
r r
ε ( x ) = ∇ sym u . In Problem 5.8 we have obtained the symmetric part of the displacement
field gradient, ε ij = 12 (u i , j + u j ,i ) , in Voigt notation, i.e.:
∂u1 ∂
∂x ∂x 0 0
1 1
∂u2 ∂
ε11 0 0
∂ x ∂ x
ε 2
2
22 ∂ u ∂
3
0 0 u1
r ε 33 ∂x3 ∂x3 r r
{ε ( x )} = = ∂u ∂u = ∂ u 2 ⇒ {ε ( x )} = [ L ]{u( x )}
(1)
∂
2ε12 1 + 2 0 u
2ε 23 ∂x2 ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x1 3
∂u ∂u ∂ ∂
2ε13 2 + 3 0
∂x3 ∂x2
∂x3 ∂x2
∂u
1+ 3 ∂u ∂ ∂
0
∂x
3 ∂x1 ∂x3 ∂x1
r r
Then, taking into account that {u( x )} = [ N ( x )] {u(e ) } the above equation becomes:
r r r r
{ε ( x )} = [ L(1) ] {u( x )} = [ L(1) ] [ N ( x )]{u(e ) } = [B( x )] {u( e) }
where
r r
[B( x )] = [ L(1) ] [ N ( x )] (5.173)
The stress field can be expressed as follows:
r r r
{σ ( x )} = [C ] {ε ( x )} = [C ] [B( x )] {u(e ) }
We can adopt the same displacement field approach to approximate the virtual
displacement field, with which we can obtain:
r r r r
{u ( x )} = [ N ( x )]{u ( e) } ⇒ {ε ( x )} = [B( x )] {u ( e ) }
or:
r r
∫
{u ( e ) }T {F ( e ) } = {u ( e ) }T [B( x )]T [C ][B( x )]{u( e ) } dV
V
(5.174)
r
Note that neither {u (e ) } nor {u (e) } depend on x , then:
r r
{u ( e) }T {F ( e ) } = {u ( e ) }T [B( x )]T [C ][B( x )] dV {u(e ) }
∫
V
Since the vector {u (e ) } is arbitrary, we can conclude that
r r
⇒ {F (e ) } = [B( x )]T [C ][B( x )] dV {u( e ) }
∫ ⇒ {F (e ) } = [ K (e ) ]{u(e ) } (5.175)
V
NOTE: [ K (e ) ] is known as the stiffness matrix of the sub-domain (finite element), and the
r r r
matrix [ N ( x )] from the relationship {u( x )} = [ N ( x )]{u(e ) } is known as the shape function
matrix. The shape functions are functions defined into the domain that allows us to obtain
r
{u( x )} at any point of the domain through the nodal values of the function {u (e ) } . A
special emphasis about shape functions is taken place in Problem 6.40 in Chapter 6.
Problem 5.24
a) Consider a sub-domain ( Ω ) made up by a homogeneous, isotropic linear elastic material.
Consider also that at some points of the sub-domain boundary there are concentrated
forces {F ( e ) } ≡ {F loc } (nodal forces), and that the displacement field is approximated by
r r
{u( x )} = [ N ( x )]{u(e ) } where the nodal displacements {u ( e ) } ≡ {u loc } are the displacements
at the points where concentrated forces are applied. Prove that the governing equations for
a linear elastic problem can be replaced by:
[ K ( e ) ]{u( e ) } + [ M ( e ) ]{u
&& ( e ) } = {F ( e ) } (5.176)
r r
{u( x )} = [ N ( x )]{u(e ) } (displacement field)
{u& ( xr )} = [ N ( xr )]{u& (e ) } (velocity field)
&& r r
{u( x )} = [ N ( x )]{u } (acceleration field)
&& (e )
r (1) r (e) r (e)
{ε ( x )} = [ L ] [ N ( x )]{u } = [B( x )]{u } (strain field) (5.177)
r r (e)
{σ ( x )} = [C ]{ε ( x )} = [C ][B]{u } (stress field)
r r
r
{t * ( x )} = [Nt ( x )]{ f r(e ) } (vector traction field)
t
r r
b r r( e )
{b( x )} = [N ( x )]{ f b } (body force field)
Use the same approximations for the respective virtual fields.
Solution:
The Principle of Virtual Work states that:
r r r r r
∫ σ : ε dV = t * ⋅ u dSσ + ρ (b − u
∫
&&) ⋅ u dV
∫
V Sσ
14243 144444V2444443
Total internal Total external virtual work
virtual work
V Sσ V V
(5.178)
∫
= {u} {t} dS + {u} {ρb} dV − {u}T {ρu ∫ ∫
T &&} dV T
Sσ V V
Using the adopted approximations, (see equations in (5.177)), we can obtain the following
terms:
V V V
= {u (e ) }T [B]T [C ][B]{u( e ) } dV = {u ( e ) }T [B]T [C ][B] dV {u( e ) }
∫ ∫
V V
= {u ( e ) }T [ K (e ) ]{u( e ) }
∫ {[ N ]{u }} [N ]{ f
r r
T
∫ ∫
t
{u}T {t} dS = (e) r( e ) } dS
t
= {u (e ) }T [ N ]T [Nt ]{ f tr( e ) } dS
Sσ Sσ Sσ
r r
= {u ( e ) }T [ N ]T [Nt ] dS { f tr(e ) } = {u ( e ) }T [Gt ]{ f tr( e ) } = {u ( e ) }T {Frt( e ) }
∫
Sσ
∫ {[ N ]{u }} ρ[N ]{ f
r r
= {u (e ) }T ρ [ N ]T [Nb ] dV { fbr( e ) }
T
∫ {u}T {ρb} dV = ∫
(e) b r( e ) } dV
b
V V V
r r
= {u (e ) }T [Gb ]{ fbr(e ) } = {u ( e ) }T {Fbr(e ) }
(e)
= {u ( e ) }T ρ [ N ]T [ N ] dV {u
∫ && } = {u ( e ) }T [ M ( e ) ]{u
&& (e ) }
V
Taking into account the above relationships into the equation (5.178) we can obtain:
{u ( e ) }T [ K ( e ) ]{u( e ) } = {u (e ) }T {Ftr( e ) } + {u ( e ) }T {Fbr( e ) } − {u (e ) }T [ M ( e ) ]{u
&& (e ) }
( ) (
⇒ {u ( e ) }T [ K ( e ) ]{u(e ) } = {u ( e ) }T {Ftr(e ) } + {Fbr(e ) } − [ M ( e ) ]{u
&& ( e ) } )
Since the virtual displacement {u (e ) } is arbitrary we can conclude that:
[ K (e ) ]{u( e ) } = {Ftr(e ) } + {Fbr( e ) } − [ M ( e ) ]{u
&& ( e ) }
⇒ [ K (e ) ]{u( e ) } + [ M ( e ) ]{u
&& (e ) } = {Fr( e ) } + {Fr( e ) }
t b
⇒ [ K (e ) ]{u( e ) } + [ M ( e ) ]{u
&& (e ) } = {F ( e ) }
Q.E.D.
b) To show that the above system is conservative we will consider the discretization of
time where the current time we denote by t and the next time by t + ∆t , where ∆t is the
time increment. In any time the above equation must be true, so:
[ K (e ) ]t {u( e ) }t + [ M (e ) ]t {u
&& ( e ) }t = {F ( e ) }t
(e) (e) (e)
[ K ]t + ∆t {u }t + ∆t + [ M ]t + ∆t {u && ( e ) }t + ∆t = {F (e ) }t + ∆t = {F ( e ) }t
⇒ [ K (e ) ]t + ∆t {u( e ) }t + ∆t + [ M ( e ) ]t + ∆t {u
&& ( e ) }t + ∆t = [ K ( e ) ]t {u( e ) }t + [ M ( e ) ]t {u
&& ( e ) }t
where the force {F (e ) } is constant over time. Notice that, if the vector {F (e ) } is constant
over time we can obtain:
D
Dt
( )
&& ( e ) } = D {F (e ) } = {0}
[ K (e ) ]{u (e ) } + [ M ( e ) ]{u
Dt
( (e) (e) ( e ) && ( e )
⇒ [ K ]{u } + [ M ]{u } = constant over time )
NOTE 1: The equation in (5.176) is a forced harmonic motion. Let us consider the one-
dimensional case where [ K (e ) ] represents the spring constant k , [ M (e) ] represents the
mass m , and the displacement and acceleration are represented by u and u&& respectively,
(see Figure 5.16). With that the equation in (5.176), without applied force, becomes:
ku + mu&& = 0 ⇒ ku = − mu&&
Note that the energy is conserved. Considering the internal energy for the spring ( 12 uku )
and the kinetic energy ( 12 u&mu& = 12 mv 2 ) for the particle of mass m , and by apply the energy
equation we can obtain:
DK DU DW DQ D 1 D 1
+ = + =0 ⇒ u&mu& + uku = 0
Dt Dt 1Dt Dt Dt 2 Dt 2 J
4243 s = W (5.179)
=0
⇒ mu&&u& + kuu& = 0 ⇒ ⇒ (mu&& + ku )u& = 0 ⇒ mu&& + ku = 0
where K is the kinetic energy, U is the internal energy. The equation mu&& + ku = 0 is
denoted by the simple harmonic motion, (see Figure 5.16).
k
u=0
t
m u
NOTE 2: If we do the experiment using the mechanical model described in Figure 5.16
we will observe that the motion in reality is not conservative, i.e. there is dissipation of
energy. In other word, there is damping of the system until the rest is achieved, (see Figure
5.18). This phenomenon occurs due to the internal mechanisms of the structures.
Traditionally, this damping intrinsic of the structures can be dealt by means of the
parameter d (damping) multiply by velocity, (see Figure 5.17).
k u (displacement)
FS = ku
FI = mu&& F (t )
m
d FD = du&
Taking into account the discrete mechanical model described in Figure 5.17 and by
applying the force equilibrium we can obtain:
FI + FD + FS = F (t ) ⇒ mu&& + du& + ku = F (t )
And the equation in (5.176) can be rewritten in order to take the damping effect as follows:
where [ D (e ) ] is the damping matrix. Note that to solve the equation (5.180) we need to
integrate over time. To solve (5.180) we must transform the equation in (5.180) into an
equivalent system as follows:
[ K eff ]{u( e ) }t + ∆t = {F eff } (5.181)
where [ K eff ] is the effective stiffness matrix, and {F eff } is the effective nodal force vector.
For more details about this the reader is referred to Annex A at the end of the Book.
t
u=0
NOTE 3: Although the matrices [ K (e) ] and [ M (e ) ] are obtained by means of material and
geometrical properties, the “viscous damping” matrix [ D(e ) ] there is no universal formula,
and estimating a suitable damping matrix is still a challenging task. Whereas the equation
[ K ( e ) ]{u( e ) } + [ M ( e ) ]{u
&& ( e) } = {F (e ) } (forced harmonic motion) can be obtained from the
fundamental principles of Continuum Mechanics, the equation (5.180) cannot, in other
words, from a Continuum Mechanics point of view there is no matrix [ D(e ) ] . Some
authors adopt [ D(e ) ] as a function of [ K (e) ] , or a function of [ M (e ) ] , or Rayleigh damping
which is a linear combination between the two, i.e.: [ D(e ) ] = α [ M ( e) ] + ξ [ K (e ) ] , so as to
guarantee definite positiveness of the matrix [ D(e ) ] . Moreover, identification of the valid
damping coefficients α and ξ , for large systems, is highly complicated. Nowadays,
characterization of damping force has been an active area of research in structural
dynamics, (see Clough&Penzien (1975), Chaves (2015)).
TEDESCO, J.M.; MCDOUGAL, W.G. & ROSS, C.A.(1998). Structural dynamics: theory and
applications. Addison Wesley Longman, Inc.
CHAVES, E.W.V. (2015). Dynamic analysis: a new point of view. Continuum Mechanics and
Thermodynamics, Springer, DOI 10.1007/s00161-015-0419-4.
Problem 5.25
For an equilibrium system let us consider the total potential energy Π defined as follows:
r r r r r
Π (u) = Ψ e (ε ) dV − t * ⋅ udS − ( ρb) ⋅ udV
∫ ∫ ∫ The total potential energy (5.182)
V Sσ V
where
1
∫
U int = Ψ e (ε ) dV =
V
∫ 2 σ : ε dV
V
The internal potential energy (5.183)
and
r r r r
U ext = t * ⋅ udS + ( ρb) ⋅ udV
∫ ∫ The external potential energy (5.184)
Sσ V
Also let us consider that the first variation of Π , denoted by δΠ , equals zero for a
stationary value of Π . Show that, if δΠ = 0 is equivalent to a stationary value of Π , so
r
Π (u) assume a minimum value.
r r
Obs.: Consider that during the deformation process, the external actions ( t * , b ) do not
vary, and also consider a linear elastic material.
Solution:
The first variation ( δΠ ) can be obtained as follows:
1 r r r r
δΠ = δ σ : ε dV − t * ⋅ udS − ( ρb) ⋅ udV
∫ ∫ ∫
2
V Sσ V
1 r* r r r
= δ σ : ε dV − δ t ⋅ udS − δ ( ρb) ⋅ udV
∫ ∫ ∫ (5.185)
V
2 S V σ
1 r r r r
= ∫ δ(σ : ε ) dV − t * ⋅ δudS − ( ρb) ⋅ δudV
∫ ∫
V
2 S V
σ
Note that:
1
2
1
2
1
[
δΨ e (ε ) = δ(σ : ε ) = (δσ : ε + σ : δε ) = δ(C e : ε ) : ε + σ : δε
2
]
1
2
[ 1
2
] [ 1
= (C e : δε ) : ε + σ : δε = ε : C e : δε + σ : δε = [σ : δε + σ : δε ]
2
] (5.186)
= σ : δε
∂Ψ e
= : δε
∂ε
∂Ψ e
where we have considered σ = , (see Problem 5.5). For small deformation regime we
∂ε
can also write the above equation as follows:
∂Ψ e r r r
δΨ e (ε ) = : δε = σ : δε = σ : δ(∇ symu) = σ : (∇ sym δu) = σ : (∇δu) (5.187)
∂ε
where we have used the property A sym : B = A sym : (B sym + B skew ) = A sym : B sym . Then, the
equation in (5.185) becomes:
1 r r r r
δΠ = ∫ δ(σ : ε ) dV − t * ⋅ δudS − ( ρb) ⋅ δudV
∫ ∫
V
2 Sσ V
r* r r r
= σ : δε dV − t ⋅ δudS − ( ρb) ⋅ δudV
∫ ∫ ∫
V Sσ V
r r r r
= δΨ e dV − t * ⋅ δudS − ( ρb) ⋅ δudV
∫ ∫ ∫
V Sσ V
r r
The expression Π (u + δu) can be obtained as follows, (see equation (5.182)):
r r r r r r r r
Π (u + δu) = Ψ e (ε + δε ) dV − t * ⋅ (u + δu)dS − ( ρb) ⋅ (u + δu)dV
∫ ∫ ∫ (5.188)
V Sσ V
1
∫
= Ψ e (ε ) dV + δΨ e dV + ∫ ∫ 2 δε : C
e
: δε dV
V V V
r r r r r r
− t * ⋅ (u + δu)dS − ( ρb) ⋅ (u + δu)dV
∫ ∫
Sσ V
r r r r
= Ψ e (ε ) dV − t * ⋅ udS − ( ρb) ⋅ udV +
∫ ∫ ∫
V Sσ V
r r r r 1
+ δΨ e dV − t * ⋅ δudSσ − ( ρb) ⋅ δudV +
∫ ∫ ∫
δε : C e : δε dV ∫
V S V V
2
σ
(5.190)
Note that:
r r r r r
Π (u) = Ψ e (ε ) dV − t * ⋅ udS − ( ρb) ⋅ udV
∫ ∫ ∫
V Sσ V
and
r r r r
δΠ = δΨ e dV − t * ⋅ δudS − ( ρb) ⋅ δudV = 0
∫ ∫ ∫
V Sσ V
Taking into account the previous equations into the equation in (5.190) we can conclude
that:
r r r 1
Π (u + δu) = Π (u) + δΠ +
V
2 ∫
δε : C e : δε dV
r r r 1
⇒ Π (u + δu) − Π (u) = δΠ +
V
2 ∫
δε : C e : δε dV
r r r 1
⇒ Π (u + δu) − Π (u) =
V
2 ∫
δε : C e : δε dV
where we have considered δΠ = 0 . Note that the term δε : C e : δε > 0 is always positive for
any valor of δε since C e is a positive definite tensor, (see Chapter 1). Then, we can
guarantee that:
r r r 1 r r r
∆Π = Π (u + δu) − Π (u) =
V
2 ∫
δε : C e : δε dV > 0 ⇒ Π (u + δu) > Π (u)
r
So, δΠ = 0 ⇒ Π (u) is a minimum
NOTE 1: For a system characterized by a linear elastic problem, the equilibrium point
corresponds to the minimum value of Π , (see Figure 5.19). This is known as the principle of
minimum potential energy.
NOTE 2: When the external action is characterized by concentrated forces and in the
absence of body forces, the equation (5.182) becomes:
r 1
Π (u) = U int + U ext = ∫
V
2
σ : ε dV − {F loc }T {uloc } The total potential energy (5.191)
F Π (u )
u (2) u u ( 3)
Π (u ( 2 ) )
Π
Π (u )
Deformation corresponding to Π (u ( 3 ) )
the equilibrium ∂Π
=0
∂u
Figure 5.19
NOTE 3: By means of equation (5.191), it is easy to show the Castigliano’s Theorem – Part I:
r
∂Π (u)
=
∂U int
+
∂U ext
=
∂U int
−
[
∂ {F loc }T {u loc }
=0
]
∂{u loc } ∂{u loc } ∂{u loc } ∂{u loc } ∂{u loc }
∂U int
⇒ {F loc } =
∂{u loc }
where {F loc } = {F1 , F2 ,..., Fn }T , {u loc } = {U1, U2 ,..., Un }T . Note that the term U int must be in
function of {uloc } .
Note also that the Potential can also be expressed in terms of forces Π ({F loc }) , so, we can
define the Castigliano’s Theorem – Part II
∂Π ({F loc })
=
∂U int
+
∂U ext
=
∂U int
−
[
∂ {F loc }T {uloc }
=0
]
∂{F loc } ∂{F loc } ∂{F loc } ∂{F loc } ∂{F loc }
∂U int
⇒ {uloc } =
∂{F loc }
A
σ
(3D ) V = AL (volume)
σ
∫
F = σdA = σA
A
(1) (1) ( 2) ( 2)
F ,U F ,U
(1D )
1 2 x
The goal now is to express the total potential energy in terms of U(1) ,U( 2) . Note that, due to
the concentrated forces we have:
∂u1 ∂u ( x)
where ε11 = = = ε , thus
∂x1 ∂x
2
1 1 ∂u ( x)
U int =
2V ∫
Eε 2 dV = E
2 V ∂x ∫ dV (5.193)
Now we will express the displacement field in terms of their nodal values U(1) ,U( 2) . To do
this we will use the approach adopted u ( x) = a1 + a2 x , where:
u ( x = 0) = U(1) = a1 U(1) 1 0 a1
⇒ ( 2) =
u ( x = L ) = U( 2 ) = a1 + a2 L U 1 L a2
Next we evaluate the coefficients a1 and a 2 . To do this, we obtain the reverse form of the
above relationship, i.e.:
a1 = U(1)
U(1) 1 0 a1 reverse a1 1 L 0 U(1)
(2) = → = ⇒
U 1 L a2
( 2)
a2 L − 1 1 U
(
1 (2)
a 2 = U − U
L
(1)
)
with which we can obtain the displacement field in terms of its nodal values:
1 (2)
u ( x) = a1 + a2 x = U(1) +
L
( x x
U − U(1) x = 1 − U(1) + U( 2 ) )
L L
(5.194)
x x U
(1)
r
⇒ u ( x) = 1 − ( 2 ) = [ N ( x )]{u(e ) }
L L U
and the equation in (5.193) becomes:
2 2
∫ ( )
1 ∂u ( x) E 1 (2) (1) E
U − U dV = 2 U − 2U(1)U( 2 ) + U(1) dV
( 2) 2 2
∫ ∫
int
U = E dV =
2 V ∂x 2VL 2L V
( )
− 2U(1)U( 2 ) + U(1) − F (1)U(1) + F ( 2 )U( 2 ) = Π (U(1) , U( 2 ) )
= ⇔ [ K ( e ) ]{u( e ) } = {F ( e ) } (5.196)
L − 1 1 U( 2 ) F ( 2 )
Note that [ K (e ) ] has no inverse, since det[ K (e ) ] = 0 , which indicates that the problem has
infinity solution since we have not imposed any restriction to motion. To solve the
problem we have to introduce the boundary conditions in order to guarantee the unique
solution.
Note that the matrix [ K (e ) ] of the above equation could have been obtained by means of
the equation (5.175), (see Problem 5.23), and for this particular case we have [C ] = E ,
then, the equation (5.194) becomes:
r r ∂ x x − 1 1
[B( x )] = [ L(1) ][ N ( x )] = 1 − =
∂x L L L L
thus
− 1
L
r T r − 1 1 1 1 − 1
∫
[ K ] = [B( x )] [C ][B( x )] dV = ∫ ∫
(e)
E dV = E 2 dV
1 L L
V
L − 1 1
V
V
L
E 1 − 1 E 1 − 1 EA 1 − 1
=
L2 V
∫
− 1 1 dV = 2 − 1 1 V =
L
L − 1 1
r
NOTE 6: Analyzing [ N ( x )]
T
r r r x x
Note that the shape functions are [ N ( x )] = [N1 ( x ) N 2 ( x )]T = 1 − . And these
L L
functions are drawn as indicated in Figure 5.21.
N1 x N1 ( x = 0) = 1
N2 N1 ( x ) = 1 −⇒
L N1 ( x = L ) = 0
x N 2 ( x = 0) = 0
N 2 ( x) = ⇒
1 L N 2 ( x = L) = 1
1
x N1 ( x ) + N 2 ( x ) = 1
1 2
L
NOTE 7:
Principle of the Stationarity of Potential Energy
In this problem we have establish the principle of the stationarity of Potential Energy, (see
equation in (5.182)):
r r r r r
Π (u) = Ψ e (ε ) dV − t * ⋅ udS − ( ρb) ⋅ udV
∫ ∫ ∫ (5.197)
V Sσ V
1
where we have considered Ψ e (ε) = σ : ε . The functional is stationary if and only if
2
r
δ ur Π (u) = 0 .
r
The functional (5.200) is stationary for variation of u vanishing on S ur if and only if σ
satisfies the equilibrium equations, and is stationary for variation of σ if and only if they
satisfy the constitutive equation (strain-stress).
r r r r r r
δur Π HR (u, σ ) = σ : (∇δu) dV − t * ⋅ δudS − ( ρb) ⋅ δudV = 0
∫ ∫ ∫
V Sσ V
∫ ∫
= σij (δu)i , j dV − t*i (δu)i dS − ( ρb)i (δu)i dV = 0
V Sσ V
∫
(5.201)
∫ ∫ ∫
= σij (δu)i nˆ j dS − σij , j (δu)i dV − t *i (δu)i dS σ − ( ρb)i (δu)i dV = 0
Sσ V Sσ V
∫
∫[
V
]
= − σij , j + ( ρb)i (δu)i dV + ∫ [σ nˆ
Sσ
ij j ]
− t *i (δu)i dS = 0
r ∂g(σ )
V
∫
= (∇ sym u) −
∂σ
: δσ dV = 0
r ∂g(σ )
In the volume we can obtain the constitutive equation for strain: (∇ sym u) − =0.
∂σ
Hu-Washizu’s Variational Principle
The Hu-Washizu’s principle is a generalization of the Hellinger-Reissner’s principle, in
r
which the functional, in addition of the independent fields (u, σ ) , also depends on ε -field:
r r r r r r r r
Π HW (u, σ , ε ) = [Ψ e (ε ) − σ : (ε − ∇ symu) − ( ρb) ⋅ u] dV − (σ ⋅ nˆ ) ⋅ (u* − u)dS − t * ⋅ udS
∫ ∫ ∫
V S ur Sσ
(5.203)
and is stationary if and only if:
r
δur Π HW (u, σ , ε ) = 0 ⇒ Equilibrium equations
r r
δu = 0 ⇒ on Sur
r Kinematic Equations
δσ Π HW (u, σ , ε ) = 0 ⇒
Boundary condition on Sur
r
δε Π HW (u, σ , ε ) = 0 ⇒ Constitutive equations for stress
That is:
r
δ ur Π HW (u, σ , ε ) = 0
r
δur Π HW (u, σ , ε ) = [∫ σ : (∇ δur ) − ( ρbr ) ⋅ δur ] dV − ∫ tr ⋅ δur dS
sym *
V Sσ
r
δ σ Π HW (u, σ , ε ) = 0
∫[ ]
r r r r
δσ Π HW (u, σ , ε ) = − δσ : (ε − ∇ symu) dV − (δσ ⋅ nˆ ) ⋅ (u* − u)dS = 0
∫
V S ur
∫ [ ] ∫ [nˆ ⊗ (u ]
r r r* r
⇒ δσ Π HW (u, σ , ε ) = − (ε − ∇ symu) : δσ dV − − u) : δσdS = 0
V S ur
r
δ ε Π HW (u, σ , ε ) = 0
∫[ ]
r
δε Π HW (u, σ , ε ) = δεΨ e (ε ) − σ : (δε ε ) dV = 0
V
r ∂Ψ e (ε ) ∂Ψ e (ε )
⇒ δε Π HW (u, σ , ε ) =
V
∫
∂ε
: δε ε − σ : (δε ε ) dV =
V
∂ε
∫
− σ : δε ε dV = 0
∫[ ]
r r r r r
δΠ HW = δ Ψ e (ε ) − σ : (ε − ∇ symu) − ( ρb) ⋅ u dV − δ t * ⋅ udS = 0 ∫
V Sσ
∫[ ]
r r r r r
= Ψ e (ε ) : δε dV − δ σ : (ε − ∇ symu) dV − ( ρb) ⋅ δu dV − t * ⋅ δudS = 0
∫ ∫ ∫
V V V Sσ
∫[ ]
r r r r r
= δε :Ψ e (ε ) dV + δ σ : (∇ symu − ε ) dV − δu ⋅ ( ρb)dV − δu ⋅ t *dS = 0
∫ ∫ ∫
V V V Sσ
∫[ ]
r r r r r
= δε : σ dV + δ σ : (∇ symu − ε ) dV − δu ⋅ ( ρb)dV − δu ⋅ t *dS = 0
∫ ∫ ∫
V V V Sσ
In the implementation of finite element methods we often use Voigt notation when we are
dealing with symmetric matrix. Using Voigt notation the above equation becomes:
∫ ∫
δΠ HW = {δε}T {σ} dV + δ {σ}T {∇ symu − ε}dV − {δu}T {ρb} dV − {δu}T {t *} dS = 0
V V
∫
V
∫
Sσ
(5.204)
∫ ∫
⇒ {δε}T {σ} dV + δ {σ}T {∇ symu − ε}dV = {δu}T {ρb} dV + {δu}T {t *} dS
V V V
∫ ∫
Sσ
Consider as approximation for displacement, strain, and stress fields, respectively, (see
Jirásek (1998)), as follows:
{u} ≈ [N ]{d} + [N c ]{d c } {δu} ≈ [N ]{δd} + [N c ]{δd c }
{ε} ≈ [B]{d} + [G]{e} and {δε} ≈ [B]{δd} + [G]{δe} (5.205)
{σ} ≈ [S]{s} {δσ} ≈ [S]{δs}
where the matrices [N ] and [B] contain the displacement interpolation functions and their
derivatives (strain interpolation matrix), respectively. [N c ] and [G] are matrices containing
some enrichment terms for displacement and strain respectively. [S] is a stress
interpolation matrix. {d} , {d c } , {e} and {s} collect the degrees of freedom corresponding
to nodal displacement, enhanced displacement modes, enhanced strain modes, and stress
parameters, respectively. If we consider the variation of the Hu-Washizu’s principle:
V
144244
3 V 44424443
1 V Sσ (5.206)
14444442444444
3
1 2 3
we can obtain:
∫
= {δd}T [B]T {σ} dV + {δe}T [G]T {σ} dV
V
∫
V
∫ { } ∫
(2) ⇒ δ {σ}T ∇ symu − ε dV = {δσ}T ∇ symu − ε dV + {σ}T ∇ symδu − δε dV { } ∫ { }
V V
144424443 V
1444
424444
3
2 .1 2.2
∫
r
{
(2.1) ⇒ {δσ}T ∇ symu − ε dV = } ∫ {[S]{δs}} {∇ ([N ]{d} + [N ]{d }) − ([B]{d} + [G]{e})}dV
T sym
c c
V V
{
= {δs}T [S]T ∇ sym ([N ]{d} + [N c ]{d c }) dV − {δs}T [S]T {([B]{d} + [G]{e})}dV
∫ } ∫
V V
∫ [S] {∇ ([N]{d})}+ [S] {∇ ([N ]{d })}dV − {δs} ∫ [S] {([B]{d} + [G]{e})}dV
T T
= {δs}T sym sym
c c
T T
V V
= {δs}T [S]T [B]{d} + [S]T [B c ]{d c }dV − {δs}T [S]T [B]{d} + [S]T [G]{e}dV
∫ ∫
V V
∫
= {δs}T [S]T [B c ]{d c }dV − {δs}T [S]T [G]{e}dV
V
∫
V
∫ {
= {δs}T [S]T [B c ]{d c } − [G]{e} dV }
V
where we have considered {∇ sym ([N ]{d})}= [B]{d} and {∇ sym ([N c ]{dc })}= [B c ]{dc } .
∫
r
{
(2.2) ⇒ {σ}T ∇ sym δu − δε dV = } ∫ {∇
sym
}
δu − δε {σ}dV
T
V V
∫ ∫
(3) ⇒ {δu}T {ρb} dV + {δu}T {t *} dS = {δd}T { f ext } + {δd c }T { f c }
V Sσ
Taking into account the previous terms, the equation in (5.206) becomes:
∫ ∫ ∫ {
{δd}T [B]T {σ} dV + {δe}T [G]T {{σ} − {[S]{s}}} dV + {δs}T [S]T [B c ]{d c } − [G]{e} dV + }
V V V
V
(5.208)
T
∫
T
{
{δs} [S] [B c ]{d c } − [G]{e} dV = {0} }
V
{δd }T [B ]T {[S]{s}}dV = {δd }T { f } = {0}
c
V
c ∫ c c
V
(5.209)
∫
T
{
[S] [B c ]{d c } − [G]{e} dV = {0} }
V
[B ]T {[S]{s}}dV = {0}
∫ c
V
Taking into account that the stress-strain relationship is given by the following expression:
{σ} = [C ] {ε} = [C ] {[B]{d} + [G]{e}} (5.210)
and by substituting into the equation in (5.209) we can obtain:
∫
V V
∫
[B]T [C ][B] dV {d} + [B]T [C ][G] dV {e} = { f ext } (a)
∫ ∫ ∫
T T T
[G] [C ][B] dV {d} + [G] [C ][G] dV {e} − [G] [S] dV {s} = {0} (b)
V V V
(5.211)
∫ ∫
T T
[S] [B c ] dV {d c } − [S] [G] dV {e} = {0} (c)
V V
[B ]T [S] dV {s} = {0}
∫
V
c (d)
Let us suppose that we do not introduce any displacement enhancement terms, thus
{d c } = {0} → [B c ] = [0] , with that the equation in (5.211)(c) becomes:
Thus, piecewise constant stress functions {σ} will require [S] = [1] (unit matrix). The
compatibility conditions (5.213) now read:
V
∫ [G] dV = [ 0] (5.214)
r
for all the admissible virtual displacements u .
Let us consider a discretized system where we can say that all the forces are applied in the
nodes of the finite element (CST-Constant Strain Triangle), (see Figure 5.23).
Fy3 u 3y
Fx3 ŝ u 3x
3 3
Fy2
n̂ u 2y
0 α 4y
0 α 4x
4 2 Fx2 4 2 u x2
Fy1 u 1y
1 Fx1 1 u 1x
(a) nodal forces (b) nodal displacements
∫
~
∫ { ~ T
Wint = {σ}T {ε} d V = {σ}T {ε * } + {ε * } d V = {ε *} + {ε *} {σ} d V } ∫{ } (5.219)
V V V
Symmetric formulation
The discretization for the first approximation is:
{a e } {a* }
{ε} = [B] {a} + [Ge ]{α e } = {[B] [Ge ]} ; {ε * } = [B]{a*e } + [Ge ]{α*e } = {[B] [Ge ]} e*
123 1 424 3 123 1 424 3
{α e } {α e }
{ε } {~ε } {ε* } {~ε* }
(5.220)
Notice that we have used the same approximation function [B] , [Ge ] for virtual and real
strains. Then, the stress field can be written as follows:
{a e }
{σ} = [C ]{ε} = [C ]{[B] [Ge ]} (5.221)
{α e }
By replace the approximations (5.220) and (5.221) into the equation (5.219), the internal
virtual work becomes:
T
{a* }
∫{ }
~ T {a e }
Wint = {ε } + {ε *} {σ} d V = {[B] [Ge ]} e* [C ]{[B] [Ge ]}
*
∫ dV
V V {α e }
{α e }
T
{a* } {a e }
= e* {[B] [Ge ]} [C ]{[B] [Ge ]}
∫ (5.222)
T
dV
V
{α e } {α e }
and considering the traction vector continuity, i.e. {F} = {0} , we obtain:
Anti-symmetric formulation
Now consider the real and virtual strain approximation by:
{a e }
{ε} = [B] {a e } + [Ge ]{α e } = [[B] [Ge ]]
1424 3 1 424 3 {α e }
{ε } {~ε }
(5.225)
{ε * } = [B]{a*e } + [G*e ]{α *e } = [B] [ ]
{a* }
[G*e ] e*
{α e }
where we are considering different approximation functions for virtual and real strains i.e.
[Ge ] ≠ [G*e ] .
Using equation (5.219), and discretization (5.225) we can obtain:
{ }∫ [[GB]] {a e }
T
Wint = {a*e }T {α *e }T * T [C ]{[B] [Ge ]} dV (5.226)
Ve e {α e }
Considering Wext = Wint and considering the traction vector continuity, we can obtain:
Reference
JIRÁSEK, M. (1998). Finite elements with embedded cracks. LSC Internal Report 98/01,
April.
Problem 5.26
Consider a rod of length L and cross-sectional area A which undergoes deformation
because of its own weight, (see Figure 5.24 (a)). The rod is fixed at the top and is in static
equilibrium. Use the total potential energy to obtain an analogous equation as the one
obtained in Problem 5.25 in NOTE 4, i.e. obtain an equivalent equation
[ K (e ) ]{u( e ) } = {F (e ) } associated with this problem. Obtain also the displacement field.
Hypothesis: Homogeneous isotropic linear elastic material, small deformation regime.
u=0
y , x2 U(1) = 0
z, x3 L
dV EA 2
r
ρb
U( 2 )
A
L
g 2
L g
U(3)
bi = 0
0
x, x1 x
a) 3D b) 1D
Figure 5.24
Solution:
To find out which displacement approach we must adopt, we will analyze the equilibrium
r r
equations ( ∇ ⋅ σ + ρb = 0 ):
σ ij , j + ρb i = σ i1,1 + σ i 2, 2 + σ i 3,3 + ρb i = ρ&u&i = 0 i
∂σ11 ∂σ12 ∂σ13
+ + = − ρ b1
∂x ∂x ∂x
σ11,1 + σ12, 2 + σ13,3 + ρb1 = 0 1 2 3
∂σ 21 ∂σ 22 ∂σ 23
⇒ σ 21,1 + σ 22, 2 + σ 23,3 + ρb 2 = 0 ⇒ + + = − ρb 2
∂ x1 ∂ x 2 ∂ x 3
σ 31,1 + σ 32, 2 + σ 33,3 + ρb 3 = 0 ∂σ 31 ∂σ 32 ∂σ 33
+ + = − ρb 3
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
and for this problem we have:
σ 0 0 ε 0 0
σ ij = 0 0 0 ; ε ij = 0 0 0 ⇒ σ11 = C1111
e
ε11 ⇒ σ = Eε
0 0 0 0 0 0
∂σ11 ∂σ
∂x = − ρg Engineerin
g = − ρg
notation
→
∂x
1
⇒ 0 = 0 (5.228)
0 = 0
Note that the term ρg is constant in the rod, and according to the above equilibrium
equation, the stress σ must be a linear function in x . And if we consider that σ = Eε , ε
also requires a linear function in x , and as a consequence the displacement u must be a
∂u
quadratic function in x since ε = .
∂x
Then, the displacement field will be approached by the quadratic function
( u ( x) = a1 + a 2 x + a 3 x 2 ), hence we will need three points to be able to define this function.
L
We will adopted the points: x = 0 , x = and x = L . With that we can obtain:
2
u ( x = 0) = U(1) = a1
U(1) 1 0 0 a1
L (2) L L 2
(2) L L2
u ( x = ) = U = a1 + a2 + a3 ⇒ U = 1 a 2
2 2 4 U(3) 2 4
u ( x = L) = U = a1 + a2 L + a3 L
( 3) 2 1 L L2 a3
Taking the reverse form of the above equation we can obtain:
a1 = U (1)
a1 L 2
0 0 U (1)
1 (2) − 3 (1) 4 ( 2 ) 1 (3)
a 2 = 2 − 3L 4 L − L U ⇒ a 2 = U + U − U
a L 2 4 L L
3 − 4 2 U (3)
2 (1) 4 ( 2 ) 2 (3)
a 3 = 2 U − 2 U + 2 U
L L L
With that the displacement field in terms of U (1) , U( 2) , and U (3) is given by:
− 3 (1) 4 ( 2 ) 1 (3) 2 (1) 4 ( 2) 2 (3) 2
u = a1 + a2 x + a3 x 2 = U(1) + U + U − U x + 2 U − 2 U + 2 U x
4 L L L L L
by simplifying the above equation we can obtain:
3x 2 x 2 (1) 4 x 4 x 2 ( 2 ) − x 2 x 2 (3)
u ( x) = 1 − + 2 U + − 2 U + + 2 U
L L L L L L
= N1U(1) + N 2U( 2 ) + N 3U(3)
U(1) (5.229)
= [N1 ( x) N 2 ( x) N 3 ( x)]U( 2 )
U(3)
= [ N ( x)]{u(e ) }
where N 1 ( x) , N 2 ( x) and N 3 ( x) are the shape functions.
The goal now is to express the total potential energy in terms of U (1) , U ( 2) and U (3) .
7 − 8 1 U
(1)
1
EA ( 2 ) ρgAL
− 8 16 − 8 U = 4 ⇔ [ K (e ) ]{u(e ) } = {F (e ) } (5.233)
3L ( 3) 6
1 − 8 7 U 1
Note that [ K (e ) ] has no inverse, since det[ K (e ) ] = 0 . To solve the problem we have to
introduce the boundary conditions. According to the problem statement, the displacement
at x = 0 is equal to zero, i.e. U (1) = 0 . We apply this boundary condition by eliminate the
first line and column of the system (5.233), in other words we eliminate the terms
associated with the degree-of-freedom U (1) , i.e.:
7 − 8 1 U 0 U(1)
(1)
1 1 0 0
EA ( 2) ρgAL EA ( 2 ) ρgAL
− 8 16 − 8 U = 4 or 0 16 − 8 U = 4
3L ( 3) 6 3L ( 3) 6
1 − 8 7 U 1 0 − 8 7 U 1
EA 16 − 8 U ( 2 ) ρgAL 4
⇒ =
3L − 8 7 U (3) 6 1
−1 −1
EA 16 − 8 EA 16 − 8 U ( 2 ) ρgAL EA 16 − 8 4
⇒
3L − 8 7 U (3) = 6 3L − 8 7 1
3L − 8 7
−1
U ( 2 ) ρgAL EA 16 − 8 4
⇒ ( 3) =
U 6 3L − 8 7 1
U ρgAL L 7 8 4
( 2)
⇒ ( 3) =
U 6 16 EA 8 1 1
U ( 2 ) ρgL2 3
⇒ ( 3) =
U 8E 4
Now, if we substitute the values of U (1) , U( 2) , and U (3) into the displacement field, (see
equation (5.229)), we can obtain:
3x 2 x 2 (1) 4 x 4 x 2 ( 2 ) − x 2 x 2 (3)
u = 1 − + 2 U + −
L
U +
L + L2 U
L L L2
3 x 2 x 4 x 4 x 3 ρgL − x 2 x 2 4 ρgL2
2 2 2
= 1 − + 2 0 + − 2 + + 2
L L L L 8E L L 8 E
By simplifying the above equation we can obtain:
ρg
u (Q ) = (2 Lx − x 2 ) (5.234)
2E
which is also the exact solution for the proposed problem. Then, the strain and stress field
can be obtained as follows:
∂u ( x) ∂ ρg ρg
ε (Q ) = = (2 Lx − x 2 ) = ( L − x) (5.235)
∂x ∂x 2 E E
and
σ ( Q ) = ε ( Q ) E = ρg ( L − x ) (5.236)
If we replace the nodal displacement into the total potential energy we can obtain:
1 ( ρg ) 2 AL3
Π (Q ) = −
6 E
r
NOTE 1: The shape functions [N ( x )]
Note that the shape functions obtained (5.229) are:
N 1 ( x = 0) = 1
3x 2 x 2
N 1 ( x) = 1 − + 2 ⇒ N1 ( x = 2 ) = 0
L
L L N ( x = L) = 0
1
N 2 ( x = 0) = 0
4x 4x 2
N 2 ( x) = − 2 ⇒ N 2 ( x = 2 ) = 1
L
L L N ( x = L) = 0
2
N 3 ( x = 0) = 0
− x 2x 2
N 3 ( x) = + 2 ⇒ N 3 ( x = 2 ) = 0
L
L L N ( x = L) = 1
3
Note also that N 1 ( x) + N 2 ( x) + N 3 ( x) = 1 holds. And these functions are drawn into the
domain as indicated in Figure 5.25.
N2 3x 2 x 2
N1 N3 N1 = 1 − + 2
L L
4x 4x 2
1 1 1 N 2 = − 2
L L
2 3 x − x 2x2
1 N
3 = + 2
L L
x=0 L x=L
x=
2 N1 ( x ) + N 2 ( x) + N 3 ( x ) = 1
NOTE 2: Analytical solution (the exact one) – by using the direct integration
∂σ
We start from the equilibrium equation = − ρg , (see equation (5.228)), and by
∂x
integrating the equation over x we can obtain:
∂σ
∂x
= − ρg integratin
g → ∂σ = − ρg∂x ∫ ∫ ⇒ σ = − ρgx + C1
The constant of integration can be obtained at x = 0 . In this situation the total force at
x = 0 is given by F = ρgV = ρgAL , and the stress can be obtained by
F ρgAL
σ( x = 0) = = = ρgL . Then, the constant of integration becomes
A A
σ( x = 0) = C1 = ρgL . Hence, the stress field becomes:
σ = − ρgx + ρgL = ρg ( L − x)
Using the constitutive equation, the strain field can be obtained as follows:
σ ρg ( L − x)
σ = Eε ⇒ ε= =
E E
∂u
Taking into account the relationship ε = (kinematic equation), and by integrating the
∂x
equation over x we can obtain:
∂u ρg ( L − x) ρg x2
∫ ∫ ∫ + C2
integrating
ε= → ∂u = ε∂x = ∂x ⇒ u ( x) = Lx −
∂x E E 2
σ( x = 0) = ρgL
ρgL
ε ( x = 0) =
E
ρg
u= (2 Lx − x 2 )
2E
L + ∆L ρg
ε= ( L − x) σ = ρg ( L − x )
E
x x x
Figure 5.26
NOTE 3: Note that for simple problems the analytical solution is very easy to be obtained,
and this solution serves to indicate how good is the technique employed. Note that the
analytical solution (equation (5.237)), is the same as the numerical solution (5.234) in which
we have used the quadratic function to approach the displacement field, and if we consider
a cubic function to approach the displacement field the solution must be the same. Let us
check this fact:
Displacement field (cubic function): u ( x) = a1 + a2 x + a3 x 2 + a4 x 3 = a2 x + a3 x 2 + a4 x 3 .
Note the, at x = 0 there is no displacement, so, u ( x = 0) = a1 = 0 .
∂u
Then, u ( x) = a2 x + a3 x 2 + a4 x 3 ⇒ = a2 + 2a3 x + 3a4 x 2
∂x
External Potential:
L
1
∫
x
∫
U ext = ρgA u ( x)dx = ρgA (a 2 x)dx =
0
2
ρgAL2 a 2
External Potential:
L
x x 1
x
∫ 0
∫
U ext = ρgA u ( x)dx = ρgA 1 − U (1) + U ( 2 ) dx = ρgAL(U (1) + U ( 2 ) )
L L 2
U(1) = 0
x (i ) L
(1) 1 L(1) =
(EA) 2
U(i )
e
x( f ) U( 2 )
U( f ) L
(EA) ( 2) 2 L( 2 ) =
2
U(3)
x x
Figure 5.27
∂u ( x) −1 1
= (f) U (i ) + ( f ) U( f )
∂x (i )
(x − x ) (x − x ) (i )
Let us divide the domain into 2 sub-domains (2 finite elements), (see Figure 5.27 (b)),
where:
Element e = 1 :
x (i ) = 0
(1) 2 x (1) 2 x ( 2 )
x( f ) =
L u = 1 − U + 1 − U
L L
2 ⇒ (1)
(i )
U = U (1) ∂u = − 2 U (1) + 2 U ( 2 )
∂x L L
U( f ) = U ( 2)
Element e = 2 :
L
x (i ) = (2) 2 x ( 2 ) 2 x ( 3)
2 u = 2 − U + − 1U
L
x( f ) =L L
⇒ (2)
(i )
U =U ( 2) ∂u = − 2 U ( 2 ) + 2 U (3)
∂x L L
U ( f ) = U (3)
Internal Potential:
L
L 2 2 L 2
1 ∂u ( x) 1 ∂u (1)
2
1 ( 2 ) ∂u
( 2)
∫ ( AE ) (1) ∫ dx +
∫ dx
int
U = AE dx = ( AE ) ∂x
20 ∂x 20 ∂x 2L
2
(1) ( 2)
( AE ) U (1) 2 − 2U (1) U ( 2 ) + U ( 2 ) 2 + ( AE ) U ( 2) 2 − 2U ( 2 ) U (3) + U (3) 2
=
L L
External Potential:
L
2 L
∫ ∫
U ext = ρg Au ( x)dx = ρg A(1)u (1) dx + ρg A( 2)u ( 2 ) dx
x 0
∫
L
2
1 1 1
= ρgA(1) LU(1) + ρgL( A(1) + A( 2) )U( 2) + ρgA( 2) LU(3)
4 4 4
The total potential energy
Π (U (1) , U ( 2 ) , U (3) ) = U int − U ext
( AE ) (1) (1) 2 ( AE ) ( 2 ) ( 2) 2
− 2U (1) U ( 2 ) + U ( 2 ) + − 2U ( 2 ) U (3) + U (3)
2 2
= U U
L L
1 1 1
− ρgA (1) LU (1) + ρgL( A (1) + A ( 2 ) )U ( 2 ) + ρgA ( 2) LU (3)
4 4 4
[ K ]{u} = {F }
Note that the above matrix could have been obtained directly if we consider the stiffness
matrix of the element and the nodal force vector of the element e :
( EA)( e ) 1 − 1 1 1
[k ( e) ] = ; { f (e)} = ρg ( LA)( e)
L(e ) − 1 1 2 1
L
Element e = 1 , ( L(1) = ):
2
2( EA)(1) 1 − 1 1 1 U(1)
[k (1) ] = − 1 1 ; { f (1) } = ρgLA(1) ; {u(1) } = ( 2)
L 4 1 U
L
Element e = 2 , ( L( 2) = ):
2
2( EA)( 2 ) 1 − 1 1 1 U( 2 )
[k ( 2) ] = − 1 1 ; { f ( 2) } = ρgLA( 2) ; {u( 2 ) } = (3)
L 4 1 U
Then the global stiffness matrix [K ] can be obtained by adding the contribution of each
stiffness matrix of the element into [K ] , and the same to the global nodal vector. This
process is called the assemble process.
Considering the ( EA) (1) = ( EA) ( 2) = EA the set of discrete equations becomes:
1 − 1 0 U
(1)
1
2 AE (2) 1
− 1 2 − 1 U = ρgLA2
L 4
0 − 1 1 U (3) 1
Applying the boundary condition and solving the system the nodal displacement can be
obtained:
1 0 0 U U(1)
(1)
0 0
2 AE ( 2) 1 ( 2 ) ρgL2
0 2 − 1 U = ρgLA2 Solve
→ U = 3
L 4 U(3) 8 E 4
0 − 1 1 U(3) 1
For more detail about Finite Element Method the reader is referred to Zienkiewicz &
Taylor (1994), Bathe(1996).
Problem 5.27
Show that:
∫t
r* r r& r r
[
( X , t ) ⋅ u dS 0σ + ρ 0 b( X , t ) − u
∫
r
0 ]
X
r
&r&( Xr , t ) ⋅ u& dV = P : ∇ r u& dV
0 ∫ (5.238)
Sσ V0 V0
r
where u is the virtual displacement field, and P is the first Piola-Kirchhoff stress tensor.
Current
Reference F configuration
configuration S0σ
Sσ
V0
V
B0 dV0 r r r
t * ( X , t ) = t *0 B r r
r r dV t* ( x, t )
u( X , t )
r r
r r r u( x , t )
ρ 0b( X , t ) = ρ 0b0
r r
ρb( x , t )
Solution:
r r r r
Although the variables t * ( X , t ) and b( X , t ) are not intrinsic variables of the reference
r r r
configuration like the variables ρ 0 , S 0 , V0 , for simplicity, we denote t * ( X , t ) = t *0 and
r r r
b( X , t ) = b 0 .
Remember also, (see Chapter 2 of the textbook), that:
r r r
D ∂ ∂x ( X , t ) ∂ ∂x ( X , t ) ∂u& i ( X , t) r
Fij ≡ F&ij = i
= i
= = u& i , J ( X , t )
Dt ∂t ∂X j ∂X j 142 ∂t 43 ∂X j
x&i
r& r
r& r ∂ u ( X , t)
or F = l ⋅ F = ∇ Xr u( X , t ) =
& r
∂X
r r
and l = F& ⋅ F −1 = ∇ Xr u& ( X , t ) ⋅ F −1
r r r r
F& −1 = − F −1 ⋅ l = − F −1 ⋅ ∇ Xr u& ( X , t ) ⋅ F −1 = − F −1 ⋅ ∇ xr u& ( x , t )
(PiJ u& i ) , J = PiJ , J u& i + PiJ u& i , J ⇒ PiJ u& i , J = (PiJ u& i ) , J − PiJ , J u& i
thus:
r r r
∫ P : F& dV0 = PiJ u& i , J ( X , t ) dV0 = (PiJ u& i ( X , t )) , J − PiJ , J u& i ( X , t ) dV0
∫ ∫
V0 V0 V0
& r r
V0
∫ P : F dV = ∫ (P 0
V0
iJ ∫
u& i ( X , t )) , J dV0 − PiJ , J u& i ( X , t ) dV0
V0
& r r
V0
∫ P : F dV = ∫ P 0
S0
iJ
V0
∫
u& i ( X , t )nˆ J dS 0 − PiJ , J u& i ( X , t ) dV0
where we have applied the divergence theorem. The above in tensorial notation becomes:
r r
∫ P : F dV = ∫ (P ⋅ nˆ ) ⋅ u& ( X , t ) dS − ∫ (∇ ⋅ P) ⋅ u& i ( X , t ) dV0
& r
0 i 0 X
V0 S0 V0
Remember that the equations of motion in the reference configuration are given by:
r r
&r&( Xr , t )
∇ Xr ⋅ P + ρ 0b0 = ρ 0u ⇒ &r&( Xr , t )]
− ∇ Xr ⋅ P = ρ 0 [b0 − u
r& r r
and taking into account that F& = ∇ Xr u ( X , t ) and t *0 = P ⋅ nˆ we can obtain:
& r r
∫ P : F dV0 = (P ⋅ nˆ ) ⋅ u& i ( X , t ) dS0 − (∇ Xr ⋅ P ) ⋅ u& i ( X , t ) dV0
∫ ∫
V0 S0 V0
r& r r &r& r r
P : ∇ Xr u ( X , t ) dV0 = t *0 ⋅ u &r&( Xr , t )] ⋅ u& ( Xr , t ) dV
∫
V0
∫
( X , t ) dS0 + ρ 0 [b0 − u
S0
i ∫
V0
0
Reminder: Recall from Chapter 5 of the textbook that the stress power can be expressed
in different ways, namely:
1 1
∫
w int (t ) = P : F& dV0 = S : E& dV0 = P : F& dV0 =
V0
∫
V0 V0
∫ 2V ∫
S : C& dV0 =
V
J ∫
P : F& dV
0
ρ
= ∫ρ
V 0
P : F& dV = σ : D dV = { ∫
Jσ : D dV0 = τ : D dV0
V
∫
V0 τ
∫
V0
NOTE 1: Remember that neither P nor F& are in any configuration, but the scalar P : F&
is in the reference configuration.
NOTE 2: Taking into account the above. The total external virtual work can also be
expressed as follows:
r& r sym r& r r& r
∫σ : D dV = σ : ∇ xr u ( x , t ) dV = σ : ∇ xr u ( x , t ) dV = P : F& dV0 = P : ∇ Xr u ( X , t ) dV0
∫ ∫ ∫ ∫
V V V V V 0 0
r r
where we have used that D = l sym = [∇ xr u& ( x, t)]sym , (see Problem 2.35). Note that, due to
r& r r& r
the symmetry of σ the relationship σ : [∇ xr u ( x , t )]sym = σ : ∇ xr u ( x , t ) holds.
NOTE 3: From a Variational Principle point of view, (see Holzapfel (2000)), the equation
in (5.238) is also valid for a variation of the virtual field:
r r r r r r r
&r&( Xr , t )] ⋅ δ u dV = P : ∇ r δ u dV
t * ( X , t ) ⋅ δ u dS0 σ + ρ 0 [b( X , t ) − u
Sσ
∫ ∫
V0
0 X 0 ∫
V0
(5.239)
Problem 5.28
a) Show that the symmetric second-order tensor A = A sym can be split up into
A = A P + A S where A P = P P : A , A S = P S : A , with P P = (bˆ ⊗ bˆ ) ⊗ (bˆ ⊗ bˆ ) and
P S = I sym − (bˆ ⊗ bˆ ) ⊗ (bˆ ⊗ bˆ ) , where b̂ is a unit vector according to certain direction, and
I sym is the symmetric part of the fourth-order unit tensor. b) Show that the constitutive
equation for stress σ = C e : ε can be written as follows:
σ P C PP C PS ε σijP Cijkl
PP PS
Cijkl ε kl
S = SP : S = SP SS (5.240)
σ C C SS ε σij Cijkl Cijkl ε kl
where
C PP = P P : C e : P P PP
Cijkl P
= Pijpq Cepqst Pstkl
P
C PS = P P : C e : P S PS
Cijkl P
= Pijpq Cepqst Pstkl
S
(5.241)
C SP = P S : C e : P P SP
Cijkl S
= Pijpq Cepqst Pstkl
P
C SS = P S : C e : P S SS S
Cijkl = Pijpq Cepqst Pstkl
S
Solution:
a) Bu using the Cartesian system the tensor A can be represented as follows:
A = A ij (eˆ i ⊗ eˆ j ) = A i1 (eˆ i ⊗ eˆ 1 ) + A i 2 (eˆ i ⊗ eˆ 2 ) + A i 3 (eˆ i ⊗ eˆ 3 )
= A 11 (eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 1 ) + A 21 (eˆ 2 ⊗ eˆ 1 ) + A 31 (eˆ 3 ⊗ eˆ 1 ) + A 12 (eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 2 ) + A 22 (eˆ 2 ⊗ eˆ 2 ) + A 32 (eˆ 3 ⊗ eˆ 2 )
+ A 13 (eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 3 ) + A 23 (eˆ 2 ⊗ eˆ 3 ) + A 33 (eˆ 3 ⊗ eˆ 3 )
and its components in matrix form are given by:
A 11 A12 A13 0 A 12 A13 A11 0 0
A ij = A 21 A 22 A 23 = A 21 A 22 A 23 + 0 0 0 = A ij + A ij
A 31 A 32 A 33 A 31 A 32 A 33 0 0 0
ˆ
Note also that the normal component A 11 = A (Ne1 ) (according to ê1 -direction) can also be
obtained by A11 = A : (eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 1 ) = (eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 1 ) : A , so the tensor A = A11 (eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 1 ) can be
written as follows:
A = (eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 1 ) A 11 ≡ (eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 1 ) ⊗ A 11 = (eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 1 ) ⊗ (eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 1 ) : A
thus
A = A − A = A − (eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 1 ) ⊗ (eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 1 ) : A = I sym : A − (eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 1 ) ⊗ (eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 1 ) : A
[ ]
= I sym − (eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 1 ) ⊗ (eˆ 1 ⊗ eˆ 1 ) : A
Although we have shown the equation by considering the unit vector ê1 , the above
equation is also valid for any unit vector, i.e.:
A P = (bˆ ⊗ bˆ ) ⊗ (bˆ ⊗ bˆ ) : A = P P : A
[ ]
A S = I sym − (bˆ ⊗ bˆ ) ⊗ (bˆ ⊗ bˆ ) : A = P S : A
σ S = P S : σ = P S : C e : ε = P S : C e : (ε P + ε S ) = P S : C e : ε P + P S : C e : ε S
= P S : Ce : P P : ε + P S : Ce : P S : ε
thus
σ P P P : C e P P : C e ε P
S= S e :
σ P : C P S : C e ε S
or
σ P P P : C e : P P P P : C e : P S ε
S= S :
σ P : C : P
e P
P S : C e : P S ε
Appendix 5A
E
λ= ν
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν )
E E (1 − 2ν )
µ= =
2(1 + ν ) (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) 2
Eν E E
λ + 2µ = +2 = (1 − ν )
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) 2(1 + ν ) (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν )
Eν E E
λ+µ= + =
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) 2(1 + ν ) 2(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν )
E E Eν E2
µ (2 µ + 3λ) = 2 +3 =
2(1 + ν ) 2(1 + ν ) (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) 2(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν )
λ+µ E 2(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) 1
= =
µ (2 µ + 3λ) 2(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) E2 E
λ Eν (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) ν
= =
2 µ (2 µ + 3λ) (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) E2 E
1 2(1 + ν ) 1
= = 2(1 + ν )
µ E E
1 (1 − 2ν )
= ,
(2 µ + 3λ) E
λ (1 − 2ν ) Eν ν
= = ,
(2 µ + 3λ) E (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) (1 + ν )
µ (1 − 2ν ) E (1 − 2ν )
= = ,
(2 µ + 3λ ) E 2(1 + ν ) 2(1 + ν )
2( µ + λ ) ν (1 − 2ν ) 1
=2 +2 = ,
(2 µ + 3λ) (1 + ν ) 2(1 + ν ) (1 + ν )
E Eν E (1 − ν )
( 2 µ + λ) = 2 + = ,
2(1 + ν ) (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν )
λ Eν (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) ν
= =
(2 µ + λ) (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) E (1 − ν ) (1 − ν )
,
λ Eν 2(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν )
= = 2ν
(λ + µ ) (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) E
2µ + λ 1 − ν
= ,
2 µ + 3λ 1 + ν
x3
Π
t
Π ê z
ê θ
t
ê r
r x2
x1
Figure 6.1
526 SOLVING PROBLEMS BY MEANS OF CONTINUUM MECHANICS
Solution:
Small deformation regime: e ≈ E ≈ ε
a cos θ
a sin θ 0
ε rr ε rθ ε rz 2
a cos θ
ε( r , θ, z ) = ε rθ ε θθ ε θz = a sin θ 0 (6.2)
2
ε rz ε θz ε zz 0 0 0
σ = λTr (ε )1 + 2µ ε (6.3)
Tr (ε ) = 2a sin θ (6.4)
thus,
a cos θ
a sin θ 0
1 0 0 2
a cos θ
σ = λ 2a sin θ 0 1 0 + 2µ
a sin θ 0 (6.5)
2
0 0 1 0 0 0
λ 2a sin θ + 2µ a sin θ µ a cos θ 0
σ (r,θr,θ = µ a cos θ λ 2a sin θ + 2µ a sin θ 0
(6.6)
0 0 λ 2a sin θ
r
The traction vector t :
r ˆ
t (n) = σ ⋅ nˆ (6.7)
nˆ = (1,0,0)
Problem 6.2
The parallelepiped described in Figure 6.2 is deformed as indicated by the dashed lines. The
displacement components are given as follows:
u = C1 xyz ; v = C 2 xyz ; w = C3 xyz (6.9)
a) Obtain the strain state at the point E . In the current reference the point is represented
by E ′ whose coordinates are E ′(1.503; 1.001; 1.997) ;
b) Obtain the normal strain at the point E in the direction of the line EA ;
c) Calculate the angular distortion at the point E that undergoes the angle formed by the
lines EA and EF .
d) Find the volume variation and the average volumetric deformation.
G = G′ F = F′
E
D = D′ 2m
E′
C = C′
O = O′
y
1 .5 m
A = A′
B = B′
1m
x
Figure 6.2
Solution:
a) The strain state in function of the displacements is given by:
1 ∂u i ∂u j
ε ij = + (6.10)
2 ∂x j ∂x i
which in engineering notation becomes:
∂u 1 ∂v ∂u 1 ∂w ∂u
1 1 + +
εx γ xy γ xz
∂x 2 ∂x ∂y 2 ∂x ∂z
2 2
1 1 1 ∂v ∂u ∂v 1 ∂w ∂v
ε ij = γ xy εy γ yz = + + (6.11)
2 2 2 ∂x ∂y ∂y 2 ∂y ∂z
1 1
2 γ xz γ yz ε z 1 ∂w ∂u 1 ∂w ∂v
∂w
2 ∂x + ∂z +
2 ∂y ∂z
2
∂z
To calculate the strain state at any point we need a priori to calculate the displacement field.
Calculation of the constants:
By substituting the values given by the point E (1.5; 1.0; 2.0) , we can obtain:
u ( E ) = X 1( E ) − x1( E ) = 1.503 − 1.5 = C1 (1.5)(1.0)(2.0) ⇒ C1 = 0.001
0.001
v ( E ) = X 2( E ) − x2( E ) = 1.001 − 1.0 = C2 (1.5)(1.0)(2.0) ⇒ C2 = (6.12)
3
w( E ) = X 3( E ) − x3( E ) = 1.997 − 2.0 = C3 (1.5)(1.0)(2.0) ⇒ C3 = −0.001
1 1 0.011
− 0.00025
εx γ xy γ xz 0.002
2 2 6
1 1 0.011
ε ij = γ xy εy
γ yz = − 0.00125
E 0.001
(6.14)
2 2 6
1 1
2 γ xz γ yz ε z − 0.00025 − 0.00125 − 0.0015
2
b) The normal strain component associated with the direction M̂ is obtained as follows:
ˆ ⋅ε ⋅ M
ε Mˆ = M ˆ indicial
→ ε Mˆ = ε ij Mˆ i Mˆ j (6.15)
By expanding the above equation and by considering the symmetry of the strain tensor we
can obtain:
ε Mˆ = ε11 Mˆ 12 + ε 22 Mˆ 22 + ε 33 Mˆ 32 + 2ε12 Mˆ 1Mˆ 2 + 2ε13 Mˆ 1Mˆ 3 + 2ε 23 Mˆ 2 Mˆ 3 (6.16)
or by using the engineering notation:
ε Mˆ = ε x Mˆ 12 + ε y Mˆ 22 + ε z Mˆ 32 + γ xy Mˆ 1Mˆ 2 + γ xz Mˆ 1Mˆ 3 + γ yz Mˆ 2 Mˆ 3 (6.17)
The unit vector components M̂ i is given by the direction cosines of the direction of the
line EA :
−1 −2
Mˆ 1 = 0 ; Mˆ 2 = ; Mˆ 3 = (6.18)
5 5
By substituting the corresponding values into the equation (6.17), we can obtain:
ε Mˆ = ε y Mˆ 22 + ε z Mˆ 32 + γ yz Mˆ 2 Mˆ 3
1 4 2 (6.19)
ε Mˆ = 0.001 + (−0.0015) + (−0.0025) = −2 × 10 −3
5 5 5
c) For small deformation, the distortion of the angle at the point E formed by the lines
EA and EF , with Θ = 90º , becomes:
−1 1 − 2Mˆ ⋅ ε ⋅ Nˆ ˆ
ε Mˆ Nˆ = ∆θ Mˆ Nˆ = − = M ⋅ ε ⋅ Nˆ components
→ ε Mˆ Nˆ = εij Mˆ i Nˆ j (6.20)
2 2 sin Θ
More details about the above equation are provided in the textbook in Chapter 2 –
Continuum Kinematics (in the sub-section small deformation regime). Expanding the
above expression and by considering the symmetry of the strain tensor we can obtain:
(
ε Mˆ Nˆ = ε11 Mˆ 1 Nˆ 1 + ε 22 Mˆ 2 Nˆ 2 + ε 33 Mˆ 3 Nˆ 3 + ε12 Mˆ 1 Nˆ 2 + Mˆ 2 Nˆ 1 + )
(6.21)
(
ε13 Mˆ 1 Nˆ 3 + Mˆ 3 Nˆ ) + ε (Mˆ
1 23 2 Nˆ 3 + Mˆ 3 Nˆ 2 )
or in engineering notation:
γ Mˆ Nˆ
2
= ε x Mˆ 1 Nˆ 1 + ε y Mˆ 2 Nˆ 2 + ε z Mˆ 3 Nˆ 3 +
γ xy ˆ ˆ
2
(
M 1 N 2 + Mˆ 2 Nˆ 1 + )
(6.22)
γ xz ˆ ˆ
2
(
M 1 N 3 + Mˆ 3 Nˆ 1 +
γ yz
2
) (
Mˆ 2 Nˆ 3 + Mˆ 3 Nˆ 2 )
and by considering the following unit vectors according to EA and EF direcctions
respectively:
−1 − 2
Mˆ i = 0 ; Nˆ i = [− 1 0 0] (6.23)
5 5
we can obtain:
γ Mˆ Nˆ 0.011 −1 −2
= ε12 Mˆ 2 Nˆ 1 + ε13 Mˆ 3 Nˆ 1 = (−1) + (−0.00025)(−1)
2 6 5 5 (6.24)
γ Mˆ Nˆ
= 5.96284793998 × 10 − 4 ⇒ γ Mˆ Nˆ = 1.1925696 × 10 −3
2
Alternative Solution
We can construct an orthogonal basis associated with the unit vectors M̂ and N̂ by means
of the cross product Pˆ = Mˆ ∧ Nˆ . Then, we can obtain the components of the unit vector
P̂ :
eˆ 1 eˆ 2 eˆ 3
−1 −2 2 ˆ 1 ˆ 2 −1
Pˆ = M
ˆ ∧ Nˆ = 0 = e2 − e3 ⇒ Pˆi = 0 (6.25)
5 5 5 5 5 5
−1 0 0
Then, the transformation matrix from the system X 1 X 2 X 3 to the system made up by the
unit vectors M̂ , N̂ and P̂ are given by:
−1 − 2
Mˆ 1 Mˆ 2 Mˆ 3 0 5 5
A = a ij = Nˆ 1 Nˆ 2 Nˆ 3 = − 1 0 0 (6.26)
Pˆ 2 −1
1 Pˆ
2 Pˆ3 0
5 5
By applying the component transformation law for a second-order tensor components, i.e.
ε ij = a ik a jl ε kl or in matrix form ε ′ = A ε A T , we can obtain:
0.011 T
−1 − 2 0.002 − 0.00025 −1 − 2
0 6
0
5 5 0.011 5 5
ε ′ = − 1 0 0 0.001 − 0.00125 − 1 0 0 (6.27)
2
−1 6 2 −1
0 − 0.00025 − 0.00125 − 0.0015 0
5 5 5 5
Thus:
γ Mˆ Nˆ
ε M̂ ε Mˆ Nˆ =
2
− 2 × 10 −3 5.96284794 × 10 − 4 − 2.5 × 10 − 4
−3
ε ′ij = 5.96284794 × 10 − 4 2 × 10 −3 − 1.75158658 × 10 (6.28)
−4
− 2.5 × 10 − 1.75158658 × 10 −3 1.5 × 10 −3
NOTE: Note that this example is not a case of homogeneous deformation, i.e. a straight
edge in the reference configuration is no longer straight line in the current configuration.
To obtain the deformed unit vector we must apply the linear transformation mˆ = F ⋅ Mˆ
and nˆ = F ⋅ Nˆ , where F is the deformation gradient.
∆( dV )
d) The volume ratio (dilatation) by definition is εV = where dV is the differential
dV
volume.
For small deformation regime we have:
∆ (dV )
εV = = εx + ε y + εz ⇒ ∆ (dV ) = (ε x + ε y + ε z )dV (6.29)
dV
by integrating the above equation over the volume we can obtain the volume variation:
2.0 1 1.5
∫ (ε ) xz
∆V =
V
x + ε y + ε z dV = 0.001 ∫ ∫ ∫ yz +
z = 0 y =0 x = 0
3
− xy dxdydz
(6.30)
thus:
∆V = 1.125 × 10 −3 m 3 (6.31)
Then:
∆ (dV ) 1.125 × 10 −3
εV = = = 0.375 × 10 −3 (6.32)
dV 1 .5 × 1 .0 × 2 .0
Problem 6.3
The stress state at one point of the structure, which is made up of an isotropic linear elastic
material, is given by:
6 2 0
σ ij = 2 − 3 0 MPa
0 0 0
a) Obtain the engineering strain tensor components. Consider the Young’s modulus
( E = 207GPa ) and the shear modulus ( G = 80GPa ).
b) Consider that a cube of side 5cm is subjected to this stress state. Obtain the volume
variation in the cube.
Solution:
The strain components can be obtained by means of the equations:
εx =
1
E
[ ( )]
σ x − ν σ y + σ z = 3.333 ×10 − 5 ; γ xy =
1
G
τ xy = 2.5 × 10 − 5
1
[ ]
ε y = σ y − ν (σ x + σ z ) = −2.318 ×10 − 5 ;
E
1
γ yz = τ yz = 0
G
(6.33)
1
[ ( )]
ε z = σ z − ν σ x + σ y = −4.348 × 10 − 6 ;
E
1
γ xz = τ xz = 0
G
where the Poisson’s ratio can be obtained by:
E E 207
G= ⇒ ν= −1 = − 1 ≈ 0.29375
2(1 + ν ) 2G 160
Thus:
33.24 12.5 0
ε ij = 12.5 − 23.01 0 × 10 −6
0 0 − 4.257
Alternative solution:
−1 (1 + ν ) ν
In the textbook (Chaves(2013)) we have shown that C e = I − 1 ⊗ 1 , with that we
E E
can obtain:
−1 (1 + ν ) ν (1 + ν ) ν (1 + ν ) ν
ε = Ce : σ = I − 1 ⊗ 1 : σ = I : σ − 1 ⊗1 : σ = σ − Tr (σ )1
E E E E E E
And its components are:
σ11 σ12 σ13 1 0 0
(1 + ν ) ν
ε ij = σ12 σ 22
σ 23 − Tr (σ ) 0 1 0
E E
σ13 σ 23 σ33 0 0 1
6 2 0 1 0 0 33.24 12.5 0
−6 −6
ε ij = 6.251×10 2 − 3 0 − 4.2609 × 10 0 1 0 = 12.5 − 23.01 0 × 10− 6
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 − 4.257
(1 + ν ) 1 ν
where we have considered = 6.25 × 10 − 6 and Tr (σ ) = 4.25725 ×10 −6 .
E MPa E
In the small deformation regime the volumetric deformation (linear) is equal to the trace of
the strain tensor:
DVL ≡ ε V = I ε = (33.24 − 23.01 − 4.257 ) × 10 −6 = 5.973 × 10 −6
Then, the volume variation can be evaluated as follows:
∆V = ε V V0 = 5.973 × 10 −6 (5 × 5 × 5) = 7.466 × 10 −4 cm 3
Problem 6.4
A parallelepiped (elastic body) of dimensions a = 3cm , b = 3cm , c = 4cm , is made up of an
isotropic homogeneous linear elastic material, which is accommodated into a cavity of the
same shape and dimensions as the parallelepiped, (see Figure 6.3). The cavity walls are
made up of a very rigid material (undeformable), (Ortiz Berrocal (1985)).
Via a rigid plate (dimensions a × b ) of negligible weight and negligible friction we apply a
perpendicular compression force equal to F = 200 N which compresses the elastic block.
Consider that the elastic body properties are: E = 2 × 10 4 N / cm 2 (Young’s modulus);
ν = 0.3 (Poisson’s ratio).
a) Calculate the lateral force exerted by the cavity wall on the parallelepiped;
b) Calculate the height variation of the elastic body, i.e. find ∆c .
F
z
y
c
Figure 6.3
Solution:
At any point of the elastic body the stress state is only characterized by normal components
σ x , σ y and σ z . The stress σ z is given by:
εx = ε y =
1
E
[ (
σx − ν σ y + σz = 0 )] ⇒
1
E
[σ x − ν (σ x + σ z )] = 0
⇒ σ x − ν (σ x + σ z ) = 0 (6.35)
ν σz
⇒ σx =
(1 − ν )
thus:
ν σz 0.3 − 200 200 N
σx = = =− (6.36)
(1 − ν ) (1 − 0.3) 9 21 cm2
The force applied by the wall on the elastic body is given by:
− 200
Fy = σ y a c = × 3 × 4 = −114.28 N
21
− 200
Fx = σ x b c = × 3 × 4 = −114.28 N
21
The strain ε z can be obtained as follows:
εz =
1
E
[ ( 1
E
)]
σ z − ν σ x + σ y = [σ z − 2ν σ x ] =
1 200
4
2 × 10 9
− + 2 × 0.3 ×
200
21
= −8.25 × 10− 4
Problem 6.5
Under the approximation of small deformation theory, the displacement field is given by:
r
u = ( x1 − x3 ) 2 × 10 −3 eˆ 1 + ( x 2 + x3 ) 2 × 10 −3 eˆ 2 − x1 x 2 × 10 −3 eˆ 3
Obtain the infinitesimal strain tensor, the infinitesimal spin tensor at the point P(0,2,−1) .
Solution:
Displacement gradient field components:
∂u1 ∂u1 ∂u1
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3 2( x − x )
1 3 0 − 2( x1 − x3 )
∂ui ∂u 2 ∂u2 ∂u2
= = 0 2( x2 + x3 ) 2( x2 + x3 ) × 10− 3
∂x j ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
∂u
3 ∂u3 ∂u3 − x2 − x1 0
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
and at the particular point P(0,2 − 1) the above equation becomes
2( x1 − x 3 ) 0 − 2( x1 − x 3 ) 2 0 − 2
∂u i
= 0 2( x 2 + x3 ) 2( x 2 + x 3 ) = 0 2 2 × 10 −3
∂x j
P − x 2 − x1 0 − 2 0 0
r
The second-order tensor ( ∇ xr u ) can be split additively into a symmetric ( ε ) and an
antisymmetric part ( ω ):
r ∂u
(∇ xr u)ij = i = ε ij + ωij
∂x j
where
Infinitesimal strain tensor Infinitesimal spin tensor
2 0 − 2 0 0 0
1 ∂u ∂u j
= 0 2 1 × 10 −3 1 ∂ui ∂u j (6.38)
ε ij = i + ωij = − = 0 0 1 × 10− 3
2 ∂x j ∂xi 2 ∂x j ∂xi
− 2 1 0 0 − 1 0
Problem 6.6
Under the restriction of small deformation theory, the displacement field is given by:
r
u = a ( x12 − 5 x 22 ) eˆ 1 + (2 a x1 x 2 )eˆ 2 − (0) eˆ 3
a) Obtain the linear strain tensor and the linear spin tensor;
b) Obtain the principal strains and principal stresses;
c) Given the shear modulus G , obtain the value of the Young’s modulus E to guarantee
the balance at any point of the continuum.
Obs.: The body forces can be discarded.
Solution:
a) Considering that u1 = a ( x12 − 5 x 22 ) , u 2 = 2 a x1 x 2 , u 3 = 0 , the displacement gradient
components are given by:
∂u1 ∂u1 ∂u1
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3 2 x a
1 − 10ax2 0
r ∂u ∂u ∂u 2 ∂u 2
(∇ xr u)ij = i = 2 = 2ax2 2ax1 0
∂x j ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
∂u 0
3 ∂u3 ∂u3 0 0
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
Decomposing additively the displacement gradient in a symmetric part (the linear strain
tensor - ε ij ) and an antisymmetric part (the infinitesimal spin tensor- ωij ) we can obtain:
∂ui
= εij + ωij
∂x j
where
2 x1a − 10ax2 0 2 x1a 2ax2 0 2 x1a − 4ax2 0
1 ∂u ∂u j 1
εij = i + = 2ax2 2ax1 0 + − 10ax2 2ax1 0 = − 4ax2 2ax1 0
2 ∂x j ∂xi 2
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
and
b) Note that since εi 3 = ε3i = 0 , ε33 = 0 is already a principal value which is associated with
the unit vector nˆ i = 0[0,01] . The remaining principal values can be obtained as follows:
2 x1 a − λ − 4ax 2
=0 ⇒ (2 x a − λ ) − (4ax )
1
2
2
2
=0
− 4ax 2 2ax1 − λ
λ1 = 2 x1 a − 4ax 2
(
⇒ 2 x1 a − λ ) = (4ax )
2
2
2
⇒ 2 x1 a − λ = ±4ax 2 ⇒
λ 2 = 2 x1 a + 4ax 2
2 x1a + 4ax2 0 0
ε′ij = 0 2 x1a − 4ax2 0 (principal strains)
0 0 0
Since the strain and stress share the same principal space we can use the equation
σij = λ 4 x1aδ ij + 2 µε ij to obtain the principal stresses:
1 0 0 2 x1a + 4ax2 0 0
σ′ij = λ 4 x1aδ ij + 2 µε′ij = λ 4 x1a 0 1 0 + 2 µ 0 2 x1a − 4ax2 0
0 0 1 0 0 0
λ 4 x1a + 2 µ (2 x1a + 4ax2 ) 0 0
= 0 λ 4 x1a + 2 µ ( 2 x1a − 4ax2 ) 0
0 0 λ 4 x1a
r r
c) The equilibrium equations without body forces ( ρb = 0 ) become:
r r
∇ ⋅ σ + ρ{ b = 0 Indicial
→ σ ij , j = 0 i
r
=0
1 0 0 ε 11 ε 12 ε 13
σ ij = λ 4 x1 aδ ij + 2 µε ij = λ 4 x1 a 0 1 0 + 2 µ ε 12 ε 22 ε 23
0 0 1 ε 13 ε 23 ε 33
1 0 0 2 x1 a − 4ax 2 0 4 x1 a (λ + µ ) − 8 µax 2 0
= λ 4 x1 a 0 1 0 + 2 µ − 4ax 2
2ax1 0 = − 8 µax 2 4 x1 a (λ + µ ) 0
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 λ 4 x1 a
Then, the first equilibrium equation becomes:
∂σ11 ∂σ12 ∂σ13
+ + =0 ⇒ 4a (λ + µ ) − 8 µa = 0 ⇒ λ + µ = 2µ ⇒ λ = µ = G
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
G (3λ + 2G )
In addition, note that E = , which was obtained by means of the relationships
λ+G
Eν E
λ= and µ = G = . Then, we can conclude that:
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) 2(1 + ν )
G (3λ + 2G ) G (3G + 2G )
E= = = 2.5G
λ+G G+G
Problem 6.7
The stress state at a point of the continuum is represented by the Cauchy stress tensor
components:
− 26 6 0
σ ij = 6 9 0 kPa
0 0 29
By considering an isotropic linear elastic material: a) Obtain the principal invariants of σ ;
b) Obtain the spherical and deviatoric parts of σ ; ) Obtain the eigenvalues and
eigenvectors of σ ; d) Draw the Mohr’s circle in stress. Obtain the maximum normal and
tangential stress; e) Considering a small deformation regime and taking into account that
the elastic mechanical properties are λ = 20000kPa and µ = 20000kPa ( λ, µ are the Lamé
constants), obtain the infinitesimal strain tensor; f) Obtain the eigenvalues and eigenvectors
of ε .
Solution:
a) The principal invariants of σ
I σ = 12 ×103 ( Pa)
9 0 − 26 0 − 26 6
II σ = × 106 + × 106 + × 106 = −763 × 106 ( Pa) 2
0 29 0 29 6 9
The spherical and deviatoric parts are related to tensor by σ ij = σ ijdev + σ ijsph :
1 1 ( 29 − 26 + 9)
The mean stress: σ m = σ ii = I σ = = 4 × 10 3 Pa
3 3 3
σ m 0 0 4 0 0
σijhyd ≡ σijsph = 0 σm 0 = 0 4 0 kPa
0 0 σ m 0 0 4
σ S (kPa)
29 − (−27)
σ S max = = 28
2
σ N (kPa)
σ III = −27
σ I = σ N max = 29
σ II = 10
Figure 6.4
−λ 1
σ ij = λTr (ε )δ ij + 2 µε ij reverse
form
→ ε ij = Tr (σ )δ ij + σ ij
2 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 2µ
−λ
where = −5 × 10 −9 ( Pa ) −1 , Tr (σ ) = 1.2 × 10 4 ( Pa)
2µ (3λ + 2µ )
1 0 0 − 26 6 0
−9 4 −8
ε ij = (−5 × 10 )(1.2 × 10 ) 0 1 0 + 2.5 × 10 6 9 0 × 10 3
0 0 1 0 0 29
1 0 0 − 26 6 0 − 7.1 1.5 0
−5 −5
= −6 × 10 0 1 0 + 2.5 × 10 6 9 0 = 1.5 1.65 0 × 10 − 4
0 0 1 0 0 29 0 0 6.65
As the material is isotropic, the stress and strain have the same principal directions, so, we
can work in the principal space in order to obtain the principal strains:
−λ 1
ε ′ij = Tr (σ )δ ij + σ′ij
2µ (3λ + 2µ ) 2µ
1 0 0 29 0 0 66.5 0 0
−5 −5
= −6 × 10 0 1 0 + 2.5 × 10 0 10 0 = 0 19 0 × 10 −5
0 0 1 0 0 − 27 0 0 73.5
Problem 6.8
Show that the constitutive equations in stress, for an isotropic linear elastic material, can be
represented by the set of equations:
σ dev = 2µ ε dev
Tr (σ ) = 3κTr (ε )
where µ = G is the shear modulus, and κ is the bulk modulus.
Solution:
σ = C e : ε = [λ1 ⊗ 1 + 2 µI] : ε = λTr (ε )1 + 2 µε
3 3
⇒ σ dev = λ +
2µ (3λ + 2µ )Tr(ε) 1 + 2µ ε dev
Tr (ε )1 −
14434444 424444444
3
3
=0
σ33 σm dev
σ 33
σ 23 σ 23
σ13 σ 23 = + σ13 σ 23
σ13 σ13
σ12 σ 22 σm σ12 σ dev
22
σ12 σ12
σ11 σm dev
σ11
σ ij = λTr (ε )δ ij + 2µ ε ij
= Tr (σ )δ ij = 3κ Tr (ε )δ ij
+ σ ijdev = 2µ ε ijdev
ε 33 εm dev
ε 33
ε 23 ε 23
ε13 ε 23 = + ε13 ε 23
ε13 ε13
ε12 ε 22 εm ε12 ε dev
22
ε12 ε12
ε11 εm dev
ε11
Alternative solution:
Starting from the constitutive equation in stress for an isotropic linear elastic material
σ = σ (ε ) = λTr (ε )1 + 2µ ε , and by considering the linear regime the relationship
σ = σ (ε ) = σ (ε sph + ε dev ) = σ (ε sph ) + σ (ε dev ) holds, where:
NOTE: Note that for an isotropic material if we have a purely spherical state of
compression:
p
p>0
− p 0 0
p
σij = 0 − p 0 ∴ Tr (σ ) = −3 p < 0
p 0 0 − p
E
we have that Tr (σ ) = 3κ Tr (ε ) < 0 , and considering that κ = , we can conclude
3(1 − 2ν )
that: if ν > 0.5 this implies that κ < 0 and as consequence Tr (ε ) > 0 , i.e. an expansion,
which has no physical meaning for a compression state in isotropic materials. With that we
can conclude that ν < 0.5 .
Problem 6.9
A parallelepiped of dimensions a = 0.10m , b = 0.20m , c = 0.30m , (see Figure 6.6), is made
up of an elastic material whose mechanical properties are: Poisson’s ration ν = 0.3 and
Young’s modulus E = 2 × 10 6 N / m 2 . Said parallelepiped is introduced into a cavity of width
b whose walls are very rigid, so that two opposite faces of the parallelepiped are in contact
with the cavity walls. Once the parallelepiped is this position the temperature is raised by
the increment ∆T = 30º C .
a) Calculate the values of the principal stresses at any point of the parallelepiped.
b) Find the strain components.
Consider that the thermal expansion coefficient of the material is 1.25 × 10 −5 º C −1 .
Solution:
For an isotropic material the temperature variation ( ∆T ) only affects the normal strain
1+ν ν
components ε = σ − Tr (σ )1 + α∆T 1 , so, the solid will be only subjected by
E E
normal stresses. Note also that the solid can deform freely according to the directions x
and z , hence the normal stresses are σ x = σ z = 0 . The solid is restricted to move according
to the y -direction, hence ε y = 0 :
εy =
1
E
[ ] 1
σ y − ν (σ x + σ z ) + α ∆T = σ y + α ∆T = 0
E
⇒ σ y = − Eα ∆T
b)
−ν σy
εx = εz = + α ∆T = 1.125 × 10 − 4 + 3.75 × 10 − 4 = 4.875 × 10 − 4
E
The strain tensor components:
4.875 0 0
ε ij = 0 0 0 × 10 − 4
0 0 4.875
z
Data:
a
a = 0.10m
b = 0.20m
c = 0.30m
E = 2 ×10 6 N / m 2
ν = 0 .3
∆T = 30º C
α = 1.25 ×10 −5 º C −1
c
y
b
x
Figure 6.6
Problem 6.10
Consider a container whose squared cross section has dimensions 0.10m × 0.10m , consider
also that the container walls are very rigid. In the interior of said container is placed a
synthetic rubber block whose dimensions are 0.10m × 0.10m × 0.5m , (see Figure 6.7(a)). The
rubber block fits perfectly into the rigid container.
Consider that the mechanical properties of the rubber are E = 2.94 × 10 6 N / m 2 (Young’s
modulus) and ν = 0.1 (Poisson’s ratio).
Above the rubber is poured 0.004m 3 of mercury, whose mass density is 13580kg / m 3 .
a) Obtain the height H that reach the mercury, (see Figure 6.7(b));
b) Obtain the stress state at any point of the rubber block.
Hypothesis: 1) the weight of the rubber is negligible. 2) Consider the acceleration of gravity
equal to g = 10m / s 2 , and also consider that between the rubber block faces and the
container walls there are no friction.
z Rigid walls
Rigid walls
Mercury
Rubber
L0 = 0.5m
y
a) b)
x
Figure 6.7
Solution:
The total force acting in the rubber, due to the weight of mercury, can be calculated as
follows:
kg m kgm
F = ma = Vmer ρ mer g = 0.004(m 3 ) × 13580 3 × 10 2 = 543.20 2 ≡ N
m s s
Then, the normal stress according to the z -direction is:
F 543.20 N
σz = − =− = −54.320 × 10 3 2
A (0.1 × 0.1) m
According to the directions x and y the rubber does not deform, hence ε x = ε y = 0 , and
by using these restrictions we can conclude that:
εx =
1
E
[
σ x − ν (σ y + σ z ) = 0 ] ⇒ σ x = ν (σ y + σ z )
1
[
ε y = σ y − ν (σ x + σ z ) = 0
E
] ⇒ σ y = ν (σ x + σ z )
σ y = ν (σ x + σ z ) = ν {[ν (σ y + σ z )] + σ z } = ν 2 σ y + ν 2 σ z + νσ z = ν 2 σ y + (ν 2 + ν )σ z
(ν 2 + ν ) ν
⇒ σy = σz = σ z = −6035.55 Pa = σ x
(1 − ν ) 2
(1 − ν )
The normal strain according to the z -direction is given by:
εz =
1
[
σ z − ν (σ x + σ y ) = ] 1
{− 54320 − 0.1[2(−6035.55)]} = −0.0180656
E 2.94 × 10 6
b) The height H reached by the mercury is given by:
H = hmer + ( L0 − ∆L)
where the length variation of the rubber block is:
∆L = L0 ε z = 0.5 × (− 0.018656) = −0.00903m
By considering the mercury incompressible, the parameter hmer can be calculated as:
0.004
Vmer = b 2 × hmer = 0.004 ⇒ hmer = = 0.4m
0.1 × 0.1
thus,
H = hmer + ( L0 − ∆L) = 0.4 + (0.5 − 0.00903) = 0.891m
Problem 6.11
By means of a material test in the laboratory, it was obtained the following relationships:
1 − ν 21 − ν 31
ε x = σ x + σ y + σ z
E1 E2 E3
− ν 12 1 − ν 32
ε y = σ x + σ y + σ z
(6.39)
E1 E2 E3
− ν 13 − ν 23 1
ε z = σ x + σ y + σ z
E1 E2 E3
where ν 12 = 0.2 , ν 13 = 0.3 , ν 23 = 0.25 , E1 = 1000 MPa , E 2 = 2000MPa , E3 = 1500MPa .
Knowing that the analyzed material is orthotropic, obtain the values of ν 21 , ν 31 and ν 32 .
Solution:
The elasticity matrix for orthotropic materials has the following format:
1 − ν 21 − ν 31
E E E 0 0 0
ε xx 1 2 3 σ xx
ε − ν 12 1 − ν 32
yy E 0 0 0 σ yy
ε zz 1 E2 E3 σ
= − ν 13 − ν 23 1 zz (6.41)
2ε xy 0 0 0 σ xy
2ε yz E1 E2 E3 σ
0 0 0 C44 0 0 yz
2ε xz σ
0 0 0 0 C55 0 xz
0 0 0 0 0 C66
Then, for orthotropic material it must fulfill that:
− ν 21 − ν 12 − ν 31 − ν 13 − ν 32 − ν 23
= ; = ; =
E 2 E1 E3 E1 E3 E2
with that we can obtain
ν 21 ν 12 E 2ν 12 2000 × 0.2
= ⇒ ν 21 = = = 0.4
E2 E1 E1 1000
ν 31 ν 13 E3ν 13 1500 × 0.3
= ⇒ ν 31 = = = 0.45
E3 E1 E1 1000
ν 32 ν 23 E3ν 23 1500 × 0.25
= ⇒ ν 32 = = = 0.1875
E3 E2 E2 2000
Problem 6.12
Given an isotropic linear elastic material whose mechanical properties are E = 71 GPa
(Young’s modulus), G = 26.6 GPa (shear modulus), find the strain tensor components and
the strain energy density at the point in which the stress state, in Cartesian basis, is
represented by:
20 − 4 5
σ ij = − 4 0 10 MPa
5 10 15
1+ν 1 + 0.335
ε 23 = σ 23 = 9
(10 × 10 6 ) = 188 × 10 − 6
E 71 × 10
thus:
211 − 75 94
ε ij = − 75 − 165 188 × 10 − 6
94 188 117
Problem 6.13
Find the strain energy density in terms of the principal invariants of ε .
Solution:
1 1 λTr (ε ) λ[Tr (ε )]2
Ψ e = ε : σ = ε : [λTr (ε )1 + 2 µε ] = ε2
1 1 + µ ε:ε =
:3 +µ ε:ε
2 2 2 Tr ( ε )
2
λ[Tr (ε )] 2
λ[Tr (ε )] 2
= + µ Tr (ε ⋅ ε T ) = + µ Tr (ε ⋅ ε )
2 2
λ[Tr (ε )]2
= + µ Tr (ε 2 )
2
We can add and subtract the term µ [Tr (ε )]2 without altering the above outcome:
λ[Tr (ε )]2
Ψe=
2
+ µ [Tr (ε )] + µ Tr (ε 2 ) − µ [Tr (ε )] =
2 2 1
2
{
(λ + 2 µ )[Tr (ε )]2 − µ [Tr (ε )]2 − Tr (ε 2 ) }
Finally, if we consider that the principal invariants of the strain tensor ε are I ε = Tr (ε ) ,
II ε =
2
{
1 2
}
I ε − Tr (ε 2 ) , we can obtain:
1
Ψ e = (λ + 2 µ )I ε2 − 2 µ II ε = Ψ e ( I ε , II ε )
2
Problem 6.14
The responses of a liner thermoelastic solid due to two actions are known, namely:
r r (I ) r (I ) r r ( II ) r ( II )
I (b ( I ) , t * on S σ ; u* on Sur ; ∆T ( I ) )
and II (b ( II ) , t * on S σ ; u* on Sur ; ∆T ( II ) ) .
Obtain the response of the system formed by I + II and justify, (see Oliver (2000)).
Solution:
As we are dealing with a linear regime the following is satisfied:
r r r r r ( I ) r ( II ) r r ( I ) r ( II )
b = b ( I ) + b ( II ) ; ∆T = ∆T ( I ) + ∆T ( II ) ; t* = t* + t* ; u* = u* + u*
The same is true for the fields:
r r r
u = u ( I ) + u ( II ) ; ε = ε ( I ) + ε ( II ) ; σ = σ ( I ) + σ ( II )
Starting from the governing equations of linear thermoelastic equilibrium we have:
The equilibrium equations:
r r r r r r
∇ xr ⋅ σ + ρb = ∇ xr ⋅ (σ ( I ) + σ ( II ) ) + ρ (b ( I ) + b ( II ) ) = [∇ xr ⋅ σ ( I ) + ρb ( I ) ] + [∇ xr ⋅ σ ( II ) + ρb ( II ) ] = 0
ε = ε ( I ) + ε ( II ) =
2
[
1 r r (I ) r 1
] [
r r
∇ x u + (∇ xr u ( I ) ) T + ∇ xr u ( II ) + (∇ xr u ( II ) ) T
2
]
=
1
2
{[ r
∇ xr u ( I )
r ( II )
+ ∇ xr u ] [ r (I ) r ( II ) T
+ ∇ xr u + ∇ xr u ]}
2
{ [r r
] [
r r T 1
2
]} {
r rT
= ∇ xr u ( I ) + u ( II ) + ∇ xr (u ( I ) + u ( II ) ) = ∇ xr u + [∇ xr u] = ε
1
}
Problem 6.15
Let us consider the rod of length L = 7.5m , whose cross sectional diameter is equal to
0.1m . The rod is made up of a material whose thermo-mechanical properties are:
1
E = 2.0 × 10 11 Pa (Young’s modulus) and α = 20 × 10 −6 (coefficient of thermal
ºC
expansion). Initially the rod has a temperature equal to 15º C which later rises to 50 º C .
a) Considering that the rod can expand freely, calculate the total elongation of the rod, ∆L ;
b) Now assume that the rod cannot expand freely because concrete blocks have been
placed at its ends, (see Figure 6.8(b)). Find the stress in the rod.
Hint: Consider the problem in one dimension.
x
∆L = ∆L(1) + ∆L( 2 )
∆L(1)
∆T
∆T
L
L
∆L( 2)
a) b)
Solution: a) To obtain the elongation, we pre-calculate the thermal strain according to the
rod axis direction ε ij = α ∆T δ ij . Since this is a one-dimensional case, we need only
consider the normal strain component according to the x -direction, ε 11 = ε x , then:
ε 11 = ε x = 20 × 10 −6 (50 − 15) = 7 × 10 −4
Then, the total elongation, ∆L = ∆L(1) + ∆L( 2) , is obtained by solving the integral:
L
∫
∆L = ε x dx = ε x L = 7 × 10 − 4 × 7.5 = 5.25 × 10 −3 m
0
b) If the ends cannot move, there will be a homogeneous stress field equal to:
σ x = − Eα ∆T = − E " ε x " = −2.0 ×1011 × 7 × 10 −4 = −1.4 × 108 Pa
Note that in the case 2) there is no strain, since ∆L = 0 . Moreover, it is the same as when
the initial length is equal to L + ∆L in which we apply compression stress in order to
obtain a final length equal to L .
Problem 6.16
Consider an isotropic linear elastic material with the following thermo mechanical
properties E = 10 6 Pa (Young’s modulus), ν = 0.25 (Poisson’s ratio), α = 20 × 10 −6 º C −1
(Coefficient of thermal expansion).
Consider that that at one point of the solid the stress tensor components are given by:
12 0 4
σ ij = 0 0 0 Pa
4 0 6
a) Obtain the principal stresses and principal directions of the stress tensor; Obtain the
maximum shear stress.
b) Obtain the strain tensor components. And find the principal strains and directions.
c) Obtain the strain energy density.
d) If the solid undergoes a change in temperature ∆T = 50º C , obtain the final strain state at
this point.
e) We can say that we are dealing with a state of plane stress?
Solution:
a) We obtain the eigenvalues by solving the characteristic determinant. Note that we
already know an eigenvalue σ 2 = 0 which is associated with the direction nˆ i( 2) = [0 ± 1 0] .
Then, to obtain the remaining eigenvalues, it is sufficient to solve:
12 − σ 4
=0 ⇒ σ 2 − 18σ + 56 = 0
4 6−σ
Solving the quadratic equation we can obtain:
18 ± 324 − 224 σ1 = 14
σ (1,3) = ⇒
2 σ 3 = 4
14 0 0
σ'ij = 0 0 0 Pa
0 0 4
And the eigenvectors (unit vectors) are given by:
2 1
σ1 = 14 eigenvecto
r → nˆ i(1) = 0 = [0.8944 0 0.4472]
5 5
σ2 = 0 eigenvecto
r → nˆ (i 2 ) = [0 1 0]
1 − 2
σ3 = 4 eigenvecto
r → nˆ i(3) = 0 = [0.4472 0 − 0.8944]
5 5
Making the change of nomenclature such that σ I > σ II > σ III , we have σ I = 14 , σ II = 4 ,
σ III = 0 , and the Mohr’s circle can be represented as shown in Figure 6.9.
σ S (Pa )
σ S max = 7
σ N (Pa)
σ III = 0 σ II = 4
σ I = 14
Figure 6.9
We can obtain the maximum shear stress, (see Figure 6.9), as follows:
σ I − σ III (14) − (0)
σ S max = = = 7 Pa
2 2
b) The Cauchy stress tensor components are given by:
−λ 1
σ ij = λTr (ε )δ ij + 2µ ε ij inverse
→ ε ij = Tr (σ )δ ij + σ ij
2µ (3λ + 2µ ) 2µ
−1
Remember that σ = C e : ε , and the reciprocal form ε = C e : σ .
Eν E 1
where λ= = 4 × 10 5 Pa , µ =G = = 4 × 10 5 Pa , = 1.25 × 10 − 6 ,
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) 2(1 + ν ) 2µ
−λ − λTr (σ )
Tr (σ ) = 18 , = −2.5 × 10 −7 Pa , = −4.5 × 10 − 6 Pa
2µ (3λ + 2µ ) 2 µ (3λ + 2 µ )
1 0 0 12 0 4 10.5 0 5
−6 −6
ε ij = −4.5 × 10 0 1 0 + 1.25 × 10 0 0 0 = 0 − 4.5 0 × 10 − 6
0 0 1 4 0 6 5 0 3
For an isotropic linear material the principal directions of the stress and strain match. The
−λ 1
principal strains can be obtained by means of ε ′ij = Tr (σ )δ ij + σ ′ij in the
2 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 2µ
principal space, i.e.:
1 0 0 14 0 0 13 0 0
ε′ij = −4.5 × 10 0 1 0 + 1.25 × 10 0 0 0 = 0 − 4.5 0 ×10 − 6
−6 −6
0 0 1 0 0 4 0 0 0.5
1 1
The strain energy density is given by Ψ e = σ : ε = σ ij ε ij . We can use the principal
2 2
space to obtain the strain energy density, i.e.:
13 0 0 14 0 0
ε′ij = 0 − 4.5 0 ×10 −6 (dimensionless)
; σ′ij = 0 0 0 Pa
0 0 0.5 0 0 4
1m
100 m
1m =
y, v
6000
σy =
1×1
x, u F = 6000 N
z, w
Figure 6.10
Problem 6.18
Let us consider a prism (rectangular parallelepiped) whose mechanical properties are:
E P = 27.44 × 105 N / cm 2 (Young’s modulus) and ν = 0.1 (Poisson’s ratio). The side length
of the squared cross section is a = 20cm . In both bases of the prism are placed two plates
perfectly smooth and rigid, such plates are connected together by four identical cables
whose cross section areas are AC = 1cm 2 and they have as mechanical property: Young’s
modulus ( E1 = 19.6 × 10 6 N / cm 2 ). Initially the length of the prism is equal to l = 1m , (see
Figure 6.11). Later, on two opposite sides of the prism we apply a compressive pressure
p = 7350 N / cm 2 as indicated in Figure 6.11.
a) Obtain the stress on the cables σ C ;
b) Obtain the principal stresses in the prism;
c) Obtain the volume variation of the prism.
z Plate
z
cable
∆l p
p p
Prism l = 1m
a
y
a
a
a) Reference configuration b) Current configuration
x
Figure 6.11
Solution:
In Figure 6.12 we show the behavior of the prism with and without the cables.
z
Prism deformation Prism deformation
without cables F with cables
p
p p p
Prism without
pressure
Figure 6.12
Verify that the cable and the prism deform in the same way according to the z -direction,
thus:
ε Pz = ε Cz
On the cable it fulfills that:
σCz
σC = EC ε Cz ⇒ ε Cz =
EC
Since the prism has only normal length variation, we will have only normal strain, and in
turn normal stress only. The stress field in the prism is given by:
0 0 0
P
σ ij = 0 − p 0
− 4σ Cz AC
0 0
a2
The strain in the prism according to the direction z :
1 − 4σ Cz AC
ε Pz =
1
EP
[ (
σz −ν σx + σy =
E P 2
)] + ν p
a
By applying the condition ε Pz = ε Cz we can obtain the equation:
1 − 4σ z AC σC
C
ε Pz = ε Cz ⇒ +ν p = z
E P a 2 E C
After some algebraic manipulations we can obtain the stress on the cable:
νEC pa 2 0.1 × 19.6 × 106 × 7350 × 20 2 N
σCz = = = 4900 2
( E P a 2 + 4 EC AC ) 5 2 6
(27.44 × 10 × 20 + 4 × 19.6 × 10 × 1) cm
The normal stress in the prism according to the z -direction becomes:
4σCz AC 4 × 4900 × 1 N
σ Pz = − 2
=− 2
= −49 2
a 20 cm
0 0 0
N
σ ijP = 0 − 7350 0
cm 2
0 0 − 49
The volume variation of the prism is obtained as follows:
∆V = ε V V0
where εV = I ε is the linear volumetric deformation (small deformation regime), in which
2µ E
the relation Tr (σ ) = 3κTr (ε ) holds, where κ = λ + = is the bulk modulus (see
3 3(1 − 2ν )
Problem 6.8), then:
σx + σy + σz
εV = I ε = ε x + ε y + ε z = (1 − 2ν ) = −2.12857 × 10 −3
EP
z plate
a
p1 p2
cavity
1 2
c
y
b b
x
Figure 6.13
Solution:
Prism 1: σ (x1) = 0 ; σ (y1) ; σ (z1) = − p1
ε (y1) + ε (y2 ) = 0 ⇒
1 (1)
E
[ (1
)] [
σ y − ν σ (x1) + σ (z1) + σ (y2 ) − ν σ (x2) + σ (z2) = 0
E
( )]
[
⇒ σ y − ν σ (z1) ] [ + σy −ν σz = 0 ⇒
( 2)
] [
σ y + ν p1 + σ y + ν p 2 = 0 ] [ ]
thus
− ν ( p1 + p2 )
σy =
2
ν ( p1 + p2 )
Prism 1: σ (x1) = 0 ; σ (y1) = − ; σ (z1) = − p1
2
ν ( p1 + p2 )
Prism 2: σ (x2 ) = 0 ; σ (y2) = − ; σ (z2 ) = − p 2
2
The strains in each prism are given by:
Prism 1:
ε (x1) =
E
[
1 (1)
(
σ x − ν σ (y1) + σ (z1) =
ν
2E
)]
[ν ( p1 + p2 ) + 2 p1 ]
ε (y1)
1
[ (
= σ (y1) − ν σ (x1) + σ (z1) =
E
ν
2E
)]
( p1 − p2 )
ε (z1)
1
[ (
= σ (z1) − ν σ (x1) + σ (y1) =
E
1 2
2E
)] [
ν ( p1 + p2 ) − 2 p1 ]
Prism 2:
ε (x2 ) =
1 ( 2)
E
[ (
σ x − ν σ (y2 ) + σ (z2) =
ν
2E
)]
[ν ( p1 + p2 ) + 2 p2 ]
ε (y2 )
1
[ (
= σ (y2 ) − ν σ (x2 ) + σ (z2) =
E
ν
2E
)]
( p 2 − p1 )
ε (z2 )
1
[ (
= σ (z2 ) − ν σ (x2 ) + σ (y2) =
E
1 2
2E
)]
ν ( p1 + p2 ) − 2 p2 [ ]
The edge variations:
Prism 1 Prism 2
aν νa
∆a (1) = ε (x1) a = [ν ( p1 + p2 ) + 2 p1 ] ∆a ( 2 ) = ε (x2 ) a = [ν ( p1 + p2 ) + 2 p2 ]
2E 2E
νb νb (6.42)
∆b (1) = ε (y1) b = ( p1 − p2 ) ∆b ( 2 ) = ε (y2 ) b = ( p2 − p1 )
2E 2E
∆c (1) = ε (z1) c =
c 2
2E
[
ν ( p1 + p2 ) − 2 p1 ] ∆c ( 2) = ε (z2 ) c =
c 2
2E
[
ν ( p1 + p2 ) − 2 p2 ]
Problem 6.20
A metallic cube with sides a = 0.20m is immersed in the sea at the depth z = 400m .
Knowing the Young’s modulus of the metal E = 21× 1010 Pa , and the Poisson’s ratio
ν = 0.3 , calculate the volume variation of the cube. Consider the acceleration of gravity
equals to g = 10m / s 2 .
Hypothesis: Although the mass density varies with temperature, salinity, and pressure
(depth), consider that the mass density of seawater equal to ρ = 1027 kg / m 3 and constant.
Because of the depth and cube dimensions we can take as a good approximation that the
whole cube is subjected to the same pressure as indicated in Figure 6.14.
h = 400m p
≈p
≈p
Figure 6.14
Solution:
F
The pressure can be obtained by p = , where A is the area and F can be obtained by
A
means of the Newton’s second law F = ma = Vρ g (weight of water column). Then:
F Vρ g Ahρ g kg m kg m
p= = = = ρ gh = 1027 3 10 2 400m = 4.108 × 10 6 2 2 = 4.108 × 10 6 Pa
A A A m s m s
The stress tensor components in the cube are given by:
− p 0 0 − 4.108 0 0
σij ≈ 0 − p 0 = 0 − 4.108 0 MPa
0 0 − p 0 0 − 4.108
As we have only normal stress components and the material is isotropic, only normal
strains appear:
εz = ε y = εx =
1
[ (
σx −ν σ y + σz =
1
)] [− 4.108 − 0.3 (− 4.108 − 4.108)]× 10 6
E 21 × 1010
thus,
− 7.82 0 0
ε z = ε y = ε x = −7.82 × 10 −6
⇒
ε ij = 0 − 7.82 0 × 10 − 6
0 0 − 7.82
For small deformation regime the linear volumetric deformation is equal to the trace of the
infinitesimal strain tensor ( DVL ≡ εV = Tr (ε ) ), and the volume variation of the cube is
∆V
= DVL ≡ ε V = Tr (ε ) ⇒ ∆V = V0 Tr (ε ) = 0.2 3 × (−2.346 × 10 −5 ) = −1.8768 × 10 − 7 m 3
V0
Problem 6.21
A solid cylinder of radius R = 0.05m and height 0.25m is made up of a material whose
mechanical properties are: E = 3 × 10 4 MPa (Young’s modulus) and ν = 0.2 (Poisson’s
ratio). Said cylinder is placed between two pistons, which can be considered infinitely rigid,
and all of this is enclosed in a hermetically sealed container as shown in Figure 6.15.
The container is filled with oil, and by suitable mechanism, the fluid pressure is raised to
the value p = 15MPa . By operating the mechanical press, we apply a total axial force of
F = 2.35619 × 10 5 N (piston force+pressure) on the bases of the cylinder.
At a generic point of the body:
a) Obtain the stress tensor components;
b) Obtain the strain tensor components;
c) Obtain the displacement field components ( u , v , w ).
0.25m R
x x
A A′
Solution:
a) The stress tensor components
F 2.35619 × 10 5
σz = − =− = −30MPa ; σ x = σ y = − p = −15MPa
A π(0.05) 2
thus,
− 15 0 0
σ ij = 0 − 15 0 MPa
0 0 − 30
b) For an isotropic linear elastic material, the normal stresses only produce normal strains,
then:
1
[ (
ε x = E σ x − ν σ y + σ z )]
1
[
ε y = σ y − ν (σ x + σ z )
E
]
1
[ (
ε z = E σ z − ν σ x + σ y )]
By substituting the variable values we can obtain the following strain tensor components:
− 2 0 0
ε ij = 0 − 2 0 × 10 − 4
0 0 − 8
c) The displacement field
As we are considering the small deformation regime, the following is fulfilled:
∂u ∂v ∂w
εx = ; εy = ; εz =
∂x ∂y ∂z
Integrating and obtaining the constants of integration we finally obtain the displacement
field:
u = −2 × 10 −4 x ; v = −2 × 10 −4 y ; w = −8 × 10 −4 z
Problem 6.22
The cube of sides 0.1m is made up of a material whose mechanical properties are
represented by the Lamé constants: λ = 8333.33MPa , µ = 12500 MPa .
A deformation is imposed to the material as shown in Figure 6.16, in which all faces
remains plane, the faces AEFB and DHGC become parallelograms and the remaining
faces continue squares:
a) Obtain the displacement field;
b) Obtain the strain field;
c) Obtain the stress field;
d) Obtain the actions performed by the testing machine on the faces ABFE and BCGF .
z, w
H H′ G G′
tan(α ) ≈ α = 0.001
E
E′ F F′
α C = C′
D = D′ y, v
A = A′
B = B′
x, u
z, w
u = 0
E E′
v( z ) = 0.001z
w = 0
v( z )
z
y, v
Figure 6.17
1 1
εx 2
γ xy
2
γ xz
1 1 0 0 0
ε ij = γ xy εy
γ yz = 0 0 0.0005
2 2
1 γ 1 0 0.0005 0
2 xz γ yz ε z
2
t 1 ( ABFE ) 0 0 0 1 0
( ABFE )
t 2 = 0 0 12.5 0 = 0
t ( ABFE ) 0 12.5 0 0 0
3
For the face BCGF , the unit vector is given by nˆ i = [0,1,0] , thus
t 1 ( BCGF ) 0 0 0 0 0
( BCGF )
t 2 = 0 0 12.5 1 = 0 MPa
t ( BCGF ) 0 12.5 0 0 12.5
3
If we do the same procedure for the other faces we obtain the representation of the surface
forces on the faces as indicated in Figure 6.18:
z
H H′ G
G′
E E′ F F′
α C = C′
D = D′ y
A = A′ B = B′
Problem 6.23
Consider the prism (rectangular parallelepiped) as indicated in Figure 6.19, we apply the
forces F1 = 10 N and F2 = 2 N as indicated in Figure 6.19. The prism edge lengths are:
10
AB = 4cm , AD = cm , AA′ = 2cm . Consider the following material properties:
3
N 1
E = 2.5 × 10 6 (Young’s modulus), ν = 0.25 (Poisson’s ratio), and α = 5 × 10 −8
cm 2 ºC
(coefficient of thermal expansion).
a) Obtain the principal stresses; b) Obtain the traction vector on the plane Π . Is it on that
plane Π where the maximum shear acts? Justify your answer. c) Obtain the values of the
forces F1 and F2 to be applied to guarantee that in the solid there is no displacement
according to the directions x1 and x2 , when the prism is subjected to a temperature
variation of ∆T = 20º C .
x2 A2
A1
F2
B
Π
D
A
F1
F1
x1
60º
A′
F2
x3
Figure 6.19
Π n̂
D
A
x1
60º
A′
x3
Figure 6.20
3 1 r ˆ
The unit vector components are: nˆ i = ; ; 0 . Then, the traction vector t (n) is
2 2
given by:
3
1.25 0 0 2 1.0825
r ˆ 1
t (n) = σ ⋅ nˆ = 0 − 0.15 0 = − 0.075
ˆ ˆ
; t i(n) = σ ij nˆ j ⇒ t (i n)
2
0 0 0 0 0
The normal stress component is:
3
2
r ˆ 1
σ N = t (n) ⋅ nˆ = t i(n) nˆ i σ N = [1.0825 − 0.075 0]
ˆ
⇒ = 0.9
2
0
The tangential stress component can be obtained by means of the Pythagorean Theorem:
r ˆ 2 r ˆ 2
t (n) = σ 2N + σ 2S ⇒ σS = t (n) − σ 2N
where
1.0825
r ˆ r (nˆ ) r (nˆ )
= t ⋅ t = t i t i = [1.0825 − 0.075 0] − 0.075 = 1.1775
2
(nˆ ) (nˆ )
t (n)
0
Thus:
r ˆ 2
σS = t (n) − σ 2N = 1.1775 − 0.9 2 = 0.60621778
σ S ( N / cm2 )
Figure 6.21
We can verify that for any point in the solid, the maximum tangential stress is on the plane
2 2
defined by the unit vector nˆ i = ; ; 0 and the maximum tangential stress is:
2 2
σ I − σ III
σ S max = = 0 .7 > σ S
2
c) We consider the following strain field:
1+ν ν 1+ν ν
ε= σ − Tr (σ )1 + α ∆T 1 ; ε ij = σ ij − Tr (σ )δ ij + α ∆T δ ij
E E E E
For the particular case Tr (σ ) = σ11 + σ 22 we have:
0 0 0 σ11 0 0 1 0 0
0 0 0 = 1 + ν 0 σ ν
0 + α ∆T − Tr (σ ) 0 1 0
E 22
E
0 0 ε 33 0 0 0 0 0 1
Problem 6.24
a) Define the state of plane stress and the state of plane strain. b) Obtain the relationships
for σ (ε ) and for ε(σ ) by considering both plane states. c) Give practical examples in
which we can apply these states.
Solution:
a.1) In the case of plane stress one of the dimensions of the structural elements is very
small when compared to the other two, and the load is perpendicular to the direction of
smallest dimension. As a result of this the stress tensor field components related to this
r r
direction are equal to zero, e.g. σi 3 ( x ) = σ3i ( x ) = 0 .
a.2) In the case of plane strain, the structural element has a prismatic axis, in which the
dimension that corresponds to the direction of the prismatic axis is much larger than the
other two dimensions. Additionally, the loads applied are normal to the prismatic axis.
Under these conditions the strain tensor field components: ε13 , ε 23 and ε 33 are zero, i.e.
r r
ε i 3 ( x ) = ε 3i ( x ) = 0 .
b.1 – State of plane stress
In this case, the stress tensor field components have the format:
σ11 σ12 0 σ x τ xy 0
r
σ ij ( x ) = σ12 σ 22 0 = τ xy σy 0 (6.43)
0 0 0 0 0 0
Let us start from the strain equation:
−λ 1 −λ 1
ε= Tr (σ )1 + σ ; ε ij = Tr (σ )δ ij + σ ij
2 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 2µ 2 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 2µ
and its trace can be obtained as follows:
−λ 1 − 3λ 1 1
ε :1 = Tr (σ )1 : 1 + σ :1 = Tr (σ ) + Tr (σ ) = Tr (σ )
2 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 2µ 2 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 2µ (3λ + 2 µ )
1
⇒ Tr (ε ) = Tr (σ ) ⇔ Tr (σ ) = (3λ + 2 µ ) Tr (ε )
(3λ + 2 µ )
The component ε 33 is no longer an unknown since:
−λ 1 −λ
ε 33 = Tr (σ )δ 33 + σ 33 = Tr (σ )
2 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) {
=1
2 µ = 0 2 µ (3λ + 2 µ )
{
−λ −λ −λ
⇒ ε 33 = Tr (σ ) = (3λ + 2 µ ) Tr (ε ) = Tr (ε )
2 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 2 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 2µ
(6.44)
−λ
⇒ ε 33 = (ε 11 + ε 22 + ε 33 )
2µ
−λ
⇒ ε 33 = (ε 11 + ε 22 )
(λ + 2 µ )
The stress components σ ij = λTr (ε )δ ij + 2 µε ij become:
1 0 0 ε11 ε 12 0
σ ij = λ(ε11 + ε 22 + ε 33 ) 0 1 0 + 2 µ ε12 ε 22 0
0 0 1 0 0 ε 33
1 0 0 ε11 ε 12 0
− λ2
= [λ(ε11 + ε 22 ) + (ε 11 + ε 22 )]0 1 0 + 2 µ ε 12
ε 22 0 (6.45)
(λ + 2 µ )
0 0 1 0 0 ε 33
1 0 0 ε11 ε 12 0
2λµ
= (ε 11 + ε 22 ) 0 1 0 + 2 µ ε12 ε 22 0
(λ + 2 µ )
0 0 1 0 0 ε 33
In indicial notation the above equation becomes:
λµ
σ ij = (λ + 2 µ ) Tr (ε )δ ij + 2 µε ij ; (i, j = 1,2) with Tr (ε ) = ε11 + ε 22
(6.46)
ε = −λ 1
Tr (σ )δ ij + σ ij (i, j = 1,2,3) (the same as 3D )
ij 2 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 2µ
or
νE E
σ ij = (1 − ν 2 ) Tr (ε )δ ij + (1 + ν ) ε ij ; (i, j = 1,2) with Tr (ε ) = ε11 + ε 22
(6.47)
ε = − ν Tr (σ )δ + (1 + ν ) σ (i, j = 1,2,3) (the same as 3D )
ij E
ij
E
ij
(ε + ν ε ) (1 − ν )ε 0
E 11 22 12
E (ε11 + ε 22 )
σ ij = (1 − ν )ε12 (ε 22 + ν ε11 ) 0 ; Tr (σ ) =
(1 − ν )
2
(1 − ν )
0 0 0
Alternative solution: Voigt notation and engineering notation
Taking into account the conditions σi 3 = σ3i = 0 , and the relationship for strain ε(σ ) in
Voigt notation:
1 −ν −ν
εx E 0 0 0 σx
E E
−ν 1 −ν
εy 0 0 0 σ y 0
E E E
−ν −ν 1
εz 0 0 0 σz
= E E E
1 (6.48)
γ xy 0 0 0 0 0 τ xy
G 0
γ yz 0 1 τ yz
0 0 0 0 0
G
γ zx 1
τ zx
0 0 0 0 0
G
Then, if we remove the columns and rows associated with the zero stresses, the strain-
stress relationship ( ε(σ ) ) for the plane stress case is given by:
1 −ν
0
εx E εx −ν σx
σ x G= E
E 1 0
−ν 1 2 (1+ν ) 1 σ
εy = E 0 σ y → ε y = − ν 1 0 y (6.49)
γ xy
E E
0 1 τ xy γ xy
0 0 2(1 + ν ) τ xy
0
G
The reciprocal of the above equation results the Hooke’s law ( σ (ε ) ) for the state of plane
stress:
1 ν
σx 0 εx
E
σ y = 1 − ν 2 ν 1 0 εy ⇔ {σ } = [C ( 2 D _ 1) ]{ε } (6.50)
τ xy 1−ν
0 0 γ xy
2
Note that the normal strain ε z is not equal to zero, since ε z is not just dependant on the
normal stress σ z :
−ν − ν (ε11 + ε 22 )
εz =
1
E
[ ( 1
)]
σz −ν σx + σ y = −ν σx + σ y =
E
[ (
E
Tr (σ ) = )]
(1 − ν )
(6.51)
1 0 0 σ11 σ12 0
−λ 1
ε ij = (σ11 + σ 22 + σ 33 ) 0 1 0 + σ12 σ 22 0
2 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 2µ
0 0 1 0 0 σ 33
1 0 0 σ11 σ12 0
−λ λ 1
= σ11 + σ 22 + (σ11 + σ 22 ) 0 1 0 + σ12 σ 22 0 (6.55)
2 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 2(λ + µ ) 0 0 1 2 µ 0
0 σ 33
1 0 0 σ11 σ12 0
−λ 1
= (σ11 + σ 22 ) 0 1 0 + σ12 σ 22 0
4 µ (λ + µ ) 2µ
0 0 1 0 0 σ 33
In indicial notation the above equation becomes:
−λ 1
ε ij = 4 µ (λ + µ ) Tr (σ )δ ij + 2 µ σ ij ; (i, j = 1,2) with Tr (σ ) = σ11 + σ 22
(6.56)
σ = λTr (ε )δ + 2 µε (i, j = 1,2,3) (the same as 3D )
ij ij ij
or
− ν (1 + ν ) (1 + ν )
ε ij = Tr (σ )δ ij + σ ij ; (i, j = 1,2) with Tr (σ ) = σ11 + σ 22
E E
(6.57)
σ ij = Eν E
Tr (ε )δ ij + ε ij (i, j = 1,2,3) (the same as 3D)
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) (1 + ν )
The equation in (6.55) can also be written as follows:
(2λ + µ ) −λ 1
σ11 + σ 22 σ12 0
4 µ (λ + µ ) 4 µ (λ + µ ) 2µ
1 (2λ + µ ) −λ
ε ij = σ12 σ 22 + σ11 0
2µ 4 µ (λ + µ ) 4 µ (λ + µ )
0 0 0
Taking into account the relationships between the mechanical parameters we can obtain:
(λ + 2 µ ) (1 + ν )(1 − ν ) −λ − ν (1 + ν ) 1 (1 + ν )
= , = , = , thus:
4 µ (λ + µ ) E 4 µ (λ + µ ) E 2µ E
(1 − ν )σ − ν σ σ12 0
(1 + ν )
11 22
ε ij = σ12 (1 − ν )σ 22 − ν σ11 0
E
0 0 0
Alternative solution: Voigt notation and engineering notation
If we start from the generalized Hooke’s law and by deleting the columns and rows
associated with the zero strains, i.e.:
σx 1 − ν ν ν 0 0 0 εx
σ ν 1−ν ν 0 0 0 ε y 0
y
σz ν ν 1 −ν 0 0 0 εz
E 1 − 2ν
τ xy = 0 0 0 0 0 γ xy 0 (6.58)
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) 2
1 − 2ν
τ yz 0 0 0 0 0 γ yz
2 0
τ zx 1 − 2ν γ
0 0 0 0 0
2
zx
we can obtain:
1 − ν ν
σx
E
0 εx
σ y = (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) ν 1−ν 0 εy ⇔ {σ } = [C ( 2 D _ 2 ) ]{ε } (6.59)
τ xy 1 − 2ν
0 0 γ xy
2
Then, the stress according to the direction z is given by:
Eν
σz =
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν )
(
εx + ε y ) (6.60)
εx 1 − ν −ν 0 σ x
1+ν −ν
εy = E 1−ν 0 σ y (6.61)
γ xy 0 0 2 τ xy
c.1 – We can apply the plane stress approximation for the deep beam problems, (see Figure
6.22).
2D – Plane stress
q
h
y
x
L
c.2 – We can apply the plane strain approximation for cylinder under pressure, (Figure
6.23), Tunnels, (see Figure 6.24), dams, (see Figure 6.25).
y
2D – Plane strain p - pressure
x
p
x
Cross section
prismatic axis
2D – Plane strain
2D – Plane strain
1
Note that to adopt the state of plane strain, the cross section properties, e.g. dimensions,
mechanical properties, cannot vary along the prismatic axis, otherwise we will have an error
associated with it.
Problem 6.25
Consider the stress-strain relationship:
1 ν
σx 0 εx
E
σ y = 1 − ν 2 ν 1 0 εy (6.62)
τ xy 1−ν
0 0 γ xy
2
Find the values for E and ν in order to achieve the stress-strain relationships for the
states of plane stress and plane strain.
Solution:
If we compare the equations (6.62) and (6.50) we can conclude that for state of plane stress
we have E = E and ν = ν . Now let us consider the strain equations for both states:
Strain for state of plane stress, (see equation (6.47)):
−ν (1 + ν )
ε ij = Tr (σ )δ ij + σij (i, j = 1,2,3) (the same as 3D )
E E
(6.63)
−ν (1 + ν )
= Tr (σ )δ ij + σij
E E
Strain for state of plane strain, (see equation (6.57)):
− ν (1 + ν ) (1 + ν )
ε ij = Tr (σ )δ ij + σij ; (i, j = 1,2) with Tr (σ ) = σ11 + σ 22 (6.64)
E E
Then, by means of the equations (6.63) and (6.64) we can obtain the following equations:
− ν − ν (1 + ν ) νE (1 + ν )
= ⇒ ν=
E E E ν (1 + ν ) E (1 + ν ) ν (1 + ν )
⇒ ν =E =
(1 + ν ) (1 + ν ) E (1 + ν ) E (1 + ν ) E
= ⇒ E=
E E (1 + ν )
E (1 + ν ) ν (1 + ν ) ν
thus, ν = = (1 + ν )ν ⇒ ν=
(1 + ν ) E (1 − ν )
and
ν
E 1 +
E (1 + ν ) (1 − ν ) E E
E= = = =
(1 + ν ) (1 + ν ) (1 − ν )(1 + ν ) (1 − ν 2 )
Then,
E = E
for state of plane stress
ν = ν
1 ν
σx 0 εx
E E
σ y = 1 − ν 2 ν 1 0 εy ∴ E = (1 − ν 2 ) (6.65)
τ xy 1−ν for state of plane strain
0 0 γ xy
2
ν = ν
(1 − ν )
Problem 6.26
Figure 6.26 (a) shows a support device for a machine. Said support apparatus is made up of
a neoprene block of dimensions ( 50 × 20cm ) which is characterized by the element ABCD
described in Figure 6.26(b).
a) b)
1 .1
1 .2
D
D’ C
C’ 1 20
A A’ B B’
1 1 .1 x
50
Dimensions in centimeters - cm
Figure 6.26
Under the action of vertical and horizontal loads the neoprene deforms as shown in Figure
6.26 (b) (A’B’C’D’) in which the displacement field ( u, v) is represented as follows:
u = a1 x + b1 y + c1
v = a2 x + b2 y + c2
where a1 , b1 , c1 , a 2 , b2 , c 2 are constants to be determined.
a) Calculate the strain tensor components and the volumetric deformation at any point;
b) Calculate the stresses at any point;
c) The maximum normal stress;
d) Obtain the unit extension according to the direction of the diagonal AC .
Hypothesis:
1 – Isotropic linear elastic material with Young’s modulus equals to 1000 N / cm 2 and the
1
shear modulus equals to N / cm 2 .
0.0028
2 – It is assumed a state of plane strain.
Solution:
u = a1 x + b1 y + c1
(6.66)
v = a 2 x + b2 y + c 2
According to Figure 6.26 we can obtain:
u (0;0) = 1 = c1
u (50;0) = 1.1 = 50a1 + 1 ⇒ a1 = 0.002 (6.67)
u (0;20) = 1.1 = 20b1 + 1 ⇒ b1 = 0.005
thus
u = 0.002 x + 0.005 y + 1 (6.68)
σx =
E
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν )
[
(1 − ν )ε x + ν ε y ]
= 3571.4286 × [(0.6) × 0.002 − 0.4 × 0.05] = −67.1428 ( N / cm 2 )
σy =
E
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν )
[
(1 − ν )ε y + ν ε x ] (6.74)
ν E Tr (ε) N E N
= −68.571429 2 , = 714.285714 2
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) cm (1 + ν ) cm
1 0 0 0.002 1
2
(0.005) 0
σ ij = −68.5714290 1 0 + 714.285714 12 (0.005) − 0.05 0
0 0 1 0 0 0
− 67.1428 1.785714 0
N
≈ 1.785714 − 104.2857 0
cm 2
0 0 − 68.571
L0 = AC = 50 2 + 20 2 = 53.852cm (6.78)
and the deformed diagonal
Problem 6.27
Consider a soil made up of a linear elastic material. At a point in the soil the volumetric
deformation is εV = −2 × 10 −3 , the shear deformation is ε12 = − 3 × 10 −3 and the normal
strain is ε11 = 0 . The soil is subjected to a state of plane strain according to the plane
x1 − x 2 .
a) Obtain the Cartesian components of the infinitesimal strain tensor. Obtain the principal
strains, and the directions where they occur.
1
b) Assuming that the mechanical properties are E = 50MPa (Young’s modulus) and ν =
4
(Poisson’s ratio), obtain the stress tensor components and the principal stresses. Obtain the
maximum normal and shear stresses.
c) Obtain the strain energy density, i.e. the energy per unit volume.
Solution:
a) By means of the problem data, the infinitesimal strain tensor components are given by:
0 − 3 × 10 −3 0
ε ij = − 3 × 10 −3 ε 22 0
0 0 0
where we have considered the plane strain hypothesis ε 3i = ε i 3 = 0 . By means of the
volumetric deformation: DVL ≈ ε V = I ε = ε11 + ε 22 + ε 33 = −2 × 10 −3 ⇒ ε 22 = −2 × 10 −3 . Then,
the strain components are:
0 − 3 0
0 − 3
ε ij = − 3 − 2 0 × 10 −3
plane strain
→ ε ij = × 10
−3
0 0 0 − 3 −2
The principal strains
0−λ − 3 λ1 = 1
=0 ⇒ λ2 + 2 λ − 3 = 0 ⇒
− 3 −2−λ λ 2 = −3
thus
ε1 = 1 × 10 −3 1 × 10 −3 0
⇒ ε′ij = −3
ε 2 = −3 × 10 −3 0 − 3 × 10
b)
y
ε1 x′
y′ ε xy
ε yy
ε2 θ
Figure 6.27
The Mohr’s circle in strain is drawn in Figure 6.28.
γ
εS = (×10 −3 )
2
(ε N = 0; ε S = 3 )
2θ
ε III = −3 εI =1 ε N × 10 −3
(ε N = 0; ε S = −2)
(ε N = −2; ε S = − 3 )
Figure 6.28
1 0 0 0 − 3 0
σ ij = λTr (ε ) 0 1 0 + 2µ − 3 − 2 0 × 10 3
0 0 1 0 0 0
− 40 0 0 0 − 3 0
= 0 − 40
0 + 40 − 3 − 2 0 × 10 −3
MPa
14 2 43
0 0 − 40 0 0
0 =10 3 Pa
Thus:
− 40 − 40 3 0
σ ij = − 40 3 − 120 0 kPa
0 0 − 40
As the material is isotropic, the stress and strain share the same principal space. In addition,
the eigenvalues of σ and ε can be related to each other as follows.
By substituting the value of σ = λTr (ε )1 + 2µ ε into the definition of the eigenvalue-
eigenvector, we can obtain:
σ ⋅ nˆ = γ σ nˆ
(λTr(ε)1 + 2 µε ) ⋅ nˆ = γ σ nˆ ⇒ λTr (ε )1 ⋅ nˆ + 2 µε ⋅ nˆ = γ σ nˆ
⇒ λTr (ε )nˆ + 2 µε ⋅ nˆ = γ σ nˆ ⇒ 2 µε ⋅ nˆ = γ σ nˆ − λTr (ε )nˆ
γ − λTr (ε )
⇒ 2 µε ⋅ nˆ = (γ σ − λTr (ε ) )nˆ ⇒ ε ⋅ nˆ = σ nˆ
2µ
⇒ ε ⋅ nˆ = γ ε nˆ
Then:
γ σ − λTr (ε )
γε = ⇒ γ σ = 2µ γ ε + λTr (ε )
2µ
And the eigenvalues of σ can be obtained as follows:
γ σ(1) ≡ σ I = 2µ γ ε(1) + λTr (ε ) = (40 × 10 6 ) × (1 × 10 −3 ) + (20 × 10 6 ) × (−2 × 10 −3 ) = 0
γ σ( 2 ) ≡ σ II = 2µ γ ε( 2 ) + λTr (ε ) = (40 × 10 6 ) × (0) + (20 × 10 6 ) × (−2 × 10 −3 ) = −40 × 10 3 Pa
γ σ(3) ≡ σ III = 2µ γ ε(3) + λTr (ε ) = (40 × 10 6 ) × (−3 × 10 −3 ) + (20 × 10 6 ) × (−2 × 10 −3 ) = −160 × 10 3 Pa
− 40 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
σ′ij = 0 − 40 0 + 40 0 − 3 0 × 10
142
−3
3 = 0 − 160
MPa
4 0 kPa
0 0 − 40 0 0 0 =103 Pa 0 0 − 40
The Mohr’s circle in stress is described in Figure 6.29.
σ S (kPa )
0 − (−160)
σ S max = = 80
σ S max 2
− 160 − 40 0 σ N (kPa)
Figure 6.29
1
c) The strain energy density is Ψ e = σ : ε . We can use the principal space in order to
2
obtain the strain energy density, i.e.:
1 1
Ψ e = σ ij ε ij = (σ1ε1 + σ 2 ε 2 + σ 3ε 3 )
2 2
1
[ ]
m
m
N m
m m m
J
= 0 + (−160 ×10 3 )(−3 ×10 −3 ) + 0 = 240 Pa = 240 2 = 240 3
2
where
σ1 0 0 0 0 0 ε 1 0 0 1 0 0
0 = 0 − 160 m
σ2 0 0 × 10 3 Pa ; 0
ε2 0 = 0 − 3 0 × 10 −3 m
0 0 σ 3 0 0 − 40 0 0 ε 3 0 0 0
Problem 6.28
A solid, which can be approximated by the state of plane strain, has one point in which the
infinitesimal strain tensor components are given by:
− 2 3 0
ε ij = 3 − 10 0 × 10 −3
0 0 0
Consider that the material has an isotropic linear elastic behavior defined by the Young’s
modulus E = 10MPa and Poisson’s ratio ν = 0.25 .
a) Obtain the volumetric deformation and the deviatoric part of the strain tensor;
b) Obtain the principal strains and the principal directions;
c) Obtain the Cauchy stress tensor components;
d) Obtain the maximum and minimum normal stress;
e) It is known that the material fails when the tangential stress exceeds the value 40 kPa .
Check whether the material fails or not.
Solution:
a) Volumetric deformation ( εV ):
εV = I ε = Tr (ε ) = ( −2 − 10) × 10 −3 = −12 × 10 −3
Additive decomposition of the strain tensor into a spherical and deviatoric parts
ε = ε sph + ε dev , where the spherical part is given by:
− 4 0 0
Tr (ε )
ε ijsph = δ ij = 0 − 4 0 × 10 −3
3
0 0 − 4
and the deviatoric part is:
− 2 3 0 − 4 0 0 2 3 0
ε ijdev = ε ij − ε ijsph = 3 − 10 0 − 0 − 4 0 × 10 = 3 − 6 0 × 10 −3
−3
2 2 2 1
restriction n1(1) + n (21) = 1 , with that we can obtain (3n (21) ) 2 + n (21) = 1 ⇒ n (21) = , and
10
3
n1(1) =
10
The principal direction associated with the eigenvalue λ (1) = −11.0 :
2 2 1 −3
with the restriction n1( 2) + n (22) = 1 , we can obtain n1( 2) = , and n (22) =
10 10
We summarize the eigenvalues and eigenvectors as follows:
3 1
ε1 = −1 × 10 −3 principal
direction
→ nˆ i(1) = 0
10 10
1 −3
ε 2 = −11 × 10 −3 principal
direction
→ nˆ (i 2 ) = 0
10 10
ε1 = 0 principal direction
→ nˆ i(3) = [0 0 1]
c) The Cauchy stress tensor components are given by:
σ ij = λTr (ε )δ ij + 2µ ε ij
Eν E
where λ = = 4 MPa , µ = G = = 4 MPa , Tr (ε ) = −12 × 10 −3 :
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) 2(1 + ν )
1 0 0 − 2 3 0 − 64 24 0
−3
σ ij = 4 × (−12) 0 1 0 + 2 × (4) 3 − 10 0 × 10 MPa = 24 − 128 0 kPa
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 − 48
As the material is isotropic the principal directions for the stress and strain are the same.
The principal stresses can be obtained by working in the principal space
σ′ij = λTr (ε )δ ij + 2µ ε ′ij :
1 0 0 − 1 0 0 − 56 0 0
−3
σ′ij = 4 × (−12) 0 1 0 + 2 × (4) 0 − 11 0 × 10 MPa = 0 − 136 0 kPa
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 − 48
d) By considering that σ I = −48kPa , σ II = −56kPa , σ III = −136kPa , the Mohr’s circle in
stress is described in Figure 6.30.
σ S (kPa)
σ S max = 44
σ II = −56
Problem 6.29
A strain gauge (or strain gage) is a device used to calculate the strain according to one
direction. Consider a strain rosette that contains three strain gauges arranged as indicated in
Figure 6.31. At one point we have calculated the following strain values:
ε x = 0.33 × 10 −3 ; ε ′x = 0.22 × 10 −3 ; ε y = −0.05 × 10 −3
Consider an isotropic linear elastic material with the following mechanical properties:
E = 29000 Pa (Young’s modulus); ν = 0.3 (Poisson’s ratio).
a) Find the maximum shear stress at the point in question.
b) Obtain the eigenvalues (principal strains) and eigenvectors (principal directions) of the
strain tensor;
c) Obtain the eigenvalues (principal stresses) and eigenvectors (principal directions) of the
stress tensor.
Hypothesis: Consider the state of plane strain.
strain gauge x′
45º
45º
x
2 (ε + ε y ) (ε x − ε y )
γ xy = ε ′x − x − cos( 2θ) = 0.16 × 10 − 3
sin( 2θ) 2 2
thus
0.33 0.08 0
ε ij = 0.08 − 0.05 0 × 10 −3
0 0 0
σx =
E
[
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν )
]
(1 − 2ν )ε x + ν ε y = 12 .0462 Pa
σy =
E
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν )
[ ]
(1 − 2ν )ε y + ν ε x = 3.5692 Pa
Eν
τ xy =
E
2(1 + ν )
γ xy = 1.7846 Pa ; σ z =
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν )
[ ]
ε x + ε y = 4.684 Pa
we can obtain the characteristic determinant and in turn the eigenvalues (principal stresses)
σ 1 = 12.40654 , σ 2 = 3.208843 . Additionally, the eigenvectors of the stress tensor are:
associated with σ1
Eigenvecto
r → 0.9802 0.1979 0
→ − 0.1979 0.9802 0
Eigenvecto r associated with σ 2
associated with σ3
Eigenvecto
r → 0 0 1
As expected, the eigenvectors of stress and strain are the same; since we are working with
isotropic linear elastic material.
b) Alternative solution for the stress tensor components:
Knowing the strain tensor components:
0.33 0.08 0
ε ij = 0.08 − 0.05 0 × 10 −3
0 0 0
We can apply the constitutive equation: σ ij = λTr (ε )δ ij + 2µ ε ij , where the Lamé constants
are given by:
Eν E
λ= = 16.7307692 × 103 Pa , µ = = 11.15384615 × 103 Pa
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) 2(1 + ν )
1 0 0 ε1 0 0
σ′ij = λTr (ε ) 0 1 0 + 2 µ 0 ε 2 0
0 0 1 0 0 ε3
1 0 0 0.346155 0 0 12.40752 0 0
= λTr (ε ) 0 1 0 + 2 µ 0 −3
− 0.0662 0 ×10 = 0 3.20783 0 Pa
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 4.6846
Problem 6.30
A strain gauge (or strain gage) is a device used to obtain the strain in only one direction.
Consider a strain rosette that contains three strain gauges arranged according to a equilateral
triangle, (see Figure 6.32), and records the strain values according to the directions x1 , x1′
and x1′′ .
x2
x1′′ x1′
30 º
60º Strain gauge
30 º
60º 60º
x1
Figure 6.32
The strain calculated according to the directions x1 , x1′ and x1′′ are respectively:
ε 11 = −4 × 10 −4 ; ′ = 1 × 10 −4
ε 11 ; ′′ = 4 × 10 −4
ε 11
Obtain ε 22 = ε y , 2ε12 = γ xy , ε ′22 ≡ ε ′y . Show that ε11 + ε 22 = ε11
′ + ε ′22 .
−1 3
where θ1 = 60º and θ 2 = 120º , thus cos 2θ1 = cos 2θ 2 = and sin 2θ1 = − sin 2θ 2 = .
2 2
Then, by combining the two above equations it is possible to eliminate ε 12 , i.e.:
ε11 − ε 22 2 ε
′ + ε11
ε11 ′′ = ε11 + ε 22 − ⇒ ε 22 = ε11 ′′ − 11 = 4.66667 × 10 − 4
′ + ε11
2 3 2
Once the value ε 22 = 4.66667 × 10 −4 is obtained, we can replace it into the equation (6.81)
with which we can obtain:
1
γ xy = 2ε 12 = (4ε11′ − ε11 − 3ε 22 ) = −3.46410 × 10 − 4 ⇒ ε 12 = −1.73205 × 10 − 4
3
To obtain ε ′22 , we must obtain the angle formed by x1 and x′2 , which is
θ 3 = 60º +90º = 150º , thus:
ε11 + ε 22 ε 11 − ε 22
ε ′22 = + cos( 2θ 3 ) + ε 12 sin( 2θ 3 ) = −0.33333 × 10 − 4
2 2
Checking that:
′ + ε′22 = 0.66667 × 10 −4 = Tr (ε )
ε11 + ε 22 = ε11
As expected, since the trace is an invariant.
Problem 6.31
Consider the dam cross section,
(Figure 6.33), in which the y, v
displacement is known and given
by:
u ( x, y ) = −4 x 2 − y 2 + 2 xy + 2 x, u
v ( x, y ) = −4 y 2 − x 2 + 2 xy + 5
Figure 6.33
For the given displacement field, show whether the equilibrium equations are satisfied or
not.
Solution:
a) We can calculate the strain tensor components as follows:
∂u ∂v ∂u ∂v
εx = = −8 x + 2 y ; εy = = −8 y + 2 x γ xy = + =0
∂x ∂y ∂y ∂x
which in matrix form is:
− 8 x + 2 y 0 0
ε ij = 0 − 8 y + 2 x 0
0 0 0
b) For the dam, as we have seen, we can adopt the approximation of state of plane strain,
so,
σx
E 1 − ν ν 0 εx 0 .6 0 . 4 0 − 8 x + 2 y
σ y = (1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) ν 1−ν 0 ε y = 357 .1428 0.4 0.6 0 − 8 y + 2 x MPa
1−ν
τ xy 0 0 γ xy 0 0 0.3 0
2
σ x − 4 x − 2 y
⇒ σ y = 357.1428 − 2 x − 4 y MPa
τ xy 0
Eν
σz = (ε x + ε y ) = 357.1428 × [( −8 x + 2 y ) + ( −8 y + 2 x )]
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν )
Then, the equilibrium equations become:
∂σ x ∂τ xy ∂τ xz
+ + + ρb x = 0 − 4 + 0 + 0 + 0 ≠ 0 (it fails)
∂x ∂y ∂z
✘
∂τ xy ∂σ y ∂τ yz
+ + + ρb y = 0 ⇒ 0 − 4 + 0 + 0 ≠ 0
∂x ∂y ∂z
(it fails)
✘
∂σ
∂τ ∂τ yz ∂σ z 0 + 0 + z + 0 = 0
xz + + + ρb z = 0 ∂z
∂x ∂y ∂z
So, the given displacement field does not satisfy the equilibrium equations.
Problem 6.32
A gravity dam of triangular cross section is made up of concrete with “specific weight”
5
equal to γ , where γ is the specific weight of water. The shape and dimensions of the
2
cross section are indicated in Figure 6.34, and the stress field in the dam (state of plane
strain) is given by:
γ
σ11 = −γx2 ; σ22 = ( x1 − 3x2 ) ; σ12 = −γ x1
2
1
Consider: Poisson’s ratio: ν = ; Young’s modulus E .
4
a) Obtain the graphical representation of the surface force (traction vector) acting on the
face AB due to the ground reaction;
b) Obtain the principal stresses at the points A and B . Starting from the Mohr’s circle in
stress, obtain the extreme values of the stresses at the respective points.
c) Obtain the strain field in the dam.
NOTE: Although in the literature γ is known as the specific weight, also known as the
unit weight, in reality γ is the module of the body force per unit volume, i.e.
r r r r N m
γ = p = ρb = ρg , where b is the body force per unit mass [b] = = . Recall that in
kg s 2
the International System of Units (SI) the term “specific” is related to “per unit mass”, which is
not the case of γ , the correct term would be the weight density, since the term “density” is
related to “per unit volume”.
O
x1
45º γ = ρg
g -acceleration of gravity
h ρ - mass density
kg m N
5 [γ ] = = 3
γ γ 3 2
m s m
2
A B
x2
Figure 6.34
Solution:
a) The stress and strain fields in the dam cross section are respectively:
− γ x2 − γ x1 0 ε11 ε12 0
γ
σij = − γ x1 ( x1 − 3 x2 ) 0 ; εij = ε12 ε 22 0
2
0 0 σ33 0 0 0
We can obtain the surface force by means of the traction vector t (n) = σ ⋅ nˆ . For the side
ˆ
The term Tr (ε ) can be obtained by means of the double scalar product between
σ = λTr (ε )1 + 2µ ε and the second-order unit tensor, thus:
σ : 1 = λTr (ε )1 : 1 + 2 µε : 1 ⇒ Tr (σ ) = 3λTr (ε ) + 2 µTr (ε ) = [3λ + 2 µ ]Tr (ε )
Tr (σ ) σ + σ 22 + σ 33
⇒ Tr (ε ) = = 11
3λ + 2 µ 3λ + 2 µ
Then, the component σ 33 is defined as follows:
λ λ λ
σ 33 = λTr (ε ) = (σ11 + σ 22 + σ 33 ) ⇒ σ 33 − σ 33 = (σ11 + σ 22 )
3λ + 2 µ 3λ + 2 µ 3λ + 2 µ
λ λ λ
⇒ σ 33 1 − = (σ11 + σ 22 ) ⇒ σ 33 = (σ11 + σ 22 ) = ν (σ11 + σ 22 )
3λ + 2 µ 3λ + 2 µ 2(λ + µ )
h h
A B A B
− 3hγ
− hγ 2 − hγ
( AB ) ( AB )
t1 (according to x1 -direction) t2 (according to x 2 -direction)
O x1
45º
5
γ
2
A B
(nˆ )
t
x2
Figure 6.35
λ
where we have considered ν = .
2(λ + µ )
The stress state at the point A( x1 = 0; x 2 = h) is given by:
− γ x2 − γ x1 0 − γ h 0 0 − 1 0 0
γ − 3hγ −3
σij( A) = − γ x1 ( x1 − 3 x2 ) 0 = 0 0 =0 0 hγ
2 2 2
0 γ − 5hγ − 5
0 ( x1 − 5 x2 ) 0 0 0 0
8 8 8
Note that this space is already the principal space. Mohr’s circle in stress at the point A is
drawn in Figure 6.36.
σ S (×hγ )
σ S max = 0.4375
σ S (×hγ )
σ S max = 1
−2 − 0.5 0 σ N (×hγ )
Figure 6.37
c) We can obtain the expression for the strain field by starting from the equation:
σ = λTr (ε )1 + 2 µε
1 λ
σ = λTr (ε )1 + 2 µε ⇒ 2 µε = σ − λTr (ε )1 ⇒ ε= σ− Tr (ε )1
2µ 2µ
Tr (σ )
Remember that we have obtained that Tr (ε ) = , then the above equation becomes:
3λ + 2µ
1 λ 1 λ
ε= σ− Tr (ε )1 = σ− Tr (σ )1
2µ 2µ 2µ 2µ (3λ + 2µ )
We can also express the above equation in terms of E and ν :
E 1 (1 + ν ) µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 1 1
µ =G = ⇒ = , E= ⇒ =
2(1 + ν ) 2µ E λ+µ µ (3λ + 2 µ ) E (λ + µ )
λ λ 1 ν
= =
2 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) 2 E (λ + µ ) E
Then:
1 λ (1 + ν ) ν
ε= σ− Tr (σ )1 or ε= σ − Tr (σ )1
2µ 2 µ (3λ + 2 µ ) E E
The trace of σ is given by:
γ γ 5
Tr (σ ) = σ11 + σ 22 + σ 33 = (−γx2 ) + ( x1 − 3x2 ) + ( x1 − 5 x2 ) = γ ( x1 − 5 x2 )
2 8 8
1
With that we can obtain the strain tensor components, when ν = , as follows:
4
5 5
ε ij = σ ij − γ ( x1 − 5 x2 )δ ij
4E 32 E
− γx2 − γx1 0 1 0 0
5 γ 5
ε ij = − γx1 ( x1 − 3 x2 ) 0 − γ ( x1 − 5 x2 ) 0 1 0
4E 2 32 E
γ 0 0 1
0 0 [x1 − 5 x2 ]
8
1
− 8 ( x1 + 3x2 ) − x1 0
5γ 1
= − x1 − (−3 x1 + 7 x2 ) 0
4E 8
0 0 0
Problem 6.33
Consider the infinitesimal strain tensor field (2D):
− κ x3 x 2 ε 12
ε ij = ( i, j = 1,2 ) (6.83)
ε12 νκ x3 x 2
where κ x3 = κ x3 ( x1 ) , i.e. κ x3 is a function of x1 and ν is a constant (Poisson’s ratio).
Consider the state of plane stress, (see Problem 6.24)), with no body force.
a) Obtain ε12 in order to achieve the equilibrium and obtain the stress field.
a
As boundary condition, consider that ε12 ( x 2 = ± ) = 0 .
2
b) Express the infinitesimal strain tensor and the stress tensor in terms of ( P , E , I x3 ),
where P is the concentrated force at x1 = L , E is the Young’s modulus, I x3 is the
moment of inertia of the cross-sectional area about the x3 -axis, which for a rectangular
b a
x3 = x2 =
2 2
ba 3
section is I x3 = ∫ x22 dA = ∫ ∫ x22 dx2 dx3 = . For boundary condition, consider that at
A −b −a
12
x3 = x2 =
2 2
PL
∫
x1 : P = σ12 dA and that at x1 = 0 ⇒ κ x3 =
A
EI x3
, where EI is called modulus of flexural
rigidity.
σy
τ xy
σx
x2 , y
x2 , y
x3 , z
a
x1 , x M x3
L b
Cross section
Solution:
Before applying the equilibrium equations we will need to obtain the stress field. In
Problem 6.24 the stress field for the state of plane stress was obtained and by considering
the strain components (6.83) we can obtain:
E
− Eκ x3 x 2 ε 12
E (ε 11 + ν ε 22 ) (1 − ν )ε 12 (1 + ν )
σ ij = = (6.84)
(1 − ν 2 ) (1 − ν )ε12 (ε 22 + ν ε11 ) E ε 0
(1 + ν ) 12
Considering the equilibrium equations without body forces, σ ij , j = 0 i (i, j = 1,2) , we can
obtain:
∂σ11 ∂σ12
∂x + ∂x = 0
1 2
σ ij , j = 0 i ⇒ σ i1,1 + σ i 2, 2 = 0 i ⇒ (6.85)
∂σ ∂σ
21 + 22 = 0
∂x1 ∂x 2
By substituting the stress components given by equation (6.84) we can obtain:
∂σ11 ∂σ12 − ∂( Eκ x3 x 2 ) E ∂(ε12 )
∂x + ∂x = 0 + =0
1 2 ∂x1 (1 + ν ) ∂x 2
⇒ (6.86)
∂σ ∂σ
21 + 22 = 0 E ∂ (ε 12 ) = 0 ⇒ ∂ (ε12 ) = 0
∂x1 ∂x 2 (1 + ν ) ∂x1 ∂x1
Note that ε12 does not depend on x1 . From the first equilibrium equation we can obtain:
− ∂ ( Eκ x3 x 2 ) E ∂ (ε 12 ) ∂ε 12 ∂κ x3
+ =0 ⇒ = (1 + ν ) x 2 ≡ (1 + ν ) x 2 κ x3 ,1
∂x1 (1 + ν ) ∂x 2 ∂x 2 ∂x1
By integrating in x 2 the above equation we can obtain:
∂ε 12 x 22
= (1 + ν ) x 2 κ x3 ,1 integrating
→ ε 12 = (1 + ν ) κ x3 ,1 +C (6.87)
∂x 2 2
The constant of integration can be obtained by means of the boundary condition
a
ε12 ( x 2 = ± ) = 0 :
2
a 2
1 x2 = ± 1 a
ε12 =(1 + ν ) κ x3 ,1 x 22 + C
2→ ε12 = (1 + ν ) κ x3 ,1 + C = 0
2 2 2
− (1 + ν ) κ x3 ,1 a 2
⇒C =
2 4
Then, the strain ε12 , (see equation (6.87)), becomes:
x 22 x 22 (1 + ν ) κ x3 ,1 a 2 (1 + ν ) κ x3 ,1 2 a2
ε12 = (1 + ν ) κ x3 ,1 + C = (1 + ν ) κ x3 ,1 − = x2 − (6.88)
2 2 2 4 2 4
With that the infinitesimal strain field becomes:
(1 + ν ) κ x3 ,1 2 a 2
− κ x3 x 2 x2 −
2 4
ε ij =
(1 + ν ) κ x ,1 a2
3
x 22 − νκ x3 x 2
2 4
And the stress field:
E − Eκ x3 x2
Eκ x3 ,1 2 a 2
x2 −
− Eκ x3 x2 ε12
(1 + ν ) 2 4
σij = =
E ε Eκ x3 ,1 2 a
2
0 x − 0
(1 + ν ) 2
12
4
2
Eκ x3 ,1 2 a 2 Eκ x3 ,1 2 a2
∫
P = σ12 dA =
A
∫
A
2
x2 − dA =
4 2 ∫ x2 −
A
4
dA
Eκ x3 ,1 2 2 Eκ x3 ,1 a 2 Eκ x3 ,1 a2
x 2 dA − a dA =
=
2 A ∫ 4 A ∫ Ix −
2 3
A =
4 2
Ix −
3
4
ba
(6.89)
Eκ x3 ,1 3ba 3 Eκ x3 ,1
=
2 3
Ix −
12
=
2
( )
I x3 − 3I x3 = − Eκ x3 ,1 I x3
PL PL
where we have applied the boundary condition ( x1 = 0 ⇒ κ x3 = ) to obtain C = .
EI x3 EI x3
b x2
a
x2 = ± 2 ⇒ σ12 = 0
σ12 ( x2 ) ⇒
σ12 x = 0 ⇒ σ = σ 3P
2 12 12 max =
2A
a
x1
∫
P = σ12 dA
A
P a2 2 x =0 Pa 2 3P 3P
σ12 =
4 − x2 → σ12 max = = =
2
2 I x3 8 I x3 2ab 2 A
− Px 2 x2
u1 ( x 2 , x1 ) = Lx1 − 1 + f 1 ( x 2 )
EI x3 2
(6.93)
u ( x , x ) = Pν x 22 ( L − x1 ) + f 2 ( x1 )
2 2 1 2 EI x3
The tangential strain component can be obtained as follows:
x 2 ∂f ( x )
Lx1 − 1 + 1 2 − Pν x 22 + 2 1
∂u1 ∂u 2 −P ∂f ( x )
2ε 12 = + = (6.94)
∂x 2 ∂x1 EI x3 2 ∂x 2 2 EI x3 ∂x1
Note that we have obtained previously that ε12 is independent of x1 , so, the following
must hold:
−P x 2 ∂f ( x ) ∂f 2 ( x1 ) P x2
Lx1 − 1 + 2 1 = 0 ⇒ = Lx1 − 1
EI x3 2 ∂x1 ∂x1 EI x3 2
P Lx12 x13
integratin
g in x1
→ f 2 ( x1 ) =
EI x3 2 − 6
Pν x 23 P (1 + ν ) x 23 a 2
f1 ( x2 ) = − − x2
2 EI x3 3 EI x3 3 4
Then, the displacement field (6.93) becomes:
x2 P (1 + ν ) x 23 a 2
Lx1 − 1 + Pν x 23 −
− Px 2
u1 ( x 2 , x1 ) =
EI x3 2 6 EI EI 3 − 4 x2
x3 x3
(6.95)
Pν P Lx12 x13
x 22 ( L
u 2 ( x 2 , x1 ) = 2 EI − x1 ) +
EI x3 2 − 6
x3
NOTE 2: We will check the compatibility equation for two-dimensional problem, (see
Problem 5.11 – NOTE 3),
∂ 2 ε 11 ∂ 2 ε 22 ∂ 2 ε12 ∂ 2 κ x3 ∂ 2 κ x3
+ −2 = 0 + νx 2 − 2(1 + ν ) x 2 =0 X
∂x 22 ∂x12 ∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x12 ∂x12
∂ 2 κ x3
Note that ≡ κ x3 ,11 = 0 , a fact already verified by the equilibrium equations.
∂x12
The problem presented previously is only valid if we discard completely the dimension x3 .
The reason follows.
As we are treating the problem by the state of plane stress we do not have stress σ i 3 but
we have the strain ε 33 ≠ 0 , (see Problem 6.24). Then, the strain field becomes:
(1 + ν ) κ x3 ,1 2 a 2
− κ x3 x 2 x2 − 0
2 4
(1 + ν ) κ x ,1 2 a 2
ε ij = 3
x2 − νκ x x2 0
2 4
3
0 0 νκ x3 x 2
For the above strain field, the compatibility equations, (see Problem 5.11), are not satisfied,
i.e.:
∂ 2 ε33 ∂ 2 ε 22 ∂ 2 ε 23
2 + −2 =0 X
∂x2 ∂x3 2
∂x2 ∂x3
∂ 2ε ∂ 2 ε11 ∂ 2 ε13
233 + − 2 =0 X
∂x1 ∂x32 ∂x1∂x3
2 2 2
∂ ε11 + ∂ ε 22 − 2 ∂ ε12 = 0 X
∂x22 ∂x12 ∂x1∂x2
∂ ∂ε 23 + ∂ε13 − ∂ε12 − ∂ ε 33 = − ∂ (νκ x3 x2 ) = −νκ ≠ 0
2 2
∂ 2 κ x3
where we have used κ x3 ,11 ≡ = 0 , since ε12 is independent of x1 , (see equation
∂x12
(6.88)), this implies that κ x3 ,1 is a constant.
u1 = 0.0
u 2 = 8.818mm
u1 = 0.0
u 2 ≈ 23.8cm
L = 5m
The constitutive equations for stress: The constitutive equations for stress:
(6.96)
σ (ε ) = λTr (ε )1 + 2µ ε (3 equations) σij = λε kkδ ij + 2 µεij (3 equations)
In the two-dimensional case the compatibility equations, (see Problem 5.11 – NOTE 3),
reduce to:
2 2
∂ 2ε11 ∂ 2ε 22 ∂ 2ε12 Engineering Notation ∂ 2ε x ∂ ε y ∂ γ xy
S33 = + −2 = 0 → S z = 2 + 2 − =0 (6.97)
∂x22 ∂x12 ∂x1∂x2 ∂y ∂x ∂x∂y
And the equations of motion for two-dimensional case become:
σij , j + ρb i = σ i1,1 + σ i 2, 2 + σ i 3,3 + ρbi = ρu
&&i 2D
→ σi1,1 + σi 2, 2 + ρb i = ρu
&&i (i = 1,2)
∂σ11 ∂σ12
∂x + ∂x + ρb1 = ρu1 = ρa1
&&
σ11,1 + σ12, 2 + ρb1 = ρu &&1 1 2
⇒ ⇒
σ 21,1 + σ 22, 2 + ρb 2 = ρu
&&2 ∂σ ∂σ
21 + 22 + ρb = ρ&u& = ρa
∂x1 ∂x2
2 2 2
or in engineering notation:
∂σ11 ∂σ12 ∂σ x ∂τ xy
∂x + ∂x + ρb1 = ρu1 + + ρb x = ρa x
&&
1 2 Engineering Notation ∂x ∂y
→
∂σ 21 + ∂σ 22 + ρb = ρu
&& ∂τ xy + ∂σ y + ρb = ρa
∂x1 ∂x2
2 2
∂x ∂y
y y
We take the derivative of the first equation with respect to x and the second one with
respect to y , i.e.:
∂σ ∂τ xy ∂
∂ 2σ x ∂ 2 τ xy ∂
x+ + ρb x = ρax →
∂x
2 + = ( ρax − ρb x )
∂x ∂y ∂x ∂x∂y ∂x
∂ 2 2
∂τ xy ∂σ y ∂ τ xy ∂ σ y ∂
+ + ρb y = ρa y → ∂y
∂x∂y + = ( ρa y − ρb y )
∂x ∂y ∂y 2 ∂y
∂ 2 τ xy ∂ 2σ ∂
= − 2x + ( ρax − ρb x ) (1)
∂x∂y ∂x ∂x
⇒ 2 2
∂ τ xy ∂ σy ∂
∂x∂y = − ∂y 2 + ∂y ( ρa y − ρb y ) (2)
By adding the both equations, (1)+(2), we can obtain
∂ 2 τ xy∂ 2σ x ∂ ∂ 2σ y ∂
2 = − 2 + ( ρa x − ρb x ) − + ( ρa y − ρb y ) (6.98)
∂x∂y ∂x ∂x ∂y 2 ∂y
2 2
∂ 2 ε x ∂ ε y ∂ γ xy
+ − =0
∂y 2 ∂x 2 ∂x∂y
∂2 1 ν ∂2 −ν 1 ∂ 2(1 + ν )
2
⇒ σx − σ y + 2 σx + σy − τ xy = 0
∂y 2 E E ∂x E E ∂x∂ y E
2 2 2
(6.99)
1 ∂ 2 σ x ν ∂ σ y ν ∂ 2 σ x 1 ∂ σ y 2(1 + ν ) ∂ τ xy
⇒ − − + − =0
E ∂y 2 E ∂y 2 E ∂x 2 E ∂x 2 E ∂x∂y
∂ 2σ x ∂ 2σ y 2
∂ 2σ x ∂ σ y ∂ 2 τ xy
⇒ − ν − ν + − 2 (1 + ν ) =0
∂y 2 ∂y 2 ∂x 2 ∂x 2 ∂x∂y
To consider simultaneously the two equations of motion we can use the equation in (6.98):
∂ 2 τ xy ∂ 2σ x ∂ ∂ 2σ y ∂
⇒ 2(1 + ν ) = (1 + ν ) − + ( ρ a x − ρ b )
x + (1 + ν ) − + ( ρa y − ρb y )
∂x∂y ∂x
2
∂x ∂y
2
∂y
and by substituting the above equation into the equation (6.99) we can obtain:
∂ 2σ x ∂ 2σ y 2
∂ 2σ x ∂ σ y ∂ 2 τ xy
− ν − ν + − 2 (1 + ν ) =0
∂y 2 ∂y 2 ∂x 2 ∂x 2 ∂x∂y
∂ 2σ x ∂ 2σ y 2
∂ 2σ x ∂ σ y ∂ 2σ x ∂
⇒ − ν − ν + − (1 + ν ) − + ( ρ a x − ρ b x )
∂y 2 ∂y 2 ∂x 2 ∂x 2 ∂x
2
∂x
∂ 2σ y ∂
− (1 + ν ) − + ( ρa y − ρb y ) = 0
∂y
2
∂y
By simplifying the above equation we can obtain:
Stress formulation 2D – The state of plane stress
2 2
∂ 2σ x ∂ 2σ x ∂ σ y ∂ σ y ∂ ∂ (6.100)
+ + + = (1 + ν ) ( ρa x − ρb x ) + ( ρa y − ρb y )
∂x ∂y
2 2 2 2
∂x ∂y ∂y ∂x
For the static or quasi-static case the above equation reduces to:
Stress formulation 2D – The state of plane stress (static case)
2 2
∂ 2σ x ∂ 2σ x ∂ σ y ∂ σ y ∂ ∂ (6.101)
+ + + = −(1 + ν ) ( ρb x ) + ( ρb y )
∂x ∂y
2 2 2 2
∂x ∂y ∂y ∂x
and by substituting the above equation into the equation (6.102) we can obtain:
∂ 2σ x ∂ 2σ y ∂ 2σ x ∂ 2σ y ∂ 2 τ xy
(1 − ν ) − ν − ν + (1 − ν ) − 2 =0
∂y 2 ∂y 2 ∂x 2 ∂x 2 ∂x∂y
∂ 2σ x ∂ 2σ y ∂ 2σ x ∂ 2σ y ∂ 2σ x ∂
⇒ (1 − ν ) − ν − ν + (1 − ν ) − − + ( ρa x − ρb x )
∂y 2
∂y 2
∂x 2
∂x 2
∂x
2
∂x
∂ 2σ y ∂
− − + ( ρa y − ρ b y ) =0
∂y
2
∂y
By simplifying the above equation we can obtain:
Stress formulation 2D – The state of plane strain
2 2
∂ 2σ x ∂ 2σ x ∂ σ y ∂ σ y 1 ∂ ∂ (6.103)
+ + + = ( ρa x − ρb x ) + ( ρa y − ρb y )
∂x 2
∂y 2
∂y 2
∂x 2
(1 − ν ) ∂x ∂y
For the static or quasi-static case the above equation reduces to:
Stress formulation 2D – The state of plane strain (static case)
2 2
∂ 2σ x ∂ 2σ x ∂ σ y ∂ σ y −1 ∂ ∂ (6.104)
+ + + = ( ρb x ) + ( ρb y )
∂x 2
∂y 2
∂y 2
∂x 2
(1 − ν ) ∂x ∂y
NOTE 1: Recall that the body forces can be represented by means of the potential φ , i.e.
r r − ∂φ − ∂φ
b = −∇ xrφ , since b is a conservative field. Then, we can write b x = and b y = .
∂x ∂y
Recall also that in Problem 5.18 we have defined the Airy stress function Φ . If we take
into account the body forces we can write:
∂ 2Φ ∂ 2Φ ∂ 2Φ
σ x − ρφ = ; σ y − ρφ = ; τ xy = τ yx = − (6.105)
∂y 2 ∂x 2 ∂x∂y
thus
∂ 2Φ ∂ 2Φ
σ x = ρφ + ; σ y = ρφ + (6.106)
∂y 2 ∂x 2
Substituting the above stress components into the equation (6.101) and by considering the
mass density field homogeneous we can obtain:
2 2
∂ 2σ x ∂ 2σ x ∂ σ y ∂ σ y ∂ ∂ ∂b ∂b y
+ + + = −(1 + ν ) ( ρb x ) + ( ρb y ) = − ρ (1 + ν ) x +
∂x ∂y ∂x ∂y
2 2 2 2
∂x ∂y ∂y ∂x
∂2 ∂ 2Φ ∂ 2 ∂ 2Φ ∂ 2 ∂ 2Φ ∂ 2 ∂ 2Φ ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ
ρφ + 2 + 2 ρφ + 2 + 2 ρφ + 2 + 2 ρφ + 2 = ρ (1 + ν ) 2 + 2
∂x 2 ∂y ∂y ∂y ∂y ∂x ∂x ∂x
∂x ∂y
∂ 4Φ ∂ 4Φ ∂ 4Φ ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ
⇒ + 2 + + 2 ρ + = ρ (1 + ν ) 2 + 2
∂x 4 ∂x 2 ∂y 2 ∂y 4 ∂x 2 ∂y 2
∂x ∂y
∂ 4Φ ∂ 4Φ ∂ 4Φ ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ
⇒ + 2 + = ρ [(1 + ν ) − 2] 2 + 2
∂x 4 ∂x 2 ∂y 2 ∂y 4 ∂x ∂y
thus:
Stress formulation 2D – The state of plane stress (static case)
∂ 4Φ ∂ 4Φ ∂ 4Φ ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ (6.107)
+ 2 + = − ρ (1 − ν ) 2 + 2
∂x 4 ∂x 2 ∂y 2 ∂y 4 ∂x ∂y
Now, if we substitute the stress components (6.106) into the equation (6.104) we can
obtain:
∂2 ∂ 2Φ ∂ 2 ∂ 2Φ ∂ 2 ∂ 2Φ ∂ 2 ∂ 2Φ − ρ ∂b x ∂b y
ρφ + 2 + 2 ρφ + 2 + 2 ρφ + 2 + 2 ρφ + 2 = +
∂x 2 ∂y ∂y ∂y ∂y ∂x ∂x
∂x (1 − ν ) ∂x ∂y
∂ 4Φ ∂ 4Φ ∂ 4Φ ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ ρ ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ
⇒ + + + ρ
∂x 4
2
∂x 2 ∂y 2 ∂y 4
2 +
∂x 2 ∂y 2 (1 − ν ) ∂x 2 + ∂y 2
=
∂ 4Φ ∂ 4Φ ∂ 4Φ 1 ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ
⇒ + 2 + = ρ
(1 − ν ) − 2 2 + 2
∂x 4 ∂x 2 ∂y 2 ∂y 4 ∂x ∂y
thus
Stress formulation 2D – The state of plane strain (static case)
∂ 4Φ ∂ 4Φ ∂ 4Φ (1 − 2ν ) ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ (6.108)
+ 2 + = − ρ +
∂x 4 ∂x 2 ∂y 2 ∂y 4 (1 − ν ) ∂x 2 ∂y 2
Near to the Earth surface the body forces can be considered uniform (homogenous field),
∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ
hence ≈ ≈ 0 . With that the governing equation for two-dimensional cases, (see
∂x ∂y
equations (6.107) and (6.108)), becomes:
Stress formulation 2D – (static case and homogenous body forces field)
∂ 4Φ ∂ 4Φ ∂ 4Φ
+ 2 + =0 ; ∇ 4xr Φ = 0 ; Φ ,iijj = 0 (i, j = 1,2) (6.109)
∂x 4 ∂x 2∂y 2 ∂y 4
NOTE 2: Note that we have reduced the original problem, 8 equations and 8 unknowns,
(see equation (6.96)), to 1 equation (6.109) and 1 unknown ( Φ ).
Recall that the analytical solution (the exact one) in most practical cases is quite complex
and even impossible to be obtained. So we resort to numerical technique, which consists
in: given a problem we find the solution. During the era of G.B. Airy (1862) the only
possible solution was the analytical one, since the numerical techniques were scarce. Then,
they used to address the elastic problem through inverse method (Laier&Barreiro (1983)), i.e.
for a given solution of the equation (6.109) they seek which problem represents such
solution.
The stress function can be adopted, for example, by a polynomial function, (see Figure
6.42):
Φ = K 1 + K 2 x + K 3 y + K 4 x 2 + K 5 xy + K 6 y 2 + K 7 x 3 + K 8 x 2 y + K 9 xy 2
+ K 10 y 3 + K 11 x 4 + K 12 x 3 y + K 13 x 2 y 2 + K 14 xy 3 + K 15 xy 4 + K 16 x 5 (6.110)
4 3 2 2 3 4 5 6
+ K 17 x y + K 18 x y + K 19 x y + K 20 xy + K 21 y + K 22 x + L
1 constant term
x y linear terms
x2 xy y2 quadratic terms
x3 x2 y xy 2 y3 cubic terms
x4 x3 y x2 y2 xy 3 y4 quartic terms
x5 x4 y x3 y 2 x2 y3 xy 4 y5 quintic terms
Example: Let us assume that the Airy stress function is given by the polynomial:
Φ = K 4 x 2 + K 5 xy + K 6 y 2 (6.111)
where K1 , K 2 , and K3 are constants. If we are not considering the body forces the stress
field (6.105) becomes:
∂ 2Φ ∂ 2Φ ∂ 2Φ
σx = = 2K 6 ; σy = = 2K 4 = −K 5
; τ xy = −
(6.112)
∂y 2 ∂x 2 ∂x∂y
r
Note that the stress field is homogenous, i.e. it is independent of x . For the particular case
when K 4 = K 5 = 0 we can obtain the problem represented by the bar subjected to axial
force F at its ends, (see Figure 6.43):
Stress field (Bar subjected to axial force):
F F
σ x = A = 2 K 6 ⇒ K6 =
2A
σ y = 0
τ xy = 0
Strain field (Bar subjected to axial force):
σ x 2K 6 F
ε x = E = E = EA
σx 2K 6 − ν F
ε y = −ν = −ν =
E E EA
γ xy = 0
y, v 2 D ( x, y ) A (Area)
x, u
σx F
σx =
A
Figure 6.43: Bar subjected to axial force.
y, v
2 D ( x, y ) A (cross section area)
x, u
F
σx =
A
Problem 6.35
Obtain the displacement field for a problem (without body force) described in Figure 6.45.
As boundary condition consider that at ( x = 0, y = 0, z = 0) ⇒ (u = 0, v = 0, w = 0) .
y rigid y
p p
x z
L L
Figure 6.45
Solution:
Let us assume the following Airy stress function:
Φ = K 4 x 2 + K 5 xy + K 6 y 2 (6.114)
v = 0
ν (1 + ν ) p
w = z
E
Problem 6.36
Consider the Airy stress function:
Φ = K 10 y 3 (6.116)
where K10 is a constant. What is the problem governed by the Airy stress function (6.116)?
Obtain the stress, strain and displacement fields. Consider the state of plane stress.
Solution:
If we are not considering the body forces the stress field (6.105) becomes:
∂ 2Φ ∂ 2Φ ∂ 2Φ
σx = = 6 K 10 y ; σy = =0 ; τ xy = − =0 (6.117)
∂y 2 ∂x 2 ∂x∂y
Note that the stress field σ x = σ x ( y ) depends only on y . For a given cross section of the
bar we have:
Resultant force on the cross-section:
b a
z= y=
2 2
∫
F = σ x dA =
A
∫
−b −a
∫ 6K 10 ydydz =0
z= y=
2 2
∫ ∫
M = yσ x dA = 6 K 10 y 2 dA = 6 K10 y 2 dA = 6 K 10 I z
A A
∫
A
where I z = ∫ y 2 dA is the moment of inertia of the cross-sectional area about the z axis.
A
Note that, this is the case of pure bending, (see Figure 6.46). We can also obtain that
M
M = 6 K10 I z ⇒ K10 = .
6I z
Let us analyze the sign of M . According to our sign convention the moment is positive if
the moment vector has the same sense as the axis, e.g. the vector M z is positive if it has
the same sense as the z -axis, (see Figure 6.46). Note also that according to this sign
convention we have σ x < 0 for values of y > 0 , so, for a positive value of M z we have
K 10 < 0 :
−Mz
K 10 =
6I z
Stress field (Pure bending):
− Mz
σ x = 6 K10 y = y ; σy = 0 ; τ xy = 0
Iz
Strain field (pure bending):
σ x 6 K10 y − M z
ε x = E = E = EI y
z
σx 6 K10 y ν M z
ε y = −ν = −ν = y
E E EI z
γ xy = 0
εy
εx
y y
σx σx
Mz
z
a
x
Mz
Cross section
∂f 2 ( x) M z ∂f 1 ( y )
− x = C3 and = −C 3
∂x EI z ∂y
By integrate the above equations we can obtain:
∂f 2 ( x) M z Mz 2
− x = C3 ⇒ f 2 ( x) = C 3 x + x
∂x EI z 2 EI z
∂f 1 ( y )
= −C 3 ⇒ f1 ( y ) = −C 3 y
∂y
with that the displacement field becomes:
−Mz −Mz
u = EI yx + f 1 ( y ) + C1 = EI yx − C 3 y + C1
z z
v = ν M ν M Mz 2 Mz
z
y 2 + f 2 ( x) + C 2 = z
y 2 + C3 x + x + C2 = (ν y 2 + x 2 ) + C 3 x + C 2
2 EI z 2 EI z 2 EI z 2 EI z
where the constants C1 , C2 and C3 can be obtained by means of the problem boundary
conditions. Let us assume that the bar has the boundary condition as indicated in Figure
6.47, in which one end of the beam has a fixed support (clamped or cantileved) and the
other end is free.
y, v
Mz
u = 0
( x = 0, y = 0)
v = 0
x, u
Deformation
u = 0 ∂v
( x = 0, y ≠ 0) and ( x = 0, y ) = 0
v ≠ 0 ∂x
− Mz
u ( x, y ) = EI xy
z
v( x, y ) = M z
(ν y 2 + x 2 )
2 EI z
− Mz
The neutral line corresponds to the line in which σ x = y = 0 . And the defection of the
Iz
Mz 2
neutral line ( y = 0 ) is given by v = x .
2 EI z
Problem 6.37
Obtain the stress field for the problem, without body force, which is represented by the
Airy stress function:
Φ = K 5 xy + K 10 y 3 + K 14 xy 3 (6.118)
As boundary condition (B.C.) consider that
a
at ( y = ± ) ⇒ τ xy = 0
2
at x ⇒ P = ∫ τ xy dA , where A = ab is the area of the rectangular cross section
A
at x = 0 ⇒ M = − PL (Bending moment)
Solution:
For this problem we have
∂Φ ∂Φ
= K 5 y + K14 y 3 ; = K 5 x + 3K 10 y 2 + 3K14 xy 2
∂x ∂y
Then,
∂ 2Φ ∂ 2Φ ∂ 2Φ
σx = = 6 K 10 y + 6 K 14 xy ; σy = =0 ; τ xy = − = −( K 5 + 3K 14 y 2 )
∂y 2 ∂x 2 ∂x∂y
(6.119)
a
Applying the boundary condition ( y = ± ) ⇒ τ xy = 0 , we can conclude that
2
a a2 a2
τ xy ( y = ± ) = − K 5 − 3K 14 =0 ⇒ K 5 = −3K 14
2 4 4
With that the tangential stress becomes
a2 a2 2
τ xy = − − 3K 14 − 3K 14 y 2 = 3K 14 − y
4 4
a2 a2 a2
∫ ∫
P = τ xy dA = 3K 14 − y 2 dA = 3K 14 ∫ dA − y 2 dA = 3K 14
∫ A − I z
4
A A 4 A A 4
a2 3ba 3
⇒ P = 3K 14 ab − I z = 3K 14 − I z = 3K 14 (3I z − I z ) = 6 K 14 I z
4 12
P
⇒ K 14 =
6I z
Then, the stresses given by (6.119) become
P P a2 2
σ x = 6 K 10 y + xy ; σy = 0 ; τ xy = − y (6.120)
Iz 2I z 4
The bending moment M acting at the cross-section can be obtained as follows:
P P
A
∫ A
∫
M ( x) = σ x ydA = 6 K 10 y +
I z
xy ydA = 6 K 10 y 2 dA +
A 23
I z A 23
∫
x y 2 dA ∫
1 1
=I z =I z
P
⇒ M ( x) = 6 K 10 I z + xI z
Iz
⇒ M ( x) = 6 K 10 I z + Px
The constant K10 can be obtained by means of the B.C.: x = 0 ⇒ M = − PL :
− PL
M ( x = 0) = 6 K 10 I z = − PL ⇒ K 10 =
6I z
Then, the stresses given by (6.119) become
Py P a2
σx = ( x − L) ; σy = 0 ; τ xy = − y2 (6.121)
Iz 2 I z 4
The strain-stress relationship ( ε(σ ) ) for the state of plane stress is given by:
ε11 ε x 1 −ν 0 σx
ε = ε = 1 − ν 1
0 σ y
22 y E
2ε12 γ xy 0 0 2(1 + ν ) τ xy
Py
Py ( x − L) (6.122)
1 −ν 0 I ( x − L) EI z
1 z Py
= − ν 1 0 0 = −ν ( x − L)
E EI z
2(1 + ν ) P a − y 2
2
0 0
P (1 + ν ) a 2
2I z 4 − y 2
EI z 4
By considering that
−P ∂κ z −P
κz = ( x − L) ; ≡ κz,x =
EI z ∂x EI z
the equation in (6.122) can be rewritten as follows
Py
( x − L)
ε11 ε x EI z
− κz y
ε = ε = − ν Py ( x − L)
22 y = ν κ z y
EI z
2ε12 γ xy 2
− (1 + ν ) κ z , x a − y 2
P(1 + ν ) a 2
− y 2 4
EI z 4
(1 + ν ) κ z , x 2 a 2
− κz y y −
ε11 ε12 2 4
⇒ =
ε12 ε 22 (1 + ν ) κ z , x y 2 − a
2
ν κ y
4
z
2
Note that this problem was already established in Problem 6.33.
Problem 6.38
Obtain the stress field for a problem (without body force) for the problem represented in
Figure 6.48.
y y A = ab
b
x z 2
Qy Qy b
2
qy = p
a
L L ab 3
2 2 ∫
I z = y 2 dA =
A
12
Figure 6.48
−b
at ( y = ) ⇒ σy = − p ; τ xy = 0
2
L pL
at ( x = ± ) ⇒
2 ∫τ
A
xy dA = Qy = m
2
; ∫ σ dA = F
A
x x =0 ; ∫σ
A
x ydA = Mz = 0
Solution:
The following must hold at any point of the beam:
∂ 4Φ ∂ 4Φ ∂ 4Φ
+ 2 + =0 ; ∇ 4xr Φ = 0 ; Φ ,iijj = 0 (i, j = 1,2) (6.124)
∂x 4 ∂x 2∂y 2 ∂y 4
Then, let us take the derivatives:
Φ = K 4 x 2 + K8 x 2 y + K10 y 3 + K11 x 4 + K17 x 4 y + K19 x 2 y 3 + K 21 y 5
∂Φ
= 2 K 4 x + 2 K 8 xy + 4 K11 x 3 + 4 K17 x 3 y + 2 K19 xy 3
∂x
∂ 2Φ
2
= 2 K 4 + 2 K 8 y + 12 K11 x 2 + 12 K17 x 2 y + 2 K19 y 3
∂x
∂ 3Φ
= 24 K11 x + 24 K17 xy
∂x 3
∂ 4Φ
= 24 K11 + 24 K17 y
∂x 4
Φ = K 4 x 2 + K 8 x 2 y + K10 y 3 + K11 x 4 + K17 x 4 y + K19 x 2 y 3 + K 21 y 5
∂Φ
= K 8 x 2 + 3K10 y 2 + K17 x 4 + 3K19 x 2 y 2 + 5 K 21 y 4
∂y
∂ 2Φ
= 6 K10 y + 6 K19 x 2 y + 20 K 21 y 3
∂y 2
∂ 3Φ
3
= 6 K10 + 6 K19 x 2 + 60 K 21 y 2
∂y
∂ 4Φ
= 120 K 21 y
∂y 4
∂ ∂ 2Φ ∂ 4Φ ∂
2
2
= 2 2
= 2 (2 K 4 + 2 K8 y + 12 K11 x 2 + 12 K17 x 2 y + 2 K19 y 3 ) = 12 K19 y
∂y ∂x ∂y ∂x ∂y
∂ ∂ 2Φ ∂ 4Φ ∂
2
2
= 2 2
= 2 (6 K10 y + 6 K19 x 2 y + 20 K 21 y 3 ) = 12 K19 y = 12 K19 y
∂x ∂y ∂x ∂y ∂x
∂ 2Φ − ∂
τ xy = − = ( K 8 x 2 + 3K10 y 2 + K17 x 4 + 3K19 x 2 y 2 + 5 K 21 y 4 ) = −2 K 8 x − 4 K17 x 3 − 6 K19 xy 2
∂x∂y ∂x
(6.128)
Note that σ y is not a function of x , thus K17 = 0 , then:
∂ 2Φ 2 3
σ x = 2 = 6 K10 y + 6 K19 x y + 20 K 21 y
∂y
∂ 2Φ 3
σ y = 2 = 2 K 4 + 2 K 8 y + 2 K19 y (6.129)
∂ x
∂ 2Φ
τ xy = − = −2 K 8 x − 6 K19 xy 2
∂x ∂y
Taking into account that K17 = 0 , the equation (6.127) becomes:
K17 + K19 + 5 K 21 = 0 ⇒ K19 + 5 K 21 = 0 ⇒ K19 = −5 K 21 (6.130)
With that the stress field (6.129) can be rewritten as follows:
∂ 2Φ 2 3 3 2
σ x = 2 = 6 K10 y + 6(−5 K 21 ) x y + 20 K 21 y = 6 K10 y + (20 y − 30 x y ) K 21
∂y
∂ 2Φ
σ
y = 2
= 2 K 4 + 2 K 8 y + 2(−5K 21 ) y 3 = 2 K 4 + 2 K 8 y − 10 K 21 y 3 (6.131)
∂ x
∂ 2Φ
τ xy = − = −2 K 8 x − 6(−5 K 21 ) xy 2 = −2 K 8 x + 30 K 21 xy 2
∂x ∂y
b 15b 2 b b
3
σ y ( ) = 2K 4 + − 10 K 21 = 0
2 2 2 2
15b 3 10b 3 10b 3 (6.134)
⇒ 2 K 4 + − K 21 = 0
⇒ K 4 + K 21 = 0
4 8 8
− 5b3 −4
⇒ K4 = K 21 ⇒ K 21 = K4
4 5b 3
Then, the equation in (6.133):
15b 2 − 5b 3 15b 2
σ y ( y ) = 2 K 4 + y − 10 y 3 K 21 ⇒ σ y ( y) = 2 K 21 + y − 10 y 3 K 21
2 4 2
(6.135)
− 5b3 15b 2
⇒ σ y ( y ) = + y − 10 y 3 K 21
2 2
−b
2) at ( y = ) ⇒ σ y = − p . Then:
2
− 5b 3 15b 2 − 5b 3 15b 2 p
σ y ( y ) = + y − 10 y 3 K 21 ⇒ σ y ( y ) = + y − 10 y 3 3
2 2 2 2 5b (6.138)
− p 3p 2p
⇒ σ y ( y) = + y − 3 y3
2 2b b
and
3 2 3 2 p 3 2 p
σ x = 6 K10 y + (20 y − 30 x y ) K 21 = 6 K10 y + (20 y − 30 x y ) 3 = 6 K10 y + (4 y − 6 x y ) 3
5b b
− p 3p 2p
σ y = + y − 3 y3
2 2b b
2 3p p 2 − 3p 6p
τ xy = −2 K8 x + 30 K 21 xy = −2 x + 30 3 xy = x + 3 xy 2
4
b 5b 2b b
(6.139)
To determine the coefficient K10 we must apply the boundary condition:
L
at ( x = ± ) ⇒
2 ∫σ
A
x ydA = Mz = 0
L p
2
∫ A
∫
M z = σ x ydA = 6 K10 y + 4 y 3 − 6 y 3 ydA = 0
2 b
A
a b
4p 4 6p L 2 2 2
ab 5
∫
⇒ 6 K10 y 2 dA + ∫ ∫ y dA = 0 ∫
y 4 dA =
∫∫
2
3
y dA − 3 ∴ y 4 dydz =
b A b 4 A 80
A A − a −b
2 2
4 p ab 5 3 pL2 12 p ab 3 3 pL2
⇒ 6 K10 I z + − Iz = 0 ⇒ 6 K10 I z + − Iz = 0
b 3 80 2b 3 20b 12 2b 3
p pL2 L2 1
⇒ K10 + − 3 =0 ⇒ K10 = p 3 −
10b 4b 4b 10b
Then, the stress field becomes:
p L2 1 p
σ x = 6 K10 y + (4 y − 6 x y ) 3 = 3 p 3 − y + (4 y − 6 x y ) 3
3 2 3 2
b 2b 5b b
− p 3p 2p
σ y = + y − 3 y3 (6.140)
2 2b b
−3p 6p 2
τ xy = 2b x + b 3 xy
L2 1
σ x = 3 p − y + (4 y 3 − 6 x 2 y ) p
2 12 I z 5 12 I z 12 I z
2
a ab a
aL 2
ab
2
ap
⇒ σ x = 3 p − y + (4 y 3 − 6 x 2 y )
24 I z 60 I z 12 I z
pa L2 b 2 ap
⇒ σx = − y + (4 y 3 − 6 x 2 y )
I z 8 20 12 I z
⇒ σx =
pa
160 I z
20 L2 − 8b 2 y +( ap
12 I z
)
(4 y 3 − 6 x 2 y )
σx =
pa
160 I z
(
20 L2 y −
pa
160 I z
)
8b 2 y +
ap
12 I z
(
(4 y 3 ) − )
ap
12 I z
(6 x 2 y )
⇒ σx =
pa 2
8I z
(
L − 4x2 y +
pa
60 I z
)
20 y 3 − 3b 2 y ( )
− p 3p 2p −p 3p 2p 3
σy = + y − 3 y3 = + y− y
2 2b b 2 12 I 12 Iz
2 2z
ab a
⇒ σy =
pa
24 I z
(
− b 3 + 3b 2 y − 4 y 3 )
− 3p 6p − 3p 6p
τ xy = x + 3 xy 2 = x+ xy 2
2b b 12 I z 12 I z
2 2
ab a
⇒ τ xy =
pa
8I z
(
4 y2 − b2 x )
Then we can also express the stress field as follows, (Sechler (1952)):
σ x =
pa 2
8I z
(L − 4x2 y +
pa
60 I z
)
20 y 3 − 3b 2 y ( )
σ y =
pa
24 I z
(
− b3 + 3b 2 y − 4 y 3 ) (6.141)
pa
τ xy = (4 y 2 − b 2 ) x
8I z
Stress Function References
LAIER, J.E. & BARREIRO, J.C. (1983). Complementos de Resistências dos Materiais. Publicação
073/92, São Carlos, Universidade de São Paulo, Escola de Engenharia de São Carlos.
SECHLER, E. (1952). Elasticity in Engineering. John Willey & Sons, Inc. New York.
UGURAL, A.C. & FENSTER, S.K. (1981). Advanced strength and applied elasticity. Edward Arnold,
London - U.K.
v (3)
u ( 3)
3
v ( 2)
Ω u (2)
2
y, v
v (1)
x, u 1 u (1)
εx =
∂u ∂N1 (1) ∂N 2 ( 2 ) ∂N 3 (3) ∂
=
∂x ∂x
u +
∂x
u +
∂x
u =
∂x
N1u (1) + N 2u ( 2 ) + N 3u (3) =
∂u
∂x
( )
εy =
∂v ∂N1 (1) ∂N 2 ( 2) ∂N 3 (3) ∂
=
∂y ∂y
v +
∂y
v +
∂y
v =
∂y
N1v (1) + N 2v ( 2 ) + N 3v (3) =
∂v
∂y
( )
Thus,
u (1)
(1)
v
u ( x, y ) N1 0 N2 0 N3 0 u ( 2 )
= ⇒ {u( x, y )} = [ N ( x, y )]{u( e ) }
v( x, y ) 0 N1 0 N2 0 N 3 v ( 2 )
u (3)
( 3)
v
Note also that
∂u u (1)
∂
∂ 0 0 (1)
ε x ∂x ∂x v
∂x
∂v ∂ u ( x, y ) ∂ N1 0 N2 0 N3 0 u ( 2 )
ε y = = 0 = 0
∂y ∂y v( x, y ) ∂y 0 N1 0 N2 0 N 3 v ( 2)
γ xy ∂u ∂v ∂ ∂ ∂ ∂
u (3)
+ ∂y ∂x ∂y ∂x (3)
∂y ∂x v
or in compact form:
{ε ( x, y)} = [ L(1) ]{u( x, y)} = [ L(1) ][ N ( x, y)]{u (e) } = [ B( x, y)]{u (e) } (6.144)
The stress-strain relationship for two-dimensional problem, (see Problem 6.25)), can be
expressed as follows:
E = E
1 ν
σx 0 εx if state of plane stress
E
ν 1
0 εy ν = ν
σ y = 1 − ν 2
τ xy 1−ν E
0 0 γ xy ∴ E = (1 − ν 2 ) (6.145)
2 if state of plane strain
ν = ν
{σ ( x, y )} = [C ( 2 D ) ]{ε ( x, y )} (1 − ν )
Then, if we consider the relationship between the strain field {ε ( x, y )} and the nodal
displacement {u(e) } , (see equation (6.144)), we can express the stress in terms of nodal
displacement:
{σ ( x, y )} = [C ( 2 D ) ]{ε ( x, y )} ⇒ {σ ( x, y )} = [C (2 D ) ][ B( x, y )]{u(e) }
Problem 6.40
Consider a linear elastic problem and let us adopt the linear approximation for the
displacement field {u( x, y )} for two-dimensional problem, (see Figure 6.50):
u ( x, y ) = a1 + a2 x + a3 y
{u( x, y )} = (6.146)
v( x, y ) = a4 + a5 x + a6 y
where ak ( k = 1,2,3,4,5,6) are constants to be determined.
{u( x, y)}
v (3)
{ε ( x, y )}
u ( 3) {σ ( x, y )}
( x ( 3) , y ( 3) )
3 Nodal displacement
( 2)
v
u (1)
(1)
u (2) v
2
u
( x, y ) ( 2)
( x ( 2) , y (2) ) {u ( e ) } = ( 2 )
Ω v
v (1)
u (3)
y 1 t - thickness ( 3)
(1)
(x , y ) (1) v
A - triangle area
u (1)
V = At - volume
x
Figure 6.50: Domain Ω .
or in matrix form:
u (1) 1 x (1) y (1) 0 0 0 a1
(1)
v 0 0 0 1 x (1) y (1) a2
u ( 2 ) 1 x ( 2 ) y ( 2) 0 0 0 a3
( 2) = ⇔ {u (e ) }6×1 = [ A ]6×6 {α }6×1
v 0 0 0 1 x ( 2) y ( 2 ) a 4
u (3) 1 x (3) y ( 3) 0 0 0 a5
( 3)
v 0 0 0 1 x ( 3) y (3) a6
Then, if the inverse of [A ] is known the vector {α } can be determined, i.e.:
{u ( e ) } = [ A ]{α } ⇒ [ A ]−1{u ( e ) } = [ A ]−1[ A ]{α } ⇒ [ A ]−1{u ( e ) } = [1]{α } = {α }
⇒ {α } = [ A ]−1{u ( e ) }
And by substituting the above equation into the displacement field (6.147) we can obtain:
{u( x, y )} = [ X ]{α } ⇒ {u( x, y )} = [ X ][ A ] −1 {u (e ) } = [ N ]{u ( e ) } (6.148)
Note that by definition the shape function relates the function field to the nodal value of the
function, so, we can conclude that the shape functions to approach the displacement field
are:
[ N ]2×6 = [ X ]2×6 [ A ]6−×16 (6.149)
The matrix [ A ]−1 is given by:
x ( 2 ) y ( 3) x (3) y (1) x (1) y ( 2)
( 2 ) ( 3) 0 0 0
− y x − y (3) x (1)
− y (1) x ( 2 )
( y ( 2 ) − y ( 3) ) 0 ( y (3) − y (1) ) 0 ( y (1) − y ( 2 ) ) 0
−1 1 ( x ( 3) − x ( 2 ) ) 0 ( x (1) − x (3) ) 0 ( x ( 2 ) − x (1) ) 0
[A ] =
2A x ( 2 ) y ( 3) x (3) y (1) x y(1) ( 2 )
0 0 0
− y ( 2 ) x ( 3) − y (3) x (1) − y (1) x ( 2 )
0 ( y ( 2 ) − y ( 3) ) 0 ( y (3) − y (1) ) 0 ( y (1) − y ( 2 ) )
0 (x ( 3)
−x ) ( 2)
0 (x (1)
−x )( 3)
0 ( x ( 2 ) − x (1) )
where A is the triangle area. Then, after the matrix multiplication in (6.149) is taken place
we can obtain:
N1 ( x , y ) 0 N 2 ( x, y ) 0 N 3 ( x, y ) 0
[N ] =
0 N1 ( x, y ) 0 N 2 ( x, y ) 0 N 3 ( x, y )
where
1 ( 2) ( 3) ( 3) (2) ( 2 ) ( 3) ( 2 ) ( 3)
N1 ( x, y ) = 2 A [ x( y − y ) + y ( x − x ) + ( x y − y x )]
1
N 2 ( x, y ) = [ x( y (3) − y (1) ) + y ( x (1) − x (3) ) + ( x (3) y (1) − y (3) x (1) )] (6.150)
2 A
1 (1) (2) ( 2) (1) (1) ( 2 ) (1) ( 2 )
N 3 ( x, y ) = 2 A [ x( y − y ) + y ( x − x ) + ( x y − y x )]
In Problem 5.23 we have shown that
{ f ( e ) } = [k ( e ) ]{u (e ) }
where the matrix [B] relates strain field to nodal displacements, (see Problem 5.23), i.e.:
∂u u (1)
∂
∂ 0 0 (1)
ε x ∂x ∂x v
∂x
∂v ∂ u ( x, y ) ∂ N1 0 N 2 0 N 3 0 u ( 2 )
ε y = = 0 = 0
∂y ∂y v( x, y ) ∂y 0 N1 0 N 2 0 N 3 v ( 2)
γ xy ∂u ∂v ∂ ∂
∂ ∂
u (3)
+ ∂y ∂x ∂y ∂x ( 3)
∂y ∂x 1 444444442 r 444r 444443 v
(1 )
=[ L ] [ N ( x )]=[B ( x )]
r r r r
or {ε ( x )} = [ L(1) ] {u( x )} = [ L(1) ] [ N ( x )]{u( e ) } = [B( x )] {u( e ) } .
By considering the shape functions (6.150), the matrix [B] becomes:
∂ ∂N1 ∂N 2 ∂N 3
0 0 0 0
∂x ∂x ∂x ∂x
r ∂ N1 0 N2 0 N3 0 ∂N1 ∂N 2 ∂N 3
[B( x )] = 0 = 0 0 0
∂y 0 N1 0 N2 0 N 3 ∂y ∂y ∂y
∂ ∂ ∂N ∂N1 ∂N 2 ∂N 2 ∂N 3 ∂N 3
1
∂y ∂x ∂y ∂x ∂y ∂x ∂y ∂x
where
∂N 1 1 ∂ 1
= [ x( y ( 2 ) − y (3) ) + y ( x (3) − x ( 2 ) ) + ( x (1) y (3) − y ( 2) x (3) )] = ( y ( 2) − y (3) )
∂x 2 A ∂x 2A
∂N 1 1 ∂ 1
= [ x( y ( 2 ) − y (3) ) + y ( x (3) − x ( 2 ) ) + ( x (1) y (3) − y ( 2 ) x (3) )] = ( x ( 3) − x ( 2 ) )
∂y 2 A ∂y 2A
∂N 2 1 ∂ 1
= [ x( y (3) − y (1) ) + y ( x (1) − x (3) ) + ( x (3) y (1) − y (3) x (1) )] = ( y (3) − y (1) )
∂x 2 A ∂x 2A
∂N 2 1 ∂ 1
= [ x( y (3) − y (1) ) + y ( x (1) − x (3) ) + ( x (3) y (1) − y (3) x (1) )] = ( x (1) − x (3) )
∂y 2 A ∂y 2A
∂N 3 1 ∂ 1
= [ x( y (1) − y ( 2 ) ) + y ( x ( 2 ) − x (1) ) + ( x (1) y ( 2 ) − y (1) x ( 2 ) )] = ( y (1) − y ( 2 ) )
∂x 2 A ∂x 2A
∂N 3 1 ∂ 1
= [ x( y (1) − y ( 2 ) ) + y ( x ( 2 ) − x (1) ) + ( x (1) y ( 2 ) − y (1) x ( 2 ) )] = ( x ( 2) − x (1) )
∂y 2 A ∂y 2A
∫
V
∫
[k ( e ) ]6×6 = [B]T [C ( 2 D ) ] [B] dV = [B]T [C ( 2 D ) ] [B] dV = [B]T6×3 [C ( 2 D ) ]3×3 [B]3×6 At
V (6.154)
123
=V = At
where the matrix [C ( 2 D ) ] for 2D case was obtained in Problem 6.25, i.e.:
E = E
1 ν
σx 0 εx if state of plane stress
E
ν 1
0 εy ν = ν
σ y = 1 − ν 2
τ xy 1−ν E
0 0 γ xy ∴ E = (1 − ν 2 ) (6.155)
2 if state of plane strain
ν = ν
{σ ( x, y )} = [C ( 2 D ) ]{ε ( x, y )} (1 − ν )
The stress field can also be expressed in terms of nodal displacements as follows:
{σ ( x, y)} = [C ( 2 D ) ]{ε ( x, y )} = [C (2 D ) ][B( xr )] {u (e) } (6.156)
NOTE 1: Note that we can obtain the explicit form of the stiffness matrix by means of the
matrix multiplications given by equation in (6.154), but in some cases the explicit form of
the stiffness matrix is not so easy to be obtained, then we resort to Numerical Integration (also
called Quadrature) in order to solve numerically the integral (6.151).
The explicit form of (6.154) follows. The matrix [Bi ]3×2 from the equation (6.153) can be
rewritten as follows:
∂N i
0
∂x a i 0
∂N i 1
[B i ]3×2 = 0 = 0 bi
∂y 2 A
∂N bi a i
∂N i
i
∂y ∂x
Then, the equation in (6.154) can be rewritten as follows
[k ( e ) ] = At[B]T6×3 [C ( 2 D ) ]3×3 [B]3×6
[B1 ]T
T
⇒ [k ] = At [B2 ] [C
(e) (2 D)
] [[B1 ] [B2 ] [B3 ]]
[B3 ]T
[B1 ]T [C ( 2 D ) ]
⇒ [k ( e ) ] = At [B2 ]T [C ( 2 D ) ] [[B1 ] [B2 ] [B3 ]]
[B3 ]T [C ( 2 D ) ]
[B1 ] [C
T (2 D) T
][B1 ] [B1 ] [C (2 D)
][B2 ] [B1 ]T [C ( 2 D ) ][B3 ]
⇒ [k ( e ) ] = At [B2 ]T [C ( 2 D ) ][B1 ] [B2 ]T [C ( 2 D ) ][B2 ] [B2 ]T [C ( 2 D ) ][B3 ]
[B ]T [C ( 2 D ) ][B ] [B ]T [C ( 2 D ) ][B ] [B ]T [C ( 2 D ) ][B ]
3 1 3 2 3 3
where
ai C11a j + bi C33b j ai C12b j + bi C33a j
[k ij ]2×2 =
bi C12 a j + ai C33b j bi C22b j + ai C33a j
where
k11(e ) = a12 C11 + b12 C33 ; k12( e ) = a1C12b1 + b1C33 a1 ; k13( e ) = a1C11a2 + b1C33b2 ;
k14(e ) = a1C12b2 + b1C33 a2 ; k15( e ) = a1C11a3 + b1C33b3 ; k16( e ) = a1C12b3 + b1C33 a3 ;
k 22(e ) = b12 C22 + a12 C33 ; k 23( e ) = b1C12 a2 + a1C33b2 ; k 24( e ) = b1C22b2 + a1C33 a2 ;
k 25(e ) = b1C12 a3 + a1C33b3 ; k 26( e ) = b1C22b3 + a1C33 a3 ; k33( e ) = a22 C11 + b22 C33 ; (6.158)
k34(e ) = a2 C12b2 + b2 C33 a2 ; k35( e ) = a2 C11a3 + b2 C33b3 ; k36( e ) = a2 C12b3 + b2 C33a3 ;
k 44(e ) = b22 C22 + a22 C33 ; k 45( e ) = b2 C12 a3 + a2 C33b3 ; k 46( e ) = b2 C22b3 + a2 C33 a3 ;
k55(e ) = a32 C11 + b32 C33 ; k56( e ) = a3 C12b3 + b3 C33 a3 ; k 66( e ) = b32 C22 + a32 C33 ;
with
a1 = y ( 2 ) − y (3) ; a2 = y (3) − y (1) ; a3 = y (1) − y ( 2 ) ;
(6.159)
b1 = x (3) − x ( 2) ; b2 = x (1) − x (3) ; b3 = x ( 2 ) − x (1) .
NOTE 2: The shape functions for Strain Constant Triangle can be appreciated in Figure
6.51. Note that the shape function N1 at node 1 has the value equal to 1 and assumes zero
for the remaining nodes:
1
N1 ( x, y ) = [ x ( y ( 2 ) − y (3) ) + y ( x (3) − x ( 2 ) ) + ( x ( 2 ) y (3) − y ( 2 ) x (3) )]
2A
1 (1) ( 2 )
( x = x (1) , y = y (1) ) ⇒ N1 ( x (1) , y (1) ) = [ x ( y − y (3) ) + y (1) ( x (3) − x ( 2 ) ) + ( x ( 2) y (3) − y ( 2 ) x (3) )] = 1
2A
And the summation of the shape functions must be equal to 1, i.e. N1 + N 2 + N 3 = 1 .
3
2
1
N1 1
N1 + N 2 + N 3 = 1
+
1
N2
1
=
+
N3
NOTE 3: Another way to obtain the shape function follows. Let us consider only the
displacement according to x -direction:
a1
u ( x, y ) = a1 + xa2 + ya3 = [1 x y ]a2 (6.160)
a
3
and its nodal values
u (1) = a1 + x (1) a2 + y (1) a3 u (1) 1 x (1) y (1) a1
(2)
u ( 2) = a1 + x ( 2 ) a2 + y ( 2 ) a3 ⇒ u = 1 x
( 2)
y ( 2 ) a2
u (3) 1 x (3) y (3) a3
u (3) = a1 + x (3) a2 + y (3) a3
In Problem 1.16 we have used the Cramer’s rule to obtain the solution for the above set of
equations, i.e.:
u (1) x (1) y (1) 1 u (1) y (1) 1 x (1) u (1)
u ( 2) x( 2) y ( 2) 1 u ( 2) y (2) 1 x ( 2) u (2)
u ( 3) x ( 3) y ( 3) 1 u (3) y ( 3) 1 x (3) u ( 3)
a1 = ; a2 = ; a3 =
1 x (1) y (1) 1 x (1) y (1) 1 x (1) y (1)
1 x (2) y (2) 1 x (2) y (2) 1 x( 2) y ( 2)
1 x ( 3) y ( 3) 1 x ( 3) y ( 3) 1 x ( 3) y ( 3)
1 u (1) y (1)
1 y (2) ( 2) 1 y (1) ( 3) 1 y (1)
1 u ( 2) y ( 2 ) = −u (1) + u − u
1 y ( 3) 1 y ( 3) 1 y (2)
1 u ( 3) y ( 3)
1 x (1) u (1)
1 x( 2) ( 2) 1 x
(1)
( 3) 1 x (1)
1 x (2) u ( 2 ) = u (1) − u + u
1 x ( 3) 1 x ( 3) 1 x (2)
1 x ( 3) u ( 3)
Then, the displacement field given by the equation in (6.160) can be expressed as follows:
u ( x, y ) = a1 + xa2 + ya3
1 x (1) y (1)
x ( 2) y ( 2) x (1) y (1) x (1) y (1)
⇒ 1 x( 2) y ( 2 ) u ( x, y ) = u (1) (3) − u ( 2) + u ( 3) +
x y ( 3) x ( 3) y ( 3) x (2) y ( 2)
1 x ( 3) y ( 3)
1 y ( 2) (2) 1 y (1) ( 3) 1 y (1) (1) 1 x ( 2 ) ( 2) 1 x
(1)
( 3) 1 x (1)
x − u (1) + u − u + y u − u + u
1 y ( 3) 1 y ( 3) 1 y (2) 1 x ( 3) 1 x ( 3) 1 x( 2)
1 x (1) y (1)
x( 2) y (2) 1 y ( 2) 1 x ( 2)
⇒ 1 x( 2) y ( 2 ) u ( x, y ) = u (1) (3) −x +y +
x y ( 3) 1 y ( 3) 1 x (3)
1 x ( 3) y ( 3)
(6.161)
x (1) y (1) 1 y (1) 1 x (1) (3) x (1) y (1) 1 y (1) 1 x (1)
u ( 2 ) − ( 3) + x − y +u − x + y
x y ( 3) 1 y ( 3) 1 x ( 3) x( 2) y ( 2) 1 y (2) 1 x (2)
Note also that
1 x y
x( 2)
(1) y ( 2) 1 y ( 2) 1 x( 2)
u 1 ( 3) − x + y = u 1 x ( 2)
(1)
y ( 2)
x y ( 3) 1 y ( 3) 1 x ( 3)
1 x ( 3) y ( 3)
1 x (1) y (1)
x (1) y (1) 1 y (1) 1 x (1)
u ( 2) − 1 (3) + x − y = u (2) 1 x y
x y ( 3) 1 y ( 3) 1 x ( 3)
1 x ( 3) y ( 3)
1 x (1) y (1)
x (1) y (1) 1 y (1) 1 x (1)
u ( 3) ( 2 ) − x + y = u ( 3) 1 x ( 2 ) y ( 2)
x y ( 2) 1 y ( 2) 1 x( 2)
1 x y
1 x y 0 0 1
∂
1 x ( 2) y ( 2)
1 x (2)
y ( 2)
∂y
∂N1 1 x ( 3) y ( 3) 1 x ( 3) y (3) x ( 3) − x ( 2 )
= = =
∂y 1 x (1) y (1) 1 x (1) y (1) 2A
1 x ( 2) y ( 2) 1 x ( 2) y ( 2)
1 x ( 3) y ( 3) 1 x (3) y ( 3)
1 x y ∫ dA ∫ xdA ∫ ydA
1 x( 2) y (2)
∫ 1 x ( 2) y ( 2 ) dA
1 x ( 3) y ( 3)
1 x (3) y ( 3)
∫ N dA =
1
1 x (1) y (1)
=
1 x (1) y (1)
1 x (2) y ( 2) 1 x (2) y (2)
1 x ( 3) y ( 3) 1 x ( 3) y ( 3)
NOTE 3.1: The procedure used to obtain the shape functions given by equations in
(6.162) can be extrapolated in order to obtain the shape functions for other elements. For
example, let us consider the tetrahedron element with 4 nodes, (see Figure 6.52), in which
r
u ( x ) ≡ u ( x, y, z ) = a1 + xa2 + ya3 + za4 (linear function).
By analogy with the shape functions (6.162) and by considering the relationship between
the nodal displacements and the coefficients ai , (see Figure 6.52), the shape functions can
be obtained as follows:
where V stands for the tetrahedron volume. Then, the displacement field becomes:
u ( x, y, z ) = N1u (1) + N 2u ( 2 ) + N 3u (3) + N 4u ( 4)
r r
By considering the same approximation for the fields v( x ) and w( x ) , we can obtain:
u (1)
(1)
v
w(1)
(2)
u
v ( 2)
u ( x, y, z ) N1 0 0 N2 0 0 N3 0 0 N4 0 0 (2)
w
v ( x, y , z ) = 0 N1 0 0 N2 0 0 N3 0 0 N4 0 (3) (6.164)
w( x, y, z ) 0 u
0 N1 0 0 N2 0 0 N3 0 0 N 4 (3)
v
( 3)
w
u (4)
v ( 4)
(4)
w
r r
{u( x )} = [ N ( x )]{u(e ) } (6.165)
In order to construct the polynomial we can resort to the Pascal’s polynomial in 3D, (see
Figure 6.53).
1 constant term
x z linear terms
y
x2 quadratic terms
z2
xz
xy yz
2
y
x3 z3 cubic terms
2
x z xz 2
x2 y yz 2
xy 2 y2z
y3
η = ξ2
L1 = 1 − ξ − η
(ξ ( 3)= 0,η ( 3)= 1) L2 = ξ
3 L3 = η
1 2 ξ = ξ1
(ξ = 0,η = 0)
(1) (1)
(ξ ( 2)= 1,η ( 2)= 0)
r
Now, we will consider the displacement field u ( x ) which is approached by a quadratic
function, (see Figure 6.55):
r
u ( x ) ≡ u ( x, y, z ) = a1 + xa2 + ya3 + x 2 a4 + xya5 + y 2 a6
The polynomial can be easily obtained by means of Pascal’s polynomial, (see Figure 6.42).
Note also that to define the coefficients ai (i = 1,2,...,6) we will need to define 6 nodes. The
nodal values by using the above polynomial become:
u (1) 1 y (1) a1
2 2
x (1) y (1) x (1) x (1) y (1)
( 2) 2 2
u 1 x( 2) y ( 2) x ( 2) x ( 2) y ( 2 ) y ( 2 ) a2
u (3) 1 x ( 3) y ( 3) x ( 3) 2
x ( 3) y ( 3)
2
y (3) a3
( 4) = ( 4) 2 2 ⇔ {u} = [ H ]{a}
u 1 x( 4) y ( 4) x x ( 4) y ( 4 ) y ( 4 ) a4
u (5) 1 x ( 5) y ( 5) x ( 5)
2
x ( 5) y ( 5 )
2
y (5) a5
(6)
u 1 x ( 6) y ( 6) x(6)
2
x ( 6) y ( 6 ) y (6 ) a6
2
Nodal displacement
v (3) u (1)
(1)
u ( 3) v
( x ( 3) , y ( 3) ) u ( 2 )
3
v ( 5) (2)
v
u (5) u (3)
v ( 6) 5
v ( 2) (e) v ( 3)
( x ( 5) , y ( 5) ) {u } = ( 4 )
u (6) u
( x (6) , y (6) )
6 u (2) v( 4)
v ( 4) 2
( 5)
(4)
( x ( 2) , y (2) ) u
4 u v ( 5)
v (1)
y 1 ( x (4) , y (4) ) u ( 6)
(6)
( x (1) , y (1) ) v
u (1)
x
Figure 6.55: Triangle domain – quadratic function.
r
Then, the shape function N1 ( x ) can be obtained as follows:
1 x y x2 xy y2
2 2
1 x( 2) y ( 2) x (2) x ( 2 ) y ( 2) y ( 2)
2 2
1 x ( 3) y ( 3) x ( 3) x ( 3) y ( 3) y (3)
2 2
1 x( 4) y ( 4) x (4) x ( 4 ) y ( 4) y ( 4)
2 2
1 x ( 5) y ( 5) x ( 5) x ( 5) y ( 5) y ( 5)
2 2
r 1 x ( 6) y (6) x(6) x ( 6 ) y ( 6) y (6)
N1 ( x ) =
H
η = ξ2
N1 = (2 L1 − 1) L1
(ξ ( 3)= 0,η ( 3)= 1)
N 2 = (2 L2 − 1) L2
3 N 3 = (2 L3 − 1) L3
N 4 = 4 L1 L2
(ξ (5)= 12 ,η ( 5)= 12 ) N 5 = 4 L2 L3
(ξ ( 6)= 0,η ( 6)= 12 )
6 5 N 6 = 4 L1 L3
∑N a =1
1 4 2 ξ = ξ1 a =1
NOTE 3.3: Another example: let us consider the quadrangular element, (see Figure 6.57),
in which the displacement field can be approached by the function:
u ( x, y ) = a1 + a 2 x + a 3 y + a 4 xy
v( x, y ) = a 5 + a 6 x + a 7 y + a 8 xy
v (3)
Nodal displacement
v ( 4) ( x ( 3) , y ( 3) )
u ( 3) u (1)
3 (1)
( x ( 4) , y ( 4) )
u (4) v
4 u ( 2 )
v ( 2) ( 2)
Ω (e ) v
{u } = (3)
2 u (2) u
v (1) ( x, y ) v ( 3)
( x ( 2) , y (2) ) (4)
1 u
y v ( 4)
( x (1) , y (1) )
u (1)
1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
1 a 0 0 1 a 0 0
1 x y xy 1 a b ab
1 0 b 0 1 1 x y xy 1
N3 = = xy ; N4 = = (ay − xy)
1 0 0 0 ab 1 0 0 0 ab
1 a 0 0 1 a 0 0
1 a b ab 1 a b ab
1 0 b 0 1 0 b 0
where
1 0 0 0
1 a 0 0
= −(ab)2
1 a b ab
1 0 b 0
y Shape functions
v (3) 1
v ( 4) N1 = (ab − bx − ay + xy)
ab
( x ( 4) = 0, y ( 4) = b) u (4) ( x (3) = a, y ( 3) = b) u ( 3) 1
N2 = (bx − xy )
4 3 ab
1
N3 = xy
ab
b 1
Ω N4 = (ay − xy)
v (1) ab
( x, y ) v ( 2)
1 2 x 4
u (2)
∑N a =1
( x(1) = 0, y (1) = 0) u (1) ( x ( 2) = a, y ( 2) = 0) a =1
We can apply the same procedure to obtain the shape functions in the normalized space,
(see Figure 6.59). Then, if we replace ( x, y ) by (ξ ,η ) in the shape functions (6.167) we can
obtain:
1 ξ η ξη 1 ξ η ξη
1 ξ ( 2)
η ( 2) ξ η
( 2) (2)
1 1 −1 −1
1 ξ η
( 3) ( 3)
ξ η
( 3) ( 3)
1 1 1 1
1 ξ ( 4)
η ( 4) x η
( 4) ( 4 )
1 −1 1 −1 1
N1 = = = (1 − ξ )(1 − η ) ;
1 ξ (1) η (1) ξ (1)η (1) 1 −1 −1 1 4
1 ξ ( 2) η ( 2) ξ η
( 2) (2) 1 1 −1 −1
1 ξ ( 3) η ( 3) ξ η
( 3) ( 3) 1 1 1 1
1 ξ ( 4) η ( 4) ξ η
( 4) (4) 1 −1 1 −1
1 −1 −1 1 1 −1 −1 1
1 ξ η ξη 1 1 −1 −1
1 1 1 1 1 ξ η ξη
1 −1 1 −1 1 1 −1 1 −1 1
N2 = = (1 + ξ )(1 − η ) ; N 3 = = (1 + ξ )(1 + η ) ;
1 −1 −1 1 4 1 −1 −1 1 4
1 1 −1 −1 1 1 −1 −1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 −1 1 −1 1 −1 1 −1
1 −1 −1 1
1 1 −1 −1
1 1 1 1 1 −1 −1 1
1 ξ η ξη 1 1 1 −1 −1
N4 = = (1 − ξ )(1 + η ) where = −16 (6.168)
1 −1 −1 1 4 1 1 1 1
1 1 −1 −1 1 −1 1 −1
1 1 1 1
1 −1 1 −1
v ( 4) ξ 2 ≡η v (3) 1
N1 = (1 − ξ )(1 − η )
4
(ξ ( 4)= −1,η ( 4)= 1) u (4) (ξ ( 3)= 1,η ( 3)= 1) u ( 3) 1
N 2 = (1 + ξ )(1 − η )
4 3 4
1
ξ1 ≡ ξ N 3 = (1 + ξ )(1 + η )
4
v ( 2) 1
N 4 = (1 − ξ )(1 + η )
v (1)
1 2 4
u ( 2)
4
(ξ (1)= −1,η (1)= −1) u (1)
(ξ = 1,η = −1)
( 2) (2) ∑N
a =1
a =1
NOTE 3.4: Another example: let us consider a one-dimensional case in which the
displacement field is approach by a quadratic function ( u ( x) = a1 + a2 x + a3 x 2 ), so we will
need three points in order to define the quadratic function, (see Figure 6.60). Next, we will
obtain the shape functions Ni (x) in order to express the displacement field:
u ( x) = N1u (1) + N 2u ( 2 ) + N 3u (3)
Nodal displacement
x u (1)
{u ( e ) } = u ( 2)
1 u (1) 2 u (2) 3 u ( 3) u (3)
( x (1) ) ( x( 2) ) ( x( 3) )
( 2) 2
u ( x) = a1 + a2 x + a3 x 2 Nodal
val
ues
→ u = 1 x
( 2)
x ( 2 ) a2
u (3) 1 x (3) x (3) a3
2
And the shape functions become:
2 2
1 x x2 1 x (1) x (1) 1 x (1) x (1)
2 2
1 x ( 2) x (2) 1 x x2 1 x ( 2) x (2)
2 2
1 x ( 3) x ( 3) 1 x ( 3) x ( 3) 1 x x2
N1 ( x) = 2
; N 2 ( x) = 2
; N 3 ( x) = 2
(6.169)
1 x (1) x (1) 1 x (1) x (1) 1 x (1) x (1)
2 2 2
1 x ( 2) x (2) 1 x (2) x ( 2) 1 x ( 2) x (2)
2 2 2
1 x ( 3) x ( 3) 1 x ( 3) x ( 3) 1 x ( 3) x ( 3)
Let us consider a particular case which is described in Figure 6.61. For this particular case
the shape functions N i (x) are:
1 x x2 1 0 02 1 0 02
1 L2 ( L2 ) 2 1 x x2 1 L2 ( L2 ) 2
2
1 L L2 3x 2 x 2 ; N = 1 L L = 4x − 4 x2 ; N = 1 x x2 − x 2 x2
N1 = 2
=1− + 2 2 2 2 3 2
= + 2
1 0 0 L L 1 0 0 L L 1 0 0 L L
1 L
2
( L2 ) 2 1 L
2
( L2 ) 2 1 L2 ( L2 ) 2
2 2
1 L L 1 L L 1 L L2
Nodal displacement
x u (1)
{u ( e ) } = u ( 2)
1 u (1) 2 u (2) 3 u ( 3) u (3)
( x (1) = 0) L ( x ( 3) = L)
( x( 2) = )
2
Note that the above shape functions are the same as the one obtained in Problem 5.26
NOTE 1. We can also apply the equations in (6.169) for another system which is described
in Figure 6.62.
Then, by considering the nodal values given by Figure 6.62, the equation (6.169) becomes:
1 ξ ξ2 1 − 1 (−1) 2 1 − 1 (−1) 2
1 0 02 1 ξ ξ2 1 0 02
1 1 12 ξ 1 1 12 1 ξ ξ2 ξ
N1 = 2
= (ξ − 1) ; N 2 = = 1− ξ 2 ; N3 = = (1 + ξ )
1 − 1 (−1) 2 1 − 1 (−1) 2
1 − 1 (−1) 2 2
1 0 02 1 0 02 1 0 02
1 1 12 1 1 12 1 1 12
(6.170)
ξ
ξ1 ≡ ξ N1 = (ξ − 1)
2
N2 = 1− ξ 2
1 u (1) 2 u (2) 3 u ( 3) ξ
N3 = (1 + ξ )
(ξ (1)= −1) (ξ ( 2)= 0) (ξ (3)= 1) 2
NOTE 3.5: Another example: let us consider a one dimensional case in which the
displacement field (according to z -direction) is approached by a cubic function
( w( x) = a1x 3 + a2 x 2 + a3 x + a4 ), (see Figure 6.63). The nodal “displacement” vector is
represented by:
w(1)
(1)
(e) w′
{u } = ( 2 )
w
w′( 2 )
where w′ is the derivative of w( x) with respect to x . Next, we will obtain the shape
functions in order to obtain the displacement field:
w( x) = N1w(1) + N 2 w′(1) + N 3 w( 2 ) + N 4 w′( 2 )
z y
Nodal displacement
w(1)
(1)
w( 2) , w′( 2) w′
w(1) , w′(1) (e)
{u } = ( 2 )
w
x w′( 2 )
( x (1) = 0 ) 1 L 2
( x ( 2) = L )
w( x = 0) = w(1) = a4 w(1) 0 0 0 1 a1
(1)
w′( x = 0) = w′(1) = a3 w′ 0 0 1 0 a2
Matricial
→ ( 2) = 3
w L L2 L 1 a3
( 2) 3 2
w( x = L) = w = a1 L + a2 L + a3 L + a4
w′( 2 ) 3L2
2 L 1 0 a4
w′( x = L) = w′( 2 ) = 3a1L2 + 2a2 L + a3
Then, the shape functions can be obtained as follows
x3 x2 x 1 0 0 0 1
3 2
0 0 1 0 x x x 1
3 2
L L L 1 L3 L2 L 1
2L 1 0 x
3 2
3L2 x 3L2 2L 1 0 x3 2 x 2
N1 = = 2 − 3 + 1 ; N2 = = 2 − + x ;
0 0 0 1 L L 0 0 0 1 L L
0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0
L3 L2 L 1 L3 L2 L 1
3L2 2L 1 0 3L2 2L 1 0
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1
0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0
x3 x2 x 1 L3 L2 L 1
2L 1 0 x x
3 2
3L2 x3 x2 x 1 x3 x 2
N3 = = − 2 + 3 ; N4 = = 2 −
0 0 0 1 L L 0 0 0 1 L L
0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0
L3 L2 L 1 L3 L2 L 1
3L2 2L 1 0 3L2 2L 1 0
Then,
w = N1 w (1) + N 2 w′(1) + N 3 w ( 2 ) + N 4 w′( 2 )
x 3 x 2 x3 2x 2 x 3 x 2 x3 x 2
w = 2 − 3 + 1 w (1) + 2 − + x w′(1) + − 2 + 3 w ( 2) + 2 − w′( 2 )
L L L L L L L L
3x 2 2x 1 0 0 0 0 1
2
0 0 1 0 3x 2x 1 0
L3 L2 L 1 L3 L2 L 1
3L2 2 L 1 0 6 x 2 6 x ∂N1 3L2 2 L 1 0 3x 2 4 x ∂N 2
N1 = = 3 − 2 = ; N2 = = 2 − +1 =
0 0 0 1 L L ∂x 0 0 0 1 L L ∂x
0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0
3 2
L L L 1 L3 L2 L 1
3L2 2L 1 0 3L2 2L 1 0
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1
0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0
3x 2 2x 1 0 L3 L2 L 1
3L2 2L 1 0 6 x 2 6 x ∂N 3 3x 2 2 x 1 0 3x 2 2 x ∂N 4
N3 = =− 3 + 2 = ; N4 = = 2 − =
0 0 0 1 L L ∂x 0 0 0 1 L L ∂x
0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0
L3 L2 L 1 L3 L2 L 1
3L2 2L 1 0 3L2 2L 1 0
then
∂N1 (1) ∂N 2 (1) ∂N 3 ( 2 ) ∂N 4 ( 2 )
w′ = w + w′ + w + w′
∂x ∂x ∂x ∂x
w′ = N1 w (1) + N 2 w′ (1) + N 3 w ( 2 ) + N 4 w′ ( 2 )
6x2 6x 3 x 2 4 x (1) 6 x 2 6 x ( 2 ) 3 x 2 2 x ( 2 )
w′ = 3 − 2 w (1) + 2 − + 1 w′ + − 3 + 2 w + 2 − w′
L L L L L L L L
Next, let us consider a very simple problem which was already discussed in Problem 5.25-
NOTE 4. In this case the function is linear, (see Figure 6.64), so, u ( x) = a1 + a2 x , and
u (1) 1 x (1) a1
(2) = (2)
u 1 x a2
Then, the shape functions for this problem can be obtained as follows:
1 x 1 x (1)
1 x (2) ( x ( 2) − x) 1 x ( x − x (1) )
N1 ( x) = = ; N 2 ( x) = = (6.171)
1 x (1) ( x ( 2 ) − x (1) ) 1 x (1) ( x ( 2 ) − x (1) )
1 x (2) 1 x ( 2)
x Nodal displacement
u (1)
1 u (1) 2 u (2) {u ( e ) } = ( 2 )
u
( x (1) ) ( x( 2) )
Now if we consider the normalized space, (see Figure 6.65), the shape functions become:
ξ
1 1 ξ 1 −1
1 ξ ( 2)
1 1 (1 − ξ ) 1 ξ (1 + ξ )
N1 (ξ ) = = = ; N 2 (ξ ) = =
1 ξ (1) 1 −1 2 1 −1 2
1 ξ ( 2) 1 1 1 1
ξ
1
N1 = (1 − ξ )
2
1 u (1) 2 u (2) 1
N 2 = (1 + ξ )
2
(ξ (1)= −1) (ξ ( 2)= 1)
x( f )
ξ
x (i )
2
1 (ξ ( 2)= 1)
(ξ (1)= −1)
Note that the equation in (6.172) is the transformation between the normalized system
(Figure 6.65) and the Cartesian system (Figure 6.64).
When the displacement and the geometry are approached by the same shape functions the
element is called Isoparametric Element.
For example, for the element with 3-nodes, described in Figure 6.62, we have:
(ξ − ξ (1) )(ξ − ξ ( 2 ) )(ξ − ξ (3) )
N a( 2 ) (ξ ) =
(ξ ( a ) − ξ (1) )(ξ ( a ) − ξ ( 2 ) )(ξ ( a ) − ξ (3) )
N ( 3) (ξ − ξ (1) )(ξ − ξ ( 2 ) )(ξ − ξ ( 4 ) ) [ξ − ( −1)][ξ − ( −31 )](ξ − 1) 9
= = = (1 − ξ 2 )(1 + 3ξ )
3 (ξ − ξ )(ξ − ξ )(ξ − ξ ) [( 3 ) − (−1)][( 3 ) − ( 3 )][( 3 ) − 1] 16
( 3) (1) ( 3) (2) ( 3) ( 4) 1 1 −1 1
( 3) (ξ − ξ (1) )(ξ − ξ ( 2 ) )(ξ − ξ (3) ) [ξ − (−1)][ξ − ( −31 )][ξ − ( 13 )] 1
N4 = = = (9ξ 2 − 1)(1 + ξ )
(ξ − ξ )(ξ − ξ )(ξ − ξ ) [(1) − (−1)][(1) − ( 3 )][(1) − ( 3 )] 16
(4) (1) (4) ( 2) (4) ( 3) − 1 1
1 2 3 4
The shape functions for the element with 5-nodes described in Figure 6.68 can be obtained
as follows:
(ξ − ξ (1) )(ξ − ξ ( 2 ) )(ξ − ξ (3) )(ξ − ξ ( 4 ) )(ξ ( a ) − ξ (5) )
N a( 4 ) (ξ ) =
(ξ ( a ) − ξ (1) )(ξ ( a ) − ξ ( 2 ) )(ξ ( a ) − ξ (3) )(ξ ( a ) − ξ ( 4) )(ξ ( a ) − ξ (5) )
Then
( 4) (ξ − ξ ( 2 ) )(ξ − ξ (3) )(ξ − ξ ( 4) )(ξ ( a ) − ξ (5) ) 1
N1 (ξ ) = = ξ (4ξ 2 − 1)(ξ − 1)
(ξ − ξ )(ξ − ξ )(ξ − ξ )(ξ − ξ ) 6
(1) (2) (1) ( 3) (1) ( 4) (1) (5)
( 4) (ξ − ξ (1) )(ξ − ξ ( 2 ) )(ξ − ξ ( 4 ) )(ξ ( a ) − ξ (5) )
N 3 (ξ ) = = ξ (1 − ξ 2 )(1 − 4ξ 2 )
(ξ − ξ )(ξ − ξ )(ξ − ξ )(ξ − ξ )
( 3) (1) ( 3) (2) ( 3) ( 4) ( 3) ( 5)
N ( 4) (ξ ) = (ξ − ξ (1) )(ξ − ξ ( 2 ) )(ξ − ξ (3) )(ξ − ξ ( 4 ) ) 1
= ξ (4ξ 2 − 1)(1 + ξ )
5 (ξ − ξ )(ξ − ξ )(ξ − ξ )(ξ − ξ ) 6
( 5) (1) ( 5) (2) ( 5) ( 3) ( 5) ( 4)
1 2 3 4 5
Quadratic Element ( 2) 1
N1 (ξ ) = 2 ξ (ξ − 1)
( 2 )
N 2 (ξ ) = (1 − ξ )
2
ξ (1) = −1 ξ ( 2) = 0 ξ ( 3) = 1 1
N 3( 2 ) (ξ ) = ξ (ξ + 1)
2
Cubic Element ( 3) 1
N1 (ξ ) = 16 (9ξ − 1)(1 − ξ )
2
N (3) (ξ ) = 9 (1 − ξ 2 )(1 − 3ξ )
2 16
ξ (1) = −1 ξ ( 2) = −31 ξ (3) = 13 ξ ( 4) = 1 N (3) (ξ ) = 9 (1 − ξ 2 )(1 + 3ξ )
3 16
1
N 4(3) (ξ ) = (9ξ 2 − 1)(1 + ξ )
16
Quartic Element ( 4) 1
N1 (ξ ) = 6 ξ (4ξ − 1)(ξ − 1)
2
N ( 4 ) (ξ ) = 4 ξ (ξ 2 − 1)(1 − 2ξ )
2 3
( 4)
N 3 (ξ ) = ξ (1 − ξ )(1 − 4ξ )
2 2
ξ (1) = −1 ξ ( 2) = − 12 ξ (3) = 0 ξ ( 4) = 12 ξ ( 5) = 1
4
N 4( 4 ) (ξ ) = ξ (1 − ξ 2 )(1 + 2ξ )
3
( 4) 1
N 5 (ξ ) = ξ (4ξ − 1)(1 + ξ )
2
6
N (ξ ,η ) = N (1) (ξ ) N (1) (η ) = 1 (1 + ξ ) 1 (1 − η ) = 1 (1 + ξ )(1 − η )
2 2 1
2 2 4
(6.175)
1 1 1
N (ξ ,η ) = N (1) (ξ ) N (1) (η ) = (1 + ξ ) (1 + η ) = (1 + ξ )(1 + η )
3 2 2
2 2 4
1 1 1
N 4 (ξ ,η ) = N1(1) (ξ ) N 2(1) (η ) = (1 − ξ ) (1 + η ) = (1 − ξ )(1 + η )
2 2 4
N (ξ ,η ) = N ( 2) (ξ ) N ( 2 ) (η ) = (1 − ξ 2 ) 1 η (η − 1) = 1 η (1 − ξ 2 )(η − 1)
2 1 1
2 2
N 3 (ξ ,η ) = N1( 2 ) (ξ ) N1( 2) (η ) = ξ (ξ + 1) η (η − 1) = 1 ξη (ξ + 1)(η − 1)
1 1
2 2 4
1 1
N 4 (ξ ,η ) = N 3( 2) (ξ ) N 2( 2 ) (η ) = ξ (ξ + 1)(1 − η 2 ) = ξ (ξ + 1)(1 − η 2 )
2 2
1 1 1
N 5 (ξ ,η ) = N 3 (ξ ) N 3 (η ) = ξ (ξ + 1) η (η + 1) = ξη (ξ + 1)(η + 1)
( 2) ( 2)
(6.176)
2 2 4
1 1
N 6 (ξ ,η ) = N 2 (ξ ) N 3 (η ) = (1 − ξ ) 2 η (η + 1) = 2 η (1 − ξ )(η + 1)
( 2) ( 2) 2 2
N (ξ ,η ) = N ( 2) (ξ ) N ( 2 ) (η ) = 1 ξ (ξ − 1) 1 η (η + 1) = 1 ξη (ξ − 1)(η + 1)
7 1 3
2 2 4
1 1
N 8 (ξ ,η ) = N1( 2 ) (ξ ) N 2( 2) (η ) = ξ (ξ − 1)(1 − η 2 ) = ξ (ξ − 1)(1 − η 2 )
2 2
N 9 (ξ ,η ) = N 2 (ξ ) N 2 (η ) = (1 − ξ )(1 − η ) = (1 − ξ )(1 − η )
( 2) (2) 2 2 2 2
η ( 3) = 1
7 6 5
η ) = η (η − 1)
1
N1( 2) (
2
4 ξ
N 2( 2) (η ) = (1 − η 2 ) η (2) = 0 8 9
1
N 3( 2) (η ) = η (η + 1) ( 2) 1
2 1 2 3 N1 (ξ ) = 2 ξ (ξ − 1)
η (1) = −1 ( 2)
N 2 (ξ ) = (1 − ξ )
2
1
N 3( 2) (ξ ) = ξ (ξ + 1)
ξ (1) = −1 ξ (2) = 0 ξ ( 3) = 1 2
For the rectangle with 16 nodes, (see Figure 6.70), the shape functions are obtained by
combining the 1D shape functions for 1D element with 4 nodes Ni(3) , i.e.:
N1 (ξ ,η ) = N1(3) (ξ ) N1(3) (η ); N 2 (ξ ,η ) = N 2(3) (ξ ) N1(3) (η ); N 3 (ξ ,η ) = N 3(3) (ξ ) N1(3) (η );
N 4 (ξ ,η ) = N 4(3) (ξ ) N1(3) (η ); N 5 (ξ ,η ) = N 4(3) (ξ ) N 2(3) (η ); N 6 (ξ ,η ) = N 4(3) (ξ ) N 3(3) (η );
N 7 (ξ ,η ) = N 4(3) (ξ ) N 4(3) (η ); N 8 (ξ ,η ) = N 3(3) (ξ ) N 4(3) (η ); N 9 (ξ ,η ) = N 2(3) (ξ ) N 4(3) (η );
(6.177)
N10 (ξ ,η ) = N1(3) (ξ ) N 4(3) (η ); N11 (ξ ,η ) = N 4(3) (ξ ) N 3(3) (η ); N12 (ξ ,η ) = N 4(3) (ξ ) N 2(3) (η );
N13 (ξ ,η ) = N 2(3) (ξ ) N 2(3) (η ); N14 (ξ ,η ) = N 3(3) (ξ ) N 2(3) (η ); N15 (ξ ,η ) = N 3(3) (ξ ) N3(3) (η );
N16 (ξ ,η ) = N 2(3) (ξ ) N 3(3) (η )
η η
η (4) = 1
10 9 8 7
16 15
η (3) = 13 11 6
ξ
η ( 2) = −31 12 13 14 5
1 2 3 4
η (1) = −1
ξ
ζ
ζ ζ =1 8
7
ζ ( 2)
=1 5
η
6
η = −1
4
3 ξ
η
ζ (1)
= −1 1
ξ =1
2
η ( 2) = 1
ξ (1) = −1
ξ ( 2) = 1 η (1) = −1
ξ
Figure 6.71: Hexahedron element with 8 nodes – linear function – normalized space.
The shape functions for the hexahedron element with 27 nodes in the normalized space,
(Oñate (1992)), can be obtained by combining the shape functions for 1D according to the
directions ξ , η and ζ , (see Figure 6.72).
ζ η
8 19 7
ζ 20 25 18
17 6
ζ ( 3) = 1 5
16 24 15
27 ξ
21
26
23 η
ζ ( 2)
=0 13
11 14
4
22 3 η ( 3) = 1
12
9 10 η (2) = 0
1
ζ (1)
= −1
2
η (1) = −1
ξ (1) = −1 ξ (2) = 0 ξ ( 3) = 1 ξ
Figure 6.72: Hexahedron element with 27 nodes – quadratic function – normalized space.
L1=1
L1=0.8
L1=0.6
L1=0.4
L1=0.2
L1=0.0
3 3
1
1 b L1 A1
L1 1
h1
2 2
h
(a) (b)
L1 = 0
3
A1 2 ( L1 , L2 , L3 )
( L1 , L2 , L3 )
A3 (0,1,0)
(0,0,1) A2 P ( x, y )
P( L1 , L2 , L3 )
L3 = 0
L2 = 0
y
1 ( L1 , L2 , L3 )
x (c)
(1,0,0)
If the function is in terms of area coordinates f = f ( L1, L2 , L3 ) , the derivative with respect
to x and y can be obtained as follows:
3 3
∂f ∂f ∂La ∂f ∂f ∂La
∂x
= ∑ a =1 ∂La ∂x
;
∂y
= ∑ ∂L
a =1 a ∂y
(6.190)
L3 = 1 L3 = 0
L2 = 0 L1 = 0
3 2
L2 = 1
L1 = 0
L1 = 1
y
L3 = 0
1
L2 = 0
Triangle with 6-nodes, (see Figure 6.75). For this case we have:
( L1 − L1( 4 − 6 ) )( L1 − L1( 2 −3) ) ( L1 − 12 )( L1 − 0)
N1 = = = L1 (2 L1 − 1)
( L1(1) − L1( 4 − 6 ) )( L1(1) − L1( 2 − 3) ) (1 − 12 )(1 − 0)
( L2 − L(24 −5) )( L2 − L(21− 3) ) ( L2 − 12 )( L2 − 0)
N2 = = = L2 (2 L2 − 1)
( L(22) − L(24 −5) )( L(22 ) − L(21− 3) ) ( L(22 ) − 12 )( L(22 ) − 0)
( L3 − L(36 − 5) )( L3 − L(31− 2 ) ) ( L − 1 )( L − 0)
N3 = ( 3) ( 6 − 5) ( 3) (1− 2 )
= (33) 12 (33) = L3 (2 L3 − 1)
( L3 − L3 )( L3 − L3 ) ( L3 − 2 )( L3 − 0)
N 4 = N 4 ( L1 ) N 4 ( L2 ) = 4 L1L2
N 5 = N 5 ( L2 ) N 5 ( L3 ) = 4 L2 L3
N 6 = N 6 ( L1 ) N 6 ( L3 ) = 4 L1L3
L3 = 1 L3 = 1
2
L3 = 0
L1 = 0
3 5 2
L2 = 1
L1 = 1
2
6 4
L2 = 1
2
L1 = 1
y
1
L2 = 0
x
Figure 6.75: Area coordinates – Triangle with 6-nodes.
Note that the node 4, (see Figure 6.76), depends on coordinates L1 and L2 :
L3 = 2
3
L3 = 13 L3 = 0
(L1,L2,L3) (L1,L2,L3)
3 7 6 2
(0,0,1) (0,1,0)
L1 = 0
8 5
10
L2 = 2
3
L1 = 1
3
9 4
L2 = 13
y L1 = 2
3
1
L2 = 0
(L1,L2,L3)
x
(1,0,0)
NOTE 6: Transformation between the Original System and the Normalized Space.
To obtain the transformation between the original system and the normalized space we will
make an analogy with the Continuum Kinematics discussed in Chapter 2 in Chaves (2013).
Let us suppose that the Reference Configuration represents the Normalized space and the
Current Configuration represents the Original system, (see Figure 6.77). In Figure 6.77, F
is the Jacobian (“Deformation Gradient”), J = det ( F ) ≡ F represents the Jacobian
r r
determinant, σ ( x ) is the Cauchy Stress tensor, S ( X ) is the Second Piola-Kirchhoff stress
r
tensor, E ( X ) is the Green-Lagrange strain tensor.
r r r
dx = F ( X ) ⋅ dX
X2 = ξ 2 ≡η
dV = J dV0
dV
r r σ
dV0 dX = dξ x2 = y r
dx
E, S X1 = ξ 1 ≡ ξ
X3 = ξ 3 ≡ ζ x1 = x
1
The inverse can easily be obtained by using the definition F −1 = [cof ( F )]T , i.e.:
J
T
F22 F23 F21 F23 F21 F22
−
F32 F33 F31 F33 F31 F32
∂X i ∂ξ i 1 F12 F13 F11 F13 F F12
Fij−1 = = = − − 11 (6.194)
∂x j ∂x j J F32 F33 F31 F33 F31 F32
F12 F13 F11 F13 F11 F12
−
F22 F23 F21 F23 F21 F22
Note that for the two-dimensional case the above equations become:
∂x ∂x
∂xi F11 F12 ∂ξ ∂η
Fij2 D = = = (6.195)
∂X j F21 F22 ∂y ∂y
∂ξ ∂η
−1 1
and F ( 2 D ) = (2D)
[cof ( F ( 2 D ) )]T :
J
T
∂y ∂y
−
1 ∂η ∂ξ
T
∂X i ∂ξ i 1 F22 − F21
( Fij2 D ) −1 = = = = (6.196)
∂x j ∂x j J − F12 F11 J − ∂x ∂x
∂η ∂ξ
r
The stiffness matrix is defined in the original space (current configuration - x ) and by using
the transformation dV = J dV0 we can obtain:
r r r r
∫
V
∫
[k ( e ) ] = [B( x )]T [C ] [B( x )] dV = [B( x )]T [C ] [B( x )] J dV0
V0
(6.197)
Note that the integrand is defined in the original space. Let us adopt that the geometry can
be approached by the same shape functions as those used to approach the displacement
(Isoparametric Element), i.e.:
n r n r n r
x1 = x = ∑ N a (ξ ) x ( a ) ; x2 = y = ∑ N a (ξ ) y ( a ) ; x3 = z = ∑ N a (ξ ) z ( a ) (6.198)
a =1 a =1 a =1
where n is the number of nodes. With that the Jacobian can be obtained as follows:
n r (a) n r n r
a =1
∑
∂ N a (ξ ) x
∑
∂ N a (ξ ) x ( a )
a =1
∑
∂ N a (ξ ) x ( a )
a =1
∂ξ ∂η ∂ζ
∂x ∂x ∂x
r r r ( a )
∂ζ ∂ N (ξ ) y ( a ) n n
n
∂ξ
∂y
∂η
∂y ∂y a =1
∑
a
∑
∂ N a (ξ ) y ( a )
a =1
∑
∂ N a (ξ ) y
a =1
Fij = = (6.199)
∂ξ ∂η ∂ζ ∂ξ ∂η ∂ζ
∂z ∂z ∂z n r r r (a )
n n
∂ξ ∂η ∂ζ
a =1
∑
∂ N a (ξ ) z ( a )
∑
∂ N a (ξ ) z ( a )
a =1
∑
∂ N a (ξ ) z
a =1
∂ξ ∂η ∂ζ
which can also be expressed as follows:
r r r
∂N a (ξ ) ( a ) ∂N a (ξ ) ( a ) ∂N a (ξ ) ( a )
x x x
∂ξ r ∂η r ∂ζ r
n
r ∂N (ξ ) ( a ) ∂N a (ξ ) ( a ) ∂N a (ξ ) ( a )
Fij (ξ ) = ∑ a
a =1 ∂ξ r
y
∂η r
y
∂ζ r
y
(6.200)
∂N (ξ ) ∂N a (ξ ) ( a ) ∂N a (ξ ) ( a )
a z (a ) z z
∂ξ ∂η ∂ζ
r
To obtain the matrix [B( x )] we have to calculate the derivative of the shape functions
r r
N ( x ) with respect to ( x ) . Recall that given a scalar field in the Reference configuration
r r
φ ( X ) and the same scalar field defined in the Current configuration φ ( x ) the follow is
true:
r r r r r
r ∂φ ( X ) ∂φ ( X ( x )) ∂x ∂φ ( x ) r
∇ Xr φ ( X ) ≡ r = r ⋅ r = r ⋅ F = ∇ xrφ ( x ) ⋅ F
∂X ∂x ∂X ∂x
and
r r r r r
∂φ ( x ) ∂φ ( x ( X )) ∂ ∂φ r r
⋅ r = r ) ⋅ F −1 = {∇ Xr φ ( X )} ⋅ F −1 = F −T ⋅ {∇ Xr φ ( X )}
X ( X
r
∇ xrφ ( x ) ≡ r = r
∂x ∂X ∂x ∂X
r r r r
So, if we consider that φ ( x ) = N a ( x ) and X = ξ we can conclude that:
r r r r r r
r ∂ ( N ( x )) ∂ ( N ( x (ξ ))) ∂ξ ∂ ( N (ξ )) ∂ ( N (ξ ))
∇ xr ( N a ( x )) = a
r = a
r ⋅ r= a
r ⋅F = F ⋅
−1 − T a
r (6.201)
∂x ∂ξ ∂x ∂ξ ∂ξ
which in indicial notation becomes:
r r r r r
r ∂ ( N a ( x )) ∂ ( N a ( x (ξ ))) ∂ξ k ∂( N a (ξ )) −1 −1 ∂ ( N a (ξ ))
( N a ( x )),i = = = Fki = Fki (6.202)
∂xi ∂ξ k ∂xi ∂ξ k ∂ξ k
More explicitly we have:
r r r r
r ∂( N a (ξ )) −1 ∂ ( N a (ξ )) −1 ∂( N a (ξ )) −1 ∂ ( N a (ξ )) −1
( N a ( x )),i = Fki = F1i + F2i + F3i
∂ξ k ∂ξ 1 ∂ξ 2 ∂ξ 3
r r r (6.203)
∂( N a (ξ )) −1 ∂ ( N a (ξ )) −1 ∂( N a (ξ )) −1
= F1i + F2i + F3i
∂ξ ∂η ∂ζ
The equation (6.202) can also be expressed in matrix form as follows:
r
r
∂ ( N a ( x )) ∂ ( N a (ξ ))
∂ ξ r
∂x1 r r r r
1
∂ ( N a ( x )) ∂ ( N a (ξ )) ∂ ( N a (ξ )) ∂ ( N a (ξ )) −1 −1 T ∂ ( N (ξ ))
= [ Fki ] = [ Fki ]
a
(6.204)
∂x2 r ∂ξ 1 ∂ξ 2 ∂ξ 3 ∂ξ 2r
∂ ( N a ( x )) ∂ ( N a (ξ ))
∂x
3 ∂ξ 3
For two-dimensional case we have:
r r
∂ ( N a ( x )) ∂ ( N a (ξ ))
∂x
−1 T ∂ξ 1r
∂ ( N ( xr )) = [ Fki ]
1
a ∂ ( N a (ξ ))
∂x2 ∂ξ
2
r (6.205)
r
∂ ( N a ( x )) ∂y ∂y ∂( N a (ξ ))
−
1 ∂η ∂ξ ∂ξ r
⇒ ∂ ( N∂x( xr )) =
∂x ∂x ∂( N (ξ ))
a
J − a
∂y ∂η ∂ξ ∂η
where we have used the equation in (6.196) in order to express [ Fki−1 ]T for 2D case.
x( f )
where we have considered that Pa = ∫ N ( x)dx . Note that we can use the normalized space
a
x (i )
to solve Pa . Then, by considering the equations (6.172) and (6.173) we can obtain that:
x( f ) 1 1
( x ( f ) − x (i ) ) ( x ( f ) − x (i ) ) ( x ( f ) − x (i ) )
Pa = ∫ N a ( x)dx = N a (ξ ) ∫
−1
2
dξ =
2 −1
∫
N a (ξ )dξ =
2
Wa
x(i )
If we are using a quadratic function, (see equations in (6.170)), to approach the function
f (x) , the parameters Wa ( a = 1,2,3 ) can be obtained as follows:
1 1 1 1
ξ 1 4
−1
∫
W1 = N1 (ξ )dξ = (ξ − 1) dξ =
−1
2 3 ∫ ; ∫
W2 = N 2 (ξ )dξ = (1 − ξ 2 )dξ =
−1
∫
−1
3
1 1
ξ 1
−1
∫
W3 = N 3 (ξ )dξ = (1 + ξ ) dξ =
−1
2 3 ∫
3 3
For example, let us obtain numerically the integral ∫
2
∫
f ( x)dx = (4 x 2 + 5 x)dx = 37.833 . Let
2
us consider that
x( f ) 3
( x ( f ) − x (i ) ) ( x ( f ) − x (i ) )
∫ f ( x)dx =
2
∑a =1
( f aWa ) =
2
( f1W1 + f 2W2 + f 3W3 )
x( i )
where
f1 = f ( x = 2) = 4 × (2)2 + 5 × (2) = 26 ; f 2 = f ( x = 2.5) = 4 × (2.5) 2 + 5 × (2.5) = 37.5
f 3 = f ( x = 3) = 4 × (3) 2 + 5 × (3) = 51
Then
x( f )
( x ( f ) − x (i ) ) (3 − 2) 1 4 1
∫ f ( x)dx =
2
( f1W1 + f 2W2 + f3W3 ) =
2 3
26 + 37.5 + 51 = 37.833
3 3
x(i )
which matches the exact solution. This particular numerical integration is known as Newton-
Cotes formula. There are other quadratures more suitable, (Bathe (1996)), e.g. Gauss-Legendre
Quadrature which is widely used in the Finite Element Technique in order to obtain
r r
numerically the integrals, for example, the stiffness matrix [k ( e ) ] = ∫ [B( x )]T [C ] [B( x )] dV .
V
In general, the numerical integration for 1D, 2D and 3D, in the Normalized Space, are
represented respectively by:
np
∫ f (ξ )dξ = ∑W
L0 p =1
p f (ξ p )
nq np
∫ f (ξ ,η ,ζ )dξdη = ∑∑W W
A0 q =1 p =1
q p f (ξ p ,η q ) (6.206)
nr nq np
∫ f (ξ ,η ,ζ )dξdηdζ = ∑∑∑W W W
V0 r =1 q =1 p =1
r q p f (ξ p ,η q ,ζ r )
where n p , nq and nr are the number of integration points according to the directions ξ ,
η and ζ , respectively. The weight Wi and the point (ξ p ,η q ,ζ r ) in which the function is
evaluated f (ξ p ,η q ,ζ r ) will depend on the numerical technique employed. For example, by
using the Gauss-Legendre interpolation the integration points and the weights are given by
Table 6.2, (Bathe (1996), Oñate (1992), Chaves&Mínguez(2009)).
∫ f (ξ )dξ = ∑W
p =1
p f (ξ p )
−1
Problem 6.41
Returning to three-dimensional problem, obtain the explicit form for the stiffness matrix,
from the relationship { f ( e ) } = [k ( e ) ]{u (e ) } , by considering the tetrahedron as sub-domain,
(see Figure 6.52). Consider that the displacement fields are approached by considering a
r
linear function {u( x )} = [ N ]{u(e ) } , (see equation (6.164)). Consider also the Orthotropic
Symmetry for the elasticity tensor.
Hint: Use the information given by NOTE 3.1 in Problem 6.40.
Solution:
r r
We have to obtain the explicit form of [k ( e ) ] = ∫ [B( x )]T [C ] [B( x )] dV .
V
r
The relationship between the infinitesimal strain field {ε ( x )} and the nodal displacement
r r r
{u (e ) } is given by {ε ( x )} = [ L(1) ] {u( x )} = [ L(1) ][ N ]{u( e ) } = [B( x )] {u( e ) } , (see Problem 5.8):
∂u ∂
∂x ∂x 0 0
∂v ∂
εx 0 0
ε ∂y ∂y
y ∂w ∂ u ( xr )
ε 0 0
{ε } = z = ∂u ∂z ∂v = ∂ ∂ ∂z v( xr )
γ xy + 0 w( xr )
γ yz ∂y ∂x ∂y ∂x
∂v ∂w ∂ ∂
γ xz + 0 ∂z ∂y
∂z ∂y
∂u + ∂w ∂ 0
∂
∂z ∂x ∂z ∂x
r r
and by considering the displacement field {u( x )} = [ N ( x )]{u(e ) } , (see equation (6.164)), we
can obtain:
u (1)
(1)
∂ v
∂x 0 0
w(1)
∂ (2)
0 0 u
∂y v( 2)
∂ N 0 0 N2 0 0 N3 0 0 N4 0 0 ( 2)
0 0 1 w
{ε } = ∂ ∂z 0 N1 0 0 N2 0 0 N3 0 0 N4 0 (3)
∂
0 0 0 N1 0 0 N2 0 0 N3 0 0
u
N 4 ( 3)
∂y ∂x v
∂ ∂ ( 3)
0 w
∂z ∂y u (4)
∂ 0
∂
∂z ∂x v( 4)
( 4)
w
r
Then, the [B( x )] matrix becomes
∂
∂x 0 0
∂
0 0
∂y
∂ N 0 0 N2 0 0 N3 0 0 N4 0 0
0 0 1
r
[B( x )] = ∂ ∂z 0 N1 0 0 N2 0 0 N3 0 0 N4 0
∂
0 0 0 N1 0 0 N2 0 0 N3 0 0 N 4
∂y ∂x
∂ ∂
0
∂z ∂y
∂ ∂
∂z 0
∂x
∂N 1 ∂N 2 ∂N 3 ∂N 4
∂x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
∂x ∂x ∂x
∂N 1 ∂N 2 ∂N 3 ∂N 4
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
∂y ∂y ∂y ∂y
∂N 1 ∂N 2 ∂N 3 ∂N 4
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
[B] = ∂N ∂z ∂z ∂z ∂z
1 ∂N 1 ∂N 2 ∂N 2 ∂N 3 ∂N 3 ∂N 4 ∂N 4
0 0 0 0
∂y ∂x ∂y ∂x ∂y ∂x ∂y ∂x
∂N 1 ∂N 1 ∂N 2 ∂N 2 ∂N 3 ∂N 3 ∂N 4 ∂N 4
0 0 0 0
∂z ∂y ∂z ∂y ∂z ∂y ∂z ∂y
∂N 1 ∂N 1 ∂N 2 ∂N 2 ∂N 3 ∂N 3 ∂N 4 ∂N 4
0 0 0 0
∂z ∂x ∂z ∂x ∂z ∂x ∂z ∂x
⇒ [B] = [[B1 ]6×3 [B2 ]6×3 [B3 ]6×3 [B4 ]6×3 ] (6.207)
The matrix [Bi ]6×3 from the equation (6.207) can be rewritten as follows:
∂N i
∂x 0 0
∂N i
0 0 ai 0 0
∂y 0
∂N i bi 0
0 0
[Bi ]6×3 = ∂N ∂z = 1 0 0 ci
∂N i
i 0 6V bi ai 0
∂y ∂x 0 ci bi
∂N i ∂N i
0 ci 0 ai
∂z ∂y
∂N i ∂N i
∂z 0
∂x
r
As we will see later, the matrices [Bi ] are constant, i.e. it is independent of x , then
∫
[k ( e ) ] = [B]T [C ] [B] dV
V
[B1 ]T
[B2 ]T
∫
(e)
⇒ [k ] = [ C ] [[ B ] [ B ] [ B ] [ B ]] dV
[B ]T 1 2 3 4
V 3
[B ]T
4
[B1 ]T [C ]
[B2 ]T [C ]
∫
(e)
⇒ [k ] = [[B ] [B2 ] [B3 ] [B4 ]] dV
[B ]T [C ] 1
V
3
[B ]T [C ]
4
[B1 ]T [C ][B1 ] [B1 ]T [C ][B2 ] [B1 ]T [C ][B3 ] [B1 ]T [C ][B4 ]
[B ]T [C ][B1 ] [B2 ]T [C ][B2 ] [B2 ]T [C ][B3 ] [B2 ]T [C ][B4 ]
⇒ [k ] = 2 T
(e)
∫ dV
[B ] [C ][B ] [B3 ]T [C ][B2 ] [B3 ]T [C ][B3 ] [B3 ]T [C ][B4 ]
V
3 1
[B ]T [C ][B ] [B4 ]T [C ][B2 ] [B4 ]T [C ][B3 ] [B4 ]T [C ][B4 ]
4 1
∫
⇒ [k ( e ) ] = [[Bi ]T [C ][B j ]] dV
V
(i, j = 1,2,3,4)
V
∫
⇒ [k ( e ) ] = [[Bi ]T [C ][B j ]] dV = V [[Bi ]T [C ][B j ]] (i, j = 1,2,3,4)
Now we have to obtain the derivatives of [N ] in order to derive the coefficients a i , bi and
ci . The shape functions for the linear tetrahedron were obtained in equation (6.163). Note
that the shape function N1 can be rewritten as follows:
1 x y z 1 x y z
1 x (2) y (2)
z ( 2)
1 x (2) y (2)
z ( 2)
( 3) ( 3) ( 3) ( 3) ( 3)
1 x y z 1 x y z ( 3) 1 x y z
1 x (4) y (4) z ( 4) 1 x (4) y (4) z ( 4) 1 x (2) y (2)
z ( 2)
N1 = = ⇒ 6VN1 = ( 3) ( 3)
1 x (1)
y (1)
z (1) 6V 1 x y z ( 3)
1 x (2) y (2) z ( 2) 1 x (4) y (4) z ( 4)
1 x ( 3) y ( 3) z (3)
1 x (4) y (4) z ( 4)
x (2) y (2) z ( 2) 1 y ( 2) z ( 2) 1 x ( 2) z ( 2) 1 x ( 2) y ( 2)
⇒ 6VN1 = x (3) y ( 3) z ( 3) − x 1 y ( 3) z ( 3) + y 1 x ( 3) z ( 3) − z 1 x ( 3) y ( 3)
x (4) y (4) z ( 4) 1 y ( 4) z ( 4) 1 x ( 4) z ( 4) 1 x ( 4) y ( 4)
Problem 6.42
Obtain the displacements for the structure described in Figure 6.78 which can be
approached by the state of plane stress. As mechanical properties consider that E = 10
(Young’s modulus) and ν = 0.0 (Poisson’s ratio). Consider that the domain is discretized
by two triangles with 3-nodes (CST), (see Figure 6.78).
NOTE: Note that this an academic example, since due to the fact that the thickness is not
very small so that in a real practical case we cannot adopt the state of plane stress.
Solution:
For the problem presented here we have 2 degrees-of-freedom per node, and a total of 8
degrees-of-freedom, (see Figure 6.79), so, the discrete system which represents this
problem is given by:
{F }8×1 = [ K ]8×8 {U }8×1 (6.208)
y
t = 2 (thickness)
Element A t connectivity
2 4 F = 10 1 0 .5 2 1− 4 − 2
2 0 .5 2 1− 3 − 4
1
1 3 x
1
y, v n – nodes
The global stiffness matrix and the global force vector are obtained by the contribution of
each finite element and they are represented, respectively, by:
N elem N elem
A [k ( e) ] A[ f
(e)
[K ] = ; {F } = ] (6.209)
e =1 e =1
where A stands for assemble operator. For this problem, we only have nodal forces, so,
the global force vector is given by:
0 1
0 2
0 3
0 4 (6.210)
{F } =
10 5
0 6
10 7
0 8
The elasticity matrix for the state of plane stress is given by:
C11 C12 0
E 1 ν 0 10 0 0
[C] = C12 C22 0 = ν 1 0 = 0 10 0 (6.211)
1−ν 2 1−ν
0 0 C33 0 0 0 0 5
2
The stiffness matrix for CST-element can be obtained by means of equation (6.157), i.e.:
k11( e ) k12( e ) k13( e ) k14( e ) k15( e ) k16( e )
k22( e ) k23( e ) k24( e ) k25( e ) k26( e )
[k11 ] [k12 ] [k13 ]
t (e) t (e) k33( e ) k34( e ) k35( e ) k36( e )
[k ( e ) ]6×6 = [k 21 ] [k 22 ] [k 23 ] = (6.212)
4 A( e ) [k ] [k ] [k ] 4 A
(e)
k44( e ) k45( e ) k46( e )
31 32 33 symmetric k55( e ) k56( e )
k66( e )
where
k11(e ) = a12 C11 + b12 C33 ; k12( e ) = a1C12b1 + b1C33 a1 ; k13( e ) = a1C11a2 + b1C33b2 ;
k14(e ) = a1C12b2 + b1C33 a2 ; k15( e ) = a1C11a3 + b1C33b3 ; k16( e ) = a1C12b3 + b1C33 a3 ;
k 22(e ) = b12 C22 + a12 C33 ; k 23( e ) = b1C12 a2 + a1C33b2 ; k 24( e ) = b1C22b2 + a1C33 a2 ;
k 25(e ) = b1C12 a3 + a1C33b3 ; k 26( e ) = b1C22b3 + a1C33 a3 ; k33( e ) = a22 C11 + b22 C33 ; (6.213)
k34(e ) = a2 C12b2 + b2 C33 a2 ; k35( e ) = a2 C11a3 + b2 C33b3 ; k36( e ) = a2 C12b3 + b2 C33a3 ;
k 44(e ) = b22 C22 + a22 C33 ; k 45( e ) = b2 C12 a3 + a2 C33b3 ; k 46( e ) = b2 C22b3 + a2 C33 a3 ;
k55(e ) = a32 C11 + b32 C33 ; k56( e ) = a3 C12b3 + b3 C33 a3 ; k 66( e ) = b32 C22 + a32 C33 ;
with
a1 = y ( 2 ) − y (3) ; a2 = y (3) − y (1) ; a3 = y (1) − y ( 2 ) ;
(6.214)
b1 = x (3) − x ( 2) ; b2 = x (1) − x (3) ; b3 = x ( 2 ) − x (1) .
Element – 1
t (e=1) 2
( e =1)
= =1
4A 4 × 0 .5
x (1) = 0; y (1) = 0;
a1 = 0; a2 = 1; a3 = −1;
x ( 2 ) = 1; y ( 2 ) = 1; ⇒
b1 = −1; b2 = 0; b3 = 1.
x (3) = 0; y (3) = 1;
1 2 7 8 3 4 Global
k11(1) k12(1) k13(1) k14(1) k15(1) k16(1) 1
(1) (1) (1) (1) (1)
k 22 k 23 k 24 k 25 k 26 2
(1)
k33 (1)
k34 (1)
k35 (1)
k36 7
[k (1) ]6×6 = (1) (1) (1)
k 44 k 45 k 46 8
symmetric (1)
k55 (1)
k56 3
(1)
k66 4
(6.215)
5 0 0 − 5 − 5 5
10 0 0 0 − 10
10 0 − 10 0
=
5 5 −5
symmetric 15 −5
15
Element – 2
t (e = 2) 2
(e = 2)
= =1
4A 4 × 0 .5
x (1) = 0; y (1) = 0;
a1 = −1; a2 = 1; a3 = 0;
x ( 2 ) = 1; y ( 2 ) = 0; ⇒
b1 = 0; b2 = −1; b3 = 1.
x (3) = 1; y (3) = 1;
1 2 5 6 7 8 Global
k11( 2 ) k12( 2) k13( 2 ) k14( 2 ) k15( 2 ) k16( 2 ) 1
( 2) ( 2) ( 2) ( 2) (2)
k 22 k 23 k 24 k 25 k 26 2
( 2)
k33 ( 2)
k34 ( 2)
k35 (2)
k36 5
[k ( 2) ]6×6 = ( 2) ( 2) (2)
k 44 k 45 k 46 6
symmetric ( 2)
k55 (2)
k56 7
(2)
k 66 8
(6.216)
10 0 − 10 0 0 0
5 5 −5 5 0
15 − 5 − 5 0
=
15 5 − 10
symmetric 5 0
10
(6.217)
15 0 − 5 5 − 10 0 0 − 5 U 1 0
15 0 − 10 5 −5 5 0 U 2 0
15 − 5 0 0 − 10 5 U 3 0
15 0 0 0 − 5 U 4 0
{F }8×1 = [ K ]8×8 {U }8×1 ⇒
=
15 − 5 − 5 0 U 5 10
15 5 − 10 U 6 0
symmetric 15 0 U 7 10
15 U 8 0
By applying the boundary conditions we have
1 0 0 0 0 0 U 1 0
0 U 1 u (1) 0
0
0 1 0 0 0
0 U 2 0
0 U (1) 0
0
2 v
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 U 3 0 U 3 u ( 2 ) 0
0 0 0 15 0 0 0 − 5 U 4 0 Solve U 4 v ( 2 ) 0
0 = → = (3) =
0 0 0 15 − 5 − 5 0 U 5 10 U 5 u 1
0 0 0 0 − 5 15 5 − 10 U 6 0 U 6 v (3) 0
0 ( 4)
0 0 0 −5 5 15 0 U 7 10 U 7 u 1
− 5 0 − 10 0 15 U 8 0 U v ( 4 ) 0
0 0 0 8
It is interesting to compare with the result presented in equation (6.113) - Problem 6.34:
( 3) ( 4) F 20
u ( x = 1) = u = u = EA x = 10 × 2 ×1 = 1
v( x = 1) = v (3) = v ( 4 ) = − ν F y = 0
EA
here A = t × 1 = 2 is cross section area and F = 2 × 10 = 20 is the total force.
Problem 6.43
Obtain the explicit formation for the stiffness matrix for the element presented in Figure
6.58.
Solution:
The displacement field is given by:
u (1)
(1)
v
u ( 2 )
u ( x, y ) N1 0 N2 0 N3 0 N4 0 v ( 2)
= ⇔ {u( x, y )} = [ N ]{u ( e ) }
v ( x, y ) 0 N1 0 N2 0 N3 0 N 4 u (3)
v ( 3)
( 4)
u
v ( 4)
And the shape functions are:
1 1
N1 = (ab − bx − ay + xy ); N 2 = (bx − xy);
ab ab
1 1
N3 = xy; N4 = (ay − xy ).
ab ab
r
The [B( x )] can be obtained as follows:
∂
0
∂x
r ∂ N1 0 N2 0 N3 0 N4 0
[B( x )] = 0
∂y 0 N1 0 N2 0 N3 0 N 4
∂ ∂
∂y ∂x
∂N1 ∂N 2 ∂N 3 ∂N 4
0 0 0 0
∂x ∂x ∂x ∂x
∂N1 ∂N 2 ∂N 3 ∂N 4
= 0 0 0 0
∂y ∂y ∂y ∂y
∂N ∂N1 ∂N 2 ∂N 2 ∂N 3 ∂N 3 ∂N 4 ∂N 4
1
∂y ∂x ∂y ∂x ∂y ∂x ∂y ∂x
y −b 0 b− y 0 y 0 −y 0
1
= 0 x−a 0 −x 0 x 0 a − x
ab
x − a y − b − x b − y x y a − x − y
g1 0 g 2 0 g 3 0 g 4 0
1
= 0 h1 0 h2 0 h3 0 h4
ab
h1 g1 h2 g 2 h3 g 3 h4 g 4
⇒ [B] = [[B1 ]3×2 [B2 ]3×2 [B3 ]3×2 [B4 ]3×2 ] (6.218)
∂N
1 0
∂x gi 0
∂N i 1
[Bi ]3×2 = 0 = 0 hi
∂y ab
∂N hi g i
∂N i
i
∂y ∂x
The stiffness matrix can be obtained as follows
∫
[k (e ) ] = [B]T [C ] [B] dV
V
[B1 ]T
T
[ B ]
⇒ [k ( e ) ] = 2 T [C ] [[B1 ] [B2 ] [B3 ] [B4 ]] dV
∫ [B ]
V
3
[B ]T
4
[B1 ]T [C ]
[B2 ]T [C ]
∫
(e)
⇒ [k ] = [[B ] [B2 ] [B3 ] [B4 ]] dV
[B ]T [C ] 1
V 3
[B ]T [C ]
4
[B1 ]T [C ][B1 ] [B1 ]T [C ][B2 ] [B1 ]T [C ][B3 ] [B1 ]T [C ][B4 ]
[B ]T [C ][B1 ] [B2 ]T [C ][B2 ] [B2 ]T [C ][B3 ] [B2 ]T [C ][B4 ]
⇒ [k ( e) ] = 2 T
∫ dV
[B ] [C ][B ] [B ]T [C ][B ] [B3 ]T [C ][B3 ] [B3 ]T [C ][B4 ]
V
3 1 3 2
[B ]T [C ][B ] [B ]T [C ][B ] [B4 ]T [C ][B3 ] [B4 ]T [C ][B4 ]
4 1 4 2
∫
⇒ [k ( e ) ] = [[Bi ]T [C ][B j ]] dV
V
(i, j = 1,2,3,4)
∫
⇒ [k ( e ) ] = t [[Bi ]T [C ][B j ]] dA
A
where
g i C11 g j + hi C33 h j g i C12 h j + hi C33 g j
[k ij ]2×2 =
hi C12 g j + g i C33 h j hi C22 h j + g i C33 g j
y =b x = a
t t
[k (e) ] = 2
(ab) A ∫
[k ij ]2×2 dA =
(ab) 2 ∫ ∫ [k
y =0 x =0
ij ]2× 2 dxdy (i, j = 1,2,3,4)
Example: If we consider the structure and data given in Problem 6.42, and if we only
consider one rectangle element, (see Figure 6.80), the stiffness matrix becomes:
k11(1) k12(1) k13(1) k14(1) k15(1) k16(1) k17(1) k18(1)
(1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1)
k 22 k 23 k 24 k 25 k 26 k 27 k 28
(1)
k 33 (1)
k 34 (1)
k 35 (1)
k 36 (1)
k 37 (1)
k 38
(1) (1) (1) (1) (1)
k 44 k 45 k 46 k 47 k 48
[k (1) ] = t (1) (1) (1) (1)
k 55 k 56 k 57 k 58
(1) (1) (1)
k 66 k 67 k 68
symmetric (1) (1)
k 77 k 78
(1)
k 88
20 5 − 5 − 5 −5 −5 5 0
5 20 5 0 − 5 − 5 5 − 5
− 5 5 20 − 5 0 −5 0 5
1 − 5 0 − 5 20 5 − 5 5 − 5
= 2
20 5 − 5 − 5
4 − 5 − 5 0 5
− 5 − 5 − 5 − 5 5 20 5 0
0 5 0 5 − 5 5 20 − 5
5 −5 5 −5 − 5 0 − 5 20
The system to be solved is
20 5 − 5 − 5 −5 −5 5 U 1 0
0
5 20 5
0 −5 −5 − 5 U 2 0
5
− 5 5 20 − 5 0 −5 0 5 U 3 10
1 − 5 0 − 5 20 5 − 5 5 − 5 U 4 0
{F }8×1 = [ K ]8×8 {U }8×1 ⇒ =
2 − 5 − 5 0 5 20 5 − 5 − 5 U 5 10
− 5 − 5 − 5 − 5 5 20 5 0 U 6 0
0
5 0 5 − 5 5 20 − 5 U 7 0
5 − 5 5 − 5 − 5 0 − 5 20 U 8 0
By applying the boundary conditions we have
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U 1 0 U 1 u (1) 0
0 1 0 0 0 0 0
0 U 2 0 U (1) 0
2 v
0 0 20 − 5 0 −5 0 5 U 3 10 U 3 u ( 2 ) 1
1 0 0 − 5 20 5 −5 0 − 5 U 4 0 Solve U 4 v ( 2 ) 0
= → = (3) =
2 0 0 0 5 20 5 0 − 5 U 5 10 U 5 u 1
0 0 −5 −5 5 20 0 0 U 6 0 U 6 v (3) 0
0 ( 4)
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 U 7 0 U 7 u 0
−5 −5 U v ( 4 ) 0
0 0 5 0 0 20 U 8 0 8
Note that the node numeration is different from the one presented in Problem 6.42.
y
Nodal displacement
v ( 4) v (3) u (1)
( x ( 4) = 0, y ( 4) = b) (1)
u (4) ( x (3) = a, y ( 3) = b) v
u ( 3) F = 10 u ( 2 )
4 3 ( 2)
(e ) v
{u } = (3)
u
b v ( 3)
Ω
(1)
(4)
v v ( 2) u
v ( 4)
1 2 F = 10
u (2)
u (1) ( x ( 2) = a, y ( 2) = 0) x
(1) (1)
( x = 0, y = 0)
a
∇ 2 u1 = 0 with u1 = u1 ( x 2 , x3 ) (6.221)
∂ 2u ∂ 2u
or G 21 + 21 = 0 , where G is the shear modulus (6.222)
∂x2 ∂x3
∂ ∂u1 ∂ ∂u1
or G − x 3 θ + G + x 2 θ = 0 (6.223)
∂x 2 ∂x 2 ∂x 3 ∂x3
x1 = x
x = x1 MT
z = x3 z = x3
P2′
θx1
S2 P2
α
y = x2 y = x2
θ
x1
S1 r
r P1
Obs.:
With these hypotheses, in general, the transversal cross section does not remain plane after
deformation.
Considering the prismatic body and by applying the torque at the free end, the body
displaces as indicated in Figure 6.81.
Solution:
r
Let us consider the point P1 located on the fixed section S1 whose position vector is r ,
(see Figure 6.81). Also consider another cross section S 2 (free to rotate and warping)
which distance from the section S1 is x1 and by projecting the point P1 on the cross
section S 2 we obtain the point P2 . After the torque is applied the point P2 moves to P2′ as
indicated in Figure 6.82.
x3 ,u3
x2 = r cosα
u2 x3 = r sinα
P2′ r 2 = x 22 + x32
r rθx1 u3
θx1 P2
α
x2 ,u 2
(Kinematic equations)
The strain-displacement relationships become:
∂u1 ∂u 2 ∂u 3
ε11 = =0; ε 22 = = 0; ε 33 = = 0;
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x3
1 ∂u1 ∂u2 1 ∂u2 ∂u3 1 ∂u1 ∂u3
ε12 = + ε13 = +
2 ∂x2 ∂x1 ε 23 = +
2 ∂x3 ∂x2 2 ∂x3 ∂x1
1 ∂u1 1 1 ∂u
= − x3 θ ; = (− θ x1 + θ x1 ) ; = 1 + x2 θ
2 ∂x2 2 2 ∂x3
=0
Thus
∂u1 ∂u1
− x3 θ
0 ∂x + x2 θ
ε11 ε12 ε13 ∂x2 3
1 ∂u
εij = ε12 ε 22 ε 23 = 1 − x3 θ 0 0 (6.226)
2 ∂x2
ε13 ε 23 ε33 ∂u
1 + x2 θ 0 0
∂x3
Note that the compatibility equations, (see Problem 5.11), are automatically satisfied, since
the displacement field is continuous, a fact verified by the fulfillment of the compatibility
equations, i.e.:
∂ 2ε33 ∂ 2ε 22 ∂ 2ε 23
S
11 = + − 2 =0 (a)
∂ x2
2
∂x 2
3 ∂ x2 ∂x 3
∂ 2ε33 ∂ 2ε11 ∂ 2ε13
S22 = + − 2 =0 (b)
∂x12 ∂x32 ∂x1∂x3
2 2 2
S = ∂ ε11 + ∂ ε 22 − 2 ∂ ε12 = 0 (c)
33
∂x22 ∂x12 ∂x1∂x2
(6.227)
S = ∂ ∂ε 23 + ∂ε13 − ∂ε12 − ∂ ε33 = 0
2
(d)
12 ∂x3 ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x1∂x2
∂ ∂ε 23 ∂ε13 ∂ε12 ∂ 2ε11
= −
S
23
∂ x ∂x + ∂x + ∂x − ∂x ∂x = 0 (e)
1 1 2 3 2 3
2
S13 = ∂ ∂ε 23 − ∂ε13 + ∂ε12 − ∂ ε 22 = 0 (f)
∂x2 ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x1∂x3
∂ε12 ∂ε13 ∂γ xy ∂γ xz
− = −θ Engineerin
g notation
→ − = −2θ
∂x3 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x2
(Constitutive equations)
The constitutive equations for stress are given by:
νE E E
σ ij = ε kkδ ij + ε ij = ε ij (6.228)
(1 + ν )(1 − 2ν ) (1 + ν ) (1 + ν )
Note that ε kk = 0 (trace of ε is zero). Then, by substituting the strain field into the above
equation we can obtain:
∂u1 ∂u1
0 − x3 θ + x θ
∂x 2
∂x2 3
E 1 E ∂u1
σij = εij = − x3 θ 0 0
(1 + ν ) 2 (1 + ν ) ∂x2
∂u
1 + x2 θ 0 0
∂x3
(6.229)
∂u1 ∂u1
− x3 θ
0 ∂x + x2 θ
0 σ12 σ13 ∂x2 3
∂u
= σ12 0 0 = G 1 − x3 θ 0 0
σ13 0 0 ∂x2
∂u
1 + x2 θ 0 0
∂x3
Let us suppose that we need to obtain the stress components in a new system x1′ − x ′2 − x 3′ ,
which is formed by a rotation around the x1 -axis, (see Figure 6.83). Then the
transformation matrix from x1 − x 2 − x 3 to x1′ − x ′2 − x 3′ is given as follows:
a11 a12 a13 1 0 0
a ij = a 21 a 22 a 23 = 0 nˆ 2 nˆ 3 (6.230)
a 31 a 32 a 33 0 sˆ 2 sˆ 3
Recall that the transformation law, (see Problem 1.99), for a second-order tensor
components is given by
σ′ij = aik a jl σkl Matrix
form
→ σ ′ = AσA T Voigt
→ {σ ′} = [M]{σ }
where
a11 2 2
a12 2
a13 2a11a12 2a12 a13 2a11a13
2 22 2
a21 a22 a23 2a21a22 2a22 a23 2a21a23
2 2 2
[M] = a31 a32 a33 2a31a32 2a32 a33 2a31a33
a21a11 a22 a12 a13a23 (a11a22 + a12a21 ) (a13a22 + a12a23 ) (a13a21 + a11a23 )
a a a a a33a23 (a31a22 + a32a21 ) (a33a22 + a32a23 ) (a33a21 + a31a23 )
31 21 32 22
a31a11 a32 a12 a33a13 (a31a12 + a32a11 ) (a33a12 + a32a13 ) (a33a11 + a31a13 )
Then, for this particular transformation, (see equation (6.230)), we can obtain:
′ 1
σ11 0 0 0 0 0 σ11 = 0 0
σ ′ 0 nˆ 2 nˆ 32 0 2nˆ 2 nˆ 3 0 σ 22 = 0 0
22 2
σ ′33 0 sˆ 22 sˆ 32 0 2sˆ 2 sˆ 3 0 σ 33 = 0 0
= = (6.231)
′ 0
σ12 0 0 nˆ 2 0 nˆ 3 σ12 nˆ 2 σ12 + nˆ 3 σ13
σ ′23 0 sˆ 2 nˆ 2
ˆs 3 nˆ 3 0 (sˆ 3nˆ 2 + sˆ 2 nˆ 3 ) 0 σ 23 = 0
0
′ 0
σ13 0 0 ˆs 2 0 sˆ 3 σ13 sˆ 2 σ12 + sˆ 3 σ13
x3
x3′ x2′
σ13
x3
σ12
x2
σ ′ = AσA T
x2
x3′ x2′
cross section ′
σ13 ′
σ12
Figure 6.83
(Equilibrium equations)
Using the equilibrium equations without considering the body forces we can obtain:
Note that the stresses σ12 and σ13 are not function of x1 , i.e. they do not vary with x1 . By
substituting the values of σ12 and σ13 into the first equation of the equilibrium equations
we can obtain:
∂σ12 ∂σ13 ∂u1
∂ ∂ ∂u1
+ =0 ⇒ G − x3 θ + G + x2 θ = 0 (6.233)
∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x2
∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x3
∂ u
2
∂ u1
2
G 21 + =0
2 (6.234)
∂x
2 ∂ x 3
no warping
warping
External Equilibrium
According to the problem statement, (see Figure 6.81), and by considering the external
force equilibrium the following must be true:
External moment (Torque), (see Problem 4.22):
M x ≡ MT = ∫ (σ
A
13 x2 − σ12 x3 )dA (6.236)
By using the stress components σ12 and σ13 given by the equations in (6.229), the above
equation can also be written as follows:
∂u ∂u
MT = ∫ (σ
A
13 x2 − σ12 x3 )dA = G 1 + x2 θ x2 − 1 − x3 θ x3 dA
∫
∂x3
A ∂x2
∂u ∂u ∂u x ∂u x (6.237)
A
∫ ∂x2 A
∂x3 θ ∂x2 θ ∫
⇒ M T = G 1 x2 + x22 θ − 1 x3 + x32 θ dA = Gθ 1 2 − 1 3 + x22 + x32
∂x3
dA
⇒ M T = GθJT
where we have introduced the polar moment of inertia:
∂u x ∂u x
A
∫
JT = 1 2 − 1 3 + x22 + x32
∂x3 θ ∂x2 θ
dA
(6.238)
where JT is the Saint-Venant torsional stiffness of the section. The shearing forces according
to the x2 -direction and x3 -direction are equal to zero, so:
∂u ∂u
A
∫ A
∫ A A
∂x3
∫
Qx2 = σ12 dA = G 1 − x3 θ dA = 0 ; Qx3 = σ13dA = G 1 + x2 θ dA = 0
∂x2 ∫ (6.239)
where we have used the stress components σ12 and σ13 given by the equations in (6.229).
To complete the boundary conditions for the torsion problem. The boundary condition is
defined by the absence of normal stress component on the external surface of the prismatic
′ = 0 on the boundary surface, (see Figure 6.85). By means of equation (6.231) we
body σ13
can conclude that:
′
σ11 0 0
σ ′ 0
22 0
σ ′33 0 0
= = (6.240)
′ nˆ 2 σ12
σ12 + nˆ 3 σ13 0
σ ′23 0 0
′ sˆ 2 σ12
σ13 + sˆ 3 σ 13 τ
x3 x2′
x3′
n̂ On boundary surface - Γ :
ŝ ′ =0
σ12
′ ≡τ
σ13
x2
cross section
Figure 6.85
[ϕ ] = rad
A
θ rad
[θ] =
M x ≡ MT m
A′ x
θx1 = ϕ
θdx1 = dϕ
dϕ
x1 ⇒θ=
dx1
Then, in this case the strain field on the cross section is given by:
ε11 ε12 ε13 0 − x3θ x2 θ 0 − x3 x2
1 θ
ε ij = ε12 ε 22
ε 23 = − x3θ 0
0 = − x3 0 0
2 2
ε13 ε 23 ε 33 x2 θ 0 0 x2 0 0
τ
z, x 3 MT
σ13 τ max = R
JT
− σ12
τ max
σ13 τ(r )
r
r σ12
y, x 2
πR 4
where JT = ∫ r 2dA = is the polar inertia moment.
A
2
and the unit torsion angle (angle of twist per unit length) can be obtained as follows:
MT τ(r ) M T τ(r )
θ= ; θ= ; = = Gθ (6.243)
GJT Gr JT r
where the term GJT stands for the torsional rigidity (or torsional stiffness).
The maximum value of τ(r ) occurs in r = R , (see Figure 6.87):
MT
τ(r = R ) = τ max = GθR ⇒ τ(r = R ) = τ max = R
JT
For the hollow circular section the expressions are the same in which the polar inertia
π
moment is given by JT = ∫ r 2 dA = ( R24 − R14 ) , (see Figure 6.88).
A
2
z, x 3
π 4
JT = ( R2 − R14 )
2 τ max
τ(r )
r
r R1
y, x 2
R2
Note that σ12 = σ12 ( x2 , x3 ) and σ13 = σ13 ( x2 , x3 ) , (see equation (6.232)), so, the above
equations become:
∂ 2 σ12 ∂ 2 σ12
2 + =0
∇ 2xr σ12 = 0
σ12, 22 + σ12,33 = 0 ∂x2 ∂x32
⇒ 2 ⇒ 2 (6.246)
σ13, 22 + σ13,33 = 0 2
∂ σ13 + ∂ σ13 = 0 ∇ xr σ13 = 0
∂x 2 ∂x32
2
If we consider the stresses defined in (6.244) into the equations (6.246) we can obtain:
2 ∂φ ∂ ∂ ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ
∇ 2xr σ12 = 0
∇ xr
∂
=
∂
( )
∇ 2xrφ = 0 ⇒
∂
2 + 2 =0
∂x
x 3 x 3 x 3 2 ∂x3
2 ⇒ (6.247)
∇ xr σ13 = 0
2r − ∂φ − ∂ 2r
( ) ( φ
) φ
2 2
∂ ∂ ∂ ∂
∇ x ∂x = ∂x ∇ xφ = 0 ⇒ ∂x ∇ xφ = ∂x ∂x 2 + ∂x 2 = 0
2r
2 2 2 2 2 3
∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ
∇ 2xrφ = + = C = constant (6.248)
∂x22 ∂x32
Then, any function φ which satisfies the above equation will fulfill the equilibrium and
compatibility equations.
Starting from the stress components, (see equation (6.229)):
∂u ∂u1 σ12
σ12 = G 1 − x3 θ ⇒ = + x3 θ
∂x 2 ∂x 2 G
(6.249)
∂u ∂u1 σ13
σ13 = G 1 + x 2 θ ⇒ = − x2 θ
∂x3 ∂x3 G
and taking the derivative σ12 with respect to x3 , and taking the derivative of σ13 with
respect to x2 we can obtain
∂ ∂u1 ∂ σ12 1 ∂σ12
= + x3 θ = +θ
∂x3 ∂x2 ∂x3 G G ∂x3
∂ ∂u1 ∂ σ13 1 ∂σ13
= − x2 θ = −θ
∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x2 G G ∂x2
and by subtracting the two expressions we can obtain that
∂ ∂u1 ∂ ∂u1 1 ∂σ12 1 ∂σ13
− = +θ− +θ
∂x3 ∂x2 ∂x2 ∂x3 G ∂x3 G ∂x2
1 ∂σ12 1 ∂σ13
⇒0= + 2θ −
G ∂x3 G ∂x2
∂σ12 ∂σ13
⇒ − = −2Gθ
∂x3 ∂x2
∂φ ∂φ
and by substituting the stress values σ12 = and σ13 = − into the above equation we
∂x3 ∂x2
can obtain:
∂σ12 ∂σ13 ∂ ∂φ ∂ ∂φ ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ
− = −2Gθ ⇒ + = + = −2Gθ
∂x3 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x3 ∂x2 ∂x2 ∂x22 ∂x32
and if we take into account the equation in (6.248) we can conclude that:
∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ
+ = −2Gθ = constant = C ∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xrφ ) ≡ ∇ 2xrφ = −2Gθ = constant (6.250)
∂x22 ∂x32
x3 dx j
nˆ i = 1ij
ds
σ13
n̂ 0
n1
ˆ
dx
dx3 σ12 nˆ i = nˆ 2 = 3
dx2 nˆ ds
ds 3 − dx2
ds
x2 kij - permutation symbol
ds - differential arc-length element
Figure 6.89
Taking into account the stresses given by (6.244), the above condition can be rewritten as
follows:
∂φ ˆ ∂φ ˆ ∂φ dx3 ∂φ dx2
σ12nˆ 2 + σ13nˆ 3 = 0 ⇒ n2 − n3 = 0 ⇒ − − =0
∂x3 ∂x2 ∂x3 ds ∂x2 ds
(6.251)
∂φ dx3 ∂φ dx2 dφ
⇒ + =0 ⇒ =0
∂x3 ds ∂x2 ds ds
With that we can conclude that φ is constant on the boundary and can be assume any
value, with which we adopt zero.
Let us consider that:
∂φ ∂φ
F3 ( x2 , x3 ) = σ12 = ; F2 ( x2 , x3 ) = −σ13 = (6.252)
∂x3 ∂x2
The function φ is a compatible field if and only if:
∂φ
= F2 ( x2 , x3 )
∂x2 compatible iff ∂F2 ∂F3
→ = (6.253)
∂φ ∂x3 ∂x2
= F3 ( x2 , x3 )
∂x3
If we consider the Green’s theorem, (see Chapter 1 of the textbook), we can establish that:
r r r r ∂F ∂F
∫Γ F ⋅ dΓ = Ω∫ (∇ ∧ F) ⋅ eˆ 1dA → F2 dx2 + F3 dx3 = 2 − 3 dA1
∫ ∫
r components
x
Γ Ω ∂x3 ∂x2
With which we can conclude:
∂F ∂F ∂φ ∂φ ∂ ∂φ ∂ ∂φ
∫ F dx
Γ
2 2 ∫
+ F3 dx3 = 2 − 3 dA1
Ω ∂x3 ∂x2
⇒
Γ ∂x2
dx2 +
∂x3 ∫
dx3 = −
Ω ∂x3 ∂x2 ∂x2 ∂x3
∫
dA1 = 0
∂φ ∂φ r
⇒ ∫ dx2 + dx3 = ∇ xrφ ⋅ dx = dφ = 0
∫ ∫
∂x
Γ 2 ∂ x3 Γ Γ
r
x3 dA = dAê1
x1 Γ
ê1
x2
∫
= − (φxi )nˆ i dΓ +
Γ
∫ (2φ )dA
A
= −2 Aφ Γ + ∫ (2φ )dA
A
If we consider that on the boundary the value of φ is zero, i.e. φ Γ = 0 , we can obtain that:
M T = 2 φ dA ∫
A
(6.254)
∫
= 2 φ dA
A
r
where we have used the property 2 A = ∫ x ⋅ n̂dΓ , (see Problem 1.128).
Γ
It is easy to show that there exist iso-curves of φ , (see Figure 6.91). Note that for the
system ( x′2 − x3′ ) on iso-curve of φ , we have:
∂φ ∂φ
′ =
σ12 =0 ; ′ =τ=
− σ13 (6.256)
∂x3′ ∂x′2
That is, τ is equal to the slope of φ according to the x′2 -direction, which has the same
direction as ∇φ , (see Figure 6.91).
x3′ x 2′
∇φ
Γ
φ3
τ
ŝ φ ( 3) φ (Γ) = 0
φ (1)
φ ( 2) τφ1
x3 τ(Γ ) τφ 2
x2 cross section
where we have applied the integration by part. Note that φ ( x3( 2) ) and φ ( x3(1) ) are values of
the membrane on the bar surface, as we have shown previously, φ is constant on the
boundary so, φ ( x3( 2) ) − φ ( x3(1) ) = 0 . The same procedure can be used to show that Qx3 = 0 .
As we have seen previously, the net moment is obtained as follows:
∂φ ∂φ
MT = ∫ (σ13 x2 − σ12 x3 )dA = − ∫
A A
∂x2
x2 + x3 dA
∂x3
(6.258)
∫
= − φdA
where we have used that φ at any point of the boundary is zero, i.e. φ ( Γ ) = 0 , so the term
∂φ
φ1(2
x3( 2 ) ) x3( 2 ) − φ ( x3(1) ) x3(1) = 0 . Similarly, we can obtain that
3 123 ∫ ∂x
A 2
∫
x 2 dA = − φdA . With that the
=0 =0
∂φ − ∂φ
NOTE 3: If we consider that τ 1 = 0 , τ 2 = σ12 = , and τ 3 = σ13 = , the following is
∂x3 ∂x2
r
true (∇ xr ∧ τ ) ⋅ eˆ 1 = −∇ 2xrφ , (see Problem 1.107). And by taking into account the equation
r
(6.250) we can conclude that (∇ xr ∧ τ ) ⋅ eˆ 1 = −∇ 2xrφ = 2Gθ , then if we take the integral over
the cross section area we can obtain:
r
A
∫ (∇ xr ∧ τ ) ⋅ eˆ 1dA = ∫ (2Gθ)dA = 2θ∫ GdA = 21G2θ3A
A A G −constant
(6.259)
r r
By using the Stoke’s theorem we can say that ∫ (∇ r
x ∧ τ ) ⋅ eˆ 1dA = τ ⋅ sˆ dΓ = τ( Γ ) dΓ , then
∫ ∫
A Γ Γ
the above equation can be rewritten as follows:
r
∫ (∇ r
x ∧ τ ) ⋅ eˆ 1dA = τ( Γ ) dΓ = 2GθA
∫ (6.260)
A Γ
where τ(Γ ) is the tangential stress on the boundary, (see Figure 6.91).
x1
see Figure 6.94
Sdx3 h( x2 , x3 )
Sdx3
p x2
x3
x3
Sdx2
dx3
dx2
Sdx2
p
x1
x2
Note that the slope of the membrane at the point ( x2 , x3 ) is given by the derivative of the
∂h ∂h
function h( x2 , x3 ) , i.e. and , which are tangents to the curve at the point. We
∂x2 ∂x3
∂h ∂h
denoted by tan(α 2 ) = and tan(α 3 ) = , and if we are considering small angles the
∂x2 ∂x3
relationships tan(α ) ≈ sin(α ) ≈ α hold. In the differential element dx 2 − dx3 the variation of
the tangents are indicated in Figure 6.93.
∂α 3 ∂α 3 ∂α 3
α3 + dx3 α3 + dx3 + dx2
∂x3 ∂x3 ∂x2
( x 2 , x 3 + dx3 ) ( x 2 + dx 2 , x 3 + dx3 )
∂α 2 ∂α 2 ∂α 2
α2 + dx3 α2 + dx2 + dx3
∂x3 ∂x2 ∂x3
r
dα
dx 3
∂α 2
α2 + dx 2
(α 3 ) ∂x 2
( x 2 , x3 ) ( x 2 + dx 2 , x3 )
x3
(α 2 ) ∂α 3
α3 + dx2
∂x2
dx 2
x2
∂α 3
If we consider that there is no distortional of the tangents the terms dx 2 = 0 and
∂x 2
∂α 2
dx 3 = 0 hold, (see Figure 6.94).
∂x 3
Sdx 2
∂α 3
α3 + dx3
∂x3
Sdx3
α2
dx3
∂α 2
α2 + dx 2
∂x 2
dx 2
Sdx3
α3
Sdx 2
∂α 2 ∂α 2
Sdx3 sin α 2 + dx2 ≈ Sdx3 α 2 + dx2 Sdx3
∂x2 ∂x2
∂α 2
α2 + dx2
∂x2
α2
Figure 6.94
∑F x1 =0
∂h ∂ 2h ∂h ∂h ∂ 2h ∂h
pdx2 dx3 + Sdx3 sin + 2 dx2 − Sdx3 sin + Sdx2 sin + 2 dx3 − Sdx2 sin = 0
∂x2 ∂x2 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x3 ∂x3
∂h ∂ 2h ∂h ∂h ∂ 2h ∂h
⇒ pdx2 dx3 + Sdx3 + 2 dx2 − Sdx3 + Sdx2 + 2 dx3 − Sdx2 = 0
∂x2 ∂x2 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x3 ∂x3
∂h ∂ 2h ∂h ∂h ∂ 2h ∂h
⇒ pdx2 dx3 + Sdx3 + 2 Sdx3dx2 − Sdx3 + Sdx2 + 2 Sdx2 dx3 − Sdx2 =0
∂x2 ∂x2 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x3 ∂x3
∂ 2h ∂ 2h
⇒ pdx2 dx3 + Sdx3 dx 2 + Sdx2 dx3 = 0
∂x22 ∂x32
∂ 2h ∂ 2h
⇒ pdx2 dx3 + Sdx2 dx3 2 + 2 = 0
∂x2 ∂x3
with which we can conclude that the governing equation for the membrane under pressure
is given by:
∂ 2h ∂ 2h p p
2
+ 2 =− ∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr h) ≡ ∇ 2xr h = − (6.261)
∂x2 ∂x3 S S
Making an analogy between the above equation and the torsion problem equation (6.250),
we can conclude that
p
h =φ and 2Gθ = = constant (6.262)
S
with which we can say that the moment of torsion, (see equation (6.254)), is equal to two
times the volume defined by the membrane:
∫
A
∫
M T = 2 φ dA = 2 h( x2 , x3 ) dA = 2Vmemb
A
(6.263)
Problem 6.45
Consider a prismatic bar in which there is a longitudinal cavity, and the cross section of the
bar is shown in Figure 6.95. Obtain the equation for M T in terms of the areas A0 and Ai .
x3 1 r ˆ
A= ∫x ⋅ ndΓ
2Γ
0
− n̂i −1 r ˆ
Ai = x ⋅ n i dΓ
∫
n̂i 2 Γ
i
A0 Γi
Ai x2
n̂0 A0 = A − Ai
Γ0
In order to apply the above equation we will decompose the area as shown in Figure 6.96,
then, the torque can be expressed as follows:
r ˆ r ˆ
MT = M TA0 + M TA0 = − φx ⋅ ndΓ + 2φ dA + − φx ⋅ ndΓ + 2φ dA
∫ ∫ ∫ ∫ (6.265)
Γ Γ
A0 A0
A0 A0
Γ 0 = Γ 1a + Γ a2
d
Γ 2
n̂1d Γ i = Γ 1c + Γ c2
n̂ d2
Γ 1d Γ c2 A0 = A0 + A0
n̂c2 Γ A0 = Γ 1a + Γ 1b + Γ 1c + Γ 1d
n̂1a
Γ A = Γ a2 + Γ b2 + Γ c2 + Γ d2
Γ a n̂1c Γi 0
1
Γ 1c
A0
A0 Γ a2
n̂b2 Γ b2
Γ0
Γ 1b n̂ a2
n̂1b
r r r r
− φx ⋅ nˆ dΓ − φx ⋅ nˆ dΓ − φx ⋅ nˆ dΓ − φx ⋅ nˆ dΓ + 2φ dA + 2φ dA
∫ ∫ ∫ ∫ ∫ ∫
A
Γ 2a Γ b2 Γ c2 Γ 2d 0 A0
r r r r r r
M T = − φx ⋅ nˆ dΓ + φx ⋅ nˆ dΓ − φx ⋅ nˆ dΓ + φx ⋅ nˆ dΓ − φx ⋅ nˆ dΓ + φx ⋅ nˆ dΓ
∫ ∫ ∫ ∫ ∫ ∫
a b d
Γ1 Γ 2a 1 4444244443 14444244443
Γ1 Γ b2 Γ1 Γ 2d
=0 =0
r r
− φx ⋅ nˆ dΓ + φx ⋅ nˆ dΓ + 2φ dA
∫ ∫ ∫
c
Γ 2 Γ 1c A0
r r
M T = − φx ⋅ nˆ dΓ + φx ⋅ nˆ dΓ + 2φ dA
∫ ∫ ∫ (6.266)
Γ0 Γi A0
r r
M T = − φx ⋅ nˆ dΓ + φx ⋅ nˆ dΓ + 2φ dA
∫ ∫ ∫
Γ0 Γi A0
(6.267)
∫
= −2 Aφ Γ 0 + 2 Aiφ Γ i + 2φ dA = 2 Aiφ Γ i + 2φ dA
A0
∫
A0
M T = M TA − M TAi = − 2 Aφ Γ + 2φ dA − − 2 Aiφ Γ i + 2φ dA
∫ ∫
A = A0 + Ai Ai
∫
A0
{∫
Ai
∫
= −2 Aφ Γ + 2 Aiφ Γ i + 2φ dA + 2φ dA − 2φ dA = −2 Aφ Γ 0 + 2 Aiφ Γ i + 2φ dA
Ai
∫
A0
=0
∫
= 2 Aiφ Γ i + 2φ dA
A0
NOTE 1: Note that the above equation is also true if the bar contains n longitudinal
cavities, so in this case the torque is given by
n
MT = ∑ (2 A φ Γ ) + ∫ 2φ dA
i =1
i i (6.268)
A0
NOTE 2: Note that if we are dealing with open cross section the torque is smaller than the
closed cross section, (see Figure 6.97).
M T = 2 Aiφ Γ i + 2φ dA∫
A0
M T = 2φ dA ∫
A0
φΓ = 0
0
A0 Ai
φΓ i
A0
φΓ = 0
0
φΓ
φ
i
φΓ = 0
0
φΓ = 0
0
Figure 6.97
Problem 6.46
Using the Prandtl’s stress function, a) show that for an elliptical cross section which is
subjected to the torque M T the tangential stresses are:
2M T 2M T
σ12 = − x3 ; σ13 = x2 (6.269)
πab 3 πa 3b
b) Draw the tangential stress distribution on the cross section; c) Obtain the function
u1 ( x2 , x3 ) .
x3
σ13
b
σ12
x2
b
a a
where:
∫
I x 3 = x 22 dA - moment of inertia of the cross-sectional area about the x3 -axis;
A
∫
I x 2 = x32 dA - moment of inertia cross-sectional area about x2 -axis;
A
A= ∫ dA - cross-sectional area.
A
πba 3 πb 3 a
For an elliptical cross section it fulfils that I x 3 = , I x2 = and A = πab . Then, the
4 4
expression for the moment of torsion becomes:
a 2b 2 1 1 a 2 b 2 1 πba 3 1 πb 3 a
MT = 2
I
2 2 x3
+ I
2 x2
− A C = 2 2 2
+ 2 − πab C
(a + b ) a b (a + b ) a 4 b 4
πa 3b 3
=− C
2( a 2 + b 2 )
And the value of C can be determined by:
− 2M T (a 2 + b 2 )
C=
πa 3b 3
Finally, the stress function (6.272) becomes:
a 2 b 2 x22 x32 − a 2 b 2 x22 x32 2M T (a 2 + b 2 )
φ=
2 2
+ 2 − 1C ⇒ φ= + − 1
2
2( a + b ) a b 2( a 2 + b 2 ) a 2 b 2
πa 3b 3
− M T x 2 x3
2 2
⇒φ = 2 + 2 − 1
πab a b
The stresses defined in (6.244) can be expressed by
∂φ ∂ − MT x22 x32 − 2 M T
σ12 = = 2 + 2 − 1 = x3
∂x3 ∂x3 πab a b πab3
(6.273)
∂φ ∂ − MT x22 x32 2M T
σ13 = − =− 2 + 2 − 1 = 3 x2
∂x2 ∂x2 πab a
b πa b
b) By means of the above equations we can obtain that:
σ12 = 0
x3 = 0 ⇒ 2M T ( x =a) 2M
σ13 = πa 3b x2 2 → σ13 max = 2T
πa b
− 2M T ( x =b) − 2M T
σ12 = x3 3 → σ12 max =
x2 = 0 ⇒ πab 3
πab 2
σ = 0
13
whose components can be appreciated in Figure 6.99. By means of the Pythagorean
Theorem the resultant tangential stress can be obtained:
2 2
− 2M T 2M T 2M T x22 x32
τ2 = (σ12 ) 2 + (σ13 ) 2 = x3 + 3 x2 ⇒ τ= +
πab
3
πa b πab b4 a 4
2M T x3
σ12 max = −
πab 2
b 2M T
σ13 max =
πa 2 b
x2
b
a a
c) We can obtain the angle of twist per unit length by means of equation (6.271):
− 2M T (a 2 + b 2 )
−
M (a 2 + b 2 )
−C πa 3b 3 = T
C = −2Gθ ⇒ θ= =
2G 2G πa 3b 3G
Taking into account the displacement field given by (6.224), we can obtain:
− M T (a 2 + b2 )
u2 = − x3 θ x1 = x3 x1
πa 3b3G
2 2
(6.274)
u = x θ x = M T ( a + b ) x x
3 2 1
πa 3b3G
2 1
By considering the above equations and the one in (6.249) we can obtain:
∂u1 σ12 ∂u1 σ12 M T (a 2 + b 2 )
= + x3 θ ⇒ = + x3
∂x2 G ∂x2 G πa 3b 3G
(6.275)
∂u1 σ13 ∂u1 σ13 M T (a 2 + b 2 )
= − x2 θ ⇒ = − x2
∂x3 G ∂x3 G πa 3b 3G
Integrating the above equations we can obtain that:
σ M (a 2 + b 2 ) σ12 M (a 2 + b 2 )
∫ ∫
∂u1 = 12 + T 3 3
G πa b G
x3 ∂x2
⇒ u1 =
G
x2 + T 3 3
πa b G
x3 x2 + f ( x3 )
σ M (a 2 + b 2 ) σ13 M (a 2 + b 2 )
∫ ∫
∂u1 = 13 − T 3 3
G πa b G
x2 ∂x3
⇒ u1 =
G
x3 − T 3 3
πa b G
x3 x2 + f ( x2 )
By substituting the values of σ12 and σ13 , (see equations (6.273)), into the above equations
we can obtain:
2M T 1 M T (a 2 + b 2 ) M x x
u1 = − x
3 3 x 2 + 3 3
x3 x2 + f ( x3 ) = T 33 32 (b 2 − a 2 ) + f ( x3 )
πab G πa b G Gπa b
2M 1 M (a 2 + b 2 ) M x x
u1 = 3T x2 x3 − T 3 3 x3 x2 + f ( x2 ) = T 33 32 (b 2 − a 2 ) + f ( x2 )
πa b G πa b G Gπa b
Note that the two above equations must be the same at the same point ( x2 , x3 ) , hence
f ( x2 ) = f ( x3 ) = 0 , thus the warping function is given by:
M T (b 2 − a 2 )
u1 ( x2 , x3 ) = x2 x3
G πa 3b 3
The above function in the cross-section can be appreciated in Figure 6.100.
For the particular case when a = b , we recover the expressions for the circular cross
section, (see Problem 6.44 - NOTE 1), and in this case there is no warping since
u1 ( x2 , x3 ) = 0 .
x3
u1 positive (up)
u1 negative (down)
x2
a a
By means of stress components given by (6.273) we can show that, and as expected, the
shearing forces are equal to zero:
2M T 2M T
∫
Qx2 = σ12 dA = −
A
∫ πab
A
3
x3 dA = −
πab 3 A ∫
x3 dA = 0
123
=0
(6.276)
2M T 2M
A
∫
Qx3 = σ13dA =
A
3
πa b ∫
x2 dA = 3T x2 dA = 0
πa b A ∫
123
=0
where ∫ x dA
A
3 is the first moment of area about x3 -axis, and is equal to zero, since the
reference system is located at the geometrical center, (see Complementary Note 2 at the
end of Chapter 1).
Problem 6.47
Consider a circular cross section with radius R , and that the Prandtl’s stress function is
given by:
φ = K ( x22 + x32 − R 2 ) (6.277)
Obtain the stress and displacement fields.
Solution:
By means of equation (6.250) we can obtain:
∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ Gθ
+ = −2Gθ ⇒ 4 K = −2Gθ ⇒ K =− (6.278)
∂x22 ∂x32 2
thus,
Gθ 2
φ =− ( x2 + x32 − R 2 ) (6.279)
2
And by applying the net moment defined in (6.254) we can obtain:
A
∫ A
∫ A
∫
M T = 2 φ dA = −Gθ ( x22 + x32 − R 2 ) dA = −Gθ ( x22 + x32 ) dA − R 2 dA
A
∫
∫ [
= −Gθ (r 2 ) dA − R 2 A = −Gθ JT − R 2 A = −Gθ]
πR 4
− R 2 πR 2 (6.280)
A 2
πR 4
= Gθ
2
πR 4
where J T = ∫ r 2 dA = is the polar inertia moment, and the circle area is A = πR 2 , then
A
2
2M T
θ= .
πGR 4
The stress field, (see equations in (6.244)), becomes:
∂φ Gθ ∂ 2 2 2 2M T
σ12 = ∂x = − 2 ∂x ( x2 + x3 − R ) = −Gθx3 = − πR 4 x3
3 3
(6.281)
σ = − ∂φ = Gθ ∂ ( x 2 + x 2 − R 2 ) = Gθx = 2 M T x
13 ∂x2 2 ∂x2
2 3 2
πR 4
2
As expected u1 = 0 , since for circular cross section there is no warping. This problem was
already discussed in Problem 6.44 - NOTE 1.
Problem 6.48
Apply the torsion theory to obtain the maximum shearing stress ( τ max ) in a thin rectangular
section described in Figure 6.101. Express the result in terms of ( M T , t , b) . Consider that
the Prandtl’s stress function, (Ugural&Fenster (1984)), is given by:
2 t 2
φ = K x3 − (6.282)
2
x3
t
2 x2
t
2
And by applying the net moment defined in equation (6.254) we can obtain:
t
2
t
2
A
∫ A
∫
M T = 2 φ dA = −2Gθ x32 − dA = −2Gθ x32 − dA
2 A
2
∫
b
t b
t
2
2 2 t 2 2 3
x3 t 2
2
∫ ∫
−b −t
−b
∫
= −2Gθ x3 − dx3 dx2 = −2Gθ − x3 dx2
2 3 2 − t
2 2 2 2
b b
2
t3 t3 2
∫
= −2Gθ dx2 = −2Gθ x2
6
−b 6 −b
2 2
t 3b
M T = Gθ (6.285)
3
t 3b
By considering that M T = GθJT , (see equation (6.237)), we can conclude that JT = ,
3
3M T
then, Gθ = .
t 3b
The tangential stress field becomes:
∂φ ∂ 2 t
2
6M
σ12 = = −Gθ x3 − = −2Gθx3 = − 3 T x3
∂x3 ∂x3 2 tb
∂ 2 t
2
∂φ
σ13 = − = Gθ x3 − = 0
∂x2 ∂x2 2
t
The maximum shearing stress occurs at x3 = ± , thus:
2
t 6M t 3M
σ12 ( x3 = ± ) = τmax = m 3 T = m 2 T
2 tb 2 t b
x3 − 3M T
τ max =
t 2b
t
σ12 ( x3 ) 2 x2
t
2
b 3M T
τ max =
t 2b
NOTE 1: Let us obtain the same result by means of Prandtl’s membrane analogy, (see
Problem 6.44 – NOTE 4). The membrane deflection ( h ) for thin rectangular cross
section, (see Figure 6.101), can be appreciated in Figure 6.103.
∂h
Note that the membrane deflection does not depend on x2 , then = 0 . With that the
∂x2
equation in (6.261) becomes:
∂ 2h ∂ 2h p ∂ 2h p
2
+ 2 =− ⇒ 2
=− (6.286)
∂x2 ∂x3 S ∂x3 S
Then by integrate the above equation over x3 we can obtain:
∂ 2h ∂ 2h p d 2h p integrating over x dh p
2
+ 2 =− ⇒ 2
=−
3 → = − x3 + C1 (6.287)
∂x2 ∂x3 S dx3 S dx3 S
x3 x3
h
(paraboloid)
t
2 x2 p x1
t
2
b ∂h
=0
∂x3
3M T M t M t
τ max = = 3T = T
2
t b t b JTeff (6.293)
3
This solution is the base to solve other cases in which the cross section is made up by
several elongated rectangles (thin open wall cross section), (see Figure 6.104), with the
bi
condition > 10 .
ti
b3
t3
bi
> 10
t4 b4 ti
t2 ti - thickness
b2
bi - base
t1
b1
and
MT MT
θ= = n
GJTeff bi ti3 (6.295)
G ∑
i =1 3
And the angle of twist per unit length, (see equation (6.295)), becomes:
MT MT
θ= = (6.298)
GJTeff Gat 3
Problem 6.49
Obtain the equations for torsion problem by means of membrane analogy and by
considering a thin-walled closed section.
Hypothesis: Consider the membrane deflection as the one described in Figure 6.105.
x3 r
A- Area formed by s x2
membrane deflection
h
α α
t t
MT
∫ τ dΓ Γ∫ 2 At dΓ (6.303)
θ= Γ
=
2GA 2GA
The above equation is known as Bredt’s formula (Ugural&Fenster (1984)). When the
thickness is constant we can conclude that:
MT
∫ 2 At dΓ
Γ MT s (6.304)
θ= =
2GA 4GA2t
where s is the perimeter of the cross section. For the case presented in Figure 6.105 we
have
MT MT MT
τ= = = (6.305)
2 At 2(πr )t 2πr 2t
2
MT s M T (2πr ) MT
and θ = = = .
4GA t 4G (πr ) t 2Gπr 3t
2 2 2
Once the angle of twist per unit length is obtained we can obtain the JT by means of the
equation M T = GJT θ , (see equation (6.237)):
GJT M T
M T = GJT θ = ⇒ JTeff = 2πr 3t (6.306)
2Gπr 3t
s2 - perimeter
τ1 1
s1 - perimeter
t2 - thickness
t1 - thickness s3 - perimeter
τ2
1 t3 - thickness 3
Cell 2 2
h
τ1 = 1 τ3
t1 Cell 1
h2 A1 - Cell 1 area
τ2 =
t2 A2 - Cell 2 area
h − h1 τ1 2
τ3 = 2
t3
h3
h2
h1 Vmemb = A1h1 + A2h2
In this case we have two cells. For each cell we apply the definition ∫ τ dΓ = 2GθA , (see
Γ
equation (6.260)), thus
Cell 1: ∫ τ dΓ = 2GθA
Γ
1 ⇒ τ1s1 + τ3 s3 = 2GA1θ ⇒ τ1s1 + τ3 s3 − 2GA1θ = 0
(6.307)
We apply the equation M T = 2Vmemb , where the membrane volume is Vmemb = A1h1 + A2h2 ,
thus:
MT
M T = 2Vmemb = 2( A1t1τ1 + A2t2 τ2 ) ⇒ A1t1τ1 + A2t2 τ2 = (6.309)
2
Next we apply the flux continuity at each node. In this case we have two nodes:
Node 1: t1τ1 = t2 τ2 + t3τ3 ⇒ − t1τ1 + t2 τ2 + t3τ3 = 0 (6.310)
and
Node 2: t2 τ2 + t3τ3 = t1τ1 ⇒ t1τ1 − t2 τ2 − t3τ3 = 0 (6.311)
Note that the last equation is redundant one.
Then, by considering the equations (6.307), (6.308), (6.309) and (6.310), we can construct
the following set of equations:
Cell 1 s1 0 s3 − 2GA1 τ1 0
Cell 2 0
s2 − s3 − 2GA2 τ 2 0
= M ⇔ [ F ]{τ } = { g} (6.312)
moment 0 τ3 T
A1t1 A2t 2 0
2
flux at node 1
− t1 t2 t3 0 θ 0
There is solver that does not accept that the terms of principal diagonal are zero, if it is the
case we can overcome this drawback by sum the third and fourth rows by the first row.
Recall that if we sum rows the result is not affected. Then:
s1 0 s3 − 2GA1 τ1 0
0 0
s2 − s3 − 2GA2 τ 2
= M T ⇔ [ F ]{τ } = { g} (6.313)
A1t1 + s1 A2t 2 s3 − 2GA1 τ3 + ( g1 = 0)
2
− t1 + s1 t2 t 3 + s3 − 2GA1 θ 0 + ( g = 0)
1
The solution for the above set of equations is:
where det[ F ] = −2G[t1t 2 s3 ( A1 + A2 ) 2 + t3 ( s1t2 A22 + s2t1 A12 )] . Note that, when t = t1 = t2 ,
s = s1 = s2 , A = A1 = A2 , the solution becomes:
MT
4 At
τ1
τ MT
2
{τ } = = 4 At (6.315)
τ3
θ 0
sM
T
8GA2t
Once the angle of twist per unit length is obtained we can obtain the JT by means of the
equation M T = GJT θ , (see equation (6.237)):
GJT sM T 8 A3t
M T = GJT θ = ⇒ JTeff = (6.316)
8GA2t s
Problem 6.50
Obtain the tangential stress in each segment and the angle of twist θ for the multiply
connected thin-walled section described in Figure 6.107, Cervera&Blanco (2004), in which
the moment of torsion is M T = 5× 10 3 Nm and the shear modulus is G = 1× 1011 Pa .
τ2 τ3
2
. 2
.3 3
.4 Data (Dimensions in mm )
a = 50
τ4
Segment Lengths:
9 τ9 4 a
Cell 2 s1 = 100 , s2 = s3 = s4 = s5 = 50
s6 = s7 = s8 = s9 = s10 = 50
τ1 1
Cell 1 .
8 8 5
. Segment Thicknesses:
τ8 t1 = t2 = t3 = t4 = t5 = t6 = t7 = 5
5
10 t8 = t9 = t10 = 4
τ 10 Cell 3 τ5
a
Cell areas:
τ7 τ6 A1 = 2a × a = 5000mm2
1 . 7
. 7 6 6
. A2 = A3 = a × a = 2500mm2
a a
Cell 2:
Γ C2
∫ τ dΓ = 2GθA 2 ⇒ τ3 s3 + τ 4 s4 + τ8 s8 − τ9 s9 = 2GA2θ
Cell 3: ∫ τ dΓ = 2GθA
Γ C3
3 ⇒ τ 5 s5 + τ 6 s6 − τ8 s8 − τ10 s10 = 2GA3 θ
s1 s2 0 0 0 0 s7 0 s9 s10 − 2GA1 τ 1 0
s
1 s2 s3 s4 0 0 s7 s8 0 s10 − 2G ( A2 + A1 ) τ 2 0
0 0 − t3 t4 s5 s6 0 − s8 0 − s10 − 2GA3 τ 3 0
M T
A1t1 0 0 A2t4 0 A3t6 0 0 0 0 0 τ 4 2
t1 0 0 0 − t5 t6 t7 0 0 0 0 τ 5 0
− t1 t2 0 0 − t5 t6 0 0 0 0 0 τ 6 = 0
0 −t t3 0 0 − t6 t7 0 t9 − t10 0 τ
2
7 0
0 0 − t3 0 t5 0 0 t8 0 0 0 τ 8 0
0 − t2 t3 − t4 t5 − t6 t7 t8 t9 − t10 0 τ 9 0
0 0 0 0 − t5 0 t7 0 0 − t10 0 τ 10 0
s1 s2 0 0 0 − t6 t7 + s7 0 s9 s10 − t10 − 2GA1 θ 0
After substituting the data and solving the above system we can obtain:
rad
τ 1 = τ 2 = τ 3 = τ 4 = τ 5 = τ 6 = τ 7 = 50 × 106 Pa ; τ 8 = τ 9 = τ 10 = 0 ; θ = 0.01
m
Note that, this problem is the same as the result presented in equation (6.315), in which:
MT 5 × 10 3
τ= = −6 −3
= 50 × 10 6 Pa ,
4 At 4 × (5000 × 10 ) × (5 × 10 )
4 3
t3
τ3 3
τ4 t2
2
Cell 1
b
4 τ2
t4
τ1 1
1 t1
2
a
a a2
For the particular case when t1 = t 2 = t3 = t 4 = t , s1 = s3 = a , s2 = s4 = b = , A= and the
2 2
total perimeter sT = s1 + s2 + s3 + s4 = 3a , the above equations become
MT MT
τ1 =τ 2 =τ 3 =τ 4 =τ = =
2 At a 2t
M T s1 s2 s3 s4 M T (a + b) 3M T
θ= + + + = = 3
4 A2G t1 t2 t3 t4 2a 2b 2Gt a Gt
2
3
2
4
3
1
4 1
5 Cell 1
5
8
x3 6
6 7
7
8
x2
Problem 6.51
Obtain the tangential stress in each segment and the angle of twist per unit length θ for the
multiply connected thin-walled section described in Figure 6.110, in which the moment of
torsion is M T = 360 and the mechanical properties are E = 2.1 × 10 7 (Young’s modulus),
ν = 0.3 (Poisson’s ratio).
X3
7 3 6 9 5
τ4 4 τ3 τ9 8 τ8
1 4
Cell 1 Cell 3
2
τ1 Cell 2
6 7
τ2 τ6
1 τ7
5
2 τ5 3 X2
Element Connectivity
Coordinates i→ j Thickness
Nodes e
X2 X3 1 1→ 2 t1 = 0.03
1 0 1 .5 2 2→6 t 2 = 0.01
2 3 0
3 6→7 t3 = 0.03
3 9 0
4 7 →1 t 4 = 0.03
4 12 1 .5
5 12 2 5 2→3 t5 = 0.03
6 6 2 6 3→6 t6 = 0.01
7 0 2 7 3→ 4 t7 = 0.03
8 4→5 t8 = 0.03
9 5→6 t9 = 0.03
Cell 2: ∫ τ dΓ = 2GθA
Γ C2
2 ⇒ τ 5 s5 + τ 6 s6 − τ 2 s 2 − 2GA2 θ = 0
Cell 3: ∫ τ dΓ = 2GθA
Γ C3
3 ⇒ τ 7 s7 + τ8 s8 + τ9 s9 − τ 6 s6 − 2GA3θ = 0
Problem 6.52
Obtain the shear flux in each segment and the angle of twist θ for the multiply connected
thin-walled section described in Figure 6.111, in which the moment of torsion is M T and
consider the mechanical property G (shear modulus).
X3
4 3 3 7
6
τ3 τ7
4 Cell 1
τ4 τ2 6
Cell 2 τ6
2
τ1 τ5
1 1 2 5 5 X2
Element Connectivity
Coordinates i→ j Thickness
Nodes e
X2 X3 1 1→ 2 t1 = t
1 0 0 2 2→3 t2 = t
2 2a 0
3 3→ 4 t3 = t
3 2a a
4 4 →1 t4 = t
4 0 a
5 3a 0 5 2→5 t5 = t
6 3a a 6 5→6 t6 = t
7 6→3 t7 = t
e = 1(i = 1; j = 2) ⇒ s1 = ( 2a − 0) 2 + (0 − 0) 2 = 2a
s2 = a , s3 = 2a , s4 = a , s5 = a , s6 = a , s7 = a
Loop in Cells in order to calculate the cell areas:
Cell 1: Elements 1,2,3,4 :
N elem
( X 2(i ) − X 2( j ) ) 4
( X 2(i ) − X 2( j ) )
A1 = ∑ ( X
e =1
(i )
3 + X 3( j ) )
2
=
∑ ( X
e =1
(i )
3 + X 3( j ) )
2
2
⇒ A1 = 2a
Cell 2: Elements 5,6,7,2 : Area: A2 = 2a 2
For the three cells we apply the equation (6.260), i.e.:
Cell 1: ∫ τ dΓ = 2GθA
Γ C1
1 ⇒ τ1s1 + τ 2 s2 + τ3 s3 + τ 4 s4 − 2GA1θ = 0
Cell 2: ∫ τ dΓ = 2GθA
Γ C2
2 ⇒ τ5 s5 + τ 6 s6 + τ 7 s7 − τ 2 s2 − 2GA2 θ = 0
Problem 6.53
tt JT(t )
tf
r
bf M T(t )
tt
r tube
= +
tf JT( f )
4x M T( f )
bf
fin
MT M (t ) M ( f ) M T M T(t ) M T( f )
θ = θ(t ) = θ( f ) ⇒ = T(t ) = T( f ) ⇒ = (t ) = ( f )
GJT GJT GJT JT JT JT
M T JT(t ) M J (t ) M T JT( f ) M J( f )
⇒ M T(t ) = = (t ) T T ( f ) ; M T( f ) = = (t ) T T ( f )
JT ( JT + 4 JT ) JT ( JT + 4 JT )
For the tube we have JT(t ) = 2πr 3t , (see equation (6.306)), and for the fin we have
b f t 3f
JT( f ) = , (see equation (6.294)), then
3
4b f t 3f 2 MT 3M T
JT = JT(t ) + 4 JT( f ) 3
= 2πr tt + = (3πr 3tt + 2b f t 3f ) ; θ= =
3 3 GJT 2G (3πr 3tt + 2b f t 3f )
The tangential stress in the tube can be obtained by means of the equation in (6.305):
M T(t ) M T(t ) M T(t ) 3M T r
t)
τ (max = = = =
2 Att 2(πr )tt 2πr tt 2(3πr 3tt + 2b f t 3f )
2 2
And the tangential stress in the fin can be obtained by means of the equation in (6.296):
M T( f )t f 3M T( f )t f 3M T t f
τ (max
f)
= = =
JT( f ) b f t 3f 2(3πr 3tt + 2b f t 3f )
NOTE 1: Next we will automatize the above procedure in order to obtain the solution of
Hybrid Cross Section. Let us consider the example described in Figure 6.112 which was
discretize as indicated in Figure 6.114.
5
τ5 Perimeters
2πr
s1 = s 2 = s3 = s 4 = s =
1 1 4 4
τ1 τ4 s5 = s 6 = s 7 = s8 = b f
τ6 τ8 Thicknesses
2 4
tt = t1 = t 2 = t3 = t 4
6 8
t f = t 5 = t 6 = t 7 = t8
τ2 τ3
2 3 Area of the closed cell
3
A = πr 2
7 τ7
and
MT 3 A 2 tt + 4 sb f t 3f 2
M T = GθJT ⇒ JT = = = (3πr 3tt + 2b f t 3f )
3sM T 3s 3
G 2 3
G (3 A tt + 4 sb f t f )
The shear flux problem for bending was established in Chapter 4 - “4.2 Some useful concepts
for the classical “mechanics of materials”, and we summarize as indicated in Figure 6.115.
F F
q ( s) = (qF(iy) + t d1 y s + t d 2 y s 2 ) Fy + (qF(iz) + t d1Fz s + t d 2Fz s 2 ) Fz (Shear Flux)
F
[
d1 y = −X −1 p0(1) + p2(1) X 2(i ) + p3(1) X 3(i ) ] ; [
d1Fz = −X −1 p0( 2 ) + p2( 2 ) X 2(i ) + p3( 2) X 3(i ) ]
F
d 2 y = −(2X ) −1 p2(1) [ l + p3(1) m] ; d 2Fz = −(2X ) −1 p2( 2) [ l + p3( 2) m]
AX 2 AX 3 AX 2 AX 3
p0(1) = − ; p0( 2 ) = −
− I23 I22 − I33 I 23
A AX 3 A AX 3
p2(1) = ; p2( 2 ) =
AX 3 I22 − AX 2 I23
A AX 2 AX 3
A AX 2 A AX 2
p3(1) =− ; p3( 2 ) =− , X = AX 3 − I 23 I 22
AX 3 − I 23 − AX 2 − I33
− AX 2 − I33 I 23
F
M O = M O y Fy + M OFz Fz = −( X 3( S .C .) ) Fy + ( X 2( S .C .) ) Fz (Torsion moment)
F F F
M O y = (6) −1 [m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a(3atd 1 y + 2a 2 td 2 y + 6q F(iy) )
M OFz = (6) −1 [m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a (3atd 1Fz + 2a 2 td 2Fz + 6q F(iz) )
F a F a
3
(i ) Fz a a3
f = q F(iy) a + t d 1 y + t d 2 y F y + q Fz a + t d 1 + t d 2Fz Fz (Force)
2 3 2 3
Figure 6.115
The problem characterized by bending of open thin-walled section was already discussed in
Chapter 4 - “4.2 Some useful concepts for the classical “mechanics of materials”. And, since we are
dealing with linear elasticity, we can use the superposition principle in order to obtain the
response with an additional effect due to torsion problem only, (see Figure 6.116).
S.C.-Shear center
x3′′ x3′′
+ F31 = F31
MT
F21 x′2′ MT F21 x′2′
F21 = F31 = 0 o′′ o′′
S.C. S.C.
M o′′x1′′ = 0 M o′′x1′′ = M T
The tangential stress distributions, for “torsion only” and for “bending only”, can be
appreciated in Figure 6.117. In Problem 4.31 we have obtained the shear flux for the
problem described in Figure 6.117(b).
τ (max
1)
τ(max
1)
q ( e =1)
τ(max
2)
q
τ=
τ(max
2)
q (e = 2)
t
t max = t1 ⇒ τ max = τ (max
1)
τ(max
3)
τ(max
3)
q ( e = 3)
As example, let us consider the closed cross section as the one indicated in Figure 6.118,
where the shearing forces are F21 = Fy = 0 and F31 = Fz = 1000 , and are applied at node 1.
X3 Node X 2( i ) X 3( i )
4 i =1 1 1
Node Coordinates i = 2 13 1
1 .0 i =3 14 5
3 i=4 1 10
4
3
Path
F31 = Fz Flange Thickness (t )
2 i→ j
1 e =1 1→ 2 0 .1
2 e=2 2→3 0 .1
1 F21
1 .0 e=3 3→ 4 0 .1
e=4 4 →1 0 .1
O X2
at a 2 m 2 + 12( X 3( g ) ) 2
− lma 2 − 12 X 2( g ) X 3( g )
IO( eX)r ij ≈ (6.321)
12 − lma 2 − 12 X 2( g ) X 3( g )
a 2 l 2 + 12( X 2( g ) ) 2
r
The inertia tensors for the flanges related to the system OX are
33.3 − 4.95
I (OX
4 r)
≈
ij
− 4.95 0.9
Then, the inertia tensor for the compound is given by
I I 23 − 90.7
(I ) 114.46667
3
( Sys
r )
OX ij
= 22
I 23 I 33
= ∑ (I
e =1
( e )r
OX ij
) = I O(1X)r ij + I O( 2Xr) ij + I O( 3X)r ij + I O( 4Xr) ij =
− 90.7 221
Just to exercise let us calculate the inertia tensor at the Area Centroid, (see Chapter 4),
which can be obtained by means of the Steiner’s theorem:
r r r r r r r r
I O( Sys r ) − A [( X ⊗ X ) − ( X ⋅ X ) 1]
r ) = I ( Sys ⇒ IG( Sys r ) + A [( X ⊗ X ) − ( X ⋅ X ) 1]
r ) = I ( Sys
X Gx x OX
qF( ez =1) ( s = 12) = qF(1z) + (0.013372) s + ( −3.03663 × 10−4 ) s 2 = qF(1z) + 0.1167351 = qF( 2z )
( e =1) F a F a
3
(i ) Fz a Fz a
3
f = q F(iy) a + t d 1 y + t d 2 y F + q
y Fz a + t d 1 + t d 2 Fz
2 3 2 3
( e =1)
⇒ f = (12q F(1y) + 0.281167) F y + (12q F(1z) + 0.787866) Fz
(M ) Fy ( e =1)
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
F F
(3atd1 y + 2a 2td 2 y + 6q F(iy) ) = −0.281167 − 12q F(1y)
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
(M ) Fz ( e=1)
O =
6
(3atd1Fz + 2a 2td 2Fz + 6q F(iz) ) = −0.7878655 − 12q F(1z)
Update Variables
q F(iy) ← q F( yj ) = q F(1y) + 0.0115815 ; q F(iz) ← q F( zj ) = q F(1z) + 0.1167351
q F( ez =2 ) ( s = 4) = q F( 2z ) + 0.00100472 = q F(3z )
= (q F(1z) + 0.1167351) + 0.00100472 = q F(1z) + 0.1177398 = q F(3z )
by considering qF( 2y) = qF(1y) + 0.0115815 , qF( 2z ) = qF(1z) + 0.1167351 we can obtain
(M ) Fy ( e = 2 )
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
F F
(3atd1 y + 2a 2td 2 y + 6qF(iy) ) = −0.90111577 + 52qF( 2y)
= −0.2988802 + 52qF(1y)
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
(M ) Fz ( e = 2 )
O =
6
(3atd1Fz + 2a 2td 2Fz + 6qF(iz) ) = 0.228326 + 52qF( 2z )
= 6.2985524 + 52qF(1z)
Update Variables
qF(iy) ← qF( jy) = qF(1y) − 0.0246964 ; qF(iz) ← qF( zj ) = qF(1z) + 0.1177398
(M ) F y ( e = 3)
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
F F
(3atd1 y + 2a 2td 2 y + 6qF(iy) ) = −4.4007962 + 125qF(3y)
= −7.48784 + 125qF(1y)
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
(M ) Fz ( e = 3 )
O =
6
(3atd1Fz + 2a 2td 2Fz + 6qF(iz) ) = −6.510547 + 125qF(3z )
= 8.206993 + 125qF(1z)
Update Variables
qF(iy) ← qF( yj ) = qF(1y) − 0.0634688 ; qF(iz) ← qF( zj ) = qF(1z) − 0.002232771
by considering qF(iy) = qF( 4y) = qF(1y) − 0.0634688 , qF(iz) = qF( 4z ) = qF(1z) − 0.002232771 we get
(M ) Fy ( e = 4 )
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
F F
(3atd1 y + 2a 2td 2 y + 6qF(iy) ) = −0.24871451 − 9qF( 4y) = 0.3225 − 9qF(1y)
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
(M ) Fz ( e = 4 )
O =
6
(3atd1Fz + 2a 2td 2Fz + 6qF(iz) ) = 0.167124 − 9qF( 4z ) = 0.18722 − 9qF(1z)
(M ) Fz ( Sys )
O (
= M OFz )
( e=1)
(
+ M OFz )
( e= 2 )
(
+ M OFz )
( e =3 )
(
+ M OFz )
( e=4)
= 13.9048382 + 156q F(1z)
F
M O = M O y Fy + M OFz Fz = −( X 3( S .C .) ) Fy + ( X 2( S .C .) ) Fz (6.322)
⇒ M O = ( −7.7453862 + 156q F(1y) ) Fy + (13.9048382 + 156q F(1z) ) Fz = −( X 3( S .C .) ) Fy + ( X 2( S .C .) ) Fz
(6.323)
The Total Force due to shear flux
( FT ) ( Sys ) = f ( e=3) + f ( e=3) + f ( e=3) + f ( e=3)
= ( −0.843064 + 38q F(1y) ) Fy + (1.9386719 + 38q F(1z) ) Fz
with that we can conclude that the shear center is located at:
X 2( S .C .) = 5.9460799 ; X 3( S .C .) = 4.2843866
Flange 1
q F(ey=1) = q F(1y) + 0.009785s − 7.34994 × 10 −4 s 2 = 0.02218589 + 0.009785s − 7.34994 × 10 −4 s 2
q F(ez =1) = q F(1z) + 0.013372 s − 3.03663 × 10 − 4 s 2 = −0.05101768 + 0.013372 s − 3.03663 × 10 − 4 s 2
Flange 2
q F( ey= 2) ( s ) = q F(1y) + 0.0115815 − 0.0078548s − 3.0366259 × 10 −4 s 2
= 0.0337673 − 0.0078548s − 3.0366259 × 10 − 4 s 2
q F(ez =2 ) ( s ) = q F(1z) + 0.1167351 + 0.00608398s − 0.0014582 s 2
= 0.0657174 + 0.00608398s − 0.0014582 s 2
q (e =2 ) ( s ) = q F( ey= 2) Fy + q F( ez = 2 ) Fz = 65.7174 + 6.08398s − 1.4582s 2
{
=0
Flange 3
q F(ey=3) ( s) = q F(1y) − 0.0246964 − 0.010284 s + 5.61663 × 10 −4 s 2
= −2.51048 × 10 −3 − 0.010284 s + 5.61663 × 10 −4 s 2
q F(ez =3) ( s) = q F(1z) + 0.1177398 − 0.005582 s − 2.80542 × 10 −4 s 2
= 0.0667222 − 0.005582 s − 2.80542 × 10 −4 s 2
at the end s = 13 , (node 4 )
q F(ey=3) ( s = 13) = q F(1y) − 0.0634688 = −0.0412829 = q F( 4y )
Flange 4
q F(ey=4 ) ( s ) = q F(1y) − 0.0634688 + 0.004319 s + 3.03663 × 10 −4 s 2
= −0.0412829 + 0.004319 s + 3.03663 × 10 − 4 s 2
q F( ez =4 ) ( s) = q F(1z) − 0.002232771 − 0.012876 s + 0.001458s 2
= −0.0532505 − 0.012876 s + 0.001458s 2
at the end s = 9 , (node 1 )
q F(ey=4 ) ( s = 9) = (q F(1y) − 0.0634688) + 0.0634688 = 0.0221859 = q F(1y)
O X2
Torsion only
The solution for this problem was already done, (see equation (6.318)):
1
2 At1
1
τ 1
τ 2 At 2 MT
2
1
τ 1 = τ 2 = τ 3 = τ 4 = τ = 2 At
τ
3 = M T 2 At 3 ⇒
τ θ = s T
4 1 4 A 2 Gt
θ 2 At 4
1 s1 s s s
+ 2 + 3 + 4
4 A 2 G t1 t2 t3 t4
12 × 5
where M T = −4946.08 , ACell = 12 × 9 − = 78 , t = 0.1
2
MT MT
τ= = −317.05641 ⇒ τ t=q= = −31.705641
2 ACell t 2 ACell
X3
Fz = 1000
Torsion at the shear center
1 .0 4.94608
M T = M o′′ = −1000 × 4.94608 = −4946.08
4
Fz = 1000
q ( e = 3)
MT
3
4 ⊗
S.C. 3
q (e = 4)
2 q (e =2)
1
1 q ( e =1) 2
O X2
Figure 6.120
NOTE 1: Note that the total moment at the point O obtained in (6.323), M OFz Fz , must be
equal to the moment produced by the force Fz = 1000 at the same point, so
M OFz Fz = Fz ×1 ⇒ (13.9048382 + 156q F(1z) ) Fz = Fz × 1
(6.324)
⇒ 13.9048382 + 156q F(1z) − 1 = 0 ⇒ q F(1z) = −0.08272332
Note that we have found for bending only problem that q F(1z) _ bending = −0.05101768
q − 31.705641
(bending), and for torsion only q F(1z) _ torsion = = = −0.031705641 (torsion),
Fz 1000
then
q F(1z) = q F(1z) _ bending + q F(1z) _ torsion = −0.05101768 − 0.031705641 = −0.08272332
Flange 2
(
qF( 2z ) + 0.00100472 = qF(3z ) , f ( e=2 ) = ( 4qF( 2z ) + 0.017564) Fz , M OFz )
(e = 2)
= 0.228326 + 52qF( 2z )
Flange 3
qF(3z) − 0.1199726 = qF( 4z ) , f (e=3) = (13q F(3z ) − 0.6770968) Fz , M OFz ( ) ( e = 3)
= −6.510547 + 125qF(3z )
Flange 4
qF(1z) = qF(1z) (redundant equation), f (e=4 ) = (9q F( 4z ) − 0.167124) Fz , M OFz ( )
(e = 4)
= 0.167124 − 9qF( 4z )
FTFz = [(12q F(1z) + 0.787866) + (4q F( 2z ) + 0.017564) + (13q F(3z ) − 0.6770968) + (9q F( 4z ) − 0.167124)]Fz
= [12q F(1z) + 4q F( 2z ) + 13q F(3z ) + 9q F( 4z ) − 0.03879148]Fz
And if the forces are applied at the shear center the angle of twist per unit length (or the
torsion) is equal to zero, so
MT s
∫ q dΓ = 2GθAt = { ∫ q dΓ = 0
Center θ = 0
Shear
→
Γ
2A Γ
=0
(see equation (6.304))
− 12 52 125 − 9 − 1 q Fz 6.90296222 q Fz
12 4 13 9 0 X 2S C 0.03879148
( . .) X 2( S .C .) 5.946079856
Problem 6.54
Consider the cross section described in Figure 6.111 in which a = 2 and t = 0.1 . Obtain the
shear flux in each segment and the shear center of the cross section.
Solution:
In order to automatize the procedure we will create additional nodes at the point in which
bifurcation occurs, (see Figure 6.121).
X3
4 3 9 10 7
6
τ3 3 τ7
4 Cell 1
τ4 τ2 Cell 2 6
2 τ6
τ1 7 τ5
1 1 2 8 5 5 X2
Element Connectivity
Coordinates i→ j Thickness
Nodes e
X2 X3 1 1→ 2 t1 = t
1 0 0 2 7→3 t2 = t
2,7,8 2a 0
3 9→4 t3 = t
3,9,10 2a a
4 4 4 →1 t4 = t
0 a
5 3a 0 5 8→5 t5 = t
6 3a a 6 5→6 t6 = t
7 6 → 10 t7 = t
Figure 6.121
The flange geometric characteristics are described in Table 6.2.
Table 6.2
Area
Flange ( X 2(i ) ; X 3(i ) ) ( X 2( j ) ; X 3( j ) ) t a
(e )
l m X 2( ge ) X 3( ge )
A
e =1 ( 0;0 ) ( 4;0 ) 0 .1 4 0 .4 1 0 2 0
e=2 ( 4;0 ) ( 4;2 ) 0 .1 2 0 .2 1 0 4 1
e=3 ( 4;2 ) ( 2;2 ) 0 .1 4 0 .4 −1 0 2 2
e=4 ( 0;2 ) ( 0;0 ) 0 .1 2 0 .2 0 −1 0 1
e=5 ( 4;0 ) ( 6;0 ) 0 .1 2 0 .2 1 0 5 0
e=6 ( 6;0 ) ( 6;2 ) 0 .1 2 0 .2 0 1 6 1
e=7 ( 6;2 ) ( 4;2 ) 0 .1 2 0 .2 −1 0 5 2
∑
e =1
A(e ) X 2( ge ) ∑A
e=1
(e)
X 3( ge )
X2 = = 3.1111111 ; X3 = = 1 .0
A A
The Inertia Tensor of Area (for the flange e )
at a 2 m 2 + 12( X 3( g ) ) 2 − lma 2 − 12 X 2( g ) X 3( g )
IO( eX)r ij ≈ (6.325)
12 − lma 2 − 12 X 2( g ) X 3( g ) a 2 l 2 + 12( X 2( g ) ) 2
r
The inertia tensors for the flanges related to the system OX are
0 0 ( 2) 0.2666667 − 0. 8 ( 3 ) 1 .6 − 1 .6
I(OX
1)r
≈ ; IOXr ij ≈ ; IOXr ij ≈ ;
0 2.1333333 − 0 .8 3 .2 − 1.6 2.133333
ij
0 .8 −2
I(OX
7 r)
≈
− 2 5.0666667
ij
Just as exercise, let us calculate the inertia tensor at the Area Centroid, (see Chapter 4),
which can be obtained by means of the Steiner’s theorem:
r r r r r r r r
I O( Sys r ) − A [( X ⊗ X ) − ( X ⋅ X ) 1]
r ) = I ( Sys ⇒ IG( Sys r ) + A [( X ⊗ X ) − ( X ⋅ X ) 1]
r ) = I ( Sys
X G x x OX
F
d 2 y = −(2X ) −1 p2(1) [ l + p3(1) m ] = −0.0677711 ⇒ d 2F t = −0.00677711 y
d 2Fz = −(2X ) −1 [p 2 l
(2)
+ p3( 2 ) m ] = −0 ⇒ d 2F t = 0 z
(M ) Fy ( e=1)
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
F F
(3atd1 y + 2a 2td 2 y + 6q F(iy) ) = 0
(M ) Fz ( e =1)
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
(3atd1Fz + 2a 2td 2Fz + 6q F(iz) ) = 0
(M ) Fy ( e= 2 )
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
F F
(3atd1 y + 2a 2td 2 y + 6qF(iy) ) = 8q F(7y ) − 0.0963855
(M ) Fz ( e =2 )
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
(3atd1Fz + 2a 2td 2Fz + 6qF(iz) ) = 8qF( 7z ) + 0.1904762
(M ) Fy ( e=3)
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
F F
(3atd1 y + 2a 2td 2 y + 6qF(iy) ) = 8qF(9y) + 0.09639
(M ) Fz ( e=3)
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
(3atd1Fz + 2a 2td 2Fz + 6q F(iz) ) = 8q F(9z ) − 1.14286
(M ) Fy ( e= 4 )
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
F F
(3atd1 y + 2a 2td 2 y + 6q F(iy) ) = 0
(M ) Fz ( e=4 )
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
(3atd1Fz + 2a 2td 2Fz + 6q F(iz) ) = 0
F F
q( s ) = (q F(iy) + t d1 y s + t d 2 y s 2 ) Fy + (q F(iz) + t d1Fz s + t d 2Fz s 2 ) Fz = qF( ey=5) Fy + q F( ez =5) Fz
(M ) Fy ( e=5 )
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
F F
(3atd1 y + 2a 2td 2 y + 6q F(iy) ) = 0
(M ) Fz ( e=5 )
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
(3atd1Fz + 2a 2td 2Fz + 6q F(iz) ) = 0
d 2Fz = −(2X ) −1 [p 2 l
(2)
+ p3( 2 ) m ] = −0.3571429 ⇒ d 2Fz t = −0.03571429
Shear Flux in the Flange 6
F F
q( s ) = (qF(iy) + t d1 y s + t d 2 y s 2 ) Fy + (qF(iz) + t d1Fz s + t d 2Fz s 2 ) Fz = qF(ey=6 ) Fy + q F(ez =6 ) Fz
(M ) Fy ( e=6 )
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
F F
(3atd1 y + 2a 2td 2 y + 6q F(iy) ) = 12qF(5y) − 0.4698795
(M ) Fz ( e=6 )
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
(3atd1Fz + 2a 2td 2Fz + 6q F(iz) ) = 12q F(5z ) + 0.2857143
d 2Fz = −(2X ) −1 [p 2 l
(2)
+ p3( 2 ) m ] = 0 ⇒ d 2F t = 0 z
(M ) Fy ( e=7 )
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
F F
(3atd1 y + 2a 2td 2 y + 6q F(iy) ) = 4q F( 6y ) − 0.1204819
(M ) Fz ( e =7 )
O =
[m X 2(i ) − l X 3(i ) ]a
6
(3atd1Fz + 2a 2td 2Fz + 6qF(iz) ) = 4q F(6z ) − 0.2857143
(M ) ∑ (M )
7
Fy ( Sys ) Fy ( e )
O = O
e=1
= (0) + (8q F( 7y ) − 0.0963855) + (8q F(9y ) + 0.09639) + (0) + (0) + (12q F(5y ) − 0.4698795)
+ (4q F( 6y ) − 0.1204819)
(M ) ∑ (M )
7
Fz ( Sys ) Fz ( e )
O = O
e=1
= (0) + (8q F(7z ) + 0.1904762) + (8q F(9z ) − 1.14286) + (0) + (0) + (12q F(5z ) + 0.2857143)
+ ( 4q F( 6z ) − 0.2857143)
(M ) Fy ( Sys )
O = 12qF(5y) + 4q F(6y ) + 8q F(9y ) + 8q F(7y ) − 0.5903614
(M ) Fz ( Sys )
O = 12q F(5z ) + 4q F( 6z ) + 8qF( 7z ) + 8qF(9z ) − 0.952381
F
M O = M O y Fy + M OFz Fz = −( X 3( S .C .) ) Fy + ( X 2( S .C .) ) Fz (6.326)
Solution due to Fy
For each flange we have obtained the following relationships between nodal shear fluxes:
q F(1y) + 0.060241 = qF( 2y) ⇒ − qF(1y) + qF( 2y) = 0.060241 (flange 1) (6.327)
q F( 7y) − 0.0240964 = q F(3y) ⇒ qF(3y) − qF(7y) = −0.0240964 (flange 2) (6.328)
q F(9y) + 0.060241 = q F( 4y) ⇒ q F( 4y) − q F(9y) = 0.060241 (flange 3) (6.329)
q F(8y) − 0.0512048 = qF(5y) ⇒ qF(5y) − qF(8y) = −0.0512048 (flange 5) (6.330)
q F(5y) − 0.0783133 = qF(6y) ⇒ qF(6y) − qF(5y) = −0.0783133 (flange 6) (6.331)
q F( 6y) − 0.0512048 = qF(10y ) ⇒ qF(10y ) − q F( 6y) = −0.0512048 (flange 7) (6.332)
For the two bifurcation points the following must be true
Shear flux compatibility at nodes 2,7,8 Shear flux compatibility at nodes 3,9,10
7
9 10
q (7 )
q (9 ) q (10)
q (2)
q ( 3)
8
2 q (8 ) 3
Up to now we have 9 equations and 11 unknowns (10 for shear fluxes and 1 for X 3( S .C .) ).
The two missing equations can be added by considering the following equation for each
cell:
MT s
∫ q dΓ = 2GθAt = { ∫ q dΓ = 0
Center θ=0
Shear
→
Γ
2A Γ
=0
Note that we have obtained previously the forces for each flange, (see Figure 6.122).
1 1 2 8 5 5 X2
( 3)
q F y − 0 . 01204819
q ( 4) − 0.04216867
F(5y)
qFy 0.03915663
qFy = − 0.03915663
(6)
(7) 0.01204819
qF y
q (8) 0.09036145
Fy
qF(9) − 0.10240964
(10) − 0.09036145
y
qFy
− X ( S .C .) − 1.0
3
Solution due to Fz
For each flange we have obtained the following relationships between nodal shear fluxes:
q F(1z) + 0.2857143 = qF( 2z ) ⇒ − q F(1z) + q F( 2z ) = 0.2857143 (flange 1) (6.337)
q F( 7z ) = qF(3z) ⇒ qF(3z) − qF( 7z ) = 0 (flange 2) (6.338)
q F(9z ) − 0.2857143 = qF( 4z ) ⇒ qF( 4z ) − qF(9z ) = −0.2857143 (flange 3) (6.339)
q F(8z) + 0.1428571 = qF(5z ) ⇒ qF(5z ) − q F(8z) = 0.1428571 (flange 5) (6.340)
q F(5z ) = qF( 6z ) ⇒ qF( 6z ) − qF(5z ) = 0 (flange 6) (6.341)
q F( 6z ) − 0.1428571 = qF(10z ) ⇒ qF(10z ) − qF(6z ) = −0.1428571 (flange 7) (6.342)
For the two bifurcation points the following must be true
q F( 7z ) + qF(8z) = qF( 2z ) q F(3z) + qF(10z ) = qF(9z ) (6.343)
Another equation due to the total torsion moment obtained previously, (see equation
(6.326)), and since we are searching for the shear center, the following must be true
M OFz Fz − X 2( S .C .) Fz = 0 ⇒ 12q F(5z ) + 4qF( 6z ) + 8qF(7z ) + 8qF(9z ) − X 2( S .C .) = 0.952381 (6.344)
Up to now we have 9 equations and 11 unknowns (10 for shear fluxes and 1 for X 2( S .C .) ).
The two missing equations can be added by considering the following equation for each
cell:
MT s
∫ q dΓ = 2GθAt = { ∫ q dΓ = 0
Center θ=0
Shear
→
Γ
2A Γ
=0
Note that we have obtained previously the forces for each flange, (see Figure 6.123).
4 3 9 10 7 6 f F(ze = 2 ) = 2q F( 7z ) + 0.047619
f F(ze =3) = 4q F(9z ) − 0.5714286
f F(ze = 3) 3 f F(ze = 7 )
4 f F(ze = 4 ) = 2q F( 4z ) − 0.047619
6
Cell 2 f F(ze =5) = 2q F(8z ) + 0.14285771
f F(ze = 4 ) Cell 1 f F(ye=2) 2
f F(ze = 6 ) f F(ze = 6 ) = 2q F(5z ) + 0.047619
f F(ze = 7 ) = 2q F( 6z ) − 0.1428571
f F(ze =1) 7 f F(ze = 5)
1 1 2 8 5 5 X2
qF(1) − 0.14906832
( 2z)
qFz 0.13664596
q (3) 0.17391304
F( 4z )
qFz − 0.14906832
(5) 0.10559006
qFz
q Fz = 0.10559006
(6)
(7 ) 0.17391304
q Fz
qF(8) − 0.03726708
(9z )
qFz 0.13664596
q (10) − 0.03726708
(FSz.C .)
X 2 3.22153209
NOTE: For a given Fy and Fz located at ( X 2( F ) , X 3( F ) ), (see Figure 6.124), the torsion
moment is given by:
M T = − Fy ( X 3( F ) − X 3( S .C .) ) + Fz ( X 2( F ) − X 2( S .C .) )
And we can superimpose the torsion only effect, (see Problem 6.52).
Fy
Fz
MT axis of symmetry
Fy
⊗ ⊗
G S.C.
X2
Figure 6.124
where
1
∫
U int = Ψ e (ε ) dV =
V V
∫ 2 σ : ε dV The internal potential energy (6.348)
and
r r r r
U ext = t * ⋅ udS + ( ρb) ⋅ udV
∫ ∫ The external potential energy (6.349)
Sσ V
For the torsion problem the stress state is only given by σ12 and σ13 , (see equation
(6.229)), then the internal potential energy becomes:
1 1 1 1
U int = ∫ 2 σ : ε dV = ∫ 2 σ ε ∫ 2 ( 2σ ∫ 2G (σ
2 2
ij ij dV = 12ε12 + 2σ13ε13 ) dV = 12 + σ13 ) dV (6.350)
V V V V
where we have used the definition σ12 = G 2ε12 = Gγ xy and σ13 = G 2ε13 = Gγ xz . Recall that
∂φ ∂φ
σ12 = ; σ13 = − (6.351)
∂x3 ∂x2
where φ = φ ( x2 , x3 ) is the Prandtl’s stress function, (see equation (6.244)). Then the internal
potential energy can be rewritten as follows:
1 ∂φ ∂φ
2 2
1 1
∫ + ∫
dV = (φ ,kφ ,k ) dV ∫
int 2 2
U = (σ12 + σ13 ) dV = (6.352)
2G 2G ∂x3 ∂x2 2G
V V V
1 ∂φ ∂φ 1 ∂φ ∂φ
2 2 2 2
∫ + dV = x1 ∫ + dA
int
U = (6.353)
2G ∂x3 ∂x 2 2G ∂x3 ∂x 2
V A
The external potential energy without body forces becomes:
r r
U ext = t * ⋅ udS =∫ ∫ t u dS = ∫ (t u
*
k k
*
1 1 + t *2u 2 + t *3u 3 )dS = (σ12
*
∫
*
u 2 + σ13 u 3 )dS
Sσ Sσ Sσ Sσ
1 ∂φ ∂φ
2 2
⇒ Π = x1
2G
∫
∂x ∂x dA − x1 2θφ dA
+
∫
A 3 2
A
1 ∂φ ∂φ
2 2
Π J
⇒ =Π=
x1
∫
+ dA − 2θφ dA
2G ∂x3 ∂x2 ∫ m
(6.355)
A A
Problem 6.55
Considering a torsion problem in a rectangular cross section ( 2a × 2b ), (see Figure 6.125),
and by considering that the displacement field u1 is approached by the function
u1 = Kθx2 x3 , obtain the tangential stress field and the JT (polar moment of inertia).
x3
O x2
b
a a
The stress field, (see equation (6.229)), can be expressed in terms of the field u1 as follows:
∂u1 ∂u1
0 − x3 θ + x θ
∂x 2
0 σ12 σ13 ∂x2 3
∂u
σij = σ12 0 0 = G 1 − x3 θ 0 0 (6.357)
σ13 0 0 ∂x2
∂u
1 + x2 θ 0 0
∂x3
When u1 = Kθx2 x3 we can obtain:
0 σ12 σ13 0 (Kθx3 − x3 θ) (Kθx2 + x2 θ)
σij = σ12 0
0 = G (Kθx3 − x3 θ) 0 0
(6.358)
σ13 0 0 (Kθx2 + x2 θ) 0 0
Then, the internal potential energy can be rewritten in terms of the constant K :
1 G2
U int ( K ) = x1 ∫ ∫
2 2
(σ12 + σ13 ) dA = x1 [( Kθx3 − x3 θ) 2 + ( Kθx2 + x2 θ) 2 ] dA
A
2G A
2G
G
=
2 A ∫
x1 [(θx3 ) 2 ( K − 1) 2 + (θx2 ) 2 ( K + 1) 2 ] dA
(6.359)
G ( K − 1) 2 θ2 Gθ2 ( K + 1) 2
=
2 A
∫
x1 ( x3 ) 2 dA +
2 A
∫
x1 ( x2 ) 2 dA
G ( K − 1) 2 θ2 Gθ2 ( K + 1) 2
= x1I 22 + x1I33
2 2
where Iij is the inertia tensor of area related to the system O − x2 − x3 :
∫
2 2
( x2 + x3 )dA 0 0
I11 0 0 A
IO( A)ij = 0 I 22 0 = 0 ∫
2
x3 dA 0
0 0
I33 A
0 0
A
∫
x22 dA
(6.360)
I 22 + I33 0 0 I 22 + I33 0 0
(2a )(2b)3 4ab3
= 0 0 = 0 0
12 3
(2b)(2a)3 4ba 3
0 0 0 0
12 3
Taking into account the external potential energy U ext = x1θM T , the total potential energy
becomes:
Π = U int − U ext
G ( K − 1) 2 θ2 Gθ2 ( K + 1) 2 (6.361)
⇒ Π(K ) = x1I 22 + x1I33 − x1θM T
2 2
As we are looking for the stationary point, the following must be true:
∂Π ( K ) ∂ G ( K − 1) 2 θ2 Gθ2 ( K + 1) 2
= x I + x1I33 − x1θM T = 0
∂K
∂K 2
1 22
2
⇒ G ( K − 1)θ2 x1I 22 + Gθ2 ( K + 1) x1I33 = 0 ⇒ ( K − 1)I 22 + ( K + 1)I33 = 0 (6.362)
I 22 − I33
⇒K =
I 22 + I33
Then, the displacement field u1 = Kθx2 x3 becomes:
I −I b2 − a 2
u1 = Kθx2 x3 = 22 33 θx2 x3 = 2 θx2 x3
2 (6.363)
I 22 + I33 a +b
and the stress field:
I − I I − I
0 θx3 22 33 − 1 θx2 22 33 + 1
I22 + I33 I22 + I33
0 σ12 σ13
I 22 − I33
σij = σ12 0
0 = G θx3 − 1 0 0
I 22 + I33
σ13 0 0
θx I22 − I33 + 1 0 0 (6.364)
2 I + I
22 33
0 − x3I33 x2I22 0 − x3a 2 x2b 2
2Gθ 2Gθ 2
= − x3I33 0 0 = 2 − x3a 0 0
I 22 + I33 (a + b 2 )
x2I 22 0 0 x2b
2
0 0
∫ (I )
2Gθ 2Gθ
∫ (σ − σ12 x3 )dA = ∫ (I + I33 x3 x3 )dA = 2
MT = 13 x2 22 x2 x2 22 x2 + I33 x32 dA
A
I22 + I33 A
I 22 + I33 A
2Gθ 2Gθ
= ∫
2 2
∫
I 22 x2 dA + I33 x3 dA = [I22I33 + I33I22 ] (6.365)
I22 + I33 A A I 22 + I33
I 22I33 4a 3b3 16a 3b3
= 4Gθ = 4Gθ = Gθ
I22 + I33 3(a 2 + b 2 ) 3(a 2 + b 2 )
MT
Then, by using the equation JTeff = , we can obtain:
Gθ
16a 3b3
Gθ
M T 3(a + b )
2 2
16a 3b3 (6.366)
JTeff = = =
Gθ Gθ 3(a 2 + b 2 )
When b = a the above equation becomes:
MT 8 4
JTeff = = a = 2.66666667a 4 (6.367)
Gθ 3
and if we compare with the exact solution JTeff = 2.2496a 4 we can see that the error is
approximately 18.5% .
Problem 6.56
Starting from the total potential energy obtain an expression equivalent to the torsion
~ ~
problem such as [k ( e ) ]{φ ( e ) } = { f ( e ) } , where {φ ( e ) } = Gθ{φ ( e ) } is the nodal membrane
deflection vector. Consider also that the membrane deflection field is
r
φ = φ ( x2 , x3 ) = [ N ( x )]{φ ( e) } .
Solution:
We can approach the field φ = φ ( x 2 , x3 ) by means of shape functions as follows:
φ 1( e )
(e)
φ r
φ = φ ( x2 , x3 ) = [ N1 N 2 L N n ] 2 = [ N ( x )]1× n {φ ( e) }n×1 (6.368)
M
φ ( e )
n
where n is the number of nodes. With that the potential Π , (see equation (6.355)), can be
written in terms of nodal values {φ (e ) } as follows:
1 ∂φ ∂φ
2 2
Π= ∫ + dA − 2θφ dA
2G ∂x3 ∂x2 ∫
A A
(6.369)
1 ∂[ N ]{φ ( e ) } ∂[ N ]{φ (e ) }
2 2
(
Π {φ } =
(e)
2G
) ∫
∂x
+
∂ x ∫
dA − 2θ[ N ]{φ ( e ) } dA
A 3 2 A
(
∂Π {φ ( e ) } )
∂ 1 ∂[ N ]{φ ( e ) } ∂[ N ]{φ (e ) }
2 2
∫
∫ φ (e )
= + dA − 2 θ[ N ]{ } dA = {0}
∂{φ ( e ) } ∂{φ ( e ) } A 2G ∂x3
∂ x
2
A
(6.370)
thus
(
∂Π {φ ( e ) } ) 1 ∂[ N ]{φ ( e ) } ∂[ N ]T ∂[ N ]{φ ( e ) } ∂[ N ]T
∫
∫
T
= 2 + 2 dA − 2θ[ N ] dA = {0}
∂{φ }
(e)
A
2G ∂x3 ∂x3 ∂x2 ∂x2 A
(6.371)
or
∂[ N ]T ∂[ N ] ∂[ N ]T ∂[ N ] {φ ( e ) }
dA
∫
A ∂x3 ∂x3
+
∂x2 ∂x2 G A
∫
− 2θ [ N ]T dA = {0} (6.372)
Note that:
∂N1 ∂N1
∂x3 ∂N
∂[ N ] ∂x2 1 ∂N 2 ∂N n
∂N ∂N 2 L
∂[ N ] ∂[ N ] ∂[ N ] ∂[ N ] ∂[ N ]T
T T
∂[ N ]T ∂x2 2 ∂x2 ∂x2 ∂x2
+ = = ∂x ∂x3 ∂N
∂x2 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x3 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂[ N ] 2 ∂N 2 ∂N n
M
1
M L
∂x3 ∂N
∂N n 3 ∂x ∂x3 ∂x3
n
∂x2 ∂x3
= [ B ]T [ B ]
(6.373)
where we have considered that:
∂N1 ∂N 2 ∂N n
∂x L
∂x2 ∂x2
[B ] = 2 (6.374)
∂N1 ∂N 2 ∂N n
L
∂x3 ∂x3 ∂x3 2×n
~
⇒ [ B ]T [ B ] dA {φ ( e ) } = 2 [ N ]T dA
∫ ∫
A A
~
⇒ [ k ( e ) ]n× n {φ ( e ) }n×1 = { f ( e ) }n×1
~ {φ ( e ) }
where we have considered that {φ ( e ) } = . To solve the above equation we have to
Gθ
~ (e)
introduce the boundary condition which is that on the boundary it must fulfill φ boundary = 0.
Once the problem is solved we can obtain:
The angle of twist θ :
~ ~
∫A
∫
A
∫
M T = 2Vmemb = 2 φ dA = 2 [ N ]{φ (e ) } dA = 2 [ N ]Gθ{φ ( e ) } dA = 2Gθ [ N ]{φ ( e ) } dA
A
∫
A
(6.376)
NOTE 1: Let us make the same development from equation (6.369) to (6.375) by using
indicial notation:
1 ∂φ ∂φ
2 2
1
Π=
2G ∫
∂x
+
∂x
dA − 2θφ dA =
2G ∫
(φ ,kφ ,k ) dA − 2θφ dA ∫ (6.379) ∫
A 3 2
A A A
r
By considering that φ ( x ) = N iφ i(e ) we have φ ,k = N i ,kφ i(e ) . Note that i = 1,2, L , n ( n is the
number of nodes) and k = 1,2,3 . Then, the above equation becomes:
1 1
Π= ∫ 2G (φ
A
,k φ ,k ) dA − ∫ 2θφ dA = ∫
A A
2G ∫
( N i ,kφ (i e ) N p ,kφ (pe ) ) dA − 2θN iφ i(e ) dA
A
(6.380)
1
⇒Π=
A
2G ∫
( N i ,k N p ,kφ (i e )φ (pe ) ) dA − 2θN iφ (i e ) dA
A
∫
Taking the derivative with respect to φ (je ) ( j = 1,2,L, n) we can obtain:
∂Π ∂ 1
= (e )
( N i ,k N p , kφ i( e )φ (pe ) ) dA − 2θN iφ i( e ) dA = 0 j
∫ ∫
∂φ j
(e)
∂φ j A 2G
A
∂ (φ i( e )φ (pe ) ) (e)
1 dA − 2θN i ∂φ i dA = 0 j
⇒ ∫
A
2G
N i ,k N p ,k
∂φ (je )
A
∂φ (je )
∫
1 ∂ (φ i( e ) ) ( e ) ( e ) ∂ (φ p )
(e)
⇒ ∫
A
2G
N i ,k N p ,k
∂φ j
( e )
φ p + φ i
∂φ j
( e )
dA − 2θN iδ ij dA = 0 j
A
∫
⇒ ∫ 2G N
1
i ,k N p ,k (δ ij φ (pe) + φ i(e)δ pj ) dA − ∫ 2θN j dA = 0 j
A A
∫ ( )
1
⇒
A
2G
N j ,k N p ,kφ (pe ) + N i ,k N j ,kφ i( e ) dA − 2θN j dA = 0 j
A
∫ (6.381)
∫ ( )
1
⇒
A
2G
N j ,k N p ,k + N p ,k N j ,k φ (pe ) dA − 2θN j dA = 0 j
A
∫
1
⇒
G
A
∫ (
A
)
N j , k N p ,k dA φ (pe ) − 2θN j dA = 0 j ∫
φ (pe )
A
∫(
⇒ N j ,k N p ,k dA
Gθ
A
)
− 2 N j dA = 0 j ∫
φ (pe)
⇒ k (jpe )
Gθ ∫
= 2 N j dA = f j( e )
A
~ (e)
⇒ φp =
k (jpe ) f j(e )
where i, j , p = 1,2, L , n and k = 1,2,3 . Note also that neither N i nor φ vary with x1 , so
∂N i ∂φ
≡ N i ,1 = 0i and ≡ φ ,1 = 0 .
∂x1 ∂x1
Problem 6.57
By taking into account Problem 6.56 obtain the explicit formulation for the equation
~
[k (e ) ]{φ ( e ) } = { f ( e ) } , when the sub-domain (finite element) is a triangle with three nodes,
(see Figure 6.126).
φ ((3e))
( x2(3) , x3(3) )
3 Nodal value for the
membrane deflection
φ (( e2)) φ ((1e))
2
( x2 , x3 ) {φ ( e ) } = φ ((e2))
( x2( 2) , x3( 2) ) φ ( e )
Ω ( 3)
x3 , z
1
A (e) - triangle area
φ ((1e))
( x2(1) , x3(1) )
x2 , y
Figure 6.126: Domain Ω .
NOTE: The element connectivity orientation must be counterclockwise.
Solution:
In Problem 6.40 we have obtained the shape functions for the triangle with three nodes,
and by considering the formulation on the plane x2 − x3 the shape functions can be
rewritten as follows:
1 (2) ( 3) ( 3) ( 2) ( 2 ) ( 3) ( 2 ) ( 3)
N1 ( x 2 , x3 ) = 2 A ( e ) [ x2 ( x3 − x3 ) + x3 ( x2 − x2 ) + ( x2 x3 − x3 x 2 )]
1
N 2 ( x 2 , x3 ) = (e)
[ x2 ( x3(3) − x3(1) ) + x3 ( x2(1) − x 2(3) ) + ( x2(3) x3(1) − x3(3) x2(1) )]
2A
1
N 3 ( x 2 , x3 ) = [ x2 ( x3(1) − x3( 2 ) ) + x3 ( x2( 2 ) − x 2(1) ) + ( x2(1) x3( 2 ) − x3(1) x2( 2 ) )]
2 A(e)
(6.382)
1
N1 ( x2 , x3 ) = 2 A (e ) [ x 2 b1 + x3 c1 + d1 ]
1
⇒ N 2 ( x 2 , x3 ) = [ x 2 b2 + x3 c 2 + d 2 ]
2 A(e )
1
N 3 ( x 2 , x3 ) = [ x 2 b3 + x3 c3 + d 3 ]
2 A(e)
∂N1 ∂N 2 ∂N 3
∂x ∂x2 ∂x2 1 b1 b2 b2
[B ] = 2 = (6.384)
∂N1 ∂N 2 ∂N 3 2 A( e ) c1 c2 c3
∂x3 ∂x3 ∂x3 2×3
As we can see, [B ] is constant, then the stiffness matrix, (see equation (6.375)), can be
obtained as follows:
∫
A
∫
[k ( e ) ] = [ B ]T [ B ] dA = [ B ]T [ B ] dA = A (e ) [ B ]T [ B ]
A
(6.385)
or
b12 + c12 b1b2 + c1c 2 b1b3 + c1c3
(e) (e) T 1
[k ] = A [B ] [B ] = b1b2 + c1c2 b22 + c22 b2 b3 + c 2 c3 (6.386)
4 A(e) b b + c c
1 3 1 3 b2 b3 + c 2 c3 b32 + c32
The nodal “force” vector { f (e ) } , (see equation (6.375)), can be obtained as follows:
N1 [ x2 b1 + x3c1 + d1 ] 1
2 2 A( e )
∫ ∫ ∫
(e) T
{f } = 2 [ N ] dA = 2 N 2 dA = (e)
[ x
2 2 b + x c
3 2 + d ]
2 dA = 1 (6.387)
A A N
2 A A [ x b + x c + d ]
3 1
3 2 3 3 3 3
3
1
2
∫ N dA = V = 3 A
(e)
1
N1 1 A
Problem 6.58
Considering the torsion problem in the squared cross section ( 2a × 2a ). Obtain the
solution for this problem by considering the discretization by using 4 finite elements, (see
Figure 6.128).
2a 4 2
5
1 x2
2
2a
A [k ( e) ] A[ f
(e)
[K ] = ; {F } = ] (6.397)
e=1 e =1
where Astands for assemble operator. Making the contribution to the respective degree-
of-freedom we can obtain:
Global Stiffness Matrix:
(k11(1) + k22 ( 4)
) k12(1) 0 ( 4)
k21 (k13(1) + k 23
(4)
)
(1) (1) ( 2) (2) (1) (1)
k 21 (k22 + k11 ) k12 0 (k 23 + k13 )
[K ] = 0 (2)
k 21 ( 2)
(k22 + k11(3) ) k12(3) (2)
(k 23 + k13(3) ) (6.398)
( 4) ( 3) ( 3) (4) ( 3) ( 4)
k12 0 k 21 (k22 + k11 ) (k 23 + k13 )
(k (1) + k ( 4) ) (k (1) + k (1) ) k ( 2 ) + k (3) (k (3) + k ( 4 ) ) (k (1) + k ( 2 ) + k (3) + k ( 4) )
31 32 23 13 32 31 32 31 33 33 33 33
~ 2a 2
where we have considered that (1)
k33 ( 2)
+ k33 ( 3)
+ k33 ( 4)
+ k33 = 4 . Then φ5 = and
3
~ 2a 2
φ 5 = Gθφ 5 = Gθ .
3
The moment of torsion is equal to two times the membrane volume:
Nelem = 4 N nodes =3
φ (je) 2a 2 a 2 16
M T = 2Vmemb = 2 ∑ ∑ 3
A(e ) = 2 4 Gθ = Gθa 4 (6.402)
e =1 j =1 3 3 9
and
16
Gθa 4
MT 16 (6.403)
JTeff = = 9 = a 4 ≈ 1.77778a 4
Gθ Gθ 9
and if we compare with the exact solution JTeff = 2.2496a 4 we can see that the error is
approximately 21% . To improve the result we have to discretize the domain by using more
finite elements.
Note that for this case the element slope is constant so is the tangential stress, (see
equation(6.388)):
∂N1 ∂N 2 ∂N 3 φ ( e ) φ 1( e )
σ12
(e)
∂x3 ∂x3 ∂x3 ( e )
1
1 c1 c2 c3 ( e )
(e ) = − ∂N φ 2 = (e) φ 2 (6.404)
σ13 1 − ∂N 2 − ∂N 3 ( e )
φ 2 A − b1 − b2 − b3 ( e )
∂x2 ∂x2 ∂x2 3 φ 3
For the element 1 we have:
b1 = ( x3( 2 ) − x3(3) ) = 0 ; c1 = ( x2(3) − x2( 2 ) ) = −a
b2 = ( x3(3) − x3(1) ) = a ; c2 = ( x2(1) − x2(3) ) = −a
b3 = ( x3(1) − x3( 2 ) ) = 0 ; c3 = ( x2( 2 ) − x2(1) ) = 2a
In Figure 6.129 we can appreciate the tangential stress distributions, which is a very poor
solution. We will need more elements to achieve a better stress distribution.
x3
4 3
3
( 3)
4 σ12
2a ( 4)
σ13 (2)
σ13
5
(1)
2
σ12
1
1 x2
2
2a
The membrane deflection can be appreciated in Figure 6.130. Note that for this case the
membrane deflection is a pyramid. Recall that the pyramid volume is:
1 1 2a 2 8 M
V pyr = ( Abase × hapex ) = 4a 2Gθ = Gθa 4 = T
3 3 3 9 2
2a 2
φ 5 = Gθ = hapex
3
3
x3 4
2
x2
5
1
(4) − ∂φ − 2
σ13 = = Gθa
∂x2 3
(1) ∂φ 2 hapex
σ12 = = Gθa =
∂x3 3 a
In Figure 6.131 we can appreciate another example for the membrane deflection and in
Figure 6.132 the correspondent tangential stress.
Torsion References
LAIER, J.E. & BAREIRO, J.C., (1983). Complemento de resistência dos materiais. Publicação 073/92
São Carlos - USP - EESC.
SECHLER, E. (1952). Elasticity in Engineering. John Willey & Sons, Inc. New York.
SOKOLNIKOFF, I.S. (1956). Mathematic theory of elasticity. New York, McGraw-Hill, (1st
Edition: 1946).
UGURAL, A.C. & FENSTER, S.K. (1984). Advanced strength and applied elasticity. Edward Arnold,
London - U.K. (1st Edition: 1981).
CERVERA RUIZ, M. & BLANCO DÍAZ, E. (2001). Mecánica de Estructuras Libro 1 – Resistencia de
materiales. Edicions UPC, Barcelona. Eapaña.
Problem 6.59
Consider the bar element which presents one dimension greater than the other two. Obtain
the internal forces in the cross-sectional area of the bar. The coordinate system is located at
the Area Centroid and is principal axis of inertia, (see Figure 6.133), and use engineering
notation.
Strain Stress
z diagram diagram
z ε x (z ) σ x (z )
y
y
neutral axis
a) Rod b) Cross-section
Hypothesis:
• Small deformation regime and small rotation;
• Homogeneous, elastic, linear and isotropic material;
• To obtain the internal forces due to the stress component σ x consider that any cross-
sectional area defined by a plane remains plane after deformation.
Note that this problem was already discussed in Problem 4.22. Here we will present the
solution from another point of view.
Solution:
The internal forces are obtained by integrate over the cross-sectional area of the bar. Then,
in a generic case, on the face of the cross section (according to the system adopted) we can
appear the stresses σ x , τ xy and τ xz .
If we make a cut in the bar according to the plane defined by Π , the stress state at an
arbitrary point is the one as indicated in Figure 6.134.
z
τ xz
y
τ xy
Π
σx
A - Cross-sectional area
Π
The next step is to establish how the stress field varies on the cross section.
As the material is elastic and linear, the stress varies linearly with deformation ( σ x = Eε x ).
∂u
In addition, as we are dealing with the small deformation regime the relationship ε x =
∂x
holds. Then, if the displacement field u ( y, z ) on the cross-sectional area defines a plane so
the strain and stress do.
Figure 6.137
The combination of the previous cases is also possible. In general, the normal stress field
σ x on the cross section is illustrated in Figure 6.138.
If we consider Figure 6.139, we can also express the bending moment M y as follows:
σS z σ σS
∫
M y = σ (x2 ) zdA = ∫ ∫z
2
zdA = S dA = Iy (6.409)
A A
c c A
c
where I y = ∫ z 2 dA is the inertia moment of area about the y -direction. Taking into
A
σ S σ (x2 )
account that = we can also obtain:
c z
My
σ (x2 ) ( z ) = z (6.410)
Iy
Similarly, we can obtain:
−Mz
σ (x3) ( y ) = y (6.411)
Iz
Taking into account that σ x = Eε x , the above equations can be rewritten as follows:
My −Mz
ε (x2 ) ( z ) = z ; ε (x3) ( y ) = y (6.412)
EI y EI z
z y N My M
σ x ( y, z ) = + z− z y
A Iy Iz
σ x ( y, z )
144444444444444444424444444444444444443
z z z
σ (x1) σ (x2 ) σ (x3)
y y y
+ x
+ x
x
∫
N = σ (x1) dA
A
∫
M y = zσ (x2 ) dA
A
∫
M z = yσ(x3) dA
A
⇓ ⇓ ⇓
N
My Mz
144424443 144424443
∫σ
( 3)
=0
∫σ x dA
( 2)
x dA = 0
A A
σS
σ x (z )
c z
b
neutral axis
∫
Q y = τ xy dA
A
; ∫
Q z = τ xz dA
A
(6.413)
MT = ∫ (τ
A
xz y )
− τ xy z dA (6.414)
z τ xz ( y , z ) τ xy ( y, z )
z
y y
x x
∫τ
A
xz dA ∫τ
A
xy dA
⇓ ⇓
Qz Qy
z, w y, v Mz
My
Qy
Qz M x ≡ MT
N x, u
Figure 6.141: Internal forces and internal moments on the cross section of the bar.
NOTE 1: The internal forces and internal moments depend on the external actions (loads)
in which the bar is subjected, (see Figure 6.142).
2) Load
N 2) Internal force and moment
[qz ] =
z, w y, v m
qy Mz
2 Qy
x, u
3) Load
N 3) Internal force
[qx ] =
z, w m
y, v
qx
3 Qx ≡ N
x, u
4) Load
4) Internal moment
z, w y, v
Nm
mT
m
4 M x ≡ MT
x, u
τ xz
τ xy
y
τ( y, z )
τ max
τ( r )
r
du ( 2 ) d 2w
u ( 2 ) = − w, x z ⇒ ε (x2 ) ( z ) = = − 2 z ≡ − w, xx z
dx dx (6.415)
σ (x2 ) ( z ) = Eε (x2 ) = − Ew, xx z
Note that, if we compare the equations (6.416) and (6.415) they have the reversed sign
since the bending moment M z (same direction and sense as z -axis) produces the
displacement field contrary as the one presented in Figure 6.145.
Then, if we consider the defection of the bar according to the y -direction (displacement
v( x) ), (see Figure 6.146), we can obtain:
du (3) d 2v
u ( 3 ) = − v, x y ⇒ ε (x3) ( y ) = = − 2 y ≡ −v, xx y
dx dx (6.416)
σ (x3) ( y ) = Eε (x3) = − Ev, xx y
θ y = − w, x
θy , M y > 0
( 2)
u = θ y z = − w, x z
∂v b) after deformation
u ( 3) = − y
∂x
y, v
m′ θz , M z > 0
∂v
p′ ∂x
.
A’
n′
θ z = v, x
v(x) ∂v
v, x > 0; v, xx > 0 ≡ v, x = θz u ( 3) = −v , x y
∂x
m
y a/2
.
A x, u
a/2
n
a) before deformation
Note that, to obtain the equations (6.417) and (6.418) we have already considered the
kinematic equations and the constitutive equations. To complete the governing equations of the
IBVP we have introduce the equilibrium equations. As in the cross section of the bar we have
lost the information of the symmetry of the Cauchy stress tensor we have to apply the
Principle of Linear Momentum (equilibrium equations or Summation of forces equal zero)
and the Principle of the Angular Momentum (summation of the moments equal zero). In
other words, we have to apply the summation of forces and moments equal zero in the
differential element of bar dx , (see Problem 6.60).
NOTE 3.1: As additional information, let us consider now that the beam element is lying
on the y -axis as indicated in Figure 6.147. Then, we can conclude that:
dv d 2w
v = − w, y z ⇒ ε y (z) = = − 2 z ≡ − w, yy z
dy dy
(6.419)
σ y ( z ) = Eε y = − Ew, yy z
∂w b) after deformation
v=− z
∂y
z, w
m′ θx , M x > 0
∂w
p′ ∂y
.
A’
n′
θx = w, y
w( y ) ∂w
w, y > 0; w, yy > 0 ≡ w, y = θ x v = − w, y z
∂y
m
z a/2
.
A y, v
a/2
n
a) before deformation
a)
b)
τ
c) τ
z
d) y
b
d τ
b
c a
d τ
x
c a
Problem 6.60
Obtain the governing equation for the beam in which the flexural rigidity ( EI y ) is
constant. The beam is subjected to an uniformly distributed load per unit length (q z ) , (see
Figure 6.149).
z, w
y, v N Internal forces
qz
m My
x, u Qz
Load dx
y, v dx
2
z, w
qz
M y( − ) ∂M y
Equilibrium My + dx
∂x
A− x, u Point A A+ B
By applying the equilibrium of force and moment (at point B ) in the differential beam
element we can obtain:
∂Qz ∂Qz
∑F z =0 ⇒ − Qz + Qz +
∂x
dx + qz dx = 0
⇒
∂x
= −q z (6.420)
∂M y dx ∂M y
∑M yB = 0 ⇒ − M y − Qz dx + M y +
∂x
dx + qz dx
2
=0 ⇒
∂x
= Qz (6.421)
∂M y ∂ ∂3w
⇒
∂x
= Qz = −
∂x
( )
EI y w, xx = − EI y w, xxx ≡ − EI y 3
∂x
(6.422)
∂2M y ∂Qz ∂2 ∂ 4w
⇒ =
∂x
(
= − 2 EI y w, xx = − EI y 4 = −q z )
∂x 2 ∂x ∂x
with that the beam differential equation can be represented by:
∂Qz ∂M y
= −qz ; = Qz
∂x ∂x
(6.423)
∂2w − M y ∂ 3 w − Qz ∂ 4 w qz
= or = or =
∂x 2 EI y ∂x 3 EI y ∂x 4 EI y
NOTE 1:
Now, if we consider the beam presented in Figure 6.151 and by considering the equilibrium
we can obtain:
∂Q y ∂Q y
∑F y =0 ⇒ − Q y + Q y +
∂x
dx + q y dx = 0
⇒
∂x
= −q y
∂M z dx ∂M z
∑M zB = 0 ⇒ − M z + Q y dx + M z +
∂x
dx − q y dx
2
=0 ⇒
∂x
= −Q y
and
∂ 2v M z ∂ 3v Qy ∂ 4v − q y
= or = or = (6.424)
∂x 2 EI z ∂x 3 EI z ∂x 4 EI z
a)
N Internal force and moment
Load [q z ] =
z, w y, v m
Mz
qy
Qy
x, u
dx
2
qy
b)
∂Q y
Q y( + ) A+ B Qy + dx
∂x
M z( + ) ∂M z
Mz + dx
∂x
dx
z z
a)
qz
A τ xz (z )
A B
b
2 z z
b
x y
QzA ∂M y
qz My + dx
∂x
My ∂Qz
Qz + dx
∂x
b)
dx
∂σ x
σ x (z ) σx + dx
A B ∂x
∫
F2 = σ x ( z )dA
∫
∂σ
F1 = σ x + x dx dA
A
A
∂x
z
τ
F3 = (∫ τ( z, y)dy )dx
neutral axis
Figure 6.152:
Applying the force equilibrium according the x -direction, (see Figure 6.152 (b)), we can
obtain:
∂σ
∑F x = 0 ⇒ F1 − F2 − F3 = 0 ⇒ ∫ ∂x ∫ ∫
σ x + x dx dA − σ x dA − dx τ( z, y )dy = 0
A A
(6.425)
∂σ ( z )
∫
⇒ dx τ( z , y )dy = x
A
∂x ∫
dx dA
If we invoke the equations (6.410) and (6.421) we can obtain:
My ∂σ (x2) ( z ) ∂ M y ∂M y z Q z
σ (x2 ) ( z ) = z ⇒ = z = = z
Iy ∂x
∂x I y ∂x I y Iy
where we are considering that I y is constant along the beam. Taking into account the
above equation into the equation in (6.425) we can obtain:
∂σ ( z ) Q z Q
∫ ∫
dx τ( z , y )dy = x
∂x ∫ Iy Iy A ∫
dx dA ⇒ ⇒ dx τ( z , y )dy = z dx dA = z dx zdA ∫
A A
Q
∫ ∫
⇒ τ( z , y )dy = z zdA
Iy A
The above equation was also obtained in Problem 4.29. For the cross section a × b and if
we considering as a good approximation that
∫
τ ave ( z )a = τ( z, y )dy
A τ( z, y )
Problem 6.61
Show:
a) Mohr’s First Theorem
“The change in slope of a defection curve between two points is equal to the area diagram
My
of between these two points.”
EI y
b) Mohr’s Second Theorem
Let us consider a beam subjected to bending between two point, namely A and B . Let ∆d
be the distance between the point B and point D , where D is the point intercepted by the
tangent line at the point A and the vertical line through the point B , (see Figure 6.154).
The Mohr’s second theorem states:
My
“The distance ∆d is equal to the first moment of the diagram about the axis where
EI y
∆d is measured.”
a) Mohr’s first theorem
Solution:
We have seen at the end of Chapter 1 (Complementary Note 1 - curvature) that the
following relationships are true:
dψ dψ dx w, xx 1 w, xx 1
κ= = = = =
ds dx ds [1 + ( w, x ) 2 ] 1 3
r (6.427)
2 2 2 2
[1 + ( w, x ) ] [1 + ( w, x ) ]
B
∫ ∫
κds = dψ = ψ B − ψ A ≡ ∆ψ B _ A
A
(6.428)
∂w ∂2w
where w, x ≡ , w, xx ≡ 2 , in which w stands for the deflection, κ is the curvature, and
∂x ∂x
ds is the differential arc-length element.
For small curvature it fulfils:
1 ∂2w dψ dψ
κ= ≈ w′′ ≡ 2 ≡ w, xx ; ds ≈ dx ; tan ψ ≈ ψ ; cosψ ≈ 1 ; ≈
r ∂x ds dx
Taking into account the equation (6.417) we can conclude that:
−My −My
w, xx = ⇒ κ = κy =
EI y EI y
and if we apply the equation in (6.428) we can obtain:
B B B B B
My My
∫
A
∫
κds = dψ = ∆ψ B _ A
A
⇒ − ∫ EI
A y
ds ≈ − ∫ EI
A y
∫
dx = dψ = ∆ψ B _ A
A
(6.429)
My My
where the expression ∫ EI y
ds is the area of the diagram defined by
EI y
, (see Figure
6.154).
∆ψ = ψ B − ψ A ∆d
dψ
A′ ds
B′
wA r wB ψB
ψA
B x
A
dψ
My
My
EI y
A A= ∫ EI y
dx My
EI y
B
x
x
∆x
Figure 6.154
b) Mohr’s second theorem
By multiply the equation (6.427) by x we can obtain:
B B B B
dψ My
κx =
ds
g → κxds = xdψ
x integratin
A A
∫ ∫ ⇒ ∫
A
−
EI y ∫
xdx = xdψ = ( xψ ) B − ( xψ ) A ≈ ∆d
A
My
B B
⇒ − ∫ dx x = xdψ = ( xψ ) B − ( xψ ) A ≈ ∆d
∫
EI y
A A
B
My My
where ∫ EI
A y
xdx is the first moment of area of the diagram
EI y
.
Problem 6.62
Obtain the internal potential energy for the bar element of length L in function of forces
and moments, (see Figure 6.155).
z, w y, v Mz
My
Qy
Qz M x ≡ MT
N x, u
1
=
2V∫(σ11 ε 11 + σ 22 ε 22 + σ 33 ε 33 + 2σ12 ε 12 + 2σ 23 ε 23 + 2σ13 ε 13 )dV
1
=
2V∫(σ x ε x + σ y ε y + σ z ε z + τ xy γ xy + τ yz γ yz + τ xz γ xz )dV
On the transversal cross section of the bar, the normal stress σ x can be represented by
σ x = σ (x1) + σ (x2) + σ (x3) . The internal potential energy associated with the stress σ(x1) = Eε (x1) ,
(see Figure 6.138), can be expressed in function of the axial force N :
(1) 2 L L
1 1 σx 1 N2 1 N2
U int =
2V∫σ (x1) ε (x1) dV =
2V E ∫ dV =
2 ∫ EA ∫
0
2
A
dAdx =
2 ∫
0
EA
dx (6.430)
Similarly, we can obtain the internal potential energy associated with the normal stress
σ(x2) = Eε (x2 ) in terms of bending moment M y , (see equation (6.412)):
1 1
L
My My 1
L
M y2 1
L
M y2
∫ ∫ ∫ ∫ ∫ ∫ EI
int
U = σ (x2 ) ε (x2 ) dV = z zdAdx = 2
2
z dAdx = dx (6.431)
2V 2 0 A
Iy EI y 2 0
EI y A 2 0 y
Qz Qz χ z
∫ τ( z, y)dy = I ∫ zdA =
y A Iy
where ∫
χ z = zdA
A
(6.433)
1 1
L L
1 1 τ 2xz 1 1 2
U int = ∫τγdV = ∫ dV = ∫ ∫
τ dAdx = τ 2 dydz dx
∫ ∫∫
2V 2V G 20GA 2 0 G
(6.434)
2
2
1 1 Qz χ z 1 Qz2 χ z
L L L
1 ς z Qz2
= ∫ ∫
2 0 G I y
dz dx = ∫
2 0 G I y
dz ∫
dx =
2 0 GA ∫
dx
where ς z is the shape factor of the cross section along z -axis, which is given by:
2
χ
ςz = A z
Iy
∫ dz
(6.435)
where JT = ∫ r 2 dA is the polar moment of inertia of the circular cross section. We can
A
obtain an equivalent polar moment of inertia for another shape of the cross section which
is denoted by J Eq . Thus, we can write:
L
1 M T2
∫
int
U = dx (6.438)
2 0 GJ Eq
Then, the internal potential energy for the bar element can be represented as follows:
1 N 2 M y M z2 ς y Q y ς z Qz2 M T2
L 2 2
∫
int
U = + + + + + dx (6.439)
2 0 EA EI y EI z GA GA GJ Eq
x
P
q z ( x)
∫
ext
In the case that q z ( x) is uniformly distributed load we obtain U = q z w( x)dx .
0
Concentrated moment load: U ext = M yA θ yA , (see Figure 6.158), where θ stands for
rotation.
z M Ay
U ext = M yA θ yA
A θ yA x
NOTE 2: Example of application. Let us consider a beam element in which the nodal
forces (shear and moment) and nodal displacement (deflection and rotation) are indicated
in Figure 6.159.
y
z w1
θ
(e) y1
{u } =
θ y1 = − w1′ θ y 2 = − w′2 w2
w1 w2 θy 2
1 2 x
a) Nodal “displacements”
y
z
Qz1
M
M y1 M y2 y1
{ f (e) } =
Qz1 Qz 2
Qz 2
M y 2
1 2 x
L
b) Nodal “forces”
w1 0 0 0 1 a a 2L L2 − 2L L2 w1
w′ 0
1 = 0 1 0 b Reverse b 1 − 3L2 − 2 L3 3L2 − L3 w1′
→ = (6.444)
w2 L3 L2 L 1 c c L4 0 L4 0 0 w2
2 4
w2′ 3L 2 L 1 0 d d L 0 0 0 w2′
where the coefficients are:
2
a= 3
(w1 − w2 ) + 12 (w′2 + w1′ ) (6.445)
L L
3
b= 2
(w2 − w1 ) − 1 (w′2 + 2w1′ ) (6.446)
L L
c = w1′ (6.447)
d = w1 (6.448)
By substituting the values of a , b , c and d into the equation of the deflection (6.440), we
can obtain:
x 3 x
2
x 3 x
2
x3 2x 2 x3 x2
w = w1 2 − 3 + 1 + w2 − 2 + 3 + w1′ 2 − + x + w′2 2 −
L L L L L L L L
(6.449)
Recall that we have adopted as degree-of-freedom the rotation θ y which is in agreement
with the coordinate system adopted, (see Figure 6.159), and the above equation is in
function of w' (deflection derivative). But, they are related to each other by means of the
equation θ y = − w' . With that, the equation of the deflection becomes:
x 3 x
2
x 3 x
2
x 3 2x 2 x3 x2
w = w1 2 − 3 + 1 + w2 − 2 + 3 − θ y1 2 − + x − θ y 2 2 −
L L L L L L L L
(6.450)
and the first derivative becomes:
6x2 6x 6x2 6x 3x 2 4 x 3x 2 2 x
w′ = − θ y = w1 3 − 2 + w2 − 3 + 2 − θ y1 2 − + 1 − θ y 2 2 − (6.451)
L L L L L L L L
The second derivative:
12 x 6 12 x 6 6x 4 6x 2
w′′ = w1 3 − 2 + w2 − 3 + 2 − θ y1 2 − − θ y 2 2 − (6.452)
L L L L L L L L
It will be useful to obtain analytically the following integrals:
L
L L L2 L2
∫
0
w( x)dx =
2
w1 + w2 −
2 12
θ y1 +
12
θ y2 (6.453)
L
13L 2 13L 2 L3 2 L3 2 9 L 11L2 13L2
∫ w 2 dx =
35
w1 +
35
w2 +
105
θ y1 +
105
θy2 +
35
w1 w2 −
105
w1 θ y1 +
210
w1 θ y 2
0
(6.454)
13L2 11L2 L3
− w2 θ y1 + w2 θ y 2 − θ y1 θ y 2
210 105 70
L
6 6 2 2 L 2 2 L 2 12 1 1
∫ w′ dx = 5L w
2 2
1 + w2 + θ y1 + θy2 − w1w2 − w1θ y1 − w1 θ y 2
5L 15 15 5L 5 5
0 (6.455)
1 1 L
+ w2 θ y1 + w2 θ y 2 − θ y1 θ y 2
5 5 15
L
12 12 2 4 2 4 2 24 12 12
∫ w′′ dx = L
2
3
w12 + 3
w2 + θ y1 + θ y 2 − 3 w1w2 − 2 w1 θ y1 − 2 w1θ y 2
L L L L L L
0 (6.456)
12 12 4
+ 2 w2 θ y1 + 2 w2 θ y 2 + θ y1θ y 2
L L L
L
3L2 7 L2 L3 L3
∫
0
x w( x)dx =
20
w1 +
20
w2 − θ y1 +
30 20
θy2 (6.457)
Let us consider a beam element with the flexural rigidity EI y constant into the beam
element in which is under the uniformly distributed load q z , (see Figure 6.160).
y
z
qz
x
1
L 2
∫ ∫
ext
U = q z w( x)dx = q z w( x)dx (6.459)
0 0
By considering the equation in (6.453) into the above equation we can express U ext in
terms of the nodal parameters w1 , w2 , θ y1 and θ y 2 , i.e.:
L
L L L2 L2
0
∫
U ext = q z w( x)dx = q z w1 + w2 − θ y1 + θ y 2
2 2 12 12
(6.460)
Considering that EI y is constant in the beam element, the internal potential energy
becomes:
L
EI y
U int = ∫ w′′
2
dx (6.461)
2 0
Using the equation (6.456) the above equation can be represented as follows:
L
EI y EI y 12 2 12 2 4 2 4 2 24 12
U int = ∫ w′′ dx =
2
3 w1 + 3 w2 + θ y1 + θ y 2 − 3 w1 w2 − 2 w1 θ y1
2 2 L L L L L L
0
(6.462)
12 12 12 4
− 2 w1 θ y 2 + 2 w2 θ y1 + 2 w2 θ y 2 + θ y1θ y 2
L L L L
Then, the total potential energy (6.458), Π = U int − U ext , can be written as follows:
EI y 12 2 12 2 4 2 4 2 24 12 12
Π= 3 w1 + 3 w2 + θ y1 + θ y 2 − 3 w1w2 − 2 w1θ y1 − 2 w1θ y 2
2 L L L L L L L
(6.463)
12 12 4 L L L2 L2
+ 2 w2 θ y1 + 2 w2 θ y 2 + θ y1θ y 2 − q z w1 + w2 − θ y1 + θ y 2
L L L 2 2 12 12
As we are looking for the stationary state (equilibrium) the following must hold:
∂Π EI y 24 24 12 12 L
=0 ⇒ 3 w1 − 3 w2 − 2 θ y1 − 2 θ y 2 − q z = 0 (6.464)
∂w1 2 L L L L 2
∂Π EI y 8 12 12 4 L2
=0 ⇒ θ y1 − w1 + w2 + θ y2 + q z =0 (6.465)
∂θ y1 2 L L2 L2 L 12
∂Π EI y 24 24 12 12 L
=0 ⇒ 3 w2 − 3 w1 + 2 θ y1 + 2 θ y 2 − q z = 0 (6.466)
∂w2 2 L L L L 2
∂Π EI y 8 12 12 4 L2
=0 ⇒ θ y2 − w1 + w2 + θ y1 − q z =0 (6.467)
∂θ y 2 2 L L2 L2 L 12
− 6 EI y 4 EI y 6 EI y 2 EI y 1 − q z L2
θ
L2 L L2 L y1 = 12
− 12 EI 6 EI y 12 EI y 6 EI y w2 q z L
(6.468)
y
L 3
L2 L3 L2 θ y 2 2 2
− 6 EI y 2 EI y 6 EI y 4 EI y q z L
L2 L L2 L 12
or:
[ Ke (1) ] {u ( e ) } = { f Eq
(e)
} (6.469)
in which:
12 EI y − 6 EI y − 12 EI y − 6 EI y qz L
3 2 3 2
L L L L2
2
− 6 EI y 4 EI y 6 EI y 2 EI y
− qz L
2
L L2 L
[ Ke (1) ] = L ; (e)
{ f Eq } = 12 (6.470)
− 12 EI y 6 EI y 12 EI y 6 EI y qz L
L3 L2 L3 L2 2
− 6 EI y 2 EI y 6 EI y 4 EI y q z L2
L2 L L2 L 12
where { f Eq(e ) } is the consistent load vector and [ Ke (1) ] is the stiffness matrix for the beam
element, and note that [ Ke (1) ] has no inverse since det[ Ke (1) ] = 0 . In order to obtain the
unique solution of the set of equations (6.468) we must introduce the boundary conditions.
The same equation in (6.468) can be obtained by means of the Principle of Virtual Work.
Example 1: Let us consider that the beam is fixed at one end ( x = 0) , (see Figure 6.161).
y deflection
z Boundary conditions
w = 0
Node 1: 1
x w1′ = 0
1
2 w ≠ 0
qz Node 2: 2
w2′ ≠ 0
L
= 8 EI (6.472)
w2 y
θ − q z L3
y2
6 EI y
The above solution (deflection and rotation) matches the exact solution. The moment at
node 1 is given by M y1 = − EI y w1′′ . And by means of the equation in (6.452) we can obtain:
12 x 6 12 x 6 6x 4 6x 2
w′′ = w1 3 − 2 + w2 − 3 + 2 − θ y1 2 − − θ y 2 2 −
L L L L L L L L
6 2
⇒ w′′( x = 0) = w1′′ = w2 2 − θ y 2 −
L L
q z L4 6 q z L3 2 5 q L
2
⇒ w1′′ = − ⇒ ⇒ w1′′ = z
8 EI y L2 6 EI y L
6 2 EI y
Then, the moment becomes:
2 2
5 q L 5 q L
M y1 = − EI y w1′′ = − EI y z = − z (6.473)
6 2 EI y 6 2
− q z L2
And if we compare with the exact solution M yexact
1 = the error is 16.6% .
2
NOTE 3: Note that the differential equation for the beam problem, given by equation
∂ 4w qz qz
(6.225), = , requires a fourth-order function if is a constant into the beam.
∂x 4 EI y EI y
For the problem established here we have adopted a third-order function, (see equation
(6.449)). Due to this fact we have errors associated with M y and Qz . To overcome this
drawback we will establish a procedure in order to achieve accuracy for internal forces at
the beam element nodes.
Loading vector for the beam element
Once the displacements are obtained (6.472), the internal forces can be obtained by means
of the equation (6.469), i.e.:
{ f (e ) } = [ Ke (1) ] {u (e ) } (6.474)
with which we can obtain:
12 EI y − 6 EI y − 12 EI y − 6 EI y − qz L
0
L
3
L 2
L 3 2
L 2
− 6 EI 4 EI y 6 EI y 2 EI y 0 5q z L2
y
L q z L = 12
4
{f }= L
(e)
2
L L2 (6.475)
− 12 EI y 6 EI y 12 EI y 6 EI y 8 EI y q z L
L
3
L2 L3 L2 − q z L3 2 2
− 6 EI y 2 EI y 6 EI y 4 EI y qL
6 EI y z
L2 L L2 L 12
When we are dealing with the traditional finite element technique, the internal forces of the
beam element are given by { f (e ) } , (see Figure 6.162(a)). The error can be minimized by
dividing the beam element in more elements. From structural analysis, the exact solution is
given by Figure 6.162(c), and we can verify that the reactions at the ends of the beam
element can be obtained as follows:
~
{R ( e ) } = { f (e ) } + { f (e ) } = { f ( e ) } − { f Eq
(e )
} (6.476)
where { f Eq(e ) } is given by equation (6.470). Then, the internal forces acting at the ends of
the beam can be obtained as follows:
(e)
{ f int } = −{R ( e ) } (6.477)
~
The vector { f ( e ) } = −{ f Eq( e ) } , (see equation (6.470)), is known as loading vector. Note that
the vector given in Figure 6.162(b) represents the reactions that appear when the beam is
fixed at both ends, (see Figure 6.163), (Gere&Weaver (1965)). And these reactions are the
same as the one obtained by means of the equation (6.470).
5q z L2 1 2
M y1 = q z L2
12 M y2 =
a) { f (e ) } 12
qz
− qz L qz L
Qz 1 = Qz 2 =
2 2
+
~
b) { f ( e ) } = −{ f Eq(e ) } q z L2 1 2
M y1 = − q z L2
12 M y2 =
12
qz
− qz L − qz L
Qz 1 = Qz 2 =
2 2
=
c) Exact solution q z L2 1 2
M y( −1 ) = M y( +2) = 0
2
(Reactions)
{R ( e ) } = { f ( e ) } − { f Eq
(e)
} qz
Qz(1−) = −qz L Qz( +2 ) = 0
d) Internal forces − q z L2 1 2
M y( 1+ ) = M y( −2) = 0
(e)
2
{ f int }
qz
Qz(1+) = qz L Qz( −2 ) = 0
L
− qz L
Qz(1− ) = − qz L
2 Qz( +2 ) =
2
qz L2 qz − qz L2
M y( −1 ) = M y( +2) =
12 12
( L − x)
My >0
2 q z ( L − x)
z 0≤ x≤L
Reactions:
qz
Fz(1− ) = − q z L x
qz L2 − qz 2
M y( 1− ) = x M y ( x) = ( x − 2 Lx + L2 )
2 L 2
Figure 6.164: Beam fixed at one end under uniformly distributed load.
Recall that the differential equation of the beam in function of the deflection ( w ), (see
equation (6.417)), is given by:
d 2w d 2 w − qz 2
M y = − EI y w′′ ≡ − EI y ⇒ − EI y = ( x − 2 Lx + L2 )
dx 2 dx 2 2
By means of direct integration we can obtain:
d 2w qz 2 integrating dw q z 3
EI y = ( x − 2 Lx + L2 ) → EI y = ( x − 3Lx 2 + 3L2 x) + C1
dx 2 2 dx 6
The constant of integration C1 can be obtained by means of the boundary condition, i.e.
dw
the rotation is zero at ( x = 0) , so, ≡ w′( x = 0) = 0 with which we can obtain C1 = 0 .
dx
Then, the first derivative of the deflection becomes:
dw
dx
q
≡ w′ = z 3L2 x − 3Lx 2 + x 3
6 EI y
( )
By integrating once more we can obtain the deflection of the beam w(x) :
3L2 x 2 3Lx 3 x 4
dw q
(
= z 3L2 x − 3Lx 2 + x 3
dx 6 EI y
) integratin
g → w =
qz
6 EI y
2 − 3 + 4 + C2
where the constant of integration C 2 can be obtained as follows w( x = 0) = 0 ⇒ C 2 = 0 .
Then, the deflection of the beam becomes:
w( x) =
qz x 2
24 EI y
(
6 L2 − 4 Lx + x 2 )
When x = L we can obtain:
deflection: w( x = L) =
qz x 2
24 EI y
( q L2
6 L2 − 4 Lx + x 2 = z
24 EI y
) ( q L4
6 L2 − 4 L2 + L2 = z
8 EI y
)
rotation:
dw
dx
q
( q
)
q L3
≡ w′( x = L) = z 3L2 x − 3Lx 2 + x 3 = z 3L3 − 3L3 + L3 = z = − θ y
6 EI y 6 EI y 6 EI y
( )
which matches the result in (6.472).
q z L3
z w′( x = L) = = −θy2
y 6 EI y
q z L4
w( x = L) = = w2
8EI y
1
x
2
Example 2: Let us consider that the beam is fixed at one end ( x = 0) , (see Figure 6.166).
y deflection
z Boundary conditions
w = 0
Node 1: 1
x w1′ = 0
1
2 w ≠ 0
P Node 2: 2
w2′ ≠ 0
L
Where we have considered { f Eq( e ) } = {0} . Solving the above equation we can obtain:
0
w1 0
θ y1 PL
3
= 3EI (6.480)
w2 y
θ − PL2
y2
2 EI y
Reaction Calculation
12 EI y − 6 EI y − 12 EI y − 6 EI y
3 2 3 0
L L L L2
− 6 EI 4 EI y 6 EI y 2 EI y 0 − P
y
3
{f }= L
(e)
2
L L2 L PL = PL
(6.481)
− 12 EI y 6 EI y 12 EI y 6 EI y 3EI y P
2
L
3
L2 L3 L2 − PL 0
− 6 EI y 2 EI y 6 EI y 4 EI y 2 EI
L2 y
L L2 L
Then, by apply the equation (6.476), {R ( e ) } = { f (e ) } − { f Eq( e ) } , we can obtain:
− P 0 − P Fz1
(−)
PL 0 PL (−)
(e) (e) (e) M y1
{R } = { f } − { f Eq } = − = = ( + ) (6.482)
P 0 P Fz 2
0 0 0 M y( +1 )
And the internal forces at the extremities of the beam are:
Fz(1+ ) P
(+)
M − PL
{ f int } = −{R } = (y−1) =
(e) (e)
(6.483)
Fz 2 − P
M y( −2) 0
Recall that the differential equation of the beam in function of the deflection ( w ), (see
equation (6.417)), is given by:
d 2w d 2w
M y = − EI y w′′ ≡ − EI y ⇒ − EI y = − P( L − x)
dx 2 dx 2
By means of direct integration we can obtain:
d 2w dw x2
EI y = P( L − x) integratin
g → EI y = P Lx − + C1
dx 2 dx 2
0≤ x≤L My >0
z ( L − x) z
P = M y( −1 )
P
P
x
L L
= Internal forces
Reactions:
Fz(1− ) = − P
z
P M y( −)
1 = PL
M y ( x) = − P ( L − x)
x
dw P x2 P x 2 x3
= Lx − integrating
→ w = L − + C2
dx EI y 2 EI y 2
6
rotation: dw
dx
≡ w′( x = L) = − θ y 2 =
P
2 EI y
(
2 Lx − x 2 =
P
)
2 EI y
2 LL − L2 =( PL2
2 EI y
)
which matches the solution in (6.480).
Shearing Force
Taking into account that
d 2w d 3w − P
EI y = P ( L − x) derivative
→ =
dx 2 dx 3 EI y
And according to equation in (6.423) we can conclude that:
∂ 3 w − Qz − Qz − P
= ⇒ = ⇒ Qz ( x) = P (constant)
∂x 3 EI y EI y EI y
NOTE 6: When are dealing with steel structure the sign of bending moment plays no role
at the time of the design of the structure, since the steel has the same behavior when is
under either traction or compression. This scenario changes when we are dealing with
reinforced concrete structure, since the concrete has little capacity to support tensile action.
The bending moment sign convention for concrete structure is defined positive if the
lower fibers are under traction and negative if the upper fibers are in traction, (see Figure
6.168). Nevertheless, in this book we are adopting the positive values (displacements,
rotations, forces and moments) if they are in accordance with the axes orientation.
Beam
top edge (−)
Figure 6.168: Bending moment sign convention for reinforced concrete design.
Problem 6.63
Obtain the
explicit expression for the stiffness matrix from the equation
[ Ke ] {u } = { f (e ) } for the problem described in Problem 6.62-NOTE 2 by using the
( 3) (e)
Principle of Virtual Work, (see Problem 5.22). Obtain also the consistent mass matrix
given in Problem 5.24.
Solution:
According to Problem 6.62-NOTE 2 we have found out the deflection function, which
can also be written as follows:
x 3 x 2 x 3 x 2 x3 2x2 x3 x 2
w = w1 2 − 3 + 1 + w2 − 2 + 3 − θ y1 2 − + x − θ y 2 2 −
L L L L L L L L
⇒ w( x) = w1 N1 + θ y1 N 2 + w2 N 3 + θ y 2 N 4
w1
θ
y1
⇒ w( x) = [N1 N2 N3 N 4 ] ⇒ w( x) = [ N ]{u ( e ) } (6.484)
w2
θ y 2
where N i are the shape functions. Note that the displacement vector is made up by
displacements and rotations, and
2 x 3 3 x 2 − x3 2 x 2 2 x 3 3x 2 − x 3 x 2
[ N ] = 3 − 2 + 1 2 + − x − 3 + 2 2 +
L
L L L L L L L
∂[ N ] 6 x 2 6 x − 3x 2 2 x
− 3x 2 4 x 6 x 2 6 x
⇒ = 3 − 2 2 +
L L− 1 − 3 + 2
2 + (6.485)
∂x L L L
L
L L
∂ 2[N ] 12 x 6 − 6 x 4 12 x 6 − 6 x 2
⇒ 2
≡ [ BV ] = 3 − 2 2 + − 3 + 2 2 +
∂x L L L L L L L L
Next we will try to relate strain and stress to the displacement vector {u (e) } . For this beam
d 2w
problem the strain is given by the equation ε (x2) ( z ) = − z ≡ − w, xx z , (see Problem 6.59-
dx 2
NOTE 3). The term w, xx can be obtained as follows:
w( x) = [ N ]{u ( e ) } ⇒
∂w( x) ∂
∂x
=
∂x
(
[ N ]{u ( e ) } =
∂x
)
∂[ N ] (e )
{u }
(6.486)
∂ 2 w( x) ∂ 2 [ N ] (e)
⇒ ≡ w, xx = {u }
∂x 2 ∂x 2
∂ 2[N ]
where is given by equation in (6.485). Then:
∂x 2
d 2w ∂ 2 [ N ] (e)
ε (x2 ) = {ε } = − z ≡ − z {u } = − z[ BV ]{u ( e) }
dx 2 ∂x 2 (6.487)
σ (x2) = Eε (x2 ) or {σ } = [ E ]{ε } = − z[ E ][ BV ]{u ( e ) }
We will adopt the same approximation for the virtual field ( ε x( 2) ), i.e.:
ε x( 2 ) = {ε } = − z[ BV ]{u ( e ) } (Virtual field) (6.488)
And according to the problem established in Problem 5.22 we can conclude that:
∫
{F (e ) }T {u ( e ) } = {σ }T {ε } dV
V
or ∫
{u ( e ) }T {F ( e ) } = {ε }T {σ } dV
V
∫
⇒ {u ( e ) }T {F ( e ) } = {− z[ BV ]{u ( e ) }}T {− z[ E ][ BV ]{u ( e ) }} dV
V
∫
⇒ {u ( e ) }T {F ( e ) } = z 2 {u (e ) }T [ BV ]T [ E ][ BV ]{u ( e ) } dV
V
⇒ {u ( e ) }T {F ( e ) } = {u ( e ) }T z 2 [ BV ]T [ E ][ BV ] dV {u (e ) }
∫
V
⇒ {F ( e ) } = z 2 [ BV ]T [ E ][ BV ] dV {u ( e ) }
∫
V
⇒ {F ( e ) } = [ Ke ]{u (e ) } (6.489)
Taking into account that [ E ] = E and I y are constant into the element, the explicit form
for the stiffness matrix is given by:
∫ ∫
[ Ke ] = z 2 [ BV ( x)]T [ E ][ BV ( x)] dV = E z 2 [ BV ( x)]T [ BV ( x)] dV
V V
L L
∫
0
∫
A 23
∫
⇒ [ Ke ] = E [ BV ( x)]T [ BV ( x)] z 2 dAdx = E [ BV ( x)]T [ BV ( x)] I y dx
0 (6.490)
1
=I y
L L
∫
⇒ [ Ke ] = EI y [ BV ( x)]T [ BV ( x)]dx ≡ EI y [ BbV ]dx
0
∫
0
In the same way we can obtain the mass matrix given in Problem 5.24 by:
∫
[ M ( e ) ] = ρ [ N ( x)]T [ N ( x)] dV
V
(6.491)
where ρ is the mass density. For this problem the matrix [N ] is given by equation in
(6.485), and:
L L L
∫ 0
∫ A 0
∫
[ M ( e ) ] = ρ [ N ( x)]T [ N ( x)] dAdx = ρA [ N ( x)]T [ N ( x)]dx ≡ ρA [ Nn]dx
0
∫ (6.492)
{
=A
where
N1 ( N1 ) 2 N1 N 2 N1 N 3 N1 N 4
N 2
NN (N2 ) N 2 N3 N2 N4
[ N ]T [ N ] ≡ [ Nn] = [N1 N4 ] = 1 2
2
N2 N3
N N
(6.493)
N3 N 2 N3 (N3 )2 N3 N 4
1 3
N4 N1 N 4 N2N4 N3 N 4 ( N 4 ) 2
L L L 2
2 x 3 3x 2 13L
∫ ∫ ∫
]11 = ρA [ Nn]11 dx = ρA ( N1 ) dx = ρA 3 − 2 + 1 dx = ρA
(e) 2
[M
0 0 0
L L 35
1 L
⇒ Π = {u } EI y [ BV ]T [ BV ]dx {u (e ) } − U ext
(e) T
∫
2
0
As we are looking for the stationary state (equilibrium) the following must hold:
∂Π L ext
EI [ B ]T [ B ]dx {u ( e ) } − ∂U
=
∂{u ( e ) } 0∫y V V
∂{u (e ) }
= {0}
L ∂U ext
⇒ EI y [ BV ]T [ BV ]dx {u ( e ) } =
∫
(e)
= { f Eq }
∂{u (e )
}
0
⇒ [ Ke (1) ] {u (e ) } = { f Eq
(e)
}
Problem 6.64
Obtain the rotations and reaction forces at the nodes 1 and 2 for the beam described in
Figure 6.169.
z y
Boundary conditions
w = 0
qz Node 1: 1
1 2
x w1′ ≠ 0
w = 0
Node 2: 2
L w′2 ≠ 0
= 2 (6.499)
θ y 2 2 EI y 4 EI y
q z L 24 EI y 1
L L 12
which matches the exact solution.
z deflection − q z L3
θ y1 = = − w1′
24 EI y
qz L3
θy 2 = = − w′2
θ y1 θy2 2 24 EI y
1
x
qz L
0
2
− q L Fz(1− )
− q L2 − q L2
z
z z 2 M ( −)
(e) (e) (e) 12 12 0 y1
{R } = { f } − { f } = − = = (6.501)
0 qz L − qz L Fz(2+ )
qz L 2
2
2 (+)
12 q z L2 0 M y1
12
Fz(1+ ) q z L
(+) 2
M
(e )
{ f int } = −{R ( e ) } = (y−1) = q0L (6.502)
Fz 2 z
M y( −2) 2
0
( L − x)
My >0 2 q z ( L − x)
z 0≤ x≤L
qz 2
1 x
− qz L
Fz(1− ) = − qz L
2 Fz(2+ ) =
x 2
L
Recall that the differential equation for the beam in function of the deflection ( w ), (see
equation (6.417)), is given by:
d 2w d 2 w qz
M y = − EI y w′′ ≡ − EI y ⇒ − EI y = ( Lx − x 2 )
dx 2 dx 2 2
By means of direct integration we can obtain:
d 2 w − qz integrating dw − qz
EI y 2
= ( Lx − x 2 ) → EI y = (3Lx 2 − 2 x 3 ) + C1
dx 2 dx 12
dw
Due to the symmetry, at the middle of the beam span the condition ≡ w′( x = L2 ) = 0
dx
holds. Then, the constant of integration C1 can be obtained as follows:
− qz L L
2 3
qz L3
EI y w′( x = L
2
) = 3L − 2 + C1 = 0 ⇒ C1 =
12 2 2 24
Then
dw − qz q L3 dw − qz
EI y = (3Lx 2 − 2 x3 ) + z ⇒ ≡ w′ = (6 Lx 2 − 4 x3 − L3 ) (6.504)
dx 12 24 dx 24 EI y
By integrating once more we obtain the deflection of the beam w(x) :
dw − qz − qz
= (6 Lx 2 − 4 x 3 − L3 ) integratin
g → w = (2 Lx 3 − x 4 − L3 x) + C2
dx 24 EI y 24 EI y
− qz L L 5q L4
3 4
3 L
w( x = L
2
) = 2 L − − L = z
(6.506)
24 EI y 2 2 2 384 EI y
∂ 3 w( x) ∂ − q z − qz
w′′′ = = ( Lx − x 2 ) = ( L − 2 x)
∂x 3
∂x 2 EI y 2 EI y
With that the equations (6.507) become:
∂2w − M y − qz −My qz
= ⇒ ( Lx − x 2 ) = ⇒ M y ( x) = ( Lx − x 2 ) (6.508)
∂x 2 EI y 2 EI y EI y 2
which result matches the equation in (6.503). And
qL
Q ( x = 0) = z
∂ 3 w − Qz − Qz − qz qz z 2
= ⇒ = ( L − 2 x) ⇒ Qz ( x) = ( L − 2 x) ⇒
∂x 3 EI y EI y 2 EI y 2 −
Q ( x = L) = q z L
z 2
The functions M y (x) and Q z (x) can be appreciated in Figure 6.172.
M y(− )
A− x
Qz( − )
w′( x = L2 ) = 0 deflection − qz
w( x) = (2 Lx 3 − x 4 − L3 x)
24 EI y
w
2
1 x
L L
2 2
bending moment qz
M y ( x) = ( Lx − x 2 )
My 2
qL2
(+) 8 2
1 x
Qz Shear
qz
Qz ( x) = ( L − 2 x)
2
qz L
2 (+) 2
x
(-) − qz L
1
2
NOTE 3: Note that the function adopted to approach the displacement w(x) is given by,
(see equation (6.450)):
x 3 x
2
x 3 x
2
x 3 2x 2 x3 x2
w = w1 2 − 3 + 1 + w2 − 2 + 3 − θ y1 2 − + x − θ y 2 2 −
L L L L L L L L
θ y1 q z L3 − 1
For this example we have that w1 = w2 = 0 , and = , thus the above
θ y 2 24 EI y 1
equation becomes:
q z L3 x 3 2 x 2 q L3 x 3 x 2
w( x) = 2− + x − z 2−
24 EI y L L 24 EI y L L
At the middle of the beam the displacement is:
q z L3 ( L2 ) 2( L2 ) L q z L3 ( L )3 ( L )2 1 q L4
3 2
w( x = L
2
) = − + − 22 − 2 = z
24 EI y L2 L 2 24 EI y L L 96 EI
y
1 q z L4 4 5q z L4
⇒ w( x = L2 ) = =
96 EI y 5 384 EI y
And if we compare with the exact solution, (see equation (6.506)), the error is 20% .
NOTE 4: Let us consider the problem described in Figure 6.169 in which additionally we
have concentrated moments at the nodes 1 and 2 , (see Figure 6.173). Then, by adding the
concentrated force vector to the vector { f (e ) } and by applying the boundary conditions we
can obtain:
4 EI y 2 EI y − q z L2
(1)
L L θ y1 = 12 + M y
2 EI y 4 EI y θ y 2 q z L2 M y( 2 ) (6.509)
1 3
L L 1412 424
24 3 ={ f0( e ) }
(e)
={ f Eq }
− qz L + M y L − M y L
−1 3 (1) ( 2)
4 EI y 2 EI y − q z L2
θ y1 L (1)
L 12 + M y = 24 EI y 3EI y 6 EI y
= 2 EI 4 EI y q z L2 M y( 2 ) q L3 (6.510)
θ y 2 y M y(1) L M y( 2) L
z
− +
L L 12 24 EI y 6 EI y 3EI y
z y
Boundary conditions
M y( 2 )
M y(1) w = 0
qz Node 1: 1
x w1′ ≠ 0
2
1
w = 0
Node 2: 2
L w′2 ≠ 0
Figure 6.173: Beam bi-supported under uniformly distributed load and concentrated
moments at the nodes.
− ( M y(1) + M y( 2 ) ) q z L
− ( M y + M y ) qz L Fz(1− )
(1) ( 2)
L 2 −
(1) qz L2 − qz L2 L 2 (−)
M y − 12 12 M
( 1)
My y1
{R( e ) } = { f ( e ) } − { f Eq
(e)
} = − = =
(1) ( 2) qL (1) ( 2)
( M y + M y ) z ( M y + M y ) − qz L Fz(2+ )
L 2 L 2
qL 2 q L2
My( 2) M (+)
M y( 2 ) + z
z
y1
12 12
(6.512)
Problem 6.65
Obtain the rotations at the extremities of the beam described in Figure 6.174, and also
obtain the deflection at the middle of the beam length. Use a fourth-order function to
approach the displacement w(x) .
z y
Boundary conditions
w = 0
qz Node 1: 1
x w1′ ≠ 0
w = 0
Node 2: 2
L w′2 ≠ 0
⇒ a2 = −(a3 L + a4 L2 + a5 L3 )
Then the displacement function can be rewritten as follows:
w( x) = a2 x + a3 x 2 + a 4 x 3 + a5 x 4 = −(a3 L + a4 L2 + a5 L3 ) x + a3 x 2 + a4 x 3 + a5 x 4
or
w( x) = a3 ( x 2 − Lx) + a 4 ( x 3 − L2 x) + a5 ( x 4 − L2 x) (6.513)
The total potential energy is given by Π = U int − U ext , where:
Internal Potential Energy
L L
EI y EI y
U int = ∫ w′′ 2 dx = ∫ w′′ dx
2
(6.514)
0
2 2 0
where
∂w
w′( x) = = a3 (2 x − L) + a4 (3 x 2 − L2 ) + a5 (4 x 3 − L2 )
∂x
∂2w
⇒ w′′( x) = 2 = 2a3 + 6a4 x + 12a5 x 2
∂x (6.515)
⇒ ( w′′( x)) = 4a32 + 24a3 a4 x + 48a3 a5 x 2 + 36a 42 x 2 + 144a4 a5 x 3 + 144a52 x 4
2
L
144 2 5
∫
⇒ [ w′′( x)]2 dx = 4a32 L + 12a3 a4 L2 + 16a3 a5 L3 + 12a 42 L3 + 36a 4 a5 L4 +
0
5
a5 L
thus
L
EI y EI y 2 144 2 5
∫ w′′ 2 dx =
int
U = 4a3 L + 12a3 a4 L2 + 16a3 a5 L3 + 12a42 L3 + 36a4 a5 L4 + a5 L
0
2 2 5
External Potential Energy
As we are considering that q z is independent of x , the external potential energy becomes:
L L L
∫ ∫ ∫
U ext = q z w( x)dx = q z w( x)dx = q z [a3 ( x 2 − Lx) + a 4 ( x 3 − L2 x) + a5 ( x 4 − L2 x)]dx
0 0 0
(6.516)
q L q L 3
3q L 4 5
= − z a3 + z a4 + z a5
6 4 10
Then, the Total Potential Energy, Π (a3 , a4 , a5 ) = U int − U ext , becomes:
EI y 2 144 2 5
Π ( a3 , a 4 , a5 ) = 4a3 L + 12a3 a4 L2 + 16a3 a5 L3 + 12a42 L3 + 36a4 a5 L4 + a5 L
2 5
(6.517)
q L 3
q L 4
3q L5
+ z a3 + z a4 + z a5
6 4 10
As we are looking for the stationary state the following must hold:
∂Π
∂a3
=0 ⇒
EI y
2
{8La 3 + 12 L2 a 4 + 16 L3 a5 + } q z L3
6
=0 (6.518)
∂Π
∂a 4
=0 ⇒
EI y
2
{12L a 2
3 + 24 L3 a 4 + 36 L4 a5 + } q z L4
4
=0 (6.519)
∂Π EI y 3 4 288 5 3q z L5
=0 ⇒ 16 L a3 + 36 L a4 + L a5 + =0 (6.520)
∂a5 2 5 10
Restructuring the above set of equations in matrix form we can obtain:
− q z L3
0
4 L 6 L2 8 L3 a3 6 4 a3
− qz L − qz L
EI y 6 L2 12 L3 18L4 a4 = Solve
→ a 4 = (6.521)
8 L3 18 L4 144 5
L a 4 5 a 12 EI y
5 5 − 3q z L 5 q
z
10 24 EI
y
Then, by substituting the coefficients (a3 , a 4 , a5 ) into the displacement function (6.513) we
can obtain:
w( x) = a3 ( x 2 − Lx) + a 4 ( x 3 − L2 x) + a5 ( x 4 − L2 x)
− qz L 3 4
⇒ w( x) = 0( x 2 − Lx) + ( x − L2 x) + q z ( x − L2 x)
12 EI y 24 EI y (6.522)
qz
⇒ w( x) = ( x 4 − 2 Lx 3 + L3 x)
24 EI y
which matches the exact solution, (see equation (6.505)). Then,
qz qz
w( x) = ( x 4 − 2 Lx 3 + L3 x) ⇒ w′( x) = (4 x 3 − 6 Lx 2 + L3 ) = − θ y ( x)
24 EI y 24 EI y
− q z L3
θ y ( x = 0 ) ≡ θ y1 =
− qz 24 EI y
θ y ( x) = (4 x 3 − 6 Lx 2 + L3 ) ⇒
24 EI y θ ( x = L) ≡ θ = q z L
3
y y 2
24 EI y
NOTE 1: Let us obtain the stiffness matrix correspondent to this case by using the
function w( x) = a1 + a2 x + a3 x 2 + a4 x 3 + a5 x 4 . To determine the coefficients ( ai ) we will
need to define 5 points (nodes), (see Figure 6.175).
z
x (1) = 0
L
x (2) =
w1 w2 w3 w4 w5 4
1 2 3 4 5 x L
x ( 3) =
2
L L L L 3 L
4 4 4 4 x (4) =
4
(5)
L x =L
1 0 0 0 0
− 25 16 − 12 16 −1
a1 w
a 3 L L L 3L L 1
− 208 − 112
22 w2
2 70 76
a 3 = 3L
2
3L2 L2 3L2 3L2 w3 (6.524)
a − 80 96 − 128 224 − 16 w
4 3L3 L3 L3 3L3 3L3 w
4
a 5 32 − 128 64 − 128 32 5
3L4 3L4 L4 3L4 3L4
Then, the function w( x) = a1 + a2 x + a3 x 2 + a4 x 3 + a5 x 4 can be written as follows:
w( x) = N 1 w1 + N 2 w2 + N 3 w3 + N 4 w4 + N 5 w5
or
25 x 70 x 2 80 x 3 32 x 4 16 x 208 x 2 96 x 3 128 x 4
w( x) = 1 − + 2
− 3
+
4
w1 +
L − 3L2 + L3 − 3L4 w2 +
3 L 3 L 3 L 3 L
− 12 x 76 x 128 x
2 3
64 x
4
16 x 112 x 2
224 x 128 x 4
3
+ − + w + − + − w4 +
3L L2 L3 L4
3
3L2 3L3 3L4
3L
− x 22 x 2 16 x 3 32 x 4
L + 3L2 − L3 + 3L4 w5
Following the same procedure used from equation (6.458) to (6.468) we can finally obtain:
7q z L
90
494 − 1376 1444 − 736 174 w1 16q z L
− 1376 4224 − 5056 2944
− 736 w2 45
8 EI y 2q L
3
1444 − 5056 7224 − 5056 1444 w3 = z
15L 15 (6.525)
− 736 2944 − 5056 4224 − 1376 w4 16q z L
174 − 736 1444 − 1376 494 w 45
144 444444424444444443 5 7 q
=[ Ke ( e ) ] zL
1 904
42 3
={ f Eq( e ) }
Note that for this case we do not have the continuity rotation between elements, and we
cannot apply rotation equal to zero, (see Figure 6.176).
NOTE 2: Note that the shape function N1 could have been obtained by means of the
procedure used in Problem 6.40 – NOTE 3, i.e.:
1 x x2 x3 x4
L L2 L3 L4
1
4 16 64 256
L L2 L3 L4
1
2 4 8 16
3L 9 L2 27 L3 81L4
1
4 16 64 256
1 L L2 L3 L4 25 x 70 x 2 80 x 3 32 x 4
N1 = =1− + − +
1 0 0 0 0 3L 3L2 3L3 3L4
L L2 L3 L4
1
4 16 64 256
L L2 L3 L4
1
2 4 8 16
3L 9 L2 27 L3 81L4
1
4 16 64 256
1 L L2 L3 L4
Problem 6.66
Obtain the consistent load vectors for the cases: a) beam presented in Figure 6.177 and b)
Figure 6.178. And the boundary conditions are: Node 1 - w1 = 0 , w1′ ≠ 0 ; Node 2 - w2 = 0 ,
w′2 ≠ 0 .
z y z y
P
a b a b 2
2 x x
1 1
M Ay
L
L
a) Concentrated force b) Concentrated moment
z y
qz( 2 )
q z(1) q z ( x)
2 x
1
Solution:
Case a (Figure 6.177(a)): For this case the stiffness matrix is the same as the one presented
in equation (6.470). And the External Potential Energy, (see Figure 6.156), for this case
becomes:
U ext = Pwp = Pw( x = a ) (6.526)
Taking into account the deflection function w , (see equation (6.450)), when ( x = a ) :
x 3 x 2 x 3 x 2 x3 2 x2 x3 x2
w = w1 2 − 3 + 1 + w2 − 2 + 3 − θ y1 2 − + x − θy 2 2 −
L L L L L L L L
a 3 a 2 a 3 a 2 a 3 2a 2 a3 a 2
⇒ wP = w1 2 − 3 + 1 + w2 − 2 + 3 − θ y1 2 − + a − θy 2 2 −
L L L L L L L L
(6.527)
Then,
2a 3 3a 2 − a 3 2a 2 2a 3 3a 2 − a3 a 2
U ext = P w1 3 − 2 + 1 + θ y1 2 + − a + w2 − 3 + 2 + θ y 2 2 +
L L
L L L L L L
To achieve the equilibrium, the following must be true:
2a 3 3a 2
12 EI y − 6 EI y − 12 EI y − 6 EI y 3 − 2 + 1 P
3 L L
L L2 L3 L2 w
− a 3
2 a 2
− 6 EI y
1
4 EI y 6 EI y 2 EI y + − a P
θ 2 L
L2 L L2 L y1 = L
(6.533)
− 12 EI y 6 EI y 12 EI y
6 EI y w2
− 2 a 3
3 a 2
+ 2 P
L
3
L2 L3 L2 θ y 2 L3 L
− 6 EI 2 EI y 6 EI y 4 EI y
L2
y
− a 3
a 2
L L2 L
L2 + L P
To solve the problem we must apply the boundary conditions to the above system, so:
0 w
0
1 0 0
2 EI y − a + 2a − a P
1 3 2
4 EI y
2
0 0 θ L
L L y1 = L
0 0 1 0 w2 0
2 EI y 4 EI y
θ − a + a P
3 2
0 0
L L y 2 L2 L
Solving we can obtain:
w1 0
(a 2 − 3aL + 2 L2 )
θ y1 − Pa
= (6.534)
w2 6 LEI y 0
θ (a 2 − L2 )
y2
which matches the exact solution. The vector { f (e ) } can be obtained as follows:
12 EI y − 6 EI y − 12 EI y − 6 EI y
L2
3 2 3 0
L L L
2 EI y − a + 2a − a P (2a 2 − 3aL + L2 )
3 2
− 6 EI 4 EI y 6 EI y
y 2
Pa − L(a 2 − 2aL + L2 )
L2 L L2 L L L =
− 12 EI y 6 EI y 12 EI y 6 EI y 0 3 2 2
L − (2a − 3aL + L )
L2 − a + a P
3 2
L
3
L2 L3 − L(a − L)
− 6 EI y 2 EI y 6 EI y 4 EI y L2 L
L2 L L2 L
Then, by applying the equation (6.476), {R (e ) } = { f ( e ) } − { f Eq( e ) } , we can obtain the reaction
forces:
2a 3 3a 2
3 − 2 + 1 P
L L
P
(2a − 3aL + L ) − a
2 2 3
2a 2 ( a − L)
+
− a P L
(e) (e) (e) Pa − L(a 2 − 2aL + L2 ) L2 L 0
{R } = { f } − { f Eq } = 3 −
2 = − Pa
L − (2a − 3aL + L ) − 2a
2 3
3a 2
3 + 2 P
− L ( a − L ) L L L
0
− a 3
a 2
L2 + L P
Case a (Figure 6.177(b)): For this case we will only obtain the consistent load vector. The
External Potential Energy, (see Figure 6.158), due to the concentrated moment is given by:
U ext = M yA θ yA (6.535)
Taking into account the derivative of the deflection function w , (see equation (6.451)),
when ( x = a ) :
6x2 6x 6x2 6x 3x 2 4 x 3x 2 2 x
θ y ( x) = − w1 3 − 2 − w2 − 3 + 2 + θ y1 2 − + 1 + θ y 2 2 −
L L L L L L L L
6a 2 6a 6 a 2 6a 3a 2 4a 3a 2 2a
⇒ θ y ( x = a ) = − w1 3 − 2 − w2 − 3 + 2 + θ y1 2 − + 1 + θ y 2 2 −
L L L L L L L L
Then,
6a 2 6a 6 a 2 6a 3a 2 4a 3a 2 2a
U ext = M yA − w1 3 − 2 − w2 − 3 + 2 + θ y1 2 − + 1 + θ y 2 2 −
L L
L L L L L L
To achieve the equilibrium, the following must be true:
− 6a 2 6 a 6 M yA ab
3 + 2 3
L2 L A L
3a − 4a + 1 My b
2 L2 (b − 2a )
(e)
{ f Eq } = M yA L 2 L or (e)
{ f Eq } = A (6.536)
6a − 6a − 6 M y ab
L3 L2 L3
3a 2
2a M Aa
2 − y (a − 2b)
L L L2
x
Case b: For this case the distributed load can be represented by qz ( x) = qz(1) + (qz( 2) − qz(1) ) ,
L
and the external potential energy becomes:
L L
x
0
∫ 0
∫
U ext = q ( x)w( x)dx = qz(1) + (qz( 2 ) − qz(1) )w( x)dx
L
Taking into account the deflection function w , (see equation (6.450)), and after the integral
is solved we can obtain:
Note that for the particular case when q z(1) = q z( 2) = qz , the above equation must match the
equation for { f Eq(e ) } given by the equation in (6.470).
Problem 6.67
Obtain the explicit equation [ Ke ( 2) ] {u( e ) } = { f Eq( e ) } for the beam presented in Figure 6.179.
y
z v1
θ
{u (e ) } = z1
θ z1 , M z1 v2 , Q y 2 v2
θz 2 , M z 2 θz 2
v1 , Q y1
1 2 x
Q y1
M
{ f } = z1
(e)
a) Displacements and nodal forces
Qy 2
M z 2
N
[q y ] =
z, w y, v m
qy
x, u b) Load
1 2
L
L
L L L2 L2
∫
0
v( x) dx =
2
v1 + v2 + θ z1 − θ z 2
2 12 12
(6.545)
L
13L 2 13L 2 L3 2 L3 2 9 L 11L2 13L2
∫ v 2 dx =
35
v1 +
35
v2 +
105
θ z1 +
105
θz2 +
35
v1v2 +
105
v1 θ z1 −
210
v1 θ z 2
0 (6.546)
13L2 11L2 L3
+ v 2 θ z1 − v 2 θ z 2 − θ z1 θ z 2
210 105 70
L
6 6 2 2 L 2 2 L 2 12 1 1
∫ v′ dx = 5L v
2 2
1 + v2 + θ z1 + θz2 − v1v2 + v1 θ z1 + v1 θ z 2
5L 15 15 5L 5 5
0 (6.547)
1 1 L
− v 2 θ z1 − v 2 θ z 2 − θ z1 θ z 2
5 5 15
L
12 12 2 4 2 4 2 24 12 12
∫ v′′ dx = L
2
3
v12 + v + θ z1 + θ z 2 − 3 v1v2 + 2 v1 θ z1 + 2 v1 θ z 2
3 2
L L L L L L
0 (6.548)
12 12 4
− 2 v 2 θ z1 − 2 v2 θ z 2 + θ z1 θ z 2
L L L
L
3L2 7 L2 L3 L3
∫
0
x v( x)dx =
20
v1 +
20
v2 +
30
θ z1 −
20
θz 2 (6.549)
We will follow the same procedure adopted from the equation (6.450) to (6.468) in order to
obtain:
L
L L L2 L2
0
∫
U ext = q y v( x)dx = q y v1 + v 2 +
2 2 12
θ z1 −
12
θ z 2
(6.550)
Considering that EI z is constant in the beam element, the internal potential energy
becomes:
L
EI z
U int =
2 0 ∫
v′′2 dx (6.551)
and:
L
EI z EI 12 12 4 4 24 12
U int =
2 0 ∫
v′′2 dx = z 3 v12 + 3 v22 + θz21 + θz22 − 3 v1v2 + 2 v1θz1 +
2 L L L L L L
(6.552)
12 12 12 4
v θ − 2 v2 θz1 − 2 v2 θz 2 + θz1θz 2
2 1 z2
L L L L
Then, the total potential energy (6.458), Π = U int − U ext , can be written as follows:
EI z 12 2 12 2 4 2 4 2 24 12 12 12
Π= 3 v1 + 3 v2 + θ z1 + θ z 2 − 3 v1v 2 + 2 v1 θ z1 + 2 v1 θ z 2 − 2 v 2 θ z1
2 L L L L L L L L
(6.553)
12 4 L L L2
L2
− 2 v2 θ z 2 + θ z1 θ z 2 − q y v1 + v2 + θ z1 − θ z 2
L L 2 2 12 12
As we are looking for the stationary state the following must hold:
∂Π EI z 24 24 12 12 L
=0 ⇒ 3 v1 − 3 v2 + 2 θz1 + 2 θz 2 − q y = 0 (6.554)
∂v1 2 L L L L 2
∂Π EI z 8 12 12 4 L2
=0 ⇒ θz1 + 2 v1 − 2 v2 + θz 2 − q y =0 (6.555)
∂ θz1 2 L L L L 12
∂Π EI z 24 24 12 12 L
=0 ⇒ 3 v2 − 3 v1 − 2 θz1 − 2 θz 2 − q y = 0 (6.556)
∂v2 2 L L L L 2
∂Π EI z 8 12 12 4 L2
=0 ⇒ z2θ + v1 − v2 + θ z1 + q y =0 (6.557)
∂ θz 2 2 L L2 L2 L 12
12 EI z 6 EI z − 12 EI z 6 EI z qy L
L3
L2 L3 L2 v 2 2
6 EI 4 EI z − 6 EI z 2 EI z 1 q y L
z
L
2
L L2 L θ z1 = 12
− 12 EI z − 6 EI z 12 EI z − 6 EI z v2 q y L
L3 L2 L3 L2 θ 2 (6.558)
6 EI 2 EI z − 6 EI z 4 EI z z 2 − q L2
z
y
L2 L L2 L 12
[ Ke ( 2 ) ] {u ( e ) } = { f Eq
(e)
}
where
12 EI z 6 EI z − 12 EI z 6 EI z qy L
L3
L2 L3 L2 22
6 EI − 6 EI z 2 EI z
z 4 EI z
qy L
2
L2
[ Ke ] = L
( 2) L L ; (e)
{ f Eq } = 12 (6.559)
− 12 EI z − 6 EI z 12 EI z − 6 EI z
qy L
L3 L2 L3 L2 2
6 EI 2 EI z − 6 EI z 4 EI z − q y L2
2
z
L L L2 L 12
NOTE: The consistent load vector related to the load described in Figure 6.180 (a) and
(b).
z y z y
P q y ( x)
a b q (y1)
x q (y2)
1 M Az 2 1 2 x
L L
For the case a) the External Potential Energy due to the concentrated force is given by:
U ext = Pv p = Pv( x = a )
Taking into account the deflection function v , (see equation (6.542)), when ( x = a ) :
x 3 x 2 x 3 x 2 x3 2 x 2 x3 x 2
v = v1 2 − 3 + 1 + v2 − 2 + 3 + v1′ 2 − + x + v2′ 2 −
L L L L L L L L
2a 3 3a 2 2a 3 3a 2 a 3 2a 2 a3 a2
⇒ vP = v1 3 − 2 + 1 + v2 − 3 + 2 + θz1 2 − + a + θz 2 2 −
L L L L L L L L
Then,
6a 2 6a 6a 2 6 a 3a 2 4a 3a 2 2a
U ext = M zA v1 3 − 2 + v2 − 3 + 2 + θz1 2 − + 1 + θz 2 2 −
L L
L L L L L L
To achieve the equilibrium, the following must be true:
20
− L2 (1) ( 2)
( 2q y + 3q y )
60
In Problem 6.66 we have obtained the consistent load vector for the case when the load is
lying on the plane x − z .
Problem 6.68
Obtain the explicit equation [ Ke (3) ] {u( e ) } = { f Eq(e ) } for the beam presented in Figure 6.181.
Consider u = ax + b as the approximation for the displacement according to x -direction.
y
u
z {u (e ) } = 1
u1 , N x1 u2 , N x 2 u2
x N x1
1 2 { f (e) } =
N x2
x, u b) Load
1 2
L
[− 1 1] 1
E u
σ = Eε = (6.575)
L u 2
Taking into account the equations (6.572) and (6.573), the total potential energy (6.571) can
be written as follows:
EA 2 q L
Π = U int − U ext = (u1 − 2u1u 2 + u 22 ) − x (u1 + u 2 ) (6.576)
2L 2
As we are looking for the stationary state the following must hold:
∂Π EA qL
=0 ⇒ (2u1 − 2u2 ) − x = 0 (6.577)
∂u1 2L 2
∂Π EA qL
=0 ⇒ (2u2 − 2u1 ) − x = 0 (6.578)
∂u2 2L 2
qx L
EA 1 − 1 u1 2
= ⇔ [ Ke (3) ] {u ( e ) } = { f Eq
(e )
} (6.579)
L − 1 1 u 2 q x L
2
where
qx L
EA 1 − 1
( 3) (e) 2
[ Ke ] = ; { f Eq }= q L (6.580)
L − 1 1 x
2
∫
[ M (e ) ] = ρ [ N ( x)]T [ N ( x)] dV
V
(6.581)
where ρ is the mass density. For this problem the matrix [N ] is given by the equation in
(6.570), then:
L L L
∫ ∫ ∫
] = ρ [ N ( x)] [ N ( x)] dAdx = ρA [ N ( x)] [ N ( x)]dx ≡ ρA [ Nn]dx ∫
(e) T T
[M
(6.582)
0 A
{ 0 0
=A
where
N ( N ) 2 N1 N 2
[ N ]T [ N ] ≡ [ Nn] = 1 [N1 N2 ] = 1 (6.583)
N2 N1 N 2 (N2 )2
Then, after the integration (6.582) is taken place we can obtain:
L L
∫ ∫
2
L ( N 1 ) dx N 1 N 2 dx
∫
[ M (e ) ] = ρA [ N ( x)]T [ N ( x)]dx = ρA 0L L
0
0
0 ∫
N 1 N 2 dx
0
∫
( N 2 ) 2 dx
L x
2 L
x x
1 ∫
−
L
dx
0
∫
1 − dx
L L
(6.584)
⇒ [ M ( e ) ] = ρA L 0 L 2
1 − x x dx x
∫
0 L L 0
L ∫
dx
ρAL 2 1
⇒ [ M (e) ] =
6 1 2
which is known as the Consistent Mass Matrix.
Problem 6.69
Obtain the explicit equation [ Ke ( 4) ] {u( e ) } = { f Eq( e ) } for the beam presented in Figure 6.182.
Consider θx = ax + b as the approximation for the rotation about the x -axis.
y
θ
z {u (e ) } = x1
θx1 , M x1 θx 2 , M x 2 θx 2
1 x M x1
2 { f (e)} =
M x 2
Nm
[mTx ] =
z, w y, v m
mTx
x, u b) Load
1 2
The internal potential energy due to M T was obtained in Problem 6.62. For torsion
problem we have obtained that M T = θxGJT , then the internal potential energy becomes:
L L L
1 M T2 1 ( θxGJT ) 2 GJ GJ
∫ ∫ ∫
int
U = dx = dx = T θx2 dx = T ( θx21 − 2 θx1θx 2 + θx22 ) (6.587)
2 0 GJT 2 0 GJT 2 0 2L
∂Π GJT m L
=0 ⇒ (2 θx1 − 2 θx 2 ) − Tx = 0 (6.589)
∂ θx1 2L 2
∂Π GJT m L
=0 ⇒ (2 θx 2 − 2 θx1 ) − Tx = 0 (6.590)
∂ θx 2 2L 2
Problem 6.70
(e) (e) (e)
Obtain the explicit equation [ K Local ] {uLocal } = {FEq _ L } for the beam presented in Figure
a) Degrees-of-freedom (“displacements”)
u1 (1)
z v (2)
y
1
w1 (3)
(6) θ z1 (12) θ z 2 θx1 (4)
θ y1 (5) θ y 2 (11) θ y1 (5)
(3) w1 v1 (2) (9) w2 v2 (8) (e) θz1 (6)
{uLocal } =
θ x1 (4) θ x 2 (10) x u2 (7)
u1 (1) u 2 (7) v2 (8)
1 2
w2 (9)
θ (10)
L x2
θ y 2 (11)
θ (12)
z2
z, x3 A − Cross-sectional area
I y − Inertia moment of area about the y -direction
Solution:
As we are dealing with linear elasticity we can apply the superposition principle. Let us
consider the stiffness matrices obtained previously, (see Figure 6.185, Figure 6.186, Figure
6.187 and Figure 6.188).
(1) (7)
z y 3
EA − EA (1)
( 3) L L
[k Local ]= − EA EA
(7)
x L L
u1 , N x 1 (1) u 2 , N x 2 (7)
(4) (10)
z y 4 GJ Eq − GJ Eq (4)
( 4)
[k Local ]= L L
− GJ Eq GJ Eq
(10)
x L L
θ x1 , M x 1 (4) θ x 2 , M x 2 (10)
a) External load qz L
(3)
z, w N 2
[qz ] =
y, v m − q z L2
(1) 12 (5)
qz { f Eq _ L} =
qz L (9)
1 2
x, u 2
qz L (11)
12
b) External load qy L
(2)
N
[q y ] = 2
z, w y, v m q y L2
(6)
qy ( 2) 12
{ f Eq _ L} =
qy L (8)
2 x, u 2
2
− qy L
12 (12)
c) External load
N
[qx ] =
z, w m
y, v
qx qx L
( 3) 2 (1)
{ f Eq _L } = q L
3 x (7)
2
x, u
d) External load
Nm
[mTx ] =
z, w y, v m
mTx L (4)
mT ( 4) 2
{ f Eq _ L} =
4 m L
Tx (10)
2
x, u
Then, the stiffness matrix and consistent load vector can be obtained by:
4 4
A A{ f
(e ) (i ) (e ) (i )
[ K Local ]= [k Local ] ; {FLocal }= Eq _ L } (6.593)
i =1 i =1
where A
stands for assemble operator. Making the contribution to the respective degree-
of-freedom we can obtain the local stiffness matrix:
EA − EA
L 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
L
12 EI z 6 EI z − 12 EI z 6 EI z
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
L3 L2 L3 L2
12 EI y − 6 EI y − 12 EI y − 6 EI y
0 0
L3
0
L2
0 0 0
L3
0
L2
0
GJ T − GJ T
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
L L
− 6 EI y 4 EI y 6 EI y 2 EI y
0 0
L2
0
L
0 0 0
L2
0
L
0
6 EI z 4 EI z − 6 EI z 2 EI z
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
[K ]
(e)
Local =
− EA
L2 L
EA
L2 L
L 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
L
− 12 EI z − 6 EI z 12 EI z − 6 EI z
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
L3 L2 L3 L2
− 12 EI y 6 EI y 12 EI y 6 EI y
0 0
L3
0
L2
0 0 0
L3
0
L2
0
− GJ T GJ T
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
L L
− 6 EI y 2 EI y 6 EI y 4 EI y
0 0
L2
0
L
0 0 0
L2
0
L
0
6 EI z 2 EI z − 6 EI z 4 EI z
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
L2 L L2 L
z // z
k - ( X k , Yk , Z k )
y
x
z
j - ( X j ,Y j , Z j )
i
( X i , Yi , Z i )
L = ( X j − X i ) 2 + (Y j − Yi ) 2 + ( Z j − Z i ) 2
Z
( X , Y , Z ) - Global system
Y
( x, y, z ) - Local system
X j − Xi Y j − Yi Z j − Zi
a11 = ; a12 = ; a13 =
L L L
where
L = ( X j − X i ) 2 + (Y j − Yi ) 2 + ( Z j − Z i ) 2
The transformation matrix from the global system X − Y − Z to the local system x − y − z
is constituted by the unit vectors ˆi − ˆj − kˆ , i.e.:
a11 a12 a13
a ij = a 21 a 22 a 23
a 31 a 32 a 33
Then, the transformation matrix [λ] is represented as follows:
a11 a12 a13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
a a 22 a 23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
21
a 31 a 32 a 33 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 a11 a12 a13 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 a 21 a 22 a 23 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 a 31 a 32 a 33 0 0 0 0 0 0
[λ] = (6.595)
0 0 0 0 0 0 a11 a12 a13 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 a 21 a 22 a 23 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 a 31 a 32 a 33 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a11 a12 a13
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a 21 a 22 a 23
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a 31 a 32 a 33
NOTE 2: Note that the adopted stiffness matrix will depend on the degree-of-freedom of
the structure, which in turns depends on the external load and how the structure was
conceived. Some examples follow.
NOTE 2.1: Truss
Truss is a structural element which is subjected only by traction or compression forces and
the nodes are free to rotate, i.e. there is no moment at the nodes. The external load
(concentrated force) is considered to be applied only at the nodes. Examples for this
problem we can quote: an electricity transmission tower (electricity pylon), geodesic dome,
among others, (see Figure 6.191).
The degrees-of-freedom associated with this type of structure are only translations. For
instance, in Problem 6.68 we have defined this problem by considering one-dimensional
space (1D), in case we are dealing with two-dimensional space there will be two degrees-of-
freedom per node ( u , v ), (see Figure 6.193), and for three-dimensional space (3D) there are
3 degrees-of-freedom per node namely: u , v , and w . (see Figure 6.194).
b) Two-dimensional space – 2D
Y2 L = ( X 2 − X 1 ) 2 + (Y2 − Y1 ) 2
y 2
L X 2 − X1
l = cosα =
L
Y1 α Y2 − Y1
1 m = sinα =
L
X1 X2 X
c) Three-dimensional space – 3D
Z x
Y
L = ( X − X ) 2 + (Y − Y ) 2 + ( Z − Z ) 2
2 2 1 2 1 2 1
X 2 − X1
L l = L
Z2
Y2 − Y1
Y2 m =
L
Z 2 − Z1
1 n =
Z1 L
Y1
X1 X2
X
Transformation Matrix
The transformation matrix from the Global system X − Y to the Local system x − y , (see
Figure 6.192(b)), is given by:
cosα sin α l m
[A ] = = (6.598)
− sin α cosα − m l
(e )
And the transformation matrix for the displacement vector {uLocal } becomes
u1 l m 0 0 u X 1
v − m l 0 0 vY 1
u l m u Xi 1
→ i =
Nodal Element
→ =
vi − m l vYi
u 2 0 0 l m u X 2 (6.599)
v2 0 0 − m l vY 2
14444442444444 3
(e) (e)
{uLocal }=[ A ]{uGlobal }
Y uY 2 , fY 2 x u1 f x1
v 0
v2 (e )
{uLocal
} = 1 ;{ f Local
(e)
}=
y u2 , f x 2 u 2 f x2
v2 0
Y2 uY 1 , fY 1
u X 1 f X1
2 uX 2 , f X 2 v f
v1
u1, f x1
(e )
{uGlobal } = Y 1 ;{ f Global
( e)
} = Y1
u X 2 fX 2
Y1 vY 2 fY 2
1 u X 1, f X 1
X1 X2 X
l 2 lm −l 2
− lm
(e) EA lm m2 − lm − m2
[kGlobal ]= (6.600)
L − l 2 − lm l2 lm
− lm − m2 lm m 2
Strain and Stress (2D)
Once the global displacement vector is defined, the strain, (see equation (6.574)), can be
obtained as follows:
u X 1
l m 0 0 vY 1
[− 1 1] 1 = 1 [− 1 1]
1 u 1
ε= ⇒ ε = (−u X 1l − vY 1m + u X 2 l + vY 2 m )
L u 2 L 0 0 l m u X 2 L
vY 2
(6.601)
where we have considered, (see equation (6.599)), that
u X 1
u1 l m 0 0 vY 1
= (6.602)
u 2 0 0 l m u X 2
vY 2
T
l m 0 0 f x1 f x1l
− m
l 0 0 f y1 = 0 f x1m
(e)
{rGlobal }= =
0 0 l m f x2 f x2l
0 0 −m l f y 2 = 0 f m
x2
Three-Dimensional Space (3D)
Stiffness Matrix for 3D
For the local system the force-displacement relationship is given by:
f x1 1 0 0 − 1 0 0 u1
f = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 v1
y1
(e) (e) (e)
f z1 = 0 EA 0 0 0 0 0 0 w1
{ f Local } = [k Local ]{u Local } ⇔ = (6.605)
f x 2 L − 1 0 0 1 0 0 u 2
f y 2 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 v2
f z 2 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 w2
Transformation Matrix
The transformation matrix from the Global system X − Y − Z to the Local system x − y − z
is given by:
a11 a12 a13 l m n
[A ] = a21 a22 a23 ≡ a21 a22 a23 (6.606)
a31 a32 a33 a31 a32 a33
(e )
And the transformation matrix for the vector {uLocal } becomes
u1 l m n u X 1
→ v1 = a21
Nodal
a 22 a 23 vY 1
w a a32 a33 wZ 1
1 31
u1 l m n 0 0 0 u X 1
v a a22 a 23 0 0 0 vY 1 (6.607)
1 21
Element w1 a31 a32 a33 0 0 0 wZ 1 (e ) (e )
→ = ⇒ {uLocal } = [A ]{uGlobal }
u2 0 0 0 l m n u X 2
v2 0 0 0 a21 a 22 a 23 vY 2
w2 0 0 0 a31 a32 a33 wZ 2
Then, the stiffness matrix in the Global system can be expressed as follows:
1 0 0 − 1 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
(e) EA 0 0 0 0 0 0
[kGlobal ] = [A ]T [k Local
(e)
][A ] = [A ]T [A ]
L − 1 0 0 1 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
after the matrix multiplication is taken place we can obtain
l 2 lm ln −l 2 − lm − ln
lm m2 mn − lm − m2 − mn
(e) EA ln mn n2 − ln − mn − n2
[kGlobal ]= (6.608)
L − l 2 − lm − ln l 2
lm ln
− lm − m2 − mn lm m2 mn
− ln − mn − n2 ln mn n 2
Note that we do not need to define the coefficients a21 , a22 , L , a33 in order to obtain the
Global elemental stiffness matrix.
Strain and Stress (3D)
Once the global displacement vector is defined the strain, (see equation (6.574)), can be
obtained as follows:
uX 1
v
Y1
l m n 0 wZ 1
[− 1 1] 1 = 1 [− 1 1]
1 u 0 0
ε=
L u2 L 0 0 0 l m n u X 2
vY 2
wZ 2
1
⇒ε= (−u X 1l − vY 1m − wZ 1n + u X 2 l + vY 2 m + wZ 2 n ) (6.609)
L
where we have considered that
u X1
v
Y1
u1 l m n 0 0 0 wZ 1
= (6.610)
u 2 0 0 0 l m n u X 2
vY 2
wZ 2
f x1 (u X 1 − u X 2 )l + (vY 1 − vY 2 )m + ( wZ 1 − wZ 2 )n
f y1 = 0 0
f z1 = 0 EA 0
⇒ = (6.612)
f x 2 L − [(u X 1 − u X 2 )l + (vY 1 − vY 2 )m + ( wZ 1 − wZ 2 )n ]
f y 2 = 0 0
f z 2 = 0 0
Note that for the truss problem we do not have the consistent load vector, since the load
(e) (e)
must be applied at the nodes, so {rLocal } = −{ f int } = { f (e ) } = [k Local
(e ) (e)
]{uLocal }.
T
l m n 0 0 0 f x1 f x1l
a
21 a 22 a 23 0 0 0 0 f x1m
(e)
a31 a32 a33 0 0 0 0 f x1n
{rGlobal }= =
0 0 0 l m n f x2 f x2l
0 0 0 a 21 a22 a23 0 f m
x2
0 0 0 a31 a32 a33 0 f x 2 n
x
u Z 2 , f Z 2 uY 2 , fY 2
Z
Y
uX 2 , f X 2 uX1 f X1
2 v f
uZ1 , f Z1 uY 1, fY 1 Y1 Y1
w f
(e)
{uGlobal } = Z 1 ; { f Global
(e)
} = Z1
u X 2 fX2
vY 2 fY 2
u X 1, f X 1
1 wZ 2 f Z 2
12 EI y − 6 EI y − 12 EI y − 6 EI y qz L
0 0
3 2 3
L2 2
L L L
m L
0 GJ Eq − GJ Eq
0 0 0 w1 Tx
L L 2
− 6 EI y 4 EI y 6 EI y 2 EI y θ x1 − q z L2
0 0
L
2
L L2 L θ y1 = 12
− 12 EI y 6 EI y 12 EI y 6 EI y w2 q z L (6.613)
0 0
L
3
L2 L3 L2 θ x 2 2
− GJ Eq GJ Eq mTx L
0 0 0 0 θ y 2 2
L L 2
− 6 EI y 2 EI y 6 EI y 4 EI y qz L
0 0 12
L2 L L2 L
(e) (e) (e)
[ k Local ] {uLocal } = { f Eq _ L}
qZ = q z
mT
Z, z
z
y x
X
The matrix transformation from the Global system X − Y − Z to the local system x − y − z ,
(see Figure 6.197), is given by:
a11 a12 a13 l m 0
[A ] = a21 a22 a23 = − m l 0 (6.614)
a31 a32 a33 0 0 1
a) Degrees-of-freedom (Displacements)
z y w1 (1)
θ (2)
x1
θ y1 (3)
θ y1 (3) θ y 2 (6) (e)
{uLocal }=
w2 (4)
(1) w1 (4) w2 θx 2 (5)
θ x1 (2) x
θ y 2 (6)
1 2 θ x 2 (5)
M y2 Q z1 (1)
M y1 M
x1 (2)
Qz 1 Qz 2
M x1 M x2 x (e) M y1 (3)
{ f Local }=
Qz 2 (4)
1 2 M x 2 (5)
M y 2 (6)
L
Z
Y
w2 = wZ 2 θY 2 x
z θy 2 θx 2
Y2
w1 = wZ 1 2 θX 2
θY 1
y L = ( X 2 − X 1 ) 2 + (Y2 − Y1 ) 2
θ y1 θx1 α
Y1 X 2 − X1
l = cosα =
1 θX 1 L
Y2 − Y1
m = sinα =
X1 X2 X L
The transformation matrix for the nodal displacement vector is given by:
w1 1 0 0 wZ 1 = w1
→ θ x1 = 0 l
Nodal
m θ X 1
θ 0 − m l θY 1
y1
w1 1 0 0 0 0 0 w1
θ
x1 0 l m 0 0 0 θ X 1 (6.615)
θ y1 0 − m l 0 0 0 θY 1
Element
→ =
(e) (e)
⇒ {uLocal } = [A ]{uGlobal }
w2 0 0 0 1 0 0 w2
θ x 2 0 0 0 0 l m θ X 2
θ y 2 0 0 0 0 −m l θY 2
By considering that:
6 EI y
f 0 −a − f 0 − a a = 2
L
0 b 0 0 − b 0
GJ Eq
− a 0 2d a 0 d b =
(e) L
[k Local ] = with (6.616)
− f 0 a f 0 a f = 12 EI y
0 −b 0 0 b 0 L3
− a 0 d a 0 2d d = 2 EI y
L
the stiffness matrix in the Global system, (Chaves&Mínguez(2010)), can be expressed as
follows:
f 0 −a − f 0 − a
0 b 0 0 − b 0
(e)
− a 0 2d a 0 d
[kGlobal ] = [A ]T [k Local
(e )
][A ] = [A ]T [A ]
− f 0 a f 0 a
0 −b 0 0 b 0
− a 0 d a 0 2d
thus
f am − al −f am − al
am bl + 2 dm
2 2
blm − 2dlm − am − bl + dm
2 2
− blm − dlm
(e)
− al blm − 2dlm bm 2 + 2 dl 2 al − blm − dlm − bm 2 + dl 2
[kGlobal ]= (6.617)
− f − am al f − am al
am − bl 2 + dm 2 − blm − dlm − am bl + 2 dm 2
2
blm − 2dlm
− al − blm − dlm − bm 2 + dl al blm − 2dlm bm 2 + 2dl 2
2
qz
x (e)
z {PLocal }= mTx
qz 0
2
mTx
qz L
qz L 2
2 m L
Tx − q z L
2
l − m
m L
0 Tx 2 12
T
1 0 0 0 0
0 l 2
m 0 0 0 − q L2 mTx L − q z L2
z m + l
(e )
0 − m l 0 0 0 12 2 12 (6.620)
⇒ { f Eq _G} = =
0 0 0 1 0 0 qz L qz L
0 0 0 0 l m m2 L 2
Tx mTx L q z L2
0 0 0 0 −m l 2 l − m
2 12
2
zq L m L q L 2
12 Tx m + z l
2 12
vY
qX
qY θZ
uX
Degrees-of-freedom
If we consider the structure of the nodal displacement described in Figure 6.200, and by
considering the stiffness matrices given by Figure 6.186 and Figure 6.187 we can obtain:
EA − EA qx L
L 0 0 0 0 2
L q L
12 EI z 6 EI z − 12 EI z 6 EI z
u1
y
0 0
L3 L2 L3 L2 2 2
6 EI z 4 EI z − 6 EI z 2 EI z v1 q y L
0 0
L2 L L2 L θ z1 = 12
− EA EA q L
0 0 0 0 u2 x (6.624)
L L v 2
− 12 EI z − 6 EI z 12 EI z − 6 EI z 2 q y L
0 L3 L2
0
L3
θ
L2 z 2 2
6 EI z 2 EI z − 6 EI z 4 EI z 2
0 0 − qy L
L2 L L2 L 12
(e) (e) (e)
[ k Local ] {uLocal } = { f Eq _ L}
a) Displacements
z y u1 (1)
v (2)
1
θ (3)
(e)
{uLocal } = z1
(3) θ z1 (6) θ z 2
v1 (2) v2 (5) u2 (4)
x v2 (5)
u1 (1) u 2 (4) θz 2 (6)
1 2
u1 l m 0 0 0 0 u X 1
v − m l 0 0 0 0 v
1 Y1
θ 0 0 1 0 0 0 θZ 1
→ z1 =
Element
θZ 2 , mZ 2 u1 f x1
Y uY 2 , fY 2 v f
θz 2 , m z 2 x 1 y1
θ
m
y v2 (e )
{uLocal } = z1 ;{ f Local
(e)
} = z1
u2 , f x 2 u
2 f x2
v2 f y2
Y2 uY 1 , fY 1
θ z 2 m z 2
2 uX 2 , f X 2
v1 u X 1 f X1
u1, f x1 v f
Y1 Y1
Y1 (e )
θZ 1 ( e ) mZ 1
u X 1, f X 1 {uGlobal } = ;{ f Global } =
θZ 1 , mZ 1 1 u X 2 fX 2
vY 2 fY 2
θ z1 , m z1
θZ 2 mZ 2
X1 X2 X
By considering that:
EA
a 0 0 −a 0 0 a = L
0 b c 0 − b c
b = 12 EI z
(e)
0 c 2d 0 − c d L3
[k Local ]= with (6.627)
− a 0 0 a 0 0 c = 6 EI z
0 −b −c 0 b − c L2
2 EI z
0 c d 0 − c 2d d =
L
the stiffness matrix in the Global system can be expressed as follows:
a 0 0 −a 0 0
0 b c 0 − b c
(e)
0 c 2d 0 − c d
[kGlobal ] = [A ]T [k Local
(e)
][A ] = [A ]T [A ]
− a 0 0 a 0 0
0 −b −c 0 b − c
0 c d 0 − c 2d
thus
al 2 + bm 2 alm − blm − cm − al 2 − bm 2 − alm + blm − cm
alm − blm bl 2 + am 2 cl − alm + blm − bl 2 − am 2 cl
(e)
− cm cl 2d cm − cl d
[kGlobal ]= (6.628)
− al − bm − alm + blm cm al + bm 2 alm − blm cm
2 2 2
− alm + blm − bl 2
− am 2 − cl alm − blm bl 2
+ am 2 − cl
− cm cl d cm − cl 2d
y
qx
qx
x (e)
{PLocal }= q y
qy 0
2
Then, we can obtain the consistent load vector in the global system as follows:
(e) (e) (e) T (e)
{ f Eq _ L } = [A ]{ f Eq _ G } ⇒ { f Eq _ G } = [A ] { f Eq _ L }
T
l m 0 0 0 0 f1( Eq _ L ) f1( Eq _ L ) l − f 2( Eq _ L ) m
( Eq _ L ) ( Eq _ L )
− m
l 0 0 0 0 f2 f1 m + f 2( Eq _ L) l
(e)
0 0 1 0 0 0 f ( Eq _ L ) f 3( Eq _ L ) (6.631)
⇒ { f Eq _G} = ( Eq _ L ) = ( Eq _ L )
3
0 0 0 l m 0 f4 f4 l − f 5( Eq _ L) m
0 0 0 −m l 0 f ( Eq _ L ) f ( Eq _ L ) m + f ( Eq _ L ) l
5( Eq _ L ) 4 5
0 0 0 0 0 1 f 6 f6 ( Eq _ L )
or more explicitly
q x L qy L
l − m
2 2
q x L qy L
f1( Eq _ L )
l − f2 ( Eq _ L )
m 2 2 l
m +
( Eq _ L )
f1 m + f 2( Eq _ L ) l q y L2
( Eq _ L )
(e) f3 12
⇒ { f Eq } = = (6.632)
_G
f4
( Eq _ L )
l − f5 ( Eq _ L )
m q x L l − q y L m
2
f ( Eq _ L ) m + f ( Eq _ L ) l 2
4 5
x m + y l
f6 ( Eq _ L )
q L q L
2 2
2
− q y L
12
More explicitly
qx L
2
q L
f x1 y al (u X 1 − u X 2 ) + am (vY 1 − vY 2 )
2
f y1 q y L2 bl (vY 1 − vY 2 ) + bm (u X 2 − u X 1 ) + c( θZ 1 + θZ 2 )
m cl (v − v ) + cm (u − u ) + d (2 θ + θ )
Z2
(e)
{rLocal (e)
} = −{ f int } = z1 = − 12 + Y1 Y2 X2 X1 Z1
f x2
q L
x − al (u X 1 − u X 2 ) − am (vY 1 − vY 2 )
f 2 − bl (vY 1 − vY 2 ) − bm (u X 2 − u X 1 ) − c( θZ 1 + θZ 2 )
y2 qy L
m z 2 cl (vY 1 − vY 2 ) + cm (u X 2 − u X 1 ) + d ( θZ 1 + 2 θZ 2 )
2 2
− qy L
12
(6.635)
(e)
The reaction forces in the Global system can be obtained by {rGlobal } = [A ]T {rLocal
(e )
}:
T
l m 0 0 0 0 f x1 f x1l − f y1m
− m
l 0 0 0 0 f y1 f x1m + f y1l
(e)
0 0 1 0 0 0 m m z1
{rGlobal }=
z1
= (6.636)
0 0 0 l m 0 f x2 f x2 l − f y2m
0 0 0 −m l 0 f f m + f l
y 2 x 2 (int ) y 2
0 0 0 0 0 1 m z 2 m z 2
Problem 6.71
Consider the structure described in Figure 6.203, (Timoshenko (1940)). Obtain the
displacement of the node 1 according to Y -direction.
Y Element connectivity
P (e = 1) ⇒ 3 − 1
1 ( e = 2) ⇒ 2 − 1
( Ltanβ , L)
(e = 3) ⇒ 4 − 1
Element properties
β β (e = 1) ⇒ ( EA)(1)
2 3 L
(e = 2) ⇒ ( EA)( 2 )
1
(e = 3) ⇒ ( EA)( 2 )
O 2 3 4
X
(0,0) ( Ltanβ ,0) (2 Ltanβ ,0)
vY (2) Degrees-of-freedom
P
Y
U2 u X (1) U1 0
U P
1 2
U 3 0
U1
U 4 0
{U Global } = ; {FGlobal } =
U 5 0
2 1 3 U 6 0
U 7 0
U4 U6 U8 U 0
8
2 3 4
O
U3 U5 U7 X
A[k
(e)
[ K Global ] = Global ] (6.637)
e =1
The stiffness matrix for the 2D truss element can be obtained by using the equation in
(6.600), i.e.:
l 2 lm −l 2
− lm
lm m2 − lm − m2
(e)
(e) ( EA)
[k Global ]= (6.638)
L(e ) − l 2 − lm l2 lm
− lm − m2 lm m 2
For each element we have
Connectivi ty : N1 → N2
Element Node1 : ( X 1 , Y1 ) L(e ) l ( e)
=
X 2 − X1
m (e ) = Y2 −(e)Y1 ( EA) (e )
N1 → N2 L( e) L
Node2 : ( X 2 , Y2 )
3 : ( Ltanβ ,0)
1 3 → 1 L l (1)
=0 m (1) = 1 (EA) (1)
1 : ( Ltanβ , L)
2 : (0,0)
2 → 1
L l ( 2)
= sin β m ( 2) = cos β
2 (EA) ( 2 )
1 : ( Ltanβ , L) cos β l ( 2)
=s m ( 2) = c
2 : (2 Ltanβ ,0) l L ( 3)
= − sin β m (3) = cos β
3 4 → 1 ( EA) ( 2 )
1 : ( Ltanβ , L) l ( 3) = − s cos β m ( 3) = c
And we will consider that l ( 2) = sin β = s = −l (3) , m ( 2) = m ( 2) = cos β = c
Element 1: ( l (1)
= 0 , m (1) = 1 )
5 6 1 2 Global
l 2
lm −l 2
− lm 0 0 0 0 5
0 1
(1) ( EA) (1)
lm m2 − lm − m 2 ( EA) (1) 0 − 1 6
[k Global ]= =
L(1) − l 2 − lm l2 lm L 0 0 0 0 1
− lm − m2 lm m 0 − 1
2
0 1 2
Element 2: ( l ( 2)
m ( 2) = c )
= s, 3 4 1 2
Global
l 2 lm − l 2 − lm s 2
sc − s − sc 3
2
( 2) ( EA) ( 2 ) lm m 2 − lm − m 2 c( EA) ( 2 ) sc c 2 − sc − c 2 4
[k Global ]= =
L( 2 ) − l 2 − lm l2 lm L − s 2 − sc s 2 sc 1
− lm − m
2
lm m
2
− sc − c
2
sc c 2 2
Element 3 ( l ( 3)
= − s , m ( 3) = c ) 7 8 1 2
Global
l 2
lm −l 2
− lm s 2
− sc − s sc 72
( 3) ( EA) ( 2)
lm m2 − lm − m 2 c( EA) ( 2 ) − sc c
2
sc − c 2 8
[k Global ]= =
L(3) − l 2 − lm l2 lm L − s 2 sc s 2 − sc 1
− lm −m2 lm m sc − c − sc c 2
2 2 2
U 2 , F2
{FGlobal } = [ K Global ]{U Global }
1
U1 , F1
x x
(4) x
(4) (4)
2
(3) 2 (3)
(3) 2
2 3
1
(2)
(1) (2)
(2)
1 (1) 1 (1)
1
U 4 , F4 U 6 , F6 U 8 , F8
3
U 3 , F3 4
2 U 5 , F5 U 7 , F7
k33
(1) ( 2)
+ k33 ( 3)
+ k33 (1)
k34 (2)
+ k34 ( 3)
+ k34 (2)
k31 (2)
k32 (1)
k31 (1)
k32 ( 3)
k31 ( 3)
k32
(1) ( 2) ( 3) (1) (2) ( 3) (2) (2) (1) (1) ( 3) ( 3)
k43 + k43 + k43 k44 + k44 + k44 k 41 k 42 k41 k42 k41 k42
k13( 2 ) k14( 2 ) k11( 2 ) k12( 2 ) 0 0 0 0
3
( 2) ( 2) (2) (2)
k23 k24 k 21 k 22 0 0 0 0
A
(e)
[ K Global ] = [kGlobal ]=
k13(1) k14(1) 0 0 k11(1) k12(1) 0 0
e =1
(1) (1) (1) (1)
k 23 k24 0 0 k21 k22 0 0
k13(3) k14(3) 0 0 0 0 k11(3) k12(3)
( 3)
k23 ( 3)
k24 0 0 0 0 ( 3)
k21 ( 3)
k22
(e) (e )
{rLocal } = −{ f int } = { f (e ) } = [k Local
(e) (e)
]{uLocal } ⇒ (e)
{rGlobal } = [A ]T {rLocal
(e)
}
where
T
l m 0 0 f x1 f x1l
− m
l 0 0 f y1 = 0 f x1m
{rGlobal } =
(e)
=
0 0 l m f x 2 f x 2l
0 0 −m l f y 2 = 0 f m
x2
Element 1: l (1)
=0, m (1) = 1 , ( EA) (1) , L(1) = L , (u (X11) = U 5 = 0) , (vY(11) = U 6 = 0) ,
LP
(u (X1)2 = U1 = 0) , vY(12) = U 2 = (1)
, then
( 2) 3
( EA) + 2( EA) c
− LP
f x(11) (u (X11) − u (X1)2 )l (1)
+ (vY(11) − vY(12) )m (1) (1) ( 2 ) 3
(1) ( EA) + 2( EA) c
(1) (1)
f ( EA) 0 ( EA) 0
{ f } = y(11) =
(1)
(1) =
f x2 L(1) (u X 2 − u X 1 )l
(1) (1)
+ (vY(12) − vY(11) )m (1) L LP
f y(12) 0 ( EA)(1) + 2( EA)( 2 ) c 3
0
(1)
= −{ f int }
and
− LP Global
( EA)(1) + 2( EA)( 2) c 3 l
f x1l 0 5
− LP − ( EA ) (1)
P
m 6
(1) f x1m ( EA)
(1) (1) ( 2 ) 3
( EA) + 2( EA) c ( EA) + 2( EA) c
(1) ( 2 ) 3
{rGlobal } = = =
LP 0
f x 2l L l (1) 1
f m (1) ( 2) 3
( EA) + 2( EA) c ( EA ) P 2
x2 ( EA)(1) + 2( EA)( 2) c 3
LP
(1) ( 2) 3
m
( EA) + 2( EA) c
L L
Element 2: l (2) = s , m ( 2) = c , ( EA) ( 2 ) , L( 2 ) = = , (u (X21) = U 3 = 0) , (vY( 21) = U 4 = 0) ,
cos β c
LP
(u X( 22) = U 1 = 0) , vY( 22) = U 2 = (1)
, then
(2) 3
( EA) + 2( EA) c
− c 2 ( EA)( 2 ) P
LP ( EA)(1) + 2( EA)( 2 ) c 3
f x(12 ) − (1) (2) 3
c
(2) ( EA) + 2( EA) c
f c( EA)
( 2)
0 0
{ f } = y(12 ) =
( 2)
=
f x2 L LP
c c 2 ( EA)( 2 ) P
f y(22 ) ( EA)(1) + 2( EA)( 2) c 3 (1)
( 2 ) 3
( EA) + 2 ( EA ) c
0
0
(2)
= −{ f int }
and
Global
2
− c ( EA) P ( 2)
2 ( 2)
(1)
l −(c1) ( EA) P( 2) 3 s 3
( 2) 3
( EA) + 2( EA) c ( EA) + 2( EA) c
f x1l − c 2 ( EA)( 2 ) P − c 2 ( EA)( 2 ) P
m c 4
( 2) 3
( 2) f m ( EA) + 2( EA) c ( EA) + 2( EA) c
(1) (2) 3 (1)
{rGlobal } = x1 = =
f x 2l c 2 ( EA)( 2 ) P
l c 2 ( EA)( 2 ) P
s 1
f m ( EA)(1) + 2( EA)( 2 ) c 3 ( EA)(1) + 2( EA)( 2 ) c 3
x2
c 2 ( EA)( 2 ) P c 2 ( EA)( 2 ) P 2
m c
( EA)(1) + 2( EA)( 2 ) c3 ( EA)(1) + 2( EA)( 2 ) c 3
L L
Element 3: l ( 3) = − s , m ( 2 ) = c , (EA) ( 2 ) , L(3) = = , (u (X31) = U 3 = 0) , (vY(31) = U 4 = 0) ,
cos β c
LP
(u (X32) = U1 = 0) , vY(32) = U 2 = (1)
, then
(2) 3
( EA) + 2( EA) c
− c 2 ( EA)( 2 ) P
LP ( EA)(1) + 2( EA)( 2 ) c 3
f x(13) −
(1) (2) 3
c
( 3) ( EA) + 2( EA) c
f c( EA)
(2)
0 0
{ f } = y(13) =
( 3)
=
f x2 L LP 2 ( 2)
c c ( EA ) P
f y2
( 3 ) ( EA)(1) + 2( EA)( 2) c 3 (1)
( 2 ) 3
0 ( EA) + 2( EA) c
0
( 3)
= −{ f int }
and
Global
2
− c ( EA) P ( 2)
2 ( 2)
(1)
l c(1)( EA) P( 2) 3 s 7
( 2) 3
( EA) + 2( EA) c ( EA) + 2( EA) c
f x1l − c 2 ( EA)( 2 ) P − c 2 ( EA)( 2 ) P
m c 8
( 2) 3
( 3) f m ( EA) + 2( EA) c ( EA) + 2( EA) c
} = x1 =
(1) (2) 3 (1)
{rGlobal =
f x 2l c 2 ( EA)( 2 ) P 2 ( 2)
l − c ( EA) P s 1
f m ( EA)(1) + 2( EA)( 2 ) c 3 ( EA)(1) + 2( EA)( 2 ) c 3
x2
c 2 ( EA)( 2 ) P c 2 ( EA)( 2 ) P 2
m c
( EA)(1) + 2( EA)( 2 ) c3 ( EA)(1) + 2( EA)( 2 ) c 3
The Global reaction vector can be obtained by the contribution of each element:
Global
2
c ( EA) P (2) 2 ( 2)
− c ( EA) P
0+ (1) (2) 3
s+ (1) (2) 3
s 1
( EA) + 2( EA) c ( EA) + 2( EA) c
( EA) (1) P c 2 ( EA) ( 2 ) P c 2 ( EA) ( 2 ) P
(1) ( 2) 3
+ (1) ( 2) 3
c+ (1)
c
(2) 3
2
( EA) + 2( EA) c ( EA) + 2( EA) c
2 ( 2)
( EA) + 2( EA) c
− c ( EA) P
(1) ( 2) 3
s 3
( EA) + 2( EA) c
2 (2)
− c ( EA) P
3
c 4
A
(1) ( 2) 3
(e )
{rGlobal } = ( EA) + 2( EA) c
e =1 0
5
− ( EA) (1) P
(1) (2) 3 6
( EA) + 2( EA) c
2 ( 2)
c ( EA) P
(1) ( 2) 3
s 7
( EA) + 2( EA) c
− c 2 ( EA) ( 2 ) P
c 8
( EA ) (1)
+ 2 ( EA ) ( 2) 3
c
which results
0 0
P 0
2 ( 2)
− c ( EA) P 0
2
− c ( EA) P (2)
s s
( EA) (1) + 2( EA) ( 2) c 3 ( EA) (1) + 2( EA) ( 2 ) c 3
P
− c 2 ( EA) ( 2) P 0 − c 2 ( EA) ( 2 ) P
c c
( EA) (1) + 2( EA) ( 2 ) c 3 ( EA) (1) + 2( EA) ( 2 ) c 3
3
0
A
(e)
{R} = {rGlobal } − {F0 } = 0 0
− 0 =
e =1 − ( EA) P(1) − ( EA) P(1)
(1) (2) 3
+ 0 (1) ( 2) 3
+
( EA) + 2( EA) c ( EA) + 2( EA) c
c 2 ( EA) ( 2 ) P 0 c 2 ( EA) ( 2 ) P
s ( 2) 3
s
( EA) + 2( EA) c 0 ( EA) + 2( EA) c
(1) ( 2) 3 (1)
− c 2 ( EA) ( 2) P − c 2 ( EA) ( 2 ) P
(1) (2) 3
c c
(2) 3
( EA) + 2( EA) c
(1)
( EA) + 2( EA) c
Problem 6.72
Consider the 2D Framed structure described in Figure 6.206, where L = 5m and the
mechanical - geometrical properties for the beams are EI z = 2 × 105 kNm 2 and EA = 107 kN .
Obtain the displacements of the node 1 and 2 according to Y -direction when
qY = −20kN / m .
Y Element connectivity
(e = 1) ⇒ 1 − 2
qY 2 (e = 2) ⇒ 3 − 1
1
1 (e = 3) ⇒ 2 − 4
2 3 vY
L
θZ
O 3 4 uX
X Degrees-of-freedom
(0,0) (L,0)
Y U1
U
U5 2
U2 U3
U6
U1 U 4
U4 U 5
1 U3 1 2
U 6
{U Global } =
3 U 7
2 U8
U 9
U8 U 11 U
10
3 U7 U 12 U 10 U11
U
X 12
U9 4
A[k
(e)
[ K Global ]12×12 = Global ] (6.640)
e =1
The stiffness matrix for the 2D frame element can be obtained by using the equation in
(6.628), i.e.:
al 2 + bm 2 alm − blm − cm − al 2 − bm 2 − alm + blm − cm
alm − blm bl 2 + am 2 cl − alm + blm − bl 2 − am 2 cl
(e)
− cm cl 2d cm − cl d
[kGlobal ]= (6.641)
− al − bm − alm + blm cm al 2 + bm 2 alm − blm cm
2 2
Element 3
4 5 6 10 11 12 Global
0.0192 0 0.048 − 0.0192 0 0.048 4
0 2 0 0 −2 0 5
( 3)
0.048 0 0.16 − 0.048 0 0.08 6
[kGlobal ] = 106 ×
− 0.0192 0 − 0.048 0.0192 0 − 0.048 10
0 − 2 − 0.048 0 2 0 11
0.048 0 0.08 − 0.048 0 0.16 12
Once we have assembled the contribution of all elements the stiffness matrix
3
A[k
(e)
[ K Global ] = Global ]
e =1
Construction of the Global Nodal Force Vector - {FGlobal } , (see equation (6.632))
3
A
(e )
{FGlobal } = { f Eq _G + {
} F0 }
e =1 {
={0 }
Element 1:
Global
6 L[q x l + q y m ] 0 1
6 L[q m + q l ] 2
x y − 50
(1)
1 q y L2
− 41 . 666667 3
{ f Eq _G} = =
12 6 L[q x l + q y m ] 0 4
6 L[q x m + q y l ] − 50 5
2
− qy L 41.666667 6
Global
K11 K12 K13 K14 K15 K16 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
K K 22 K 23 K 24 K 25 K 26 0 0 0 0 0 0 2
12
K13 K 23 K 33 K 34 K 35 K 36 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
K14 K 24 K 34 K 44 K 45 K 46 0 0 0 0 0 0 4
K15 K 25 K 35 K 45 K 55 K 56 0 0 0 0 0 0 5
K K 26 K 36 K 46 K 56 K 66 0 0 0 0 0 0 6
[ K Global ]12×12 = 16
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 7
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 8
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 9
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 10
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 11
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 12
Then, for the sake of simplicity we will only express here the sub-matrix 6 × 6 , which is
k11(1) + k 44
( 2)
k12(1) + k 45
(2)
k13(1) + k 46
( 2)
k14(1) k15(1) k16(1)
(1) ( 2) (1) (2) (1) ( 2) (1) (1) (1)
k 21 + k54 k 22 + k55 k 23 + k56 k 24 k 25 k 26
k (1) + k ( 2 ) (1)
k32 (2)
+ k 65 (1)
k33 + k66( 2) (1)
k34 (1)
k35 (1)
k36
[ K Global ]6×6 = 31 (1) 64 (1) (1) (1)
k 41 k 42 k 43 k 44 + k11(3) (1)
k 45 + k12(3) (1)
k 46 + k13(3)
k (1) (1)
k52 (1)
k53 (1)
k54 ( 3)
+ k 21 (1)
k55 ( 3)
+ k 22 (1)
k56 ( 3)
+ k 23
51
(1) (1) (1) (1) ( 3) (1) ( 3) (1) ( 3)
k61 k62 k63 k64 + k31 k 65 + k32 k66 + k33
which results in
2.0192 0 0.048 −2 0 0
0 2.0192 0.048 0 − 0.0192 0.048
0.048 0.048 0.32 0 − 0.048 0.08 6
[ K Global ]6×6 = × 10
− 2 0 0 2 . 0192 0 0 . 048
0 − 0.0192 − 0.048 0 2.0192 − 0.048
0 0.048 0.08 0.048 − 0.048 0.32
Solving the System
Then, we have to solve the system
2.0192 0 0.048 −2 0 0 U1 0
0 U
2.0192 0.048 0 − 0.0192 0.048 2 − 50
0.048 0.048 0.32 0 − 0.048 0.08 − 41.666667
6 U 3
× 10 =
−2 0 0 2.0192 0 0.048 U 4 0
0 − 0.0192 − 0.048 0 2.0192 − 0.048 U 5 − 50
0 0.048 0.08 0.048 − 0.048 0.32 U 6 41.666667
U 1 2.078345
U
2 − 25
U 3 − 174.02678 −6
= × 10
U 4 − 2.078345
U 5 − 25
U 6 174.02678
m cl (v − v ) + cm (u − u ) + d (2 θ + θ )
Z2
} = z1 = − 12 +
(e) (e ) Y1 Y2 X2 X1 Z1
{rLocal } = −{ f int
f x2
qL
x − al (u X 1 − u X 2 ) − am (vY 1 − vY 2 )
f 2 − bl (vY 1 − vY 2 ) − bm (u X 2 − u X 1 ) − c( θZ 1 + θZ 2 )
y2 qy L
mz 2 cl (vY 1 − vY 2 ) + cm (u X 2 − u X 1 ) + d ( θZ 1 + 2 θZ 2 )
2 2
− qy L
12
(e)
and the reaction vector in the Global system {rGlobal } = [A ]T {rLocal
(e)
} becomes:
T
l m 0 0 0 0 f x1 f x1l − f y1m
− m
l 0 0 0 0 f y1 f x1m + f y1l
(e)
0 0 1 0 0 0 m m (int )
{rGlobal }=
z1
=
z1
0 0 0 l m 0 f
x2 x2 f l − f y 2m
0 0 0 −m l 0 f f m+ f l
y2 x2 y2
0 0 0 0 0 1 mz 2 mz 2
Element 1:
Internal force (Local system)
f x1 0 8.31338122 8.31338122
f y1 − 50 0 50
(1) (1)
m − 41.666667 − 13.922142 27.74452425
{rLocal } = −{ f int } = = −
z1
+ =
f
x 2 0 − 8 . 31338122 − 8.31338122
f − 50 0 50
y2
mz 2 41.666667 13.922142 − 27.74452425
Element 2:
Internal force (Local system)
f x1 0 50 50
0 − 8.313812 − 8.313812
f y1
( 2) (2)
m
0
− 13 . 8223818
− 13. 8223818
{rLocal } = −{ f int } = z1 = − + =
f x2 0 − 50 − 50
f 0 8.3133812 8.3133812
y2
mz 2 0 − 27.744524 − 27.744524
Y
qY = −20
2
1
1
2 3
50 50
13.822 13.822
8.313 8.313 X
3 4
Problem 6.73
Consider the 2D Framed structure described in Figure 6.209, where the mechanical -
geometrical properties for the beams are EI z = 104 and EA = 3 × 104 . Obtain the
displacements of the node 1 (rotation) and 2 .
Y Coordinates
P = −6 Nodes
X Y
3 1 0 4
4
M z = −5
2 7 4
3 7 0
1
1 2 Element Connectivity
e i→ j
2 1 1→ 2
2 2→3
3
O qY = −5 X
U 1
U
Y 2
U 3
U2 U5
U3 U 4
U1 U6 U4 {U Global } = U 5
U
1 1 2 6
U 7
2 U 8
U 9
U8
U9
U7
O X
3
A[k
(e)
[ K Global ]9×9 = Global ] (6.642)
e =1
The stiffness matrix for the 2D framed element can be obtained by using the equation in
(6.628). For each element we have
Connectivi ty : N1 → N2
Element Node1 : ( X 1 , Y1 ) L(e ) l (e )
=
X 2 − X1
m (e) = Y2 −(e)Y1
N1 → N2 L(e ) L
Node2 : ( X 2 , Y2 )
1 : (0,4)
1 1 → 2 7 l (1) = 1 m (1) = 0
2 : ( 7 , 4)
3 : (7,4)
2 3 → 12 4 l ( 2) = 0 m ( 2) = −1
1 : (7,0)
Element 1: 1 2 3 4 5 6 Global
4.28571 0 0 − 4.28571 0 0 1
0 0.34985 1.22449 0 − 0.34985 1.22449 2
(1)
0 1.22449 5.71429 0 − 1.22449 2.85714 3
[k Global ] = 10 3 ×
− 4.28571 0 0 4.28571 0 0 4
0 − 0.34985 − 1.22449 0 0.34985 − 1.22449 5
0 1.22449 2.85714 0 − 1.22449 5.71429 6
Element 2:
4 5 6 7 8 9 Global
1.875 0 3.75 − 1.875 0 3.75 4
0 7 .5 0 0 − 7 .5 0 5
( 2)
3.75 0 10 − 3.75 0 5 6
[kGlobal ] = kij( 2 ) = 103 ×
− 1.875 0 − 3.75 1.875 0 − 3.75 7
0 − 7 .5 0 0 7.5 0 8
3.75 0 5 − 3.75 0 10 9
After the contribution of all elements we have assembled we can obtain
2
A[k
(e)
[ K Global ] = Global ]
e =1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Global
k11(1) k12(1) k13(1) k14(1) k15(1) k16(1) 0 0 0 1
(1)
k 21
(1)
k 22 (1)
k 23 (1)
k 24 (1)
k 25 (1)
k 26 0 0 0 2
k (1) (1)
k 32 (1)
k 33 (1)
k 34 (1)
k 35 (1)
k 36 0 0 0 3
31
(1)
k 41
(1)
k 42 (1)
k 43 (1)
k 44 + k11( 2 ) (1)
k 45 + k12( 2 ) (1)
k 46 + k13( 2 ) k14( 2 ) k15( 2 ) k16( 2) 4
[ K Global ] = k (1) (1)
k 52 (1)
k 53 (1)
k 54 + k 21( 2) (1)
k 55 + k 22(2) (1)
k 56 + k 23( 2) (2)
k 24 ( 2)
k 25 ( 2)
k 26 5
51
(1)
k 61 (1)
k 62 (1)
k 63 (1)
k 64 + k 31( 2) (1)
k 65 + k 32(2) (1)
k 66 + k 33( 2) (2)
k 34 ( 2)
k 35 k 36 6
( 2)
Construction of the Global Nodal Force Vector - {FGlobal } , (see equation (6.632))
2
A
(e)
{FGlobal } = { f Eq _ G } + {F0 }
e =1
Element 1: Concentrated force, (see Problem 6.67 –NOTE), ( P = −6 , a P = 4 , L = 7 ):
0
2aP3 3aP2
3 − 2 + 1 P
L L 0 f1( Eq _ L )
a 3 2a 2
− 2.361516 f 2( Eq _ L )
2 −
P P
+ aP P
( Eq _ L )
(1) L
{ f Eq _ L } =
L = − 4.408163 = f 3
0 ( Eq _ L )
0 f4
− 2aP + 3aP P − 3.638484 f ( Eq _ L )
3 2
L3 L2 5( Eq _ L )
5 . 877551 f 6
aP − aP P
3 2
L2 L
And by means of the equation { f Eq(1)_ G } = [A ]T { f Eq(1)_ L } we can obtain the vector in the
Global system, (see equation (6.631)): Global
f1 ( Eq _ G ) _(1)
f1( Eq _ L )
l − f2 ( Eq _ L )
m 0 1
( Eq _ G ) _(1) ( Eq _ L )
f2 f1
m + f 2( Eq _ L ) l − 2.361516 2
(1)
f ( Eq _ G ) _(1) f 3( Eq _ L ) − 4.408163 3
_ G } = ( Eq _ G ) _(1) = ( Eq _ L )
3
{ f Eq
f4 f4 l − f 5( Eq _ L ) m 0
4
f ( Eq _ G ) _(1) f ( Eq _ L ) m + f ( Eq _ L ) l − 3.638484 5
5( Eq _ G ) _(1) 4 5
f 6 f 6( Eq _ L ) 5.877551 6
Element 2: Linearly distributed load, (see Problem 6.67 –NOTE), ( q (y1) = 0 , q (y2) = −5 ,
L = 4 ):
L (2)
20 (7 q y + 3q y )
(1)
0 f1( Eq _ L )
2 −3 ( Eq _ L )
L f2
(3q (y1) + 2q (y2) ) − 2.666667 f ( Eq _ L )
( 2) 60
{ f Eq _ L} = = = 3( Eq _ L )
L 0
(3q (y1) + 7 q (y2 ) ) f4
20 − 7 f ( Eq _ L )
− L2 (1) (2) 5( Eq _ L )
( 2 q y + 3q y ) 4 f 6
60
And by means of the equation { f Eq( 2)_ G } = [A ]T { f Eq( 2)_ L } we can obtain the vector in the
Global system, (see equation (6.631)): Global
f1 ( Eq _ G ) _( 2 )
f1( Eq _ L )
l − f2 ( Eq _ L )
m − 3 4
( Eq _ G ) _( 2 ) ( Eq _ L ) ( Eq _ L )
f2 f1 m + f2 l 0 5
( 2)
f ( Eq _ G ) _( 2 ) f 3( Eq _ L ) − 2.666667 6
{ f Eq _ G } = ( Eq _ G ) _( 2 ) = ( Eq _ L )
3
=
f4 f4 l − f 5( Eq _ L) m − 7 7
f ( Eq _ G ) _( 2 ) f ( Eq _ L ) m + f ( Eq _ L ) l 0 8
5( Eq _ G ) _( 2 ) 4 5
f 6 f 6( Eq _ L ) 4 9
Then,
Global
f1( Eq _ G ) _(1) 0 1
− 2.361516 2
( Eq _ G ) _(1)
f2
f ( Eq _ G ) _(1) − 4.4081633 3
( Eq _ G ) _(3 1)
2 f 4 + f 1
( Eq _ G ) _( 2 )
−3 4
( Eq _ G ) _(1) ( Eq _ G ) _( 2 )
A
(e)
{ f Eq _G } = f5 + f2 =
− 3 . 638484 5
e =1 f ( Eq _ G ) _(1) + f ( Eq _ G ) _( 2 ) 3.210884 6
6 3
f 4( Eq _ G ) _( 2 ) −7 7
f5 ( Eq _ G ) _( 2 )
0 8
f 6( Eq _ G ) _( 2 ) 4 9
And
0 0 0
− 2.361516 0 − 2.361516
− 4.4081633 0 − 4.4081633
2 −3 0 −3
A
(e)
{FGlobal } = { f Eq }
_G + {F0 } = − 3. 638484 + 0
= − 3 . 638484
e =1 3.210884 − 5 − 1.789116
−7 0 −7
0 0 0
4 4 4
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U 1 0 0
0 U
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0
0 0 5.714 0 0 0 0 U 3 − 4.4081633
− 1.224 2.875
0 0 0 6.161 0 3.75 0 0 0 U 4 −3
10 × 0
3
0 − 1.224 0 7.85
− 1.224 0 0 0 U 5 = − 3.638484
0 0 2.875 3.75 − 1.224 15.714 0 0 0 U 6 − 1.789116
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 U 7 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 U 8 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 U 9 0
Element 2:
Internal force (Local system)
f x1 0 4.4355232 4.4355232
− 0.5046776 2.495322
f y1 −3
( 2) ( 2)
m
− 2 . 666667
− 0. 6180044
2. 048662
{rLocal } = −{ f int } = z1 = − + =
f x2 0 − 4.4355232 − 4.4355232
f −7 0.5046776 7.504678
y2
mz 2 4 − 1.4007058 − 5.400706
144244 3 1442443
(2) (2)
={ f Eq _ L} ={ f Local }
Problem 6.74
Obtain the explicit equation [ K (e ) ] {u ( e ) } = {F ( e ) } for the beam presented in Figure 6.211,
in which the beam is supported by an elastic foundation.
z
y
qz < 0
w( x) < 0
K zf
dU spring
where [ke (1) ] is the same matrix showed in Problem 6.62. Then, the term can be
d {u (e ) }
obtained as follows. The internal energy for the spring, (see Figure 6.212), is given by:
L
1
∫2K
f
U spring = z w 2 dx (6.646)
0
F F stored energy
1 1
wF = wK zf w
w 2 2
K zf
K zf 1
w w
Considering that the spring coefficient K zf is constant in the beam element the equation
(6.646) becomes:
L
K zf
∫ w dx
2
U spring = (6.647)
2 0
13L2 11L2 L3
− w2 θ y1 + w2 θ y 2 − θ y1 θ y 2
210 105 70
we can obtain:
K f 13L 2 13L 2 L3 2 L3 2 9 L 11L2
U spring = w + w + θ + θ + w w − w1 θ y1 +
2 35
1 2 y1 y 2 1 2
35 105 105 35 105
13L2 13L2 11L2 L3
w1 θ y 2 − w2 θ y1 + w2 θ y 2 − θ y1 θ y 2
210 210 105 70
(6.648)
Then
∂U spring K zf 26 L 9L 11L2 13L2
= w1 + w2 − θ y1 + θy2 (6.649)
∂w1 2 35 35 105 210
∂U spring K zf 2 L3 11L2 13L2 L3
= θ y1 − w1 − w2 − θy 2 (6.650)
∂ θ y1 2 105 105 210 70
∂U spring K zf 26 L 9L 13L2 11L2
= w2 + w1 − θ y1 + θy 2 (6.651)
∂w2 2 35 35 210 105
∂U spring K zf 2 L3 13L2 11L2 L3
= θ y2 + w1 + w2 − θ y1 (6.652)
∂θ y 2 2 105 210 105 70
13 − 11L 9 13L
35 210 70 420 w
1
− 11 L L2 − 13L − L2
dU spring θ
= K zf L 210 105 420 140 y1
d {u ( e ) } 9 − 13L 13 11L w2
70
420 35 210 θ (6.653)
13L − L2 11L L2 y 2
420 140 210 105
dU spring
(e)
= [ke ( Spring _ z ) ]{u ( e ) }
d {u }
where
NOTE 1: Note that if the elastic foundation is orientated according to the plane x − y ,
(see Problem 6.67), the internal energy becomes:
L
K yf K yf 13L 2 13L 2 L3 2 L3 2 9 L
U spring =
2 ∫
0
v 2 dx =
2 35
v1 +
35
v 2 +
105
θ z1 +
105
θz 2 +
35
v1v2 +
Problem 6.75
Consider the beam describe in Figure 6.213. Obtain the displacements at the node 2 and
the rotations at the nodes 1 and 3 .
z
1 .5 m 1 .5 m EI y = 3360kN m 2
K zf = 200kN / m 2
q z = −10kN / m
1 2 2 x
1 3
K zf
w (1)
U 1
z θ y (2) U
2
Degrees-of-freedom U 3
{U } =
U1 U3 U5 U 4
U2 y U4 U6 U 5
U 6
1 2 2 x
1 3
A[k
(e)
[ K Global ]6×6 = Global ] (6.658)
e =1
The stiffness matrix for the adopted system was obtained in Problem 6.62. And the elastic
foundation stiffness matrix was obtained in (6.654).
For each element we have
Element 1:
1 2
Global 3 4
1.194667 − 0.896 − 1.194667 − 0.896 1
− 0.896 0.896 0.896 0.448 2
(1)
[k1Global (1)
] = [k1Local ] = 10 4 ×
− 1.194667 0.896 1.194667 0.896 3
− 0.896 0.448 0.896 0.896 4
1 2 3 4 Global
111.42857 − 23.57143 38.57143 13.92857 1
− 23.57143 6.42857 − 13.92857 − 4.82143 2
( Spring _ z )(1)
[k Global ( Spring _ z )(1)
] = [k Local ]=
38.57143 − 13.92857 111.42857 23.57143 3
13.92857 − 4.82143 23.57143 6.42857 4
Then
(1) (1) ( Spring _ z )(1)
[k Global ] = [k1Global ] + [k Global ]
1 2 Global 3 4
1.20581 − 0.89836 − 1.19081 − 0.89461 1
− 0.89836 0.89664 0.89461 0.44752 2
k ij(1) (1) 4
≡ [k Global ] ≈ 10 ×
− 1.19081 0.89461 1.20581 0.89836 3
− 0.89461 0.44752 0.89836 6.42857 4
(2) (1) ( Spring _ z )( 2 ) ( Spring _ z )(1)
Element 2: Note that [k1Global ] = [k1Global ] , [k Global ] = [k Global ] , then
3 4Global 5 6
1.20581 − 0.89836 − 1.19081 − 0.89461 3
− 0.89836 0.89664 0.89461 0.44752 4
k ij( 2 ) ( 2)
≡ [k Global (1)
] = [k Global ] ≈ 10 4 ×
− 1.19081 0.89461 1.20581 0.89836 5
− 0.89461 0.44752 0.89836 6.42857 6
After all elements have been assembled we can obtain
2
A[k
(e)
[ K Global ] = Global ]
e =1
1 2 3 4 5 6 Global
k11(1) k12(1) k13(1) k14(1) 0 0 1
(1) (1) (1) (1) 2
k 21 k 22 k 23 k 24 0 0
k (1) (1)
k 32 (1)
k 33 + k11( 2 ) (1)
k 44 + k12( 2 ) k13( 2 ) k14( 2 ) 3
[ K Global ] = 31
(1)
k 41
(1)
k 42 (1)
k 43 + k 21( 2) (1)
k 44 + k 22( 2) (2)
k 23 ( 2)
k 24 4
0 0 ( 2)
k 31 ( 2)
k 32 (2)
k 33 ( 2)
k 34 5
0 0 ( 2)
k 41 ( 2)
k 42 (2)
k 43 ( 2)
k 44 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 Global
1.20581 − 0.89836 − 1.19081 − 0.89461 0 0 1
− 0.89836 0.89664 0. 89461 0 .44752 0 0 2
4
− 1.19081 0.89461 2.41162 0 − 1.19081 − 0.89461 3
[ K Global ] = 10 ×
− 0.89461 0.44752 0 1.79329 0.89461 0.44752 4
0 0 − 1.19081 0.89461 1.20581 0.89836 5
0 0 − 0.89461 0.44752 0.89836 0.89664 6
Construction of the Global Nodal Force Vector - {FGlobal }
2
A
(e)
{FGlobal } = { f Eq _ G } + {F0 }
e =1 {
={0 }
U 1 0
U
2 3.1939374
U 3 − 2.9916161 −3
= × 10
U 4 0
U 5 0
U 6 − 3.1939374
(e)
And the reaction vector in the Global system {rGlobal } = [A ]T {rLocal
(e)
} . Note also that for this
problem the Global and Local systems have the same orientation, so [A ] = [1] .
Element 1:
Internal force (Local system=Global system)
f z1 − 7.5 6.931485 14.431485
1.875 1.875
m 0
(1)
{rLocal (1)
} = −{ f int } = y1 = − +
=
(1)
= {rGlobal }
f
z2 − 7 . 5 − 7 .5 0
m y 2 − 1.875 − 12.581957 − 10.706957
1424 3 144244 3
(1 ) ( 1)
={ f Eq _ L} ={ f Local }
Element 2:
Internal force (Local system=Global system)
f z1 − 7.5 − 7.5 0
m 1.875 12.581957 10.706957
( 2)
{rLocal ( 2)
} = −{ f int } = y1 = − +
=
(2)
= {rGlobal }
f
z2 − 7 . 5 6 . 931485 14 . 431485
m y 2 − 1.875 − 1.875 0
1424 3 142 4 43 4
(2) (2)
={ f Eq _ L} ={ f Local }
UGURAL, A.C.; FENSTER, S.K., (1984). Advanced strength and applied elasticity - The SI version.
Elsevier Science Publishing Co. Inc., New York.
Problem 6.76
Consider a beam of length L where the internal forces are schematically described in
Figure 6.215. Apply the Principle of Complementary Virtual Work to the beam, (see
Problem 5.22 – NOTE 4).
z, w y, v Mz
My
Qy
Qz M x ≡ MT
N x, u
∫ ∫ ∫
Wint = σ : ε dV = σ ij ε ij dV = ( σ11ε 11 + σ 22 ε 22 + σ 33 ε 33 + 2 σ12 ε 12 + 2σ 23 ε 23 + 2σ13 ε 13 )dV
V V V
∫
= ( σ x ε x + σ y ε y + σ z ε z + τ xy γ xy + τ yz γ yz + τ xz γ xz )dV
V
In the previous problem we have expressed the stresses in terms of internal forces, (see
Problem 6.62):
σ x = σ (x1) + σ (x2 ) + σ (x3) :
L L
σ (x1) N N N
∫
V
σ x(1) ε (x1) dV = σ x(1)∫
V
E
dV = ∫
0
A EA A ∫
dAdx = N
0
EA
dx ∫
L L L
My My My My
∫ σ x( 2) ε (x2 ) dV ∫ ∫ ∫ ∫ ∫
2
= z zdAdx = M y z dAdx = M y dx
V 0 A
Iy EI y 0
EI y2 A 0
EI y
L
Mz
∫
V
σ x(3) ε (x3) dV = M z ∫ 0
EI z
dx
1
L L
τ xz 1
∫ τγdV = ∫
2
τ xz dV = ∫ ∫
τ τ dAdx = τ τ dydz dx
∫ ∫∫
G GA G
V V 0 0
(6.661)
Q z χ z
2
1 Q z χ z Q z χ z
L L L
ς Q
= ∫ ∫
G I y I y
dz dx = Q z
G Iy ∫
dz
dx =∫ Q z z z dx
GA ∫
0 0 0
The internal complementary virtual work due to the torsion moment becomes:
τ
1 M T M T
L
MT
L
M
∫ ∫ r ∫ ∫ ∫ ∫
2
τ(r ) γ (r )dV = τ dV = r dV = M T r dAdx = M T T dx
V V
G V
G J J 0
2
GJ A 0
GJ
(6.664)
where J = ∫ r 2 dA is the polar inertia moment. When we are dealing with rectangular cross
A
section we can express the equivalent internal complementary virtual work as follows:
L
MT
∫M
0
T
GJ Eq
dx (6.665)
∫
Wint = ( σ x ε x + σ y ε y + σ z ε z + τ xy γ xy + τ yz γ yz + τ xz γ xz )dV
V
N
L
My M ς Q ς yQy MT
= N
∫ +My + M z z + Qz z z + Q y + MT dx
EA EI y EI z GA GA GJ Eq
0
And the Principle of Complementary Virtual Work becomes:
r
loc r loc
F
142 ⋅ u43 = ∫ σ : ε dV
Total external complementary virtual work V
(due to concentrated forces) 14243
Total internal
complementary virtual work
r r L
N My M ς Q ς yQy MT
⇒ F loc ⋅ uloc = N
∫ +My + M z z + Qz z z + Q y + MT dx
EA EI y EI z GA GA GJ Eq
0
NOTE: For the next example we will apply the principle of complementary virtual work,
in which we consider the beam fixed at one end, (see Figure 6.216).
My >0
z
q
1
x
x 2
qx 2
M y ( x) =
2
Figure 6.216: Beam fixed at one end under uniformly distributed load.
In this situation the principle of the complementary virtual work becomes:
r r L
My
F loc ⋅ u loc = M y∫ dx
0
EI y
REAL VIRTUAL
qx 2 z
M y ( x) =
z 2
F (1) = 1
M y ( x) = x
1 1
x 2 x 2
Figure 6.217: Beam fixed at one end under uniformly distributed load.
Taking into account that F (1) = 1 and by solving the integral we can obtain:
L
q qL4
∫
(1)
U = x 3 dx =
2 EI y 0
8 EI y
REAL VIRTUAL
qx 2 z
M y ( x) =
z 2
M y ( x) = 1
m (1) = 1
1 1
x x 2
2
Figure 6.218: Beam fixed at one end under uniformly distributed load.
Taking into account that m (1) = 1 and by solving the integral we can obtain:
L
q qL3
∫
(1)
θ = x 2 dx =
2 EI y 0 6 EI y
The Mohr’s first theorem states: “The change in slope of a deflection curve between two
My
points is equal the area diagram of between these two points.”
EI y
qx 2 My qx 2
M y ( x) = = (parabola)
z 2 z EI y 2 EI y
qL2
b=
2 EI y
A ⊕
1 2 1
2
x 3
L x= L (centroid)
4
bL qL3
A ≡ Area = =
3 6 EI y
∆d
2
1
L
Figure 6.219: Beam fixed at one end under uniformly distributed load.
Problem 6.78
Consider a bar of length L , which has a squared cross section of side a . The elastic
constants of the material is assumed to be known ( E and ν = 0.25 ).
a) In the case of Figure 6.220(a), calculate the stored energy (strain energy density) in the
bar due to the deformation, and also obtain the total strain energy;
b) Determine the stored energy corresponds to the change of volume and to the change of
shape;
c) The same question described in paragraph (a) but considering the case of Figure
6.220(b).
M M
P P
L a
a cross
M section
a) a
b)
Figure 6.220
Solution:
Considering a one dimensional case:
σx P
σ x = Eε x ⇒ ε x = with σx = (6.666)
E A
We know that the strain energy per unit volume is given by:
1 1 1 σx 1 P2
Ψ e = σ : ε →Ψ e = σ x ε x = σ x
one - dimensional
= (6.667)
2 2 2 E 2 EA 2
Then, the total energy U is given by:
P2
Ψ ex × (volume) = L × A × ⇒
2 EA 2
(6.668)
P2L
⇒U =
2 EA
The strain energy density (per unit volume) can also be expressed as follows:
1 1
Ψe = I σ2 − II dev
6(3λ + 2 µ ) 2µ σ (6.669)
144244 3 1 424 3
Ψ e
vol Ψ e
shape
Considering:
σ x 0 0
P
σij = 0 0 0 → I σ = σ x = (6.670)
A
0 0 0
Calculation of II σ dev :
2
1 I2 σ
II σ dev = (3 II σ − I σ2 ) = − σ = − x (6.671)
3 3 3
Then, the strain energy density associated with the change of volume is:
1 (1 − 2ν ) 2 (1 − 2ν ) 2
Ψ evol = I σ2 = Iσ = σx (6.672)
6(3λ + 2 µ ) 6E 6E
(1 − 2ν ) P 2
Ψ evol = (per unit volume) (6.673)
6 E A2
The strain energy density associated with the change of shape is:
1 1 2(1 + ν )
Ψ e shape = − II σ dev = − II σ dev
2µ 2 E
(6.674)
(1 + ν ) σ x
2
=− −
E 3
(1 + ν ) σ x (1 + ν ) P 2
2
Ψ e shape = = (6.675)
E 3 3E A2
Checking:
(1 − 2ν ) P 2 (1 + ν ) P 2 P2
Ψ e vol + Ψ e shape = + = [(1 − 2ν ) + 2(1 + ν )]
6E A2 3E A 2 6 EA 2
P2 P2
= [1 − 2ν + 2 + 2ν ] = =Ψ e
6 EA 2 2 EA 2
For the case of bending, we consider the following relationships:
M y a4
σy = where I=
I 12
12 M y
σy =
a4
σy
σ y = Eε y ⇒ ε y =
E
The strain energy density becomes:
1 1 12 M y σ y 1 12 M y 12 M y 72 M 2 y 2
Ψ e = σ y ε y = 4 = 4 = (6.676)
2 2 a E 2 a Ea 4 Ea 8
Problem 6.79
Obtain the Finite Element Formulation for the beam with variable cross section, (see
Figure 6.221).
af
a ( x) x
a0
L
b0
b0 [a ( x)]3 b0 [ a x 2 + b x + c ]3
Iy = = (6.678)
12 12
Then, the internal potential energy becomes
L L
E Eb
U int =
20∫ 24 0 ∫
I y ( w′′) 2 dx = 0 [a x 2 + b x + c ]3 ( w′′) 2 dx (6.679)
In Problem 6.62 we have obtain an expression for (w′′) in terms of the degrees-of-
freedom (nodal values of deflection and rotation):
12 x 6 − 6x 4 12 x 6 − 6x 2
w′′ = w1 3 − 2 + θ y1 2 + + w2 − 3 + 2 + θ y 2 2 +
L L L L L L L L
Then, the internal potential energy becomes
2
12 x 6 − 6 x 2
L
Eb − 6x 4 12 x 6
∫
int
U = 0 [a x 2 + b x + c ]3 w1 3 − 2 + θ y1 2 + + w2 − 3 + 2 + θ y 2 2 + dx
24 0 L L L L L L L L
By using the computer software Mathematica we can solve the above integral and express it
in terms of w1 , θ y1 , w2 and θ y 2 , with that the total potential energy can be represented as
follows
Π ( w1 , θ y1, w2 , θ y 2 ) = U int ( w1 , θ y1, w2 , θ y 2 ) − U ext ( w1 , θ y1 , w2 , θ y 2 ) =
k
21 k 22 k 23 k 24 θ y1 ∂θ y1 ∂U ext
= ⇔ [ k (e ) ]{u (e ) } = (e)
= { f Eq } (6.680)
k31 k32 k33 k34 w2 ∂U ext (e)
∂{u }
k 41 k 42 k 43 k 44 θ y 2 ∂w2
∂U ext
∂θ y 2
Second row
k 21 = k12
Eb0
k 22 = (65a 2b L5 + 168a b c L3 + 112b 2 c L2 + 72a b 2 L4 + 72a 2 c L4 + 20a 3 L6
840 L
+ 210b c 2 L + 112a c 2 L2 + 28b 3 L3 + 280c 3 )
k 23 = −k12
Eb0
k 24 = (156a 2 c L4 + 140c 3 + 45a 3 L6 + 182b 2 c L2 + 156a b 2 L4 + 336a b c L3
840 L
+ 210b c 2 L + 182a c 2 L2 + 56b 3 L3 + 145a 2b L5 )
Third row
k31 = k13 , k32 = k23 , k33 = k11 , k34 = −k14
Fourth row
k 41 = k14 , k 42 = k 24 , k 43 = k34 ,
Eb0
k 44 = (408a b 2 L4 + 365a 2b L5 + 110a 3 L6 + 532b 2 c L2 + 532a c 2 L2 + 630b c 2 L
840 L
+ 924a b c L3 + 408a 2 c L4 + 154b 3 L3 + 280c 3 )
And the parameters a , b and c are given by Figure 6.221.
NOTE: If we are considering the deflection v(x) instead of w(x) , (see Problem 6.67), the
total potential becomes
L
E
∫
I z (v′′) 2 dx − U ext
int ext
Π (v1 , θz1 , v2 , θz 2 ) = U −U =
20
a ( x)b03 [a x 2 + b x + c ]b03
Iz = = (6.681)
12 12
Then,
L L
E E [a x 2 + b x + c ]b03
Π (v1 , θ z1 , v2 , θz 2 ) =∫2 0
I z (v′′) 2 dx − U ext =
20 ∫ 12
(v′′) 2 dx − U ext (6.682)
In Problem 6.67 we have obtained an expression for (v′′) in terms of the degrees-of-
freedom (nodal values of deflection and rotation):
12 x 6 12 x 6 6x 4 6x 2
v′′ = v1 3 − 2 + v2 − 3 + 2 + θz1 2 − + θz 2 2 −
L L L L L L L L
And the total potential energy becomes
L 2
Eb3 12 x 6 12 x 6 6x 4 6x 2
24 0 ∫
Π = 0 [a x 2 + b x + c ]v1 3 − 2 + v2 − 3 + 2 + θz1 2 − + θz 2 2 − dx − U ext
L L L L L L L L
By using the computer software Mathematica we can solve the above integral and express
the total potential energy in terms of v1 , θ z1 , v2 and θ z 2 . And the stationary point is given
by
∂Π ∂U ext
= k11v1 + k12 θ z1 + k13v2 + k14 θ z 2 − =0
∂v1 ∂v1
∂Π ∂U ext
= k 21v1 + k 22 θ z1 + k 23v2 + k 24 θ z 2 − =0
∂ θ z1 ∂θ z1
∂Π ∂U ext
= k31v1 + k32 θ z1 + k 33v2 + k 34 θ z 2 − =0
∂v2 ∂v2
∂Π ∂U ext
= k 41v1 + k 42 θ z1 + k 43v2 + k 44 θ z 2 − =0
∂θz 2 ∂θz 2
with that we can obtain
∂U ext
∂vext
1
k11 k12 k13 k14 v1 ∂U
k k 22 k 23 k 24 θ z1 ∂θ z1
21 = ⇔ [k ( e ) ]{u ( e ) } = { f Eq
(e)
} (6.683)
k31 k32 k33 k34 v2 ∂U ext
k 41 k 42 k 43 k 44 θz 2 ∂v2
∂U ext
∂θz 2
where the components of the stiffness matrix are given by
First row
Eb03 2 Eb03
k11 = ( 4 a L + 5b L + 10c ) , k12 = (7 a L2 + 10b L + 30c )
10 L3 60 L2
− Eb03 2 Eb03
k13 = 3
( 4 a L + 5b L + 10 c ) , k14 = 2
(17 a L2 + 20b L + 30c )
10 L 60 L
Second row
Eb03 Eb03
k 21 = k12 , k 22 = (8a L2 + 15b L + 60c ) , k 23 = − k12 , k 24 = (13a L2 + 15b L + 30c )
180 L 180 L
Third row
k31 = k13 , k32 = k23 , k33 = k11 , k34 = − k14
Fourth row
Eb03
k 41 = k14 , k 42 = k 24 , k 43 = k34 , k 44 = (38a L2 + 45b L + 60c )
180 L
And the parameters a , b and c are given by Figure 6.221.
Problem 6.80
By means of Problem 6.79 obtain the rotation at node 2 and the moment at node 1 for
the problem described in Figure 6.222).
NOTE 0: Although the data are in SI unit, computationally is better to work with the units
kN and cm , with that we avoid to deal with large numbers.
q z(1)
q z( 2 )
x
a0 af
L
b0
w (1)
U1
z θ y (2) U
Degrees-of-freedom {U } = 2
U 3
U1 U3 U 4
U2 y U4
1 2 x
1
L (1) ( 2)
20 (7q z + 3q z )
2 − 6 × 10 4
− L
(3q z + 2q z ) 4.583333 ×10 4
(1) ( 2 )
(e)
{ f Eq } = 60 = (6.684)
L 4
(3q z + 7 q z ) − 4 × 10
(1) ( 2)
20 − 3.75 × 10 4
L2
(1) (2)
( 2 q z + 3q z )
60
The stiffness matrix given by (6.680), and for linear variation of the height, (see Figure
(a f − a0 )
6.221), we have a f = 0.2 , a0 = 0.6 , a = 0 , b = = −0.08 and c = a0 = 0.6 , thus
L
k11 k12 k13 k14 0.311808 − 1.06176 − 0.311808 − 0.49728
k k 24 − 1.06176
k 22 k23 3.92 1.06176 1.3888
[k ( e) ] =
21
= × 108
k31 k32 k33 k34 − 0.311808 1.06176 0.311808 0.49728
k 41 k 42 k43 k 44 − 0.49728 1.3888 0.49728 1.0976
(e)
And the reaction vector in the Global system {rGlobal } = [A ]T {rLocal
(e)
} . Note also that for this
problem the Global and Local systems have the same orientation, so [A ] = [1] .
Element 1:
Internal force (Local system=Global system)
(e) (e) (e)
{ f Local } = [k Local ]{uGlobal }
0.311808 − 1.06176 − 0.311808 − 0.49728 0
− 1.06176 3.92 1.06176
1.3888 0
= 108 ×
− 0.311808 1.06176 0.311808 0.49728 0
−4
− 0 . 49728 1 . 3888 0. 49728 1 . 0976 − 3 . 416545 × 10
1.6989796
− 4.744898
4
= ×10
− 1 . 6989796
− 3.75
f z1 −6 1.6989796 7.6989796
− 9.32823129
(1) (1) m y1 4.583333 4 − 4.744898 4 4
{rLocal } = −{ f int } = = − × 10 + × 10 = × 10
fz2 −4 − 1.6989796 2.30102041
m y 2 − 3.75 − 3.75 0
144 42444 3 144424443
(1 ) (1 )
={ f Eq _ L} ={ f Local }
NOTE 1:
For 1 finite element we have obtained: Rotation at node 2 : − 0.3416545 × 10 −3 ; and moment
at node 1 : M y(1) = −93282.3129
If we discretize into 2 finite elements we can obtain
Rotation at node 3 : − 0.331712829486 × 10 -3
Deflection at node 2( x = 2.5) : − 0.218494069993 × 10 −3
Moment at node 1 : M y(1) = −93531.0701
If we discretize into 4 finite elements we can obtain
Rotation at node 5 : − 0.3094426299 × 10 -3
Deflection at node 3( x = 2.5) : − 0.2230288945 × 10 −3
Moment at node 1 : M y(1) = −94106.583974
Problem 6.81
Obtain the total potential energy Π = U int − U ext in terms of the deflection v for the
problem described in Figure 6.224, (Laier&Barreiro (1983)), and for the internal potential
energy consider only the effect due to the flexural moment M z . Consider small
deformation and small rotation regime. Consider also that the column has cross section
constant.
P>0
x, u x, u
dv
−P −P
dx − dx cos θz du
θz dx
dx cos θ z dx
L θz
du = −(dx − dx cos θ z )
y, v y, v
z z θz
Note that since we are dealing with small rotations the following is true
dv
≡ v′ = tan θ z ≈ sin θz ≈ θ z (small rotation) (6.686)
dx
The differential of the external potential energy can be represented as follows
dU ext = − Pdu = P (dx − dx cos θz ) = Pdx(1 − cos θz ) (6.687)
Let us try to express the above equation in terms of sine of the angle. By considering the
θz
following trigonometric relation cos(α ± β ) = cos α cos β m sin α sin β , when α = β =
2
θz θ θ θ
we can obtain cos( θz ) = cos 2 − sin 2 z , and recall also that cos 2 z + sin 2 z = 1
2 2 2 2
holds, then the equation in (6.687) can be rewritten as follows
θ θ 2 θz θ
dU ext = Pdx(1 − cos θz ) = Pdx cos 2 z + sin 2 z − cos − sin 2 z
2 2 2 2
θ
⇒ dU ext = 2 P sin 2 z dx (6.688)
2
By considering small rotations the following is true
2 2
2
θ θz θ (v′) 2
sin z ≈ = z =
2 2 4 4
With that the equation (6.688) can be rewritten as follows
θ P (v′) 2
dU ext = 2 P sin 2 z dx ⇒ dU ext = dx (6.689)
2 2
And the external potential energy becomes:
L L
P (v ′) 2 P
∫
U ext = dU ext = ∫
0
2
dx =
20 ∫
(v ′) 2 dx (6.690)
NOTE 1: If we are dealing with the deflection w = w(x) , the total potential energy is given
by:
L L
1 P
∫EI y ( w′′) 2 dx − ∫
( w′) 2 dx
int ext
Π =U −U = (6.692)
20 20
NOTE 2: The value for P in which Π = 0 is called critic load ( Pcr ), then according to
equation (6.691) we can conclude that
L
∫ EI (v′′)
2
L L z dx
1 P
Π=
20 ∫
EI z (v′′) 2 dx −
20 ∫
(v′) 2 dx = 0 ⇒ Pcr = 0
L
∫ (v′)
2
dx
0
For a exact value for the deflection v(x) we have the exact value for the critical load
Pcr(exact ) . And also note that the approximated value for Pcr is always greater than Pcr(exact ) .
Problem 6.82
Consider the problem established in Problem 6.81, (see Figure 6.224), and also consider
the following approximations for the deflection ( v = v(x) ) of the column:
a) v( x) = C2 ( x 2 − Lx) ; b) v( x) = C 2 ( x 2 − Lx) + C3 ( x 3 − L2 x) ; c) v( x) = C4 ( x 4 − 2 Lx 3 + L3 x)
Note that Pcr > Pcr(exact ) and if we compare with the exact value the error is 21.59% .
Case b): Taking the derivatives of the deflection v( x) = C 2 ( x 2 − Lx) + C3 ( x 3 − L2 x) we can
obtain:
d d
2
v = C 2 ( x − Lx) + C3 ( x − L 3 2
x) → v′( x)
dx 2 2
= C 2 ( 2 x − L ) + C 3 (3 x − L ) → v′′
dx = 2C 2 + 6C3 x
The total potential energy becomes
L L
EI z P
Π = U int − U ext =
2 0 ∫
(v′′) 2 dx −
20
(v′) 2 dx ∫
L L
EI P
2 0 ∫
⇒ Π = z ( 2C 2 + 6C3 x) 2 dx −
20 ∫
[C 2 (2 x − L) + C3 (3x 2 − L2 )]2 dx
PL3
⇒ Π (C 2 , C3 ) = 2 EI z L(C 22 + 3LC 2 C3 + 3L2 C32 ) − (5C 22 + 15LC 2 C3 + 12 L2 C32 )
30
Then
∂Π ∂ 2 2 2 PL3
= 2 EI z L ( C 2 + 3 LC C
2 3 + 3 L C 3 ) − (5C 22 + 15LC 2 C3 + 12 L2 C32 ) = 0
∂C 2 ∂K 2 30
PL3
= 2 EI z L(2C 2 + 3LC3 ) − (10C 2 + 15LC 3 ) = 0
30
∂Π ∂ 2 2 2 PL3
= 2 EI z L (C 2 + 3 LC C
2 3 + 3 L C 3 ) − (5C 22 + 15LC 2 C3 + 12 L2 C32 ) = 0
∂C3 ∂C3 30
PL3
= 2 EI z L(3LC 2 + 6 L2 C3 ) − (15 LC 2 + 24 L2 C3 ) = 0
30
d d
v( x) = C 4 ( x 4 − 2 Lx 3 + L3 x) →
dx v′( x) = C 4 (4 x 3 − 6 Lx 2 + L3 ) →
dx v′′ = C4 (12 x 2 − 12 Lx)
The total potential energy becomes
L L
EI P
∫ (v′′) dx − ∫
(v′) 2 dx
int ext 2
Π =U −U = z
2 0
2 0
L L
EI z P
⇒Π=
2 0 ∫
[C 4 (12 x 2 − 12 Lx )]2 dx −
20 ∫
[C 4 (4 x 3 − 6 Lx 2 + L3 )]2 dx
12 EI z L5 2 17 PL7 2
⇒ Π (C 4 ) = C4 − C4
5 70
The inflection point is given by
∂Π ∂ 12 EI z L5 2 17 PL7 2 24 EI z L5 17 PL7
⇒ = C4 − C 4 = − C 4 = 0
∂C 4 ∂C 4 5 70 5 35
C ≠0 168EI z EI
4
→ Pcr = 2
≈ 9.88235 2z > Pcr( exact )
17 L L
which is a good solution since the error is 0.1292% .
Problem 6.83
a) Obtain Finite Element Formulation for the problem established in Problem 6.81.
Consider the degree-of-freedom (beam element) as the one described in Figure 6.225. b)
Use this required formulation to solve the problem described in Figure 6.225(a).
π 2 EI z x, u x, u
Pcr(exact ) = P>0
L2
−P
v2 , f y 2
2
θ z 2 , mz 2
v1
θ
L
1 {u (e ) } = z1
v2
θ z 2
y, v y v1 , f y1
1
z z θz1, mz1
Solution:
a) Let us express the total potential energy in terms of the degrees-of-freedom {u (e ) } . In
L L
we can obtain
EI z 12 2 12 2 4 2 4 2 24 12 12 12 12
Π= v + 3 v2 + θz1 + θ z 2 − 3 v1v2 + 2 v1 θ z1 + 2 v1 θz 2 − 2 v2 θz1 − 2 v2 θz 2
3 1
2 L L L L L L L L L
4 P 6 6 2 2 L 2 2 L 2 12 1 1
+ θz1 θz 2 − v12 + v2 + θ z1 + θz 2 − v1v2 + v1 θz1 + v1 θz 2
L 2 5L 5L 15 15 5L 5 5
1 1 L
− v2 θz1 − v2 θz 2 − θ z1 θ z 2
5 5 15
As we are looking for the stationary state the following must hold:
∂Π EI z 24 12 24 12 P 12 1 12 1
=0 ⇒ 3 v1 + 2 θz1 − 3 v2 + 2 θz 2 − v1 + θz1 − v2 + θz 2 = 0
∂v1 2 L L L L 2 5L 5 5L 5
∂Π EI z 12 8 12 4 P 1 4L 1 L
=0 ⇒ 2 v1 + θz1 − 2 v2 + θz 2 − v1 + θz1 − v2 − θz 2 = 0
∂θz1 2 L L L L 2 5 15 5 15
∂Π EI z − 24 12 24 12 P − 12 1 12 1
=0 ⇒ 3 v1 − 2 θz1 + 3 v2 − 2 θz 2 − v1 − θz1 + v2 − θz 2 = 0
∂v2 2 L L L L 2 5L 5 5L 5
∂Π EI z 12 4 12 8 P 1 L 1 4L
=0 ⇒ 2 v1 + θz1 − 2 v2 + θz 2 − v1 − θz1 − v2 + θz 2 = 0
∂ θz 2 2 L L L L 2 5 15 5 15
Restructuring the above set of equations in matrix form we can obtain:
12 6 − 12 6 6 1 −6 1
L3
L2 L3 L2 5L 10 5L 10 v
6 4 −6 2 1 2L −1 − L 1 0
2
L L L2 L − P 10 15 10 30 θ z1 = 0
EI z − 12 −6 12 − 6 − 6 −1 6 − 1 v2 0
(6.695)
L3 L2 L3 L 2 5L 10 5L 10 θ 0
6 2 −6 4 1 −L −1 2 L z 2
2
L L L2 L 10 30 10 15
⇒ ([k ( e ) ] − P[kp (ye ) ]){u ( e ) } = {0}
where [kp (ey ) ] is called Geometric Matrix.
b) As we are using 1 finite element we can apply directly the above equation and apply the
boundary conditions: v1 = 0 , v2 = 0 , then the above equation becomes
1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
4 EI z 2 EI z 2L − L v1 0
0 0 0 0
L L − P 15 30 θ z1 = 0 ⇔ ([k (e ) ] − P[ kp (e ) ]){u (e ) } = {0}
0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 v2 0 y
2 EI z 4 EI z −L 2L
0 0 0 0 θ 0
15 z 2
L L 30
The solutions P1 = P2 = 1 are related to the boundary conditions and can be discarded. The
12 EI z
critical value is the smallest one among the other two solutions, i.e. Pcr = . The
L2
solution can be improved by discretizing the column into more finite elements.
NOTE: If we are dealing with the deflection w = w(x) , (see Problem 6.62-NOTE 1), the
following is true
L
P P 6 6 2 2 L 2 2 L 2 12 1 1
∫w′ 2 dx = w12 +
ext
U = w2 + θ y1 + θy2 − w1w2 − w1θ y1 − w1 θ y 2
20 2 5L 5L 15 15 5L 5 5
1 1 L
+ w2 θ y1 + w2 θ y 2 − θ y1 θ y 2
5 5 15
then
∂Π EI y 24 12 24 12 P 12 1 12 1
=0⇒ w1 − 2 θ y1 − 3 w2 − 2 θ y 2 − w1 − θ y1 − w2 − θ y 2 = 0
∂w1 2 L3 L L L 2 5 L 5 5 L 5
∂Π EI y − 12 8 12 4 P −1 4L 1 L
=0⇒ 2 w1 + θ y1 + 2 w2 + θ y 2 − w1 + θ y1 + w2 − θ y 2 = 0
∂ θ y1 2 L L L L 25 15 5 15
∂Π EI y − 24 12 24 12 P − 12 1 12 1
=0⇒ 3 w1 + 2 θ y1 + 3 w2 + 2 θ y 2 − w1 + θ y1 + w2 + θ y 2 = 0
∂w2 2 L L L L 2 5 L 5 5 L 5
∂Π EI y − 12 4 12 8 P −1 L 1 4L
=0⇒ w1 + θ y1 + 2 w2 + θ y 2 − w1 − θ y1 + w2 + θy2 = 0
∂θ y 2 2 L2 L L L 2 5 15 5 15
Restructuring the above set of equations in matrix form we can obtain:
12 −6 − 12 − 6 6 −1 −6 −1
L3 2 5L
L2 L3 L 10 5L 10 w
−6 4 6 2 −1 2L 1 − L 1 0
2
L L L2 L − P 10 15 10 30 θ y1 = 0
EI y − 12 6 12 6 − 6 1 6 1 w2 0
L3 2 5L
L2 L3 L 10 5L 10 θ y 2 0 (6.696)
−6 2 6 4 −1 −L 1 2 L
2
L L L2 L 10 30 10 15
Problem 6.84
Obtain the critical load for the cases described in Figure 6.226(a), (b) and (c), by using the
finite element formulation, (see Problem 6.83).
π 2 EI z π 2 EI z π 2 EI z
Pcr(exact ) = Pcr( exact ) = Pcr(exact ) =
( 2 L) 2 ( 0 .7 L ) 2 ( 0 .5 L ) 2
L L L
y, v x, u y, v x, u y, v x, u
z z z
a) b) c)
Case a): For case a) the boundary conditions are v1 = 0 , θz1 = 0 , then the above equation
becomes:
1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
0 v1 0
0 1 0 0
1 0 0
12 EI z − 6 EI z
0 6 − 1 θ z1 0
0 0 − P 0 =
L3 L2 5L 10 v2 0
− 6 EI z 4 EI z −1 2 L θ 0
0 0 0 0 z 2
L2 L
10 15
(e) (e)
([k ] − P[kp y ]){u ( e ) } = {0}
P1 1
P 1
(e) (e) 2 ( L2 P − 30 EI z ) 2
det ([k ] − P[kp y ]) = 0 ⇒ ( P − 1) 3 =0 ⇒ = 1
15 L P3 EI z
P4 30 2
L
EI z EI
⇒ Pcr = 30 2
> Pcr(exact ) = 20.1420498 2z .
L L
which error is about 48.94% . The error can be minimized by considering more finite
EI z
elements. For instance, if we are adopting two elements we obtain Pcr = 20.7088 , and
L2
the error associated with it is about 2.81% .
Case c)
For the case c) we cannot use 1 finite element due to the boundary conditions, so we will
adopt two finite elements for the discretization, (see Figure 6.227).
x, u x, u
v
P>0
−P θz
U5 Degrees-of-freedom
3 per node
L U6
2
L( 2 ) =
2 U 1
U3 U
2
2
U 3
L {U } =
L(1) = U4
1 U 4
2
U 5
y
1 U 6
y, v U1
z z U2
A A[kp
(e) (e )
[ K Global ]6×6 = [k Global ] [ KpGlobal ]6×6 = Global ] (6.697)
e =1 e =1
where
12 6 − 12 6 6 1 −6 1
L3 L2 L3 L2 5L 10 5L 10
6 4 −6 2 1 2L −1 − L
2
(e)
[kGlobal ] = EI z L L L2 L ; (e)
[kpGlobal ] = 10 15 10 30 (6.698)
− 12 −6 12 − 6 − 6 −1 6 −1
L3 L2 L3 L2 5L 10 5L 10
6 2 −6 4 1 −L −1 2L
2
L L L2 L 10 30 10 15
For this problem the stiffness matrices for both elements are the same.
L
Element 1 and 2: ( L) (1) = ( L) ( 2) = , ( EI z ) (1) = ( EI z ) ( 2) = EI z and by substituting these
2
values into the equations in (6.698) we can obtain:
12 1 − 12 1
5L 0 0
10 5L 10
1 L −1 −L
0 0
10 15 10 60
− 12 −1 24
0
− 12 1
10
[ KpGlobal ]6× 6 = 5L 10 5L 5L
1 −L 2L −1 − L
0
10 60 15 10 60
0 − 12 −1 12 −1
0
5L 10 5L 10
1 −L −1 L
0 0
10 60 10 15
1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
0 U1 0
0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
192 EI z 24 U 2 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U
L3 − P 5L 3 = 0
16 EI z 2L
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U 4 0
L 15 U 0
0 0 0 0 1 0 5
0 0 0 0 1 0
U 0
0 0 1 0 1 6
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
The solution for the above system, i.e. the eigenvalues of det[ [ K Global ] − P[ Kp Global ] ] = 0
are:
16 ( PL2 − 120 EI z )
( P − 1) 4 ( PL2 − 40 EI z ) =0
25 L4
EI z EI z
P1 = P2 = P3 = P4 = 1; P5 = 40 ; P5 = 120
L2 L2
And the critical value is
EI z EI
Pcr = 40 2
> Pcr( exact ) ≈ 39.478 2z
L L
Problem 6.85
a) Consider the column described in Figure 6.228 in order to obtain the critical load by
considering two finite elements, (see Figure 6.228(b)).
x, u x, u
v
P>0
−P θz
U5 Degrees-of-freedom
3 per node
( EI z )( 2 ) = EI z 2L U6
L( 2 ) = 2 U 1
3
U
U3 2
2 U 3
{U } =
( EI z )(1) = 16 EI z L U4 U 4
L(1) = 1 U 5
3 y
U1 1 U 6
y, v
z z U2
A A[kp
(e) (e )
[ K Global ]6×6 = [k Global ] [ KpGlobal ]6×6 = Global ] (6.699)
e =1 e =1
where
12 6 − 12 6 6 1 −6 1
L3 L2 L3 L2 5L 10 5L 10
6 4 −6 2 1 2L −1 − L
2
(e)
[kGlobal ] = EI z L L L2 L ; (e)
[kpGlobal ] = 10 15 10 30 (6.700)
− 12 −6 12 − 6 − 6 −1 6 −1
L3 L2 L3 L2 5L 10 5L 10
6 2 −6 4 1 −L −1 2L
2
L L L2 L 10 30 10 15
L
Element 1: ( L) (1) = , ( EI z ) (1) = 16 EI z and by substituting these values into the equations
3
in (6.700) we can obtain:
1 2 3 4 5 6 Global
k11(1) k12(1) k13(1) k14(1) 0 0
(1) (1) (1) (1)
k 21 k 22 k 23 k 24 0 0
2 k (1) (1)
k 32 (1)
k 33 + k11( 2 ) (1)
k 34 + k12( 2 ) k13( 2 ) k14( 2)
A
(e )
[ K Global ]6×6 = [k Global ]= 31
(1) (1) (1) ( 2) (1) (2) ( 2) ( 2)
e =1 k 41 k 42 k 43 + k 21 k 44 + k 22 k 23 k 24
0 0 ( 2)
k 31 ( 2)
k 32 ( 2)
k 33 ( 2)
k 34
( 2) ( 2) ( 2) ( 2)
0 0 k 41 k 42 k 43 k 44
After the values are substituted we can obtain
5184 864 − 5184 864
L3 0 0
L2 L3 L2
864 192 − 864 96
0 0
L2 L L2 L
− 5184 − 864 10449 − 1701 − 81 27
3
L2 2 L3 2 L2 2 L3 2 L2
[ K Global ]6×6 = EI z L
864 96 − 1701 198 − 27 3
L2 L 2 L2 L 2 L2 L
− 81 − 27 81 − 27
0 0
2 L3 2 L2 2 L3 2 L2
27 3 − 27 6
0 0
2 L2 L 2 L2 L
And
1 2 3 4 5 6 Global
kp11
(1) (1)
kp12 (1)
kp13 (1)
kp14 0 0
(1) (1) (1) (1)
kp21 kp22 kp23 kp24 0 0
2 kp (1) (1)
kp32 (1)
kp33 ( 2)
+ kp11 (1)
kp34 + kp12( 2) (2)
kp13 ( 2)
kp14
A
(e)
[ KpGlobal ]6×6 = [kpGlobal ]= 31(1) (1) (1) ( 2) (1) ( 2) (2) ( 2)
e =1 kp41 kp42 kp43 + kp21 kp44 + kp22 kp23 kp24
0 0 (2)
kp31 ( 2)
kp32 (2)
kp33 ( 2)
kp34
(2) ( 2) (2) ( 2)
0 0 kp41 kp42 kp43 kp44
1
EI 0 0 0 0 0
z 1 0 0 0 0 0
0 192 − 864 96 2L −1 −1
0 0 0 0 0 U1 0
L L2 L 45 10 90 U
− 864 10449 − 1701 27 −1 27 1 2 0
0 0 2
0 0 0
EI L2 2 L3 2 L2 2L − P 10 5L 10 U 3 = 0
z 96 − 1701 198 3 0 −1 2L − L U 4 0
0 0 0 0
L 2 L2 L L 90 15 45 U 0
1 0 0 0 0 1 0 5
0 0 0 0 0 1 −L 4 L U 6 0
EI z 0 0 0
0 27 3 6 10 45 45
0 0
2 L2 L L
5.7331997382 × 10 3
3
1.0931697830 ×10
12.13650390
Pi =
79.4939748
1
1
Note that the solutions P = 1 are associated with the boundary conditions and can be
discarded. Then, the smallest value is Pcr = 12.13650390 . If we compare with the exact
solution for this problem which is
EI z
Pcr(exact ) = 11.1
L2
the error is about 9.34% . The eigenvector associated with the eigenvalue Pcr = 12.1365 is:
0
− 0.490914
− 0.161349
Ui =
− 0.470371
0
0.715347
Problem 6.86
Consider the structure described in Figure 6.229. Obtain the displacements (translation and
rotation) at the node 2.
Approach: Do not consider the energy due to the axial force ( EA → ∞ ).
v (1)
Degrees-of-freedom
y
2 .0 m
θz (2)
qy
−P
EI z = 4500kN m 2
1 2 x
1 K yf = 200kN / m 2
z K yf q y = −10kN / m
P = 1125kN
Solution:
In Problem 6.83, by considering the plane x − y , we have shown that the following is
true
12 6 − 12 6 6 1 −6 1
L3 L2 L3 L2 5L 10 5L 10
6 4 −6 2 1 2L −1 − L
2
[k ] = EI z L
(e) L L2 L ; P[kp y ] = P 10
(e) 15 10 30
− 12 −6 12 − 6 − 6 −1 6 −1
L3 L2 L3 L2 5L 10 5L 10
6 2 −6 4 1 −L −1 2L
2
L L L2 L 10 30 10 15
And in Problem 6.74 we have shown that the stiffness due to the elastic base is given by
13 11L 9 − 13L
35 210 70 420
11L L2 13L − L2
[ke ( Spring _ y ) ] = K yf L 210 105 420 140
9 13L 13 − 11L
70 420 35 210
− 13L − L2 − 11L L2
420 140 210 105
Then, the complete system is represented as follows:
[ [k (e ) ] + [ke ( Spring _ y ) ] − P[kp (ye ) ] ]{u ( e ) } = { f ( e ) }
Problem 6.87
Consider the column described in Figure 6.230 in which the load is only due its own
weight, i.e. q x = ρgA , where ρ is the mass density, g is the gravity acceleration and A is
the cross-section area, and also consider that all these variables are constant along the
kg m 2 kgm 1 N
column. Note that the unit of q x is [q x ] = [ ρgA] = m = 2 = .
m3 s 2 s m m
a) By considering the deflection v = C3 ( x 3 − 3Lx 2 ) obtaining the critical value for q x ;
b) Obtain the finite element formulation for this problem.
x, u
x, u ( exact ) EI z
q x Cr = 7.83
L3 v2 , f y 2
2
θ z 2 , mz 2
v1
θ
L
qx 1 {u (e ) } = z1
v2
θ z 2
y v1 , f y1
y, v 1
z z θz1, mz1
dP(v′) 2
Note also that we can consider that dU ext = dx and
2
dP
x
q x
L
1
L x
∫
(v′) 2 dx ∫ ∫ ∫
(v′) dx dx = ∫
q x (v′) dx dx ∫
ext ext ext 2 2
dU ( x) = ⇒ U = dU = x
2 0 2 0
0 2 0 0
where we have considered dP = q x dx .
Case a) The derivatives of the deflections are:
d d
v( x) = C3 ( x 3 − 3Lx 2 ) →
dx v′( x) = C3 (3 x 2 − 6 Lx) →
dx v′′ = C3 (6 x − 6 L)
EI z
L
1
L
x
∫[C3 (6 x − 6 L)]2 dx − ∫ ∫
2 2
⇒Π= q x [C3 (3 x − 6 Lx )] dx dx
2 0 2 0
0
L L
EI z 1 9
⇒Π=
2 0 ∫
[C3 (6 x − 6 L)]2 dx −
20 5 ∫
q x C32 x 5 − 9 Lx 4 + 12 L2 x 3 dx
3q x L6 2
⇒ Π (C3 ) = 6 EI z L3C32 − C3
4
The inflection point is given by
∂Π ∂ 3q x L6 2 3q x L6
⇒ = 6 EI L3 2
C − C 3 = 12 EI L3
− C3 = 0
∂C3 ∂C3
z 3
4 z
2
C ≠0 EI z ( exact ) EI
3
→ q x Cr = 8 3
> q x Cr = 7.83 3z
L L
The error is 2.17% .
Case b) In Problem 6.67 we have obtained that
6x2 6x 6x2 6x 3x 2 4 x 3x 2 2 x
v′ = θz = v1 3 − 2 + v2 − 3 + 2 + θ z1 2 − + 1 + θ z 2 2 −
L L L L L L L L
L
∫ [( L − x)(v′) ]dx
qx
Then, the integral U ext = 2
can be expressed in terms of nodal values as
2 0
follows
we can obtain
EI z 12 2 12 2 4 2 4 2 24 12 12 12 12
Π= v + 3 v2 + θz1 + θz 2 − 3 v1v2 + 2 v1 θz1 + 2 v1θ z 2 − 2 v2 θz1 − 2 v2 θz 2
3 1
2 L L L L L L L L L
4 − L L L2 L2 2 3 2
+ θ z1 θ z 2 − q x v2 θz 2 + v1 θz 2 − θz1 θz 2 + θ z1 + v 2 +
L 10 10 60 20 10
L2 2 3 3
θz 2 + v12 − v1v2
60 10 5
As we are looking for the stationary state the following must hold:
∂Π EI z 24 12 24 12 3 3 L
=0 ⇒ 3 v1 + 2 θ z1 − 3 v2 + 2 θ z 2 − q x v1 − v2 + θ z 2 = 0
∂v1 2 L L L L 5 5 10
∂Π EI z 12 8 12 4 L2 L2
=0 ⇒ 2 v1 + θ z1 − 2 v2 + θ z 2 − q x θ z1 − θz 2 = 0
∂θ z1 2 L L L L 10 60
∂Π EI z − 24 12 24 12 − 3 3 L
=0 ⇒ v1 − 2 θ z1 + 3 v2 − 2 θ z 2 − q x v1 + v2 − θ z 2 = 0
∂v2 2 L3 L L L 5 5 10
∂Π EI z 12 4 12 8 L L2 L L2
=0 ⇒ 2 v1 + θz1 − 2 v2 + θz 2 − qx v1 − θz1 − v2 + θz 2 = 0
∂ θz 2 2 L L L L 10 60 10 30
Restructuring the above set of equations in matrix form we can obtain:
12 6 − 12 6 3 −3 L
5 0
L3 L2 L3 L 2 5 10
v
6 4 −6 2
0 L2 − L2 1 0
2 0
L L2 L −q 10 60 θz1 = 0
z − 12
EI L
−6 12 − 6 x − 3 3 − L v2 0
5 0
L3 L2 L3 L2 5 10 θ 0 (6.702)
6 −6 z2
2 4
L −L 2
−L L2
2
L L L2 L 10 60 10 30
Note that we are not considering the strain energy due to the axial force, so if the domain
is discretized by several elements we have to transfer the concentrated load indirectly, for
instance, if the domain is dicretized into 3 finite elements we also have to consider the
effect of the concentrated load as the one described in Figure 6.231(b). For each element
we have to consider ([k ( e ) ] − q x [ [kq (e ) ] + L(je ) [kp y ( e ) ] ]){u( e ) } = {0} .
x, u
Pj(=e =4 3) = 0 ( L(j3) = 0)
4
qx 3
3 2
Pj(=e 3= 2 ) = q x L − L
L 142343
qx qx 2 = L (j2 )
2 1
Pj(=e 2=1) = q x L − L
142343
y, v qx 1 = L (j1)
z 1
Let us consider 1 finite element, then by applying the boundary conditions v1 = 0 , θz1 = 0 ,
the equation in (6.702) becomes
1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
0 v 0
0 1 0 0
1 0 0 1
12 EI z − 6 EI z 3 − L θz1 0 (e) (e) (e)
0 0 − q x 0 0 = ⇒ ([k ] − q x [ kq ]){u } = {0}
L3 L2 5 10 2
v 0
0
− 6 EI z 4 EI z −L L2 θ 0
0
L2 0 0 z 2
L 10 30
and
1
1
(e) EI EI z
det ([k (e ) ] − q x [kq ]) = 0 ⇒ q x i = 152.111026 3z ⇒ q x Cr = 7.888974
L L3
7.888974 EI z
L3
EI z
if we are adopting 2 elements the result is q x Cr = 7.857 , and by adopting 3 elements the
L3
EI z
critical value is q x Cr = 7.8421 .
L3
Problem 6.88
Obtain the critical load for the problem described in Figure 6.232. As academic problem
consider that L = 1m , K yf = 19.75kN / m 2 , EI z = 10kN / m 2 .
v (1) Degrees-of-freedom
x θz (2)
−P x, u
v2 , f y 2
2
θ z 2 , mz 2
L K yf 1
y y v1, f y1
1
z
z θz1, mz1
a) Column supported laterally by elastic restraint b) Degree-of-freedom and nodal forces
Figure 6.232: Beam and elastic base.
Solution:
In Problem 6.86 we have established that
[ [k (e ) ] + [ ke ( Spring _ y ) ] − P[kp (ye ) ] ]{u ( e ) } = {0}
where
12 6 − 12 6 6 1 −6 1
L3 L2 L3 L2 5L 10 5L 10
6 4 −6 2 1 2L −1 − L
2
[k ] = EI z L
(e) L L2 L ; P[kp y ] = P 10
(e) 15 10 30
− 12 −6 12 − 6 − 6 −1 6 −1
L3 L2 L3 L2 5L 10 5L 10
6 2 −6 4 1 −L −1 2L
2
L L L2 L 10 30 10 15
and
13 11L 9 − 13L
35 210 70 420
11L L2 13L − L2
[ke ( Spring _ y ) ] = K yf L 210 105 420 140
9 13L 13 − 11L
70 420 35 210
− 13L − L2 − 11L L2
420 140 210 105
Then, after applying the boundary conditions ( v1 = 0 , v2 = 0 ) to the system
( Spring _ y ) (e)
[ [k ( e ) ] + [ke ] − P[kp y ] ]{u (e ) } = {0}
1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
2 EI z L K y − L v1 0
3 f 3 f
0 4 EI z L K y 2L
+ 0 − 0 0
L 105 L 140 − P 15 30 θ z1 = 0
0 0 1 0
0 0 1 0 v2 0
3
2 EI z L K y
f 3 f
4 EI z L K y
−L 2 L
0 − + 0 0 θ 0
L 140
0
L 105 30 15 z 2
( Spring _ y ) (e)
and the solution for det[ [k ( e ) ] + [ke ] − P[kp y ] ] = 0 is
1
1
4 f 1
L K y + 2520 EI z 1
Pi = =
3
1.2 × 10
2
4 f42 L
L K y + 120 EI z 241.975
10 L2
And the critical load is Pcr = 241.975 , which is a very poor approximation with an error
approximately 50% . In order to obtain a better solution more finite element is needed.
Problem 6.89
By using the finite element formulation, obtain the critical load for the problem described
in Figure 6.233.
x, u x, u
v
P>0
θz
−P
U5 Degrees-of-freedom
3 per node
U6
L( 2 ) = L 2
U 1
U3 U
2
2
U 3
L(1) = L {U } =
U4 1 U 4
U 5
y
U1 1 U 6
y, v
z z U2
A A[kp
(e) (e )
[ K Global ]6×6 = [k Global ] [ KpGlobal ]6×6 = Global ] (6.703)
e =1 e =1
where
12 6 − 12 6 6 1 −6 1
L3 L2 L3 L2 5L 10 5L 10
6 4 −6 2 1 2L −1 − L
2
(e)
[kGlobal ] = EI z L L L2 L ; (e)
[kpGlobal ] = 10 15 10 30 (6.704)
− 12 −6 12 − 6 − 6 −1 6 −1
L3 L2 L3 L2 5L 10 5L 10
6 2 −6 4 1 −L −1 2L
2
L L L2 L 10 30 10 15
For this problem the stiffness matrices for both elements are the same.
For both elements the stiffness matrices are the same, the
1 2 3 4 5 6 Global
kp11
(1) (1)
kp12 (1)
kp13 (1)
kp14 0 0
(1) (1) (1) (1)
kp21 kp22 kp23 kp24 0 0
2 kp (1) (1)
kp32 (1)
kp33 ( 2)
+ kp11 (1)
kp34 + kp12( 2) (2)
kp13 ( 2)
kp14
A
(e)
[ KpGlobal ]6×6 = [kpGlobal ] = 31(1) (1) (1) ( 2) (1) ( 2) (2) ( 2)
e =1 kp41 kp42 kp43 + kp21 kp44 + kp22 kp23 kp24
0 0 (2)
kp31 ( 2)
kp32 (2)
kp33 ( 2)
kp34
(2) ( 2) (2) ( 2)
0 0 kp41 kp42 kp43 kp44
1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
4 EI z 2 EI z 2L −L
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U1 0
L L
0
15 30 U 0
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2
2 EI z 8 EI z − 6 EI z 2 EI z −L 4L −1 − L U 3 0
0 0 − P 0 0 =
L L L2 L 30 15 10 30 U 4 0
− 6 EI z 12 EI z − 6 EI z −1 6 −1
0 U 5 0
0 0 0 0 0
L2 L3 L2 10 5L 10
0 2 EI z − 6 EI z 4 EI z −L −1 2 L U 6 0
0 0 0 0 0
L L2 L 30 10 15
The solution for the above system, i.e. the eigenvalues of det[ [ K Global ] − P[ Kp Global ] ] = 0
are:
( P − 1) 2 (17 L8 P 4 − 1776 L6 EI z P 3 + 52704 L4 ( EI z ) 2 P 2 − 449280 L2 ( EI z )3 P + 518400( EI z ) 4 )
=0
3600 L6
And the solution is
EI z
60 L2
EI z
12 2
L
31.10915 EI z EI z EI
Pi = ⇒ Pcr = 1.36143 > Pcr(exact ) ≈ 1.359 2z
L2 L2
L
1.36143 EI z
L2
1
1
Problem 6.90
Obtain expressions for the following fields: displacement, strain and stress for the problem
represented in Figure 6.234 in which w = w( x, y ) represents the deflection according to z -
direction; θx and θ y stand for the rotations according to the directions x and y
respectively; and t is the plate thickness.
Hint: In order to obtain the displacement field consider the Euler-Bernoulli beam theory
(the classical beam theory), i.e. by combining Figure 6.145 and Figure 6.147.
z, x3
a
y , x2
b qz
t neutral surface
θy
x, x1
θx
z y θ y = − w, x
w θy
x u = − w, x z
z w
y
θ x = w, y
x v = − w, y z
θx
βx = θ y = − w, x βx
w
v z u ( z = t / 2)
β y = − θ x = − w, y y
u
u (z )
z t
w βx 2 z
βy x
t t
2 2
x u( z)
t tan βx ≈ βx =
2 z
∂ ∂ ∂( βx z )
∂x 0 0 ∂x 0 0 ∂x
∂ ∂ ∂( βy z )
ε11 ε x 0 0 0 0
∂y ∂y ∂ y
ε 22 ε y ∂ u ∂ β z ∂( w( x, y ))
ε33 ε z 0 0
∂z v =
0 0
∂z β z =
x
∂z
{ε } = = = ∂ ∂ ∂ ∂ y ∂(β z) ∂(β z)
2 ε12 γ xy 0 w 0 w x
+
y
2ε 23 γ yz ∂y ∂x ∂y ∂x ∂y ∂x
∂ ∂ ∂ ∂ ∂ ( βy z ) ∂ ( w)
2ε13 γ xz 0 0 +
∂z ∂y ∂z ∂y
∂z ∂y
∂ 0
∂ ∂ 0
∂ ∂ ( βx z ) ∂ ( w)
∂z ∂x ∂z ∂x +
∂z ∂x
thus
ε11 ε x βx , x z z βx , x − zw, xx
ε 22 ε y βy , y z z βy , y − zw, yy
ε 33 ε z 0 0 0
⇒ {ε } = = = = = (6.708)
2ε12 γ xy βx , y z + βy , x z 2 z βx , y − 2 zw, xy
2ε 23 γ yz βy + w, y 0 0
2ε13 γ xz βx + w, x 0 0
Taking into account that ε ij = −u3,ij x3 and Tr (ε ) = Tr (−u3,ij x3 ) = −u3,kk x3 the above
equation for stress becomes
− E x3
σ ij = [ν u3,kkδ ij + (1 − ν )u3,ij ] ; (i, j = 1,2) (6.712)
(1 − ν 2 )
− E x3
σij = [ν u3,kkδ ij + (1 − ν )u3,ij ] ; (i, j = 1,2)
(1 − ν 2 )
− E x3
⇒ σij = [ν (u3,11 + u3, 22 )δ ij + (1 − ν )u3,ij ]
(1 − ν 2 )
− E x3 ν (u3,11 + u3, 22 ) 0 (1 − ν )u3,11 (1 − ν )u3,12
⇒ σij = +
(1 − ν 2 ) 0 ν (u3,11 + u3, 22 ) (1 − ν )u3, 21 (1 − ν )u3, 22
∂ 2u3 ∂ 2u3 ∂ 2u3
+ ν (1 − ν )
− E x3 ν u3, 22 + u3,11 (1 − ν )u3,12 − E x3 ∂x12 ∂x22
∂x1∂x2
⇒ σij = =
1 − ν 2 (1 − ν )u3,12 ν u3,11 + u3, 22 1 − ν 2 ∂ 2u3 ∂ 2u3 ∂ 2u3
(1 − ν ) ∂x ∂x + ν
1 2 ∂x22 ∂x12
which matches the equation in (6.710).
NOTE 1: The problem established here is called Kirchhoff-Love Plate Theory, and is used to
solve flexural plates when the thickness is very small.
NOTE 2: Note that the stresses σ 3i = σ i 3 ≠ 0 are not zero, (see Figure 6.237), and we
cannot obtain σ 3i from the constitutive equations since we have assumed that ε 3i = 0 . In
order to obtain the equations for σ 3i we have to consider the equilibrium equations
σ ij , j = 0 i (without body forces and static case).
σy
y
τ xy
σx τ yx
τ zy
t
2
x τ zx
t
2
note that τ xy = τ yx hence mxy = m yx . The above equations in indicial notation can be
represented as follows:
t
2
mij = ∫ x σ dx
−t
3 ij 3 (i, j = 1,2) (6.714)
2
or in indicial notation
t
2
∫
Q3i = σi 3 dx3
t
(i, j = 1,2) (6.716)
2
Note that
t t t t
2 2 2 2
∫ ∫ ∫
mij , j = ( x3σ ij ) , j dx3 = ( x3, j σij + x3σij , j )dx3 = ( x3, j σij )dx3 + ( x3σ ij , j )dx3
−t −t −t
∫
−t
2 2 2 2
t t t
2 2 2
−t
∫ { {
−t
{ ∫
⇒ mij , j = ( x3,1 σi1 + x3, 2 σ i 2 + x3,3 σ i 3 )dx3 + ( x3 σ ij , j )dx3 = σi 3 dx3 = Q3i
{
−t
∫
=0 =0 =1 =0i
2 2 2
where we have applied the equilibrium equations σij , j = 0i . Taking into account the
equation for σij given by the equation in (6.712), the moments become
t t
2 2
−E
mij = ∫ x σ dx
−t
3 ij 3 =
(1 − ν )
2
[ν u3,kkδ ij + (1 − ν )u3,ij ] x32 dx3
−t
∫ (i, j = 1,2)
2 2
3
− Et
⇒ mij = [ν u3,kkδ ij + (1 − ν )u3,ij ]
12(1 − ν 2 )
Et 3
where we have introduced the parameter D = which is called the bending stiffness
12(1 − ν 2 )
of the plate or flexural rigidity of the plate. The above equation in Voigt notation can be
expressed as follows
∂ 2u 3
∂x12
m11 m x D ν D 0 ∂ 2u
{m} = m22 = m y = − νD D 0 3
Et 3
m m 2
D(1 − ν ) ∂x 2 with D = (6.719)
12 xy 0 0 ∂ 2u 12(1 − ν 2 )
2 2 3
∂x 1 ∂ x 2
Integration over z
a) Stresses b) Resultant
Moments/Forces
z z
mx
Qy m yx
τ zy t
2 y
σy y my
Qx
m xy my
τ zx τ xy t
τ yx 2 m xy m yx
σx mx Qy
σy
τ zx τ xy
x τ zy x Qx
τ yx
σx
∑F z =0
∂Q ∂Q y
⇒ q z dxdy − Q y dx − Qx dy + Qx + x dx dy + Q y + dy dx = 0
∂x ∂y (6.721)
∂Qx ∂Qy
⇒ + + qz = 0
∂x ∂y
or in indicial notation
Q3i ,i + q z = 0 (i, j = 1,2) (6.722)
Equilibrium of moments
Total moment about x -direction:
∑M x =0
∂m yx ∂Q x dy
⇒ m y dx + m yx dy − m yx + dx dy + Q x + dx dy +
∂x ∂x 2
∂m y ∂Q y dy dy
− m y + dy dx + Q y + dy dxdy − Q x dy + q z dxdy =0
∂y ∂y 2 2
− ∂m yx ∂Q x dy ∂m y ∂Q y dy
⇒ dxdy + dxdy − dxdy + Q y dxdy + dxdydy + q z dxdy =0
∂x ∂x 2 ∂y ∂y 2
∂m yx ∂m y ∂Q ∂Q y dy ∂Q y dy
⇒ − + − Q y dxdy + x + + q z dxdy + dxdy =0
∂x ∂y 1∂4
x ∂y
442444 3 2 ∂y 2
=0
∂m yx ∂m y ∂Q y dy
⇒ − + − Q y dxdy + dxdy =0
∂x ∂y ∂y 2
And by discarding the term related to dxdydy ≈ 0 we can obtain:
∂m yx ∂m y
+ − Qy = 0 (6.723)
∂x ∂y
Total moment about y -direction:
∑M y =0
∂m xy ∂m x
⇒ − m x dy − m xy dx + m xy + dy dx + m x + dx dy +
∂y ∂x
dx ∂Q x ∂Q y dx dx
+ Q y dx − Q x + dx dydx − Q y + dy dx − q z dxdy =0
2 ∂x ∂y 2 2
∂m xy ∂m x ∂Q x ∂Q y dx dx
⇒ dydx + dxdy − Q x dydx − dxdydx − dydx − q z dxdy =0
∂y ∂x ∂x ∂y 2 2
∂m xy ∂m x ∂Q ∂Q y dx ∂Q x dx
⇒ + − Q x dxdy − x + + q z dydx + dxdy =0
∂y ∂x 1∂4
x ∂y
442444 3 2 ∂x 2
=0
∂m xy ∂m x ∂Q x dx
⇒ + − Q x dxdy + dxdy =0
∂y ∂x ∂x 2
And by discarding the term related to dxdydx ≈ 0 we can obtain:
∂m xy ∂m x
+ − Qx = 0 (6.724)
∂y ∂x
∂Qy
Qy + dy
∂y
∂mxy ∂my
mxy + dy my + dy
∂y ∂y
Qx
myx qz
mx ∂mx
dy mx + dx
∂x
∂Qx
Qx + dx
∂x
z y my m xy ∂myx
myx + dx
∂y
x
Qy
dx
Then, by substituting the equations (6.725) and (6.726) into the force equilibrium equation
(6.721) we can obtain:
∂Q x ∂Q y
+ + qz = 0
∂x ∂y
∂ ∂ ∂2w ∂2w ∂ ∂ ∂2w ∂2w
⇒ − D 2 + 2 + − D 2 + 2 + q z = 0
∂x ∂x ∂x ∂y ∂y ∂y ∂x ∂y
(6.727)
∂2 ∂2w ∂2w ∂2 ∂2w ∂2w
⇒ −D 2 2 + 2 −D 2 2 + 2 + qz = 0
∂x ∂x ∂y ∂y ∂x ∂y
4 4 4
∂ w ∂ w ∂ w q
⇒ 4 +2 2 2 + 4 = z
∂x ∂x ∂y ∂y D
which is the flexural plate differential equation in terms of w -displacement (deflection).
The above equation can also be written as follows:
∂4w ∂4w ∂ 4w qz
+ 2 + =
∂x 4 ∂x 2 ∂y 2 ∂y 4 D
Flexural plate differential equation
or (6.728)
(in terms of deflection w )
qz qz
∇ 2xr (∇ 2xr w) = ⇔ ∇ 4xr w =
D D
where ∇ 2xr ≡ ∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr ) is the Laplacian operator and ∇ 4xr is the bi-Laplacian operator.
Using indicial notation:
By starting from the equation (6.717) we can obtain:
mij , j − Q3i = 0 i (i, j = 1,2)
− Et 3
⇒ [ν u 3,kkδ ij + (1 − ν )u 3,ij ] − Q3i = 0 i
12(1 − ν )
2
, j
− Et 3
⇒ [ν u 3,kkjδ ij + (1 − ν )u 3,ijj ] − Q3i = 0 i
12(1 − ν 2 )
⇒ − D[ν u 3,kki + (1 − ν )u 3,ikk ] − Q3i = 0 i
⇒ − Du3,kki − Q3i = 0 i (6.729)
Taking the derivative with respect to xi we can obtain
⇒ − Du 3,kkii − Q3i ,i = 0 i ,i = 0
⇒ − Du 3,kkii + q z = 0
(6.730)
q
⇒ u 3,kkii = z (i, k = 1,2)
D
which is the same as the equation in (6.728).
NOTE 5: The stresses σ 3i
Once the problem is solved the stresses σ 3i , (see Figure 6.237), can be obtained. We start
from the equilibrium equation
σ ij , j = 0 i ⇒ σ i1,1 + σ i 2, 2 + σ i 3,3 = 0 i ⇒ σ i 3,3 = −(σ i1,1 + σ i 2, 2 )
− E x3
⇒ σ ik ,k = u 3,kki
(1 − ν 2 )
Taking into account the equation in (6.729) the above equation can be written as follows:
− E x3 − E x3 − Q3i E Q3i x3 12(1 − ν 2 )
σ ik ,k = u 3, kki = =
(1 − ν 2 ) (1 − ν 2 ) D (1 − ν 2 ) Et 3
(6.733)
12Q
⇒ σ ik ,k = 3 3i x3 (i, k = 1,2)
t
Et 3
where we considered D = . By substituting the above equation into the
12(1 − ν 2 )
equilibrium equation (6.731) we can obtain
∂σ i 3 − 12Q3i
σ i 3,3 ≡ = −σ ik ,k = x3 (i, k = 1,2) (6.734)
∂x3 t3
By integrating the above equation over x3 we can obtain
− 12Q3i − 12Q3i 2
σi3 =
t
∫ 3
x3 ∂x3 =
2t 3
x3 + K (6.735)
t
The constant of integration can be obtained by the condition: x3 = ± ⇒ σ i 3 = 0 :
2
2
− 12Q3i 2 − 12Q3i ± t 3Q3i
σi 3 = 3
x3 + K = +K =0 ⇒ K=
2t 2t 3 2 2t
Then
− 12Q3i 2 − 6Q3i 2 3Q3i 3Q3i 2x 2
σi3 = 3
x3 + K = x3 + = 1 − 3 (6.736)
2t t3 2t 2t t
From the equilibrium equation (6.731) we can also obtain σ 33,3
∂σ 33 − 6Q3k 2 3Q3k
σ 33,3 ≡ = −σ 3k ,k = − x3 + (k = 1,2)
∂x3 t
3
2t ,k
(6.737)
∂σ 6Q3k ,k 2 3Q3k ,k integrating over x3 6Q3k ,k x33 3Q3k ,k
⇒ 33 = x 3 − → σ 33 = − x3 + K
∂x3 t3 2t t3 3 2t
−t
The constant of integration can be obtained by means x3 = ⇒ σ 33 = 0 , then
2
3
−t
6Q3k ,k 2 − 3Q3k ,k −t − Q3k ,k
σ 33 = 3 +K =0 ⇒ K=
t 3 2t 2 2
thus
2Q3k ,k 3Q3k ,k Q3k ,k 3 2 2x 1 2x 3
σ 33 = x33 − x3 − = − Q3k ,k + 3 − 3 (6.738)
t3 2t 2 4 3 t 3 t
By means of equation in (6.722), the above equation can also be written as follows:
3 2 2 x3 1 2 x 3
3
σ 33 = qz + − (6.739)
4 3 t 3 t
t
And note that when x3 = we can obtain
2
3 2 2 t 1 2 t
3
σ 33 = q z + − = q z
4 3 t 2 3 t 2
Problem 11.1
Demonstrate whether the following statements are true or false:
a) If the velocity field is steady, then the acceleration field is also;
b) If the velocity field is homogeneous, the acceleration field is always equal to zero;
c) If the velocity field is steady and the medium is incompressible, the acceleration is always
zero.
Solution:
r r
∂v ( x , t) r
a) In a steady velocity field we have = 0 whereby the acceleration field becomes:
∂t
r
∂vi ( x , t )
a i = v&i = + vi ,k v k = v i ,k v k
142 ∂t 43
=0i
r r
r r& ∂v ( x ) r r r r r r r r
a=v = + ∇ xr v ( x ) ⋅ v ( x ) = ∇ xr v ( x ) ⋅ v ( x )
∂t 1 4 4244 3
Independent of time
Problem 11.2
Show the Navier-Stokes-Duhem equations of motion:
ρv&i = ρbi − p,i + (λ* + µ * )v j , ji + µ *vi , jj Navier-Stokes-Duhem
r r r r equations of motion (11.1)
ρv& = ρb − ∇ xr p + (λ* + µ * )[∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ v )] + µ *∇ 2xr v
Solution:
The Navier-Stokes-Duhem equations of motion are a combination of the equations of
r r
motion ∇ xr ⋅ σ + ρb = ρv& , (σ ij , j + ρ b i = ρv&i ) , and the constitutive equations:
Note that, in this formulation, we are considering that the material is homogeneous, i.e.
λ*, j = µ *, j = 0 j .
In addition, by considering 2D ij = vi , j + v j ,i and 2D kk = v k ,k + v k , k = 2v k ,k , we can obtain:
⇒ 2D ij , j = vi , jj + v j ,ij = vi , jj + v j , ji ⇒ D kk , j = vk ,kj (11.4)
whereby the equation in (11.2) becomes:
σij , j = − p,i + λ*D jj ,i + 2 µ *Dij , j = − p,i + λ*v j , ji + µ * (vi , jj + v j , ji )
(11.5)
= − p,i + (λ* + µ * )v j , ji + µ *vi , jj
Then, by substituting the equation in (11.5) into the equations of motion ( σ ij , j + ρ b i = ρ v&i ),
we obtain the Navier-Stokes-Duhem equations of motion for homogeneous materials.
NOTE 1: The explicit form of the equation (11.1) is presented as follows:
(λ * + µ * )v j , ji + µvi , jj + ρb i − p,i = ρv&i
⇒ (λ * + µ * )(v1,1i + v2, 2i + v3,3i ) + µ * (vi ,11 + vi , 22 + vi ,33 ) + ρb i − p,i = ρv&i
(λ * + µ * )(v1,11 + v2, 21 + v3,31 ) + µ * (v1,11 + v1, 22 + v1,33 ) − p,1 + ρb1 = ρv&1
*
(λ + µ )(v1,12 + v2, 22 + v3,32 ) + µ (v2,11 + u 2, 22 + v2,33 ) − p, 2 + ρb 2 = ρv&2
* *
*
(λ + µ )(v1,13 + v2, 23 + v3,33 ) + µ (v3,11 + v3, 22 + v3,33 ) − p,3 + ρb 3 = ρv&3
* *
or:
NOTE 2: We have proven in Problem 1.106 (Chapter 1) that the following is true:
r r r r r
∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ a) = ∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ a) − ∇ 2xr a indicial
→ ilq qjk ak , jl = a j , ji − ai , jj
Then, we can obtain
r r r r r r
∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr v ) ≡ ∇ 2xr v = ∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ v ) − ∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ v ) indicial
→ vi , jj = v j , ji − ilq qjk vk , jl
with which the equation (11.1) can also be written as follows:
(λ* + µ * )v j , ji + µ *vi , jj + ρbi − p,i = ρv&i
⇒ (λ* + µ * )v j , ji + µ * (v j , ji − ilq qjk vk , jl ) + ρbi − p, i = ρv&i
⇒ (λ* + 2 µ * )v j , ji − µ *ilq qjk vk , jl + ρbi − p, i = ρv&i
and the equivalent in tensorial notation:
r r r r
(λ* + µ * )[∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ v )] + µ * [∇ xr ⋅ (∇ xr v )] + ρb − ∇ xr p = ρv&
[ ]
r r r r r r r
⇒ (λ* + µ * )[∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ v )] + µ * ∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ v ) − ∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ v ) + ρb − ∇ xr p = ρv&
[ ]
r r r r r r
⇒ (λ* + 2 µ * )[∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ v )] − µ * ∇ xr ∧ (∇ xr ∧ v ) + ρb − ∇ xr p = ρv&
In the Cartesian System we have:
r
v = vi eˆ i = v1eˆ 1 + v2 eˆ 2 + v3eˆ 3
r r r r ∂v ∂v ∂v ∂v ∂v ∂v
(∇ xr ∧ v ) ≡ rot (v ) = (rot (v ) )i eˆ i = 3 − 2 eˆ 1 + 1 − 3 eˆ 2 + 2 − 1 eˆ 3
1∂42
x2 ∂x3
4 r43
4 1∂42
x3 ∂x1
43 1∂42
x1 ∂x2
4 r43
4
r
=(rot (u) )1 =(rot (u) )2 =(rot (u) )3
r r
r r ∂ (rot (v ) ) ∂ (rot (v ) ) r r r r
r ∂ (rot (v ) )1 ∂ (rot (v ) )3 ∂ (rot (v ) )2 ∂ (rot (v ) )1
∇ ∧ (∇ ∧ v ) = 3
− 2 ˆ
e
1 + − ˆ
e +
2 − eˆ 3
∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x3 ∂x1 ∂x1 ∂x2
r r
∂ (rot (v ) )3 ∂ (rot (v ) )2 ∂ ∂v2 − ∂v1 − ∂ ∂v1 − ∂v3
− ∂x2 ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x3 ∂x1
∂x ∂x
r
2 3
r
r r r ∂ (rot (v ) )1 ∂ (rot (v ) )3 ∂ ∂v3 ∂v2 ∂ ∂v2 ∂v1
[∇ x ∧ (∇ x ∧ v )]i =
r r − = − − −
∂x3 ∂x1 ∂x3 ∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x1 ∂x1 ∂x2
∂ (rot (vr ) )2 ∂ (rot (vr ) )1
− ∂ ∂v1 − ∂v3 − ∂ ∂v3 − ∂v2
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x ∂x
1 3 ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x2 ∂x3
σij , j + ρbi = ρv&i ⇒ − p,i + (λ*vk , k ),i + [ µ * (vi , j + v j ,i )], j + ρbi = ρv&i (11.6)
Note that
r r
vk , k = Tr (∇ xr v ) = (∇ xr ⋅ v )
Dv&i ∂vi ∂vi ∂v ∂v ∂v ∂v
v&i = = + v j = i + i v1 + i v2 + i v3 , and its explicit components are:
Dt ∂t ∂x j ∂t ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
∂v1 ∂v1 ∂v ∂v
+ v1 + 1 v2 + 1 v3
∂t ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
∂v ∂v ∂v ∂v
ai = v&i = 2 + 2 v1 + 2 v2 + 2 v3
∂t ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
∂v3 ∂v3 ∂v ∂v
+ v1 + 3 v2 + 3 v3
∂t ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
∂
[ µ * (vi , j + v j ,i )], j = [ µ * (vi , j + v j ,i )]
∂x j
∂ ∂ ∂
= [ µ * (vi ,1 + v1,i )] + [ µ * (vi , 2 + v2,i )] + [ µ * (vi ,3 + v3,i )]
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
∂ ∂ ∂
[2 µ (v1,1 )] + [ µ * (v1, 2 + v2,1 )] + [ µ * (v1,3 + v3,1 )]
*
∂ * r ∂ ∂ ∂
[λ (∇ xr ⋅ v )] + [2 µ * (v1,1 )] + [ µ * (v1, 2 + v2,1 )] + [ µ * (v1,3 + v3,1 )] + ρb1 − p,1 = ρv&1
∂x1 ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
∂ * r ∂ ∂ ∂
[λ (∇ xr ⋅ v )] + [ µ * (v2,1 + v1, 2 )] + [2 µ * (v2, 2 )] + [ µ * (v2,3 + v3, 2 )] + ρb2 − p, 2 = ρv&2
∂x2 ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
∂ * r ∂ ∂ ∂
[λ (∇ xr ⋅ v )] + [ µ * (v3,1 + v1,3 )] + [ µ * (v3, 2 + v2,3 )] + [2 µ *v3,3 ] + ρb3 − p,3 = ρv&3
∂x3 ∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
(11.7)
or
∂ * r ∂ ∂
[λ (∇ xr ⋅ v ) + 2 µ (v1,1 )] + [ µ * (v1, 2 + v2,1 )] + [ µ * (v1,3 + v3,1 )] + ρb1 − p,1 = ρv&1
*
1 ∂x ∂ x2 ∂x 3
∂ * r ∂ ∂
[λ (∇ xr ⋅ v ) + 2 µ * (v2, 2 )] + [ µ * (v2,1 + v1, 2 )] + [ µ * (v2,3 + v3, 2 )] + ρb 2 − p, 2 = ρv&2
∂x2 ∂x1 ∂x3
∂ * r ∂ ∂
[λ (∇ xr ⋅ v ) + 2 µ (v3,3 )] + [ µ * (v3,1 + v1,3 )] + [ µ * (v3, 2 + v2,3 )] + ρb3 − p,3 = ρv&3
*
NOTE 4: To obtain the dynamic equations of motion in a rotating fluid on the sphere, we
have to consider the rotation of the Earth and the curvature, and the acceleration for a
fixed system was obtained in Problem 4.38:
r r r r r r r r
a f = a r + 2(ω ∧ v r ) + Ω T ⋅ v r + ω ∧ (ω ∧ x )
r r r r r r r r (11.9)
⇒ a r = a f − 2(ω ∧ v r ) − Ω T ⋅ v r − ω ∧ (ω ∧ x )
r r r r r r
where (2(ω ∧ v r )) is the Coriolis term, (Ω T ⋅ v r ) is the curvature term, ω ∧ (ω ∧ x ) is the
centrifugal term, and the components of these terms are:
2[ω3vr 3 cos(φ ) − ω3vr 2 sin(φ )]
r r
2(ω ∧ v r ) i = 2[ω3 vr1 sin(φ )]
− 2[ω3vr1 cos(φ )]
− vr1vr 2 tan(φ ) + vr1vr 3 (11.10)
T r 1 2
(Ω ⋅ v r ) i = r vr1 tan(φ ) + vr 2 vr 3
x
− vr21 − vr22
r r r r 2r
(ω ∧ (ω ∧ r )) i = − ω r
r
Then, if we want to consider these terms we replace a r into the Navier-Stokes-Duhem
equations.
Problem 11.3
Consider
r
∂ω r r r r r r µ * 2r r r
+ (∇ xr ⋅ v )ω + (∇ xr ω) ⋅ v − (∇ xr v ) ⋅ ω − ∇ ω=0
∂t ρ x
r
∂ω r r r r r r r r µ* r r
⇒ + ∇ xr ⋅ [ω ⊗ v ] − (∇ xr ω) ⋅ v + (∇ xr ω) ⋅ v − ∇ xr ⋅ [v ⊗ ω] − ∇ 2xr ω = 0
∂t ρ
r
∂ω r r r r µ 2 r r *
⇒ + ∇ xr ⋅ [ω ⊗ v ] − ∇ xr ⋅ [v ⊗ ω] − ∇r ω = 0 (11.21)
∂t ρ x
r
∂ω r r r r µ * 2r r r
⇒ + ∇ xr ⋅ [ω ⊗ v − v ⊗ ω] − ∇ ω=0
∂t ρ x
r
∂ω r r µ* r r
⇒ + 2∇ xr ⋅ [(ω ⊗ v ) skew ] − ∇ 2xr ω = 0
∂t ρ
With that we prove the equation of vorticity given by the equation in (11.12).
Problem 11.4
r
Let us consider a body immersed in a Newtonian fluid. Find the total traction force E
acting on the closed surface S which delimits the volume V . Consider that the bulk
viscosity coefficient to be zero.
rˆ
n̂ t (n)
Figure 11.1
∫ ∫ ∫
ˆ
E i = t i(n ) dS = σ ij n̂ j dS = σ ij , j dV
S S V
Next, by considering the stress constitutive equation for Newtonian fluids, we obtain:
2 * D
σ ij = − pδ ij + λ * δ ij D kk + 2µ *D ij = − pδ ij − µ δ ij D kk + 2µ *D ij = − pδ ij + 2µ * D ij − kk δ ij
3 14423443
Dijdev
σ ij = − pδ ij + 2µ *D ijdev
Then
∫
E i = ( − pδ ij + 2µ *D ijdev )nˆ j dS
S
∫ ∫ ∫
Ei = ( − pδ ij + 2 µ *D ijdev ) , j dV = ( − p, jδ ij + 2 µ *D ijdev, j )dV = ( − p,i + 2 µ *D ijdev, j )dV
V V V
where we have considered that µ *,j = 0 j , i.e. µ * is a homogenous scalar field (homogenous
material). Then, the above equation in tensorial notation becomes:
r
E = [−∇ xr p + 2 µ * (∇ xr ⋅ Ddev )]dV
∫ (11.22)
V
Problem 11.5
Let us consider a fluid at rest which has the mass density ρ f . Prove Archimedes’
Principle: “Any body immersed in a fluid at rest experiences an upward buoyant force equal to the
weight of the volume fluid displaced by the body”.
If mass density in the body is equal to ρ s and the body force (per unit mass) is given by
b i = − gδ i 3 , obtain the resultant force and acceleration acting on the body.
Solution:
r
In Problem 11.4 we showed that E = ∫ [−∇ xr p + 2 µ * (∇ xr ⋅ Ddev )]dV . If the fluid is at rest
D dev = 0 holds, and the thermodynamic pressure is equal to the hydrostatic pressure, i.e.
p = p 0 whereby we have:
V
∫
E = [ −∇ xr p0 ]dV (11.23)
The weight of the fluid volume displaced by the body is given by:
r r
∫
= ρ f bdV
f
W (11.24)
V
r r
∇ xr ⋅ σ + ρ f b = 0 σ ij , j + ρ f b i = 0 i
r
⇒ ∇ xr ⋅ σ = −ρ f b ⇒ σ ij , j = −ρ f b i
r (11.25)
⇒ ∇ xr ⋅ (− p 0 1) = −ρ f b ⇒ (− p 0 δ ij ), j = −ρ f b i
r
⇒ ∇ xr p 0 = ρ f b ⇒ p 0,i = ρ f b i
r
E
V -volume
p0 n̂
r
x3 Ws
x2
x1
Figure 11.2
Now, the body weight, with mass density ρ s , can be obtained as follows:
r r
∫
W s = ρ s bdV
V
V
∫ V
∫
Ri = ( ρ s − ρ f )bi dV = − g ( ρ s − ρ f )δ i 3dV =
0
V
∫
g ( ρ f − ρ s )dV
thereby verifying that: if the body has a mass density lower than fluid mass density, e.g. if
r r
the body is a gas, the body rises, i.e. ρ f > ρ s ⇒ R > 0 , and if not the body falls. Moreover,
r r
if we consider that R = m s a , where m s is the total mass of the submerged body, we can
obtain the acceleration of the body as:
ρs g (ρ f
−ρ s)
∫ g (ρ − ρ s )dV ∫ g (ρ −ρs) ∫ρ
f f s
dV dV
R3 ρs ρ s
g (ρ f
−ρs)
a3 = =V =V = V
=
ms ms ms ms ρs
NOTE: It is interesting to note that if the medium ( f ) is such that ρ f = 0 we have
a 3 = − g , i.e. the acceleration is independent of the mass. Here we have clearly seen, as did
Galileo, by means of a simple experiment, that a freely falling body was independent of the
mass. For example, on the moon where we can consider that the mass density of air is
equal to zero, two bodies with different masses in free fall, e.g. a feather and a hammer, will
have the same acceleration and will reach the moon surface at the same time.
Problem 11.6
Prove that the Cauchy deviatoric stress tensor σ dev is equal to τ dev , where
σ ij = − pδ ij + τ ij .
Solution
If we consider that σ kk = −3 p + τ kk we can obtain:
σ kk ( −3 p + τ kk ) τ
σ ijdev = σ ij − δ ij = − pδ ij + τij − δ ij = τ ij − kk δ ij = τ ijdev
3 3 3
Problem 11.7
Obtain the one-dimensional mass continuity equation for a non-viscous incompressible
fluid flow through a pipeline. Then, consider the volume V between the two arbitrary
cross sections A and B .
B
n̂ B
r
vB
n̂ A
V
r
vA
Figure 11.3
Solution:
Dρ
In an incompressible medium, the mass density is independent of time ≡ ρ& = 0 .
Dt r
Moreover, here we can consider the mass continuity equation ρ& + ρ v k ,k = ρ (∇ xr ⋅ v ) = 0 ,
r
where ∇ xr ⋅ v = 0 or v k , k = 0 holds. Then, by considering the entire volume we obtain:
r
∫∇ r
x ⋅ v dV =0 ∫v k , k dV =0 (11.27)
V V
Thus:
r r
∫v A ⋅ nˆ A dS + ∫v B ⋅ nˆ B dS = 0
SA SB
Next, the velocities at the cross sections SA and SB can be expressed as follows:
r r
v A = −v A nˆ A ; v B = v B nˆ B
and by substituting the velocity into the integral we can obtain:
− v A nˆ A ⋅ nˆ A dS + v B nˆ B ⋅ nˆ B dS = 0
∫ ∫
SA SB
v AS A = vB S B
Problem 11.8
The velocity field of a gas in motion through a pipeline, whose prismatic axis is x 2 , is
defined by its components as follows:
v1 = 0 ; v 2 = 0.02 x 2 + 0.05 ; v3 = 0
kg
At x 2 = 0 the mass density ρ is equal to 1.5 . Find ρ at x 2 = 5m .
m3
Solution:
r r r
Note that the velocity field is stationary, i.e. v = v ( x ) . From the mass continuity equation
we can obtain:
∂ρ r r
+ ∇ xr ⋅ (ρ v ) = 0 ⇒ ∇ xr ⋅ (ρ v ) = 0
∂t
r
Then, we can conclude that ρ v is constant along x 2 -direction, so:
(ρ v 2 ) x2 = 0
= (ρ v 2 ) x2 =5
kg
1.5 × 0.05 = ρ 0.15 ⇒ ρ ( x 2 = 5) = 0.5
m3
Alternative solution:
r
∇ xr ⋅ (ρ v ) = 0 indicial
→ ( ρ v i ) ,i = ρ ,i v i + ρ v i ,i = 0
∂ρ ∂v ∂ρ ∂ρ ∂ρ ∂v ∂v ∂v
vi + ρ i = v1 + v2 + v3 + ρ 1 + 2 + 3 = 0
∂x i ∂xi ∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3 ∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3
Thus:
∂ρ ∂ρ 0.02
(0.02 x2 + 0.05) + ρ (0.02 ) = 0 ⇒ =− ∂x
∂x2 ρ (0.02 x2 + 0.05) 2
By integrating the above equation, we obtain:
C
Lnρ = Ln(0.02 x2 + 0.05) + LnC ⇒ Lnρ = Ln
(0.02 x2 + 0.05)
C
⇒ρ=
(0.02 x2 + 0.05)
The constant of integration can be obtained by applying the boundary condition, i.e. at
x 2 = 0 ⇒ ρ = 1.5 , with that we obtain C = 0.075 :
0.075 x2 =5 0.075 kg
ρ= → ρ= = 0.5 3
(0.02 x 2 + 0.05) (0.02 × 5 + 0.05) m
Problem 11.9
The Cauchy stress tensor components at one point of a Newtonian fluid, in which the bulk
viscosity coefficient is zero, are given by:
− 6 2 − 1
σ ij = 2 − 9 4 Pa
− 1 4 − 3
σ ij = − pδ ij + τij ; κ* = λ * +
2 *
µ =0 ; σii = −3 p ; p=−
σii
=−
(− 6 − 9 − 3) = 6
3 3 3
Then:
− 6 2 − 1 6 0 0 0 2 − 1
τij = σ ij + pδ ij = 2 − 9 4 + 0 6 0 = 2 − 3 4 Pa
− 1 4 − 3 0 0 6 − 1 4 3
Problem 11.10
σ kk
Determine the conditions needed for mean normal pressure p = − = −σ m to be equal
3
to thermodynamic pressure p for a Newtonian fluid.
Solution:
It was deduced that:
1 σ kk
σ ijdev = 2µ *D ijdev ; σ kk = − p + k *D ii ; = − p = − p + κ *D kk
3 {3
−p
Problem 11.11
p
A baratropic perfect fluid has as equation of state ρ = ρ 0 + , where k is constant. Obtain
k
the pressure field for a quasi-static regime (zero acceleration), under the action of the
gravitational field bi = [0 0 − g]T .
Solution:
The constitutive equation in stress for a perfect fluid is given by:
σ = − p1
The equations of motion become:
r r
∇ xr ⋅ σ + ρb = ρv& indicial
→ σij , j + ρbi = ρv&i = 0i
{
= 0i
(− pδ ij ), j + ρbi = 0i (11.29)
− p, j δ ij + ρbi = 0i
r r
− ∇ xr p + ρb = 0 tensorial
← − p ,i + ρ b i = 0 i
Considering the body force vector bi = [0 0 − g ] we obtain:
∂p ∂p
(i = 1) ⇒ − + ρ b1 = 0 ⇒ = 0 ⇒ p = p ( x1 , x 2 , x3 )
∂x1 ∂x1
∂p ∂p
− p, i +ρ b i = 0 i ⇒ (i = 2) ⇒ − + ρb2 = 0 ⇒ = 0 ⇒ p = p ( x1 , x 2 , x3 ) (11.30)
∂ x 2 ∂ x2
∂p dp ( x3 )
(i = 3) ⇒ − ∂x + ρ b 3 = 0 ⇒ dx + ρ g = 0
3 3
With that we can conclude that the pressure field is only a function of the coordinate x 3 ,
i.e. p = p( x3 ) .
By the fact we are dealing with a barotropic fluid, this implies that the mass density is only
a function of pressure ρ = ρ ( p ) . This relationship is precisely the equation of state of the
problem statement:
p
ρ = ρ ( p) ⇒ ρ =ρ0 +
k
Then:
dp( x3 ) dp ( x3 ) p dp ( x3 ) g
+ ρg = 0 ⇒ + ρ 0 + g = 0 ⇒ + p = −ρ 0g (11.31)
dx3 dx3 k dx3 k
The solution of the above differential equation is the sum of a particular solution and a
homogeneous solution:
−g
dp( x 3 ) g ( x3 )
Homogeneous solution: + p = 0 ⇒ p = Cexp k
dx3 k
Particular solution: p = −kρ 0
Thus:
−g
( x )
p = C exp k 3 − kρ 0
Problem 11.12
A perfect gas is an ideal and incompressible fluid in which in the absence of heat sources
the pressure is proportional to ρ γ (barotropic motion), where γ is a constant and γ > 1 .
Show that when r = 0 (no internal heat source), the specific internal energy for a ideal gas
is given by:
1 p
u= + constant
( γ − 1) ρ
Solution:
For the proposed problem, the energy equation becomes:
r
ρ u& = σ : D − ∇ xr ⋅ q + ρr = σ : D ⇒ ρ u& − σ : D = 0
For a perfect gas the stress tensor is a spherical tensor and is given by:
σ ( p ) = − p1
where p is the thermodynamic pressure. Then, the energy equation becomes:
ρ u& − σ : D = 0
⇒ ρ u& + p1 : D = 0
⇒ ρ u& + pTr (D) = 0
r
⇒ ρ u& + p (∇ xr ⋅ v ) = 0
For a barotropic motion, the specific internal energy is a function of the mass density,
u = u ( ρ ) , thus:
r ∂u r
ρ u& + p(∇ xr ⋅ v ) = 0 ⇒ ρ ρ& + p(∇ xr ⋅ v ) = 0
∂ρ
Dρ r r
Considering the mass continuity equation + ρ (∇ xr ⋅ v ) = 0 ⇒ ρ& = − ρ (∇ xr ⋅ v ) , the energy
Dt
equation becomes:
∂u r
ρ ρ& + p(∇ xr ⋅ v ) = 0
∂ρ
∂u r r
⇒ −ρ ρ (∇ xr ⋅ v ) + p(∇ xr ⋅ v ) = 0
∂ρ
∂u r
⇒ − ρ 2 + p ∇ xr ⋅ v = 0
∂ρ 12 3
≠0
∂u ∂u p
− ρ2 + p=0 ⇒ = 2
∂ρ ∂ρ ρ
Problem 11.13
r
A fluid moves with velocity v around a sphere of radius R , where the velocity
components in spherical coordinates ( r , θ, φ ) are given by:
R 3 3R R 3 3R
vr = c 3 − + 1 cos(θ) ; vθ = c 3 + − 1 sin(θ) ; vφ = 0 (11.32)
2r 2r 4r 4r
where c is a positive constant.
Check whether we are dealing with an isochoric motion or not.
r
Note: Given a vector u , the divergence of this vector in spherical coordinates is:
r r ∂u 1 ∂u θ 1 ∂u φ cot(θ) 2
div u ≡ ∇ xr ⋅ u = r + + + uθ + u r
∂r r ∂θ r sin(θ) ∂φ r r
Solution:
r
To demonstrate that a motion is isochoric, we must show that ∇ xr ⋅ v = 0 .
From the velocity field we can obtain the following derivatives:
∂v r ∂ R 3 3R − 3R 3 3R
= c 3 − + 1 cos(θ) = c + 2 + 1 cos(θ)
∂r ∂r 2r 2r 2r
4
2r
∂v θ ∂ R 3 3R R 3 3R
= c 3 + − 1 sin(θ) = c 3 + − 1 cos(θ)
∂θ ∂θ 4r 4r 4r 4r
With that it is possible to obtain the divergence of the velocity field:
r ∂v 1 ∂v θ 1 ∂v φ cot(θ) 2
∇ xr ⋅ v = r + + + vθ + v r
∂φ
∂r r ∂θ r sin(θ) { r r
=0
− 3R3
3R 1 R 3 3R
= c + + 1 cos(θ) + c
+ − 1 cos(θ) +
2r
4
2r 2 r 4r 3 4r
cos(θ) 1 R 3 3R 2 R 3 3R
+ c
3 + − 1 sin( θ) + c − + 1 cos(θ)
sin(θ) r 4r 4r 3 2r
r 2r
Problem 11.14
A barotropic fluid flows through a pipeline as shown in Figure 11.4, and said fluid has as
equation of state:
ρ
p = β Ln ; (β and ρ 0 are constants )
ρ0
where p is pressure, and ρ is the mass density.
Calculate, in steady state, the output pressure p ( 2) in terms of variables presented in Figure
11.4.
p -pressure;
v -velocity;
S -cross section area
p (1)
v (1)
S (1) p( 2)
v( 2)
S (2)
Figure 11.4
Solution:
According to the principle of conservation of mass we have:
D
Dt V ∫
ρ dV = 0
r
and given a property Φ ( x , t ) , it fulfills that:
r
D r DΦ ( x , t ) r DdV
Dt V∫Φ ( x , t )dV =
V
∫Dt
dV + Φ ( x , t )
Dt
r
DΦ ( x , t ) r r r
= ∫ dV + Φ ( x , t )∇ xr ⋅ v ( x, t )dV
V
Dt
r
DΦ ( x , t ) r r r
= ∫ + Φ ( x , t )∇ xr ⋅ v ( x, t ) dV
V
Dt
r
∂Φ ( x , t ) r r r r r r
= ∫ + ∇ xr Φ ( x , t ) ⋅ v ( x , t ) + Φ ( x , t )∇ xr ⋅ v ( x , t ) dV
V
∂t
r
D r ∂Φ ( x , t ) r r r r r r
∫
Φ ( x , t )dV = ∫ + ∇ xr Φ ( x , t ) ⋅ v ( x , t ) + Φ ( x , t )∇ xr ⋅ v ( x , t ) dV
Dt V V
∂t
r
∂Φ ( x , t ) r r r
= ∫ + ∇ xr ⋅ (Φ ( x , t )v ( x , t ) ) dV
V
∂t
r (11.33)
∂Φ ( x , t ) r r r
= ∫ dV + ∇ xr ⋅ [Φ ( x , t )v ( x , t )]dV
∫
V
∂t V
r
∂Φ ( x , t ) r r r
= ∫ dV + [Φ ( x , t )v ( x , t )] ⋅ nˆ dS = 0
∫
V
∂t S
r r
by denoting Φ ( x , t ) = ρ ( x , t ) the above equation becomes:
r
D r ∂ρ ( x , t ) r r r
∫
ρ ( x , t )dV = dV + [ρ ( x , t )v ( x , t )] ⋅ nˆ dS = 0
∫ ∫
Dt V V
∂t S
r
∂ρ ( x , t )
By applying the steady state condition, i.e. = 0 , we obtain:
∂t
[ρ ( xr )vr ( xr )]⋅ nˆ dS = 0 ⇒
∫ [ρ ( xr )vr ( xr )]⋅ nˆ dS + [ρ ( xr )vr ( xr )]⋅ nˆ dS = 0
∫ ∫
S S (1) S( 2)
⇒ ∫− ρ
S (1)
(1) v(1) dS + ∫ρ
S(2)
( 2 ) v( 2 ) dS =0 ⇒ − ρ (1) v(1) S (1) + ρ ( 2 )v( 2 ) S( 2) = 0
Thus:
r r r kg
Remember that q = ρ v is the mass flux, and the SI unit is [q] = .
m2 s
By means of the equation of state we can obtain an expression for mass density:
p p
ρ p ρ ρ
p = β Ln ⇒ = Ln ⇒ exp β = ⇒ ρ ( x ) = ρ 0 exp β
ρ0 β ρ0 ρ0
Then:
p (1 ) p( 2 )
β β
ρ (1)v(1) S(1) = ρ ( 2)v( 2) S( 2) ⇒ ρ 0exp
v(1) S(1) = ρ 0exp
v( 2 ) S( 2 )
p ( 2 ) − p ( 1)
v(1) S(1) p( 2 ) − p(1) v(1) S(1)
= Ln
β
⇒ exp
= ⇒ (11.35)
v( 2 ) S( 2) β v( 2 ) S( 2 )
v(1) S(1) v(1) S(1)
⇒ p( 2 ) − p(1) = β Ln ⇒ p( 2 ) = p(1) + β Ln
v( 2 ) S( 2 ) v( 2 ) S( 2 )
NOTE: The volumetric flow rate, (also known as volume flow rate), often represented by
Q , is the specific total flow, i.e.:
r r r r
q ⋅ dS ρ v ⋅ dS r r m3
Q= ∫ =∫ = ∫ v ⋅ dS Volumetric flow rate (11.36)
S
ρ S
ρ S s
q r r
⋅ dS = kg m3 m 2 = m3 . In this example, we have obtained
We check the SI unit [Q] = ∫
S ρ m s kg
2
s
ρ (1) v (1) S (1) = ρ ( 2) v ( 2) S ( 2) , which can be rewritten as:
ρ (1) v(1) S(1) = ρ ( 2) v( 2) S( 2) ⇒ ρ (1)Q(1) = ρ ( 2)Q( 2)
For the particular case of an incompressible medium we have ρ (1) = ρ ( 2) , then:
v (1) S (1) = v ( 2) S ( 2) ⇒ Q(1) = Q( 2 ) (see Problem 11.7)
Problem 11.15
Consider the water flow described in Figure 11.5 in which the jet is deflected by the curved
vane. Obtain the total force applied to the curved vane.
Hypotheses (approximations): Consider that we are dealing with: a) the incompressible
fluid; b) a steady flow; c) no body forces; d) the atmosphere pressure can be discarded.
x2
n̂
x2′ v( 2 ) , S ( 2 ) x1′
ê′2 ê1′
n̂ θ
ê 2
n̂ curved vane
n̂
v(1) , S (1) ê1 x1
r r r D r
Sσ
∫
F = t * dS + ρ b dV =
V
Dt V ∫
ρ v dV ∫ (11.37)
142r 4
3
=0
r
where F is the total force of the system. The above material time derivative can be
expressed as follows, (see equation (11.33)):
r
D r ∂( ρ v ) r r r r
∫
ρ v dV = ∫dV + ( ρ v )v ⋅ nˆ dS = ( ρ v )v ⋅ nˆ dS
∫ ∫
Dt V V
∂t (11.38)
142r 43 S S
=0
Note that we are adopting the Eulerian formulation and the control volume and surface
control can be appreciated in Figure 11.6.
Note that on the control surface S (3) and S ( 4) the velocity is always perpendicular to n̂ ,
r r
then v ⋅ nˆ = 0 . On surface S (1) v = v(1) ê1 and nˆ = −eˆ 1 with that
we have
r r
v ⋅ nˆ = (v(1) eˆ 1 ) ⋅ (−eˆ 1 ) = −v(1) , on the surface S ( 2) we have v = v( 2) ê1′ and nˆ = eˆ 1′ , with that
r r
v ⋅ nˆ = (v( 2) eˆ 1′ ) ⋅ (eˆ 1′ ) = v( 2) . Note also that the transformation law from the system x to the
r
system x ′ is given by
eˆ 1′ cos θ sin θ eˆ 1 cos θ eˆ 1 + sin θ eˆ 2
ˆ = =
e′2 − sin θ cos θ eˆ 2 − sin θ eˆ 1 + cos θ eˆ 2
Then, the velocity on the control surface S ( 2) can also be expressed as follows
r
v = v( 2 )eˆ 1′ = v( 2 ) (cosθ eˆ 1 + sin θ eˆ 2 )
By taking into account all the previous considerations the equation (11.39) becomes:
r r r r r
F= ∫ ( ρ v )v ⋅ nˆ dS + ∫ ( ρ v )v ⋅ nˆ dS
S (1 ) S( 2 )
r
⇒F = ∫ − (ρ v
S ( 1)
ˆ
(1) e1 )v(1) dS ∫
+ [ ρ v( 2 ) (cosθ eˆ 1 + sin θ eˆ 2 )]v( 2 ) dS
S( 2 )
(11.40)
r
⇒ F = − ρ v(1) v(1) S (1) eˆ 1 + ρ v( 2 ) v( 2 ) cosθ S ( 2 ) eˆ 1 + ρ v( 2 ) v( 2 ) sin θ S ( 2 ) eˆ 2
r
⇒ F = ρ [v(22 ) cosθ S ( 2) − v(21) S (1) ]eˆ 1 + ρ v(22 ) sin θ S ( 2 ) eˆ 2
For the particular case when v(1) = v( 2) = v0 , S (1) = S ( 2) = S 0 , the above equation becomes
r
F = ρ [v(22 ) cosθ S ( 2) − v(21) S (1) ]eˆ 1 + ρ v(22 ) sin θ S ( 2 ) eˆ 2
r Fx = ρ v02 S 0 [cosθ − 1] (11.41)
⇒ F = ρ v02 S 0 [cosθ − 1]eˆ 1 + ρ v02 S 0 sin θ eˆ 2 ⇒
1
x2 = ρ v0 S 0 sin θ
2
F
r r
And the reaction force in the curved vane is R = − F .
Problem 11.16
Consider the water flow described in Figure 11.7. Obtain the total force applied to the
plate.
Hypotheses (approximations): Consider that we are dealing with: a) the incompressible
fluid; b) a steady flow; c) no body forces; d) the atmosphere pressure can be discarded.
ê′2′
v0 , S( 2 ) ê1′′
velocities
r
S (1) ⇒ v = v0 eˆ 1′ x2
r
S ( 2) ⇒ v = v0 eˆ ′2′
r
S (3) ⇒ v = −v0 eˆ 1′′′
ê 2
θ
ê1 x1
ê′2 ê1′′′
ê1′
v0 , S(1)
ê′2′′
v0 , S(3)
Figure 11.7
Solution:
Note that this problem is similar to the previous problem in which we have established that
the total force, (see equation (11.39)), is given by
r r D r r r
∫
F = t * dS = ρ v dV = ( ρ v )v ⋅ nˆ dS
∫ ∫ (11.42)
S
Dt V S
σ
ê′2′
Control surface v0 , S( 2 )
S = S (1) + S ( 2) + S (3) + S ( 4) + S (5) + S (6 ) ê1′′
x2
ê 2
θ
S( 4)
ê1 x1
n̂
S( 6 )
ê′2 ê1′′′
ê1′ n̂ n̂
v0 , S(1) S( 5 )
n̂ ê′2′′ S(3) , v0
Figure 11.8
Then, on the control surface S (1) :
r
v = v0 eˆ 1′ = −v0 (cosθ eˆ 1 + sin θ eˆ 2 ) r
S (1) ⇒ ⇒ v ⋅ nˆ = v0
nˆ = −eˆ 1′ = −(cosθ eˆ 1 + sin θ eˆ 2 )
r
⇒ F = − ρv02 (cosθ eˆ 1 + sin θ eˆ 2 ) S (1) + ρv02 S ( 2 ) eˆ 2 − ρv02 S (3) eˆ 2
r
⇒ F = − ρv02 S (1) cosθ eˆ 1 + ρv02 [− S (1) sin θ + S ( 2 ) − S (3) ] eˆ 2
Problem 11.17
Starting from the Navier-Stokes-Duhem equations of motion, obtain the Bernoulli’s
equation:
p v2
gh + + = constant Bernoulli’s equation (11.43)
ρ 2
Hypothesis: incompressible and non-viscous fluid. Consider that the velocity field is steady
and irrotational.
Solution:
r
Considering an incompressible medium (∇ xr ⋅ v ) = 0 , and a non-viscous fluid (λ * = µ * = 0) ,
the Navier-Stokes-Duhem equations of motion become:
ρv&i = ρbi − p,i + (λ* + µ * )v j , ji + µ *vi , jj
r r r r
ρv& = ρb − ∇ xr p + (λ* + µ * )∇ xr (∇ xr ⋅ v ) + µ *∇ 2xr v (11.44)
r r
⇒ ρv& = ρb − ∇ xr p
r r
Note that the ρ v& = ρ b − ∇ xr p are the Euler equations of motion. The material time derivative
of the velocity, (see equation (11.15)), becomes:
r
r& ∂v r r 1 r 2 1
v= + ω ∧ v + ∇ x (v ) = ∇ xr (v 2 )
∂t 2 2
r
∂v r
where we have considered that the steady velocity field = 0 , and irrotational
∂t
r r r r r
∇ xr ∧ v = rot v = ω = 0 . With that the equation (11.44) can be rewritten as follows:
ρ r 1 r 2 r 1 r
∇ xr (v 2 ) = ρ b − ∇ xr p ⇒ ∇ x (v ) − b + ∇ xr p = 0 (11.45)
2 2 ρ
r
Considering that the body force (conservative field) can be represented by b = −∇ xr ϕ ,
where ϕ is a potential, and also by considering that the mass density field is homogeneous
p 1
the relationship ∇ xr = ∇ xr p holds. Then, the equation in (11.45) becomes:
ρ ρ
p v2 p v2
∇ xr ϕ + + = 0i
⇒ ϕ+ + = constant (11.46)
ρ 2 ρ 2
Considering that the potential can be represented by ϕ = gh , where g is the acceleration
of gravity and h is the piezometric height, we obtain the Bernoulli’s equation:
p v2
gh + + = constant
ρ 2
v 2 p N m3 Nm J m 2
We check the SI unit: [ gh] = = = 2 = = = , which is the unit of
2 ρ m kg kg kg s 2
specific energy, i.e. unit of energy per unit mass.
Note that the Bernoulli’s equation is the application of the conservation of energy, i.e. in
the system there is no energy dissipation, (Figure 11.9).
constant energy
energy at A energy at B
p
ρ A
p
ρ
v2 B
2 A
v2
gh A A 2 B
h B gh B
Figure 11.9
Problem 11.18
Let us consider a perfect and incompressible fluid in steady regime that is flowing through
the channel as shown in Figure 11.10. Obtain the value of H .
Hypothesis: No energy dissipation is considered.
v (1) = 1m / s
h(1) v( 2 ) = 2 m / s
H
h( 2)
Figure 11.10
Solution:
The mass continuity equation:
v (1) 1
v (1) h(1) = v ( 2 ) h( 2) ⇒ h( 2 ) = h(1) = h(1)
v( 2) 2
The Bernoulli’s equation:
v (21)
( H + h(1) ) + 0 +
2g v (22 ) − v (21) − h(1) 3
⇒ H = h( 2 ) − h(1) + ⇒ H= +
v (22) 2g 2 2g
h( 2 ) + 0 +
2g
Problem 11.19
A large diameter circular tank is filled with water. The water pours through a small orifice
located at a height H below the water level of the reservoir, (see Figure 11.11). If the
volumetric flow rate is Q , obtain the orifice diameter D .
Hypothesis: Consider that H does not vary with time (steady state). Consider that in the
section BB ′ , the flow pressure is equal to atmospheric pressure, (see Figure 11.11).
H
B
( p − patm ) patm
C′ B′
C
B Pressure Pressure
Figure 11.11
Solution:
The water can be considered as an incompressible perfect fluid. For this problem, we will
consider the Bernoulli’s equation:
p v2
z+ + = const.
ρ g 2g
where it fulfills that:
p atm
Point A ⇒ H+ +0
ρg
2
⇒ v ( B ) = 2 gH
p v( B )
Point B ⇒ 0 + atm +
ρg 2 g
Considering that the volumetric flow rate is given by Q = v ( B ) S ( B ) , we can conclude that:
πD 2 4Q
Q = v ( B ) S ( B ) = 2 gH ⇒ D=
4 π 2 gH
Problem 11.20
Consider a pipeline which has been introduced a pitot tube as shown in Figure 11.12.
Obtain the velocity at the point 1 in terms of h(1) and h( 2) . Consider that there is no energy
dissipation in the system.
Pitot tube
Pipeline
h( 2)
h(1)
v(1) v( 2) = 0
1 2
h p(1) p( 2 )
Problem 11.21
Consider an incompressible non-viscous fluid, which has a steady velocity field and
irrotational. Consider also that the velocity field is independent of x3 -direction. Obtain the
governing equations for the proposed problem in terms of the velocity potential φ and
streamlines ψ .
Solution:
Velocity potential: In this example we can represent the velocity field by means of a potential
r
φ , i.e. v = ∇ xr φ . With that we are considering that the velocity field is conservative, hence
r r r r r
the curl of the velocity field is zero, i.e. ∇ xr ∧ v = rot v = ω = 0 . Remember that a field
whose curl is zero it does not necessarily imply that the field is conservative, but for a
conservative field the curl is always equals zero.
Note that the velocity has the same direction as ∇ xr φ , i.e. it is normal to the isosurfaces
φ = const .
Streamline: Given a spatial velocity field at time t , we can define a streamline ( ψ ) to the
curve in which the tangent at each point has the same direction as the velocity, (see Figure
11.13). In general, the streamline and trajectory do not coincide, but in steady state motion
they do. Two streamlines cannot intersect.
ψ (5) = const.
r r ψ ( 4) = const.
Control volume v ( x)
t Streamlines
ψ ( 2) = const.
∇ xr ψ
ψ (1) = const.
r
x
Figure 11.13
Based on the definition of differential dψ (the total derivative), and the definition of
r
gradient ∇ xr ψ we obtain the relationship dψ = ∇ xr ψ ⋅ dx .
r
Note that it holds that (∇ xrψ ) ⋅ (∇ xrφ ) = 0 , (Figure 11.14). The differential dx in the
streamline, at a point, has the same direction as the velocity at this point. Hence, the
following is fulfilled:
r r r
dx ∧ v = 0
r
v = ∇ xr φ
ψ + dψ
∇ xr ψ
ψ = const. ⇒ dψ = 0
in the streamline
Figure 11.14
r r r
In the Cartesian system, dx ∧ v = 0 is represented by:
eˆ 1 eˆ 2 eˆ 3
r r r
dx ∧ v = dx1 dx 2 dx3 = 0
v1 v2 v3
r
= (v3 dx 2 − v 2 dx3 )eˆ 1 + (v 3 dx1 − v1 dx3 )eˆ 2 + (v 2 dx1 − v1 dx 2 )eˆ 3 = 0
Components:
(v3 dx 2 − v 2 dx3 ) 0
(dx ∧ v ) i = (v 3 dx1 − v1 dx3 ) = 0
r r
(v 2 dx1 − v1 dx 2 ) 0
For this example the velocity field is independent of x3 , i.e. the problem is stated on the
plane x1 − x 2 (2D-case). With that we can conclude that:
0 0
r r
( dx ∧ v ) i = 0 = 0
(v 2 dx1 − v1 dx 2 ) 0
⇒ v 2 dx1 − v1 dx 2 = 0 (11.47)
Note that in a streamline it holds that ψ = const. ⇒ dψ = 0 and also by applying the
r
definition dψ = ∇ xr ψ ⋅ dx , we can obtain:
r
dψ = ∇ xr ψ ⋅ dx indicial
→ dψ = ψ ,i dxi = 0
⇒ dψ = ψ ,1 dx1 + ψ , 2 dx 2 + ψ ,3 dx3 = 0
∂ψ ∂ψ ∂ψ
⇒ dψ = dx1 + dx 2 + dx3 = 0
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x3
For the 2D-case (two-dimensional case) we have:
∂ψ ∂ψ
dx1 + dx 2 = 0 (11.48)
∂x1 ∂x 2
If we compare the equations (11.47) and (11.48) we can conclude that:
∂ψ ∂ψ
v1 = − ; v2 = (11.49)
∂x 2 ∂x1
r
1) Starting from an incompressible fluid: (∇ xr ⋅ v ) = 0 we can obtain:
∂v1 ∂v 2 ∂v3 2D ∂v1 ∂v 2
v i ,i = + + =0 → + =0
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x3 ∂x1 ∂x 2
r
Considering that v = ∇ xr φ , we obtain:
∂v1 ∂v2 ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ
+ =0 ⇒ + = 0 ⇒ ∇ 2xrφ = 0 (11.50)
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x12 ∂x22
r r r r r
2) Based on the fact that the fluid is irrotational ∇ xr ∧ v ≡ rot v = ω = 0 :
eˆ 1 eˆ 2 eˆ 3
r r r ∂ ∂ ∂ r
rot (v ) = ∇ xr ∧ v = = ijk v k , j eˆ i = 0
∂x1 ∂x2 ∂x3
v1 v2 v3 (11.51)
∂v ∂v ∂v ∂v ∂v ∂v r
= 3 − 2 eˆ 1 + 1 − 3 eˆ 2 + 2 − 1 eˆ 3 = 0
∂x2 ∂x3 ∂x3 ∂x1 ∂x1 ∂x2
Then:
∂v 3 ∂v 2
−
∂x 2 ∂x 3 0
∂v1 ∂v3
− = 0
∂x3 ∂x1 0
∂v ∂v1
2
−
∂x1 ∂x 2
As we are dealing with a 2D-case, the above equations reduce to:
∂v 2 ∂v1
− =0
∂x1 ∂x 2
Taking into account the equations in (11.49) we can conclude that:
∂v 2 ∂v1 ∂ 2ψ ∂ 2ψ
− =0 ⇒ + =0 ⇒ ∇ 2xr ψ = 0
∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x1 ∂x 2
With which the problem is stated by the equations:
Annex A
Numerical Integration
over Time
A.1 Introduction
Before raising the case for multiple degrees of freedom we will analysis the numerical
solution for the problem:
dy ( x, t )
y ′( x, t ) = (A.1)
dt
which goal is to find the function y ( x, t ) .
The partial differential exact solution for the most engineering problems cannot be
obtained due to the problem complexity. But, for a better understanding of the procedure
numerical solution we will adopt the very simply differential equation, (see
CHAPRA&CANALE (1988)):
dy (t )
y′(t ) = = −2t 3 + 12t 2 − 20t + 8.5 (A.2)
dt
which is time dependent only. The exact solution can be obtained by integrate the above
equation over time, i.e.:
y = −0.5t 4 + 4t 3 − 10t 2 + 8.5t + C (A.3)
where C is the constant of integration. Note that there are infinite solutions, since C
could assume infinite values, (see Figure A.1). The solution is unique if the initial condition
is known. For this example (A.2) which is only time dependent the function value at t = 0
is known and given by y (t = 0) ≡ y 0 = 1 ⇒ C = 1 . Then, the solution is unique:
y = −0.5t 4 + 4t 3 − 10t 2 + 8.5t + 1 (A.4)
At t = 0 we know the following parameters:
826 SOLVING PROBLEMS BY MEANS OF CONTINUUM MECHANICS
y0 = 1
(A.5)
y0′ = 8.5
C =3
C=2
C =1
C =0 t
C = −1
C = −2
y0′ = 8.5
y (t )
y0 = 1
K ∆t ∆t K
t1 t2 t3 K ti −1 ti ti +1 K tn t
One of the most techniques used for numerical integration over time is the Finite
Difference Method in which the “domain” is discretized by the finite value ∆t (time
increment). Next we will discuss some of these methods.
Knowing the value of the curve slope at time t , i.e. y i′ , we can obtain the next
approximated value for y i +1 by means of a lineal approach:
y i +1 − y i
y i′ = ⇒ y i +1 = y i + y i′∆t (A.6)
∆t
The above approach is the same as forward finite difference.
y yi +1 = yi + yi′∆t
approximated value for y
} Error
yi +1
∆t
ti ti +1 t
By means of Figure A.3 we can guess that when the time increment tends to zero we
approach the exact value of the function. For problems with several unknowns working
with very small time increment it can result in a high computational cost, so, to overcome
this drawback some effective methods have been developed in order to guarantee result
accuracy even when the time increment is big.
In previous example we have applied the forward finite difference using y i′ to obtain yi +1 .
We can also use the following approach: we situate at yi +1 and we apply the backward
finite difference, i.e.:
y i +1 − y i
y i′+1 = ⇒ y i +1 = y i + y i′+1 ∆t (A.7)
∆t
This method is known as backward Euler’s method (implicit method). With that we can
summarize that:
y i +1 = y i + y i′∆t (Explicit method) (A.8)
Another approach we can adopt is by consider the curve slope as the average between y i′
and y i′+1 , i.e.:
y ′ + y i′+1
y i +1 = y i + i ∆t (A.10)
2
which method is more precise than forward/backward finite difference. This method is
called Crank-Nicolson’s method.
We can generalize the above method in a single expression. To do this we consider the
following approaches to the functions y (t ) and y ′(t ) , (see Figure A.4).
y (t ) y ′(t )
yi +1 y i′+1
yi +1 y i′+1
y i +α y i′+α
yi y i′
yi y i′
α 1− α α 1− α
t t
ti t i +α ti +1 ti t i +α ti +1
α ∈ [0;1]
∆t ∆t
a) b)
y i′+1 − y i′ y i′+α − y i′
= ⇒ y i′+α = y i′ + α( y i′+1 − y i′ ) (A.13)
1 α
or:
y i′+ α = α y i′+1 + (1 − α ) y i′ (A.14)
yi′
y i′ + y i′+01
yi′ =
2
y Predictor - y i0+1
y i′+01
yi0+1 = yi + yi′∆t
Corrector
yi +1
yi
∆t
ti ti +1 t
In the modified Euler’s method we use the Euler’s method to predict the value function in
the middle of the interval:
∆t
y 1 = y i + y i′ (A.24)
i+
2
2
y i +1 = y i + y ′ 1 ∆t
i+ (A.25)
2
As we can see the Heun’s method (H) always overestimates the function value while the
Modified Euler’s method (ME) underestimates the function value. We can make the
following approximation for y i +1 :
yi+1 =
1 H
3
(
yi +1 + 2 yiME
+1 ) (A.26)
Using the equations (A.20) and (A.25) in the above equation we can obtain:
1 H
yi+1 =
3
(
yi+1 + 2 yiME
+1 )
1 y′0 + yi′
= yi + i+1 ∆t + 2 yi + y ′ 1 ∆t
3 2 i+
2
(A.27)
1 y ′0 y′
= yi + i+1 ∆t + i ∆t + 2 yi + 2 y′ 1 ∆t
3 2 2 i+
2
1 y ′0 y′
= 3 yi + i +1 ∆t + i ∆t + 2 y′ 1 ∆t
3 2 2 i+
2
thus:
∆t
y i′ + 4 y ′ 1 + y i′+1
0
y i +1 = y i + (A.28)
6 i+
2
whose equation is known as Runge-Kutta’s integration method of third order (see
CHAPRA&CANALE (1988)), which is a good approximation as we can see in Figure A.7.
T −T
D t +1 t + K [αTα +1 + (1 − α )Tα ] = αFα +1 + (1 − α ) Fα (A.33)
∆t
then:
D D
∆t + αK Tt +1 = α Ft +1 + (1 − α ) Ft + ∆t − (1 − α ) K Tt (A.34)
K eff Tt +1 = F eff (A.35)
where
D D
K eff = + αK ; F eff = α Ft +1 + (1 − α ) Ft + − (1 − α ) K Tt (A.36)
∆t ∆t
The more general approach to the solution of the dynamic response for structures is the
direct numerical integration of the dynamic equilibrium:
MU&& + DU& + KU = F (A.37)
whose equations must fulfill for all time t , then it is also valid at time t + ∆t :
MU&&t + ∆t + DU& t + ∆t + KU t +∆t = Ft + ∆t (A.38)
where M is the mass matrix, D is the damping matrix, K is the stiffness matrix, F is the
nodal external force vector, and U , U& , U&& are displacement, velocity and acceleration,
respectively. The absence of subscript time step in the matrices M , D and K indicates a
linear problem, i.e. they do not depend on U , U& and U&& . In the case in which the structure
presents a material non-linearity the matrix K depends on U .
For a system without damping ( D = 0 ) the energy is conserved (system without energy
dissipation), and the sum of the internal energy ( 12 U& T MU& ) plus the strain energy
( 12 U T KU ) is constant at any time step:
&& &&
&&& = U t + ∆t − U t
U (A.48)
t
∆t
Substituting the equation (A.48) into the equations (A.47) and (A.46) we can obtain:
∆t 2 && U&& − U&&t
U t + ∆t ≈ U t + ∆tU& t + U t + β ∆t 3 t + ∆t
2 ∆t
2
∆t &&
≈ U t + ∆tU& t + U t + β ∆t 2 U&& t + ∆t − β ∆t 2U&&t (A.49)
2
1
≈ U t + ∆tU& t + − β ∆t 2 U&& t + β ∆t 2 U&& t + ∆t
2
U&& − U&& t
U& t + ∆t ≈ U& t + ∆tU&&t + γ∆t 2 t + ∆t
∆t
(A.50)
≈ U t + ∆tU t + γ∆t U t + ∆t − γ∆t U&&t
& && &&
≈ U& + (1 − γ )∆tU&& + γ∆t U&&
t t t + ∆t
Then, we summarize the approaches used by Newmark for displacement, velocity and
acceleration:
1
U t +∆t = U t + ∆tU& t + − β ∆t 2U&&t + β∆t 2U&&t +∆t
2
U& = U& + (1 − γ ) ∆tU&& + γ∆t U&&
Newmark’s method (A.51)
t + ∆t t t t + ∆t
MU&&t + ∆t + DU& t + ∆t + KU t + ∆t = Ft + ∆t
Solving for U&& t + ∆t by using the displacement given by the equation (A.51) we can obtain:
Next we will apply the same methodology to solve the following system:
I. Initial Parameters
I.1. Construction of matrices M , D , K .
I.2. Obtain the parameters:
1 1 1
b1 = ; b2 = − ; b3 = 1 −
β ∆t 2 β ∆t 2β
b4 = γ∆tb1 ; b5 = 1 + γ∆tb2 ; b6 = ∆t [1 − γ + γb3 ]
U&& (t )
U&&t + ∆t
U&& + U&& t + ∆t
U&&t (τ ) = t
2
U&&t
t t + ∆t t
By means of the equations (A.74) we can obtain the vectors U& t + ∆t and U&& t + ∆t in terms of
U t + ∆t and U t , U& t , U&&t . By means of displacement vector given by (A.74) it is possible to
obtain U&& t + ∆t as follows:
4 4
U&&t + ∆t = 2 (U t + ∆t − U t ) − U& t − U&& t (A.75)
∆t ∆t
In turn we substitute the equation (A.75) into the velocity given by (A.74), thus:
∆t ∆t 4
U& t + ∆t = U& t + U&&t + (U t + ∆t − U t ) − 4 U& t − U&&t
2 2 ∆t 2
∆t (A.76)
2
= (U t + ∆t − U t ) − U& t
∆t
By substituting the velocity vector (A.76) and the acceleration vector (A.75) into the
dynamic equilibrium equation at time t + ∆t we can obtain:
MU&&t + ∆t + DU& t + ∆t + KU t + ∆t = Ft +∆t
4 4 2 (A.77)
M 2 (U t + ∆t − U t ) − U& t − U&&t + D (U t +∆t − U t ) − U& t + KU t + ∆t = Ft + ∆t
∆t ∆t ∆t
By restructuring the above equation we can obtain
4 2 4 2 4 & &&
∆t 2 M + ∆t D + K U t +∆t = Ft + ∆t + ∆t 2 M + ∆t D U t + ∆t M + D U t + MU t (A.78)
or
K eff U t + ∆t = Ft eff
+ ∆t (A.79)
where we have considered that:
4 2
K eff = M+ D+K
∆t 2
∆t
(A.80)
4 2 4
Ft eff
+ ∆t = Ft + ∆t + 2 M + D U t + M + D U& t + MU&&t
∆t ∆ t ∆t
I. Initial Parameters
I.1. Construction of M , D , K .
I.2. Given the boundary conditions U 0 , U& 0 , obtain U&& 0 :
(
U&&0 = M −1 F0 − DU& 0 − KU 0 )
I.3. Construction of K eff :
4 2
K eff = M+ D+K
∆t 2
∆t
I.4. Update the variables:
Ut ← U0 ; U& t ← U& 0 ; U&& t ← U&& 0
II. For each time step t + ∆t do
II.1. Obtain the effective force vector:
4 2 4
F eff = Ft +∆t + 2 M + D U t + M + D U& t + MU&&t
∆t ∆
t ∆ t
II.2. Solve the system:
K eff U t + ∆t = F eff
U&& (t )
U&&t + ∆t
t t + ∆t t
∆t
The velocity vector can be obtained by integrate over time the equation (A.81), thus:
τ 2 &&
U& t +τ (τ ) = τU&&t +
2∆t
(
U t + ∆t − U&& t + C1 )
(A.82)
τ 2 &&
= U& t + τU&&t +
2∆t
U t + ∆t − U&& t ( )
where we have apply the initial condition in order to obtain the constant of integration, i.e.
at τ = 0 we have that U& t +τ (τ = 0) = U& t ⇒ C1 = U& t .
Then, integrate over time the equation (A.82) we can obtain the displacement vector:
τ 2 && τ 3 &&
U t + τ (τ) = τU& t +
2
Ut +
6 ∆t
(
U t + ∆t − U&& t + C 2 ) ∴ U t + τ ( τ = 0) = U t ⇒ C 2 = U t
(A.83)
τ2 τ 3 &&
= U t + τU& t + U&&t +
2 6 ∆t
(
U t + ∆t − U&& t )
When τ = ∆t we can obtain:
∆t 2 && ∆t 2 &&
U t + ∆t = U t + ∆tU& t +
2
Ut +
6
U t + ∆t − U&& t ( ) (A.84)
6 6
U&&t + ∆t = 2 (U t + ∆t − U t ) − U& t − 2U&& t (A.86)
∆t ∆t
In turn, by substituting (A.86) into (A.85) we can obtain:
U& t + ∆t =
3
(U t + ∆t − U t ) − 2U& t − ∆t U&&t (A.87)
∆t 2
Then, by substituting the velocity vector (A.87) and the acceleration vector (A.86) into the
dynamic equilibrium equation we can obtain:
MU&&t + ∆t + DU& t + ∆t + KU t + ∆t = Ft +∆t
6 6
M 2 (U t + ∆t − U t ) − U& t − 2U&&t
∆t ∆t (A.88)
3 ∆t
+ D (U t + ∆t − U t ) − 2U& t − U&&t + KU t +∆t = Ft + ∆t
∆t 2
The above equation can be restructured as follows:
K eff U t + ∆t = Ft eff
+ ∆t (A.89)
where
6 3
K eff = M+ D+K
∆t 2
∆t
(A.90)
6 3 6 ∆t &&
Ft eff = Ft + ∆t + 2 M + D U t + M + 2 D U& t + 2 M + D Ut
2
+ ∆t
∆t ∆t ∆t
1 1
The linear acceleration method is the same as Newmark’s method when γ = and β = .
2 6
1 1
This fact can be verified by substituting γ = and β = into the equations in (A.51), with
2 6
which the displacement and velocity vectors become:
1 1 1 ∆t 2 && ∆t 2 &&
U t + ∆t = U t + ∆tU& t + − ∆t 2 U&&t + ∆t 2U&&t + ∆t = U t + ∆tU& t + Ut + U t + ∆t
2 6 6 3 6
(A.91)
1 1
U& t + ∆t = U& t + 1 − ∆tU&&t + ∆t U&&t + ∆t = U& t +
2 2
∆t &&
2
[
U t + U&& t + ∆t ]
which match the equations obtained by using the linear acceleration method, (see equations
(A.84) and (A.85)).
I. Initial Parameters
I.1. Construction of M , D , K .
I.2. Given the boundary conditions U 0 , U& 0 , obtain U&& 0 :
(
U&&0 = M −1 F0 − DU& 0 − KU 0 )
I.3. Construction of K eff :
6 3
K eff = M+ D+K
∆t 2
∆t
I.4. Update the variables:
Ut ← U0 ; U& t ← U& 0 ; U&& t ← U&& 0
II. For each time step t + ∆t do
II.1. Obtain the effective force vector:
6 3 6 ∆t
F eff = Ft + ∆t + 2 M + D U t + M + 2 D U& t + 2 M + D U&&t
∆t ∆t ∆t 2
II.2. Solve the system:
K eff U t + ∆t = F eff
I. Initial Parameters
I.1. Construction of M , D , K .
I.2. Given the boundary conditions U 0 , U& 0 , obtain U&& 0 :
(
U&&0 = M −1 F0 − DU& 0 − KU 0 )
I.3. Construction of K eff :
M D
K eff = +
∆t 2
2∆t
I.4. Calculate U 0− ∆t :
∆t 2 &&
U 0 − ∆t = U 0 − ∆tU& 0 + U0
2
I.4. Update the variables:
U t − ∆t ← U 0− ∆t ; Ut ← U0 ; Ft = F0
II. For each time step t do
II.1. Obtain the effective force vector:
2M D M
F eff = Ft + 2 − K U t + − 2 U t −∆t
∆t 2 ∆t ∆t
II.2. Solve the system:
K eff U t + ∆t = F eff
The central finite difference is a method with explicit integration and conditionally stable
and requires time step ∆t less than the critical value:
Tmin 2
∆t ≤ ∆t cr = = (A.97)
π ω max
where Tmin stands for the smallest natural period, and ω max is the maximum frequency of
the discrete system, which is greater eigenvalue of the characteristic determinant:
det ( K + ω 2 M ) ≡ K + ω 2 M = K + λM = 0 (A.98)
U&& (t )
U&&t +θ∆t
U&&t + τ (τ) = U&&t + U(
τ &&
θ ∆t t + θ ∆ t
− U&& t )
U&&t + ∆t
U&&t
t ∆t t + ∆t t + θ ∆t t
θ ∆t
U t +τ
&& + τ U
&& (τ) = U
t
&& ( &&
t + θ ∆t − U t
θ ∆t
) (A.99)
By integrate over time the above equation we can obtain the velocity vector:
τ 2 &&
U& t + τ (τ) = U& t + τU&&t +
2θ ∆t
( &&
U t + θ ∆t − U t ) (A.100)
In turn, by integrate the above equation (A.100) we can obtain the displacement vector:
τ2 τ 3 &&
U t + τ (τ) = U t + τU& t + U&&t +
2 6θ ∆t
( &&
U t + θ ∆t − U t ) (A.101)
(θ ∆t ) 2 &&
U& t + θ ∆t = U& t + θ ∆tU&&t +
2θ ∆t
( &&
U t + θ ∆t − U t )
(A.102)
θ ∆t &&
= U& t +
2
( &&
U t +θ ∆t + U t )
and the displacement vector:
(θ ∆t ) 2 && (θ ∆t ) 3 &&
U t + θ ∆ = U t + θ ∆tU& t +
2
Ut +
6θ ∆t
( &&
U t + θ ∆t − U t )
(A.103)
θ 2 ∆t 2 &&
= U t + θ ∆tU& t +
6
(
U t + θ ∆t + 2U&&
t )
Then, by solving for U&& t +θ∆t :
6
&&
U t + θ ∆t = (U t +θ∆ − U t ) − 6 U& t − 2U&&t (A.104)
θ ∆t22
θ ∆t
By substituting the equation (A.104) into the velocity equation (A.102) we can obtain:
U& t + θ ∆t =
3
(U t +θ ∆ − U t ) − 2U& t − θ ∆t U&&t (A.105)
θ ∆t 2
Taking into account the dynamic equilibrium equation at time t + θ ∆t :
MU&&t +θ∆t + DU& t +θ∆t + KU t +θ∆t = Fˆt +θ∆t (A.106)
where Fˆ t +θ∆t = θ Ft +θ∆t + (1 − θ ) Ft , and by substituting the values for U& t +θ∆t and U&&t +θ∆t given
respectively by the equations (A.105) and (A.104), we can obtain the following set of
equations:
K eff U t + θ ∆t = F eff (A.107)
where
6M 3D
K eff = + +K
θ ∆t θ∆t
2 2
(A.108)
6M 3D 6M θ∆t &&
F eff = θFt +θ∆t + (1 − θ ) Ft + 2 2 + U t + + 2 D U& t + 2 M + D U t
θ ∆t θ ∆t θ ∆t 2
After the system (A.107) is solved, U t + θ∆t is determined and is possible to calculate U t + ∆t ,
U& t + ∆t and U&& t + ∆t . To do this, we consider the equation (A.99) when τ = ∆t , thus:
&&
U && 1 U
t + ∆t = U t +
&&
θ
( &&
t + θ ∆t − U t ) (A.109)
By substituting the value of U&&t + θ∆t given by the equation (A.104), the above equation
becomes:
&&
U && 1 U
t + ∆t = U t +
&&
θ
( &&
t + θ ∆t − U t )
&& + 1 6 (U 6 & &&
t +θ ∆ − U t ) −
=U U t − 2U && − U
t t t (A.110)
θ θ ∆t
2 2
θ ∆t
6 6 3 &&
= 3 2 (U t + θ ∆ − U t ) − 2 U& t + 1 − U t
θ ∆t θ ∆t θ
To obtain U& t + ∆t we use the equation in (A.100) by assuming τ = ∆t , thus:
U t + ∆t = U t + ∆tU& t +
∆t 2
2
U&& t +
∆t 2
6θ
(U&& t + θ ∆t
&&
−U t )
= U t + ∆tU& t +
∆t 2
2
U&& t +
∆t 2
6
(U&& t + ∆t
&&
−U t ) (A.113)
= U t + ∆tU& t +
∆t 2
6
(U&& t + ∆t + 2U&& t )
I. Initial Parameters
I.1. Construction of M , D , K .
I.2. Given the boundary conditions U 0 , U& 0 , obtain U&& 0 :
(
U&&0 = M −1 F0 − DU& 0 − KU 0 )
I.3. Calculate K eff :
6M 3D
K eff = + +K
θ ∆t θ∆t
2 2
By substituting the values for a , b and c given by (A.115) into the equations in (A.117)
we can obtain:
1
U& t + ∆t = [11U t + ∆t − 18U t + 9U t −∆t − 2U t −2∆t ]
6∆t
(A.118)
1
U&&t + ∆t = 2 [2U t + ∆t − 5U t + 4U t − ∆t − U t − 2 ∆t ]
∆t
NOTE: This method is unconditionally stable but provides artificial damping (numerical
damping) which is very high for a low-frequency response.
By considering the dynamic equation at t + ∆t , i.e. MU&&t +∆t + DU& t +∆t + KU t +∆t = Ft +∆t , and
by substituting the values for U& t + ∆t and U&&t + ∆t given by (A.118), we can obtain:
K eff U t + ∆t = F eff (A.119)
where
2 11
K eff = M+ D+K
∆t 2
6∆t
(A.120)
5 M 3D 4 M 3D M D
F eff = Ft +∆t + 2 + U t − 2 + U t −∆t + 2 + U t −2 ∆t
∆t ∆t ∆t 2∆t ∆t 3∆t
Similarly to the central finite difference, the Houbolt’s method needs a pretreatment at
t = 0 in order to obtain the values for U 0 − ∆t and U 0 −2 ∆t . Then, we express the values for
U& t + τ (τ) and U&&t + τ (τ) , (see equations in (A.116)), at time τ = 0 , thus
1
U& t + 0 (τ = 0) = c = [U t −2∆t − 6U t −∆t + 3U t + 2U t + ∆t ]
6∆t
(A.121)
1
U&&t + 0 (τ = 0) = 2b = 2 [U t − ∆t − 2U t + U t + ∆t ]
∆t
Thatt is, we apply in the third point of integration, (see Figure A.11).
U (t )
U 0 + ∆t
U0
U 0 −2 ∆t U 0 − ∆t
− 2 ∆t − ∆t 0 ∆t t
I. Initial Parameters
I.1. Construction of M , D , K .
I.2. Given the boundary conditions U 0 , U& 0 , obtain U&& 0 :
(
U&&0 = M −1 F0 − DU& 0 − KU 0 )
I.3. Calculate the matrices:
6 3
Kˆ eff = 2 M + D+K
∆t ∆t
6 M 3D 6M ∆t &&
Fˆ eff = F0+∆t + 2 + U 0 + + 2 D U& 0 + 2 M + D U 0
∆t ∆t ∆t 2
I.4. Solve the system:
Kˆ eff U 0 + ∆t = Fˆ eff
I.5. Calculate the vectors U 0− ∆t , U 0−2 ∆t and U& 0+ ∆t , U&& 0+ ∆t :
U 0− ∆t = ∆t 2U&& 0 + 2U 0 − U 0+ ∆t y U 0− 2 ∆t = 6∆tU& 0 + 6∆t 2U&& 0 − 8U 0+ ∆t + 9U 0
U 0−∆t = ∆t 2U&&0 + 2U 0 − U 0+ ∆t ; U 0−2 ∆t = 6 ∆tU& 0 + 6∆t 2U&&0 − 8U 0+ ∆t + 9U 0
1
U& 0+ ∆t = [11U 0+∆t − 18U 0 + 9U 0−∆t − 2U 0−2∆t ] ; U&&0+∆t = 1 2 [2U 0+∆t − 5U 0 + 4U 0−∆t − U 0−2 ∆t ]
6 ∆t ∆t
I.6. Calculate the effective matrix K eff :
2 11
K eff = M+ D+K
∆t 2
6∆t
I.7. Update the variables:
U t − 2 ∆t ← U 0 − ∆t ; U t − ∆t ← U 0 ; U t ← U 0 + ∆t
II. For each time step t + ∆t do
II.1. Obtain the effective force vector:
5 M 3D 4 M 3D M D
F eff = Ft +∆t + 2 + U t − 2 + U t −∆t + 2 + U t −2 ∆t
∆t ∆t ∆t 2 ∆t ∆t 3∆t
II.2. Solve the system:
K eff U t + ∆t = F eff
II.3. Calculate the vectors U& t + ∆t , U&& t + ∆t :
1
U& t + ∆t = [11U t +∆t − 18U t + 9U t −∆t − 2U t −2∆t ] ; U&&t +∆t = 1 2 [2U t +∆t − 5U t + 4U t −∆t − U t −2∆t ]
6 ∆t ∆t
II.4. Update tje variables:
U t − 2 ∆t ← U t − ∆t ; U t − ∆t ← U t ; U t ← U t + ∆t
If it is the case Ft + ∆t ← F (t + ∆t , U t + ∆t ,U& t + ∆t , U&&t + ∆t ,...)
Go to step II.1 with t + ∆t .
with α H < 0 .
By means of the displacement U t + ∆t , given by the equation (A.129), we can obtain U&& t + ∆t as
follows:
1
U&&t + ∆t = (U t + ∆t − U t ) − 1 U& t − 1 − 1U&&t (A.130)
β H ∆t 2
β H ∆t 2β H
By substituting the equation (A.130) ino the velocity equation U& t + ∆t , given by (A.129), we
can obtain:
γ γ & γ &&
U& t + ∆t = H (U t + ∆t − U t ) + 1 − H U t + 1 − H ∆tU t (A.131)
β H ∆t βH 2β H
By substituting (A.130) and (A.131) into the dynamic equilibrium equation (A.129), we can
obtain:
K eff U t + ∆t = F eff (A.132)
where
1 (1 + α H ) γ H
K eff = M+ D + (1 + α H ) K
β H ∆t 2
β H ∆t
M (1 + α H ) γ H
F eff = Ft + ∆t + + D + α H K U t + (A.133)
β H ∆t
2
β H ∆t
M γ (1 + α H ) & 1 γ
+ − 1 − H D U t + − 1 M − (1 + α H )1 − H ∆tD U&&t
β H ∆t βH 2 β H 2β H
For th particular case when α H = 0 we fall back into the Newmark’s method. Besides, this
method has second-order accuracy and is unconditionally stable when:
−1 1 1
≤ α H ≤ 0 ; γ H = (1 − 2α H ) ; β H = (1 − α H ) 2 (A.134)
3 2 4
The smaller α H greater the numerical damping is. The numerical damping is small for a
low frequency response and will be high for high frequency response.
where
U t + ∆t −α = (1 − α f )U t + ∆t + α f U t (A.142)
f
U&&t + ∆t =
1
(U t + ∆t − U t ) − 1 U& t − 1 − 1U&&t (A.148)
β ∆t 2
β ∆t 2β
γ
U& t + ∆t = (U t + ∆t − U t ) + 1 − γ U& t + 1 − γ ∆tU&&t (A.149)
β ∆t β 2β
By substituting (A.142), (A.143), (A.144), and (A.148), (A.149) into the equation (A.141) we
can obtain:
K eff U t + ∆t = F eff (A.150)
where
(1 − α m ) (1 − α f ) γ
K eff = M+ D + (1 − α f ) K
β∆t 2
β∆t
(1 − α m ) (1 − α f ) γ
F eff = Ft +α + M+ D − α f K U t +
f
β∆t
2
β∆t
(1 − α m ) γ (1 − α f ) & (1 − α m ) γ
+ M − 1 − D U t + − 1 M − (1 − α f )1 − ∆tD U&&t
β ∆t β 2 β 2 β
(A.151)
We can verify that when α f = α m = 0 we fall back into the equations obtained for
Newmark’s method, (see equations in (A.57)). When α f = 0 and α m = α B we fall back
into the Bossak’s method, (see equations in (A.140)). When α m = 0 we fall back into the
HHT method.
U t + ∆t ←
1
β
[U *
t + ∆t − (1 − β )U t ]
U& t + ∆t ← [U t + ∆t − U t ] − (1 − α) U& t
α∆t α
4
U& 1 = U 1 − U t − U& t
t+
2
∆t t + 2
Forward Substitution
∆t ∆t 2 ∆t ∆t & ∆t 2
U t +1 = K (−21) M + DU − K L U 1 + M + ( DU − D L ) U
t+ 1 + [Ft + ∆t + Ft ]
2 8 2 2
t + 4 2 16
with
∆t ∆t 2
K ( 2) = M + DU + KU
2 8
4
U& t +1 = U t +1 − U 1 − U& 1
∆t t+
2
t+
2
A.7 Examples
Let us consider the mechanical model with on degree-of-freedom, (see Figure A.12). This
mechanical model is made up by a mass body m which is connected by two devices,
namely: spring (Structural), which is characterized by spring constant k ; and by a dashpot
with viscosity d (Damping), which is responsible for the system energy dissipation. The
syste is conservative if d = 0 .
u , u& , u&&
k
FS = ku
FI = mu&& F (t )
m
FD = du&
c
The mechanical problem proposed here has three forces, namely: The inertial force
FI = mu&& , where u&& ≡ a is the acceleration; FD is the damping force; and FS is the spring
force associated with the structural stiffness.
The governing equation for this problem, (see Figure A.12), is obtained by force
equilibrium:
FI + FD + FS = F (t ) (A.153)
or:
mu&& + du& + ku = F (t )
d 2u du (A.154)
m 2
+d + ku = F (t )
dt dt
If the body is free of external forces F (t ) = 0 , the governing equation is called free vibration.
The equation in (A.154) can also be expressed as follows:
d k F (t )
u&& + u& + u =
m m m
(A.155)
d F (t )
u&& + u& + ω2 u =
m m
where we have defined the parameter:
k
ω= [ω] ≡ rad / s Natural circular frequency (A.156)
m
By means of numerical integration we present the results using the time increment
∆t = 0.01 .
Exact
Trujillo
Newmark γ = 1
2 ;β = 1
6
Trapecio
Exact
Trujillo-Newmark
Trujillo
Newmark γ = 1
2 ;β = 1
6
Trapecio
d k
d k
s2 + s+ =0 (A.163)
m m
whose solutions are given by:
2
d d k (A.164)
s1, 2 = − ± −
2m 2 m m
We could have three possibilities, namely: radicand equals zero (two identical solutions);
radicand greater than zero (two different solutions); radicand less than zero (two complex
solutions).
Radicand equals zero (Critical damping)
In this case we have:
2
d k d k
− =0 ⇒ = =ω ⇒ d = 2mω (A.165)
2m m 2m m
In this situation the damping coefficient is called critical damping coefficient:
d d
ζ= = Damping factor (A.167)
d c 2mω
where ω d = ω 1 − ζ 2
As example, consider that m = 0.0052 , d = 0.1 , k = 12 , and boundary and initial conditions:
u 0 = 1 .5 ; u&0 = 0 (A.176)
By means of numerical integration we present the results using the time increment
∆t = 0.017 .
Exact
Trujillo-Newmark
Trujillo
Newmark γ = 1
2 ;β = 1
6
Trapecio
A.7.3.1 Pendulum
L θ
u& = Lθ&
mg
Exact
Trujillo-Newmark
Newmark γ = 1
2 ;β = 1
6
Exact
Trujillo-Newmark
Newmark γ = 1
2 ;β = 1
6
Exact
Trujillo-Newmark
Newmark γ = 1
2 ;β = 1
6
Exact
Trujillo-Newmark
Newmark γ = 1
2 ;β = 1
6
Trujillo
Trujillo-Newmark
Exact
Newmark γ = 1
2 ;β = 1
6
By means of numerical integration we present the results using the time increment
∆t = 0.05 .
Trujillo
Trujillo-Newmark
Exact
Newmark γ = 1
2 ;β = 1
6
In Figure A.34 we show the “displacement” vs. time curve for different values for α .
α = 0 .1
α = 0 .6 ≈ ω
α = 20
Trujillo Exact
Trujillo-Newmark
Newmark γ = 1
2 ;β = 1
6
CHAPRA, S.C. & CANALE, R.P. (1988). Numerical Method for engineering. McGraw-Hill.
CHUNG. J. & HULBERT (1993). A time integration algorithm for structural dynamics with
improved numerical dissipation: The Generalized- α method. Journal of Applied Mechanics.
Vol. 60. pp. 371-375.
COOK, R.D.; MALKUS, D.S. & PLESHA, M.E. (1989). Concepts and applications of finite element
analysis. John Wiley & Sons.
CRISFIELD, M.A.(1997). Non-linear finite element analysis of solids and structures. Vol.2. John
Wiley & Sons, England.
HILBER, H.; HUGHES, T.J.R. & TAYLOR, R. L. (1977). Improved numerical dissipation for
time integration algorithms in structural dynamics. Earthquake Engineering and Structural
Dynamics. Nº5, pp. 283-292.
PARK, K. & HOUSNER, J.M. (1982). Semi-implicit transient analysis procedures for
structural dynamics analysis. Int. J. Num. Meth. Eng. Vol. 18, pp. 609-622.
TEDESCO, J.M.; MCDOUGAL, W.G. & ROSS, C.A.(1998). Structural dynamics: theory and
applications. Addison Wesley Longman, Inc.
TRUJILLO, D.M. (1977). An unconditionally stable explicit algorithm for structural
dynamics. Int. J. Num. Meth. Eng. Vol. 11. pp. 1579-1592.
WOOD, W.L.; BOSSAK, M. & ZIENKIEWICZ, O.C. (1981). An alpha modification of
Newmark’s methods. Int. J. Num. Meth. Eng. Vol. 15. pp. 1562-1566.
Annex B
Introduction to
Finite Differences
B.1 Introduction
The finite difference method was the first technique that emerged to solve numerically partial
differential equations related to practical engineering problems. Today this technique is now
obsolete with respect to solving partial differential equations, for instance, to solve problems
related to beams, plates, flux, etc. But the finite difference technique is widely spread when we
are dealing with numerical integration over time (see Annex A).
Let us consider the function y = y (x) , and the derivative of y with respect to x is defined by:
dy ∆y y (x + ∆x ) − y ( x )
y′ ≡ = lim = lim (B.1)
dx ∆ x → 0 ∆x ∆x → 0 ∆x
where y ′ indicates the slope of the function at the point x , (see Figure B.1).
y ( x) yi yi′
xi x
When the term ∆x does not tend to zero but to a finite value, (see Figure B.2), the derivative
at the point xi can be defined in several ways. If we use the left neighbor point ( y i −1 ), left finite
difference, the first derivative can be approached as follows:
∆y y − yi −1
yi′ L = = i (B.2)
∆x i ∆x
Otherwise, if we used information of the right neighbor point ( y i +1 ), right finite difference, the
first derivative can be represented as follows:
∆y y − y
yi′ R = = i +1 i (B.3)
∆x i ∆x
where we have adopted the nomenclature y ( x i −1 ) = y i −1 , y ( xi ) = y i , y ( x i +1 ) = y i +1 . As we can
appreciate in Figure B.2, by using these techniques the first derivate is approximated to its
exact value, i.e. there is an error associated with it. When ∆x → 0 , the exact value for the first
derivative is achieved.
∆x ∆x
xi −1 xi xi +1
x
We can still raise another possibility to approach the first derivative of the function at the
point xi by using simultaneously the left and the right points, (central finite difference):
∆y y − y i −1
y i′ C = = i +1 (B.4)
∆x i 2∆x
As we can appreciate in Figure B.2, the central finite difference approach is closer to the exact
value. Note that the central finite difference, for the first derivative, is the average of left and
right techniques:
∆y yi′ R + yi′ L yi +1 − yi −1
= = (B.5)
∆x i 2 2∆x
Similarly we can obtain the derivatives for higher order, for example for the second derivative:
y ( x + ∆x ) − y ( x ) y ( x ) − y ( x + ∆x )
−
d2y ∆ ∆y ∆x ∆x (B.6)
= lim = lim
dx 2 ∆x →0 ∆x ∆x ∆x → 0 ∆x
The left finite derivative:
L
∆2 y ∆ ∆y ∆ yi − yi −1 1 ∆yi ∆yi −1
2 =
∆x ∆x ∆x = ∆x ∆x = ∆x ∆x − ∆x
i
1 yi − yi −1 yi −1 − yi − 2 (B.7)
= −
∆x ∆x ∆x
yi − 2 yi −1 + yi − 2
=
∆x 2
The right finite derivative:
R
∆2 y ∆ ∆y ∆ yi +1 − yi 1 ∆yi +1 ∆yi
2 =
∆x ∆x ∆x = ∆x ∆x = ∆x ∆x − ∆x
i (B.8)
1 yi + 2 − yi +1 yi +1 − yi yi + 2 − 2 yi +1 + yi
= − =
∆x ∆x ∆x ∆x 2
And by means of the central finite difference we can approach the second derivative as
follows:
y i +1 − y i y i − y i −1
∆2 y −
∆x ∆x y − 2 y i + y i −1 (B.9)
= i +1
∆x 2 = ∆x ∆x 2
i
Next we will define an automatic way in order to obtain the operators ∆y, ∆2 y, L when we
use the left finite difference. As we have seen previously, for the first derivative we have
∆y = y i − y i −1 , (see equation (B.2)). If we want to obtain the operator for the second derivative
we use the points located at the left side of the point xi :
∆2 y ∆ ∆y ∆ y i − y i −1 ∆y i − ∆y i −1
∆x 2 = ∆x ∆x = ∆x ∆x = ∆x 2
(B.10)
i
By applying once more the left derivative definition we get ∆y i = y i − y i −1 and
∆y i −1 = y i −1 − y i − 2 and by substituting into the above equation we can obtain:
∆2 y ∆y i − ∆y i −1 ( y i − y i −1 ) − ( y i −1 − y i − 2 ) ( y i − 2 y i −1 + y i − 2 )
∆x 2 = ∆x 2
=
∆x 2
=
∆x 2
(B.11)
i
Then, we define the operator ∆2 y = y i − 2 y i −1 + y i − 2 for the left finite difference case. In
Figure B.3 we constructed a figure in order to obtain automatically the operators for higher
order operators.
∆y ∆2 y ∆3 y ∆4 y
yi
∆y i
y i −1 ∆2 y i
∆y i −1 ∆3 y i
(−) y i −2 ∆2 y i −1 ∆4 y i
∆y i − 2 ∆3 y i −1
y i −3 ∆2 y i − 2
∆y i −3
yi −4
For example, in order to obtain the operator ∆4 y by means of Figure B.3 we localize the term
∆4 y i and we subtract the values as follows:
( ) ( )
∆4 y = ∆3 y i − ∆3 y i −1 = ∆2 y i − ∆2 y i −1 − ∆2 y i −1 − ∆2 y i − 2 = ∆2 y i − 2∆2 y i −1 + ∆2 y i − 2
= (∆y i − ∆y i −1 ) − 2(∆y i −1 − ∆y i − 2 ) + (∆y i − 2 − ∆y i −3 )
= ∆y i − 3∆y i −1 + 3∆y i − 2 − ∆y i −3 (B.12)
= ( y i − y i −1 ) − 3( y i −1 − y i − 2 ) + 3( y i − 2 − y i −3 ) − ( y i −3 − y i − 4 )
= y i − 4 y i −1 + 6 y i − 2 − 4 y i −3 + y i − 4
With that we can define the fourth derivative by means of left finite difference as follows:
∆4 y y i − 4 y i −1 + 6 y i − 2 − 4 y i −3 + y i − 4
∆x 4 = ∆x 4
(B.13)
i
Next we will define an automatic way in order to obtain the operators ∆y, ∆2 y, L when we
use the right finite difference. As we have seen previously, for the first derivative we have
∆y = y i +1 − y i , (see equation (B.3)). If we want to obtain the operator for the second derivative
we use the points located at the right side of the point xi :
∆2 y ∆ ∆y ∆ y i +1 − y i ∆y i +1 − ∆y i
∆x 2 = ∆x ∆x = ∆x ∆x = ∆x 2
(B.14)
i
By applying once more the right derivative definition we get ∆y i +1 = y i + 2 − y i +1 and
∆y i = y i +1 − y i and by substituting into the above equation we can obtain:
∆2 y ∆y i +1 − ∆y i ( y i + 2 − y i +1 ) − ( y i +1 − y i ) ( y i + 2 − 2 y i +1 + y i )
∆x 2 = ∆x 2
=
∆x 2
=
∆x 2
(B.15)
i
Then, we define the operator ∆2 y = y i + 2 − 2 y i +1 + y i for the right finite difference case. Note
that we only use the points on the right of the point xi . In Figure B.4 we constructed a figure
in order to obtain automatically the operators for higher order operators.
∆y ∆2 y ∆3 y ∆4 y
yi
∆y i
y i +1 ∆2 y i
∆y i +1 ∆3 y i
(−) yi +2 ∆2 y i +1 ∆4 y i
∆y i + 2 ∆3 y i +1
y i +3 ∆2 y i + 2
∆y i +3
yi +4
For example, in order to obtain the operator ∆3 y by means of Figure B.4 it is enough to do:
∆3 y = ∆2 y i +1 − ∆2 y i = (∆y i + 2 − ∆y i +1 ) − (∆y i +1 − ∆y i ) = ∆y i + 2 − 2∆y i +1 + ∆y i
= ( y i +3 − y i + 2 ) − 2( y i + 2 − y i +1 ) + ( y i +1 − y i ) (B.16)
= y i +3 − 3 y i + 2 + 3 y i +1 − y i
With that we can define the third derivative by means of right finite difference as follows:
∆3 y y i +3 − 3 y i + 2 + 3 y i +1 − y i
∆x 3 = ∆x 3
(B.17)
i
∆y ∆2 y ∆3 y ∆4 y
yi+2
∆y i + 3 / 2
yi +1 ∆yi +1 ∆2 y i +1
∆y i +1 / 2 ∆3 y i +1 / 2
yi ∆yi ∆2 y i ∆3 yi +1 ∆4 y i
∆y i −1 / 2 ∆3 y i −1 / 2
y i −1 ∆yi −1 ∆2 y i −1
∆y i −3 / 2
y i −2
In Figure B.5 the term ∆y i + 3 / 2 characterizes finite difference taking at the point between xi +1
and xi + 2 . For example, to obtain the first derivative, we localize the term ∆y i in Figure B.5,
such term is between ∆y i +1 / 2 and ∆y i −1 / 2 and we take the average:
∆y i +1 / 2 + ∆y i − 2 ( y i +1 − y i ) + ( y i − y i −1 ) y i +1 − y i −1
∆y i = = =
2 2 2
(B.18)
∆y y − y i −1
⇒ = i +1
∆x i 2∆x
∆3 y i +1 / 2 + ∆3 y i − 2 (∆2 y i +1 − ∆2 y i ) + (∆2 y i − ∆2 y i −1 )
∆3 y i = =
2 2
∆ y i +1 − ∆ y i −1 [∆y i +3 / 2 − ∆y i +1 / 2 ] − [∆y i −1 / 2 − ∆y i −3 / 2 ]
2 2
= =
2 2 (B.20)
[( y − y i +1 ) − ( y i +1 − y i )] − [( y i − y i−1 ) − ( yi −1 − y i −2 )]
= i+2
2
y i + 2 − 2 y i +1 + 2 y i −1 − y i − 2
=
2
thus
∆3 y y i + 2 − 2 y i +1 + 2 y i −1 − y i − 2
∆x 3 = 2∆x 3
(B.21)
i
Notice that when we are applying the central finite differences for derivatives of odd order it
appears 2 in the denominator.
NOTE: For the finite differences of even order, e.g. ∆2 y, ∆4 y, ∆6 y, L , the coefficients are the
same as those for the binomial expression (a − b) n , for instance
(a − b) 2 = 1a 2 − 2ab + 1b 2 (B.22)
and the coefficients are (1,−2,1) . Another example
(a − b) 4 = 1a 4 − 4a 3 b + 6a 2 b 2 − 4ab 3 + 1b 4 (B.23)
and the coefficients are (1,−4,6,−4,1)
Let us consider now the function z = z ( x, y ) . The partial derivatives can be approached by
means of Central Finite Differences as follows:
∂z z i +1, j − z i −1, j ∂ 2 z z i +1, j − 2 z i , j + z i −1, j
≈ ; ≈
∂x i , j 2∆x ∂x 2 ∆x 2
(B.24)
∂z z i , j +1 − z i , j −1 ∂ 2 z z i , j +1 − 2 z i , j + z i , j −1
≈ ; ≈
∂y i , j 2∆y ∂y 2 ∆y 2
y
i−2 i −1 i i +1 i+2
j+2
∆y
j +1
i, j + 1
∆y
j
i − 1, j i, j i + 1, j
∆y
j −1
i, j − 1
∆y
j−2
∆y
x
∆x ∆x ∆x ∆x ∆x
−1 0 1
∂2 z
4hk =
0 0 0
∂y∂x i, j i, j
1 0 −1
Figure B.7
The above equation can be represented if form of operator as the one indicated in Figure B.8.
1 −2 1
∂4z
4h 2 k 2 2 2 = −2 4 −2
∂y ∂x i , j i, j
1 −2 1
Figure B.8
∆2 y y i +1 − 2 y i + y i −1
As we have seen previously the following is true 2 = , then, the partial
∆x i ∆x 2
derivative can be written as follows:
∂2z z − 2 z i , j + z i −1, j
= i +1, j (B.27)
∂x 2 ∆x 2
i, j
In the same fashion we can obtain
∂2z z i , j +1 − 2 z i , j + z i , j −1
∂y 2 = ∆y 2
(B.28)
i, j
Example
Solution:
We can use the symmetry of the cross section and analyze only a quarter of the section.
Besides, in this quarter there are points with the same displacement, with that we will need to
analyze only the half of the quarter, (see Figure B.9).
h h h h h h
As seen previously, the Laplacian can be approached by means of the finite difference:
− h2 p
∇ 2 z ≈ z i , j +1 + z i , j −1 + z i +1, j + z i −1, j − 4 z i , j = (B.31)
S
where we have considered ∆x 2 = ∆y 2 = h 2 . The operator can be appreciated in Figure B.10.
∂4z p
2 2 = 1 −4 1 = −h 2
∂y ∂x S
i , j i, j
Figure B.10
By applying the operator described in Figure B.10 to the points of the mesh ( 1,2, L ,6 ), (see
Figure B.9), we can construct the following set of equations:
− 4 z1 + 2z2 1
z − 4z 2 + z3 + z4 1
1
+ 2z2 − 4z3 + z5 − h 2 p 1
= (B.32)
+ 2z2 − 4z4 + 2z5 S 1
z3 + 2z 4 − 4z5 + z6 1
4z5 − 4 z 6 1
Annex C
Incremental-Iterative
Strategy Solution
C.1 Introduction
For a better understanding of the behavior of structures and materials, it has increased the
demand to formulate algorithms that are able to realistically simulate the complete behavior
of the structure/material. Among one of the applications we can mention the simulation of
a structure to its complete destruction. In this way it allows us to design more efficiently
the structure in order to face a disaster (earthquakes, explosions, etc.). To achieve this
objective we must take into account non-linearity behavior. Basically we can highlight two
types of non-linearity:
Material Non-Linearity;
Geometric Non-Linearity.
The material non-linearity appears when the stress-strain relationship is non-linear. The
geometric non-linearity occurs when deformed configuration (current state) has great
influence in the outcome. When we are dealing with the Finite Element Formulation the
r
strain field ε ( x ) is related to the nodal displacements {u}( e ) by means the matrix which
contains the derivatives of the shape functions [B] , which in small deformation regime is
r
only a function of initial geometric parameters, ε( x ) = [ B]{u}(e ) . In the case of finite
deformation regime the matrix [B] is also a function of the displacement field, i.e.
r
ε ( x ) = [ B (u)]{u}( e ) . And as consequence the stiffness matrix is also a function of the
displacement field.
In general, the geometric non-linearity is a consequence of the large displacement that
undergoes the structure. Then, the measure of strain adopted must be able to capture the
real displacement of the structure. Several measures of strain have been established, e.g.
Green-Lagrange strain tensor, Almansi strain tensor, Logarithmic strain tensor, etc.
654 SOLVING PROBLEMS BY MEANS OF CONTINUUM MECHANICS
ε
F
e e
F F F
F
M = Fe M = F (e + u )
e
u
≡ ≡
A
Snap through F
B
Snap back
D
E
u
Sometimes when we are using an incremental strategy it has an error associated with it or
even the solution can diverge, (see Figure C.4). To overcome this drawback we must use an
incremental-iterative scheme. Among the iterative methods we can mention the Newton-
Raphson’s method.
u
Figure C.4: Diverting of the solution
The total potential energy ( Π ) of an elastic system is composed by two parts, namely:
Internal potential energy (strain energy potential ( U int ));
External potential energy ( U ext ):
Π ( z ) = U int ( z ) − U ext ( z ) (C.1)
If the equation (C.1) represents the stationary condition for the total potential energy, it can
be shown that the value of z is an extreme of Π ( z ) . This is the Principle of stationary of the
total potential energy. Then, if we looking for the extremes (maximums and minimums) of the
function, (see Figure C.5), the following must hold:
dΠ ( z )
=0 (C.2)
dz
Π( z)
dΠ ( z )
=0
dz
Π min
z
Figure C.5: Minimum of a function
Let us suppose a one-dimensional case in which U ext (u ) = Wz . With that the condition
(C.2) becomes:
dΠ ( z ) dU int ( z ) dU ext ( z ) dU int ( z )
= − = − W = B( z ) − W = 0
dz dz dz dz (C.3)
⇒ B( z ) = W
dU int ( z )
where we have considered B( z ) = . We can rewrite the above equation as follows:
dz
B( z )
W = z = K Sec z (C.4)
z
where K Sec is the secant of the curve W × z at the point z , (see Figure C.6).
Let us suppose that for a give increment ∆z we have:
B ( z + ∆z ) = W + ∆W (C.5)
∂B ( z )
In addition, by means of Taylor series the equation B( z + ∆z ) = B( z ) + ∆z + ... holds,
∂z
in which we have only considered linear terms. Then, the equation (C.5) can be rewritten as
follows:
∂B ( z )
B ( z + ∆z ) = B ( z ) + ∆z = W + ∆W
∂z
∂B( z )
⇒ B( z ) − W + ∆z = ∆W
1424 3 ∂z (C.6)
=0
∂B ( z )
⇒ ∆z = ∆W
∂z
⇒ K T ∆z = ∆W
∂B ( z ) ∂ 2U int ( z )
where K tan = = is the tangent of the curve W × z at the point z , (see
∂z ∂z 2
Figure C.6).
W
K Sec
K tan
1 1
∆W W = K Sec z
W
∆z ∆W = K tan ∆z
z z + ∆z z
With that we can defined the Secant stiffness matrix K Sec as follows:
B (u) Sec
Fi = i u j = K ij u j (C.8)
u
j
Note that we are using indicial notation. Similarly to obtain the equations in (C.6) we can
define the Tangent stiffness matrix K tan as follows:
∂Bi (u)
∆u j = ∆Fi ⇒ K ijtan ∆u j = ∆Fi (C.9)
∂u j
where
∂Bi (u) ∂ 2U int (u)
K ijtan = = Tangent stiffness matrix (C.10)
∂u j ∂ui ∂u j
In this subsection we will adopt the example in the book Crisfield (1991), (see Figure C.7),
where A stands for cross-section area of the bar and E represents the Young’s modulus.
Initial Configuration
L0
KS z0
θ0
Deformed Configuration
(current configuration) L z
KS z0
θ
Making the vertical equilibrium at the node in which the force W is applied, (see Figure
C.8), we can obtain:
( z 0 + z) ( z + z)
W = N sin θ + K S z = N + KS z ≅ N 0 + KS z (C.11)
L L0
where N is the axial force of the bar and K S is the spring coefficient. In Crisfield (1991)
more detail about this formulation is provided.
W
W
Bar θ N cos θ θ
N
= N
N sin θ
KS z
KS z
W = W ( z) =
EA 2
3
L0
[ ]
z 0 z + 32 z 0 z 2 + 12 z 3 + K S z (C.13)
For a given value of z we can calculate the tangent of the curve W = W (z ) as follows:
dW d EA 2 EA 2
K tan = = ( 2 1 3
) (
3 2
3 z 0 z + 2 z 0 z + 2 z + K S z = 3 z 0 + 3z 0 z + 2 z + K S
dz dz L0
3
) (C.14)
L 0
−W
W=
EA 2
L30
[ ]
z 0 z + 32 z 0 z 2 + 12 z 3 + K S z
Data
EA = 5.0 × 10 7
z 0 = 25
L0 = 2500
K S = 1.35
−z
Now let us assume that we do not know the function W ( z ) , but instead we know its first
dW
derivative K tan = . In order to obtain the function W ( z ) we can adopt the Euler’s
dz
method, (see Annex A). With this method we can control the force W ( z ) throughout
increment of ∆W or we can control the displacement z throughout increments of ∆z ,
(see Figure C.10).
Wn +1 = Wn + K ntan ∆z K ntan
W
Approximated value of W
Wn +1
} Error
∆W = K ntan ∆z
Exact value of W
Wn
∆z
zn z n +1 z
K ntan =
Wn +1 − Wn ∆W
∆z
=
∆z
⇒ (
∆z = K ntan )−1
∆W (C.17)
We will apply these two methodologies in order to obtain numerically the curve W × z . For
the first case we will impose a displacement increment of ∆z = 5.0 and for the second case
an increment in force equal to ∆W = 7.0 , (see Figure C.11). If we want a more accurate
solution we will need to adopt very small increments, but this procedure could cause a
time-consuming from a computational point of view when we are dealing with several
degrees-of-freedom. To overcome this drawback we can adopt the incremental-iterative
scheme, in which even with big increments we can obtain good results.
The procedure in FORTRAN code can be found at the link: NON_LINEAR1D.FOR,
(starting at label 20 for Displacement control and starting at label 30 for Load control).
When we are using force control the solution diverges when the force starts to decrease.
To illustrate this behavior let us consider same example, but changing the value of K S by
K S = −0.35 , (see Figure C.9). In this situation we can verify that when we are adopting the
force control the curve diverge, (see Figure C.12). For this example we have adopt a force
increment equal to ∆W = 2 .
−W
Displacement control
∆z = 5 . 0
Force control
∆W = 7 . 0
Data
EA = 5.0 × 10 7
exact z 0 = 25
L0 = 2500
K S = 1.35
−z
−W
displacement control ∆z = 5
exact
K S = −0.35
−z
z1 = −2.5 ⇒ W1 = −7.65
z 2 = −4.0 ⇒ W2 = −11.5824 (C.25)
z 3 = −5.0 ⇒ W3 = −13.95
where we have used the data of Figure C.9. By means of the total potential energy given by
equation (C.19) and with fixed values of W1 , W2 and W3 we can obtain, respectively, three
curves Π 1 , Π 2 and Π 3 , (see Figure C.13). As we can verify, for each potential function
the extreme (minimum) corresponds to the displacement associated with Wi .
Π 2 (W2 = −11.5824)
Π 1 (W1 = −7.65)
z1 = −2.5
dΠ1
=0
dz
Π 3 (W3 = −13.95)
dΠ 3
=0
dz
−z
z = −5
Figure C.13: Total potential ( K S = 1.35 ).
Let us now turn our attention to the example in Figure C.12, where we have considered
that K S = −0.35 . And we draw the total potential when the load is equal to W = −2 , (see
Figure C.15). If we look at Figure C.14 we can verify that for the value W = −2 we have
three solutions, namely z1 = −1.34047 , z 2 = −16.24045 and z 3 = −57.41908 , (see Figure
C.14), whose values are the roots of the cubic equation:
EA 2
L30
[ ]
z 0 z + 32 z 0 z 2 + 12 z 3 + K S z − W = 0
dΠ
These roots correspond exactly to the extremes of Π , i.e. when = 0 , (see Figure C.15).
dz
We also emphasize that at z1 and at z 3 the tangent matrix is positive definite, while at z 2
the tangent matrix is negative definite, in this case indicating that the solution diverges for
force increment, but not for an increment of displacement (displacement control).
−W
2
z1 z2 z3
−z
Π (W = −2)
d 2 Π( z) dΠ ( z )
>0 =0
dz 2 dz
z3 −z
dΠ ( z )
Π =0
dz
d 2Π ( z )
<0
dz 2
d 2 Π( z)
>0 dΠ ( z )
dz 2 =0
dz
z1 −z
z2
For the next analysis let us consider that we are at the equilibrium point and we add an
increment of force ∆W and we search for the next equilibrium point due to this new
increment. We know that the solution lies on an extreme point (minimum or maximum).
r
Let us consider the known displacement vector z 0 in n dimensions, which is represented
by its components z 0 i (i = 1,2,..., n) . Let us suppose that z i = z 0 i + β d i where d i
represents a vector, supposedly known, that minimizes or maximizes the total potential
energy. With that total potential energy is a function of β , i.e. Π ( z i ) = Π (β ) .
We apply the chain rule in order to obtain:
dΠ (β ) ∂Π (β ) ∂z i ∂Π (β )
= = di (C.26)
dβ ∂z i ∂β ∂z i
or in tensorial notation:
r
dΠ (β ) ∂Π (β ) ∂z ∂ Π (β ) r r
= r ⋅ = r ⋅ d = ∇ zr Π (β ) ⋅ d (C.27)
dβ ∂z ∂β ∂z
r ∂Π (β ) r
where g = r ≡ ∇ zr Π (β ) represents the gradient of Π (β ) in the space defined by z .
∂z
We rewrite the above equation as follows:
dΠ ( β ) r r dΠ ( β ) dΠ ( β )
= g ⋅d indicial
→ = gi di matrix
form
→ = { g}T {d } (C.28)
dβ dβ dβ
r r r
where g = g (z ) is the residue vector.
Taking once again the derivative of the equation (C.26) we can obtain:
d2 Π ( β ) d ∂Π ( β ) d ∂Π ( β ) ∂ Π ( β ) dd
= d i = di + i
dβ 2
dβ ∂zi dβ ∂z i ∂z i { dβ
(C.29)
= 0i
∂ dΠ ( β ) ∂ ∂Π ( β ) ∂ 2Π(β )
= d i = d j di = di d j = d i S ij d j
∂z i dβ ∂z i ∂z j
∂zi ∂z j
or in tensorial notation:
d2 Π ( β ) r ∂ 2 Π ( β ) r r r d2 Π ( β )
= d ⋅ r r ⋅ d = d ⋅ S ⋅ d matrix
form
→ = {d }T [ S ]{d } (C.30)
dβ 2 ∂z ⊗ ∂z dβ 2
where the matrix S is the Hessian of Π (β ) , and within the scope of structural analysis is
called tangent stiffness matrix.
Next, we will express Π ( z 0 i + β d i ) my means of Taylor series:
r r
r ∂Π ( z 0 ) 1 ∂ 2 Π(z0 ) 2
Π(z0i + βd i ) = Π(z0 ) + β+ β + ... (C.31)
∂β 2! ∂β 2
d Π (β ) d 2 Π (β )
and taking into account = g i d i and = d i S ij d j , the above equation becomes
dβ dβ 2
r r r
Π ( z 0 + β d ) = Π ( z 0 ) + g i d i β + 0.5d i S ij d j β 2
r r r (C.32)
⇒ Π ( z 0 + β d ) − Π ( z 0 ) = ∆ Π = β ( g i d i + 0.5β d i S ij d j )
r r r r
tensorial
→ = ∆ Π = β ( g ⋅ d + 0 .5 β d ⋅ S ⋅ d )
(C.33)
matrix
form
→ (
= ∆ Π = β { g}T {d } + 0.5 β {d }T [ S ]{d } )
We can deal with two scenarios:
Minimum
r r r r r r
Π (z0 + β d ) < Π (z 0 ) ⇒ Π ( z 0 + β d ) − Π ( z 0 ) = β ( g i d i + 0.5β d i S ij d j ) < 0
r r r r r r r r r r (C.34)
⇒ Π ( z 0 + β d ) − Π ( z 0 ) = β ( g ⋅ d + 0.5β d ⋅ S ⋅ d ) = β ( g + 0.5β d ⋅ S ) ⋅ d < 0
In this situation, S is positive definite, i.e. all its eigenvalues are positive, and as
consequence d i S ij d j > 0 . with that we can conclude that g i d i < 0 and is the predominate
term for small values of β > 0 :
r r
gi di < 0 tensorial
→ g⋅d < 0 (C.35)
Maximum
r r r r r r
Π(z0 + β d ) > Π(z0 ) ⇒ Π ( z 0 + β d ) − Π ( z 0 ) = β ( g i d i + 0.5β d i S ij d j ) > 0 (C.36)
In this case, S is definite negative, i.e. all its eigenvalues are negative, and as consequence
d i S ij d j < 0 . With that we can conclude that g i d i > 0 and it is the predominate term for
small values of β > 0 :
r r
gi di > 0 tensorial
→ g ⋅d > 0 (C.37)
For better illustration of the previous development, we will make an analogy where we
have a mountain and depression in which they are represented by its level curves, (see
Figure C.16). Recall that the gradient always points towards the growing sense of the
function and is normal to the level curves.
r r
If the parameters g and d are fixed, the value of β that minimize or maximize the
function ∆Π (β ) , (see equation (C.34)), is given by:
r r r r r r r
Π ( z0 + β d ) − Π ( z 0 ) = ∆Π = β ( g ⋅ d + 0.5β d ⋅ S ⋅ d )
d∆ Π r r r r
⇒ = g ⋅ d + βd ⋅ S ⋅ d = 0
dβ (C.38)
r r
− g ⋅d
⇒β = r r
d ⋅ S ⋅d
r r
Given a known state z 0 , now the question is: Which is the value of d in which we must
adopt in order to guarantee that we are reaching an extreme?
If we are looking for a minimum, it is enough to adopt a matrix A which is positive
r r r
definite, with that the equation g ⋅ A ⋅ g > 0 holds. Then, the vector d could be defined
such as:
r r
d = −A ⋅ g (C.39)
In this way we guarantee that:
r r r r
g ⋅ d = −g ⋅ A ⋅ g < 0 (C.40)
The choice for the matrix A is what given origin for several iterative methods.
Taking into account that given a matrix which is positive definite its inverse is also definite
r r r r r
positive, we adopt A = S −1 , with that d = − A ⋅ g = − S −1 ⋅ g ⇒ g = − S ⋅ d . Then, we can
conclude that:
r r r r r r
− g⋅d − (− S ⋅ d ) ⋅ d d ⋅ S ⋅ d
β= r r= r r = r r =1 (C.41)
d ⋅ S ⋅d d ⋅ S ⋅d d ⋅ S ⋅d
With these conditions we obtain the Newton-Raphson’s method, in which the matrix A is
the inverse of the Hessian matrix (tangent stiffness matrix) A = S −1 .
r r r r
− g (k ) ⋅ d (k ) − g (k ) ⋅ d (k )
β = r ( k ) ( k ) r ( k ) = r ( k ) r ( k +1) r ( k )
(k )
(C.42)
d ⋅ S ⋅d d ⋅ (g −g )
r ( k ) r ( k +1) r ( k )
Note that S ( k ) ⋅d = g −g .
elevation
mountain
depression
Level curve
r
d r
d
∇φ ∇φ
r
r ∇φ = 0 maximum ∇φ ⋅ d > 0
minimum ∇φ ⋅ d < 0
r r r r r
g (1) = g ( z 0 + β d ) βd
r
g (1)
Min. r r
d (0) ∇φ( z 0 )
r
g (0)
r
minimum ∇φ ⋅ d < 0
Figure C.17
r
∇ φ( z ( 3 ) )
r
d ( 3)
r
Min. d (2) r
∇ φ( z ( 2 ) )
r
d (1)
r
g (1)
r
d (0) r
∇φ( z (1) )
r
minimum ∇φ ⋅ d < 0 r
g (0)
r
∇φ( z 0 )
1 ∂f ( x 0 ) 1 ∂ 2 f ( x0 ) 2
f ( x + ∆x) = f ( x 0 ) + ∆x + ∆x + ...
1! ∂x 2! ∂x 2 (C.43)
≈ f ( x 0 ) + f ′( x 0 )∆x
where we have considered until linear terms. Let us adopt the following nomenclature:
xi +1 = xi + ∆x , ∆x = x i +1 − xi and for the application point xi = x 0 . With that the above
equation can be rewritten as follows:
f ( xi +1 ) = f ( xi ) + f ′( x i )∆x = f ( x i ) + f ′( xi )( x i +1 − x i ) (C.44)
Here the index (i) does not indicate indicial notation.
As we are searching for the roots of the function f ( xi +1 ) = 0 we can obtain:
f ( xi +1 ) = f ( xi ) + f ′( xi )( xi +1 − xi ) = 0
⇒ f ( xi ) + xi +1 f ′( xi ) − xi f ′( xi ) = 0
⇒ xi +1 f ′( xi ) = xi f ′( xi ) − f ( xi ) (C.45)
f ( xi )
⇒ xi +1 = xi −
f ′( xi )
f ( x) f ′( xi )
f ( xi )
tan(α) = f ′( xi ) =
∆x
f (x)
f ( xi )
xi +1 xi x
∆x
In general, in structure analysis it is taken as a direct solution procedure to solve the set of
equations. For a non-linear problem an incremental/iterative strategy is adopted. In this
way we apply and increment of load (load step) and in each load step we apply iterative
procedure in order to achieve the equilibrium point.
r r
Let us consider that the function is the residue g (u) and we know its value and its
r r
∂g (u0 ) r
derivative, r , at the application point u0 . Then, by means of Taylor series we can
∂u
obtain:
r r
r r r r ∂g (u0 ) r
g (u) = g (u0 ) + r ⋅ ∆u (C.46)
∂u
or in indicial notation:
r r
r r ∂g i (u0 ) r ∂g i (u0 )
g i (u) = g i (u0 ) + ∆u j = g i ( u0 ) + (u j − u 0 j )
∂u j ∂u j (C.47)
r tan
= g i (u0 ) − K ij (u j − u 0 j )
r
∂g i (u0 ) r
where = − K ijtan (u0 ) is the Jacobian matrix which in structural analysis ambit
∂u j
r
represents the tangent stiffness matrix at the application point u0 . As we are looking for
r r r
the value in which g (u) = 0 , we can state that:
r r r
g i (u) = g i (u0 ) − K ijtan (u j − u 0 j ) = 0 i ⇒ − g i (u0 ) = − K ijtan (u j − u 0 j )
r
⇒ −( K kitan ) −1 g i (u0 ) = −( K kitan ) −1 K ijtan (u j − u 0 j )
r (C.48)
⇒ ( K kitan ) −1 g i ( u0 ) = δ kj (u j − u 0 j ) = (u k − u 0 k )
r
⇒ u k = u 0 k + ( K kitan ) −1 g i (u0 )
With that we can conclude:
r
u i = u 0 i + ( K ijtan ) −1 g j (u0 ) = u 0 i + ∆u i (C.49)
g (u ) g ′(u i )
g (u )
g (u i )
u0 i ui u
∆u i
where (k ) means iterations. When H (k ) represents the tangent matrix and changes for
each iteration we fallback into the classical Newton-Raphson’s method. When the matrix
H (k ) does not change during the iterations we are dealing with the so-called Modified
Newton-Raphson’s method. We can also state that:
r r
∆g ( k ) = H ( k ) ⋅ ∆u ( k )
r r (C.51)
⇒ ∆g ( k ) = ( H ( k −1) + E ( k ) ) ⋅ ∆u ( k )
r r −1 −1 −1
β b ⋅ g ( k ) = −1 ⇒ β = r r (k ) = r (k ) r (k ) = r (k ) r (C.55)
b⋅g (H ( k −1)
⋅ g )⋅ g g ⋅ H ( k −1) ⋅ g ( k )
In this way we can obtain:
r r r r
u ( k ) ⊗ u ( k ) ( H ( k −1) ⋅ g ( k ) ) ⊗ ( H ( k −1) ⋅ g ( k ) )
E (k ) = r (k ) r (k ) − r r (C.56)
u ⋅g g ( k ) ⋅ H ( k −1) ⋅ g ( k )
Let us return to our initial problem proposed in Section C.2 and let us assume that we
know the values Wn and z n . For the force increment ∆Wn +1 we can state that
Wn +1 = Wn + ∆Wn +1 . For the next load step, represented by n + 1 , we have that for the first
iteration (i) :
PREDICTION ( i = 0 )
Tangent matrix calculation:
z z i 1 z i 2 z z 1 z 2
N ni +1 0 n +1
= EA + n +1 if
→ N n+1 ← N n = EA 0 n + n
i =1 i
L0 L0 2 L0 L0 L0 2 L0
(C.58)
EA N ni +1
( K tan ) in+1 = ( z 0 + z i
n +1 ) 2
+ + KS
L30 L0
(C.59)
EA N
if i =1⇒ ( K tan ) in +1 ← (K tan
) n = 3 ( z0 + z n ) 2 + n + K S
L0 L0
Solve the system:
( )
−1
∆z ni +1 = K ntan
i i si i =1 i tan −1
+1 Rn +1 → ∆z n +1 = K n ∆Wn +1 (C.60)
where Rni +1 is the residue. Once the above equation is solved, we can obtain:
z ni +1 = z n + ∆z ni +1 (C.61)
And in turn we can calculate the internal forces for this iteration:
z z ni +1 1 z ni +1
2
N ni +1 = EA 0
+
(C.62)
L0 L0 2 L0
and
( z 0 + z ni +1 )
Wni+1 = N ni +1 + K S z ni +1 (C.63)
L0
and the residue can be obtained:
Rni +=12 = Wni+=11 − Wn +1 (C.64)
Next, we obtain a norm in order to check the convergence. For our one-dimensional
example the residue is a scalar, and we check whether this norm is less than a tolerance. If
so, we go to the next load step (n ← n + 1) . Otherwise, we have to do a new iteration
( i ← i + 1 ) until the convergence is achieved, (see Figure C.21).
The procedure in FORTRAN code can be found at the link: NON_LINEAR1D.FOR,
(starting at label 40).
i =1
W K ntan
+1 = K ntan
i=2
K ntan
+1
W n +1
Rni =+13
Rni =+12
Rni +=11
∆W n +1
For our example we will consider an load increment equal to ∆W = 30 . With that we can
obtain the graph describe in Figure C.22. And in Figure C.23 the curve for several load
steps.
As we can see in Figure C.22, for each iteration, we need to calculate the tangent matrix.
This is a drawback of the Newton-Raphson’s method, since for a system with a large
number of variables it could be costly, from a computation point of view, to calculate the
stiffness matrix for each iteration.
convergence
Several methods have been formulated based on the Newton-Raphson’s method, e.g. the
modified Newton-Raphson method, which basically consists in adopt the same tangent
matrix for each iteration, (see Figure C.24). This method requires more iterations than the
Full Newton-Raphson method and beside has no convergence if we are dealing with
inflection point as the one describe in Figure C.22. Just to illustrate this method, we apply
the load increment equal to ∆W = 30 which is before the inflection point, (see Figure
C.25). As we can see the modified Newton-Raphson method needs more iterations to
achieve convergence.
The procedure in FORTRAN code can be found at the link: NON_LINEAR1D.FOR,
(starting at label 50).
tan i =1 tan
K n +1 = K n
6444444444 474444444444
8
W
W n +1
Rni =+12
Rni +=11
∆W n +1
Full Newton-Raphson
Modified Newton-Raphson
exact
CHAPRA, S.C. & CANALE, R.P. (1988). Métodos Numéricos para Ingenieros. Com aplicaciones en
computadores personales. McGraw-Hill/Interamericana de México, S.A. de C.V.
GANABA, T.H. (1985). Nonlinear Finite Element Analysis of Plates and Slabs. Ph.D. Thesis. The
University of Warwick, Coventry, UK.
POSADA, L.M. (2007). Stability Analysis of Two-dimensional Truss Structures. MSc, Universität
Stuttgart.
CRISFIELD, M.A.(1991). Non-linear finite element analysis of solids and structures. Vol.1. John
Wiley & Sons, England.
CRISFIELD, M.A.(1997). Non-linear finite element analysis of solids and structures. Vol.2. John
Wiley & Sons, England.
RUBERT, J.B. (1993). Estudo do desempenho de algoritmos numéricos na solução de sistemas não-lenares
de estruturas formadas por barras de treliça. Dissertação de Mestrado, USP-Sao Carlos
Basic Bibliography
ASARO, R.J. & LUBARDA, V.A. (2006). Mechanics of solids and materials. Cambridge University
Press, New York, USA.
BATRA, R. C. (2006). Elements of Continuum Mechanics. John Wiley & Sons Ltd., United
Kingdom.
CASANOVA, J.C. (1993). Ejercicios de elasticidad. Editorial UPV.
CHADWICK, P. (1976). Continuum mechanics concise theory and problems. George Allen & Unwin
Ltd.Great Britain.
CHAVES, E.W.V. (2013). Notes on Continuum Mechanics. Springer/CIMNE, Barcelona, Spain.
GOICOLEA, J.M. Mecánica del medio continuo web: http://w3.mecanica.upm.es/mmc-ig/
HOLZAPFEL, G.A. (2000). Nonlinear solid mechanics. John Wiley & Sons Ltd. England.
MASE, G.E. (1977). Teoría y problemas de mecánica del medio continuo. McGraw-Hill, USA.
OLIVER, X. & AGELET DE SARACÍBAR, C. (2000). Mecánica de medios continuos para ingenieros.
Ediciones UPC, Barcelona, España.
OLIVER, X. & AGELET DE SARACÍBAR, C. (2000). Cuestiones y problemas de mecánica de medios
continuos. Ediciones UPC, Barcelona, España.
ORTIZ BERROCAL, L. (1985). Elasticidad. E.T.S. de Ingenieros Industriales. Litoprint. U.P.
Madrid.
PARKER, D.F. (2003). Fields, Flows and Waves: An introduction to continuum models. Springer-
Verlag London, UK.
TAYLOR, J.R. (2005). Classical Mechanics. University Science Books. USA.
880 SOLVING PROBLEMS BY MEANS OF CONTINUUM MECHANICS
Complementary Bibliography
ALEXANDER, H. (1968). A constitutive relation for rubber-like material. Int. J. Eng. Sci., Vol.
6, pp. 549-563.
ANTMAN, S.S. (1995). Nonlinear Problems of Elasticity. Springer-Verlag, New York.
ARRUDA, E.M. & BOYCE, M.C. (1993). A three-dimensional constitutive model for the large
stretch behavior of rubber elastic materials. J. Mech. Phys. Solids, Vol. 41, Nº. 2, pp. 389-
412.
ASARO, R.J. & LUBARDA, V.A. (2006). Mechanics of solids and materials. Cambridge University
Press, New York, USA.
BAşAR, Y. & WEICHERT (2000). Nonlinear continuum mechanics of solids: fundamental concepts and
perspectives. Springer Verlag. Berlin.
BATHE, K-J (1996). Finite Element Procedures. Prentice Hall, New Jersey, USA.
BATRA, R. C. (2006). Elements of Continuum Mechanics. John Wiley & Sons Ltd., United
Kingdom.
BAŽANT, Z.P. & KIM, S.-S. (1979). Plastic-Fracturing Theory for Concrete. J. Engng. mech.
Div. ASCE, 105, 407.
BAŽANT, Z.P. & PLANAS, J. (1997). Fracture and size effect in concrete and other quasibrittle
materials, CRC Press LLC, USA.
BEER, F.P. & JOHNSTON, E.R: (1987). Vector Mechanics for Engineers: Dynamics. Seventh
Edition. 2 Volumes. McGraw-Hill Science/Engineering/Math; 4 edition.
BEER, F.P.; JOHNSTON, E.R & CLAUSEN, W.E. (2004). Instructor's and Solutions Manual to
Accompany Vector Mechanics for Engineers - Dynamics. Seventh Edition. 2 Volumes.
McGraw Hill Higher Education; Seventh edition (2004)
BIGONI, D. (2000). Bifurcation and instability of non-associative elastoplastic solids. CISM
Lecture Notes. Material Instabilities in elastic an plastic Solids, H. Petryk (IPPT, Warsaw)
Coordinator.
BIOT, M.A. (1954). Theory of stress-strain relations in anisotropic viscoelasticity and
relaxation phenomena. Jour. Appl. Phys., pp. 1385-1391.
BIOT, M.A. (1955). Variational principles in irreversible thermodynamics with application to
viscoelasticity. The Physical Reviwe 97, pp. 1463-1469.
BIOT, M.A. (1956). Thermoelasticity and irreversible thermodynamics. Jour. Appl. Phys., pp.
240-253.
BLATZ, P.J. & KO, W.L. (1962). Application of finite elasticity theory to the deformation of
rubbery material. Transactions of the Society of Rheology, Vol. VI, pp. 223-251.
BONET, J. & WOOD, R.D. (1997). Nonlinear continuum mechanics for finite element
analysis. Cambridge University Press, USA.
BUCHANAN, G.R. (1988). Mechanics of Materials. Holt, Rinehart and Winston, Inc., New
York, USA.
BUECHE, F. (1960). Molecular basis for the Mullins effect. J. Appl. Poly. Sci., 4(10), 107-114.
BUECHE, F. (1961). Mullins effect and rubber-filler interaction. J. Appl. Poly. Sci., 5(15), 271-
281.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 881
DRAGON, A. & MRÓZ, Z. (1979). A Continuum Model for Plastic-Brittle Behavior of Rock
and Concrete. Int. J. Engng. Sci., 17, 121.
DRUCKER, D.C. (1950). Stress-strain relations in the plastic range – A survey of the theory
and experiment. Report to the Office of Naval Research, under contact N7-onr-358,
Division of Applied Mathematics, Brown University, Providence, RI.
FARIA, R. & OLIVER, X. (1993). A rate dependent plastic-damage constitutive model for
large scale computations in concrete structures. Monograph CIMNE Nº17, International
Center for Numerical Methods in Engineering, Barcelona, Spain.
FELIPPA,C.A. (2002). Introduction to Finite Element Methods. Course Notes, see World Wide
Web.
FINDLEY, W.N.; LAI, J.S. & ONARAN, K.(1989). Creep and relaxation of nonlinear viscoelastic
materials: with an introduction to linear viscoelasticity. Dover Publications, Inc. NY.
FUNG, Y.C. (1965). Foundations of solids mechanics. Prentice Hall Inc., New Jersey.
FUNG, Y.C. (1977). A first course in continuum mechanics. Prentice Hall Inc., New Jersey.
GENT, A.N. (1996). A new constitutive relation for rubber. Rubber Chem. Technol., Vol. 69.
pp. 59-61.
GERE, J.M. & WEAVER JR., W. (1965). Analysis of Framed Structures. Van Nostrand Reinhold,
U.S.
GREEN, A.E. & NAGHDI, P.M. (1965). A general theory of an elasto-plastic continuum.
Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal., 18.
GREEN, A.E. & NAGHDI, P.M. (1971). Some remarks on elastic-plastic deformation at finite
strain. Int. J. Engng. Sci., Vol. 9, pp. 1219-1229.
GURTIN, M. E. (1996). An introduction to continuum mechanics. NY: Academic Press, Inc.
GURTIN, M.E. & FRANCIS, E.C. (1981). Simple rate-independent model for damage. J.
Spacecraft, 18(3) pages: 285-286.
HAUPT, P. (2002). Continuum mechanics and theory of materials. Springer-Verlag, Gemany.
HILL, R. (1950). The mathematical theory of plasticity. Oxford University Press.
HILL, R. (1959). Some Basic Principles in the Mechanics of Solids without a natural Time. J.
Mech. Phys. Solids, 7, 209.
HOLZAPFEL, G.A. (2000). Nonlinear solid mechanics. John Wiley & Sons Ltd. England.
IORDACHE, M.-M. (1996). Failure Analysis of Classical and Micropolar Elastoplastic Materials.
Ph.D. Dissertation, University of Colorado at Bolder.
JIRÁSEK, M. (1998). Finite elements with embedded cracks. LSC Internal Report 98/01,
April.
JU, J.W. (1989). Energy-based coupled elastoplastic damage models at finite strains. Journal
of Engineering Mechanics, Vol.115, No. 11, pp-2507-2525.
KACHANOV, L. M. (1986). Introduction to Continuum, Damage Mechanics. Nijhoff, Dordrecht,
The Netherlands.
KOITER, W.T. (1953). Stress-strain relations, uniqueness and variational theorems for
elastic-plastic material with singular yield surface. Q. Appl. Math. 11, 350-54.
LAI, W.M.; RUBIN, D. & KREMPL, E.(1978). Introduction to Continuum Mechanics. Pergamon
Press.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 883
LAIER, J.E.; BAREIRO, J.C., (1983). Complemento de resistência dos materiais. Publicação 073/92
São Carlos - USP - EESC.
LANCZOS, C. (1970). The variational principles of mechanics. Dover Publications, Inc., New
York.
LEE, E.H. (1969). Elastic-Plastic deformation at finite strains. Journal of Applied Mechanics,
Vol. 36, pp. 1-6.
LEE, E.H. (1981). Some comments on elastic-plastic analysis. Int. J. Solids Structures, Vol. 17,
pp. 859-872.
LEMAITRE, J. & CHABOCHE, J.-L. (1990). Mechanics of Solids materials. Cambridge University
Press, Cambridge.
LINDER, C. (2003). An arbritary lagrangian-Eulerian finite element formulation for dynamics and finite
strain plasticity models. Master’s Thesis. University Stuttgart.
LOVE, A.E.H. (1944). A treatise on the Mathematical Theory of Elasticity. Cambridge University
Press, London.
LU, S.C.H. & PISTER, K.S. (1975). Descomposition of deformation and representation of
the free energy function for isotropic solids, Int. J. of Solids and Structures, 11, pages: 927-
934.
LUBARDA, V.A. & BENSON D.J. (2001). On the partitioning of the rate of deformation
gradient in phenomenological plasticity. Int. J. of Solids and Structures, 38 pages: 6805-
6814.
LUBARDA, V.A. & KRAJCINOVIC, D. (1995). Some fundamental issues in rate theory of
damage-elastoplasticity. Int. J. of Plasticity, Vol. 11, Nº 7, pp. 763-797.
LUBARDA, V.A. (2004). Constitutive theories based on the multiplicative decomposition of
deformation gradient: Thermoelasticity, elastoplasticity, and biomechanics. Appl. Mech.
Rev., Vol. 57, no 2, March.
LUBLINER, J. (1990). Plasticity Theory. Macmillan Publishing Company, New York.
MALVERN, L.E. (1969). Introduction to the mechanics of a continuous medium. Prentice-Hall, Inc.
Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.
MARSDEN, J. E. & HUGHES, T. J.R. (1983). Mathematical foundations of elasticity. Dover
Publications, Inc., New York.
MASE, G.E. (1977). Mecánica del Medio Continuo. McGraw-Hill, USA.
MAZARS, J. & LEMAITRE, J. (1984). Application of continuous damage mechanics to strain
and fracture behavior of concrete. Advances of Fracture Mechanics to Cementitious
Composites, NATO Advanced Research Workshop, 4-7 September 1984, Northwestern
University (Edited by S.P. Shah), pp. 375-388.
MAZARS, J. (1982). Mechanical damage and fracture of concrete structures. Advances in
Fracture Research (Fracture 81), Vol. 4, pp. 1499-1506. Pergamon Press, Oxford.
MENDELSON, A. (1968). Plasticity: Theory and application. New York, Robert E. Krieger
Publishing Company.
MOONEY, M. (1940). A theory of large elastic deformation. Journal of Applied Physics, Vol.
11, pp. 582-92.
MORMAN, K.N. (1986). The generalized strain measure with application to
nonhomegeneous deformation in rubber-like solids. J. Appl. Mech., Vol. 53, pp. 726-
728.
884 SOLVING PROBLEMS BY MEANS OF CONTINUUM MECHANICS
MORZ, Z. (1967). On the description of anisotropic work hardening. J. Mech. Phys. Solids,
15, 163.
MULLINS, L. (1969). Softening of rubber by deformation. Rubber Chemistry and Tecnology, 42,
339-351.
NAGHDI, P.M. (1960). Stress-strain relations in plasticity and thermoplasticity. in E.H. Lee
& P. Symonds, eds., Plasticity. Pergamon, Oxford, pp. 121-69.
NEMAT-NASSER, S. (1982). On finite deformation elasto-plasticity. Int. J. Solids Structures,
Vol. 18, pp. 857-872.
NOWACKI, W. (1967). Problems of thermoelasticity. Progress in Thermoelasticity, VIIIth
European Mechanics Colloquium, Warszawa.
OGDEN, R.W. (1984). Non-linear elastic deformations. Dover Publications, Inc., New York.
OLIVER, J. & AGELET DE SARACÍBAR, C. (2000). Mecánica de medios continuos para ingenieros.
Ediciones UPC, Barcelona, España.
OLIVER, X. & AGELET DE SARACÍBAR, C. (2000). Cuestiones y problemas de mecánica de medios
continuos. Ediciones UPC, Barcelona, España.
OLIVER, J. (2000). On the discrete constitutive models induced by strong discontinuity
kinematics and continuum constitutive equations. Int. J. Solids Struct., 37:7207-7229.
OLIVER, J. (2002). Topics on Failure Mechanics. Monograph CIMNE Nº 68, International
Center for Numerical Methods in Engineering, Barcelona, Spain.
OLIVER, J.O. ; CERVERA, M. ; OLLER, S. & LUBLINER, J. (1990). Isotropic damage models
and smeared crack analysis of concrete, SCI-C Second Int. Conf. On Computer Aided Design
of Concrete Structure, Zell am See, Austria. Pg – 945 – 957.
OLLER, S. (1988). Un modelo de daño continuo para materiales friccionales, Ph.D. thesis.
Universidad Politécnica de Cataluña, Barcelona, España.
OLLER, S. (2001). Fractura mecánica. Un enfoque global. CIMNE, Barcelona, España.
OLLER, S.; OÑATE, E.; OLIVER, J. & LUBLINER, J. (1990). Finite element non-linear analysis
of concrete structures using a plastic-damage model. Engineering Fracture Mechanics Vol.
35, pp. 219-231.
OÑATE, E. (1992). Cálculo de estructuras por el método de elementos finitos análisis estático lineal.
Centro Internacional de Métodos Numéricos en Ingeniería. Barcelona- España.
ORTIZ BERROCAL, L. (1985). Elasticidad. E.T.S. de Ingenieros Industriales. Litoprint. U.P.
Madrid.
ORTIZ, M. (1985). A Constitutive theory for inelastic behavior of concrete. Mech. Mater.,
Vol. 4, 67.
PABST, W. (2005). The linear theory of thermoelasticity from the viewpoint of rational
thermomechanics. Ceramics - Silikáty, 49 (4) 242-251.
PARKER, D.F. (2003). Fields, Flows and Waves: An introduction to continuum models. Springer-
Verlag London, UK.
PILKEY, W. & WUNDERLICH, W. (1992). Mechanics of structures. Variational and computational
methods. CRC Press, Inc., Florida, USA.
POWERS, J.M. (2004). On the necessity of positive semi-definite conductivity and Onsager
reciprocity in modeling heat conduction in anisotropic media. Journal of Heat Transfer,
Vol.126, pp. 670-675.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 885
PRAGER, W. (1945). Strain hardening under combined stress. J. Appl. Phys. 16, 837-40.
PRAGER, W. (1955). The theory of plasticity: A survey of recent achievements. Proc. Inst.
Mech. Eng. 169:41.
PRANDTL, L. (1924). Spannungverteilung in plastischen korpen, in Proceedings of the First
International. Congress of Applied Mechanics, Delft, The Netherlands, Vol. 43.
RABOTNOV, Y.N. (1963). On the equations of state for creep. Progress in Applied Mechanics,
Prager Anniversary Volume, page 307, New York, MacMillan.
RANKINE, W.J.M. (1951). Laws of the elasticity of solids bodies. Cambridge Dublin Math.
J. 6, 41-80.
REUSS, A. (1930). Berrucksichtingung der elastischen formanderungen in der
plastizitatstheorie, Z. Angew. Math. Mech. 10, 266.
ROMANO, A.; LANCELLOTA, R. & MARASCO, A. (2006). Continuum Mechanics using
Mathematica: fundamentals, applications, and scientific computing. Birkhauser Boston. USA.
RUNESSON, K. & MROZ, Z. (1989). A note on nonassociated plastic flow rules. Int. J.
Plasticity, 5, 639-658.
RUNESSON, K. & OTTOSEN, N. (1991). Discontinuity bifurcation of elastic-plastic solutions
at plane stress and plane strain. Int. J. Plasticity, 7:99-121.
SANSOUR, C. (1998). Large strain deformations of elastic shell. Constitutive modeling and
finite element analysis. Comp. Mech. Appl. Mech. Engrg. 161, pp1-18.
SANSOUR, C.; FEIH, S. & WAGNER, W. (2003). On the performance of enhanced strain
finite elements in large strain deformations of elastic shells. Comparison of two classes
of constitutive models for rubber materials. Report Universitat Karlsruhe, Institut für
Baustatik
SECHLER, E. (1952). Elasticity in Engineering. John Willey & Sons, Inc. new York.
ŠILHAVÝ, M. (1997). The mechanics and thermodynamics of continuous media. Springer-
Verlag, Germany.
SIMO, J. & HUGHES, T.J.R. (1998). Computational Inelasticity. Springer-Verlag, New York.
SIMO, J.C. & JU, J.W. (1987a). Strain and Stress – Based Continuum damage Models – I.
Formulation. International Journal Solids Structures, Vol. 23, pp. 821-840.
SIMO, J.C. & JU, J.W. (1987b). Strain and Stress – Based Continuum damage Models – II.
Computational aspects. International Journal Solids Structures, Vol. 23, pp. 841-869.
SIMO, J.C. (1988a). A framework for finite strain elastoplasticity based on maximum plastic
dissipation: Part I. Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering, Vol. 66, pp. 199-
219.
SIMO, J.C. (1988b). A framework for finite strain elastoplasticity based on maximum plastic
dissipation: Part II. Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering, Vol. 68, pp. 1-
31.
SIMO, J.C. (1992). Algorithms for static and dynamic multiplicative plasticity that preserve
the classical return mapping schemes of the infinitesimal theory, Computer Methods in
Applied Mechanics and Engineering, Vol. 99, pp. 61-112.
SOKOLNIKOFF, I.S. (1956). Mathematic theory of elasticity. New York, McGraw-Hill.
SOUZA NETO, E.A.; PERIĆ, D. & OWEN, D.R.J. (1998). A phenomenological three-
dimensional rate-independent continuum damage model for highly filled polymers:
Formulation and computational aspects. J. Mech. Phys. Solids. 42(10), pp. 1533-1550.
886 SOLVING PROBLEMS BY MEANS OF CONTINUUM MECHANICS
SOUZA NETO, E.A.; PERIĆ, D. & OWEN, D.R.J. (1998). Continuum Modelling and
Numerical Simulation of Material Damage at Finite Strains, Archives of Computational
Methods in Engineering, Vol.5,4, pp. 311-384.
SPENCER, A.J.M. (1980). Continuum Mechanics, Longmans, Hong-Kong.
TAYLOR, J.R. (2005). Classical Mechanics. University Science Books. USA.
TIMOSHENKO, S. & GOODIER, J.N. (1951). Theory of elasticity, 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill.
TRELOAR, L.R.G. (1944). Stress-strain data for vulcanized rubber under various types of
deformation. Proc. of the Faraday Soc, 40:59-70.
TRELOAR, L.R.G. (1975). The physics of rubber elasticity. Clarendon Press, Oxford.
TRESCA, H. (1864). Mémire sur l’Ecoulement des corps solids soumis a de fortes pressions
comptes rendua academie de sciences. Paris, France, Vol.59, p.754..
TRUESDELL, C.A. & NOLL, W. (1965). The non-linear field theories of mechanics, in
Handuch der Physik, Vol. III/3, S. Flügge (Ed.), Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
UGURAL, A.C. (1981). Stress in Plates and Shells. McGraw Hill.
UGURAL, A.C. & FENSTER, S.K. (1981). Advanced strength and applied elasticity. Edward Arnold,
London - U.K.
VON MISES, R. (1930). Über die bisherigen Ansätze in der lassischen MEchanik der
Kontinua. in Proceedings of the Third Intenational Congress for Applied Mechanics.
Vol.2, pp1-9.
VUJOŠEVIĆ, L. & LUBARDA, V.A. (2002). Finite-Strain thermoelasticity based on
multiplicative decomposition of deformation gradient. Theoretical and Applied Mechanics,
vol. 28-29, pp. 379-399, Belgrade.
WILLAM, K. (2000). Constitutive models for materials: Encyclopedia of Physical Science & Technology,
3rd edition. Academic Press.
YEOH, O.H. (1993). Some forms of the strain energy function for rubber. Rubber Chem.
Technol., Vol. 66, pp. 754-71.
ZIEGLER, H. (1959). A modification of Prager’s hardening rule. Q. Appl. Math. 17, 55-64.
ZIENKIEWICZ, O.C. & TAYLOR, R.L. (1994a). El método de los elementos finitos. Volumen 1:
Formulación básica y problemas lineales. CIMNE, Barcelona, 4ª edición.
ZIENKIEWICZ, O.C. & TAYLOR, R.L. (1994b). El método de los elementos finitos. Volumen 2:
Mecánica de sólidos y fluidos. Dinámica y no linealidad. CIMNE, Barcelona, 4ª edición.